<^, 
 
 
 IMAGE EVALUATION 
 TEST TARGET (MT-3) 
 
 *' -.V 4l, 
 
 1.0 
 
 I.I 
 
 1.25 
 
 1^12^ |2.5 
 
 ■50 "^^ ■■■ 
 
 ^ 1^ 12.2 
 1^ 
 
 [If 114 
 
 ^1^ 
 
 ^ 
 
 ^ 
 
 /^ 
 
 
 Photographic 
 
 Sciences 
 Corporation 
 
 23 WEST MAIN STREET 
 
 WEBSTER, N.Y. MS80 
 
 (716) 872-4503 
 
 
 . 
 
CIHM/ICMH 
 
 Microfiche 
 
 Series. 
 
 CIHM/ICIVIH 
 Collection de 
 microfiches. 
 
 Canadian Institute for Historical Microreproductions / Institut Canadian de microreproductions historiques 
 
Tachnical and Bibliographic Notaa/Notas tachniquaa at bibiiographiquaa 
 
 Tha Instituta has attamptad to obtain tha bast 
 original copy availabia for filming. Faaturas of this 
 copy which may ba bibliographically uniqua. 
 which may altar any of tha imagas in tha 
 raproduction, or which may significantly changa 
 tha usual mathod of filming, ara chackad balow. 
 
 □ Colourod covars/ 
 Couvartura da coulaur 
 
 I I Covars damagad/ 
 
 D 
 
 D 
 
 D 
 D 
 
 D 
 
 Q 
 
 Couvartura andommagia 
 
 Covars rastorad and/or laminatad/ 
 Couvartura rastaurte at/ou paliicuMa 
 
 □ Covar titia missing/ 
 La 
 
 titra da couvartura manqua 
 
 □ Colourad maps/ 
 Cartas gAographiquas an coulaur 
 
 Colourad ink (i.a. othar than blua or black)/ 
 Encra da coulaur (i.a. autra qua blaua ou noira) 
 
 I I Colourad platas and/or illustrations/ 
 
 Planchas at/ou illustrations an coulaur 
 
 Bound with othar matarial/ 
 Rail* avac d'autras documants 
 
 Tight binding may cause shadows or distortion 
 along intarior margin/ 
 
 La re liura sarria paut causar da I'ombra ou da la 
 distorsion la long da la marga intAriaura 
 
 Blank laavas addad during rastoration may 
 appaar within tha taxt. Whanavar possibia, thasa 
 hava baan omittad from filming/ 
 II sa paut qua cartainas pagas blanchas ajoutias 
 lors d'una rastauration apparaissant dams la taxta. 
 mais. lorsqua cala Atait possibia, cas pagaa n'ont 
 pas itt filmias. 
 
 L'Institut a microfilm* la maillaur axamplaire 
 qu'il lui a At* possibia da sa procurar. Las details 
 da cat axamplaira qui sont paut-Atra uniquas du 
 point da vua bibliographiqua, qui peuvant modifier 
 una image reproduite. ou qui peuvent exiger une 
 modification dans la mithoda normala de filmage 
 sont indiquAs ci-dessous. 
 
 r~1 Colourad pages/ 
 
 Pagas da coulaur 
 
 Pagas damagad/ 
 Pagas andommagtes 
 
 Pagas restored and/oi 
 
 Pagas rastaurtes &t/ou palliculAes 
 
 Pagas discoloured, stained or foxei 
 Pages d*color*es. tacheties ou piquies 
 
 Pagas detached/ 
 Pages d*tach*es 
 
 Showthrough/ 
 Transparence 
 
 Quality of prir 
 
 Qualit* inigala de I'impression 
 
 Includas supplementary matarii 
 Comprand du matirial suppiimentaire 
 
 Only edition available/ 
 Saula Mition disponible 
 
 r~~| Pages damagad/ 
 
 n~1 Pagas restored and/or laminated/ 
 
 Fyj Pagas discoloured, stained or foxed/ 
 
 rri Pagas detached/ 
 
 Fyl Showthrough/ 
 
 I I Quality of print varies/ 
 
 rn Includas supplementary matarial/ 
 
 rn Only edition available/ 
 
 D 
 
 Pagas wholly or partially obscured by errata 
 slips, tissues, ate, hava been ref limed to 
 ensure the best possible image/ 
 Les pages totalament ou partiellement 
 obscurcies par un fauiilot d'errata, une pelure, 
 etc., ont *ti filmAes A nouveau de fapon i 
 obtenir la maillaure image possible. 
 
 Additional comments:/ 
 Commentairas suppidmantaires; 
 
 Wrinklad pagn may film slightly out of focus. 
 
 This item is filmed at the reduction ratio checked below/ 
 
 Ce document est film* au taux de riduction indiqu* ci-dessous. 
 
 10X 
 
 
 
 
 14X 
 
 
 
 
 18X 
 
 
 
 
 22X 
 
 
 
 
 26X 
 
 
 
 
 30X 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 y 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ^ ^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 12X 
 
 
 
 
 16X 
 
 
 
 
 20X 
 
 
 
 
 24X 
 
 
 
 
 28X 
 
 
 
 
 32X 
 
 
Th« copy fllmtd h«r« h«s b««n r«produc«d thanks 
 to th« g«n«ro«ity of: 
 
 D. B. Weldon Library 
 University of Wattarn Ontario 
 (Regional Hittory Room) 
 
 Tho imafloa appaaring hara ara tha baat quality 
 posaibia eonaidaring tha condition and lagibility 
 of tha original copy and in kaaping with tha 
 filming contract spaelfieationa. 
 
 L'axamplaira fllmi fut raproduit grAca i la 
 ginAroaiti da: 
 
 D. B. WeMon Library 
 University of Western Ontario 
 (Regional History Room) 
 
 Laa imagaa suivantaa ont M raproduitaa avac la 
 plua grand soin, compta tanu da la condition at 
 da la nattat* da l'axamplaira filmi, at •» 
 conformitA avac taa conditlona du contrat da 
 filmaga. 
 
 Original copiaa in printad papar covara ara filmad 
 baginning with tha front covar and anding on 
 tha laat paga with a printad or illuatratad impraa- 
 slon. or tha back covar whan appropriata. All 
 othar original copiaa ara filmad baginning on tha 
 first paga with a printad or illuatratad impraa- 
 aion, and anding on tha laat paga with a printad 
 or illuatratad impraaaion. 
 
 Las axamplalraa origlnaux dont la couvartura 9n 
 paplar aat imprimAa sont fllmAs an commandant 
 par la pramlar plat at an tarminant solt par la 
 darnMra paga qui comporta una amprainta 
 d'Impraaaion ou d'llluatration, solt par la sacond 
 plat, salon ia eas. Tous iaa autras axampiairas 
 origlnaux sont fiimis an commandant par la 
 pramlAra paga qui comporta una amprainta 
 d'Impraaaion ou d'iiluatratlon at nn tarminant par 
 la darnlAra fuiga qui comporta una taila 
 amprainta. 
 
 Tha laat racordad frama on aach microfleha 
 shall contain tha symbol ^^ (moaning "CON- 
 TINUED"), or tha symbol ▼ (moaning "END"), 
 whichavar appllaa. 
 
 Un daa symbolas suivants apparaitra sur la 
 damlAra imaga da chaqua microfleha. salon la 
 caa: la symbols — *• signifia "A SUIVRE". la 
 symbols ▼ signifia "FIN". 
 
 Mapa. plataa, charta. ate. may ba filmad at 
 diffarant raductlon ratloa. Thoaa too larga to ba 
 antlraly includad In ona axpoaura ara filmad 
 baginning in tha uppar laft hand cornar, laft to 
 right and top to bottom, aa many framaa aa 
 raquirad. Tha following diagrama illuatrata tha 
 mathod: 
 
 Laa cartaa, planchaa, tablaaux. ate. pauvent Atra 
 fllmAa A daa taux da reduction diff Arants. 
 Loraqua la documant aat trop grand pour Atre 
 raproduit an un saul cllchA, il aat filmA A partir 
 da I'angla sup4riaur gaucha, da gaucha A droita. 
 at da haut tt baa, an pranant la nombra 
 d'imagas n<lcassalra. Las diagrammas suivants 
 illuatrant la mAthoda. 
 
 1 2 3 
 
 1 2 3 
 
 4 5 6 
 
w^ 
 
 • 
 
COMPENDIOUS SYSTEM 
 
 or 
 
 
 G E O G R A F"H Y, 
 
 AS CONlVKCTio WITB 
 
 ASTRONOMY, 
 
 I 
 
 AMD ILLOSTKATED VS TBK 
 
 USE OF THE GLOBES, 
 
 WITH 
 
 An APPENDIX. 
 
 BT THE 
 
 REV. THOMAS ROSS, A. M. 
 
 SfKlOR MlAlSTIR OP TBE SCOTCB CHDRCB 
 IM KOTTaBDAM. 
 
 €DfnI)ur0& : 
 
 riLIKTSS FOR THE AUTHOR, 
 .ar J<MW MOIB, BOTAI, 14m CiOSB. 
 
 1804. 
 
 •■ «njii i— 
 
 m*t^idtlUH%.-^ 
 
 j^ipiMiiifai^ V !*.*'*|.""' "*- 
 
^^SP. 
 
 IT0iOyl3^ 
 
 TfC) 
 
 
 D a o 
 
 
 'z;^ 
 
 5^: T ^ ^ 
 
 ■) ?ia^- 
 
 I MM 
 
 ^/3^I 
 
 ' ^^ !'.!« 
 
 T 
 
 5-5 
 
 !• ■ 'it 
 
 liiH, iUO'. VS 
 
 -Or I 
 
rr 
 
 I MP III imrnnwMHP^ 
 
 w 
 
 ^naipailll 
 
 TO 
 
 GEORGE DEMPSTER, ESQUIRE, 
 
 OF 
 
 DUNNICHEN: 
 
 -IN TESTIMONY OF 
 
 PROFOUND RESPECT F^R HIS AMIABLE VIRTUES, 
 
 AND OF GRATEFUL REMEMBRANCE OF 
 
 EARLY AND KIND ATTENTIONS, 
 
 ENHANCED BY THE MANNER 
 
 IN WHICH THEY WXRE 
 
 BESTOWED : 
 
 THIS VOLUME IS HUMBLY INSCRIBED. 
 
 BT BIS OSLIGEO AND MOST OBEDIENT SERVANT 
 
 THE AUTHOR. 
 
^^^ftm^^ ' ""■■" I U ^t I! I tii,WI».7T»Pi»«|^»*^"^ 
 
 ^ 
 
 oc 
 
 
 'do 
 
 ^V^^'Hn-uv^.v.'ia 
 
 t . /lOMlX^i' ".-li 
 
 a>:::«^TQ' ? 
 
 •••:: ^0 0" 
 
 ...JL 
 
 f 
 
 ;<f -'iifT :r?r aarrAR-^c 
 
 J ,:. 
 
•1 ^I 
 
 'vr 
 
 
 PREFACE, 
 
 
 f, 
 
 TIffi importance of Geography, i^ t bnochof genii 
 val science, is apparent, from the delight which ^he atudy 
 of it aKbr^s to every ingenuous mind ) from the sublime 
 ideas which it saggesta, Mid the striicing evidences which 
 it exhibits, of the wisdom, power, and goodness of the 
 adorable Creators from the feeling interest whieh man 
 toneeives in whatever relates to man, and to the Globe 
 *tvhich he inh^lts ; flrom its peculiar advantages in the 
 ordinary intercourse of society } and ifom its ihdispensible 
 necessity in almost every department of active life. 
 
 In this countiy, the estimation in which it is held, 
 Appears from the prodigious number of books on that 
 subject with which the country abounds, and by the lit- 
 beral encouragement with which these publications are 
 favoured. 
 
 But Geography, however important, and however 
 much it has been cultivated in various periods of the 
 world, and particularity of late, has as yet made but a very 
 distant approach to that perfection at which it must oue 
 day arrive. There are but very few plaoCS], comparatively, 
 of which the enwt situation has as yet been ascertained, 
 either with respect to the great divisions of the Globe, or 
 to other distant parts upon its surface ; few places, of con- 
 sequence, towards which the navigator can steer his 
 course with*perfect certainty, that, provided his calcula- 
 tions are correct, he shall arrive directly at the place of 
 his destination. Of this no clearer proof can be required 
 than the well-known fact, that there does not yet exist 
 an exact chart of the British Cha?inel, or of the coast of 
 France. Few (^ountries there are, (not to speak of the 
 wilds of Africa and America, or of the central parts of 
 Asia;^ and the Russian and Turkish empire^) of whi^l^ 
 
^^V*- »'\f 
 
 \ 
 
 h PkEFACE. 
 
 the outline, the extont^^ ^e clivisionB, the position ina 
 height of the mountains, the courses of the rivers, and 
 the situation of the towns and cities, are exactly known i 
 Hence no two maps of the same country are evtt found 
 to correspond with ttnth Other in these respects . Few 
 places comparatively there are, of which the general as- 
 pect, the soil, and the productions, with all those external 
 circumstances of situation, climate, s^sasons, and accident- 
 al occurrences, which enhance or diminish their import- 
 ance, are known with any satisfying degree of ndinuteneisi 
 itill fewer of wnioh w^ can enter into the private feelings 
 of the inhabitant8> and mark the more important circum- 
 stances of religious principle, or superstitious terror, of 
 pdlitical fireedom. Or despotic tyranny; of customs, habits 
 and diversions ; of food, clothing, and lodging ; and the 
 innutnerable objects of fear and hope, of aversion and de- 
 jire, which h&vfi the most powerful influence on the en- 
 joyments and suflferings of life ; which alone give decision 
 to character> and a spring and energy to active exertion. 
 Yet thase constitute the veryjQVil and essence (^ Geo- 
 :graphy.:.i r':;- ■ ■ - Vl- ■ 
 
 There is another circumstance in which Geography is 
 extremely deficient; and that is, in the means of access 
 to the knowledge which already exists upon the subject. 
 In most other departments of science there are elemen- 
 tary works, which serve as textrbooks to public teachers^ 
 and as guides to private individuals who wish to acquire 
 a knowledge of the subject. In the department of Greo* 
 igraphy, there is no work of this kind ; but every one i« 
 f obliged to collect what kilowledge he can upon the sub- 
 ject, with more labour, and less confidence of success, 
 than in any other department of sciencq. Hence the 
 Teachers of Public Classes are obliged to pass slightly 
 . over the elementary, or pliilosophical, part of the course, 
 cnyhich.is by far the most ippprtaut; and, after a few pro- 
 
 U'-: 
 
PREFACE. > 
 
 btems, mechanically solired upon the gjobesj to proceed 
 to the description of countries, from which, the pupUa- 
 ean derive no poisihle jldvantage but what results from 
 the exertion of memory alone. . Hence, too, ihgeiuoug 
 youthsy particularly in the covrntry^ who desire to culti- 
 vate this interesting study by themselves, are destitute of 
 the moans of gratifying so laudable an ambition. It 
 follows, by a necessary consequence, that the principles of 
 this science, whi(^,iby the aid of proper means, are ac^< 
 cessible to every person who can read and think, are 
 known only to a few, who have collected them firom an 
 extensive acquaintance with general science ; while the 
 great majority possess only vague and confused notions, 
 without any accurate or consisjLent knowledge on the 
 object., 
 
 While this is the state of Geography, it is absurd to 
 say that the subject is exhausted, or. that too much has 
 been already written upon it. It ist unreasonable also in 
 an Author, who h^s laboured in this department himself, 
 with whatever success, to claim an exclusive property in7 
 the Work, or to reject the assistance of others who are 
 disposed to contribute towands the same object. Where 
 so much remains to be ?.ccomplished, the ground should 
 be open to every exertion; and where the end is of: 
 such importance to mankind, all ought to unite their ef- • 
 forts for its speedy attainment. Every Greographer, in- 
 stead of striving to push his competitors off the; fields* 
 ought gratefully to avail himself of the labours of those* 
 who have written before him, and to encourage succeed-, 
 ing writers to supply his own defects. The pretensions^ 
 of every writer 1 who proposes the improvement of the 
 subject, are entitled to a fair and candid examination ; 
 and, in proportion to his success, he deserves the gratir.'.- 
 tude of the world. . :t n\'p H"^ 
 
 ^ 
 
 r-it^A^' 
 
 •>y. 
 
mix mtmrn i.op ippi 
 
 It wM with thetc lentimdntt that the Author of thcf 
 fiUowing Treatile engaged itt a work of thit hatulre. Hit 
 •ttentiott WM directed to the itihjedt of Geography at an 
 early period of life, and in a situation in which he felt ita 
 deftoti with pteullar xlisappointfiient And regret ; When 
 he aftdivards examined it in more ftvouraUe circum« 
 atancea, he found theie defects more numerous and morb 
 «on8iderable than he had at first conceived j and he eVtil 
 observed them to inoreatie in proportion to the attention 
 which he bestowed upon the subject. l|t occurred to him> 
 that, by supplying sdme of thes^ defects^ and correcting 
 some c^ the most material errors by which Geography 
 was defaced, he ihi|^t facilitate the aequisitioh of that 
 important science^ and perform an acceptable service to 
 the public. With this view he ventured to prepare Ibr 
 publication, a manuscript which had. been the ftiult of 
 many years attention to the study> and of the actual ap- 
 plication of its principles to practical use. He entered* 
 lipbn thft Work with all that diffidence ivhich a deep im- 
 pression of the extent, the variety, and difficulty, of the 
 subject was calculated to inspire ; he has prosecuted iti 
 with all the diligence and application which could arise 
 frbm a convictioii of its importance ; and he nolv pre- 
 Bfents it to the world, not from any motives of competi- 
 tion, but from a desire of doing good^ 
 
 How far.he has succeeded, he dares not presume even 
 to hazard a conjecture. He letrves this to be determined 
 by those for whose advantage he has sincerely laboured. 
 If their decision shall be favourable, his ambition is com- 
 pletely gratified } his object is perfectly attained. If the 
 cdntrdry, he will still indulge the hope that Uie hints 
 vmhich he has given may paVe the wky to others who^^ 
 with greater abilities, and better means of success, shhH 
 yet direct their attention to the subject. 
 
 Sivntay-Garden, Ediaiurgb, "> 
 
$f^ ^ '^' 
 
 f^ > 
 
 t V, 
 
 >A.»»I" 
 
 
 • »• 
 
 PART I. 
 
 * • £LfM£NTS Ot" OtdORAPKr. 
 
 loufed. 
 
 ,,.«.. Page 
 
 ASTKONOMY lb 
 
 ^Mathematical J)eiiiutions * 4 is 
 
 Of the Measures iof Angles . zj 
 
 Of the Solar STStem . . . . ib 
 
 Aitronomical ^fiaitiions . . 14 
 
 Of the Sun l5 
 
 Of Mercury . ,,^ni «'>'■' ' * *^ 
 
 Of Venus 17 
 
 Of the £arth I9 
 
 Of the Moon ...... zy 
 
 Of Mars ' .' . .' . . . ., « ao 
 
 Of Jupiter . ii 
 
 Of Saturn .* . . . . . . »3 
 
 Of the Georgium Sidus ... 34 
 
 Of Cbinetl ..*.'. .• . . ib 
 
 Of the Fixed Stars . . . . A5 
 
 A Constellation dein«d . . %'j 
 
 The Galaxy, or Milky Way . . 28 
 
 Of the Figure of the EArth . %<f 
 
 Geographical Definition^ . . 30 
 
 Pfc^rties of Matter- .... 35 
 
 Of Air 38 
 
 The Atmosphere ib 
 
 , Pag* 
 
 <'dund . . . '' i* 
 
 Wind ....... .*,% 
 
 Tiaes ...... . , 4^ 
 
 Geographical *reniis . . « . .i|y 
 
 Of Maps . 43 
 
 Of Measures ■..,.. 44^ 
 Description of tSfe Terrestrial 
 
 Globe, and its'af pendages ib 
 Description of the Celestial Globe 
 
 with its appendages . . .46 
 Definitions relating to th« Celes> 
 
 tial Globe . .... . 47 
 
 yiat of tlw Terrestrial ofobe . 4*^ 
 l)se of the Celestial' Globe . .'^9' 
 Of the Harvest Moon ... 7s 
 Of Titne, u reckoned in different . 
 
 places 74. 
 
 Description of the Globes on the 
 
 eld construction . . ■npr't^yi... . 7^ 
 Problems solved on the Tenrtestrial ^ 
 
 Globe on the o/<J construction ib 
 Of Forms of Government . .79 
 OfReki^ion ..... .86 
 
 Of the Great Empires of Antiqdtty 8^ 
 
vuj 
 
 CONTENTS. 
 
 PAKT ir. 
 
 t 
 
 II. 
 
 Iir. 
 
 IV. 
 
 ASIA. 
 
 Persia . . ' ' ' ' 97 
 
 India ....'/*' '°^ 
 
 '• India within the Ganges 'ib' 
 
 «• India beyond the 
 ». China , . 
 
 Vl.Tattai7 
 
 VP- Japan . .* .' 
 
 <^ienta] Islands ' 
 
 *f T •,- 
 
 .'• Bildtilperidl . 
 ■ Zwa . . . . 
 HI. Nigritia. . . ;* ' 
 
 IV. Inland Parts of Guinei 
 V. i^Tubia. . 
 
 '• Denmark 
 
 AFRICA . . 
 
 I. Maritime Countries. 
 
 • »S7 IX. Senegambia . 
 
 X. Upper Guinea .' .' 
 XI. Lower Giiinea . ; 
 XII. CaiR-aria *, V 
 
 xni.soiraia ;';■'.'.' 
 
 XIV, Zanguebar 
 XV.Ajan . . .'.'/ 
 
 XVI. Abex, or mbash . 
 II. Interior Codntrij 
 
 Jl. Tripoli . . 
 Hi* "Tunis . , 
 I^. Algiers . . 
 ■ V. Morocco . '. 
 VT. Monselema . 
 Vn. Mongearta . ' ' ' '"'^ 
 Via bum Coast ■ • ■ • '?5 
 
 ib 
 
 Ganges laj 
 
 ' • ' I2S 
 
 •'•'37 
 
 • • M5 
 
 • • 147 
 
 • 153 
 
 • ^79 
 189 
 
 . 188' 
 
 ^95 
 
 • ib 
 tpff 
 .lb 
 
 197 
 
 20t 
 
 221, 
 
 328 
 
 lEs OF Africa, 
 VI. Abyssinia . '. . , 
 VII. Ethiopia 
 Vni. Mano^mugi . 
 ^ Mbnomatopa 
 African Islands . 
 
 £t/ROPE 
 
 '. E«t and West G^e'nla^d 24I "" ''""^'* 
 »- Norway 
 
 • 4j« 
 
 234 
 . ib 
 
 «35 
 235 
 
 243 
 
 3. Jutland , . * ' • '47 
 
 4. Hoktein . .'.'** '"^^ 
 H.Sweden ' • • . Sji 
 
 «r. Russia *^^ 
 
 IV.ft,la„d . .* '7^ 
 
 883 
 
 VI. Great Britain 
 'I.Scotland . 
 «• England . 
 3- Ireland . 
 VII, Holland . *. 
 VHI. Netherlands ' . 
 XI. Gernjany . 
 
 • 2P3 
 
 . 2p5 
 
 . ib 
 
 325 
 •!4«8 
 
 445 
 
 477 
 4Z6 
 
CONTENTS, 
 
 u 
 
 XI. trertnany continued 
 I. Austria. . . ■ 
 a. Brandenburg . 
 3. Saxony . . v 
 
 . 486 
 
 • 497 
 I 501 
 
 •JOS 
 4. Hanover ■,..•■., , 507 
 
 ■5. Bavaiia 509 
 
 <. Wurtemburg . . » 510 
 
 7. Baden ....... 5x1 
 
 8. Aschaifenbourg . . 513 
 
 9. Hesse-Cassel .... ib 
 20. Mecklenburg . . . 514 
 ii. Brunswick .... 515 
 ia.Saltzburg » . . . $16 
 
 13. Nassau Dillenbourg . 5x7 
 
 14. Nassau Elsingen . . 518 
 
 15. Nassau Wielbu)rg . . 519 
 X6. Brisgau .... . . ib 
 
 l7.S\\'edish Pomerania . . ib 
 iS.Anhalt ...... 520 
 
 19. Hesse Darmstadt . . . ib 
 ao. Hanse Towns, and Impe- 
 rial Cities .... 541 
 
 Austrian Dominipnt Out (^Germany. 
 I. Bohemia .... 531 
 1. Moravia ..... . ib 
 
 3. Hungary 53* 
 
 4. Transylvania . . b 534 
 
 5. Sclavonia 535 
 
 6. Croatia ib 
 
 7. Dalmatia ib 
 
 X. France 535 
 
 XI. Switzerlaoid .... 594 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 XILItkly . 
 Savoy 
 
 Piedmont, Montferrat 
 
 .Sardinia 
 
 Venetian State! . . 
 Istria .. . .»,.•'«,';• 
 Milan ... i / . • 
 
 Page 
 
 601 
 
 607 
 
 6cS 
 
 ib 
 
 . ^09 
 
 • 613 
 
 . ib 
 
 Mantua ...... 614 
 
 ^ .Parma .. ; ^i.(;»-:'{#(!'«3'i» rib 
 Modena .. . • . ' .' ' £15 
 
 Mirandola ib 
 
 Monaco ib 
 
 Massa ... . . • . . ib 
 Tuscany . . . . . . ib 
 
 Piombino €16 
 
 Genoa 6iy 
 
 Lucca ib 
 
 St Marino ...» . ib 
 
 Ferrara 6xS 
 
 Bologna jb 
 
 Romagna ib 
 
 Ancona 619 
 
 Dominions of the Church 640 
 The Kingdom of Naples 6a c 
 Sicily . . . . . ,^ tf«» 
 The Lipari .... 6iy 
 The Islands of Malta and 
 Gozo (Ja4 
 
 XIII. Spain ^2i 
 
 XIV. Portugal 533 
 
 XV. Seven Islands .... 6^^ 
 
 XVI. Turkey in Europe . . . 641 
 Tufki^h Island? . . 64S 
 
 AMERICA ..... 653 
 
 I. NORTH AMERICA. 
 
 BjiiTisii America. 
 
 1. New Britain 657 3. New Brunswick 
 
 3. Canada 658 4. Nova Scotia. . . 
 
 660 
 66i 
 
CONtSKtS. 
 
 ..'7 . C/'i' ' , Page 
 
 iNDrFENBtVT ^nWA 66% 
 
 ttf Matyiand 
 
 i 
 
 11^ Virginia ..... . . . (89 
 
 X. Main •«••.. Pogt 66^ 
 
 ft. New Ham|tshire .... 6(5 
 
 3. Vermont . . . > . . €6^ 
 
 4. MasMckiuets «... . 668 
 
 5. RJuMle Island . . . . . 6ji 
 
 6. Goanecticut 67a 
 
 7. New York ... . . . 674 
 
 8. New Jttsey . . . ." , . 677 
 
 9. PeiuMjrlvania . . . . . - . 680 
 to. Delaware ...... (83 
 
 ... THVSPANISf|DoMINtOKS^fNKQKTH.^MfX;CA. . 
 
 «. East Florida . . . . . 737 3. New Mexico apd Cali&rnia 
 a. Wcit Florida . . • . . 
 
 m4 
 
 13. North Carolina . ...... 
 
 X4« South Carolina f^>4 .(i...,. 
 15, Georgia .. . s . ; . 
 i^ Kentucky. .. .' . 4 . 
 
 17. Western T^nitorf « . . . 
 xS. Tennassee . . ^hv^t .x' 
 I^uisiana . ... ' . ' . . 
 
 <93 
 «94 
 
 691 
 699 
 
 705 
 
 709 
 735 
 
 739 
 
 738 4. Old Iklexico ...... 740 
 
 SOUTH AMERICA. 
 
 I. TVrra flrma 74a 
 
 '%. Guiana . . . . . . . 743 
 
 J.Peru ;....... 744 
 
 4|. Amazonia '..'.. . . 745 
 
 ^. Brazil .' ; , « . . . 74$ 
 
 6. Paraguay ...... 747 
 
 7. Chili- 748 
 
 8. Pata^nia ..,,..-. 749 
 
 , . Islands of .^m^k^ca. 
 
 The Canadas '. . . . . • . . 749 
 
 The Bermudas . ; . . . 750 
 'The Bahamas- ...... ib 
 
 The Great Antilles .... ib 
 
 T.Cuba ....... ib 
 
 a. StDonringo . • • • 7$i 
 
 3. Porto Rico ; .' . ... 757 
 
 4. Jamaica 757 
 
 The Virgin Isles 7J« 
 
 The Gbaribbee Isles ... . ib 
 The Little Antilles .... 759 
 The Falkland Isles . . . , 7^0 
 The Azores ..,..<. ib 
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 A Table of Latitudes and Longitudes . . . 7(^1 
 
 ^TableofMooiesinEurope, Asia, Africa, and Ameridt . . . » ^^% 
 
r>'M 
 
 "-i-^; ' r : STi^ WT ^ rrr 
 
 A)f 
 
 
 Page 
 
 * « » 
 
 66i 
 
 « • 
 
 »4 
 
 • • • 
 
 689 
 
 t-jw*!»-v • 
 
 «93 
 
 :fe|i^i?... ,. 
 
 «M 
 
 « ' • • 
 
 «97 
 
 k' « « 
 
 699 
 
 tijtf/ . < . 
 
 705 
 
 • •\ • 
 
 709 
 
 • • • 
 
 735 
 
 U ' , 
 
 
 li&rnia 
 
 739 
 
 * * * 
 
 740 
 
 t t • »■ 
 
 74tf 
 
 V'^-V i 
 
 747 
 
 rk^'. . 
 
 748 
 
 i--"» • ~< 
 
 749 
 
 ;Si , . . 
 
 
 * • • 
 
 757 
 
 *"* • • 
 
 7^8 
 
 • • 
 
 . ib 
 
 • • « 
 
 759 
 
 • • t 
 
 7tfo 
 
 • • 
 
 . ib 
 
 '*', ) . ^ 
 
 
 .'U . ■ 
 
 
 • ■ 
 
 . 7«ri 
 
 • • 
 
 77? 
 
 ABRIDGED SYSTEM 
 
 .v.Ac:Tiv:i;j3a .-. - '.uuu .'■. 
 or 
 
 GEO G,:ii a'"^"-h y 
 
 AND 
 
 ASTRONOMY. 
 
 jo:: 
 
 
 PART L o 
 
 ELEMENTS OF jGEOGRAPHY. 
 
 (.- •)Ji;I(| sa<^)> — .»jjiitjj 
 
 SiCT. !• (GrBoeRAPiiy* is a description oFthe letirestrial Globe, 
 
 with it» different natural and arbitrary division's, 
 a^ The earth is not, as was long supposed, the largest body 
 in the universe, nor is it stationary in one place while all the 
 others are in motion j but is merely a planet, and sabject to 
 the same laws as the various other bodies which move round 
 the sun, as their common centre. Hence the intimate rela- 
 tion of Geography to Astronomy. ', 
 
 Astronomy f is that branch of natural philosophy, or mix- 
 ed mathematics^ which treats of the heavenly bodies, and ex- 
 plains their motions, times, distances, and magnitudes. 
 
 3 
 
 * riwyfwf /», compounded of the two Greek words ri«, or yif, which lig- 
 nifies tbt Mrfi&, and y;*^, which signifies to write. 
 
 t 'Af{«M/4i«, from ifiofi a star, and »«/*«, a iiiw or rule. 
 
 A 
 
12 
 
 ELEMENTS OF 
 
 Part I. 
 
 Mathematical Definitions. 
 MATHKMATICAt lifeFlNITIONS. 
 
 4. A Point Is that which hath no magnitude. 
 
 5. A LiNB Is length wthout breadth. 
 
 6. A Straight Line Is that which lies evenly between its 
 extreme points. 
 
 7. • An Angle is-tjie inclination of two lines to one another, 
 which meet togelher, but are not in the same direction. 
 
 8. When a straight line, standing on another straight line, 
 makes th«.^jaeent angles equsl to mie anothefj etch of the 
 angles is called a right angle j and the straight line, which 
 stands on the other. Is called a pIbrpendicular to it. — (Sec 
 Plate L Fig. i.) 
 
 9. An OfltusE Angle is that whick is greater than a right 
 angle.— (See plate I. fig, 2.). 
 
 10. An Acute Angle is that which is less than a right 
 angle. — (See plate L fig. 3.) 
 
 It. A C1RCL6 is a plane figure contained hf ttht une, which 
 is called the cxrcumfersnce, and is such, that all straight 
 lines, drawn frdm a certain p<Mnt^ within the figure to the 
 circumference, are equal to one another .<«^( See plate Lfig. 4.) 
 
 12. And this point is called the Cbntks of the circle. 
 
 23. A Diameter of a circle is a isttAi^t line dr^wn through 
 the centre, and terminated both W&ys bf the circumfer- 
 ence.— (See plate L fig. 5.) 
 
 14. A Semi-circle is the figure contcdned by a diameter, and 
 
 the part of the circumference cut otE by the diametet.— 
 
 (See plate L fig. 5.) - .- ,;r:r .^ i i^.-i: e - - 
 
 ,15. A SL;ai*iENT of a circle is the figure c<mtained by a straight 
 
 line, and the circumference it cuts off.-»( See plate L fig. 6.) 
 
 16. Parallel straight unbs are such as are in the same plane, 
 
Part I. 
 
 between its 
 
 •ne another, 
 rection. 
 traight line, 
 each of the 
 line, which 
 o it. — (See 
 
 lan a right 
 
 an a right 
 
 inie, which 
 all straight 
 giire to the 
 te I. fig. 4.) 
 e. '• 
 
 m through 
 circumfer- 
 
 tihiety and 
 ameter.— 
 
 a strught 
 I.fig.€.) 
 ime plane, 
 
Fig. 
 
 1. Ti«-?. 
 
 l»ii t'.'.l , 
 
 
 t,/m*r.y, 72 
 
 
Part I. 
 
 GEOGRAPKV. 
 
 tt 
 
 Th* Meas^ures of AdglW-^Tlke Solar Systcftu 
 
 and whitfli, being produced eveV so fat both Ways, do not 
 meet. — (Se« plate I. »igv 7*) 
 
 OF THE MSAStTRES OF ANGLES. 
 
 17. The circumference of- every circle is supposed to be divi- 
 ded into 360 parts, called Degrees \ each degree into 60 mi- 
 nutes, and each minute into 60 seconds. Thiey are marked 
 thus, 24** 15' 33"; 24 degrees, 15 minutes, 33 seconds. ' 
 
 18. If d circle be described round a point, where two Hnes 
 meeting, form an angle, the angle is measured by the num- 
 ber of degrees intercepted between the lines, which number 
 is the same, whether the circle be great or ismall.— (See 
 plate I. fig. 8.) 
 
 19. The circle upon which all angles are measured,, is descri- 
 bed with a radius of 60°, taken from Gunter's Scale <^ Chords. 
 
 20. The Radius of a circle is the distance between the centre 
 and any point of the circumference. Or it is the space con- 
 tdned between the two points of the compasses, when a cir- 
 cle is described. 
 
 21. A Right angle contains 90°. 
 
 22. An Acute angle contains less than 90**. 
 
 23. An Obtuse angle contains more than 90", but less than 
 l8o^— (See plate I. fig. 8.) 
 
 OF tHE SOLAR SYSTEM. 
 
 24. The Sun, the Planets, with their moons or satellites, and 
 the comets, constitute the solar system. — (See plate II. fig. 12.) 
 
 25. The sun is placed in, or near the common centre of the 
 planets, which continually move round it, with difterent de- 
 grees of velocity, and at various distances. 
 
 A a 
 
ELEMENTS OF 
 
 Part I. 
 
 The Solar Syitenu— Attronomical Definitions. 
 
 !l6. The planets artf Merciiry, Venus, the Eurtk with the 
 Moon, Mars, Jupiter, Saturn, mi4 the Georgium Sidus *. 
 
 27. Mercury and Venus, which move nearer the Sun than the 
 Earth does, are called infbiuoii planets. Mars, Jupiter, 
 Saturn, and the Georgium Sidus, which move at a greater 
 distance^ hre called supirior planets. ■ ^u- , 
 
 28. The path which a planet describes in moving roiond the 
 rjn, is called its orbit. 
 
 29. The orbits of the plstnets are not cirti^ar, but ellifttical^ or 
 &oal\ so that each of the planets sometimes approaches 
 nearer to, and at other times recedes farther from the sun^s 
 centre, than if they moved round him in a circle. 
 
 30. This deviation iqom a circle, is called the eccxntricitt o£ 
 the orbit. 
 
 * Mercurius, nearest to the central Sun, 
 -Does in an oval orbit circling run ; 
 Bat rarely is the obje<5l of our sight. 
 In solar glory sunk, and more 'prevailing light. 
 Venus is next, whose lovely beams adorn 
 As well the dewy eve as op'ping morn. 
 The Gbbe terrestrial, next, with slanting poles, 
 And all it's ponderous load, unwearied rolls. 
 Thfcn we behold bright planetary Jove 
 Sublime in air, through his wide province aiove ; 
 Four second planets his dominion own. 
 And round him tuili, as round the earth the moot ' 
 Saturn revolving in a wider sphere. 
 With greater labour finishes his year: 
 ^ni Giorgium Sidut, firii ky Hencbel tfiedf 
 Dcet in tie bigbett orb majeitic ridt ; 
 WbtrCf M tb* ipa:t of four tewt year t and tbfttf 
 He ttareetbt end of bit Ung tonne uh tee. 
 
 Blacsmori *• 
 
 * The lines in Italics added aimt 1801. 
 
 « 
 
PahtI. 
 
 GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 *S 
 
 The Solar Syttem.— Astronomical Definitions. 
 
 31. Though everyone of the planets revolves in an orbit, 
 whose plane, if extended, would pass through the sun^s 
 centre, yet they do not all move in the same plane. The 
 planes of their orbits intersect one another at an angle never 
 exceeding 8". 
 
 32. The points of intersection which the orbit of any platiefe 
 makes with the earth*s orbit, are called the nodes. That 
 node is called ascending^ where the planet passes from the 
 louth to the north side of the earth*s orbit j and the other is. 
 called the descending node. 
 
 33. The straight line which joins these intersections, is called 
 
 THE LINE OF THE NODES. 
 
 34. A body is in conjunctjon with the sun, when it ift seen in 
 the same point of the heavens with that luminary j or in 
 some point of a straight line which passes through the sun*s 
 centre perpendicularly tp the plane of the earth's orbit. 
 
 35. A body is in opposition to the sun, when it appears in 
 that point of the earth's orbit which is 180° distant from the 
 sun's place both ways ; or in some part of a straight line 
 which passes through that point perpendicularly to the plane 
 of the earth's orbit *. ' "^<^ ^- ' 
 
 36. The ELONGATfON of a body, is its angular distance from the 
 sun, as seen from the earth. ' '• ^- ' 
 
 37. The earth and the other planets are retained liii their 
 orbits, by being always attracted to'prards the sun as their 
 centre, and having a constant tendency to fly oflf' from it in 
 a straight line. 
 
 =r^ 
 
 * More properly, a body i$ in conjunction with the sun^ when it has 
 the same longitude ; and in opposition« when the diflcrence of their lon- 
 gitudes is 180^. But these definitions could not, with propriety, be ad< 
 initted into the text, as the longitade has not yet been d«fnediT^. 
 (Ste f 164,) 
 
 A3 
 
 t 
 
i€ 
 
 ELEMENTS OF 
 
 pAtT-I. 
 
 ■^^ 
 
 The Solar Systcm-^The Sun— Mercury. 
 
 38. The pow«r by which a planet is attracted towards the 
 Sun, i^ caUe4 the CENTKipsTiO. force, and the power by 
 
 . which it it impelled to fly off in a straight line, U called the 
 
 Centritugal force. ... 
 
 39. The SUN (0) is supposed to be an immense globe of fire, 
 whose diameter is 890,000 English miles, and whose body 
 is above a million of times bigger than that of the earth. 
 By means of the spots^ upon its disk, it has been discovered 
 that the Sun revolves round its own axis, without moving 
 considerably out of its place, in about 25 days, ^nd that 
 the axis of this motion is inclined to the earth^s orbit in 
 an angle of 87°. 30'. nearly. The apparent diameter of ' 
 the Sun is 32'. 12". 
 
 40. MERCURY ($) is the nearest planet to the Sun, about 
 which it is carried with a very rapid motion. Hence the Greeks 
 called this planet by the name of the nimble messisnger of the 
 gods, and represented it by the figure of a youth with mngs 
 at bis head and feet. The mean distance of Mercuiy from 
 the Sun is about 36,900,000 miles. His diameier is about 
 3,600 miles. The inciination of his orbit to that of the 
 earth is 6°. 54'. His period of revolution round the Sim 
 is 87 days 23 hours ^ which, consequently, is his year. 
 The eccentricity of his orbit is about 7,000,000 of miles, 
 which is one-fifth of his mean distance i and he moves, in 
 his orbit about the Sun, at the amazing rate of 95,000 miles 
 an hour. Mercury changes his phases like the Moon, ac- 
 cording to his various portions with respect to the Earth 
 and Sun j except only that he never appears quite full, be- 
 cause his enlightened dde is nevet turned directly towards 
 
 . us, unless when he is so near the Sun as to be lost to our 
 sight in his beams. His greatest elongation is 28°. ', and his 
 
 y^bi ' 
 
Pa&tI. 
 
 (ar(b the 
 awcr by 
 died the 
 
 c of fire, 
 )se body 
 be earth. 
 iscQvered 
 t moving 
 ^nd that 
 orbit in 
 meter of 
 
 
 '^A 
 
 in, about 
 16 Greeks 
 jer of the 
 ith «vings 
 ujy from 
 " is about 
 »t of the 
 I the Sun 
 
 lus year. 
 
 of miles, 
 movetf in 
 ,000 miles 
 ^oon, ac- 
 the Earth 
 : full, be- 
 ly towards 
 lost to our 
 , 'f and his 
 
 *S 
 
'/k t'ltt'i- />Of/f 4,1 
 
 I'LATK II. 
 
 /•rt/t/tf,- II ffntfitii' o/ 7.^4. //f,/)^ 
 
 thfPlauets 
 
 rfJWarc 
 
 *tStMun 
 
Part.. I. 
 
 GEOGRAPHY. 
 TJi« S«lw 9yitc«i.-~Venui. 
 
 ^1 
 
 mog tUidif qr bulk, one tYventy-tevcnth of thpt of tho 
 Earth. When visible to the naked eye, this planet emit! 
 a very clear white light ; but by its proximity to the sun, it is 
 seldom to be seen, and whe(t }t ip, only for a shptt time. The 
 best observations of this planet are those made when it is sc«n 
 on the sun's disk, called its traasii. The place of Mercury*« 
 asciitdinfi node {northward) is Taurus, 14°. 43'., and cop» 
 sequently that oit)u4«^tCf tiding node {southward) is Scorpio, 
 14° .43'. The Earth is in those parts on the 6th of Npveigber 
 and 4th of May *, and, when Mercury comes to either of 
 his nodes, a; ' '; infeiior conjunction about these times, he 
 will appear to pass over the Sim's disk, like » little spot, 
 eclipsing a part of the Sun's bodyj but observable only with a 
 telescope. . n'l ^di taot\ muh nA r 
 
 41. VENUS (9) Is the second planet in the system, being pla- 
 ced at the mean distance of 68,900^000 miles from the sun's 
 centre. Her diameter is 7,900 miles, llie inclination of 
 her orbit to that of the Earth is 3°. 23', and the points of 
 their intersection or nades are 14". of Gemini and Sagit- 
 tarius. Her greatest elongation b 47*^. 48'. *, and her mag- 
 nitude or bulk nine-tenths of that of the Earth. Her peri, 
 odical course round the Sun is performed in 224 days 17 
 hours of our reckoning, moving at the rate of 80,995 ™|lcs 
 per hour. Her eccentricity is seven-thousandth parts of her 
 mean distance, or 490,000 miles. The diurnal rotation round 
 her axis is not yet determined. Her axis is inclined to hcF 
 orbit at an angle of 75°. ' 
 
 42. Venus is our morning and evening star alternately j for when 
 she appears west of the Sun, which is from her inferior to her 
 superior conjunction^ she rises before lilm, and is denominated 
 The Morning Star j and when she appears cast from the 
 Sun^ which is from her superior to her inferior conjunction, 
 she continues above the horizon after he sets, and is deno- 
 
 A 4 
 
VH*' 
 
 SOlxAR 
 
 (M t/iir Scale ffut ffearyiioti Sulup yvouza 
 
 CliaiarU»rs of 
 
 **8*«v?dJS?RSi 
 
Pig..\2 
 
 
 recfuiri' a /fa^ftur oj" j.3^ /nc/ifj' 
 
 thrTlanets 
 
 %JupiM' 
 *i Sttnm 
 
 *^i*«^edlS?SSfiawg«^"y 
 
i8' 
 
 ELEMENTS OF 
 
 Part I- 
 
 The Solar System.— The Earth. 
 
 minated The Evening Star j being each of these m her 
 turn for 2QO days. >'■*-,'■* "-«»wi -•"' "■• -*. .x -.;.,.<!. 
 
 43. The EARTH (©) is the third planet in the solar system. 
 Its t/ittance from the Sun is about 95,173,127 miles. Its 
 dtomettr is 7,957^ milesj and its circumference 25,000 
 miles. The Earth, beiiJcs a small motion, afterwards to 
 be explained, (see § 198, note) which causes the precession 
 of the equinoxes, has two great and independent motions j 
 the one diorntil^ roimd its own axis (see § 70) in 24 hours, 
 which constitutes the vatural or solar day * 5 the other an- 
 nual, round the Sun in one year, or 365 days 6 hours 9 
 minutes 17 seconds, reckoning the time as it would appear 
 to a spectator in the sun, from the instant when the Earth is in 
 conjunction with a fixed star, until its return to the same, 
 ctM&A \}a.t sidereal year : but reckonhig the time from the 
 moment of the Earth's departure from, any point of its orbit, 
 until its return to the same, in 365 days 5 hours 48 minutes 
 
 ■A- 
 
 • The natural day of 24 hours, is the space of time which elapses be- 
 tween the instant when any particular point of the earth's surface passes 
 the Sun's centre, and the return of the same point to the Sun's centre 
 again ; or it is the space between twelve o'clock on one day, and the 
 same hour on the following day. Tlie sUenal day, which is the space qf 
 time which intervenes between the departure of any point on the Earth's 
 surface from any given star, and its return to the same star again is no 
 more than 23 hours 56 minutes. The difference is owing to the apparent 
 motion of the Sun in the ecliptic, during the revolution of the Earth ci 
 its axis, and may be illustrated by the following example : — The two 
 Lands of a watch are exactly even with one another at la o'clock; they 
 both turn round the sanoe way, the hour hand, however, moving mucli 
 more slowly than the minute hand, just as the Sun appears to move in 
 the ecliptic much more slowly than the earth moves round upon its axis : 
 when the minute hand has completed one rotation, and has come round 
 to XII., the hour hand will be before it, or will he at I. ; so that the mi- 
 nute hand must move more than once lound in order to ovcrtate the hour 
 haadj and be even witl' it agaia. 
 
Part I- 
 
 m ber 
 
 • system, 
 
 les. Its 
 
 25,000 
 
 wards to 
 
 recession 
 
 notions j 
 
 !4 hours, 
 
 ther att' 
 
 hours 9 
 
 i appear 
 
 ^arth is in 
 
 he same, 
 
 from the 
 
 |its orbit, 
 
 minutes 
 
 Part I. 
 
 GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 19 
 
 apses be- 
 
 facje passes 
 
 's centre 
 
 and the 
 
 space qf 
 
 he Earth's 
 
 gain is no 
 
 apparent 
 
 Earth ct 
 
 The two 
 
 ock; they 
 
 Ing mud* 
 
 move in 
 
 its axis : 
 
 me round 
 
 at the mi- 
 
 the hour 
 
 «i 
 
 ■^ 
 
 The Solar Systcm.~-The Moon. 
 
 48 seconds, called the so/ar or tropical year. By the di- 
 iimal motion of the Earth, the inhabitants at the Equator 
 (see § 72) are carried round 1042 miles every hour, those 
 in London (lat. 5ii".) 650 miles) and those in Edinburgh 
 (lat. 56°.) 590 miles j and from this motion arise the diver- 
 sities of night and day. In its annual course, the Earth 
 moves at the rate of 68,856 miles every hour, having its 
 axis inclined to the plane of its orbit in an angle of (^6^. 32', 
 and consequently making an angl^ of 23°. 28', with 
 the axis of its orbit : and from this motipn proceed the 
 vicissitudes of the seasons j <;ii summer ^nd winter, and 
 spring and autumnf . The eccentricity of the Earth's orbit is 
 1,377,000 miles. »a, JCKi.. j ■ 
 
 .^4. The MOON ( D) is not a planet, but an attendant satellite of ,^ 
 the Earth, going round it in an orbit from' change to change, 
 in 29 days 1 2 hours 44 minutes and about 3 seconds ; but round 
 her own orbit in 2 7days 7 hours 43 minutes 8 seconds, moving 
 about 2,290 miles every hour j and at the same time, ac- 
 companying the Earth in its annual motion round the sun. 
 
 t The two motions of the Earth may be illustrated by the spinning of 
 a boy's top, when la4hed violently with the left hand : the great circle 
 which it describes, (if a luminous body be placed or conceived in the 
 centre of that circle,) will represent the earth's annual revolution ronsd 
 the Sun; while the smaller gyrations which .t performs in its pronjess, 
 represent the Earth's diurnal motion on its own axis; with this diil'er- 
 ence, that, whereas the axis of the top is generally perpendicular to the 
 floor, (i. e. to the plane iti which it moves) that of the Earth is inclined 
 in the manner described in the text ; being, in its whole progress, always 
 parallel to itself,..and always directed to the same two points in the hea- 
 vens. Whoever is capable of conceiving these two motions of the to]) romul 
 any luminous body, with the additional circumstance of its axis, (or the 
 imaginary line round which it spins,) being inclined towards the floor in 
 an angle of 66"- 3a', or, (which is the same thing, towards a line perpendi- 
 cular to the floor, in an angle of 23' 1% ) and, in that position, continuing 
 parallel to itself during its whole revolution, can be at no loss to updcr. 
 staHd the canse of the vicissitudes of the seasons. 
 
16 
 
 ELfiWKNTS OP 
 
 PaktI. 
 
 I'he Solar rfyst^m— Man. 
 
 The Moon's diarueter is 2,180 miles, and her distance from 
 the £arth*s centre 240,000 miles. The eccentrtciiy of her 
 orbit is 1 3,000 miles. 
 
 45. The difference between a m$an lunation or iynodtc»i month, 
 and the moon's period in her own orbit, or periodic muntb, 
 is owing to the earth's motion round the sun, and raxf be 
 thus illustrated. Suppose the Moon is in conjunction with 
 the Sun in any given point of its orbit j the moon moves 
 through her whole orbit in 27 days 7 hours 43 minutes \ 
 but during this time the £arth has moved forward in its 
 orbit about 27^. ) therefwe thti Moon, after completing her 
 own circuit, must proceed above two days more before she 
 can overtake the Earth, and be again vn. conjunction -wxi^ 
 the Sun. 
 
 4^ The Moon is an opaque body like the Earth, and shines 
 only by reflecting the light of the Sun. Hence the inces- 
 sant variation of her appearance, or continual change of her 
 phases : for when she is in conjunction with the Sun, the 
 ivhole surface turned towards the earth being dark, she is 
 invisible to us. This is called rhe new moon. As she 
 advances forward, we, by degrees, see her enlightened side 
 like a radiant crescent, which increases more and more to 
 our view, till she is in opposition to the Sun y and then, her 
 whole enlightened side being turned towards the Earth, she 
 appears as a round illuminated orb, which is called the 
 ruLi. MOON. From the full Moon, she appears to decrease 
 gradually, shewing less and less of her enlightened side 
 every day, till her next conjunction with the Sun ^ and 
 then she disappears as before. , 
 
 47. MARS (cf ) is the next planet in the systeiki, above the 
 orbit of the Earth. Ke appears of a fiery reddish hue ; 
 and IS supposed to be encompassed with a thick cloudy at- 
 mosphere. His Wv •? y«4;fy?«"^, fio/m the Sun is 145,000,000 
 
 
Part h 
 
 GEOGRAPHT. 
 
 2t 
 
 The Soliir 8yiteni— Jupiter. 
 
 of jtalei. His diameter is about 4,444 miles. 1 he incUna- 
 tioH of his orbit to that of the Earth, is i*^. 52'. j and the 
 points of their intersection, or nodes^ ate 17''. 17'. of Taurus 
 and Scorpib. The bulk or magnitude of Mars is 7-5Qth& 
 of that of the Earth. The length of his year, or the 
 period ci one revolution round the Sun is i year 321 days 
 17 hours, r i6 days 17 hours, of our timej which make 
 only 6671 of his own days, these being 40 minutes longer 
 than ours, as the revaiutton on his axis is performed in 24 
 hours 40 minutes. The eccentricity of his orbit is 
 11,439,000 miles, ar^d he moves round the Sun at the rate 
 of 55,287 miles an hour. Of this planet it may be ob- 
 served, that a spectator placed upon it, will rarely, if ever^ 
 see Mercury, except when it passes over the Sun's disk \ 
 that Venus will appear to him at about the same distance 
 from the Sun as Mercury appears to us j that the Earth 
 will appear about the size of Venus, never above 48°. from 
 the Sun ', and will be, as that planet is to us, alternately a 
 morning and an evening star. 
 
 48. JUPITER (V) is the next in order, and is by far th# 
 largest of all the planets. His mean distance from the Sun 
 is about 494,990,796 miles. His diameter is above ten 
 times the diameter of the Earth, or about 90,000 miles, 
 and his magnitude more than a thousand times that of our 
 planet. The inclinatton of his orbit to that of the Earth is 
 I**. 20'. ', and the points of their intersection or nodes are 
 7°. 29'. of Cancer and Capricomus. His anuual revolution 
 about the Sun is perfiiprflied in 4,332 days 12 hours (ii 
 years 314 days 12 hours 20 minutes 9 seconds) of our time *, 
 moving at the rate of 25,000 miles an hour. He revolves 
 round his axis in 9 hours ^■6 minutes j so that his year con- 
 sists of 10,470 days J' and tht inhabitimts upon his equator 
 
tt 
 
 ELEMENTS OF 
 
 Part I. 
 
 1 he Solar Syst<m.— Jupiter. 
 
 are carried round at the rate of 26,000 miles an hoiur, be- 
 ndes their motion coimd the Sun. The tccenincity of his 
 orbit is 20,352,000 miles. 
 
 49. Jupiter is surrounded by faint substances, called Bxlts, in 
 which so many changes appear, that they are generally 
 ascribed to clouds. Some of them hare been first inter- 
 lupted and broken, and then have vanished entirely. They 
 have sometimes been observed of different breadths, and af- 
 terwards have all become nearly of the same breadth. 
 Large spots have been seen in these belts, by means of 
 which the time of the rotation of Jupiter has been ascer- 
 tained. 
 
 50. Jupiter has four moons or sateiiitet, performing their re- 
 volutions about him at various distances and periods, as 
 
 follows 
 
 — . 
 
 
 '■m-f.Mi\^ 
 
 J.«»t. 
 
 Periodic times. 
 
 Dist. in miles. 
 
 Angles of OMx. 
 
 I 
 
 id. l8h. 27' 34" 
 
 266,000 
 
 3' SS" ^ 
 
 % 
 
 3 13 ^3 42 
 
 423,000 
 
 6 14 It 
 
 3 
 
 7 3 42 3<5 
 
 676,000 
 
 9 58..«' 
 
 4 
 
 16 16 32 9 
 
 1,189,000 
 
 17 30 
 
 ji. These satellites must afford a pleasing spectacle to the 
 ; inhabitants of Jupiter : for sometimes they will rise all to- 
 gether, sometimes be all togethe^r on the meridi:^, ranged 
 «ne under another *, the most distant of them from the planet 
 will appear nearly as larg^ as the Moon does to us *, and, 
 £rom the various revolutions of the four, the inhabitants of 
 Jupiter will have four different kinds of months j the num- 
 ber of weeks in their year^ is not less than 4,500. 
 52. The eclipses of the satellites of Jupiter are of very great 
 use in Astronomy, i. In determining the distance of Ju- 
 piter from the Earth. 2. In affording a proof of the pro- 
 gressive motion of light. 3. In furnishing the means of as- 
 cettaimng the longitudes of places on this Earth. 
 
Part I. 
 
 GEOGRAPHV. 
 
 «3 
 
 The Solar Syttem. — Saturn. 
 
 53. SATURN (Tj), which is still higher than Jupiteir, and 
 which, before the discovery of the Georgium Sidus, was 
 reckoned the most remote planet in our system, is about 
 007,856,130 miles distant from the Sun's centre •, and, ira^ 
 veiling at the rate of 22,100 miles every hour, performs his 
 annual ci'^cuit round the Sun in io,759days 7 hours (29 years 
 174 days) of our time. His diameter is near 8^ times the 
 diameter of the Earth, or 67,000 miles j and consequently 
 this planet is near 600 times as large as that which we in- 
 
 . habit. The inclindiion of its orbit to that of the Earth, is 
 
 . a°. 30'. 20". ; and the points of their intersection or nodes 
 
 are 21°. 5' 8|". of Cancer and Capricomus. Saturn revolves 
 
 round his axis in 10 hours 16 minutes. The eccentricity of 
 
 his orbit is 42,735,000 miles. 
 
 54. Saturn is surrounded by a thin broad ring, which is in- 
 clined 30°. to the plane of the Earth's orbit. It is calcu- 
 l^tedtobe 2i,ooomiles in breadth, and about that same distance 
 from Saturn on «very side. This ring, as seen from Saturn, 
 appears like a large luminous arch in the heavens, as if it 
 did not belong to the planet. Dr Herschel has lately dis- 
 covered that it has a rotation about its axis, the time of 
 which is 10 hours 32 minutes 15.4 seconds. He has also 
 discovered that the ring is divided into two parts, formingr 
 two concentric rings, situate in one plane, which is probably 
 not much inclined to the equator of the planet. 
 
 55. Besides the light which Saturn receives from the sun, and 
 from the reflection of the ring, he is further assisted by the 
 light of seven satellites, five of which have been long dis- 
 covered J but the oth^r two remained to be pointed out by 
 the incomparable instraments of Dr Herschel. The perio- 
 dical revolutions and distances of these satellites from the 
 liody of Saturn, are as follows :— 
 
 » y~Ti v*l|l» 
 
*4 
 
 
 EL 
 
 EMENTS or 
 
 PAET I. 
 
 I'lic Solar System— The Georgium 6idu»™Comct8, 
 
 Sat. 
 
 
 Periods. Ditu in Mil^t. 
 
 Ang. ofOrbi'v 
 
 1 
 
 Id. 
 
 21 h 
 
 18' 27" 170,000 
 
 1' 2f 
 
 2 
 
 2 
 
 17 
 
 41 22 217,000 
 
 I J2 
 
 3 
 
 4 
 
 12 
 
 25 12 303,000 
 
 2 36 
 
 4 
 
 I 
 
 22 
 
 41 13 704,000 
 
 6 t8 
 
 5 
 
 79 
 
 7 
 
 48 2,050,000 
 
 17 4 
 
 6 
 
 I 
 
 8 
 
 S3 9 ^SSyOOo 
 
 I 14 
 
 ' 7 
 
 p 
 
 22 
 
 40 46 107,000 
 
 57 
 
 56. The GEORGIUM SIDUS was discovcredon the evening 
 of the 13th March, 1781, by Dr Herschel*, it is therefore dis- 
 tingmshed by (9), the initial of his name, with a cross, to in- 
 timate that it was discovered by the Christians. Its light is 
 of a bluish white colour, and its brilliancy between that of 
 "the Moon and Venus, though, on account of its immense dis- 
 
 • tance, it is but just visible to the naked eye. This planet is 
 
 • computed to. be 1,808,289,413 miles distant from the Sun^s 
 centre *, and, travelling at the rate of about 7,000 miles per 
 
 , hour, it completes its revolution round the Sun in 83 years, 
 1 40 days, 8 hours, of our time. Its diameter is 3 5, 1 09 miles, 
 consequently it is about 80 times as large as the Earth. The 
 inclination of its orbit to that of the Earth, is 48', and the 
 
 • points of their intersection or nodes are 13* i' of Cancer and 
 Capricomus. The eccentricity of its orbit is 74,404,000 
 
 ' miles, but the position of its axis, and the length of its day 
 and night, are unknown. 
 
 57. Six satellites have already been discovered revolving round 
 the Georgium SIdus, and it is not improbable that there are 
 
 • two or three others which have not yet been observed. ' 
 
 OF COMETS. 
 
 58. The number, magnitudes, orbits, and motions of the CO- 
 MET S, are, as yet, very imperfectly known. They arc supposed 
 
Pa«.t"L 
 
 GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 '^5 
 
 The Fixed Stan. 
 
 to be solid opaque bodies, which move round the Sun in very 
 elliptical orbits, and in all posuble directions. Descending 
 from the hv distant parts of the system, with prodigi<)us ve- 
 locity, they appear to us, sometimes bright and round, like 
 the planet Jupiter, sometimes with a transparent fiery tail, 
 projecting from that part of them which is farthest from the 
 Sun, and sometimes emitting beams on all sides, like hair j 
 approach much nearer to the Sun than any of the planets, 
 and, SiktT a short stay, fly off again with equal rapidity, and 
 disappear. The density of their bodies must be much, greater 
 than that of the Earth, as, in their nearest approaches to the 
 Suh, they are heated to a degree that would vitrify or dissi- 
 pate any matter known to us. It is believed that there are 
 at least 21 comets belonging to our system, but of these, 
 the periods of three only have been calculated. These have 
 been found to return at intervals of 75, 129, and 575 years. 
 59. It is extremely probable that the inhabitants of the planets 
 are more deeply concerned in the motions of the comets than 
 is generally imagined. Our Earth was out of the way when 
 the comet of 1680 passed by. Whether this shall always be 
 the case, our knowledge of the comet's motion does not war- 
 rant a positive assertion •, on the contrary, i^may be observed, 
 that the comet, in one part of its orbit, approaches very near 
 to the orbit of the Earth, and it is by no means impossible 
 that some one of its future rc\'olutions may be attended with 
 tremendous, if not fatal eflFects to our Globe. Its next ap- 
 pearance is expected in the year 2255. 
 
 OF Tt)£ FIXED StARS. 
 
 60. The itXED STARS are those which at all times preserve 
 the same situation with regard to each other. With respect to 
 their distances, they are so extremely remote, that there 
 
 / 
 
i6 
 
 ELEMENTS OF 
 
 Part I. 
 
 The Fixed Stars. 
 
 nothing in the planetary system to compare with them. Some 
 idea may be formed of the immense distance of these bodies, 
 from the consideration that the diameter of the Earth's annual 
 orbit bears no sensible proportion to it, and that this space, 
 though no less than I90,oc»o,ooo of miles, does not make the 
 smallest di£ference in their appearance, even when viewed 
 through the best telescopes. 
 6i. Attempts have been made to determine the distance of the 
 Stars, by which it appears, that the nearest of these: bodies is 
 at least 400,000 times the distance of the SunfrQita the Earth. 
 This consideration gives rise to the sublime and pleasing con- 
 jecture, that the fixed stars are all suns, each of which is en- 
 compassed by a complete system of planets rolling round it 
 as their common centre *. 
 
 =5Sac 
 
 * Now if the Sun to Earth transmits hit ray, 
 Yet does not scorch us with too fierce a day, 
 How small a portion of bi« power is given 
 To orbs more distant, and remoter heaven? 
 And of those stars which our imperfect eye 
 Has doom'd and fix'd to one eternal sky. 
 Each by a native stock of honour ^^reat. 
 May datt strong influence, and difiiise kind heat, 
 (Itself a sun) and with transmissive light 
 Enliven worlds denied to hnman sight. 
 Around the circles of their ambient skies, 
 New moons may grow or wane, may set or rise 
 And other stars may to those suns be earths, 
 Give their own elements their proper births, 
 Divide their climes, or elevate their pole, 
 See their laiiBs flourish, and their oceans roll. 
 
 And in that space which we call air and sky. 
 Myriads of earths, and suns, and moons may lie, 
 Unmeaiur'd and unknown by hujpawi eye. 
 
 
 } 
 
 Pit 10 R 
 
 The 
 
Part I. 
 
 aem. Some 
 hese bodies, 
 rth's annual 
 t this space, 
 ot make the 
 hen viewed 
 
 tance of the 
 :8e: bodies is 
 a the Earth, 
 leasing con- 
 ivhich is en- 
 ing roimd it 
 
 uc-.-.>.sr{j 
 '#''" sd; 
 
 t '.:,,;■- 
 •'i.i. ,.' 
 
 >.■/&•;:.).• 
 
 PXIOR 
 
 The 
 
 Part I. 
 
 GEOGRAPHY. I 
 
 a? 
 
 mm 
 
 Tke Fixed .Start. 
 
 62. The different apparent magnitudes of the stars may pt-oba* 
 bly arise, partly from a diversity in their real magnitude, but 
 principally from the difference of their: distances. From this 
 variety of appearance, they have been distributed into several 
 classes of magnitudes. Stars of the^r/i magnitude are those 
 which appear largest. Next to these are stars of the second 
 magnitude, and sO on to the si^th, which comprehends the 
 smallest stars visible to the naked eye. All beyond these 
 are called telescopic stars.. 
 
 6^. A Constellation is an assemblage of. several neighbouring 
 stars, considered as constituting some determinate figure, as 
 an animal, or other object, from whieh it is therefore denO' 
 minated*. • -j {Ifjnt!! as'lf iojjffjj • . 
 
 ♦■rtJ 
 
 
 The stars which grace the high expansion, bright 
 
 By their own beams and unprecarious light, 
 
 Tho' some near neighbours seem, and some display 
 
 United lustre in the milky way, 
 
 At a vast distance from each other lie, 
 
 Sever'd by spacious voids of liquid sky. 
 
 All these illustrious worlds, and many more, 
 
 Which by the tube astronomers explore. 
 
 And millions which the glass can ne'er descry, ^ 
 
 Lost in the wilds of vast immensity, 
 
 Are suns, are centres, whose superior swaj 
 
 Planets of various magnitude obey, , -^ , 
 
 . , Blacrmoke. 
 
 * The constellations in the Northern Hemispliere are 36, viz. : the 
 Little Bear, tht Great Bear, the Dragon, Ccpheus, the Crey-Hounds, 
 Bootes, Mount Mftnalus, Berenice's Hair, Charles's Heart, -the Northern 
 Crown, Hercules, Cferberus, the Harp, the Swan, the Fox, the Goose, the 
 Lizard, Cassiopeia, the Camelopard, the Serpent, Serpefltarius, Sobieiki's 
 Shield, the Eagle, Antinous, the ipolphin, the Cult, the Xrrow, Androme- 
 da, Perseus, Pegasus, the Waggoner, the Lynx, the Little Lion, the Great 
 Triangle, the Little Triangle, the Fly. 
 
 The constellations in the Southern Hemisphere are 30, viz. the Whale, 
 the River Eridanus, the Phoenix, the American Goose, Orion, the Unicorn, 
 
ELEMENTS OF 
 
 Pa&tT. 
 
 The Filed Stan. 
 
 64. The stars in each conttelUtioiv are distinguished by num- 
 7. 1 ben, or by tettcts <^ the alphabet. The letters of the Greek 
 tl alphabet, «, C^ y, ), &c. are generally first exhausted, after 
 U which, if the number of stars require, the Roman letters 
 f> a, b, c, d, iAt, are used \ and when these are not sufficient, 
 '' the ordinal numbers, i, 2, j, &c. are taken. 
 
 65. The nutnktr of the fixed stars is not known j for, though 
 ' astronon^ers have ascertained' the number oS. such as are visi- 
 ble to human sight, yet, from the prodigious multitudes 
 of stars invisible to the naked eye, which a good telescope, 
 directed indifferently almost to any point of the heavens, dis' 
 covers, and from what we know of the vast extent of the 
 universe, and of the small part of it which falls under our 
 view, we have great reason to suppose that the number of 
 stars invisible to us is much greater than that of the visible, 
 and that the whole shall never be numbered by mortal man. 
 
 66. The Galaxy, or Milky Way, is a broad ring, of a whitish 
 
 colour, surrounding the heavens, and obvioua to the naked 
 
 eye. It is occasioned by numerous clusters of very small 
 
 stars, discoverable only by the telescope. 
 
 I ' ,1 
 
 the Little Dog, the Great Dog, the Hydra, the Sextant, the Cup, the Crow, 
 the Centaur, the Wolf, the Altar, the Southern Triangle, the Peacock, 
 the Southern Crown, the Crane, the Southern Fish, the Hare, Noah'a 
 Dove, Charles's Oak, the Ship Argo, the Bee, the Swallow, the Indian, the 
 Cameleon, the Flying Fish, the "word Fish. 
 
 For the 12 Constellations, nr sign ; of the Zodiac, see the word Eclip* 
 tic, section 84. 1 ' - ' • • 
 
 Some of tbe principal stars 5ia « got " parllftlilttr, or proper names, as 
 Arcturus, between the legs of Bootes ; Aldebaran, in the Bull's eye ; Castor 
 and Pollux, in Gemini ; Capclla, in the shoulder of the Waggoner ; Re- 
 gjilu", in the Lioti's heart ; Spica, in Virgo ; Antares, in Scorpio ; Kegel, 
 in the foot of Orion ; Sirius^ or the Dog-Star, in the mouth of the Great 
 JQogj Prooyon, in the back of the Little Dog. 
 
 
 .A\,.t. iili-ri^ ai 
 
pAvr I. 
 
 GEOGRAl»HT. 
 
 The Figure of the £arth 
 
 25) 
 
 OF THE rroURi? *r the barth. 
 
 67. That the Earth is globular or spherical, and not an ex- 
 tended plain, might have been always inferred from the figurd 
 of its shadow, which is uniformly bounded by a cirtular line, 
 as seen in eclipses of the Mooli ^ from the gradual appearance 
 of objects at sea ; and from the continual alteration of the 
 height of the Sun and stars, as the spectator changes his si- 
 tuation from north to south. It is now fully ascertained by 
 the discovery of America, and by the Earth's having been 
 frequently circumnavigated from different ports of Europe, 
 viz. by Magellan, Sir Francis Drake, Lord Anson, Captain 
 Cooke, and others. li at oT". 
 
 68. The exact figure of the Earth Is determined by comparing 
 the change of distance on different parts of its surface with 
 the change of altitudes of the stars. By comparing mensu- 
 rations of this kind, it appears that a degree near the pole is 
 greater than a degree at the equator, and that the figure oi 
 the Earth is an Oblatk Spheroid, the equatorial diameter o£ 
 which exceeds the polar about 36 miles * 
 
 * For the sake of those who may wish to study this subject without the 
 assistance of a teacher, it will be proper to observe, ut. That, if the 
 Earth were an extended plain, the same point of the Heavens, or the same 
 star, would always appear in the horizon (see § 78) at the saire hour, 
 however much the spectator should change his situutrion upon the Earth's 
 surface. %J, If the Earth wcre.a perfect globe, then every change of si- 
 tuation, consining of one degree, or r-36oth part of the Earth's circumfer- 
 ence, would occasion the obscuration of one degree, or i-36oth part of the 
 circumference of the Heavens, or would bring to the horizon a star one 
 degree distant from that which appeared upon it before. 3J, If the Earth 
 (which is really the case,) be flatter in some parts of its surface than in 
 other parts, then a change of si tu at i o n ,, consisting of more than a degretf*' 
 in those parts which are flattest, and of less than a degree in those parts 
 which are most abrupt of the Earth's surfac«, will be required to obscure or 
 bring to view a new degree of the Heavens. 
 
 B 2 
 
3° 
 
 ELEMENTS OF 
 
 Part I. 
 
 Geographical Definitions. 
 
 69. The Poles of the Earth are the two points round which 
 the Earth performs its diurn»l revolution from west to east. 
 —(See § 43.) 
 
 70. The Axis of the earth is a straight line extending from one 
 Pole to the other. 
 
 71. The Poles of the Heavens are the two points opposite to 
 the Poles of the Earth, and round which the Heavens ap- 
 pear to revolve once every day, 
 
 72. A great circle *, supposed to be drawn round the Earth, 
 each point of the circumference of which is at an equal dis- 
 tance from both the poles, is called the EcipATon. The 
 equator divides the Earth into the northern and southern 
 bemupberes, 
 
 73. The Latitude of a place is its distance from the Equator, 
 whether it be North or South, and can never exceed 90*^ 
 The co-latitude, or compliment of latitude, is the difference 
 between the latitude and 90°. 
 
 74. A great circle which passes through both the poles, and 
 consequently cuts the equator at right angles, is called a 
 Meridian. A meridian divides the Earth or the Heavens 
 into the tastern and western bemispberes, 
 
 75 The Longitude of a place is its distance from any assigned 
 meridian, measured on the equator ; and that meridi^ is 
 called the First Meridian. 
 
 76. Before the discovery of America by Columbus, the longi- 
 tude of places was generally reckoned from the meridian of 
 Ferro, the farthest west of the Canary Islands, which was 
 considered as the extremity of the world to the west. But 
 since the true figure of the Earth has been ascertained, it is 
 evident that the first meridian must be entirely arbitrary, and 
 is generally that which passes through the metropolis of the 
 
 • Agre^t circle is that which flivides the globe into tvro egual parts; atiJ 
 a 4maU or in>*r circle it that which dividei it into two uniqual parts. 
 
Part I. 
 
 round which 
 west to east. 
 
 ling from one 
 
 i opposite to 
 Heavens ap- 
 
 the Earth, 
 n equal dis- 
 ^TOR. The 
 tid southern 
 
 e Equator, 
 fceed 90**. 
 ! difference 
 
 poles, and 
 is called a 
 : Heavens 
 
 J assigned 
 
 IS 
 
 he longl- 
 :ridian of 
 hich was 
 St. But 
 led, it is 
 ary, and 
 is of the 
 
 arts; and 
 rts. 
 
 '•A' 
 
BIUBT S>PHERE 
 riff , 14. 
 
 J'iA.TT.iU 
 
 . 1 
 
 OBU9TTE SFHEBE 
 
PACTlit 
 
 
 3X 
 
 Oeognq^hieal Definition*. 
 
 coimtty'td'%hich the geographer belongs. The British 
 commonly i«ckon the longitude of places from the meridi- 
 an of Lottdtifn ^ but t^e Eti^Iish astronomical tdbles are adapt- 
 ed to the meridian of Greenwich, the Observatory of which 
 place is 5' ^i" east of St PauPs. church i« London *. 
 
 77. Computation of :Ime differs as the Longitude changes, at 
 the rate of ati hour for 15°, or 4 minutes for each degree. 
 This wiH appear by dividing the circle (of 360°), which 
 the Siin teenKs^td describe round the Earth in a day, by 24, 
 the number of hours in a day (see § 43.)> or by dividing 
 X440, the nbmbev of mhlmtcis in a day naturftl, by 3(So> 
 
 78. The ciirele which separates the visible from thie invisible 
 part of the'Heav«hs, is called the HcauaON* The circle 
 which bounds tlie VieW of 4he obMtver, is caUdd the Sinsible 
 HoRizoN ', and t great drtile parallel thieretb,- ivhich passes 
 through the centre of the E'iulth, is callied the Rational or 
 True Horizon. The horizon divides the globe into the 
 
 79. The horizon is divided into 32 parts, called points of the 
 compass, containing each 1 1** 15'.— (See plate Hi. fig. 13.) 
 
 80. TV r. i dper poik of the horizon, or the point of the Hea- 
 ve as i! rcc ; upwards, is Oalled the Zenith, and the opposite 
 r iM)i ^'ne hc.i:;.on, or the point of the i^eavens directly 
 tlr,' \7 3; is, is calli^d the ^IADIR. 
 
 ti. There ;^r: t] ree different appearances of the Heavens to 
 the inhabitants of the £^arth, arising from the part of its 
 surface on which they are placed, and these giye names to 
 the RiGUTy the Parallel, and the Obucijis Spheres. 
 
 82. In a right sphere, the equator passes through the zenith, 
 and the poles are in the horizon ', every star rises in a direc- 
 tion pvrpendicular to the horizon, and continues above it la 
 hourii {"his ia the appearance of the Heavenis to a person 
 
 * hi this book, tlie longitude !• always rerkoned from Orceiiwiclit ex. 
 crpt when the contrarj is mentioaed. 
 
 B 3 
 
MARIKEltS CaMPAS!» 
 
 rARALLti. Sphere 
 
 rio:. X 15. 
 
 Eii^aved for 
 ■ROSS'S 
 
 Ste pafit32 
 
Eiigravea for 
 
 Bight SPHERE 
 
 7>' /frci' /lutifft'il ' 
 J'X.A.TJEJn 
 
 . 1 
 
 uA 
 
 aBU9T7E SFHEKE 
 
 1,6 
 
 y^/ papt32 
 
^ 
 
 3* 
 
 ELEMENTS OP 
 
 FiRTl. 
 
 Ocngrapblcal Dwfinitioos. 
 
 situate on the equator. In » pai:;allel sphere, tl^ e(}|aator is 
 in the hdri^ont &nd the poles axe in the zenith and nadir ', 
 tht saxnfi; hemisphere is always visible, and every star per- 
 forms a circljc greater or lesti, according to its distance from 
 the P£«le,i)vithout changing its altitude. This appearance 
 presents itself to a person who stands at either of th« poles. 
 In an oUique sphere, (i. e. to a person \yho lives between 
 dther oiiht poks and thfe equator,) the pole has an ^eva- 
 ^ tion equel to the latitu^j wd the equator hfW an elevation 
 equal to the oo^atitude.— ( See j 73.) Stars; whom distance 
 from the d^vbted Pole is not greattr than the Ittittid^, never 
 set',ai»i A » who6eiiiBt»|ic«£ro)iithi9depre$9ftd,PQlei$not great- 
 er than the sam«!, never rise. Other stfurpi tkt aitd set every 
 2.4hotu: vid, v'hHc more or 1«m time ahoVc the horizon, 
 according to iUpi!.' distaiMse frotn the elevatcfd Po)e. tience 
 it appears,' tbftt |iU the %Kvff c;t0^not he seen, but at, or very 
 near, the equatori-^(See pl«te III. fig, 14, 15, 16.) *. 
 
 83. The circle in whose plane the ]&arth pii(rCqrm$ ; its annual 
 revolution round the Sun, or ih whieh the S^n seems toi 
 move roniid the Earth in a yqar, is called the Ecliptic f. 
 This drck cuts the equat<Hr..^ two opposite points, and 
 makes an angle with it of ,23^ 28', whichis caUed the ob/i' 
 guUy of the Ecliptic, n jr" aoinarf oifj : > -v; . 
 
 84. The Ecliptic, besides being divided, Ulff eveJ-y Other circle, 
 into 360°, is further divided into 1 2 patts of 30°«ach, called 
 Signs, which are distingaishftd by the following names and 
 characters, viz. '■_■,■>•■ ^ 
 
 A Observer's placr 
 C Centre. 
 £ Q^Equitioctial, 
 H O Horizon. 
 
 ■tds 
 
 • He/frttitet ttjlgtini 1 4, 15, 16. 
 
 K Nadir. v 
 
 Tt 'JTwiligh*. 
 
 e q Equator. 
 
 p o Poles of tde Earth. 
 
 P Poles of the Heavens. K Rational Horizon. 
 
 Z Zenith. 1 s Stars. 
 
 t Because all eclipses happen in qrn^ar the plane of this circle. 
 
Paut I. 
 
 GEOGRAPHY.. 
 
 53 
 
 
 
 Oeogr^Ucal Dofinkioin. 
 
 
 I. 
 
 Aries, UJ i 
 
 no- the Ram, .. ■ , 
 
 yv March, ija 
 
 2, 
 
 Taurus, 
 
 the Bun, 
 
 V April. 
 
 3- 
 
 Gemini, 
 
 the Twins, 
 
 n May^ 
 
 4- 
 
 Cancer, 
 
 the Crab, 
 
 jEE June. .' ^.' 
 
 5- 
 
 Leo, 
 
 the Lion, 
 
 ^J«iy. 
 
 6. 
 
 Virgo, 
 
 the Virgin, 
 
 t^E August. 
 
 7- 
 
 Libra, 
 
 the Balance, 
 
 tQ{ September. 
 
 8. 
 
 Scorpio, 
 
 the Scocpianj 
 
 m, October, .-^y 
 
 9- 
 
 Sagittarius, 
 
 the Ardier, , tut s 1 1 
 
 f November. 
 
 lO. 
 
 Capricomus, 
 
 the Goat, 
 
 }fS December., 
 
 II. 
 
 Aquarius^ JO 
 
 tnithe Water-Beatelr, 
 
 as^jmmryt 
 
 la. 
 
 Pisces, 
 
 the fishes. 
 
 X Febraarjf. 
 
 85. The points T and £|«, where the ecliptic cuts the equator, 
 atre called the Equinoctial * foints, and the points 35 and 
 I^, where the ecliptic is at the greatest <iirt«nce hsm the 
 equator, are called the SofcsTiTiAt-f- POINTS, t rr,' r, .'.■• 
 
 #6. Circles parallel to the Equator, and at the distance df 8* 
 from it, include dre ^pace called the Zobuictf whieh com- 
 pretaettds within k the orbits of all the planets. ., . '^^ 
 
 87. Circles parallel to the Equator, and at the ^tistinc^ <^ 23° 
 28' from it, are called Taoptcs j. That on the norths the 
 Trtpie 0/ Cancer, that on the south, the Tronic x^C^ricor' 
 
 nus. 
 
 * Frbia £f«i», which rignifin e^ual, and mx, which Ngn'fies night i be- 
 cause when the Sun it iti these peinti, the Isugth mi thr. d?(f apd nij^t is 
 equal in every part of the world. . ^ >. 
 
 t Tiom Self the Sun,^ and tto, to stand. 1 because, in these points, th^ Sua 
 seems .for some days to be stationarjr- 
 
 I From ZJim, an animal ; because the constellations in this space coq« 
 sist chiefly of living creatures. 
 
 $ From r(i*m, which signifies to riturii, because the Snh teteras from 
 them towards the equBtoh 
 
 B 4 
 
""i^p 
 
 34 
 
 ELEMENTS OF 
 
 Part I. 
 
 Oeognphktl Definltiffln. 
 
 88. Circles at the distance of 23° 28' from the poles, are called 
 PolAh CiRciiKi. That on the north, the Arctic* Circle, 
 and that on the south the Antarctic Circle., rfir^c) 
 
 89. The part of the Earth which lies between the tropics, is 
 called the ToRRiDf Zone j the parts between thp tropics and 
 polar circlet, the Temperats Zones ) and the parts beyond 
 the polar circles, are called the Frigid % Zones. 
 
 90. At the Equator, the days and nights are alway : equal, and 
 the sun is vertical $ twice a-year, at the vernal and autuqmal 
 equinox* ^ Joo«) •■. iTa^rwie'J ..CK 
 
 91. In other parts of the torrid zone, the Sun is vertical twice 
 a-year, and the days and nights are nearly, but not exactly, 
 equal*. .rijff »ji 1 . 
 
 92. At the tropics, the Sun is vertical only once a-year, at the 
 time of the su imer solstice. 
 
 93. In the temperate zones, the Sun is never vertical, but 
 rises and sets every 24 hours. The days and nights are .un- 
 equal, and their inequality increases with th« ladtude. -f: 
 
 94. At the polar circles, the Sun, at midsummer, just touches 
 the horizon, without setting j and at midwinter juist aj^pears 
 upon it without riang *, consequently the length <^ the long- 
 est day at the polar circles is 24 (or rather 48) hours, and 
 that of the longest night the same. 
 
 95. Within the Frigid Zones, the Sun never sets for a certun 
 number of days in summer, and never rises for. an equal num- 
 ber in winter. The time of constiant light and darkness is 
 greater as the place is nearer to the Pole. " ^*' P* 
 
 I I •-» ' I III I I I I I 
 
 * Becatue it panel through the constellation S{»ro{, or Urta Mytr, the 
 
 Great Bear. .> .v. ; n,- n . 
 
 f From fvrrM, to Korch or bom. ■[ '• •fi'« rf> , 
 
 % Tnm Jrigidut^ cold, v 
 
 $ Right over the heads of the inhabitants at mid«day, from wr/M, which 
 
 ngnifies the top of any thing. 
 
PjultI. 
 
 GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 3^ 
 
 Geographical Definitionii 
 
 96* At the Poles, the Suin is 6 months abovCf and 6 montlis 
 below, the horizon. From his first appearance, at the Ver- 
 nal Equinox, he describes a spiralf rising gradually to the 
 altitude of 23*^ 28', which he attains at midsummer, and then 
 falling gradually, till he set at the Autumnal Equinox. 
 
 97. Twilight continues till the Sua be 18° below the horizon. 
 It is least at the Equator, &nd at the time of the Eq'iinox. 
 
 98. A Climate is a space contained between the Ec^uatbr and 
 a parallel, or between two parallels of latitude, at such a dis- 
 tance from each other, that the longest day in one, diffeis f 
 an hour from the longest day in the other. The breadth of 
 these climates decreases as they approach the pblei j so that, 
 though the first climate, reckoning from the equator, is a- 
 bove 8°, that which is. nearest the polar circles is scarcely 4 
 miles broad. Witliiii these circles, the breadths Qf the cli- 
 mates are not estimated by the increase of half hours, but by 
 the difference of a month in the length of the longest days. 
 
 99 The inhabitants of the earth are distinguished by Geogra- 
 phers^ according to the several meridians and parallels imder 
 w^ch they live, and are denominated either Perioeci, An- 
 . toeici, or Antipodes. 
 
 100. The Pemo^ci are those who, live in the same Latitude and 
 Hemisphere, but under opposite Meridians. Their seasons 
 are the same, as are also the lengths of their days and nights ; 
 but when it is mid-day with the one, it is midnight with the 
 other. 
 
 101. The Antoeci are those who live in the same Latitude, 
 and under the same Meridian^ but in opposite Hemispheres. 
 These ha,ve noon and midnight at the same time, but the 
 longest day with the one, is the shortest with the other ; con- 
 
 - sequently, when it is midsummer with the one, it is midwin- 
 ter with the other •, and the length of the d«y with the one, 
 corresponds to the length of the night with the other, 
 
 iQi. The Aktipodes aire those >sho liyc iu the lattie Latitude, 
 
3<J 
 
 ELEMENTS OF 
 
 Part I. 
 
 Propcniet of Matter. 
 
 but in opposite Hemispheres, and under opposite Meridians. 
 When it is mid-day with the one, it is midnight \ivith the 
 other 'f the longest day with the one, is the shortest with the 
 other 'f consequently, when it is midsummer with the one, it 
 is midwinter with the other. 
 
 103. The inhabitants of the earth are also distinguished . ac- 
 cording to the direction in which their shadows fall at noon, 
 and are called Amphiscii, Ascii, Heteroscii, or Pcriscii. 
 
 104. The Amphiscii inhabit the Torrid Zone, and have their 
 shadows one part of the year North, and the other part of the 
 year South, of them at noon-day $ but when the sun is verti- 
 cal, which is the case twice every year, they are then called 
 Ascir, because they have no shadow at noon-day. 
 
 205. The Heteroscii are those who inhabit the Temperate 
 Zones. Their shadows always fall one way, but in direc- 
 tions opposite to each other j the shadows of those who live 
 in North latitudes, falliilg always North, and of those who 
 live in South latitudes, falling always South at noon-day* <>> 
 
 :o5< The PERiscn are those who inhabit the Frigid Zones. 
 As the sttn, during the summer months, moves round them 
 without setting, their shadows are succesively cast towards 
 every point of the horizon. ^ 
 
 FROFERTZIS OF MATTER. 
 
 ifi' 
 
 107. The inherent properties of matter are, I//, Soliditt and 
 Extension, by which it occupies a certain part of space : iJ, 
 Jnactivitt, or the want of power to move itself, and the dis- 
 position to continue in the state in which it is, Whether of 
 motion or rest : 3<^, Mobiutt, or the property in body, 
 that It may be moved from one place to another : 4^^, Di- 
 visiBiLiTT, or the property of being divided without end, so 
 that no part ol matter can be conceived so small but there 
 «ia;^ «till b« 99mihf i And> s^^t Attmkctiqk, which is of 
 
Part. I. 
 
 GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 87 
 
 Propertied ^f Maitter^~-Gn«biitinn. 
 
 various kinds, as cuhetion^ gravitation^ nugnetismy and dec- 
 tricity, 
 
 108 The attraction of Gravitt, or Gravitation, called alss 
 the centr^etal force, is that property or power by wl^ch dis- 
 tsuit bodies tend towards one another. This is one of the 
 greatest, and most universal principles of nalure, from 
 nrhence arises all the motion, and consequently all the mu- 
 tation in the ^eat world. By this princi|)ie, stones fall, and 
 bodies, on whatever side of the earth, are kept to its sur- 
 face ', by this rivers glide, the sea swells, .the air pretMet, and 
 the rains descend \ by this, the moon preserves her proper 
 distance, and statedly performs her revolutions round the 
 earth, the other satellites attend their rc^ective' planets, aiid 
 the planets, and even comets themselvesy an all retained in 
 their orbits *. .' i.H; ,yii: 
 
 109. Gravity is in proportion to the quantity of matter which 
 bodies contain. The gravity of a body in relation to its 
 bulk, is called its ipecifie gravity. The comparative specific 
 gravity of bodies, is most exactly ascertained by wJeighing 
 them in water. 
 
 * From this it appears, that tfetvifutarJ is a term which has respect 
 entirely to the cMtrt of the system or body to which it is applied; in other 
 words, To move downwards, is to approach towards the centre of a body or 
 system ; and to move upward^ is to recede from the same. Thu^ when 
 the solar system is referred to, the lowest point is the sun's centre, towards 
 which every object ip the system, from whatever quarter, tends ; «nd 
 when the earth is referred to, the lowest point is the eartfa*8 centre, to. 
 wards which every object connected with chat planet tends, from what- 
 ever side. So true is this, that, if the earth W^re perforated from side to 
 s\di, through the centre, and a solid body wtre placed at an equal dis> 
 tance from both estrepities of the perforatiou, it would remain in a state 
 of rest, and neither tend towards one side of the earth's surface nsr the 
 other. It is therefore extremely wrong to imagine, that those persons 
 who live on an oppMite side of the earth to us, walk with theur h^ads 
 downward?, or arc in any danger of fjlliag jaway Irani its $urface« 
 
3» 
 
 ELEMENTS or 
 
 fAUT I. 
 
 Air.-~The Atmosphere. 
 
 1 10. Air is that ini^sible fluid with which the Earth is every 
 where surrounded, and which is essential to the life of aini< 
 *" mals, and the growth of vegetables. Without this useful 
 element, as no animal or vegetable could exist, so neither 
 should there be rain nor dews to moisten the face of the 
 earth *, and though we might perceive the sun and stars like 
 bright specks, we should be in utter darkness, having hone 
 of what we call day-light, or even twilight ; neither fire nor 
 ' heat could exist without it } nor could sounds be propaga- 
 ted or conveyed. 
 211. The whole body of air is called the Atmosphere, the 
 height of which above the earths surface, is not exactly 
 known. The pressure of the ^^ tmosphere upon every square 
 inch of the earth^s surface, is equi^;alent to about 151b. 
 Hence it appears, that the body of an ordinary sized man, is 
 continually pressed upon by about 30,000 lbs. weight of air, 
 which he, not only does not feel, buv which is necessary to 
 his very existence. The state of the Atmosphere, us to 
 elasticity or weight, is found by the .Barometer, an instru- 
 ment invented by Toricellus, professor of. mathematics in 
 Florence ; hence called the Toricellian tube. The mer-: 
 cury in the barometer, at a mean state, stands spi inches 
 high, and rises or falls in proportion to the increase or de- 
 crease of the weight of the air. By the pressure of the at- 
 mosphere, water rises in a pump to the height of 32, or 33 
 feet. 
 312. Besides gravity, which air possesses in common with 
 other fluids, there is another property which seems peculiar 
 to it, and that is its Elasticity, by which it can be com- 
 pressed into a smaller bulk *, but returns like a spring to its 
 original size, immediately on removing the pressure. On 
 this principle is founded the construction of the air-pump, a 
 machine, by means o£ which the air is extracted out of pro- 
 per vessels. The elasticity of the air i« increased by heat. 
 
Part I. 
 
 GEDGRAPHV. 
 
 39 
 
 Sound— Wind— Inde- Winds. 
 
 th is every 
 life of aini- 
 thi» useful 
 so neither 
 face of the 
 d stars like 
 iving hone 
 ler fire nor 
 s propaga- 
 
 PRSKE, the 
 ot exactly 
 rery square 
 >out 151b. 
 ed man, it 
 Ight of air, 
 »cessary to 
 
 which dilates and expands it ^ and diminished by cold, which 
 condenses it. 
 
 ^13. Sound, of which air is the proper vehicle, moves at the 
 rate of about 13 miles in a minute. Sound, striking against 
 some objects is rcHected— hence echoet, Wlien reflected 
 from several places, it may be collected into one point, and 
 thereby increased — hence the use of the Shaking Tiumpetf 
 and Auricular Tube, ^ 
 
 ir4. The natural state of air, as of every other fluid, is rest, 
 which it always endeavours to keep, or to recover by an 
 universal equilibrium of all its parts. Wlienever, therefore, 
 this equilibrium is destroyed by the rarefaction of the air in 
 particular parts, there necessarily follows a motion of all the 
 surrounding air, towards these rarefied parts, to restore the 
 equilibrium. This motion is called Wind, and according to 
 
 i the velocity of the motion, is denominated a breeze, a gale, 
 or a storm. 
 
 115. In equatorial regions, where the sun^s rays, acting per- 
 pendicularly on the earth^s surface, are reflected with great- 
 er force, the air is heated to a greater degree, and expanded 
 more than on any other part of the globe. In consequence 
 of this expansion, the denser air, in the polar regions, flo^v* 
 necessarily towards the Equator from either side of the 
 globe. These currents being also affected by the earth's 
 diurnal motion from West to East, which occasions the con- 
 stant shifting of the sun's direct influence upon the earth's 
 surface from East to West j receive a direction from the 
 NE. on the north, and from the SE. on the south, of the 
 equator, in whirh direction they continually flow through- 
 out the whole year. The constant breezes thus produced,- 
 which extend about 30° on either side of the equator, in 
 the open sea, are railed I rade Winds *. . 
 
 ♦ They a. s- marked upon the terrestrial gl»be, and upon some maps. 
 as in plate 1. 1'^. 10. 
 
«9 
 
 ELEMENTS OF 
 
 I»A11T I. 
 
 Monsooin.->.Sea and Land Breese*.— Clouds. 
 
 asr 
 
 II 6. In the tropical countries of Persia, India, and China, the 
 surfsce of the land, in summer, by the almost perpendicular 
 influence of the sun^s rays, becomes so much more heated 
 than the sea to the south, that the current of the general 
 trade-wind is interrupted so 9s to itcrw at that season (irom 
 south to north } but being also affected by the high m'dun- 
 tains of Africa, which continue much colder, during all the 
 seasons of the year, than thf* low countries before mentioned, 
 it is naturally drawn from these towards the east : So that, 
 in the Indian ocean, the trade wind firom April to- October, 
 blows from the S W. ; and from October to April, resumes 
 its natiu:al direction, aad blows from the N £. These perio- 
 dical shiftings of the wind in the Indian seas, which are ge- 
 nerally attended with terrible storms of rain, lightning, and 
 thunder, are called Monsoons. 
 
 Xi*f, In warm climates, the surface of the land being much 
 sooner heated by the influence of the sun's rays, than the 
 sea, there arises a breeze every forenoon, which always blows 
 from the sea, more or less strong in proportion to the heat : 
 whereas at night, when the land loses the heat which it had 
 received from the sun, (which it does much sooner than the 
 sea), and the air is cooled by the falling of the dews, a 
 current of air takes place, which blows regularly from the 
 land throughout the night. The Ska and Land Brelzes 
 are extremely grateful and refreshing to the inhabitants •. 
 
 jii8. Cloods are formed of aqueous vapours exhaled from the 
 earth and. sea by the heat of the sun, and suspended in the 
 air, till, being condensed by cold, they descend in </rii>/,^^/, 
 and rains, 
 
 119. The regular ebbings and flowings of the sea twice every 
 
 * See a moBt in|);enious paper in the Bee, (Vols. YI and VII.) entit- 
 \fl an Essay on Pbiioiophical Geoeraphy. where this subject is treated' iN 
 >, perspicuous, philosofiaical, and highly satisfactory maniier. 
 
t*AllT I. I FaKT h- 
 
 GEOaRAPHY. 
 
 ^ 
 
 Tidei.^~OcogrBptiicat Tertrni. 
 
 lunar day, are called Tides. The cause of the tides is the 
 attraction of the sun and moon, but chieBy of the latter. 
 From the principle cf gravitation it follows, that whenever 
 the tioon becomes vertical, the sea >vill be raised, which oc- 
 casions the Howing of the tide in that place. On the other 
 hand, the parts in the Nadir being less attracted by the 
 moon than the other parts which are nearer to her, gravi- 
 tate less towards the earth's centre, and consequently must 
 be higher than the rest. Hence by ths diurnal rotation of 
 the earth, and the moon's revolutions round that planet, the 
 tides ebb and flow twice every 24 hours and 49 minutes. 
 120. When the sun and moon are upon the same, or opposite 
 meridians, which happens at the time of the new, and cf the 
 full moon, the tides are higher than ordinary, being raised 
 by the combined influence of the 8un and moon, and are 
 called Sprjnq Tides. When the sun and moon are upon 
 meridians 90° distant from each other, which happens at the 
 first and last quarters of the moon, the influence of the sun 
 and moon acting in contrary directions, the tides arc lower 
 than ordinary, and are espied Nzap Tides. 
 
 GEOGRAPHICAL T£RMS. 
 
 121. A Continent is a large portion of the earth which com- 
 prehends several countries, that are not entirely separated 
 by water. (See plate I. fig. 9.) 
 
 122. An Island is a part of the earth which is entirely sur« 
 rounded by water j as Great Britain and Madagascar. (See 
 plate I. fig. 9.) 
 
 123. A Peninsula is a part of land which is almost surround- 
 ed by water. In this sense Africa is a peninsula. (See 
 plate I. fig. 9.) 
 
 1 34. An Isthmus is a slip or neck of land by which a penin- 
 
4* 
 
 EXEMEKTS OF 
 
 Hmit I. 
 
 Geographical Temu. 
 
 f sula is joined to a continent j as the isthmus of Siica, which 
 joins Africa to the continent of Asia. (See plate I. fig. 9.) 
 
 125. A P110MONT011.T, or Cape, is a high part of l^nd extending 
 into the sea ^ as Cape Comorin in Asia, and the Cape of 
 Good Hope in Africa. (See plate I. fig. 9.) 
 
 .1 26. A Mountain is a part of land which rises to a gres^i height 
 
 . above the level country ■, as the Alps in £ur.' AtlM in 
 in Africa, and the Andes in America. (See p^ .el. fig. 9.) 
 
 127. A VotcANO is a mounttun which casts forth great quan- 
 tities of fire J as Mount Etna in. Sicily, and Vesuvius in 
 Italy. (See plate I. fig. 9.) .1 .j 
 
 128. AnOcKAN is a vast collection of water not enti^ly se- 
 , parated by land j as the Atlantic Ocean, which lies be- 
 tween Europe and America. (See plate I. fig. 9.) 
 
 129. A Sea is a smaller collection of waters, which is gene- 
 rally named by the country on which it borders } as the 
 German or British Sea. , 
 
 '130. A GuLPH is a part of the sea which is almost surrounded 
 by land } as the Gulph of Persia in Asia, and the Gulph of 
 Venice in Europe. If the entrance is very wide, it is called 
 a Bay y as the Bay of Biscay. 
 
 131. A Streigkt is a narrow conununication between two 
 seas J as the streights of Gibraltar, and of Constantinople. 
 If it is so shallow as to be sounded, it is called a Sound, as 
 the Sound of Denmark. 
 
 132. A RoAo is a place upon any coast, where there is good 
 anchorage, and where vessels are in some degree sheltered 
 from storms } as Leith Roads. 
 
 133. A Lake is a great body of fresh water surrounded by 
 land ', as Ontario in N. America, and the Lake of Geneva 
 in Europe. (See plate I. fig. 9.) 
 
 134. A RwER is a considerable stream of water, which keept 
 constantly running till it falls into some other river or the 
 sea 'j as the Ohio and the Mississippi in N. Amexica. 
 
Paut I. 
 
 'T GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 '4$ 
 
 Of Mppi. j7!! 
 
 -■J .'3 !•> "r4(i!<> I 7:'- ' 
 
 135. A Ma^ yl^'i^ ieprlii^4 ttt?ai;rSJUm« 
 part of it, according to the laws of perspective, and contain- 
 ing Such circles, or parts^ot circles, of the sphere as the size 
 atid situation of the place described will 9dtoit> 
 
 236. In maps,thj9 top always represents the north, ithe foot the 
 southj the rignt hand side the e^st, and jthe kft huid^ ^^^ ^^^ 
 
 137. The parallels of latitude lie east an^ ¥.e$t, ,an(l the de^ 
 grees (and sometimes ininutes) of latitiid«, are n^arked ifpon 
 .the right and left sides ojfthe map. If theser^egrcesincrease 
 towards th*: top of the map, (when th|&.equHtoi: does not pass 
 over it), the place described is in north, iltowards^ the foot, 
 th<J place described ^s in SQuui,latitU|det. , 
 
 138. The paralleliof longiiude lie south and north, and the de- 
 grees of Icngitjude ^ra lA^jijwed^ppn thp to^ and the bottom * 
 of the map. If these degrees increase towards the right hand 
 (when the ficst meitidi^n: does tiot pais oVer the tuiipX the 
 place described is in e^st^ if towards the ieft^ the place de- 
 scribed is in west, longitude. 
 
 139. Rivets are deiicribed' by Wafcfc Uiiei,^ t^HlcSi 'litt-slH'ays 
 crooked, and are broader Ibwairds the mouth than at the 
 spurce 'y mountains are represented by a sort of clqi^d ; fo- 
 rests or woods, by stirub? : morasses, oy §hades J slialTbws 
 or sands, by small dots j roads generally by double lines j 
 and towns by o, or by a small house. Near harbours, the 
 depth of the water is expressed by figures representing fa- 
 thoms. (See plate I. fig. 9.) ' 
 
 * Sometimes the longitude is marked At the toot of the map, tccbrd- 
 ing to the distance of time, at the rate of 15" to an hour. (See § 77.) 
 
 C 
 
44 
 
 ELEMENTS OP 
 
 Pittirl. 
 
 tmmmi 
 
 Measures.— <The Terrestrial Globe. 
 
 140. A scale of miles is usually placed in some comer of eve- 
 ry map, by means of Which the distance of places is found 
 (pretty nearly) in miles. (See. plate L fig. IX.) 
 
 rui: 
 
 4 ■ . ■ ,.,.■'' 
 
 
 'OF MEASURES 
 
 Ui'»<ft.T . ■ .. 
 
 ,iirio,,?, . 
 
 141 Tui meakures most commonly made use of in geographi- 
 cal books, are miles and leagues. The English statute mile 
 /"'consists of 8 fiifliMigs, which are equal to 1760 yards, or 
 5280 feeti The English marine league * contains 3 miles, 
 ~~ and the Ftench league nearly as much. The Turkish, Ita- 
 '''^'iian, a^d old Roman mile, is nearly the s^me Tvith the Eng- 
 ^lish mile j the Scotch and Irish mile is about 1 English ) 
 the Dutch, Spanish, and Polish, nule is about 3) English ; 
 the German is more than 4 } the Danish and Hungarian, 
 . more than 5 i and the Swedish, nearly 7, English miles. 
 
 OP THE TERRESTRIAL GLOBE. 
 
 142. The Terrestrial Globe is a just representation of th& 
 Earth, accprding to its prc^r figure. 
 
 DESCRIFTIpN OT THE TERRESTRIAL GLOBE f^ANJ) XTft 
 APPENDAGES. 
 
 143. On the Terrestrial Globe is described a map of the 
 world, with the equator, ecliptic^ tropics, polar circles, me- 
 ridians, and parallels of latitude. 
 
 * The marine or geographical mile is larger than a statute mile ; there 
 being of the former no more than 60 ; whereas there are of the latter 69^ 
 in a degree of the earth's circumference. 
 
 I This description applies to Mr Adam's globe, on the new mouating, 
 wbich is far better than the globes oo the old comUructtoo. 
 
mmmm 
 
 Par*-!-? 
 
 GE:cfefti;^i[S#;f t: 
 
 41 
 
 The 
 
 lotuft; 
 
 ifiiii 
 
 144. The globe is «us^nd6d at tfce p<6le9 in a strong brass' 
 ring, caDed tfae'STRONe BkAxm Mbiuiman, and turns upon 
 two iron ]^ihs, which are the extremities of the axis of 
 the glcbe» Of this brss? ring, one^de' is graduated into 
 four quadrants, two of Whieh ate numbered £rom the equator 
 towards the poles, to point out the latitude of any place up- 
 on the globe, and the other two are numbered from tho 
 poles, for the more easily setting the globe to the latitude 
 of any place. This graduated side of the strong brass me« 
 ridian divides the globe into the eastern and western be« 
 mi^pheres, and should always face the wat/. 
 
 145. On the opposite side df->the strong birass circle, and from 
 the north pole to about 23^° both ways, the months and 
 days of the month are graduated in two concentric spaces, 
 agreeably to the declx^tion of the son, 
 
 146. There is a thin brass ^emi- circle, moveable about the 
 poles, and graduated eacli way from the equator to 90*^. 
 This semi -circle is called a Moveabie Merulian, 
 
 147. On the moveable meridian is a small sliding circle, di-* 
 vided into some poitits of the mariner^s compass, called a 
 terrestrial, or visible borixon. 
 
 148. The sirong brass meridian rests upon a flat ring, called 
 the Broad Paper Circle, which divides the globe into the 
 upper and lower hemispheres. This circle contains four con- 
 centric circular spaces. The innermost of these is divided 
 into 360°, numbered into four quadrants, beginning at the ■ 
 east and west, and ending at the south and north points. 
 The second circular space contains the 32 points of the ma- 
 riner^s compass. The third is divided into 12 equal par^s, 
 representing the 12 signs of the zodiac, and aub-divided iiH 
 to 30** each. The fourth circular space coataixu a lude adsr 
 of the months and days. 
 
4^ . . 
 
 ELEMENTS OF 
 
 Part I* 
 
 !!3IpS^ 
 
 The Terreitrial 01obe-~The Celestial Orol>e. 
 
 mmmmmi 
 
 149. The e<|u^tqr is. graduated into 360°, denoting tlte de- 
 , grees of ;I^i^tude, increasing west^ward from the operidisui 
 
 .pf London, and proceeding fguite round. They are also 
 V, numbered from the same meridi^, eastward^ by an upper 
 icffiyf of i^gvMres. T^^^e equator is used as an hour circle. For 
 
 this |>axpos<;, the>![iours and mijiutes are graduated below it, 
 (;4fid a semi-circulaf wire is placed over it, carrying t]iyo in- 
 
 .,(}ices, one onthe east, «nd the other on the west side of the 
 
 ■strong brass curcl^ On this globe the hours are numbered 
 . westward by twipe XII,. from the meridian of fjondon. 
 
 150. On the ecliptic are laid down the 12 signs of the zodiac, 
 .subdivided iajto 39 j, and distinguished by the ch^ac^^rs^^of, 
 Lthe signs. .■,■,.;•• ,.. ,;>,.,.. ;. ':< 
 
 zji. The ^tufrtfit, of altitude, which is a thin flexible slip of 
 brass, having a nut with a fiducial,U,n&upon il;,.b}i^](!irhich it 
 may be applied to the divi^ons on the;stro^g hra^s nuspdian. 
 ■of either globe, is intended to measure altitjudes, azimuths, 
 and distances; ; One edge of it is divided into 90% and, in 
 an opposite direction, to 18°. ■ 1 1 . ^,. . ;., , 
 
 152, At the distance of 18° below the broad paper circle 
 is a brass wire, to represent the ^V^f il?l.ltl^ Jij^lJSl^,* 
 
 r, .1>ESGRIPTI0N OE THE CELESTIAL GLOBE, \SC, 
 
 i§^. 1'be Celestial Globe is intended to represent the appear- 
 ance of the heavens J and, for that purpose, the fixed stars are 
 ""iflarked upon it according to their magnitude and sitiiation j 
 but so disposed, that, in order to have a proper idea of their 
 ■ arrangement, the observer's eye must be supposed to be 
 '''placed in the centre of the globe. '' • ^moo z'-iwir 
 
 1^4* ''*^^ Brazen Meridian of the celestial globe i& graduated 
 like that of the terrestrial globe j but the graduated side of 
 that of the celestial globe should alt^vays face the ^^j^ - • - 
 
Paut^. 
 
 ■^'^ x^fib'ditkPHY. 
 
 % 
 
 The Celatl&r Globe. 
 
 mm* 
 
 gjSeiB 
 
 Sto 
 
 155. rhe thin brass semi-circle of the celestiil gWbe is called 
 a moveab/e cire/e of dicHuntton ahd the Small slidSng cibrcle 
 
 ' upon it iff an artificial sun or planet. :^ - . 
 
 156. The equatorial degrees are numbered from the first point 
 of T eastward all round^ and th6 hours ihtieate eastward 
 from nr> to XII. at .|i j^^here they bigrn ig:3i\, and pro- 
 ceed to XII. at <V, ^" ^"'^' ^ '^"'^ <^''' "^ ■' 
 
 157; Upon thfe Ecliptic, the si^s and degrees are marked as on 
 the terrestrial globe, and, besides, the days of each month are 
 graduated just under it. > ^^* 
 
 158. Each globe is supported by a pillar and claw, with a mag- 
 netic needle, in a compass box. 
 
 •r*' DEFINITIONS RELATING TO THE CELESTIAL GLOBE, 
 
 159 GmAT circles passing through the zem^h and na^lr, are 
 called Vertical Circles, or Azimuths, 
 
 x6o. A vertical circle passing through , the first points of 'Y* 
 and ^. is called the Pfi|M£ Vertical, the circle of east and 
 west, or the EQyiN0CTiA,L Colure. ^, .'^ , p 
 
 161. A vertical circle passing through the first points of 25" 
 and VSy is called the Sol^iti^l Colure.. 'I hese are denomi- 
 nated the four Cardinal Points. 
 
 162. The Equator on the celestial globe is always called the 
 Equinoctial. 
 
 163. The Latitude of a star is its distance from the Ecliptic. 
 
 164. The Longitude of the sun or of a star, is its distance 
 from the first point of 'Y*, measixred on the cdEptic. 
 
 165. The Declination of the sun or of a star, is its distance 
 from the Equinoctial*. 
 
 • Circles parallel to the equinoctial, conscquently/are called P^rallels^ 
 OF Declination, . 
 
 c ^ . ■ ■ • 
 
 **«*.—*•■ 
 
4t 
 
 ,y^LE^^m^ of. 
 
 Pa&t I. 
 
 ■»iil 
 
 'flM'trel^tial Ol«be— ItliMi pt Uie Iferreitrlaf Glotte. 
 
 ' 1 66. The -^GHT 4->CBNsioN of l^e sun or of a,j<f^t is, its dis- 
 . , tHnce |ro^|t|}^ Qrst; pqintof OH, nu^asured Qii ,t)if £,qiunoctial. 
 
 167. Oblique Ascension i$ the. distance betwq^ the ppinVof 
 ^ . the equiiioctial which ^e? wU^^thc st^in ormth a star, and 
 Ij., ^^ first; jpoinf, of T • Obliq^ie Descension is the distance be- 
 tween thjC ppint of the Eqwno^tial which sets with the sun 
 or with a star, and the first point of OP. ^ 
 
 168. Ascensional Ditvekence k the difference hetween Right 
 and Oblique ascension. , Vftarsmis vf^: 
 
 169. Amplitude is the distance between that poii^t of ^e ho- 
 rizon where the sun or a star rises or sets, and the east or 
 west point*. 
 
 170. AziMDTH is the distance between the point of the horizon 
 directly under the sun, or a star, and the south or north pqint f .. 
 
 171. The Altitude of the sun or of a star, is its distance from 
 the horizon. If the sun Of stat be upon the ineri(£an, it it 
 called Meridian Altitude. 
 
 172. Circles parallel to the hbrizon in the heavens, are called 
 AlmacanTHers, or parallels of altitude. '■'"'■ 
 
 173. The Complement of Altitude is called Zxnitb Distance. 
 
 PS£ pF taS TER&K9TRIilL GLOBE. 
 
 If 4. PROB. I. To fiiMl the IfUitude and bngUude (see § 73 
 and 75) of any given plact* 
 
 Rule. Bring the given place to the graduated ade of 
 the stron^r brass meridian \ the degree immediately over it is 
 its latitude ; the degree of the equator which is cut by the 
 meridian X is its longitude. 
 
 iV 
 
 * The nn, or a star, when in the equiQoctial, has no amplitude, 
 t When the son or t star is on the meridian, it has no azimoth. 
 \ Zj the To^riiliz^ in this sense, is always meant the gradaat'jd side of 
 •;: stron;;; brass ■"" tut»tu 
 
VuttvhM 
 
 GEOGRAPHYL/i 
 
 4» 
 
 Um ttCtlM Tcffotiid OMie. 
 
 .£3tc Aleppo, lau 3 5^ 45* 26" N, long. 37P ay 00^ E. 
 
 I Philadelphia, - 39**S«54''N. 75*' 8*45" W. 
 
 -Capeof C JIopc, 34'* ^ 40" S. 1 8* 23' 45" E. 
 
 175. pROB. II. tbtiatUudtandlongituileofa plaeekiinggvuta^ 
 to fati the piact-Mpon the Ghit, 
 
 RuLB. . Bring the p<nnt o{ given longitude on the equator 
 to the meridian, and under the degree of given latitude you 
 have the place required. 
 
 Example i. Lat. 31!* 50' 00" N. 
 Long. 35° 16 
 
 2, Lat 
 Long. 
 
 i' 15" E.| J*™"1*~- 
 
 . 32° 25' 00" N. 7- ^ 
 A . .. .^ r Ispahan. 
 
 »g-J?*'4S>'30"E.J ; 
 
 17^. Prob. III. To find the difference tf latitude or longitude 
 
 betvteenAnjf tmtgfVfi^jUic^^ 
 
 
 .1/1- . I ;■■>;•, 1 
 
 
 Rule. !^d the latitude of both places, by Problem I. \ 
 subtract the lesser from the greater, if on t^ same side of 
 the equator \ if en opposite ndes, add them \ the result is the 
 difference of lariuide. The nuijuber of degjr^s between the 
 two places, ireckoned on the equator, is the difference of lon- 
 gitude *. lliis may be found also by means of the horary 
 circle.— (See § 77 and 149.) 
 
 * In order to have the latitu^ «ad longitude of two places under one 
 view, bring the one place to the strong brass meridiao, and lay the gradti- 
 ated sidd -of the mn«Mt miriHaa over the other* 
 
 C 4 
 
5<»-; 
 
 ELBMEN/reOF 
 
 PAinrv 
 
 ITm of the Termtiikl OMm. 
 
 Zt. Bet. Pekm,iliC59? 54' 36rN.i aong. ii6«a2' '30" E. 
 .V/ -^ vftwd PaHs, lat. 44° fo*. 14'f ^. long, a* 19* 45" E. 
 
 Difference of lat. 8° S5' 4^" of long. 114° 2' 4^' 
 
 2. Between Bresf,1a^. 48" 2^?b6*K 'long. •4° 31' 15" W. 
 and Toulon, lat. 43° 7' 25" N. long. 5° 56' 15" E. 
 
 loii: r ■) ■ l! I'.- ■■■> . 'i;i;;. .1 i.i ,i,, ^w >•''''■: ■'- > - ■ •-' ' '-'■ 
 
 "^^' i<A^i4rite1)f iht. ^'''iyii^^^'pj^ipng. io« 2/36'^ ';! 
 
 :v/j.:t 
 
 177. Prob, IV. To find all those placet where it is aoo/i at af{y 
 
 . tnsiuui S^i*' ^our in dny '^iveh place. ^■^'''"■' ■' 
 
 RuL£. Bring the given place to the strong brass meri- 
 dian j se^,tJjye^-bp«riWex tothe Upp6rmost XII. j turn the 
 globe till the given* hour co'^e under the index j and it will 
 be noon at all the places under the meridian. 
 
 Ex. When X^.^3&m.'^'A.'lW[^. ai' Edinburgh, it is noon in 
 
 Lapland, in the neighbourhood of Stockholm, Oantzick, 
 
 •' tireslax**, Pr^t^, Viehha, PoS6ga','' IRagusa, Tarento, the 
 
 -middle of 'Afx9fc^,"iind^at the Ga^^' of "Good Hope." -'^^•"" "• ; ■ 
 
 arlJ ^; ..;; .a. 3iij ; unilr L...: <-oL; jii Qqc-^' \cJfiiipo mft ^ 
 
 ^f^^ i. W{^nTl'Hl>^^.imtc:T:M:it Calcutta;^ !t'i*s noJn 
 ■«t Edinburgh, Sidmduth, 'Biek'^ pLzdiidj Granada, Ffei,' and 
 
 .the 1 cofth-Goast iri Africa; 
 
 r . ! 
 
 (•^'i 
 
 ')Tt j 
 
 1 7S. P&Qfi. v.. H'^fieA // 2i nam aljuty givea place, tofiadwbat 
 hour of the day it is, at any other place. 
 
 .«.{v . •• ,^. ,11,^:- • ;io\i>! »!'♦ 0; ;,'..■■:::-';:'? •-■:,'Tc' -W-i 
 
 Rule. Brmg the place where tl^^.time is required to the 
 strong brass meridian j set tbe hour index to XII. j then 
 turn the globe, till the place where it is noon comes under 
 
Pa»t. Iv^ 
 
 GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 5«- 
 
 Uk of th« Ttrmtrial OMw. 
 
 the meridian : the index will point out the hour. If east 
 from the given place, the hour is after j if west, before noon. 
 
 Ex. When noon at London, it is 50m. past XII at 
 Rome i 32m. past VII in the evening at Canton, and 15m. 
 past VII in the morning at Quebec. 
 
 179. pROB. VI. The hour being given at any place ^ to find what 
 ^vviVVu l*na^^ V fjour it it at any other place . --^ • •* ~' 
 
 Rule* Bring the place where the time is required to 
 the strong brass meridian ) set the index to the given hour j 
 then turn the globe tillthe given place be. under the briass 
 meridian : the index will shew, the hour required. 
 
 . Ex. When VII hi the nu^ng at Edinburgh, it is 9 m. 
 
 past IX> in Constantinople, and 28 m. past II in Quebec. ' 
 
 ■# ■ ■ 
 
 180. Pros. VII. To find the distttnce of any two given places 
 
 from each other, in a'grpat circle of the earth, 
 
 ^RuLE. Multiply the number of degrees intercepted be- 
 tween the two places (either by the brass meridian, the cqua- 
 tox;,'or the quadrapt of akitud^,) by 60 j the result will be 
 the 4ist^nce in g^pgraplycal, or by 69^, and the result will 
 be the distance in English miles. 
 
 Ex. Between Edinburgh, lat. t^f 58', and Toledo in Spain, 
 lat.^39° 50', are i6*'X6o =r 960 Geographical miles. 
 lA^^ml 3if} i), or i6°X69i==in2 English miles*. 
 
 ni;j 
 
 .■Kf) 1'H \: 
 
 a.TBetween the island pf St Thomas, on the equator, long. 
 
 * The odd minutes are oot cuunted, 
 
ii 
 
 ELEMENTS OF 
 
 PiUlT I. 
 
 Um of tlw Tanwtrial Globes 
 
 %° £., and the mouth of the river Amazon, long. 50° W., 
 . ttre 58°X6o»:348o Geographical mile*, 
 or 58°X69i=40,^i English miles. 
 
 3. Between London and Nankin in China are 
 
 8i°X6o ^=4860 Geographical miles, 
 or 8i°X69i=5629i English miles. 
 
 i8i. Pmb. VIIL ToJlMiftbf time <(f tun rising and setting 
 on any given day^ at any given piace, 
 
 • 
 
 RuLS. Rectify the globe to the sun^ declination, by 
 bringing the day of the month graduated on the east side of 
 the strong brass meridian (see \ 145) to the broad paper 
 circle \ bring the given place to the strong brass meridian, 
 fnd set the index to XIL : then turn the globe till the gi- 
 ven place coincide with the western side of the bro^ paper 
 circle \ the index will shew the time of sun-rising. Again } 
 bring the given place to the eastern side of the broad paper 
 circle, and the index will she\«^ the time of sun-setting that 
 day. 
 
 Sun rises. Sun wtt. 
 
 Illh. 27m. Vlllh. 33m. 
 
 Ex. At Edinburgh, ist June, 
 
 2. 14th Feb. VIl 
 
 3. 1 ith Oct. VI 
 
 4. ist August, IV 
 
 5. 2d April, V 
 
 14 
 39 
 
 X 
 
 26 
 
 IV 
 
 V 
 
 VII 
 
 VI 
 
 4<5 
 ax 
 
 59 
 
 34 
 
 ^th 
 
 Corollary. The length of the night vnll be foi 
 doubling the time from sun-rising to noon ; and the 
 of the day, by doubling the time from noon to sim-^etung. 
 The time of twilight will be found by the twilight wire, or 
 ^y the quadrant of altitude* 
 
Pmt|. 
 
 GEOORAPHY. 
 
 5d 
 
 Uicof die TcRMtHal Olobt. 
 
 i8a. Pko«. IX. To find tbt Sun's Longitudt (i. e, b'u plact 
 in tbt Ec/ifitiCf (jte § 164,), and bis Dfc/ination, {See § i6j) 
 for any day qf the year. 
 
 Rule. Find in the Ecliptic the degree of the sign immc* 
 diately opposite to the given day on the broad paper circle 
 (see § 148) ', which is the sun^s place. Bring that point 
 of the ecliptic to the strong brass meridian : the degree im« 
 mediately over the sun^s place will mark his Declination 
 from the Equator. 
 
 Ex. I. 4th of June in 14. ZZ } Decl. 2a** 30' 24" N. 
 
 a. i8th of Jan, in 28. VJ } Decl. 20** ^s' 7" S. 
 
 183. Prob. X. To find the Sun'^s Meridian Altitude on any 
 given day at any given place. 
 
 Rule. To the co-latitude (see § 73) of the place, add the 
 sun^s declination for the given day, if the latitude and declina- 
 tion are on the same aide of the equator j if on opposite sides, 
 subtract the declination from the co-latitude *, and the re-, 
 suit vdll be the sun^s meridian altitude for that day. 
 
 Co-lat, Decl. M. Alt. 
 Ex. Edin. 21. Dec. 34° a'- 23° 28'= 10° 34' Wint. Solst.. 
 
 20. Mar. 34° 2' —00° go's 34** 2' Equinox. 
 
 21. June 34° a' +23* a8'=57° 30' Sum. Solst. 
 
 Lond. 21. Dec. 38** 29'— 23<> 28'= 15Q, i' Wint. Solst. 
 20. Mar. 38S 29' — 00^ 00'= 38? 29' Equinox. 
 • 21. June 38° 29'-|-23<> 28'=:6i«57' Sum. Sols^^- 
 
■'^ 
 
 wjwpp"- 
 
 ELEMENTS OF 
 
 JW. I M JUL..! ! 1 1 I I, >l I Bi 
 
 ITse of the TjrrMtrl*! Olobe. 
 
 Part I. 
 
 184. pROB. XI. To ^nd the SttiCs Ihitudt at any buur qfa 
 given day'f at any given p/ace, ^' ' *^ 
 
 Rule. Rectify the globe to the sun^s declination, (see 
 ,^; Ilob VIII.) \ briiip the given place to the Meridian, and 
 set the index to XII : then turn the globe till the index 
 point to the given hour. Next, having fixed the quadrant 
 of altitude to the zenith, lay its graduated edge over the 
 given place : the niunber of degrees counted from the hori- 
 zon to the given place, is the suu*s altitude required. 
 
 •w \ . ' • ; 'I ■.. ■.:■■■ 
 
 Ex. At Edin. 30th Nov. X h. A. M., the sun's Alt. it. 
 8° 50' J and on the 1 2th of Aug, I b. 30 m. P. Af„ the siiji's 
 Altitude IS 45° 30'. 
 
 185. P*.oB. XII. . Tofndthe iimits of the Climates, (see § 98.) 
 
 Rule. Elevate tlxe North Pole to 23° 28', and bring the 
 . firsi point of £k to the horizon : the hour of VI. will be un- 
 der the meridian, which, in this problem is the hour index. 
 Turn the globe cast 15 minutes of time : the point of the 
 graduated meridian which passes through J^ cut by the 
 horizon, is the beginning of the second climate } and so for 
 the other six climates, at th*; rate of 15 minutes for each. 
 
 Ex. Begimiing of 2d Climate 8° 25' 
 of 3d Climate 16° 2 5' 
 of 4th Climate 23° 50'. 
 
 j86, Prob. XIII. tt find all those places where the Sun is 
 vertical on any given day. 
 
 Rule. Tlnd the sun's declination in the brazen meridian 
 by prob. IX, All those places whose latitude is equal to 
 
^AR%1 
 
 Part h 
 
 GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 T 
 
 ss 
 
 mm 
 
 Ihe of the Tcrrettriiil and Celestial Glolies. 
 
 iy hour of a 
 
 lation, (see 
 ridian, and 
 the index 
 te quadrant 
 ! over the 
 m the hori- 
 red. 
 
 Lin's Alt. it> 
 y the siJji's 
 
 {jee § 98.) 
 
 i bring the 
 ill be un- 
 
 3ur index. 
 
 nt of the 
 
 ut by the 
 nd so for 
 
 Dr each. 
 
 f Sun is 
 
 nerldian 
 qual to 
 
 the Declination, or which pass under that point which marks 
 the sun'i Declination, have the sun in their zenith that day. 
 
 Ex. Oh the 30th of March the sun is vertical in the la- 
 titudes of 4" 28' N. ', and on the 25th of Dec. the sun is ver- 
 tical in the latitude of 23° 24' 22" S. 
 
 187. Prob. XIV. Tn Jltid the twrt tiayt on which the Sun ii 
 vertical at any place within the Tropics. 
 
 .'!( 
 
 Rule. Mark the two points of the Ecliptic cut by the 
 parallel of declination which passes through the given place, 
 »r.a opposite to these on the broad paper circle are the two 
 days required. 
 
 i r.Ex. At Sierra Leone in Africa (lat. 8° 12' N.) the sun 
 is vertical on the loth of April, and on the 31st of August. 
 
 188. Prob. XV. The day and hour at any place being given^ 
 to find where the Sun is vertical. 
 
 Rule. Find the sun's Declination by prob. IX ; bring 
 the given place to the Meridian, and set the index to 5C11 : 
 then turn the globe till the index point to the given hour j 
 and the place will be under the degree of declination on the 
 itroi.g brass meridian. 
 
 Ex. At Edinburgh the 1st of August, when 55 minutes past 
 IV. in the afternoon, the sun is vertical at Knv; ;' o" m Tnmai- 
 ca, lat. 17° 57' 30" N. J long. 76" ■,•3' W j and at London, 
 
 (£' ncc&Uio:^ 
 
 
s^ 
 
 ELEMENTS OF 
 
 Part I. 
 
 tfiebi" th 
 
 . 1 1 . 1 r i I 
 
 the same day, when 6 miniite* past V. in th« afternoon, the 
 
 ■ sun is vertical at Kingston *. 
 
 189. Pros. XVI. Toe day and hwf ht anyplace being given j 
 tojina ati those places where: the Sun is risings seiliag^ an the 
 Meridian f and vertical 'f also to find those placet where it is 
 twilight f dark night f and midnight. 
 
 Rule. Rectify the globe to the sun's declination j bring 
 the given place to the strong brass meridian, and set the 
 index to XII j then turn the globe eastward, till the index 
 point to the given hour : all those places which are in the 
 
 ' plane of the western side of the broad paper circle, see the 
 sun rising', those on the eastern side, see him setting} and it 
 is noon at those places which lie under the elevated side of 
 
 "^ the brass meridian ^ the places which are between the broad 
 paper circle and the twilight wire, (see J 152.) enjoy the 
 twilight J those below the twilight circle are involved in 
 darkness 1 and those xmder the depressed side of the strong 
 brass meridian have midnight. 
 
 Ex. At London, the 25th of May, when IX o'clock P. 
 M., the sun is rising at Pekin in China, and at Botany Bay 
 in New Holland ; he is setting at Buenos Ayres in S. A- 
 merlca, and in the northern parts of Scotland ; and it is noon 
 
 * The difference of longitude between London (or ntker Greenwich) 
 (ind Edinburgh is 3*. 17'. ji"; which is equal to 13 minutes lo 1.15th 
 8ec«nds of time, (See the table oi^ longitudes and latitudes at the end of 
 the book). 
 
 Those who are disposed to calculate by the rule in section a 17, 
 -will find that the exact difference of time between Kingston and £din. 
 burgh, is 4 hours 53 minutes z 56-60 srconds ; and between Kingston and 
 St Paul's in London is 5 hours 5 minutes 49 56-60 seconds : but the time 
 given in the text will be found sufficientlj accurate iot commoo use* 
 
l»*iip I. 
 
 ^^-^ GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 m 
 
 Um of the Celeatlal Globe. 
 
 at all those t>laces which are 225° £. from London^ it is 
 twilight in the greater part of China and New Holland, as 
 well as in Spain, France, Germany, and Britain *, all Africa 
 and India are within the sphere of darkness \ and it is mid- 
 night at all those places which are 45*^ £ from London. 
 
 USE OF THE CELESTIAt OLOBC. i .- 
 
 190. Prob. I. To rectify the Celestiai Giobe* 
 
 Elevate the pole equally to the latitude of the place \ 
 bring the sun's place in the ecliptic to the strong brass me- 
 ridian ; set the hour index to the uppermost XII j and set 
 lihe meridian of the globe north and soui.ii by the compass. 
 
 £x. For Edmburgh the 4th of June. Move the globe 
 till the plane of the Broad Paper circle cuts the meridian in 
 55® 58', (which is the latitude of Edin.) j bring H. 14 
 (being the sun's place for that d^), to the graduated side 
 of the Meridian \ set the hour index to the most elevated 
 XII J and turn the globe, with the frame which supports it, 
 till the needle in the compass-box points to 24® W. from N., 
 which is the variation of the compjiss in that latitude *. 
 
 J91. Prob. II. To find the Sun^s Declination and Right A- 
 scension (see § 165. and 166.) Jbr any given day, 
 
 RuLX. Bring the sun's place in the ecliptic (See § 182.) 
 to the strong brass meridian : the degree directly over it is 
 
 • This variation diffpis in difTerent plices Where there is no varia" 
 '^on of the Compass, the Needle must be made to point directly North 
 and South. 
 
,s» 
 
 luiffrnvim 
 
 . ELEMEN'TS OF 
 
 Part I. 
 
 I 'se of the Cdesdal Globe. 
 
 ^} the Declination} and the point of the equinoctial (^ 162.) 
 Cut by the mtridian, the Right Ascension require^,; ! .. 
 
 /..;■•■'-•• 
 Ex. May 29, The sun's declination is ;^%}f^fi'i 3;',,N., 
 and his Right Ascension is IV h. 25 m. , ;r .- . -fi. ■ . 
 
 ft. January 31. The sun's declination is 17" 12' 48" S. 
 and his Right Ascension XX h. 57 m. 
 
 * ■ 
 
 192. Prob* III. To find the Sun's Oblique Ascemion and De^ 
 scension (see § 167) iis eastern and western AmpHtude {see \ 
 169). and time of rising and settings at any given lime^ in any 
 given place. 
 
 Rule. Rectify the globe for the latitude and sun's place, 
 ' and bring the sun's place to tl^e easstern side of the horizon : 
 the degree of the equinoctial cut by the horizon, is the sun's 
 oblique ascension j the degree of the horizon opposite to the 
 sun's place, is its eastern amplitude } and the hour pointed 
 out by the index, is the time of sun-rlsihg. Again j qarry 
 the sun's place to the western side of the horizon, and. you 
 will find the oblique descension, the western amplitude, and 
 time of sun-setting. 
 
 Ex. At Edinburgh the 25th of July, 
 The sun's Oblique Ascension is 92** 49' ' 
 
 E. Amplitude 37° 30' N. 
 
 . Time of rising III h. 48 m. 
 
 Oblique Descension 156° 30' 
 
 W. Amplitude 
 Time of setting 
 
 38° 00' N. 
 VIII h. 12 m. 
 
JPaut L 
 
 GEQ<5RAPHY. 
 
 5^ 
 
 Uw: of tb« Q«l9skial Globn 
 
 iW" 
 
 ji93i The elUptical figvur^' of the\ewth*s drbit, and,^tHe obliquity 
 of the ecliptic to the equator, cause the sun^s apparent mo- 
 tion in the heavens to be uhequal \ so thattiihe showil by an 
 equAlly g6ing cloick, and a true sun-dil»], is bever the same 
 but at 4 times in the year, yiz» at the ti'mies of iequinox and 
 
 . solstice. The difference between true time, or that measu- 
 red by a clock, and apparent time, or that ijaei^ured by a sun- 
 dial, is called equation of time. The difference occasioned 
 by the obliquity of the ecliptic may be shewn on the globe : 
 
 thus :— 
 
 ;*i ,/.iitcIijl[ 
 
 194. Prob. IV. To find the liquation of time for any given day^ 
 .r.a.\n%\t ; between the Equinox and Solitiei*j .. , 
 
 Rule. Move the globe westward. If the sun^s place in 
 the ecHp^c comes to the; brazen meridian sodner than the 
 corresponding degree of Right Ascension on the equinoctial, 
 the sun is fast ) if latere the sun is slow, at the rate of 4 tta*^ 
 nutes for every degree of Right Ascension. 
 
 m. ace. 
 
 £x. 30th April, Sun fast 3 2 
 
 7th August, Sun slow 5 20 
 
 195. Pkob. v. To find the Right Ascension and Declination 
 
 of a Star, 
 
 Rule. Bring the given star to the meridian : the point 
 of the equinoctial cut by the meridian is the Right Ascen- 
 sion, and the point of the moidian right over the star, the 
 Declination required. 
 
 h. in.' 
 Ex. Aldebaran R. A. IV 24+ Decl. !&". j'+N. 
 Regel R. A. V 5— Decl. 8° 27'— S. 
 D 
 
tLEMKNTS OF 
 
 PAUtT* 
 
 lAsiBeMMae 
 
 Um of At Otieitid Ok/be. 
 
 assSiSsSists 
 
 196. Paob. VI. T«/W iA# i^iitudt Mid LMgitiule^fn Star. 
 
 RoLt. Bring the pole of the ecliptic to the meridian j 
 utd ha^wg fixed the qutdrimt of altitude over it, bring the 
 L' graduated side ef the ^i^rant to the given star : the degree 
 on the quadrant cut by the star is the latitude) and the de- 
 gree of the ecUptic cut by the quadrtnt, is the longitude of 
 the star **(« 
 
 Ex. Bellatrix, Lat. 16**. 53'. S. Long. i8<*. a' H 
 Castor, Lat. 10°. 4'. N. Long, ij* 21' So 
 
 197. Prob. ViL T6jMatv)iettme«iiyi»3wn Starfiassvs 
 tie meridian of any givtn place ^ on any given day. 
 
 ' RtLEi. Bring the sm'*s place to the bra%et\ tneridian, and 
 set the index to XII. ', then tum the globe till the star comes 
 to the tneridian, and the index \*ia. ^^ the time* 
 
 Ex. At Edinbiirgh, the 15th of August, Alcair in Aquila 
 comes to the meridian 58 min. {Aft IX. Pk M. 
 
 2. At New York, the 4th of Dec, Aldebaran in the Bull's 
 Eyt comes to the meridian nvhen it is 42nrin. past XL-at New 
 York J or when it is 38 min. 33 sec. past XVL in London, 
 and 25 min. 45 sec. past XVL in Edinburgh. (See § 219, 
 note>. 
 
 3k At Edinburgh the Had. (tf|anulD7-^AidebBDaML.isnmthe 
 meridian at VIII. P. M. 
 
 -biH.JSii. 
 
 • SeeaTable.tontaiiJtejthelatitirfe longittr^e, rhg^t ascemion, and 
 <l«clnviti«n fsf some of the pdnciptil fiidd stan, at the cn4 wf the book. 
 
Par-f; I. 
 
 CJlOGRAPHY. 
 
 5x 
 
 Use of the Cckitial Globe. 
 
 Z98. Prob. VIII. To^nd on wb*H day a given Star wt/Zcotae 
 to the auridian at any given hour* 
 
 RuitE. Bring the stat to the mendiant and set the Index 
 to the given hour ', then turn the glf>be till the index points 
 to XII noon : the meridian will shew the nm^s place in the 
 ecliptic, opposite to which, on the broad paper circle, is the 
 day required. s 
 
 - 'iMn '^ ' . . . r. 
 
 Ex. Capella in the shoulder of Auriga will be on ths 
 meridian at IX. P. M. on the 17th of January. 
 
 2. et and jS in PegMiis, about the same hour,, on the 13d 
 
 o (October *. 
 
 . -t* . 
 
 Uti 
 
 • It is proper to observe, that these and similar probleias, though luf- 
 ficiently near the truth for comraon use, cannot be solved with perfect ac- 
 curacy upon a/iy globe ; not only on account of the tmp«ssibiUt|r of re- 
 presenting fractions sufficiently minate upon so small a scale, and the im. 
 perfections in construction, to which all globes are in some degree liable ; 
 but also on account of the obliquity of the ecliptic, the inequality of the 
 earth's motion round the sun, and particularly the precession of the equi- 
 noxes. 
 
 The Precession of the £<^inozes is a slow motion of the whole 
 heavens from W. to £., by which the equinoctial poiat*. or the nodes of 
 the equator and ecliptic alter their situation at the rate of about a degree 
 in 7C years, or 50 seconds in a year; The change which has been already 
 observed to have taken place in consequence of this retrogade motion is 
 abou 1 30® ; so that the stars which, in the mftncy of asftbnoniy, wet e in 
 Aries, are sow ia Taurus, those «fT«W4M4a GemuM-i «a<l~soox the rest. 
 This isoccasioned by the attraction of the sun and moon upon the protu- 
 beraiit matter about the equator ; which also occasions a small deviation 
 in the parallelism of the earth^s axis, by which it is continually directed 
 tow lids different points in the heavens, till it performs a complete revolu- 
 tion round the ecliptic in a5,9S0 years. This motion is calleJ, T^s Mu- 
 TATioN OF TH£ Earth's Axis. 
 
62 
 
 ELEMENTS OF 
 
 Part I. 
 
 Um of the Celetttal Olobe. 
 
 199. Prob. IX. To reprtsent tbt face of the heavens at ai^ 
 hour of any given day. 
 
 Roll Rectify the globe, (f 190), and then turn it till 
 the index points to the given hour : the upper hemisphere of 
 the globe will correspond exactly to the face of the heavens 
 for that time. 
 
 200. Prob. X. To find the jun^s Altitude at any given hour 
 
 of the day. 
 
 Rule. Rectify the globe to the latitude and zenith * j 
 bring the sun^s place to the meridian, and set the index to 
 XII. ) then turn the globe till the index points to the given 
 hour : the quadrant ffi altitude set over the sun's place will 
 shew its height in degrees from the horizon. 
 
 Ex. At Edin. 27th July, X. A. M., Sun's Alt. 47*. 40' 
 
 at III. P. M., Sun's Alt. 40°. 30' 
 
 20 1 . Prob. Xi. The Day and Latitude being given ^ to find at 
 
 what time the sun is due east. 
 
 Rule. Rettify the globe ', then, if the latitude and de- 
 clination are on the same side, bring the quadrant of altitude 
 to the eastern point of the horizon, and the sun's place to the 
 e»5ge of the quadrant : the index will shew the hour. If the 
 
 * To recta/ the globe for the zenith, apply the fiducial line on the 
 nut of the quadrant of altitude, to that point of the strong brass meridian 
 which is exactly in the zenith. The distance of this point from the ele- 
 vated pole, is alwavs equal to the co-latitude of the place ; and its dis- 
 tance from the equinoctial is equal to the latitude. 
 
Part I. 
 
 GEOGRAPHY.^ 
 
 6s 
 
 Use of the Cdettial dobe. 
 
 latitude and declination are on different sides, bring the qua- 
 drant to the western point of the horizon, and the point of the 
 ecliptic opposite to the sun^s place to the quadrant, and the 
 ind ex vrillshew the hour. 
 
 £x. At Edinburgh, the 4th of June, the sun is due east at 
 4 minutes past VII. j and on the 5th November, at 13 mi- 
 nutes past V. in the morning. 
 
 4 
 
 20a. PaoB. XII. Tbe Latitude and the Altitude of the sun, or 
 qf a star being given f tojind the hour and Azimuth (§ 170). 
 
 RuuE. Rectify the globe for the latitude, the zenith, and 
 the lun^s place ; turn the globe and the quadrant of altitude, 
 so that the sun's place, or the star, may cut the given degree 
 of altitude : the index will shew the hour, and the quadrant 
 will be the azimuth in the horizon. 
 
 Ex. At Edinburgh, the 25th of December, when the sun's 
 altitude is 7^ 20' in the forenoon, the hour is X., and the 
 azimuth 27" 30' East from South. 
 
 2, At New York, the ist of January, when Sirius has the 
 altitude of 22*^, the hour is XI. P. M., and the azimuth is 
 4^** 20' East from South. 
 
 293. Prob. XIII. The Latitude and Hour being given, tojind 
 the Altitude and Azimuth of the sun or of a star. 
 
 Rule. Rectify the globe j then turn it till the index 
 poiiits to the given hour j the quadrant being laid over the 
 
64 
 
 ELEMENTS OF 
 
 Part I. 
 
 Um of the Celestial Olobe. 
 
 8un*9 pltce or the star, mil shew the altitude an(l azitnutlv 
 for that hour. 
 
 Ex. At Edinburgh, the 5th of April, at iX. A M., the 
 8un*8 altitude is 29° 30'} and his azimuth 54*^ 30' East 
 from South. 
 
 2. At Copenhagen the ist of Februpry, at IX. P- M,, 
 the altitude of Regulus is 30° 10', and its azimuth 71^ 
 EaM from South. 
 
 204. There are three sorts of rising? and .settings of the fixe4 
 stars mentioned by the ancient poets j viz. : Cosmhai^ 
 acbronieal, and beliacoL < 
 
 "When a star rises or sets at snn^rising, it is said to rise or 
 set cosmically. When a star Vf^.^^ > jr sets at sun- setting, it is 
 said to rise or set achronically. WL^n a star first becomes 
 viuble in a morning, after it has been so near the suft as to 
 be hid by the splendour of his rays, it is said to rise he iiac al- 
 ly, and it sets heliacally when the sun renders it invisible at^ 
 setting. Hettcey 
 
 205. Prob. XIV. The Latitude of a place being given, to find 
 the time of the year when a star rises or sets cosmicatly. 
 
 Rule. Rectify the globe for the latitude j bring the star 
 to the eastern edge of the horizon, and mark the point of 
 the ecliptic rising along with it j opposite to which, on the 
 broad paper circle (or horizon) is the day on which the 
 given star rises cosmically. Again, bring the star to the 
 ' ■^vestcm edge of the horizon ; the point of the ecliptic cut 
 
 A 
 
PmtI. 
 
 GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 6s, 
 
 Vte of the CelciUal Olobc. 
 
 by the eutg r iide of the horixon, wUI tbew th« day on 
 which that« tar sets coupicaUy. 
 
 Ex. In the latitude of Edbburgh SS° S^' North, 
 I. ^riusrisi s coraaically i6th August, sets 13th November. 
 
 2» Spica 
 
 3. Arcturus 
 
 4. Reguljus 
 
 5. Cor Scoriiioi>is 
 
 6. Aldebaran 
 
 15th October, 4th April. 
 21st September, 5th July, 
 ipth August, 2 2d February^.. 
 4th December, 12th May. 
 10th June, 22d November. 
 
 7. In the latitude of London 51° 31' North, 
 AldebarauTiscscosmically 7th June, sets a3d November. 
 
 8. Sirius ' to loth August, i6th November. 
 
 9. Imthe latitude of Rome 41° 54' North, the Luqida Pleia- 
 dum rises cosmically the 8th of May, and sets cosmically 
 the 2xst of Novemlwr. > 
 
 206. Prob, XV. The Latitude of a place being given ^ to Jind 
 <:., nuhea a star rise* or jets wbronicaUy.^ 
 
 Rput, Rectify the globe as before j bring the st^r to the 
 eastern side of the horiwn, and mark the point of the eclip- 
 tic cut by the wesfeern side of the horizon, opposite; to which 
 is the day when the rtar rises achronically. Again, bring 
 the star to the western, side of the horizon j the point of the 
 ecliptic setting along with it, will shcfv ths day on whiph the 
 star sets achrosicaUy. . 
 
 Ex. In the latitude of Edinburgh $$^ 58' North, 
 J. Sirius rines achronically roth February, sets 9th May. 
 
 2, Spica loth April^ ' 1st October. 
 
 3. Arcturu* ^8th March, , ?djawary^ 
 
 I>4. 
 
^ 
 
 ELEMltm^g OF 
 
 Pkrl. 
 
 Uie of tbe Celeidal Globe. 
 
 - 4.Regulusrise«6chronicallyi3thFebruary,tct8 19th August. 
 
 5. Cor Scorpii 3d Juhe,'*'^^ '^^- 1 ith Nor. 
 
 6. Aldcbaran nth December, aoth May. 
 
 7. At Athens, latitude 38** 5' North, 
 
 Arcturus rises achronically 30th March, sets 29th Nov. 
 
 8. Aldebaran 3d Decern. 24th May. 
 
 J07. Pros. XVI. The Latitude qf a place being givent toJind 
 when a ttar rises btiiacalfy, 
 
 RuLi. Rectify the globe for the latitude and zenith, 
 . (turning the quadrant of altitude to the western side of the 
 horizon), bring the star to the eastern side of the horizon, 
 and the point of the ecliptic opposite to that which ia cut 
 by 12° on the quadrant of altitude, will shew the day re- 
 qmred, if the star be of the first magnitude. Reverse the 
 operation for the time of setting. 
 
 ■ • "tNl AT :r/ .^orH ,'■.:. 
 
 Ex. In the latitude of Edinburgh 55° 58' North, 
 I. Sirius rises heliacally 31st August, sets 22d April. 
 
 S,, Spjca 
 
 3. Arcturus 
 
 4. Regulus 
 
 5. Cor Scorpii 
 
 6. Aldebaran 
 
 no.'?! ; 
 
 29th October, 28th May. >i 
 5th October, nth December. 
 2d September, 28th May. 
 25th December, 17th September. 
 15th July, 2d May. 
 
 ' 7. In the latitude of Rome, 41° 54' North, 
 
 /8 Tauri rises heliacally 25th June, sets 28th May *. 
 
 * Theie problems are performed apon the commonly received supposi. 
 tion, tl^tt a star of the first magnitude does not become visible till the sun 
 Ve ::* below the horizon. This supposition, however, is far from being 
 well founied, as appears from the sole consideration, that, in that case, no 
 stars at all should be visible In tbe latitude of Edinburgh fro^i about the 
 
 i • a8th 
 
Part t 
 
 GEOGRAPHY/ 
 
 Uw of the Celeitial Olobe. 
 
 208. Prob. XVII. To Jind the sunlit Meridian Altitude on 
 
 any given day. 
 
 Rule. Rectify the globe for the latitude, zenith, and 
 sun^s place : the number of degrees between the sun's place 
 and the horizon is its meridian altitude. ) 
 
 • 
 
 Ex. At London, the 17th of May, the sun's meridian 
 altitude is 57** 59' 47". v 4u»«i t.-ui a.i/ 
 
 2. At Edinburgh, the ist of November^ the sun's meri-> 
 dian altitude is 12° 12' 31". 
 
 209. Prob. XVIII. Tojind the length of any day or night in 
 the yeiir, in any given ftiace, not iwithin either 0/ the P^lar 
 Circles. ...»Jmiim.;, .;!jaJjLV f, 
 
 ■ Role. Rectify the globe \o the latitude aiid sun's place 
 ^(see § 19b) ) then bring the sun's place to the eastern edge 
 :)f the horizon, and the index will shew tite time of sun-ri< 
 ing J which being multiplied by 2, is the length of the given 
 ight. Next, bring the sun's place to the western edge of 
 %c horizon \ the index will shew the time of sun-setting ; 
 vbich being multiplied by 2, is the length of the given 
 dy. 
 
 ^,x. At Edinburgh, the 15th of August, the length of 
 
 aSth ofiay to the i6th of July; the sun in all that time not being la* 
 below tl horizon in that latitude. It is evident, on the contrary, that 
 about misummer, many »tars of the 3d and 4th magnitudes are visibleSto 
 the nakt^ye in the latitude of Edinburgh ; and the writer of this note 
 h^s oftet ^cn stars of the first magnitude w^ep the sua w^&not quite j' 
 bdow tte^prizon. ^^ ^J sU'Ji}*! <»rfi, ,nf^im 0% tiuot\ ,: . 
 
a 
 
 ELEMENTS OF 
 
 Paw I. 
 
 Uae of the CeleiUal Globe. 
 
 , the night is VIJII hours 58 minutes } and the length of the 
 day is XV hours 2 minutes. 
 
 310. PkOb. XIX. Tojind the length of the longest and short-, 
 est days in a/^ given /i/ace, not viitbin either of the Polar 
 Circles. 
 
 Rule, Rectify the globe to the given latitude j bring 
 the first point of Cancer (for the longest day), or of Capri- 
 cornus (for the shortest day) to the meridian, and set the 
 hour index to XII ', after which, proceed as in the last Pro- 
 blem. 
 
 ^"^' -''Ex. At Edinburgh, latitude 55° 58' North, (he length 
 of the longest day is XVII hours 30 minutes j and of the 
 shortest day VI hours 50 minutes. 
 
 2. At Rome, latitude 41** 54' North, the length of tL 
 -longest day is XV hours 10 minutes ; and of the short«t 
 day, is IX hours 10 minutes. 
 
 ;^ii, PaoB. XX. The longest day being given , tojind the $ti» 
 
 tude <^ any place between the Polar Circles. 
 
 ■/ 
 
 Rule, Bring the first point of Car»':er to the meridiai and 
 set the hour inde:^ to XII ; turn the globe till the ndex 
 points to half the given length of the day j then ele«te or 
 depress the pole till the first point of Cancer coincide with 
 the horizon, and that elevation of the pole is the atitude 
 required* 
 
 Ex. At Edinburgh, the length of the longest dy being 
 XVIIt hours 3a minutes, the latitude is $$^ ^%'liiith. 
 
Part. I, 
 
 QEOGKAPHY. 
 
 Uie of tile Celestial Globe. 
 
 2. At London, the length of the longest day being XVI 
 hours 20 minutes, the latitude is 51^ 31' North. 
 
 3. At Constantinople, the length of the longest day being 
 XIV hours 50 minutes, the latitude is 41'' North. 
 
 212. Prob. XXI. Tite LatUutU of a fi/ace ivithin eyi^r of the 
 Polar Circles {suppose the North) being giyea^ to ^ad the 
 commencement^ the termination^ and continuance of constant 
 light and darkness, 
 
 B.UI.B. Rectify the globe to the given latitude j then 
 turn it round till some point in the first quadrant of the 
 ecliptic cuts the meridiam in the eo-latit;ude of the place \ 
 and opposite to that point of the ecliptic is the day when 
 constant light begins. 2. Turn the globe till some point 
 in the second quadrant of the ecliptic cuts the meridian in 
 the same point as before j and opposite to that point of the 
 eclipt'c is the day on which constant light terminates. The 
 number of days included between these two, shows the con- 
 tinuance of constant light. ^. Turn the globe round till 
 some point of the 3d quadruut . f the ecliptic cuts the meri- 
 dian in the south part of the liorizon j the point opposite to 
 which shews the cm.u..encement of constant darkness. 
 4. Turn the globe still farther, till some point in the 4tli 
 quadrant cuts the meridian in the same south part of the ho- 
 rizon J the point opposite to which shows the termination ot' 
 constant darkness. Tlie space between the commencement 
 and termination of constant darkness, gives the ordinary 
 days and nights of its continuance. 
 
 Ex. In 75° North latitude, constant light commences on 
 the 29th of April, and terminates on the 13th of August j 
 
\ 
 
 is^ 
 
 ELEMENTS OF 
 
 Part I. 
 
 Um of the Celestial Globe. 
 
 consequently its continuance is for io6 days. In the same 
 latitude, constant darkness commences on the 6th of Novem- 
 ber, and terminates on the 5th of February j its continuance 
 
 is for 90 daysL 
 
 ./ ' 
 
 213. Prob. XXII. The Latitude of a place being given^ to 
 Jind the ciicle of perpetual apparition or occultation of a fix- 
 ed star (see § 82). 
 
 Rule. Elevate the pole to the co-latitude of the given 
 place : the parallel of declination (see J 165, note), which 
 passes through the intersection of the meridian and the North 
 point of the horizon, if the place be in North latitude, is the 
 circle of perpetual apparition \ and the parallel which passes 
 through the intersection of the meridian and the South point 
 of the horizon is the circle of perpetual occultation required. 
 
 Ex. In the latitude of London, 51" 31' North j the co- 
 latitude being 38° 29', the parallel of perpetual apparition 
 passes through y in the Dragon j and the circle of perpe- 
 tual occultation through N. and % of the Ship \rgo. 
 
 1. In the latitude of Edinburgh, ^^^ 58' North j the co- 
 latitude being 34° 2', the parallel of perpetual apparition 
 passes through ^ of the Great Bear, and of perpetual oc- 
 cultation through « of the Peacock. 
 
 214. Prob. XXIII. The sun's place^ the hour of the nighty 
 and two stars which htiv^ the same altitude being given, to 
 find the Latitude cf the place. 
 
 Rtn;.E. Rectify the globe for thp sun'9 place, and tunj it 
 
PartL 
 
 GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 n 
 
 Of the Harvnt Moon. 
 
 till tie index points to the given hour j then move the globe 
 up and down in the notches till the two given stars have the 
 same altitude *, and the elevation of the pole mil be the lati- 
 tude required, 
 
 Ex. On the 30th of December (sun's place 9 Vf ) at 48 
 minutes past IX P. M., Aldeharan in the Bull's Eye, and 
 Markob in the win*-'of Pegasus, have the same altitude- 
 latitude 51° 30'N .. 
 
 215. Prob. XXIV. Two stars being obser^fd^ the one on the 
 meridian^ th.- other on the east or tvest part of the horizon^ t9 
 ■ . '' ^ the Latitude of the place. 
 
 Rule. Bring the star observed on the meridian, to the 
 meridian of the globe j then move the globe up and down in 
 the notches till the other star appears on the horizon : that 
 elevation of the pole is the latitude required. 
 
 Ex. Observed Markab in Pegasus on the meridian, and 
 Betelguese in Orion on the horizon. — the latitude 55° 58' 
 North. 
 
 OF THE HARVEST MOON. 
 
 216. Thk wisdom and goodness of the Great Creator are con- 
 spicuous, as in all his other works, so, in a very eminent de- 
 gree, iu the nice economy, and equal distribution of light to 
 all the inhabitants of the earth. This circumstance, so 
 highly beneficial to mankind, is made to depend upon a va- 
 
 • This problem can be performed in the s^me manner, if, instead of 
 the same Altitude, the start have the same Aatimuth. 
 
ffSi 
 
 ELEMENTS OF 
 
 Paw t. 
 
 The Harvest Mnon. 
 
 riety of causes in the economy of nature, which, though un- 
 known and overlooked by the thoughtless multitude, will 
 be contemplated with admiration and gratitude by the dis- 
 cerning few. The attentive reader must have already ob- 
 served, that, from the particular position of our planet with 
 regard to the sun, there is the same number of hours of sun- 
 shine and of darkness during the whole year on every part of 
 the globet—as well at the polar regions, where the sun is six 
 months below the horizon, as at the equator, where he is vi- 
 sible 1 2 hours of every day. He will likewise have obser- 
 ved that, in the torrid zonr, where the visits of the sun are so 
 regular and frequent, the moon rises about 50 minutes later 
 every succeeding day *, whereas at the poles, where the sun 
 is absent a complete half year, the winter moons remain al- 
 vrcys above the horizon, from the first to the third quarter. 
 
 Another circumstance, equally striking, and equally be- 
 neficial is, that, in those countries which arr at a considerable 
 distance from the equiktor and the poles, the autumnal full 
 moons rise nearly at sun-set from the first to the third quar- 
 ter ; a dispensation singularly calculated to facilitate the 
 reaping and in-gathering of the fruits of the earth. This 
 phenomenon is called The Harvest Moon. It is iiirthei- 
 observable, that this appearance in the autumnal months is 
 peculiar to the full moon : for though, in every other month, 
 the moon, for several successive days, will vary the time of 
 its rising very little ; yet, in the vernal months, this happens 
 about the time of the new moon j in tlie winter months, a- 
 bout the time of the first quarter j and in the summer months, 
 about the time of the last quarter. 
 
 In order to understand the causes of these phenomena, it 
 will be proper to remark, i.. That the ecliptic (which, in 
 the present case, may be considered as the moon^s orbit), on 
 
Part I. 
 
 GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 n 
 
 The Harrest Mcon. 
 
 account of its obliquity to the earth's axis, forms very differ- 
 ent angles with the horizon at the different seasons of the 
 year * } that the greater is this angle, the smaller is the por- 
 tion of the ecliptic which rises above the horizon in equal 
 times 'f ta\d consequently that the moon, when in those signs 
 which rise with the smallest angle, will rise with the least 
 difference of time j and nticf versa. 2. That the moon 
 can never be full but when in opposition to the sun ^ which 
 is never in ttjil and ^ but in our autumnal months. 3. 
 That the moon will, at a mean rate, pass over 13° in her 
 orbit in the space of one day. These facts being well un- 
 derstood, the rest will be easily illustrated by an 
 
 Example. Suppose the sun in the ist, point of £u, which 
 is the autumnal equinox j and the moon to be at full, and 
 consequently in the u/ point of Of. Rectify the globe for 
 the latitude of Edinburgh {^^'^ 58' N.), and the sun's place; 
 li then bring the sun's place to the western edge of the hori- 
 zon J the hour index will point precisely to VI., and the 
 moon will be just rising in the east. On the following day, 
 the sun will set nearly at the same time ^ but the moon being 
 advanced 13° in the ecliptic, the globe must be turned about 
 till that point of the ecliptic shall appear oti the horizon ; 
 when the hour index will point to VI hours 13 minutes, for 
 the time of the moon's rising on the second dny, which is less 
 than a quarter of an hour after sun-set. On the third day, 
 the moon will rise in less than half an hour j on the fourth, 
 
 * In the lafitiule of Edinburgk, at the time ot the vermi equinox, 
 when the sun is setting in the west, the erlipctc fotmi hn antjle of about 
 67" with the horiaon ; but at the autumnal equinox, wht-n the ma is set- 
 ting, the cclipt't forms an angle with tho horizon of only la*. " "" 
 
74 
 
 ELEMENTS OF 
 
 Part I. 
 
 Time— ras reckoned in diffiirent places. 
 
 in less than three quarters of an hout^, atid so on ^ so that it 
 ,„ ivill be about ten days before the nights be an hour without 
 
 illumination : whereas, when the sun is in the vernal equinox, 
 li^-- and the moon in the opposite sigft, it will appear, by the same 
 
 process, that the sun will be an hour and 20 minutes below 
 
 the horizon, before the moon appears above it the second 
 f. nighty 2 hours and 40 minutes the third night, and so on ^ 
 / all owing to the very great angle which the ecliptic makes 
 
 with the horizon at the time of the full moon^s rising at this 
 ~; season of the year. In higher latitudes, the diflFerence is 
 
 still greater. fst jitiiO 
 
 .J . -..' ■■') 
 
 OF TIME, AS RECKONED IN DIFFERENT PLACES. 
 
 217. Pr.ob. I. To reduce degrees and minutes of the Equator 
 
 to time. 
 
 Rule. Divide by 15 (see § 77) : observing that degrees 
 produce hours, and minutes produce minutes, &c. 
 
 Ex. Reduce 37" 46' 15" to time. 
 15)37' 4^' ^5" (2^- 31 m. 5sec. * 
 
 Or, multiply by 4, observing that minutes produce seconds, 
 and degrees produce minutes. 
 
 Ex. Reduce 75° 23' 42" to time. 
 
 4 
 
 Hours 5 I 34 48 
 
 * The difference of time between London and..Moscow, whose longitude 
 is 37° 46' i5''eait. 
 
Part I. 
 
 GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 ^5 
 
 Of Time — a« reckoned in different placen. 
 
 2i8. Pkob. II. To reduce time mto degrees of the Equator, 
 
 Rule. Multiply by lO in the same way, and increase the 
 product \. 
 
 Ex. Reduce Vh. 15 m. 25 ^ec. into degrees of the Equator. 
 
 Vh. 15 m,. 2$ sec.Xio=520 34' io"4-26<' 17' 5"=78° 51' 15" 
 Answer. 
 
 Or, divide the minutes and seconds of time by 4, and to 
 the degrees of the quotient add the number of hours, multi- 
 plied by 15. 
 
 Elf. Reduce II h. 11 m. 18 sec. to degrees. 
 
 4) iim.. i8sec. IIkXi5=i3a''^ 
 
 2?, , 49' 30", 
 .30 .'• • 
 
 32° 49' 30" Answer. 
 
 2. What is the distance in degrees between Paris, where 
 it is 9 m. 1 9 sec. past XII., and Edinburgh, where it is 46 m. 
 50 sec. past XL, A. M., v^hen it is noon at London I 
 
 9 m. 19 sec.-T-4=:2° 19' 45", the difference of longitude be- 
 tween Paris and London. XXIVhours, (the length of an astro- 
 nomical day)— XXIII h. 46 m. 50 sec. the time at Edinburgh's 
 
 
 Igitude 
 
76 
 
 ELEMENTS O^ 
 
 pAkt f . 
 
 Ofthne—^i rcdkoxiti hi dlflircnt places. 
 
 oh. i3iti. lOy^ sec.-4-42t3*' if 31", the differcTice of longi- 
 tude between London and Edinburgh. Consequently, 
 ' Paris is E. from London 9m. 19s. 2= 2** 19' 4^5" 
 
 Edinburgh is W. from London 13 10/5 = 3 17 3 1 
 
 Edinburgh iiwest from Pttris 22 29^'^ = 5 37 16 Ans. 
 
 219. pRO^ II!. The time at one place being given ^ to Jindlbe 
 time at another place whose difference of Longitude is known. 
 
 Rule, tlnd the difference of time by Problem I. (J 2*6) j 
 and, if the place where the time is required be east from the 
 given place, add the difference to the given riirte j if West, 
 iubtract the difterence. 
 
 Ex. What is the time at London, when it is VIII h. 17m. 
 19 sec. P. M. at Jerusalem, ^$^ 26' 15" cast longitude? 
 
 35° 26' I5"X4=II h. 21 m. 45 sec. ^iflferertce of time. 
 Vlllh. 17m. 19 sec— Ilh. 21 m. 45 scc.=:Vh. 55m. 34 sec. 
 Ans. 
 
 2. What is the time at New York, 74° 13' 45" west longi- 
 tude, when Ilh. 25m. 30SCC. A. M. the ist of January 
 1801 at London ? * 
 
 74° 13' 45"X4=IVh. ^6 m. $$ sec., diffeifettce of time. 
 XlVh *. 25 m. 30sec.— IVh. 56 m. 55 sec.:=IXh. 28 m. 
 35 sec. P. M. the 31st December 1800. Answer. 
 
 * Astronomical days are reckoned from noon to noon : consequently t- 
 i9 the morning is equal to 14 hours from i» of the preceding day. 
 
VaAt l^' 
 
 CtlOGRAPHY- 
 
 n 
 
 Ofi the GMm* <M' thd oUb coiMHiuMion« 
 
 Henaek is the i8cb century in Ne\t York, and the 191^ 
 century in London,, at the same instant. 
 
 Z^SeHIPTiON OF THE GLOVES 0» TBS OLOi 
 
 consxru<:tiok. < 
 
 220. The Terrestrial Globe has the hour circle fixed to tibe 
 northern part of the brazen meridian f, and an index movo- 
 able round its axis. The graduated side of the brazen meri' 
 dian faces the east. The opposite side of the brazen meri" 
 dian is not graduated round the pole, as is that of the new 
 globe. The broad paper circle is called the Wooden Horizon. 
 On it are described, f. a circle exhibiting the degrees of 
 the 12 signs of the zodiac ; 3. the names and characters of 
 those signs } ^ the d<afys of the month, according to the 
 new, and, 4. according to the old stile j and, 5. there is a 
 circle representing the 3 2 points of the mariner's compass. 
 The map and other circles are much the same as those already 
 described^ This is aho the case with respect to the Celestial 
 Globe. 
 
 FROBLEMS SOLVED BT THE TERRESTRIAL CLOSE, OK THIS 
 OLD CONSTRUCTION. 
 
 221. PROBLEMS I., II., and III., may be solved as on the otheiu 
 globe — (See § 174, 175, and 176). 
 
 t On globes of a later invention, the hour circle lies on the surface of the 
 globe, below the meridian ; which is so far an improvement, that it sufFen 
 the globe to turn quite round in the notches : otherwise the operation 
 •Kt nearly the same as on the globe now under contiderativn. 
 
 £ a 
 
7t. 
 
 ELEMENTS Of 
 
 l*Aii'r 1. 
 
 Terrestrial Globe on the old construction. 
 
 222. Prob. IV. To Jind ait those places where it it noon at any 
 
 given hour, in any given plac*% 
 
 Rule. Bring the given place to the brazen meridian, 
 and set the hour index to the given hour ; then turn the 
 globe till the index points to the uppermost XII. j and it 
 will be noon at all the places under the brazen meridian. 
 (Sec example, \ 177). 
 
 223. Prob. V. When it is noon at any given place^ to find what 
 
 hour of the day it is at any < ther place. 
 
 " Rule. Bring the given place to the brazen meridian, and 
 set the index to the uppermost XII. ; then turn the globe 
 till the place where the time is required comes under the 
 meridian, and the index will point out the hour required. 
 (Sec example, § 178.) 
 
 324. Prob. VI. Tofind the time of sun-rising and sun-sttting 
 on any given day^ at any given place. . ,,,, ^ 
 
 Rule. Bring the sun's place in the ecliptic, (see \ 182,) 
 to the brazen meridian, and set the hour index to XII. noon j 
 then turn the globe till the sun's place comes to the eastern 
 edge of the wooden horizon : the index will point to the hour 
 of sun-rising. Again, bring the sun's place to the western 
 edge of the horizon, and the index will point to the time of 
 sun-setting (See example, § iSi). 
 
 125. Pros. VII. the day and hour at any place being given^ 
 to find where the sun is vertical. 
 
 Rols^ Find the sun's decimation by problem IX. (§ 182) j 
 
Part I. 
 
 GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 79 
 
 Terrestrial Glnbe on the old conHtruction— H'or.-.-n of Govcrinitnt. 
 
 bring the given place to the brazen meridian, and set the 
 index to the given hour ; then turn the globe till the index 
 points to the uppermost XII., and the place will be under the 
 degree of declination marked on the brazen meridian (see 
 example, $ i88). 
 
 226. Prob. VIII. The Jay and hour in any place being qiven^ 
 to find all those places where the sun is rising, setting, and 
 on the meridian. 
 
 Rule. Elevate the pole equally to the sun^s declination 
 ' for the given day (see § 182), and bring the place where 
 
 the sun is vertical on the given hour (see § 224) to the bra- 
 :' zen meridian : all those places which are in the plane of the 
 •■" western side of the wooden horizon, have the sun rising to 
 
 them ; those on the eastern side see him setting ; and those 
 ^K under the brazen meridian have noon at that hour. 
 
 :4. 
 
 10 
 
 FORMS OF GOVERNMENT. 
 
 227. The division of the earth's surface into separate and Inde- 
 pendent states, by the policy or ambition of mankind, has 
 given rise to various forms of government or administration, 
 
 ' . which are denominated as follows, viz. When the spvc- 
 
 -•'' reignty is exercised by one person, it is called a Monarchy. 
 
 "When t'.ie power of the monarch is limited by law, it is called 
 
 *H a limited monarchy. When not limited, it is said to be abso- 
 
 -fii lute, or arbitrary. When very absolute, it is called despotic. 
 
 228. When the supreme power is vested in the hands of many 
 m it is called a Repobltc. Wlaen possessed by the nobles, it is 
 
 called an aristocracy. Wlien by a few, an oligarchy. When 
 by the people at large, a democracy. 
 
 229. W^hen only one of these forms of government obtains, it 
 
 K4 
 
IMA&E EVALUATION 
 TEST TARGET (MT-3) 
 
 // 
 
 ^/ 
 
 ^ 
 
 .<^*.^ 
 
 
 
 1.0 
 
 1.1 
 
 I^IM |2.5 
 
 ■ 50 "■■■ ■■■ 
 
 ^ ^ 12.2 
 
 
 
 pS 1.4 1.6 
 
 
 < 
 
 6" ~ 
 
 ► 
 
 V. 
 
 n 
 
 ^^: 
 
 -> 
 
 % J> > 
 
 
 Photographic 
 
 Sciences 
 Corporation 
 
 23 WEST MAIN STREET 
 
 WEBSTER, N.Y. 14S80 
 
 (716) 872-4503 
 

m 
 
 ELEMENTS X!)F 
 
 Pmrl. 
 
 'FioRns of iCtevcMiinnitoHReUgiaR. 
 
 is cidled <iimptt, Whm two or mose <of itheza aoe iinhed, it 
 fe ^Hdled « mioctd goiMmtnent, 
 
 Cft RELIOIOir. 
 
 ^30. The only true religion in the world is that which is con<^ 
 tuned in ^^ \book of sacred ccripture, caUcd ihe Bible t, all 
 of which is given hf vin^ration of God. Tlus l>ook is the 
 standard of the futh of all Christians. 
 
 131. Christianity is, as yet, far from being established over the 
 whole earth. The chief opposess of it may be reduced under 
 the following heads. 
 
 ^32. Jews. The Jev^sh religion was instituted 4}y divine au- 
 thority, in the time of Moses, the great lawgiver of the 
 Jewish nation. But the ceremonial part c«f it, wbiob w^ 
 merely typical of a more perfect dispensation, was clearly 
 abrogated by the gospcfl of Jesus Christ. Though the Jews 
 are still a very numerous people, and spread over the whole 
 earth, they have no where any political establishment. 
 
 233. Mahometans. The Mahometans are the followers of 
 Mahomet, a celebrated imposter, who appeared In AraiMa, 
 towards the middle of the 7th century of the Christian «ra \ 
 and who, with his immediate successors, by the allurements 
 ef sensual pleasures, and the power of the sword, spread a 
 most degrading and absurd superstition over a very conn- 
 derable portion of the earth. 
 
 234. Magi. The Magi are the followers of Zoroaxter, the 
 Persian jihilosopher. lliey acknowledge two ettmid prin- 
 ciples, the one, the author of all good, and the o<^er, «f tfll 
 evil. They worship the good principle through the media 
 
 ' of the sun, his most glorious representfttive, and of fire. Their 
 number at present is very inconsiderable. < 
 
PaktII 
 
 GXOGRAPHY. 
 
 «i 
 
 ReHgion. 
 
 tcr, the 
 
 prin- 
 
 |,af tfU 
 
 mecUa 
 
 Their 
 
 235. H^ATUCNs. These are' the persons who are still ifi a state 
 of nature, who ^now not the only true God, and ^.^orship the 
 works of their own hmids. 
 136. Persons profesung the Christian Religion are divided mto 
 a great variety of sects, of wi»ch the following are the prin- 
 cipal, vis. 
 237. Arians, the followers of Arius, a priest of Alexuidria in 
 Egypt, who maintained that Christ was inferior to the Fa- 
 ther, being a mere creature, produced out of nothing, and 
 of a substance different from the Father : that he was the 
 first and noblest of all the works of God, but still that he 
 was himself of the creation of God, and that the Father 
 formed the universe by his uutnunentality, as an agent of 
 subordinate rank : that the Holy Ghost was not God, but 
 the creature of the Son ) begotten and created by him, and 
 inferior in dignity to the Father and the Son. Arius iived 
 in the be^nrdng of the 4th century. 
 ^38. Papists, or Roman Catholics, who msantein the infallibi- 
 lity of the Pope, the doctrines of transubstantiation, of pur- 
 gatory, and mass, the invocation of saints and angels, and 
 the worship of images, with several other tenets equally ab- 
 surd and unscriptural. 
 239. Greek Church, .whose niembers are called Schematics by 
 the Roman Catholics, because they deny the supremacy of 
 the Pope. They dfcny most of the other unscriptiural doc- 
 trines of the Church of Rome, such as purgatory, transub- 
 stantiation, &c. On the other hand, while the papists main- 
 tain that the Holy Ghost proceeded from the Father and the 
 Son, the Greeks assert his procesaon from the Father only. 
 240. SociNiANs, the followers of Lselius, or rather of his ne- 
 phew Faustus Socinus, a native of Tuscany, who maintained 
 that Jesus Christ is a mere man, who had no existence till 
 Uprn of the Vir^n Mary j that the Holy Ghost is no diH- 
 
 E4 
 
8# 
 
 ELEMENTS OF 
 
 Part I. 
 
 Religion. 
 
 tinct person, but that the Father alone b truly and properly 
 God. i he doctrines of original sin, of grace, and predes- 
 tination, he utterly exploded, and reckoned the sacraments 
 nothing more than simple ceremonies, unaccompanied by any 
 inward operations. He maintained likewise that the soul 
 continued in a state of torpor or sleep from death to the re- 
 surrection, and the non-eternity of hell torments. Socinus, 
 the imcle and nephew lived about the middle of the i6th 
 century. 
 
 241. Lutherans j the followers of Martin Luther, anative of Isle- 
 ben in Saxony, and the illustrious reformer of the church. He 
 vras bom in the year 1483, and died in 1546. The Luther- 
 ans m^ntain the doctrine of consubstantiation, and that the 
 decrees of God witl^ respect to the salvation or misery of 
 mankind, are founded on a previous knowledge of their cha- 
 racter and conduct. They also make large concessions re- 
 specting matters of an external nature, such as images for 
 the adorning of churches, particular vestments for the clergy, 
 , private confessions of sins, the use of wafers in the sacrament 
 of the supper, and the form of exorcism in the administra- 
 tion of baptism, with a variety of other ceremonies. 
 
 342. Calvinists ; the followers of John Calvin, another eminent 
 reformer, who was bom in Noyon, a small town of Picardy 
 in France, the loth of July 1509, and died the 27th of May 
 I C64. The Calvinists consider the bread and wine in 
 the supper as only sacred symbols of the body and blood 
 of Christ •, they consider the divine decrees as free and 
 unconditional, resting on, the eternal ana absolute will of 
 God, independently of the views or actions of the creature. 
 
 ■^ They maintain the doctrines of original sin, and the conse- 
 quent universal depravity of mankind j salvation by the free 
 grace of God, thrcugh faith in Jesus Christ, and that by the 
 imputation of his righteousness, without the merit of good 
 
 2: 
 
Part I. 
 
 GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 83 
 
 Religion-^ 1 he grcar Empires of Antiquity. 
 
 tmnent 
 icardy 
 fMay 
 ■ine in 
 blood 
 3 and 
 U of 
 ature. 
 onse- 
 e free 
 y the 
 good 
 
 works, though never unaccompanied with sanctification. 
 They are for retrenching superHuous rites and ceremonies, 
 and iior reducing all things in religion to pure and primitive 
 simplicity. 
 
 243. Arminians 'j the followers of James Arminius, a native 
 of Holland, bom <irino 1565. His principal tenets are, 
 That God creates all men free, and will deal with them ac- 
 cording to the use they make of their liberty } that, fore- 
 seeing how every one will use it, he does therefore decree 
 all things that concern them in this life, together with their 
 salvation or damnation in the next : that Christ died for all 
 men ) that sufBcient assistance is given to eveiy man j and 
 that, every man being left to his own opt '.on, his salvation or 
 damnation is to be imputed only to himself. The standard 
 of the doctrines of the Church of England is strictly Cal- 
 vinistic, but the principles and sentiments of many of its 
 ministers are avowedly Arminian (see the 39 Articles of the 
 Church of England, compared with £ishop Burnetts preface 
 to his Commentary on these Articles, and with the printed 
 Sermons of many English Divines). The Confession of 
 Faith, subscribed by all the Ministers of the Church of 
 Scotland, is also Calvinistic. 
 
 344. The government of the Church of England is Episcopal, 
 consisting of a regular gradation in the dignity and power of 
 its members j ?uch as curates, vicars, deans, bishops, and 
 archbishops. 
 
 245. The government of the Church of Scotland is Presbyte- 
 rian, founded upon the perfect equality of all its members. 
 
 or THE GREAT EMPIRES OF ANTIQJJITT. 
 
 246. The four Great Empires of Antiquity were, the jissyrian^ 
 the PerstaOj the Grecian^ and the Roman, 
 
 947< The foundation of the Assyrian Empire was laid b^f 
 
*4 
 
 ELEMENTS OF 
 
 fjOLT I. 
 
 Tke great £mplr«t of Antiquity. 
 
 NiMROD,Tv)io built the city of Babylon about cfa« year 2168 
 be&re the commencement of the Christian era 5 or rather 
 by NiNvs, who built the dty of Nineveh A. A. C. 1267. In 
 the reign of the voluptuous and effeminate Sardanaf^lus, the 
 tlurtietk eiv tror from Minus, Nineveh was beseigec. and ta- 
 ken by Arbaces, governor of Media, and Belesis, governor 
 of Babylonia; and a new dynasty of Assyrian emperors 
 was founded by Arbaces, or Nabonassar A. A. C. 747, while 
 ' Belesis established the seat of his government in the m«gm- 
 ficentcity of Babylon. The Assyrian and Babylonian cmjnres 
 were united under the donunion of Essarfaaddon, A. 661. 
 In the reign of Saracus, Nabopolassar, governor of Babylo- 
 nia, assisted by Cyaxares, king of the Medes, besieged, took, 
 and destroyed Nineveh, A. 600, and transferred the seat of 
 empire to Babylon, which his son Nebuchadnezzar greatly 
 enlarged, strengthened, and adorned. The Assyrian or Baby- 
 lonian empire , restored by Nebuchadnezzar, was, in tl:e rci^ of 
 Labynit or Belshazzar, finaiUy destroyed by Cyrus., A. ^^S, 
 
 248. The Persian Empire was founded by Ctrus, on the re- 
 daction of Babylon, A. 538 j and was overturned by Alex- 
 ander the Grett, whose comjclete conquest of Persia maybe 
 dated from the death of Darius Codomannos, A. 330. 
 
 249. The Grecian Empire was founded by Alexander the 
 Great, A« 330, end terminated at his death. A, 324. 
 
 250. The Roman EMrtRE was fbundedby Romulus, A<A.C 752. 
 The monarchical form of government was abolished, and the 
 republican established, by Brutus, A. 508. The republic 
 was overturned, and monarchy again introduced 'by Augus- 
 tus, A. 26, Constantinople was built by Constantine the 
 Great, A. I). 324. The empire was divided between the 
 two sqns of Thcodosius, A. ^9$. The Wester Empire w^s 
 overturned by the northern barbarians, A. 476; andthc Eas- 
 
 , tern Em{»re was destroyed by die Tu;cks, A> 1453* 
 
\XT I. 
 
 AN 
 
 r 2168 
 rather 
 >j. In 
 us, the 
 md ta> 
 tvemor 
 aperors 
 , while 
 mAgui- 
 eminres 
 K.. 66i* 
 Babylo- 
 1, took, 
 i seat of 
 greatly 
 rv Baby- 
 reign of 
 
 • 5^8. 
 
 the re- 
 Alcx- 
 
 maybe 
 
 ZK THE 
 
 ABRIDGED SYSTEM; 
 or 
 
 O 3S O O m A P JI Y 
 
 AfMB 
 
 ASTRONOMY. 
 
 PART II. 
 
 BESCRIPTION OF THE EARTH's SURFACE, 
 
 JL HE surface of the Terraqueous Globe has nearly three parts 
 of four covered by water j and somewhat more than a fourth 
 part is land *. The whole coi'I'lection of waters is commonly 
 divided into 5 parts, called Oceans. I. The Northern or 
 Frozen Ocean, which lies along the northern coasts of Europe, 
 Asia, and America. 2. The Pacific Ocean, which washes 
 the western shores of America, and the eastern shores df A^a. 
 3. The Southern Ocean, which lies between the southern parts 
 of America and Africa, and the Antarctic Polar regions. 4, 
 The Indian Ocean, T\4iich lies south of Asia. 5. The Atlan- 
 ,Tic Ocean, which separates America from Africa and 'Europe. 
 The land is divided into two great continents, denominated 
 the Old and New \^orlds, with innu^ierable islands, extreme- 
 ly different in nature, situation, and extent. The two great 
 continents are further divided by geographers into 4 parts, call- 
 ed the four Quarters of the World, viz. Asia, Africa, Eu- 
 rope, and America. 
 
 • The whde superficies of the earth, from the most accurj^e calcnlationi, 
 is s»,ppose4 to contain 199,944,406 square niks, of which i S9>9-Sd>^37 are 
 water, apd ^,990,569 sre land. Of this last, Eurqpe conuins 4,4 56,065, 
 Asi<i 10,768,823, Africa, 9,654,807, and America 14,110,8^4 square miles- 
 
86 
 
 ASIA. 
 
 Situation and Boundaries:] THE Continent of Asia is si- 
 tuate between the equator and So** of north latitude j and be- 
 tween 25°'and 190° of east longitude ; being about 5400 miles 
 in breadth, from the most southern point of Malacca, to Cape 
 CaveroVostochnoi in Samoieda ) and 6coo miles in length, from 
 the Dardanelles on the west, to the inhospitable shores of Tar- 
 taiy on the east, It is bounded on the north, the east, and the 
 south, by the Frozen, the Pacific, and the Indian Oceans } 
 and on the west, it is separated from Africa by the Red Sea 
 and ^e Isthmus of Suez j and from Europe by the Levant *, 
 
 , the Archipelago, the Hellespont (or Dardanelles), the Propon- 
 
 . tis (or Sea of Marmara), the Bosphorus of Thrace (or Streights 
 •f Constantinople), the Black Sea, the Sea of Azoph, the river 
 Don, a line from the river Don, in latitude 48^ 5' north, to 
 
 . ^e river Wolga, by that river and the Kuma to the 36th de- 
 gree of north latitude, l^ a line from thence to the Oural 
 
 . moimtains, and lastly, by these mountains and the river Cara. 
 
 Mountains.] The most remarkable mountains in Asia are, 
 J. That prodigious ridge called Imaus, Caf, Altai, the Gol- 
 den Mountains, and the Girdle of the Earth, which stands at an 
 equul distance of about 2000 miles from the Icy, the Chinese, 
 the Bengal, and the Caspian Seas, and forms at present the 
 bouiMlary between the Chinese and Russian Tartars. 2. The 
 Oural Mountains, which were probably the Rhiphaei of the an- 
 cients. 3. The Yablonnoi, or Stanovoy Mountains, which 
 run from the eastern extremity of Imaus, towards the Northern 
 Ocean. 4. Mount Cauc&sus, which rises between the Cas- 
 pian and the Black Sea. 5. The Indian Caucasus (o/im 
 £modi) lying betwwii India and Tartary. 6. Mount Tau- 
 rus, which rises in the western parts of Asia Minor, and ex- 
 
 * The daatern part of tlie Mediterranean is called the Levant. 
 
of Asia is si- 
 de } and be- 
 lt 5400 nules 
 ;ca, to Cape 
 length, from 
 lores of Tar- 
 :ast, and the 
 an Oceans } 
 lie Red Sea 
 r Levant*, 
 the Propon- 
 or Streights 
 jh, the river 
 ' north, to 
 ie j6th de- 
 the Oural 
 iver Carjs. 
 
 n Asia are, 
 , the GqI- 
 tands at an 
 le Chinese, 
 resent the 
 i. 2. The 
 of the an- 
 ins, which 
 Northern 
 the Cas- 
 isus (o//m 
 )unt Tau- 
 ', and ex- 
 
 <ev«Dt. 
 
 '^"•vimi^^: . 
 
rdtn-'' 
 
P4*T II. 
 
 ASIA. 
 
 Rivcn~-Gulphs and Sean — Dhritiont. 
 
 «e- 
 
 tends m several branches, through the whole of th«t peninsula, >' '*^ 
 Armenia^ and Persia. 
 
 Rivers.] The principal riven are, the Euphrates and Ti- 
 ^s, which fall into the Persian Gulph j the Indus, (Granges, 
 and Burrampooter, which enq>ty themselves in the Indian 
 Oceai^) the Yang-t8e-kiang,HDang-ho, and AmjNNt, which past ■ 
 through various parts of the Chinese donvn^ions into the East- * 
 fkxi sea ) the Lena, Enisei, Oby, ahd ^T^h, , vhich, through 
 the uncultivated regions of Tartary, roll their reluctant sjbreams 
 to the Frozen Ocean •, the Wolga, which falU into the Cas- 
 pian Sea, and the Sihon and Jihon (o/im laxartes and Oxus),- 
 which fall into the Lake of Aral. 
 
 GuLPHs AND Seas.] These are, theA>^abian 0ulpl)^ or Red 
 Sea, the Gulphs of Persia and Ormus, the .Gulph of, Sindy or 
 Cutch, the Gulph of Cambay, the Bay of B^t^^yi^c Gulph 
 of Siam, the Gulph of Tonquin, the Yellow Sea> the Seas of 
 Corea or Japan, of Okhotsk or Lama, of Oby, of Cara, of A- 
 zoph, the Euxine or Black Sea, the Sea of Marmara, the Ar- 
 chipelago, and the Levant > with the inland seas of the Cas- 
 pian, Aral, and Baikal. 
 
 Divisions.] Asia 
 
 may be consic 
 
 capital divisions, viz. 
 
 
 Countries. 
 
 Chief Towns: 
 
 I. Turkey in Asia, 
 
 Aleppo, 
 
 2. Arabia, 
 
 Mecca, 
 
 3. Persia, 
 
 Ispahan, 
 
 4. India, 
 
 Delhi, 
 
 5. China, 
 
 Pekin, 
 
 6. Tartary, 
 
 Astrachan, 
 
 7. Japan Islands, 
 
 Jeddo, 
 
 Latitude. 
 
 SS"" 4J' N. 
 21 45 N. 
 32 25 N. 
 28 39 N. 
 
 39 54 N. 
 46 28 N. 
 36 25 N. 
 
 I^ongitude. 
 
 37025'E. 
 
 40 25 £. 
 
 52 49 E. 
 
 77 40 E- 
 X16 23 £. 
 
 47 58 E. 
 
 X40 00 E. 
 

 f»"» o *l 
 
 
 _o 
 
 
 n 
 
 ^ It «ry ">'•<{ 
 
 ^^^*. 
 
 ^.-V 
 
 
 
 
 
 /J 
 
 ■ij 
 
 *' ^l 
 
 r .TH^" 
 
 I ab.r. 
 
 
 
 If AH T 
 
 AtmcA 
 
 
 
 
 '^jlB^rt**vnf 
 
 «, AlHItlUU 
 
 Kqllfltoi- 
 
 1 W - 
 
 
 I N 
 
 
 >g. 
 
 
 '4 
 4 
 
 
 .X 
 
 
 
 , V ^ 
 
 
 ra 
 
 s*. 
 
 ."^^-^ 
 
 
 A'ffMijr* ^, 
 
 Ti/'j/i/ 
 
 iv 
 
 X 
 
 1 
 
 % J( 
 
jf.tttt*»v Xt^tif*. 
 
 '^4 
 
,fV>((*S*.«A.»' Ml 
 
 m 
 
 'i■■''^irr'•k^-^fj~r 
 
 n 
 
 :y.^J. 
 
 
 TURKEY IN ASIA. 
 
 SmrATTON AND BooNDARiEb J ASIATIC TUREETHtt bt^ 
 tween 50° and 43**of North lathudfej artdbetwe«n 2 5° artd 4fof 
 East longitude ; being about 1 100 miks hi lengthv and looo' at 
 breadtli. It is bomded on the N'onh by- the Sea of Matmart, 
 the Black Sea, and the river Cuban, vrhich separate it from the 
 Russian Tartars i on the East, by Persia *, on the Sduth, by 
 Arabia; and on the West, by tht Levant and the Archipelago. 
 
 Divisions.] This once celebrated country may, in its 
 present state, be comprehended under the foUotving r3 dSvi- 
 sions or provinces, viz. i. AnatoKa, 2. Amasia, 3. Cara- 
 man, 4. Room, 5. Aladufia, 6. Circassia, 7. IWBngrelia, S. 
 Geor^a, 9. Turcomania, iO. Curdistan, xi. Diarbeker, t2« 
 Irak-Arabi, and 13. Syria. 
 
 I. Anatolia, of which the Chief Town is Smyrna, latitude 
 38° 28' North J longitude 27S 17' East j and from Ferro 45* 
 3' East. 
 
 This Province was formerly known by the name of Asia 
 Minor ; which contained the following smaller divisions, viz. 
 
 Prov. Chief Towns. latitude. long, from Lond. do. frem Feno. 
 
 Troas, Troy, 39° 57' N. 26° 15' E. 44° ,i' E. 
 
 Mysia, PergSmus, 39 12 N. 27 11 E. 44 57 E. 
 
 ^olis, Elea, 39 8 N. 26 53 E. 44 39 E. 
 
 Ionia, Smyrna, 38 28 N. 27 17 E. 4? 3 E. 
 
 Lydia, Sardis, 38 23 N. 28 9 E. 45 55 E» 
 
$Alift llr 
 
 ASIA. 
 
 TuRXiy. Atnmm*— €ai^nwii*^i(o«Nn— i/ynhilki. 
 
 ro45' 
 
 Asia 
 
 s,v«. 
 
 aFeim> 
 
 i' 
 
 E. 
 
 $7 
 
 E. 
 
 J9 
 
 E. 
 
 3 
 
 E. 
 
 \S 
 
 £» 
 
 40 
 18 
 
 Pnnr. CUef Town*. • lalitBde 
 
 Carla, RHletus, 37 23 
 
 Bithynia, *^I^comedia,40 
 
 Niceeaf, 40 
 
 Prusa Xt 40 + 
 
 Phrygia, Laodicea, 37 56 
 
 ColosssB, 38 2 
 
 Lycia, Tclmissus,37 i 
 
 Paphlagonia, Sinope, 41 56 
 
 Galatia, Ancyra||, 39 43 
 
 Pisidia, Aspendus,36 52 
 
 loag.ih>ni LoAd' do fromForo. 
 
 N. 26 13 E. 44 59' E. 
 N. 29 52 E. 47 3» E. 
 N. 29 53 E. 47 39 E. 
 N. 29 9 E. 46 55 E. 
 N. 29 14 E. 47 — E. 
 N. 29 27 E. 47 13 E. 
 N. 29 14 E. 46 59 E. 
 N. 35 + E. 52 46 E, 
 N. 3:j 18 E. 51 4 E. 
 N. 31 17 E. 49 3 E. 
 
 II. Amasia comprehends the ancient ktngdoni of Pontirs, of 
 "which the chief cities were Amisus, CerSsus, and Trapezus 
 or Trcbizond, on the sea-coast ; and In the inland conntry, 
 Amasia, Comatia, and Neo-Casarea §. The present capi- 
 tal is Amazia, latitude 40^31' North, loh^ade36° East. 
 
 III. Caraman Includes a part of the ancient Phrygia and Cap. 
 padocla. Chief Town Konleh^ j latitude 38° 10' North j 
 iMgitude 52° 30' East. 
 
 f ■ 
 
 IV. Room comprcihends the ancient Armenia Minor and the 
 eastern part of Cappadocia. The capital city is Sivas (for- 
 merly Sebate)} latitude 38° SS' North) longitude ^^° 
 East. 
 
 V. A1.ADUUA J the imcient country of Cilicia, which stretch- 
 ed along the coast of the Mediten-aneati, from the borders 
 of Pisidia, to the northern par.:- of Syria j from which it was 
 tcpatated by Amaius, a branch of Mount Taurus. The 
 
 * Now Isnikmid. 
 I Now Angora- 
 
 JNicr, now Isiiik. ^ Now Bursa. 
 
 Nov Niksar. ^ Ancieotly Iconiuofti 
 
90 
 
 ASIA. 
 
 Part. II. 
 
 TuRKET. Circaasia— MingreltaF-Georgia— I'urcomania— furdistan 
 
 principal cities of Cilicia were Tarsus, the birth place of the 
 Apostle Paul, latitude 37° 2' North j longitude 35° East j 
 and Issus, famous for the first defeat of Darius by Alexan- 
 der the Great J latitude 36® 42' North j longitude 36'' 15' 
 East. At present, this district contains no city of conse- 
 quence. 
 
 VI. CmcAssiA lies between the Black Sea and the river Cu- 
 ban (o//»i Hypanis). It is full of mountains and forests j 
 and contains no city of any importance. 
 
 VII. MiNGRELiA, the ancient Colchis, lies at the eastern ex- 
 tremity of the Black Sea. 
 
 VIII. Geokgia, the ancient Iberia, is intersected by various 
 branches of Mount Caucasus, and lies chiefly within the do- 
 minions of the Persian emperor ^ but acknowledges the so- 
 vereignty neither of Persia nor Turkey. The capital tity 
 is Teflis, latitude 41° 40' North j longitude 45° 15' East. 
 
 IX. TuRCOMANiA, the once celebrated kingdom of Armenia, 
 is bounded on the North by Georgia j on the East by Shir- 
 Tan } on the South by Aderbijan, Curdistan, and Diarbeker } 
 and on the West by the higher branches of the Euphrates. 
 It is a very mountainous country j being intersected by the 
 mountains Tjiurus, Anti-Taurus, Niphates, and others j and, 
 like Georgia, lies partly within the limits of the Persian em- 
 pire. The capital city is Erzerum j latitude 39° 56' North ; 
 longitude 41° 18' East. 
 
 X. Curdistan, the ancient Assyria, lies chiefly on the East 
 side of the Tigris *, having Turcomania on the North j and 
 Ifak-Arabi on the South. The chief town is Betlit} liti- 
 
Part II. 
 
 ASIA. 
 
 9P 
 
 IMENIA, 
 
 Shir- 
 beker j 
 hraces. 
 y the 
 •f and, 
 em- 
 orthj 
 
 East 
 ; and 
 
 ToR^CT. Dlarbeker—Irak-Anbi— Syria. 
 
 tude 37° 30' North j longitude 42° 50* East. Ancient Ni- 
 NSVEH stood on the East side of the Tigris, in latitude a- 
 bout 36° 40' North, and longitude 43** 24' East. 
 
 XI. DtAMVKBR. or Aloezikav thti'andent country of Mssoi*^ 
 POTAMIA, lies between the Tigris dnd Euphrates, hairing 
 Turcomania on the North ; and Irak-Arain o<iithe South* 
 The chief cities are 'nil mo : n^i^ta;!!.; 
 
 Anc Names. London. FerrSi'^^'i 
 
 Diarbeker Amida Lat.37°28'N. Long. 40°+ E. 57°46'E» 
 Mousid — — — 36 40 N. if3 24E.i6x 10 E. 
 
 Orfa Edessa 37 28 N. 38 50E. i^^dE^ 
 
 XII. Imuc-AnABi, the ancient Chaldsa or Babtlonu^ ex*' 
 
 tends from the borders of Diarbeker and Curdistan on the 
 
 North, to the confluence of ^he Tigris and Euphrates on the 
 
 South J. having the Persian, empire on x\ui East, and the 
 
 £a^hrite» on the West.' The capital city is Baodao, on 
 
 the Tigris} latitude 33° 20* North-, longitude 43° 46' 
 
 East. The ancient capital was the famous Babylon, which 
 
 was situate upon the Euphrates, and accoixlihg fo the. most 
 
 probable opinion, in latitude 32° 25' North} longitude 
 
 • 44** 29' East. " -f, ." ^ i.c^-'iii 
 
 ■ . ' .. . ■ ■■ .P! ?. I ; vX ,:.\-,, \ 
 
 XIII. Stria, is bounded on the North by Aladulia } from 
 which it is separated by a line drawn frotii >thc Gulph of 
 Scanderoon, along the mountains of Amanus and Taurus, to 
 Beier, on the Euphrates *, on the East and > South, it issepa> 
 rated from Diarbeker and Arabia by the Euphrates, and a 
 curve line drawn from that river, in latitude 34° 30' North, 
 along the edge of the desert,: till it enters the sea, on the 
 South of Gaza ; and on the West by that part of the M«di- 
 
 r 
 
 y 
 
9* 
 
 •AStA. 
 
 ToNicar. Oivi«iou<~Clde». 
 
 tMTlI, 
 
 -I tetrancan which h called tbe Levant. The Capital city b 
 - Aucr»(H latitude 35° 45' Norths longitude 37" 35'. East. 
 
 ■■■■■■■■ I ■ • ■ =i ii. a''v.M - .-.-.■.. 
 
 Divisions.] This celebrated country, which comprehends 
 the ancient Syria, Judea, Phanicia and Palestine, is at present 
 divided into the five Pachalics or governments of Aleppo, 
 Tripoli, Saide or Acre^ iDamascus^ and Palestine or Ga2a, 
 which take their names firom the cities in which the Pachas 
 
 . £mi8.J.. The i^iost lem^ritKblcf «ities of Sy^ia arjp the feU 
 
 lowing; vit,:*^ 
 
 ti 
 
 i,r. 
 
 (> 
 
 ^ {. .- Ane. Names. .... r ^ London Fetro. , 
 
 c')mAi.»p0- Beroea 35** 45' N. .37° 25' E. sf «n' £• 
 i' Antakk Atitioch 36 li N. 36 32 £^ 54 l9 £. 
 ' ScaudeTOoa Aiexandiia36 35 N. ^ 26 £i> ;4 HI £• 
 
 2; ifer *A(p Fatb'aJic ofTrifio/if ?igq3. art; fjoifi. stiiiite ^jjw 
 
 *J■^y^■*•^ . I ■■.._/. .'7. ■'!. " , 'OT ' 
 
 TripoU TripoU sd^sc/N. 3j*>46'fi, 53«3a'E. 
 Latikia Laodicea 35 35 N. 35 $5 E. 53 41 E. 
 
 itrcr'' ;i.;li;tdA /.' ' -;) rio i^'^-^r . . .y ! .illX 
 
 .o:t,«ln/iJF:'.rban.wrHKi. . . .o3 
 
 Aerie : .iUuoPtoieraais 32* 49' N. 35° ij' K. 53* + p. 
 
 . Saide ;!n.-(qr;Sidon 33 ^23 N. 35 27 E. ^3 13 E. 
 
 , Sour • Tyke 33 10 N. 35 24 E. 53 ip E. 
 
 Bairout Berytus 33 46 N. 3538 E. 53 24!:. 
 
 Kaisaria Csesarea 32 29 N. 35 6 £. .52 5f2£. 
 
 Balbek. Heliopolis 34 i N. 36 23 E. 54 9 E. 
 
 i^^,...,.. ... 
 
Ih 
 
 Pn.r If. 
 
 ASIA. 
 
 93 
 
 MM 
 
 TuRKiT. DiTiii«iM*<rTGflpenl Appcaruoc. < 
 
 () 
 
 Ai 
 
 .o ^» £. 
 |3 41 E. 
 
 All'/ 
 
 H- 
 
 ,;i-v 
 
 [3 i^^' 
 
 14 9^" 
 
 4» Im tht Pacbaiic «/ BdmAutmt. 
 
 
 Anc, Namei. Londoa. f erro. 
 
 Danwscus Damascua 3^° 25' N^ 36°4i' £.^/4°a7'£» 
 'Pa}tt)^r» , Ta4mor 34 417 N. 3^ 9 Jt« 56 55£. 
 HeoMi < Emcsa ; 34. ,a^ N» 3734 £» i5,:lo£i.i 
 Haaa* , ,h1 , fipipkapU ;34 r!4i N. 37 i6„<£i<:>5i$>^ l£.. 
 raoM«v y riAptwnea 35 I N. 36 J3 v£« 54 39£* 
 
 32 ,15 N. 35a8,B, 53 hE« 
 
 32 20 N. ,35. 29-, 5. 53 »5 £. 
 
 8.1 150 N. 3ji.«$iJE, 53 i2J£»; 
 
 34 i> Nf jU^49'^.^'<J^c^^^ 
 
 5. /« the J^0cba/ie 0/ Fafestiuf, «r Ga9)i,'t p «wram n 'tti ^k»in 
 
 Gaza Gaza 31' 28'N. 34**45'E. 52°3i'£. 
 
 Yaftkimv ?i jQf»pa o v-ri.d^ i-iiN.; 34.^5 .£.,,!« .41 £. 
 
 Nab)9u« , NeapoUs 
 Safet .S^aria ] 
 
 jERysAifJiM Jei}|i«ali»n 
 Raicha \ J^ri^, 
 
 (c;. 
 
 'T i: 
 
 'I In .7 
 
 Qiif«Mi« Ap^camncie.} S)^ consists of a iiutpib«; of . hiUa'i 
 and yaUeys, irukming out ia vatimis directions,' £i;om one lea44' 
 ingchaiwi^^itnountains, 'which extends, al^aeat mthout iateneup«irt 
 tton, ifomJMouiit Amanus in the NorUi, to the Desairt of Ara* 
 bia in ^he South. Tlmrflhaki' of :$fiountainS| betiyeem Scande- 
 Toon and Antioch, jruns cljose to the sea^ and, after opening a 
 passage to therOtontes at Antioch, con^ues its -course south-< 
 Ward, : at. A greater distance froaithe shore, to the sources (^^ 
 the Jordjui ; 'where it separates into two greait bnmches, be- 
 tween whidb that river flows, almost directly ^oilth, < into the 
 Dead Sea. The most elevated point of this chain of mountains 
 is the top of Mount Lebanon f as may be easily seen from the 
 course of the principal rivers, > all of which take their rise ill 
 thatquarter. /tt;?3rfit«i 
 
94 
 
 ASIA. 
 
 Parv it. 
 
 ToRBc*. ' JUvcn^-Sott «iHl€llBiite— Oovcmment. 
 
 RiviM.] The principal drvn o£ Sjrria are, the Orontes^ 
 the Jordan, and the Barrady. The first rites in the north-east 
 side of Mount Lebanon, and\ilows in a northerly direction al- 
 most to Antidch ^ after vrluch it. turns rapidly to the South- 
 west, and. fails into the-Meditertanean Sea, about 18 iiiiles be-* 
 low that cityi The Jordah takes its rise in the South ndc of 
 Anti-Lebainctti, 'pastes throuigh the Lakes Samachon and Tibe- 
 rias (call«d the Waters of Meronk, and Sea of Tiberias or Gen- 
 ncsairatXiU)^ a^r « course of i^ut 140 xoiles, empties Itself 
 in the Ileail^ Stsa, or Lake A«phaltTtes. It is about 80 feet 
 broad ndbere bmndest, and KboUt 10 or i» feet''d««p. The 
 Barrikdy tak«s it< origin in the eistem M^ of Anti^^Liblbus, 
 waters the city of Damascus, and its environs, and then loses 
 itself in a morass 9 miles betow that town, called the Lakes o£ 
 the Meadow. 
 
 •■-'• < h : . ■ . ■■■■■• • - ' 
 
 Son. iAtjD^CLiiiAti..'} The climate of' S;^ is varidtts, and 
 changes with the difference of latitude } but still more sensibly 
 fRNOi the dhiitiktti of the country Into flat and mountainous. 
 The lower 'flonntry, especially toward thie Souths i&e)ttromely 
 hot In summer ^ aiid even in tnnter is alwsys free from snow 
 or at least it Hes btit fer an instant. In the' hilly country, and^ 
 in the plains towuds the North j the summer is t^ptf'rate,' some- 
 times hot ) and the winter sharp and rigorous. The tops of 
 the highest mountains are caveved with snow all the months of 
 the year. The soil of the ci^tivable plains is exceedingly fer- 
 tile, and yields the various productions of almost all the regions 
 of the earth ih the greatest abundance and perfection. 
 
 GovBUNiUNT.] The government of Turkey is • pure mi- 
 litary despotism, without any odter checks besides those which 
 arise from the chief supports of the government ) the force of 
 superstition, and the terror of the army. The sovereign is 
 
Part If. 
 
 ASIA. 
 
 
 95 
 
 1 u i< KIT. ReUgion— Oonunerce — Manner*. 
 
 called the Sdltan, or Guano Seignior } his prime minister, the 
 Grand Vi%ier'j his chief secretary, Rett EfenUi^ the chief priest| 
 Mufti 'f the governor^ of provinces, P achat or Biub^aws i the 
 great coimcil of the empire is called the JD/iwiii^iJj^.fiTfrvf'^^rrC 
 
 'TT ■gKtr' 
 
 Religion.] The religion of Turkey is the IVJlahometan, 
 whose author was Mahomet, a native of Mecca in Arabia^ 
 The Mahometan creed consists of the two following fundament^ 
 al articles : '^^ There iis but one God, and Mahomet is the »• 
 postle of God/* To these are added the four following^ pre- 
 cepts *, ** Pray five times a day, turning towards Mecca : Eat 
 not in the day time«during the whole month of Ramadan : 
 Make the pilgrimage to the Caaba : Give alms to th« widow 
 and orphan/* Mahometans rest oti Friday* instead of Sabbath. 
 Their Bible is called the Koran or Alkoran*. Christians are 
 tolerated among them upon paying tribute } but they are sub- 
 jected to innumerable and inexpressible hardships^ 'iuai>;> vjuj 
 
 CoMMEReB.J Notwithstanding the extraordinaiy eommciv 
 cial advantages which Turkey enjoys from its happy situation^ 
 and many other circumstances 5 yet, as a trading nation, it may 
 still be considered as only in its infancy. Almost the whole 
 commerce of the cotmtry is in the hands of strangers. It con- 
 sists chiefly in silk, drugs, dying stufi^, copper and wool, which 
 they generally export without giving them much additional 
 value from their own labour j and in cottons; carpets, leather^ 
 and soap, which are manufactured by themselves. In retum. 
 for these, they receive cloths, cochineal^ indigp, sugar,, coffee, 
 iacosy shawls, and a variety of hardware goods. 
 
 
 'vf? har-rx 
 
 n 
 
 'A.^ 
 
 n .- t. 
 
 Manners.] The character of the Turks i^ of a gloomy, un- 
 social cast; to which the spirit of their degrading superstition 
 
 * Sen an account of Mabomet under the article Arabia. 
 
 Pa 
 
.jMam.. 
 
 f Art II. 
 
 Toi(ii«r< Hktory. 
 
 gtfestly contributes. ' Their principal amusementi ednsist in 
 going to the batiivot meeting together ih places which they 
 minly dignify mth the Yiame of coffee-houses. There, in a 
 large room, filled «al!h smoke, seated on ragged mats, the wealth- 
 ier people pass whole days in smolung their pipes, or chew- 
 ing opium^'cthnost in perfect silence. Sometimes the duhiess 
 «f tkn gloomy assembly is relieved by the entrance of a sing- 
 er, some dancing girk, a story-rteller, or a poet j for all which 
 amusements the people df eVeyy rank have an "extraibrdinary 
 ■|»s«ion^ .■.•'•!' ' • 
 
 - HistqMt.] The Turks were originally a tribe of Scythian, 
 tir Tartarian shepherds, who, leaving their native plaitts at the 
 |boto£MoUnt Altai, and travelling: westward, settled among^ 
 ihe monnti^iis of Caucasus duripg the eighth century. About 
 2iQ0 years Uicreafter, they todt possession of Armenia, to which 
 they cummunicat^d their name, < They soon after subdued 
 Bagdad, ravaged Persia, over-ran the peninsula of Asia Minor, 
 «id fewA leveial raties belonging to the Saracens in the nonh- 
 ^m pans «£A#ati^ Their cruelty to the Christians of Judea^ 
 lad- the pilgrims '^ho visited the Holy Land, gave rise to the 
 {moous crusades, in which about two millions of Christians are 
 •apposed to have lost their lives< After a long and desperate 
 ftraggle, the object of the crusades was relinquished, and the 
 Turkish cm^re was established by Othman, who fixed the seat 
 of his government in Prusat in Bithynia. About the middle of 
 the fourteenth century, the Turks crossed the Hellespont, and 
 obtained footing in £urope $ and in the year 1453, they over- 
 turned the Greek empire, by the taking of Constantinople, un- 
 der Mahomet 11^, who assumed the title of emperor, which has 
 been eyer since retained by his stiecesson; 
 '" The present Sultan is Selim III., who succeeded his fathet 
 libdul Hamet, the 6th of April 17^9. 
 
 a 
 t 
 
 
 
 c 
 
 I 
 2 
 
 3 
 
■■■ 
 
 97 
 
 ««? 
 
 •W li f 'ii ti iW i i iiWt ii iy i lijWni 
 
 
 ^muMii 
 
 'SO J 
 
 II. ARABIA, 
 
 SB 
 
 ax. 
 
 i^AaiA i. 
 
 Situation, Extent and Bovndaiuis.]| AK.A4>iiV is v^ 
 peninsula of the Indian Ocean, about 1500 imlcs in length, 
 from North to South, and lOoo in breadth, frpmWest to East. 
 It is connected to the continent of Asia on thcNTorth, where it 
 is bounded by the Turldsh province of Syria \ having the Eur 
 phrates, and the Gulphs 0f Persia and O^us on the East} tht 
 Indian Ocean and the $trdghts of Babelmapd(^l onthe.^9Utb^ 
 and the Red Sea and Isthmus of Sues on the W^st* It U«s bf^ 
 tween ^a** and 35" of North latitude-, and between 3a** and6Q" 
 of Cast longitude. The capital of the whole peninsula is Ms?,- 
 cA'f latitude ai° 45' North) lonjptude 40^ 35' East \ and&ei9 
 Ferro58°ii' East. 
 
 DinrisiONS.] It is divided into 
 
 Gen. Piv. 
 
 Ch. Towns. 
 
 Fmnb'' ' 
 
 liMdonw 
 Lot' LoMg, . 
 
 1. Arabia Petraea, Suez ap" 57' N. 3a'' 45' E. 5o'*si'%. 
 
 2. Arabia Deserta, Bassorah 30 31 N. 47 3 a E» 65 18 E. 
 
 3. Arabia Felix, Mscca ai 45 N. 40 2$ E. 5811E, 
 
 ' Medina 34 ao N. 38 53 E. ^6 39 E. 
 
 Loheia 15 4a N. 43 49 E, 6035^ 
 
 Mociia 13 17 N. 43 17 E. 61 3 E. 
 
 Sam^l Jf,^ 25 N. 4^ 10 E. 61, 57 K. 
 
 This ^vision of Arabia, which was first suggested by Pto- 
 Umy» is mer<:ly descriptive of the general appearance of thb 
 
 F 4 
 
i\§IA. 
 
 Paet ir. 
 
 Arabia. General Appearance. 
 
 country i the fint (Petroea the Stony) which lies towards the 
 northern parts of the Red Sea, being remarkably rugged, bare 
 and rocky ; the second (Deserta, the Desert), which extends 
 from the former towards the Et^hratcs and Gulph of Persia, 
 •bting almost an uniform sea of barren sand i and the third (Fe- 
 lix,, tl^ Happy), which stretches along the eastern shores of 
 the Red Sea, aiid the Streightsof Babelmandel, being exceed- 
 ingly beautiful, fertile, and pleasant. But no such division is 
 known among th^ itihabitants. They divide their country into 
 ax great provinces j Hedjas, which lies along the Red Sea, 
 from its northern extremity to the 20th degree of latitude ; 
 Yemen, whith extends from the borders of Hedjas to the south- 
 em extremity of the peninsula y Hadramaut, on the shores of 
 \ht Indian Ocean j Oman, on the coasts of the Giilj^h of Or- 
 miu'j Lasha, oti those of the Persian Gulph ^ and Nedsjed, 
 which comprehends the whole interior country* To these 
 might be added a seventh province, comprehending the terri- 
 tories occupied by the Arabs in the desert of Syria. 
 
 GxNCiiAL AppBAHANCB. j The far greater part of this exten- 
 nve country forms one continued level of sand, intersected by 
 •harp and naked mountains, where the face of the desert, with- 
 out shade or shelter, is scorched by the excessive heat of a tro- 
 pical sun. The vrands often diffuse a noxious, and even deadly, 
 vapour y the hillocks of sand which they alternately raise or 
 scatter, are compared to the billows of the ocean^ and when 
 'agitated into a tempest, whole caravans and annlphave been 
 buried under the accumulated deluge. The few hardy vege- 
 tables which strike their roots into the clefts of the rocks, are 
 stinted by a perpetual droughty and the oYily nourishment 
 which they receive is from npctumal dews. Water is extreme- 
 ly scarce, being found only in some rare springs, which lie at 
 immense distances, in various parts of the desert, and are known 
 to non« but the natives. Navigable riven there are none } the 
 
 F4 
 
Part If. 
 
 ASIA. 
 
 99 
 
 AaAiiiA. 
 
 AnknaU. 
 
 aaMasBBaa 
 
 rain which falls about the time of the equinoxes, rushes in tor- 
 rents from the hills, and is soon imbibed by the thirsty soil : 
 even when collected in cisterns or aqueducts, it is often unfit 
 for use, by havmg rolled over a bed of sulphur or salt. The 
 few fruitful spots in the neighbourhood of Water springs, with 
 which this dreary waste is interspersed, appear like so mviy 
 islands in the midst of the sea, and attract the sedentary Arabs 
 by the prospect of food, and of refreshment for themselves and 
 their cattle. Such is the general picture of above looo square 
 miles in the northern and eastern parts of Arabia. The high 
 lands which border on the Indian Ocean and part of the Red 
 Sea, are distinguished by a greater supply of wood and waten 
 the air is more temperate, the fruits are more delicious, men 
 and animals are more numerous, and besides the other produc" 
 tions of a luxuriant soil, this country has been always remark* 
 able ibr the exciellence of its frankincense and coffee. 
 
 Ammals.J The most useful animals in Arabia are, the 
 horse, the camel, and the dromedary. The horses are educa- 
 ted in the tents and among the diildren of the inhabitants, which 
 trains them into habits of gentleness and attachment. They 
 are remarkable for spirit and high metal, and though their ge- 
 neral motion is walking, yet when they feel the touch of the 
 hand or stirrup, they dart away with the swiftness of the wind. 
 If the rider should happen to be dismounted, they instantly 
 stop till he has recovered his seat. The camel is a creature 
 peculiarly adapted to the barren and extensive sands of this 
 dreary country : he can perform a journey of several weeks, 
 urith a single pound of food and as much water in a day, and at 
 the same time carry a burden dc 700 or 800 lb. weight. The 
 milk of the female is plentiful and nutritious, the flesh, when 
 young, has the taste of veal, and the long hair, which falls and 
 is renewed every year, is manufactured into the garments, the 
 
100 
 
 ASIA. 
 
 PAnr. It. 
 
 Arabia. Mannert. 
 
 furniture, and the tents of the inhalutants. The dromedary 
 is a smaller sort of camel, which is not so well calculated as 
 the other for transporting weighty commodities ^ but, by its 
 extraordinary swiftness and perteveratMe, is singularly adapted 
 to the purposes of light travelling and expedition. 
 
 Manners.] The manners of the Arabs are the same from 
 the earliest accounts of their history to the present time. The 
 present inhabitants of the country, lead the same roving, idle 
 life for which their ancestors have in all ages been so remark- 
 able ) and, to this day, conduct their horses, and camels, and 
 sheep, to the same springs and the same pastures. The men 
 are of a middle stature, thin, and of a SMrarthy complexion ) 
 they are nimble and swift of foot, excellent horsemen, and re- 
 markably expert in the use of the bow and the lanca. They 
 are angularly addicted to robbery and theft } and scarcely can 
 a caravan traverse the desert which is not either ransomed or 
 pillaged. If a* solitary traveller is discovered from afar, the 
 Arab rides furiously against lum, and demands his all—if he 
 complies, his life is Spared ; if he refuses^ he must deimd him- 
 self or die. £very Arab is the judge and the avenger qf hift 
 own cause, and may with impunity point his lance against the 
 life of any who offends him : an indecent action, or even a con- 
 temptuous word, can only be expiated by the blood of ^he of- 
 fender *, and such is their patient inveteraniy, that they e:»pect 
 whole months and years^ an opportunity of revenge. Yet these 
 ferocious and sanguinary savages embrace without hesitation or 
 enquiry the stranger who dares to con6de in their honour, and 
 to enter their tent. His treatment is kind affd respectful j he 
 shares the wealth or the poverty of his host j and, after a need- 
 ful repose, is dismissed with thanks, and perhaps witkpcf$«|][t|k 
 
 ii 
 
 fif.r 
 
 1 1 ;■ J , i ' 
 
 
 ; J ..«JW?NBWB : 
 
./ 
 
 Part 11. ASTA. 
 
 Arabia. Government— Religion — M.'.boinet. 
 
 101 
 
 'GovKRNMiNT.] The Arabs are divided into tribes, in each 
 of which some ptrticulat fatnily is exalted above the heads of 
 their equals. The chief roan in this family is the theik or e^ir 
 of the tribe. I'he momentary junction of several tribes pro* 
 duces an army, their more lasting union constitutes a nation, 
 and the stitpreme chief of such an association may claim, at least, 
 the temporary dignity of a king. But his authority stands 
 upon a very feeble foundation : the most triHing oiFence in an 
 instant dissolrea the voluntary compact, and his subjects are to 
 a man dispersed in the pathless desert. 
 
 15 fi}'?) 
 
 Religion. 3 The religion of the Arabs, previously to the 
 appearance of Mahomet, consisted in the worship of the sun, 
 moon and stars ^ they had also a number of locbl deities for the 
 various tribes, to which they performed the most foolish and 
 fantastic rites of worship \ and human sacrifices were offered 
 on their altars '"i far down as the sikth century of the Chris* 
 tian i^ra. But a new species of religion was soon after intro- 
 duced by the famous impostor Mahomet. 
 . . . ;' 
 
 Mahomet was born in the year 569. He was descended 
 from the tribe of Koreish, and the family of Hashem, the most 
 illustrious of the Arabs, and the princes of Mecca. In his 
 twenty-fifth year, he entered into the family of Kadija, a rich 
 widow of M6cca } in whose service he had occasion to travel 
 as a factor into different parts of Syria and £gypt ; and she 
 soon rewarded his fidelity by the gift of her hand and her for* 
 tune. Being, by this alliance, raised to an equality with the 
 richest inhabitants of Mecca,. he assumed, in his 40th year, the 
 title of a prophet, and pro^claimed the religion of the Koran, 
 He was eminently distlngiushed for the elegance of his person, 
 and the majestic dignity of his countenance ^ but he was, at the 
 same time, an illiterate barbarian, nhose total ignorance of 
 
voft 
 
 ASIA. 
 
 PART II, 
 
 Arabia. Mahoniet. 
 
 science was such that he could neither ^ead nor write. He 
 was deeply versed, however, in the knowledge of the human 
 nund, and availed himself, with astonishing success, of the cir- 
 cumstances of the times in which he lived. He compared the 
 Afferent nations and \ eligions of the earth, discovered the weak- 
 ness of the Roman '>nd Persian monarchies, beheld the endless 
 contentions and bitter animosities of professing Christians j and 
 resolved, by addressing himself to the love of power, riches and 
 pleasure, to raise a new system of religion, more general and 
 permanent than any that had ever been established. In this de- 
 sign, he was assisted by one Sergius, a monk, a man of profligate 
 manners, but liberal education. In order to give his religion 
 the appearance of a divine sancti<m, he turned to his advantage 
 a calamity %vith which he was afflicted. Being subject to 
 fits of the epilepsy, he afHrmed that these were trances into 
 which be was thrown by the Almighty, during which he was 
 instructed in his will, and commanded to publish the «ame to 
 the world. 
 
 After leading an abstemious and austere life for some time, 
 in a cave within three miles of Mecca, and engaging his wife 
 Kadijah, and some others of his powerful relations, to embark 
 in his design, he ventured to preach his new doctrine, and pre- 
 vailed upon several persons of distinction to embrace it. His 
 creed was comprehended in the well known sentence, " There 
 is only one God, and Mahomet is the Apostle of God." To 
 this were added the varieus parts of the Koran, as occasion re- 
 quired. The duties required by this book, are prayers, fast- 
 ings, and alms. Five prayers in the day arc imposed upon all 
 the followers of Mahomet 5 and every Mussulman must repeat 
 these, at day-break, at noon, in the afternoon, in the evening, 
 and at the first watch of the night, without any dispensation of 
 business, or pleasure, or time, or place j and always with the 
 eyes directed to the temple of Mecca. As a distinction from 
 
Pjat II»I 
 
 ASIA. 
 
 mil 
 
 Arai:a. Mahomet. 
 
 Tk. . 1 T 1 
 
 ]tvn and Christians, the Friday is set apart for public wor^ip. 
 Frequent lustrations are enjoined of the hands, the i«ce, and 
 the body ; and these may be performed vrith sand, w-hen water 
 cannot be procured. . A fast of thirty days in the year is iin< 
 posed 'f and during thevrhole month of Ramadan, the Mtissul-' 
 man abstains from eating and drinking, and from every specie* 
 of coi^oreal pleasure, as long as the sun is above the horizon. 
 I'his month, by the revolutioin of the lunar year, coincides by 
 turns with the various seasons of summer and winter, spring 
 and autumn. Tlie use of wine is positively prohibited. Tbcse 
 injunctions and prohibitions are sanctioned by the dread of ter^: 
 rible punishments, and liie hopes of gross and sensual pleasures 
 in another world. - '" • »' ' 
 
 1 he progress of the Mahdmetan doctrine was at first ex- 
 tremely slow, and a formidable conspiracy was formed ag^st 
 its author in Mecca, where it was atrreed that a sword from 
 evdry tribe ^ould be buried in his heart, to divide the guilt of 
 his blood, and baffle the vengeance of the Hashcmites. BiH 
 the design was discovered to Mahomet -^ and he immediately- 
 fled to Medina, where he was received with loud acclamations 
 of joy. This fligh*^^ has fixed the sera of the Hegira, which still 
 discriminates the lunar yea^s of Mahometan nations. 
 
 Mahomet being vested viith sovereign authority at Medina, 
 and finding himself at the head of a numerous party, he resolved 
 to make reprisals upo'.i his enemies', and from this time, his 
 pretended revelations breathed a fiercer and more sanguinary 
 tone. The means of persuasion, he said, had been tried, the 
 season of forbearance was elapsed, and he was now commard- 
 cd to propagate his religion by the sword, and to destroy tLe 
 unbelieving nations from the earth. His exhortations lo his 
 troops, as well as the doctrines which he incukatcd, ^\ere sin- 
 gularly calculated to f^ic the intrepid sculs of the Arabs with 
 cnthusiajm. " The swcid," said l;e, " is tlie key of htavcn 
 
1104 
 
 ASIA. 
 
 Part. n. 
 
 Arabia. Mahomet. 
 
 and of hell j a drop of blood shed in the cause of God, a night 
 spent in arms, is of more avail than two months of fasting and 
 prayer : whoever falls in battle, his sins are forgiven j at the 
 day of judgment, his wounds shall be resplendent as vermilion, 
 and odoriferous as musk ^ and the loss of his limbs shall be sup- 
 plied by the wings of angels and cherubim." These assurances, 
 with the doctrine of fate and predestination, which the Koran 
 inculcates in the most absolute sense, led the Moslems to bat- 
 tle with a fearless confidence, and a furious ardour, which no- 
 thing was able to resist. The success exceeded his most san- 
 guine hopes 'f and> in less than half a century, his followers 
 spread their conquests, and established their superstition in a 
 considerable part of Asia, Africa, and Europe. 
 
 Mahomet died on the 7th of June 632, in consequence of 
 having, 3 years before, eaten of a shoulder of muttpn, \vhich 
 had been poisoned by a Jewish female at Chaibar, who declar- 
 ed that her intention was, to make trial whether he really was 
 a prophet or no : " For," said she, " if he is a prophet, he 
 will certainly know that the meat is poisoned, and will not «at j 
 and if he is not a prophet, I shall do the world a service by 
 ridding it of so wicked a tyrant." He was buried on the 
 same spot on which he expired, >vhich was in th« house of 
 Ayesha, the best beloved of his wives, at Medina j and, as 
 Gibbon observes, " The innumerable pilgrims of Mecca often 
 turn aside from the way, to bow in voluntary devotion before 
 the simple tomb of the prophet." 
 
w 
 
 105 
 
 ^Ol 
 
 
 V. -sroT »M . : 
 
 
 III. PERSIA. 
 
 SfTOATTON, Extent and Boundaries.] MODERN PER- 
 SIA lies between 25^^ and 44" of North Latitude ; and between 
 44® and 69° of East Longitude j being about 1 300 miles in 
 length, and 11 00 in breadth. It is bounded on the North by 
 the saountains of Caucasus, the Caspian Sea, and the rivers 
 Todjen and Jthon {o/m Ochus and Oxus) j on the East by » 
 Indib J on the South by the Indian Ocean and the Galph of 
 Persia j and on the West by Arabia and Turkey. These 
 last boundaries are not well defined, particularly towai'ds the 
 
 DivnzoNS.]. 
 
 The country 
 
 1, . -s 
 is 4ivid«d into the fallowing pro* 
 
 vinoet^vtB. '. 
 
 ! tr'jT" 
 
 '". fot" ,'ftn} ro V ■■•:'.. t: 
 
 -•'f«flM«ff' 
 
 Anc Names. 
 
 Chief Towns. t.at. Long. 
 
 Daghistanl 
 Geor^a J 
 
 Iberia 
 
 Derbend 42'* 8' N. 49° 00' E.^ 
 
 Iberia' 
 
 Tcflis 41 40 N. 45 15 E. 
 
 Shirvan 
 
 Albania 
 
 Bildih 40 10 N. 49 50 £.*• 
 
 Azerbijan 
 
 Atropetana Tebriz • 38 25 N. 46 10 E. 
 
 Ghilan 
 
 G«la 
 
 
 Mazanderan 
 
 Taburi 
 
 
 Irak Agemi 
 
 Media 
 
 Ispahan f 32 25 N. 52 49 E. 
 
 Khusistan 
 
 Susiana 
 
 Tostarl 31 12 N. 49 5 E. 
 
 Farsistan 
 
 Persia 
 
 Shiras 29 50 N. 52 55 E. 
 
 < n>' 
 
 m 
 
 Istakar (( 30 5 N. 53 14 E. 
 
 Khorailan 
 
 Hyrcama 
 
 Meshid 37 29 N. j6 40 E." 
 
 • Or Tauris. f And Hamadan, formerly Ecbutann, \ O.im Siwa. 
 
 II Oiim Persepolis 
 
io5 
 
 ASIA. 
 
 Part II. 
 
 Peksia. General Appearance-— Religion and Government 
 
 ProT. 
 Herat 
 Kohestan 
 Balk&Ghaur 
 Zablestan 
 Sejestan 
 Larlstan'i 
 Kinnan J 
 Makran 
 
 Anc. Names. Chief Towm. lAt. Long. 
 
 Aria Herat 34°3o'N. 61° oo' E. 
 
 Deserta Tabas 33 10 N. 58 7 E. 
 
 Bactriana Balkh 36 20 N. 6$ 30 £. 
 
 Arachosia Arakhoge3i 4 N'. 6$ 31 £. 
 
 Drangiana Farra 33 30 N. 62 50 E> 
 
 . rLar 27 40 N. 54 10 E. 
 
 ania ij^jj^j^ 29 40 N. 56 35 E. 
 
 Gedrosia Kidge 26 20 N. 61 a £. 
 
 Genehai. Appeakancb.] No country in the world is more 
 diversified than Persia with respect to soil, air and climate. In 
 the North and East it is mountainous and cold j in <the middle 
 and South-east parts, it is a continued desert of sand or Isare rocks; 
 and in the South and West, it is pleasantly diversified mth hills 
 and dales, and rivers and woods ; and the valleys are afaun« 
 dantly fertile j but excessively hot in smnmer, and consequent- 
 ly unhealthfiil. The soil produces cotton in great abundance j 
 likewise all sorts of firuit, and a great number of mulberry 
 trees, the peculiar food of the silkrworm. The principal moun- 
 tains are various branches of Caucasus, Ararat, and Taurus. 
 
 There are few rivers of consequence. The most consider- 
 able are, the Kur, anciently Cyrus, and the Aras, anciently 
 Araxes, which rise in the mountains of Armenia, and, after 
 uniting their streams, fall into the Caspian Sea. The Eu- 
 phrates, Tigris, Oxus, and Indus, though bordering on some 
 parts of the country, can hardly be called Persian rivers. . 
 
 xV^.-' 
 
 /« 
 
 Religion and Government. J The religion of Perua is the 
 Mahometan ; but diflFerent from that of Turkey j the Persians 
 being of the sect of Ali, and the Turks of that of Omar. Per- 
 sia still contains a considerable number of Gaurs,orfoUowei:$.. 
 
 -.'> ■" 
 
pARt IIT 
 
 ASIA. 
 
 loy 
 
 Persia. Commerce- -History. 
 
 of Zoroaster, and the ancient Magi *, iilthocigh the sect is to- 
 lerated in very few parts of the country* 
 
 The government is an absolute monarchy, and the lives and 
 properties of the people are entirely at the disposal of the 
 prince, who is gen'^rally under the intluence of ministers and fa-» 
 vourites ^ and U. passions or caprices, consequently^ direct the 
 most important transactions of the empire. The crown is he- 
 reditary J but females are excluded from the throne. By the 
 laws of Persia, the blind are also excluded j for which reason, 
 the reigning prince generally puts out the eyes of all the males 
 of the royal family* 
 
 Commerce.] The principal articles of commerce In Persia 
 are cotton, silk, wool, mohair, carpets, and leather. The In- 
 habitants are famous for their silk and woollen manufactures, 
 as also for those of s?lver and gold laces, and embroidery. Yet 
 the trade of this country is far from being in a flourishing state, 
 owing to its perpetual wars. The principal ports are on the 
 Caspian Sea, which is about 700 miles in length from North 
 to South, and above 200 miles in breadth where broadest. 
 
 Is the 
 rsians 
 
 jPer- 
 Iwcrs 
 
 History.] The Persian empire was founded by Cyrus, in 
 the year before the Christian aera 538. In the year 529, 
 Cyrus was succeeded by his son Cambyses, who Subdued the 
 revolted kingdom of Egypt j but failed in an expedition a- 
 galnst Ethiopia. After his death, anno 522, the government 
 Continued in the hands of Smerdis the maglan, who had usurp- 
 ed the crown in the absence of Cambyses. Smerdis was slain 
 by seven Persian chiefs, and succeeded by Darius Hystaspes, the 
 Ahasuerus of the Book of Esther, anno 521* He carried his 
 arms into India, and laid that country under tribute ^ but fail- 
 ad in an expedition against the European Scythians j and his ge- 
 
 G 
 
toi 
 
 ASIA. 
 
 1*ART 11, 
 
 Feksia* History. 
 
 nerals Dates and Artaphemes were defeated by the Greeks un- 
 der Miltiades, on the famous pliains of Marathon, A. 4901 
 Darius was succeeded, A.485, by his son Xerxes, who led an 
 army of above a million of men against the states of Greece j 
 but being defeated in the celebrated battle of Salamis, he was 
 obliged to return with disgrace into his own country. His 
 troops were afterwards defeated, first at Plateea in Boeotia, and 
 again at MycSle in Ionia, and the expedition was rendered 
 completely abortive. Xerxes was succeeded (A. 474) by his 
 ton Artaxerxes LongimSnus, by whose orders the walls of Je- 
 rusalem were rebuilt by Nehemiah, A. 454 *. His only legi- 
 timate son Xerxes succeeded him (A. 424) j but was assassi- 
 nated by his brother Sogdianus, after a reign of 45 days. This 
 last was soon after put to death, and succeeded by his 'brother 
 Ochus, who is distinguished by the name of Darius Nothus. 
 His son and successor Artaxerxes Mnemon ^A. 404) slew his 
 
 
 * From this date commence the 70 prophetic weeks of Daniel, (chap. 
 IX. V. 24 to the end) ; which, according to the usual stile of prophecy, 
 being 70 weeks of years, comprehending one year for each day, or 7 years 
 for every wetk, constitute in all a space of 490 years, within which period 
 the facts intimated by the prophecy were to take place. The illustratiua 
 of the whole passage is far too long to be attempted here ; but the great 
 and leading event included in this celebrated prophecy, viz. the death of 
 the Messiah, is clearly pointed out by his causing the sacrifice and the 0- 
 blation to cease ; and this, it is declared, he should do in the midst of the 
 last of the 70 weeks ; i e. (subtracting 2\ years, the halt' of 7 years, or of 
 one week of years, from 490, the number of prophetic years included in 
 the 7c weeks), the Messiah should be cut off 486 1 years after the com- 
 menremeiit of the same 70 weeks. Now, the number 454 years, which 
 elapsed between this period and the birth of our Saviour, being added to 
 3?^ years the age of our Lord at the time of his crucifixion, pives the ex- 
 act numbfr ot a8'^ years required. This prophecy was delivered in the 
 first ycir of the Persian empire: i-e 538 years before the commencement 
 of the Christian aera> 
 
SRT III 
 
 ■eks un- 
 
 A. 490* 
 ) led an 
 [Greece > 
 I, he was 
 ry. His 
 ;otia, and 
 rendered 
 4) by his 
 ills of Je- 
 only legi- 
 as assassi- 
 ys. This 
 is 'brother 
 18 Nothus. 
 ^) slew his 
 
 aniel, (chap, 
 prophecy, 
 
 or 7 yea" 
 hich period 
 illustration 
 at the great 
 the death of 
 
 and the 0- 
 midst of the 
 
 years, or of 
 
 included in 
 ter the corn- 
 years, which 
 ling added to 
 -ives the ex- 
 iveted in the 
 
 menccment 
 
 *j[r*|R 
 
 A^tA. 
 
 io^ 
 
 Persia. Hfstor);. 
 
 Wbtlftf^ CyriiS ifrith his owti Hand in the famous battle of Cu- 
 nAxA,' A. 40i. He was succeeded by Artaxfetkes Ochus, A. 
 560, a itio^t cruel and ptdfligdte piruice. Thii last was poison- 
 ed by the eunuch Bagoas, whb pkced thfc crowh on the head 
 of Arses, the youngest of the sons of Ochus, A. 338. after a 
 short reign of two years. Arses was also murdered by order of 
 Bagoas, and succeeded by Darius Codoraannus, the last of tiie 
 Persian emperors, A. ^^6. Darius was defeated by Alexander 
 the Great, first at Issus, (A. ^^^) and afterwards at Arbela, 
 A. 33 1 J and being soon after murdered by the eunuch Bessus, 
 the Persian empire was completely overturned A. 330. 
 
 After the death of Alexander the Great, A. 324, his empire 
 was contested for by his surviving generals j and, upon the de- 
 feat and death of Antigonus at the battle of Ipsus, A. 30?, 
 Seleucus, who had fixed the seat of his government at Antioch, 
 took quiet possession of almost all the Asiatic conquests of 
 Alexander. In the reign of his grandson, Antiochus Theos, 
 commenced the Parthian monarchy, by the revolt of Arsaces^ 
 A. 250, which lasted near 500 years. It was overturned by 
 Artaxerxes, the son of a common soldier, of the name of Sassan, 
 who restored the Persian empire, and founded the new dynasty 
 of the Sassanides, A.D. 233. The wars of the house of Sassan 
 against the Roman empire, and the future revolutions of Persia, 
 in consequence of the Saracen and Tartar conquests, are far 
 too extensive to be even abridged in this place. Upon the 
 death of Nadir Shaw, who was assassinated by his chief officers 
 and relations, A.D. 1747, for an attempt to change the religion 
 of Persia, several pretenders to the crown started up, and the 
 country was for more than two years deluged by the blood of 
 its inhabitants. Kerim Khan proved at last the successftil 
 competitor, and ruled this empire about 30 yeafs, under the 
 title of Vakeel or regent. After his dfeath, which happened 
 A. 1779, the same scenes of horror were repeated as before hi* 
 
 G 2 
 
ltd 
 
 ASIA. 
 
 I^AUT II. 
 
 Persia. History. 
 
 accesaion to the supreme authority. The country, by the la- 
 test accounts, was divided between two principal competitors, 
 whose forces were so nearly equal as to render the prospect of 
 tetunung tranquillity extremely distant. 
 
[I. 
 
 Ill 
 
 la- 
 
 w» 
 of 
 
 IV. INDIA. 
 
 India, in its most extensive signification, lies between i° and 
 36^ of North latitude, and between 65° and 1 10° of East longi- 
 tude, being about 2850 miles in length from' East to West, and 
 about 2430 in breadth,from North to South. It is commonly di- 
 vided into India within j and India beyond the Ganges \ called 
 also the Hither and Further Peninsulas of India. 
 
 I. INDIA WITHIN THE GANGES j 
 
 Situation, Extent, and Boundaries.] Called also Hindos- 
 TAN, and the empire of the Great Mogul, lies between 8** and 
 36S of North latitude, and between 65'* and 93° of East longi- 
 tude, being about 1940 miles in length, from North to South, 
 and about 1600 in breadth, from East to West. It is bounded 
 on the North by Great Bucharia and Thibet j on the East by 
 Assam, the Birman Empire, and the Bay of Bengal ; on the 
 South, by the Indian Ocean j and on the West, by the Indian 
 Ocean and Persia. 
 
 This country may be again considered under the three great 
 divisions of Hindostan proper, the Deccan, and the Peninsula. 
 
 I. Hindostan proper, or the Continent of India, compichends 
 the country which lies North of the river Nerbudda, which falls 
 into the Gulph of Cambay, and of the Soarine, which, rising 
 near the source of the Nerbudda, runs in an opposite direction 
 •towards the Ganges. It contains the following provinces, viz^ 
 
 G3 
 
Ill 
 
 ASIA. 
 
 Part. ir. 
 
 
 iNniA. 'Divisions 
 
 -CItkb. 
 
 
 Provinces. 
 
 Chief Towni, 
 
 Latitude. 
 
 Longitude. 
 
 Cabul, 
 
 Cabul, 
 
 34* 36' N. 
 
 68«» 58' E. 
 
 Candahar, 
 
 Candah^i r> t 
 
 33 Po N. 
 
 65 30 E. 
 
 Cassimere, 
 
 Cassimere, 
 
 33 49 N 
 
 13 'I E. 
 
 Xiabore, 
 
 Lahore, 
 
 31 00 N. 
 
 72 47 B. 
 
 Delhi, 
 
 Delhi, 
 
 28 39 N 
 
 77 40 £• 
 
 }VIoultan,..w7t ., 
 
 IVIuultan, 
 
 29 5a N. 
 
 70 40 E. 
 
 Dude, .3V.'\ 
 
 LuQknoyf, ,.,.-, 
 
 26 51 N. 
 
 80 53 E. 
 
 Agra, 7 (,} ,,, 
 
 Agra, ' -nal m r 
 
 27 10 N. 
 
 77 55 £• 
 
 ^guncr^KT- ..T ^. 
 
 Agimere, H*""'^'' 
 
 26 33 N. 
 
 75 x8 E. 
 
 Cutch, ;,x,fr(ir; 
 
 fiooge-booge, 
 
 23 10 N. 
 
 69 1 £. 
 
 Guzurat, 
 
 Aniedabad, 
 
 23 2 N. 
 
 72 36 E. 
 
 IVluhva, 
 
 Ougcin, 
 
 23 12 N. 
 
 75 56 E. 
 
 Bahar, 
 
 Patna, 
 
 25 36 N. 
 
 85 »5 E. 
 
 Bengal, 
 
 Calcutta^ 
 
 22 35 N. 
 
 88 22 E. 
 
 Sindy, 
 
 Tatta, 
 
 24 54 N. 
 
 67 35 E. 
 
 Cities.] The ipost remavkable cities in this division are, 
 Delhi, the ancient capital of the Iviogul empire, and the pre- 
 sent residence of the successor of Tamerlane, situate on the 
 western banks of the river Jumna, which falls into the Ganges 
 ^t Allahabad *, Calcdtta, the present capital of the British 
 possessions in India, situate on the easteni side of the Hoogley, 
 the western branch of the Ganges, about 100 miles from the 
 sea. Its citadel is called Fort William •, Attock, on the East 
 side of the Indus, latitude 32° 27' North ; longitude 70° 36' 
 East J supposed to be the ancient Taxila,r,ear which Alexander 
 the Great, and before him, Darius the son of Hystaspes passed 
 the Indus, to invade the country of Hindo^an j Agra, on the 
 river Jumna, famous for its indigo j but much more frequented 
 by travellers, on account of a magnificent mausoleum of one of 
 the Mogul's wives, which it contains : it was 20 years in 
 building j and Benares, latitude 2j° 18' 36" North j longitude 
 
Part II, 
 
 ASIA. 
 
 "5 
 
 India* Divituont. 
 
 8 a" 55/ 45" East j the ancient seat of Braminical learning, and 
 still a very rich and populoua city, on the North banks of th^. 
 Ganges. 
 
 2. The PsccAM lies het\\xen the river Nerbudda on th'. 
 Morth, and the river Kistna on the Souths tt compreHends the 
 following provinces, viz. 
 
 Provinces. 
 
 Chief Towni. 
 
 tdtituile. 
 
 Longitude. 
 
 Candish, 
 
 Burhampovir, 
 
 21° 10' N. 
 
 76° 19' E. 
 
 Eerar, 
 
 Nagpour, 
 
 21 6 N. 
 
 79 51 E. 
 
 
 Ellichpour, 
 
 21 8 N. 
 
 78 2 E. 
 
 Orlssa, 
 
 Cattack, 
 
 20 30 N. 
 
 86 00 E. 
 
 Baglana, 
 
 Surat, 
 
 21 10 N. 
 
 72 48 E. 
 
 Dowlatahad, 
 
 Aurungabad, 
 
 19 45 N. 
 
 76 3 E. 
 
 Visiapour, 
 
 Visiapour, 
 
 17 27 N. 
 
 15 39 >'. 
 
 Goicondai 
 
 Hydrabad, 
 
 17 15 N. 
 
 78 51 E. 
 
 
 And the 5 Northern Circars, viz. 
 
 
 Cicacole, 
 
 Cicacole, 
 
 18 12 N. 
 
 84 2 E. 
 
 Rajahmundry, 
 
 Rajahmundry, 
 
 16 59 N. 
 
 81 58 E. 
 
 Ellore, 
 
 Ellore, 
 
 16 42 N. 
 
 81 4 E. 
 
 Candapllly, 
 
 Candapilly, 
 
 16 39 N. 
 
 80 20 E. 
 
 • 
 
 Masulipatam, 
 
 16 8 N. 
 
 81 3 E. 
 
 Guntoor, 
 
 Condavir, 
 
 16 20 N. 
 
 80 30 E. 
 
 These Circars comprehend a long tract of country which 
 lies along the sea coast, on the North of the river Kistna, for 
 the space of 3^0 miles j being from 25 to 75 miles in breadth. 
 This territory belongs to the British, and is wholly detached 
 from their other settlements *, being about 350 miles South 
 
 ♦ In consequence of the late treaty with the Nabob of the Carnatic, 
 (see page 1 17, note) the British possess the whole sea coast, from the Lake 
 ofChilka, tuthe mouths of the CIvauverjr, except the trifling places of Tran« 
 quehar, which belongs to the Danes, and Pondicherry, which is now re* 
 stored to the French. 
 
 G 4 
 
"4 
 
 ASIA. 
 
 Part II. 
 
 India. DMaioni. 
 
 from Bengal, and 250 North from Madras ; but is secured on 
 the West by a chain of steep mountains, and is only accessible 
 at the two ends. .Ka;. i'^ 
 
 On the western coast of the Deccan is Bombay, the chief 
 port and settlement of the British on that side of the peninsula, 
 latitude 18** 57' North j longitude 72° 38' East, situate in an 
 island of about io miles in circumference. The island of Sal* 
 sette, 25 miles long, a. id 12 broad, also belonging to the Bri- 
 tish, lies North from Bombay, and is separated from it by a 
 channel only half a mile over, and which is fordable at low 
 water 
 
 The other principal powers of the Deccan besides the Bri- 
 tish, are the Mahrattas and the Nizam. 
 
 The foundation of the Mahratta greatness was laid about 
 the middle of the 17th century, by Sevojee, a brave adventurer 
 in the army of the king of Visiapour, who, with the assistance 
 of a few determined followers, made himself master of the 
 whole country which extends along the sea coast, from the 
 neighbourhood of Surat, to a considerable distance South of 
 Bombay. Under his son and grandson, the Mahratta territo- 
 ries were greatly enlarged and extended from the western sea 
 to the confines of Bengal. But, on the accession of Ram Ra- 
 jah, A. 1740, a weak and pusillanimous prince, the two chief 
 officers of the state agreed to divide between them the domi- 
 nions of their master: the one, assuming; :^e government of the 
 western provinces, continued at Poon'^h. latitude i8°33'Northj 
 longitude 74° 2' East j the other, who took the eastern pro- 
 vinces, fixed his residence at Nagpour in Berar j latitude 
 ai** 8' North J lonsfitude 79*^ 46' East. 
 
 The dominions of the Nizam, who is stiled prince of the 
 Peccan, lie between the territories of the eastern and westen^ 
 Mahrattas. His capital city is Hydrabad. 
 
Part II. 
 
 ASIA. 
 
 »»r 
 
 India. Divisions. 
 
 3. The country which lies South from the river Kistna, is 
 commonly called the peninsula ', tho western side of which it 
 the coast of Malabar, and the Eastern side, the coast of Coro- 
 raandel. On the Malabar coast the principal places are, Goa, * 
 the capital of the Portuguese settlements in India, situate in an . 
 island of the same name, latitude 15° 31' North ■, longitude 
 73*^ 45' East J Mangalore, latitude 12° 50' North •, longitude 
 74° 44' East J Tellychery, latitude 11° 55' North j longitude 
 
 75** 40' East J Calicut, the first Indian port visited by Euro- 
 peans, where the Portuguese, under Vasco de Gama, landed in 
 1498; latitude 11" 12' North j longitude 75'' $$' East-, Co-*, 
 chin, the principal settlement of the Dutch on this coast, lati- 
 tude 9® 58' North J longitude 76" 27' East. , 
 
 The farthest South point of the peninsula is Cape Comoriiii ' 
 latitude 8° 12' North j longitude 77° 38' 5" East j from which 
 a ridge of mountains, called the Gauts, or Indian Appenines, I 
 running North as far as the river Tapty, divides the peninsula 
 into two unequal parts. 
 
 On the Coromandel coast, the principal places areTalamcot" 
 ta, latitude 8° 52' North j longitude 77° 49' 15" East. 
 
 Ramanad, 
 
 lat. 
 
 9° 20' 00" N. 
 
 long. 
 
 79° 
 
 I' 3"F.. 
 
 Negapatam, 
 
 
 10 46 00 N. 
 
 
 79 
 
 $(> 35 E. 
 
 Tranquebar, 
 
 
 II 4 00 N. 
 
 
 79 
 
 58 00 E. 
 
 Pondicherry, 
 
 
 II ss 42 N. 
 
 
 79 
 
 SS 40 E. 
 
 Madras, 
 
 
 13 4 3» N. 
 
 
 80 
 
 5 6 E., 
 
 In the inland country, the most remarkable places are, Se- 
 ringapatam, the capital of the Mysore kingdom, situate in an - 
 island of the river Chau very, latitude 12° 31' 45"* North j Ion- . 
 gitude 76** 46' 45" East j Bangalore, a strong forties sbelong- 
 ing to the same kingdom, latitude i 2° 57' 39" North j longi- 
 tude 77° 37' 10" East •, Arcot, the ancient capital of the 
 whole Camatic, latitude 1 2° S^' North j longitude 79" 30? 
 
n5 
 
 ASIA. 
 
 Part II. 
 
 India. Divisions. 
 
 £ast 'f Tanjore, Trichinopoly, and Madura, capitals of small 
 principalities or rajahships of the same names. 
 
 1 his whole division was once known b) the nam; of the Car- 
 natic : but that name is now restricted to a tract on the pastern 
 side, ofabout 570 miles in length, and from 80 to j 20 iiibreadth. 
 
 The kingdom of Mysore was long famous for its opposition 
 to the British arms in India, under the celebrated Hyder Ally, 
 bnd his son Tippoo Sultan. Hyder Ally was a soldier of for- 
 tune, in the service of one of the kings of Mysore, who first 
 distinguished himself as an auxiliary of the French, A. 1753. 
 About ten years thereafter, being placed at the head of the 
 Mysore army, he dethroned and confined the king, and governr 
 cd the kingdom under the title of regent. He soon extended 
 his dominions on every side, and, at his death, anno 1783, left 
 his son Tippoo Saib an extent of territory equal to the ancient 
 kingdom of England, and yielding an annual revenue of four 
 millions Sterling. In consequence of a war wliich broke out 
 between Tippoo and the British, an/io 1790, and which was 
 conducted with great ability and success by Earl (now Mar- 
 quis) Cornwallis, the king of Mysore was compelled to cede 
 one half of his territories to Britain and its allies, to pay 3 
 crorcs and 33 lacks of rupees, and to restore all the prisoners 
 without ransom. On these terms peace was concluded- on the 
 19th of March 1792, ai\d two of the sultan's sons were deli* 
 vered as hostages for the due performance of the treaty. 
 
 Another war brok; out in the year 1799, wliich was conduct- 
 ed on the part of Britain by the Earl of Momington, now Mar- 
 quis Wellesley -, and terminated fatally to the restless and in- 
 triguing prince of Mysore. His troops were repeatedly de- 
 feated in the field j and on the 4th of May 1799, his capital, 
 Scringapatam, was taken by assault, his own body was found 
 among the slain, and all his family were made prisoners of 
 war. Soon after the termination of hostilities, the dominions 
 
Part It 
 
 ASIA. 
 
 H7- 
 
 India, Divisions. 
 
 of Tippoo were divided araong the conquerors, admitting, on 
 motives of policy, the Mahrattas to a share, though they had 
 taken no part in the war. To these were given Harponelly, 
 3oonda, Anagoondy, Chitteldroog, and a part of Biddenore, 
 pjcept the frontier fo:i;tresses. To the Nizam were assigned 
 the districts of Gooty and Gurrumconda, together with a tract 
 of country along the line of Chatteldroog, Sera, Nandidroog, 
 and Colar. The part allotted to the Company was the pra- 
 Vmce of Canara, and the districts of Coimbatoor and Darapo« 
 xam, all the territory between the British possessions in the Car- 
 natic and those of Malabar, ^vith the forts and Dorts forming 
 the headv of all the passes above the Gauts on the Table 
 Sand, and the fortress, city, and island of Seringapatan::. A 
 4escendent of the ancient rajah's of Mysore, about 5 years old, 
 was sought out, and placed upon the throne of his ancestors, in 
 the city of Mysore, the former capital of the kingdon^j a small 
 territory was assigned to him, under certain limitations, and the 
 sons and relations of Tippoo were removed into the Carnatic. 
 
 The British possessions in India consequently now are, Ben- 
 gal, Bahar, Benares, the Northern Circars, the Jaghire in the 
 Carnatic, of which Madras is the capital, Bombay. Salsette, 
 and that part of the kingdom of Mysore hich has just been 
 mentioned: the whole com prehei.,<iu^ '1' f^ice of above I203 
 miles in length, and 450 ir- brcadv'i j comprising a population 
 of above 26,000,000 of souls , u d yielding an annual revenue 
 of 8,ooo,oool. Sterling. The -tiriiiih allies in India arc, the 
 na!)obs of Oude and Arcot *, th.' Poonah or Western Mahrat- 
 tas, the Nizam, and the rnjahs c^ Travancore and Tanjore. 
 
 • Since writing ihe above, intelligence has been received, that, in cok- 
 sequence of the death of Omdat UI Omrah, the late Nabob oi the CaiRa- 
 tic, his nephew Azum Ul Dovvla-i Bahaurler wis formaUy i'lvestf.d witl* 
 the nominal sovereignty of his late uncle's dominions on f!,e i^fc of July 
 
tj8 
 
 ASIA. 
 
 Part II. 
 
 India* Mountains— Kivcrs. 
 
 Besides the powers already mentioned as inhabiting Indostan, 
 it is necessary to mention the Seiks, a sect of religionists, who, 
 in the beginning of the last century, fell down from the norths 
 em mountains, upon Lahore } now occupy the whole of that 
 province, the principal part of Moultan, and the Western part 
 of Delhi. It is proper also to mention the kingdom of Canda- 
 har, now possessed by Timur Shaw j capital city Candahar, 
 latitude 33' North j longitude 6^° 30" East. These are the 
 chief powers of the western India att present. There are some 
 other states of less note, but these are generally dependent on 
 some of the above. 
 
 jfi Mountains.] The principal mountains of India are, the In- 
 dian Caucasus, or Stony Girdle, which forms the northern 
 boundary of the country, the Chaliscuteli hills, which run be- 
 tween the river Indus and the great sandy desert, and the 
 Gauts or Indian Appenlnes, already mentioned. Many of the 
 mountains produce rubies, amethysts, and other precious stonesj 
 and this country contains some of the richest diamond mines in 
 the world. 
 
 Gul 
 
 belc 
 
 the 
 
 aftel 
 
 brar 
 
 KistJ 
 
 the 
 
 the 
 
 oppc 
 
 in op 
 
 a pa 
 
 by a 
 
 ■ Rivers.] The rivers are, the Indus, which, with its variouj 
 branches, rises in the mountains of Tartary, and, after a south- 
 erly course of above 1000 miles, falls by several mouths into 
 the ocean, near Tatta j the Puddar, which falls into the Gulpb 
 of Cutch J the Nerbudda, which forms the boundary between 
 I£ndostan proper and the Deccan, and empties itself in the 
 
 last (iSoi) ; and that, by a treaty concluded that same day between his 
 new Highness and the Right Honourable the Governor in council of Ma« 
 dras, the entire civil and military government of the Carnatic has been 
 transferred for .ver to the Honourable the East India Company. This i^ 
 i|n accesuan of gr^at magnitude and importance. 
 
Paut II« 
 
 ASIA. 
 
 »if 
 
 India. Animals — Productions— and Commerce. 
 
 en his 
 if Ma. 
 sbeen 
 'his i$ 
 
 ■ 
 
 
 Gulph of Cambay *, the Tapty, which falls into the same bay 
 below Surat j the Chauvery, which rises in the Eastern side of 
 the Gauts, incloses the city and island of Seringapatam, and, 
 after watering the fertile fields of Tanjorc, with its various 
 branches, falls into the Bay of Bengal at Tranquebiir j the 
 Kistna, which forms the southern boundary of the Deccan \ 
 the Godovery, which enters the sea below Rajahmundry j and 
 the G anges *, and Sanpoo, or Burrampooter, which issue from 
 opposite sides of the same ridge of mountains in Thibet, flow 
 in opposite directions till above looo miles asunder, and, after 
 a partial union of their streams, fall into the Bay of Bengal 
 by a great variety of mouths. 
 
 Animals, Productions, and Commerce,] The animals of 
 this country are elephants, camels, horses, oxen, buffaloes, 
 sheep, deer, lions, tigers, and all manner of wild beasts and 
 game. Serpents, scorpions, musquettoes, locusts, and other 
 reptiles, are extremely numerous. The principal productions 
 
 * The Ganges is navigable for vessels of cbnsiderable burden, above 
 looo miles '^l.. s; the sea : and, during that whole course, it diffuses plenty 
 through th.; ' .ija' stjt country, by the multitudes of fishes with which ic 
 abounds \nd bv i... annual inundations. It begins to rise about the end 
 of Ap, I, i> ir^ .0 the periodical rains which fall in the mountains of Tar- 
 tary ; meiii. ^ *ion is at its greatest height about the middle of August j 
 after which it begins .o decrease, and continues gradually to subside dur- 
 ing the rest of August and September, because the rains have ceased in the 
 mountains, though the rainy season in the iiat country continues till the 
 month of October. When the rainy season is over, the remainder of the 
 inundation is quickly evaporated, and leaves the ground richly manured 
 with mud, and prepared for the simple labours of the husbandman. The 
 Ganges rises to different heights in different parts of its course, from 14 to 
 34 feet perpendicular. 
 
 Tui lesrripiion will apply with little variation, to the Burrampooter, 
 and to all the ''Xhtt great rivers of the eastern world. ;u JuiJW- (U 
 
tia 
 
 Asia. 
 
 PartIL 
 
 India. Inhabitants. 
 
 nre rice, wheat, pepper, and a great variety of garden stuflfs ; 
 the fruits, palm, cocoa-nut, tamarind, plantain, pine>apple, 
 orange, lemon, pomegranate, and melon -, all of which arc 
 brought to the greatest perfection. The chief articles of conl- 
 mercc are, muslins, calicoes, and silks ', and lately, su|^ar and 
 rice. 
 
 Inhabitants.] The original inhabitants of Indostan were 
 ealled Hindo. from Indoo or Hindov, which, in the Shanscrit 
 language, sigi'' '^ Moon, from which lumirury and the 
 5un they derive t! '•'bulous origin. Hindostan is a compo- 
 ntion of Hindoo, and btan, a region or country j and the river 
 Indus takes its name from the people, and not the people from 
 the river. 
 
 The Hindoos have, from a very remote antiquity, been di- 
 vided into 4 tribes, each of which comprehends a variety of 
 inferior casts. These tribes do not intermarry, eat, drink, or 
 in any way associate with each other, except when they wor- 
 ship in the temple of Jagga-nat, in the province of Orissa. The 
 first, and most noble tribe consists of the Brahmins, who alone 
 can officiate in the priesthood. 1 he second is the Sittri tribe, 
 who ought to be all military men. The third is the Beise 
 tribe, of which the members are chiefly merchants and hus- 
 bandmen : and thfe fourth is the tribe of Sudder, who are all 
 zhenial servants. If a person is excommunicated from any of 
 the 4 tribes, he and his posterity are for ever shut out from the 
 society of every body in the nation, excepting those of the 
 Hani cast, who are held in the utmost detestation by all the 
 Other tribfes. This renders excommunication so dreadful, that 
 any Hindoo will suffer the torture, and even death itself, ra- 
 ther than deviate from one article of his faith. 
 
 The Hindoos are reckoned about one hundred millions 
 in number ^ and the country is supposed to contain besides, 
 
Part II« 
 
 ASIA. 
 
 tix 
 
 ^ 
 
 India. Inhabiunts— Religion. 
 
 about ten millions of Mahometans. These last, whom the 
 British improperly call Moors, because they became first ac- 
 quainted with Mahometans under the name of Moors, from 
 Mauritania in Africa, are represented as a detestable race of 
 beings, destitute of every principal of religion or morality. 
 The Hindoos are dark in their complexion, their hair is long 
 and black. Their features are regular, and their persons 
 straight and well proportioned. Their manners are gentle 
 and harmless, their diet consists chieHy of rice and vegetables, 
 dressed with several hot spices. They are exceedingly fond 
 of milk. 
 
 from 
 
 Religion.] The Hindoos believe in One eternal, omni- 
 scient, and omnipotent God, whom they worship under thd 
 name of Brimh j but who is distinguished by a thousand dif- 
 ferent -.lames, according to the different powers, properties, and 
 attributes, which they conceive to be inherent in the divine na- 
 ture. To these attributes the Brahmins have annexed emblems 
 and symbols intended to strike the senses j so that the original 
 doctrines of Brimha have degenerated into the rankest idolatry, 
 in the worship of a prodigious variety of images. 
 
 They hold it as a maxim, that every living creature is ani- 
 mated by a portion of the great Soul j i. e, God, and conse- 
 quently is immortal. But they believe that the same portion 
 which gave life to man, may afterwards pass into the body of 
 any other animal : or, in other words, they hold the doctrine 
 of Transmigration. The rites and ceremonies of their religion 
 are pompous and splendid, and their temples or pagodas stupen- 
 dous and magnificent in a very high degree. They always 
 make a mystery of their faith, and admit no proselytes to theiif- 
 rcHgion. 
 
itfpi I T 
 
 AStA. 
 
 Part II. 
 
 India. GoTcrnment— Division*. 
 
 GovEHNMKNT.J A ccoiding, to tkc original constitution of 
 the Mogul Tartars, the emperor was absolute in every thing, 
 tad was controlled by no law. The lives and properties of 
 the greatest Omrahs were as much at his disposal as those of 
 the meanest subjects. The former, however, were often too 
 powerful to be punished. The provincial governors, called 
 Nabobs, had the power of life and c};::ath in their respective 
 Jtuisdictions ; and were in every particular invested with re* 
 gal authority. All the lands in India were considered as the 
 property of the emperor, except some hereditary districts pos- 
 sessed by Hindoo princes ; he was general heir of all his sub- 
 jects, and !i i ihe extraordinary power of nominating his suc- 
 cessor by will. The first minister of state was called Vizier, 
 and the cor., '--ndi i. chief of the forces, Amir-ul-Omrah. 
 The Mogul emperor is now confined as a state prisoner in the 
 cily of Delhi, where he enjoys a small district of territory for 
 the support of his family, but divested of every species of pub- 
 lic authority. 
 
 II. INDIA BEYOND THE GANGES, 
 
 Lifis between i*' and 27° of North latitude, and betweem 
 90° and 100° of East longitude j being bounded on the North 
 by Thibet and China^ on the East by China and the Chinese 
 Sea J on the south by the Indian Ocean j and on the West, by 
 the Bay of Bengal and the Hither India. 
 
 DrvisiONs.j It is divided into the following kingdoms or 
 •mpires, viz. 
 
 Klngdonu. Chief Towns. Latitude. Longitude. 
 
 Assaia Ghergong 26° 31' N. 93** 40' E. 
 
 Ava Ava 21 jo N. 96 5 E. 
 
Part II. 
 
 ASIA. 
 
 iii 
 
 Eastern Peninsula. Inhabitants — Genend Appearance. 
 
 Kingdoms. 
 
 Chief Towns. 
 
 Latitude; 
 
 Aracan 
 
 Aracan 
 
 20° 40' N. 
 
 Pegu 
 
 Pegu 
 
 17 40 N. 
 
 Siam 
 
 Siam 
 
 14 18 N. 
 
 Malacca 
 
 Malacca 
 
 a 13.N. 
 
 Cambodia 
 
 Cambqdia 
 
 12 59 N. 
 
 •Cochin-China 
 
 Toan-Hoa 
 
 16 41 N. 
 
 Laos 
 
 Langshang 
 
 18 5N. 
 
 Tonquin 
 
 Cashoa 
 
 it 15 N. 
 
 18 or 
 
 93^ 5'E. 
 
 96 13 E. 
 
 100 ss E. 
 
 io2 IX E. 
 
 104 SS E. 
 
 107 30 E. 
 
 193 4E. 
 
 104 54 £. 
 
 About 70 years ago, Pegu became a province of the king- 
 dom of Ava, which is also called Birmah, and now constitutes 
 a part of the great Birman empire. Its capital is Rangoon 
 16" 30' North, 96° 30' East. » . 
 
 AvA contains 8000 cities or towns, and 14,400,000 inhabi- 
 tans, exclusive of /^racattj which is estimated to contain near- 
 ly three millions more. Every man is subject to military ser- 
 vice, and the ordinary mode of recruiting the armies is, by 
 ordering every two or three houses in each district to furnish a 
 number proportionate to its population, or an equivalent in 
 money, at the rate of 3C0 tackal (40I. or 43I.) for each man j 
 the soldiers are fed by the king, but receive no pay, and, in 
 cases of desertion or treachery, the family of the offender suffers 
 death ; even cowardice subjects the family of the delinquent to 
 capital punishment, which is rigorously executed. This bar- 
 barous practice is the only mode of inciting to enterprises of 
 danger, men who are not actuated by any innate sense of ho- 
 nour, and who are insensible to national pride. 
 
 General Appearance, and Climate.] This extensive coun- 
 try is divided by several lofty mountains, which run in«a direc- 
 tion from North to South. The spaces between these con- 
 
 H 
 
124 
 
 ASIA. 
 
 Part II. 
 
 lAiTCRN Peninsula. Commerce. 
 
 sist of extensive Valleys, which are generally very flat and 
 low, and Ate always covered with water during the rainy sea- 
 son. For this reason, the houses are built upon pillars, many 
 feet above the ground, to secure them from the floods *, and 
 wliile thefie continue, the inhabitants can have no communica- 
 tion with one another but by boats. About the time of the 
 equinoxes, such dreadful itorms happen, of lightning atid thun* 
 der, and wind and rain, as are seldom experienced iu any part 
 of Europe. These, ivith the excessive heat and moisture of 
 the climate, render the southern provinces unhealthy and dis- 
 agreeable. The northern districts are more dry, cool, and 
 pleasant j yet are not so well inhabited as the others. 
 
 Commerce.] This country is as yet comparatively little 
 known to Europeans. Its principal articles of commerce are, 
 teak-wood, which is superior to every other sort of wood for 
 the construction of ships for those seas ; tin, bees-wax, gold, 
 nitre, areca, cachou, petroleum, grun, animals, fruit. The 
 l^iamese and Malayan languages are most prevalent in this pe- 
 idnsula, except in Tonquin, which, l]ring contiguous to China, 
 lias a tdi^ture of the Chinese. The religion is Paganism. 
 
 Some yearsk ago, an embassy vtas sent to Ava from Bengal, 
 with the purpose of improving the commercial intercourse be- 
 tween the two countries. But the ignorant imperious Birmah 
 considered the mission as a fealty, and the presents with which 
 it was accompanied as a tribute } and haughtily refused to see 
 the ambassador. 
 
 VIZ. 
 
"5 
 
 :n I 
 
 V. CHINA 
 
 SiTOAfiON, ExtitNT AND BouNDAMXS.J LIES betweep 20**' 
 and 42*^ of North latitude, and between 98° and 123° of East 
 longitude j being about 1500 miles in length from North to 
 South, and about 1300 in breadth from East to West. It is 
 bounded on the North by Tartary, from which it i^ separated 
 by a prodigious stone wall, 1500 miles in length, about 25 feet 
 in height, and so broad that five or six horsemen may ride upon 
 it abreast ; on the East it is bounded by the PaciBc Ocean \ 
 on the South by the Chinese Sea, and the kingdoms of Ton-* 
 quin and Laos } and on the West by the Birman empire, Thi- 
 bet, and Tartary. The capital is Pekin. 
 
 to see 
 
 Divisions.]. It is divided into the 15 following provinces^ 
 
 VIZ* 
 
 Provliicet. 
 
 C&iefTowtu. 
 
 Laticudfl. 
 
 LongHade. 
 
 PecheU 
 
 Pbrin 
 
 39'54'N. 
 
 lie^* 24' E. 
 
 Sh&nsi^^. 
 
 Tay-yuTO 
 
 38 sN. 
 
 Ill S5 Ek 
 
 Sheiisi 
 
 Singan 
 
 33 50 N. 
 
 108 30 E. 
 
 Shimtoii 
 
 Tsinan 
 
 36 45 N- 
 
 117 5 E. 
 
 Honsin 
 
 Kaysong 
 
 34 50 N. 
 
 114 30 E-. 
 
 Houquang 
 
 Vouchang 
 
 31 00 N. 
 
 114 00 E» ., 
 
 Kiangnan 
 
 Nankin 
 
 3a 2 N. 
 
 Z18 20 E» 
 
 Chekiang 
 
 Hangchew 
 
 30 35 N. 
 
 120 20 E. 
 
 Kiangsi 
 
 Nanchang 
 
 27 20 N. 
 
 116 10 Ek 
 
 Sechwen 
 
 Chii^u 
 
 30 50 N. 
 
 103 25 £* 
 
 Queychew 
 
 Quey-yang 
 
 26 40 N. 
 
 106 17 E« 
 
 Yunnan 
 
 ' Yuiman 
 
 2c 15 N. 
 
 103 00 E» , 
 
 Quangi 
 
 81 
 
 Queyling 2 j 20 N. zio 5 £. 
 H a 
 
\l^ 
 
 ASIA. 
 
 f ART. ti. 
 
 China. Climate and Productions. 
 
 Provinces. 
 
 Fokycn 
 
 Qnangtong 
 
 Chief Towns. 
 Fuchew 
 Canton 
 
 Latitude. 
 26" 20' N. 
 23 8N. 
 
 Longitude. 
 119° 10' E. 
 113 8 £. 
 
 The province of Lyau-tong, though without the wall, is un- 
 dbr the dominion of the empire j and the kingdoms of Corea, 
 Cochini-China, and Tonkin, are tributary to it. The po\ver of 
 the Cliinese emperor is also greatly increased by the acknow- 
 ledgtfd subjection to him of a considertible portion of Tart&ry, 
 the island u5 Hainan, and about the one half of Formosa. 
 
 Climats and pRODtJctiONSi] From the vast extent of the 
 Chinese empire, it must naturally be expected to have a great 
 variety of climates. Accordingly it is found, that the air in 
 the northern parts is sharp and cold 5 ia the middle provinces 
 mild and temperate, and in the southern opes excessively hot. 
 The soil is also different in the higher and lower latitudes, and 
 According to the different elevatidn of the sfirfaice. It is, how- 
 ever, in general, extremely fertile } and where it is not so by 
 nature, its sterility is effectually cured by the labour of the int 
 defatigable inhabitants. The country abounds with ^11 the 
 \'egetable productions common in Europe, has many of the aro- 
 matic plants and spices to be met with in the East Indies, and 
 not a few peculiar to itself. Among these last, the tsdlow- 
 tree, the flour-tree, the pepper-tree, the varnish-tree, the wax- 
 tree, and the tea-shrub, ^e the most remarkable. The tallow- 
 tree has a short trunk, a smooth bark, crooked branches, red 
 leaves, shaped like a heart, and is about the height of a com- 
 mon cherry-tree. The fruit is a white berry, of the size of a 
 hazel nut, which has all the qualities of tallow, and is manu- 
 factured into candles by the Inhabitants } but they smell strong, 
 >uid do not afford a very clear light, t'he other trees men- 
 
 
Partp. 11. 
 
 Part XI. 
 
 ASIA. 
 
 »27 
 
 Coin A. Riven— Canib—Roadi. 
 
 figitude. 
 "lO'E. 
 
 8 £. 
 
 all, is un- 
 
 f Corea, 
 
 poVrer of 
 
 acknow- 
 
 Tartary, 
 
 kosa. 
 
 ent of the 
 re a great 
 the air in 
 provinces 
 ively hot. 
 :udes, and 
 t is, how- 
 not so by 
 of the inf 
 1 ^U the 
 >f the aro- 
 idies, and 
 
 > tsdlow< 
 
 the wax- 
 le t^ow> 
 iches, red 
 of a com« 
 ; size of a 
 
 is manu- 
 ;11 strong, 
 
 ees med* 
 
 tioned, produce, in like manner, articles corresponding to their 
 respective names. 
 
 RiVBRS.] The Chinese empire is watered by an immense 
 number of rivers of different sizes. The most remarkable are, 
 the Hoang-ho, or yellow river, which rises in the mountains 
 of Thibetiah Tartary, passes the great wall in various places, 
 and after a winding course of near 3000 miles, falls into the 
 G ulph of Nankin, towards the northern parts of the province of 
 Kiangnan y the Yang-tse-kiang, or Son of the Sea, little in- 
 ferior to the former, which falls into the same gulph below 
 Nankin j and the Ta or Tay, which enters the Chinese Sea 
 below Cai^ton, 
 
 Canals.^ No country enjoys so many, or such magnt£cent 
 canals as China. One deserves particularly to be mentioned,^ 
 which extends from Pekin to Canton, and opens a communi- 
 cation between the southern and northern provinces, over an, 
 extent of 1 800 miles. In one place only its navigation is in- 
 terrupted by a mountain, where passengers are obliged to tra- 
 vel about 30 miles over land. From this principal line of 
 communication, a prodigious number of smaller canals diverge 
 in a variety of directions, whose comijiodiousDess and length, 
 are incredible. The chief of them are lined with hewn stone 
 on the sides, and are so deep that they carry vessels of very 
 considerable burthen, to a distance, sometimes of above loocx 
 miles. These vessels are fitted up for all the conveniencies of 
 life, and it has been supposed by some, that in China the wa.- 
 ter contains as many inhabitant& as the land. 
 
 .1 ■ 
 
 Roads.] In China, an c^ual attention is paid to the com- 
 munication by land, as to that by watbr. The roads are gcnc- 
 lally very broad j all of them are paved in the southern pi;a- 
 
 H3 
 
soS 
 
 ASIA. 
 
 P*IIT. II. 
 
 China. ClUci — Commerce. 
 
 yinces, and some in the northern. In many places, valleys have 
 been filled up, and rocks and mountains cut through, to form 
 commodious high-ways, and to preserve them as nearly as pos- 
 sible on a regular level. They are bordered by lofty trees, 
 and in some places by walls eight or ten feet high : covered 
 seats ate also erected at proper distances, where travellers may 
 retire for shelter or repose ) and towers with watch-boxes on 
 the top, and flag-staffs for signals in case of any alarm. In- 
 telligence of any remarkable ovent is also conveyed by signf^, 
 with surprising expeditioQ. 
 
 brj 
 tril 
 
 ma 
 difi 
 anl 
 
 thJ 
 
 of 
 
 Cities.] The cities are divided into three classes. Of the 
 first, there are above 1 60 } of the second, 270 ^ and of the 
 third, above 1 200, besides upwards of 300 v:alled cities, which 
 they omit in this calculation, as not of sufficient importance to 
 be ranked in either of those classes, though most of them axe 
 places of great trade, aiul contain a great number of inhabi« 
 tants. The most considerable cities in the empire are Pekin, 
 the capital, which is said to contain about two millions of inha- 
 bitants. Nankin, and Canton, which are supposed to contain, 
 each an equal number. The two last are the only cities which 
 Europeans are permitted to approach, and even these, they ace 
 not allowed to enter beyond the suburbs under pain of death. 
 
 CoMMERCK.} The principal articles of trade in China axe 
 silk, cotton, tea, porcelain, precious stones, rhubufb, musk, an4 
 spices. The art of manufacturing silk has been knpwn in this 
 empire from a very remote period y and the quAOtity of silk 
 produced in it is almost inexhaustible, the intcn^l c<msump- 
 tion alone being exceedingly great, besides what is exported 
 in the commerce with Europe and the rest of -Asia. The most 
 beautiful silk in the whole empire is that of Chekyang, which 
 is wrought in the muH^ctpiies of Nankin. From th^e are 
 
PAfT II. 
 
 ASIA. 
 
 China. Inh;kbitants. 
 
 brought all the stuffs u^ed by the emperor^ and such as he dis- 
 tributes in presents to his nubility. The finest porcelain is 
 made in the province of Kyangsi. This >vare is divided into 
 different classes, according to its diHerent degrees of fineness 
 and beauty. The whole of the first is reserved for the use of 
 the emperor ^ and there is mifch reason to doubt whether any 
 of the finest Chinese porcelain has ever been seen in Europe. 
 
 Inhabitants.] The population of China i$ so ^reat in com- 
 parison with that of European countries, that tlie accounts of 
 it have been generally treated as fabulous j bat hy an accurate ' 
 investigation of some Chinese records concerning 'lie number 
 of persons liable to taxaition in the empire, IV^. Grofier she\.'s 
 that it cannot be less than two hundrec^ millions. The ccm- 
 plexion of the inhabitant? in the southern provinces is of an 
 oUve colour } but towards the North, they are generally as 
 fi^ a^ Europeans. They have a large forehead, small eyes, ,' 
 a short nose, a brqad face, large ears^ black hair, and are upon 
 the whole rather of an inelegant form '^ but i^ must be con- 
 fe$se4 that their dress shews their persons to great disadvantage. 
 Owipg to the practice of binding up the feet of female chiU 
 dren in their infancy, that part of their bo^y is rendered extreme- 
 ly small, and they conspqmently \vallji witii great difRculty and 
 awk>ya|-dness. The men shave their heads, leaving only one 
 lock of hair on the crown. This tuft is esteemed a valuable 
 ornament j and a Chinese would rather part with his life than 
 be deprived of it. 
 
 j(,The people affect a great deal qf mildness and ajOTability in 
 ^eir air and manner, and pride thernselves upon being more 
 polite and civilized tjian othp nations. But, under the mask 
 of civility an4 politeness, they often conceal the basest trcach; 
 ery : they wi^ fawn upoii tjie man whom fhcy ^late j and, with 
 
 the wannest pretensions pf friendship, involve him in 'irretrie< 
 
 • "'-" t- f'^" -y^'--* rvr-j.;fr '-_•■ "r^Sl ) etc] n^ti Jrffr.r^fft vw ^fn 
 
 fl 4 
 
?30 
 
 ASIA. 
 
 China. Language-'Government. 
 
 Part U. 
 
 vable ruin. Interest may be said to be the grand spring of all 
 their actions j and in their dealings with strangers, they are 
 exceedingly deceitful, endeavouring to cheat them in every 
 possible way. 
 
 Language.] The alphabet of China consists, not of letters, 
 like that of every other nation j but of words, of which there 
 are above 80,000 in the language. From this it will appear, 
 that to acquire a knowledge of the written language of this 
 empire, must be the work of prodigious labour, and of much 
 time. Such extraordinary difEculty in the attainment of know- 
 ledge, must greatly retard th^ progress of erudition among 
 them. And such in fact it is observed to do j as few of their 
 most learned men live long enough to know above 30,000 or 
 40,000 words of their language. But it is remarked, that, 
 in no part of the world does learning confer such honours 
 and rewards, or present such powerful inducements to its 
 cultivation and pursuit. In this extensive empire, the learn- 
 ed are reverenced as beings of a superior species, and are the 
 only nobility which it acknowledges. However low their 
 birth, they become mstndarins of the highest rank in proportion 
 to the extent of their learning j while their posterity, on the 
 other hand, sink into obscurity and contempt, if they neglect 
 those studies and accomplishments which had elevated their 
 fathers. 
 
 GovEiNinEisjT.] The government of China is purely patri- 
 archal. The emperor is mbre unlimited in his authority than 
 any oth-^r potentate upon earth, and the homage which is paid 
 to him approaches to adoration. He disposes of all places in 
 the empire *, he nominates the viceroys and governors, and dis- 
 places them at his pleasvire j no sentence of death pronoimced 
 Jjy an) tribunal, can be executed ^vithout his consent, snd every 
 
I'art II. 
 
 ASIA. 
 
 m 
 
 China. Religion. 
 
 verdict in civil affairs is subject to his revisal } nor can any de- 
 termination be of force until it has been confirmed by the em- 
 peror. On the other hand, vrhatever sentenjcc he passes is exe- 
 cuted without delay, and his edicts are respected throughout 
 the empire as if they were the dictates of divine inspiration. 
 Even the succession to the throne is not altogether hereditary : 
 the emperor has the power of choosing his own successor with- 
 out consulting any of his nobility } and may select one, eithec 
 froip among his own sons, or from the body of his people. By 
 the laws of the state, however, which he cannot alter, he is 
 obliged to consider his subjects as his own children ) and they 
 regard him no longer than he behaves like a parent. 
 
 Religion.] The religion of China is threefold, and consists, 
 of three sects, extremely different from each other. The first 
 is that of Confucius, their most celebrated, philosopher, which 
 is professed by the emperor, the princes, and all the learned. 
 Confucius is supposed to have flourished about the time of king 
 Solomon, or not much later. He was of royal extraction, and 
 a man of severe morals. His writings, which contain many 
 sublime and excellent truths, shew him to have lived nearer the 
 thne of the patriarchs, and to have derived more benefit from 
 their traditions than the philosophers of Greece or Rome. He 
 taught men to obey, honour, and fear the Lord of heaven, to 
 love their neighbour as themselves, to subdue irregular inclina. 
 tions, and to be guided in all tilings by reason ; that God is the 
 original and ultimate end of all things, which he produced and 
 preserves j himself eternal, infinite, and immutable j One, su- 
 premely holy, supremely intelligent, and invisible. He often 
 mentioned the expectation of a Messias to come, a perfect 
 guide and teacher of virtue ^ and, according to a tradition in 
 China, was often heard to say, " That in the West the Holy 
 Pne will appear." His dpctrines are now obscured b^ a mul- 
 
i3» 
 
 ASIA. 
 
 Part II. 
 
 China. Religion. 
 
 thude of absurd, superstitious ^nd idolatrous ceremoijies. In 
 every town is an oratory, in \yhich the maiularins offjer, on se- 
 veral festivals, wine, fnut, flowers, and rice, set on a t^ble a- 
 midst lights, with many profound bows in honour of Confucius, 
 singing verses in his praise. They bury the blood and hair of 
 a faog which was killed the day before, and they bum part of 
 its liver. -They have two feasts in the year in honour ien, 
 or the heaven, which they worship ijo^tead of the v.6d of 
 heaven. 
 
 The second sect is that of JLao<kiun, another philosopher, 
 wi^o is said to have lived about 600 years before the Christian 
 rora. He taught that the humaQ soul perishes with the body, 
 that God is material, and that there are many subordinate gods, 
 whom his followers worship. They also worship himself, and 
 many other men, whom they have deified, and whose idols they 
 keep in their temples. 
 
 The third sect is that of Foe, which was introduced into 
 China about A. D. 64. Its author. Foe, was a philosopher 
 who lived in India long before the age of Pythagoras, and 
 taught the transmigration of souls. He left five precepts ; I. 
 Never to kill any creature. 2. Never to take the property of 
 another. 3. To refrain from impurity. 4. Never to lie. 
 5. Not to drink wine. The image of Foe is represented in 
 three frightful shapes, placed in the same temple. The prin- 
 cipal one resembles a man with a monstrous belly, sitting cross- 
 legged, and is called the Idol of Immortality. The second is 
 the Idol of Pleasures, 20 feet high. And the third, which is 
 30 feet high, and wears a crown, is called the great King Kang. 
 Besides these, the followers of Foe have numberless little idols 
 called pagods, in pagods *, in the high- ways, and in all public 
 places 5 and others called Jos, in every house. The bonzas, or 
 
 • The name applies both to the idols and their temples. 
 
?i^T iJ. 
 
 A § J A. 
 
 ns 
 
 Caiv^ Histpry. 
 
 prkst^ Qf itIU» 6eQ<«;()^iiciis0 many paio^l, ridAcyjlou$ au^eride^y 
 9S they pjietend, ^of %he sms ^f othei$ ; $ome dragging heavy 
 chains, «o gjr 3ole,et lf>ng > QthcT« striking thw hegd pr hre^a^t 
 with a stone, &«. They teach the people thait their gins, t^ 
 t^e puxus^ir<ents of :th^ .oither life arc redeemed by giyjing ^mf 
 to their commuiutiiss^ and they sell to those who are dyii>g, 
 passports to the <kher world. . > t 
 
 Theoe ane also in iChioa adorers ,of the Great Lama, y/)^ 
 tesldes at Barantola, in Thibet, pnd is.called the Eternal Fa- 
 tlier, 
 
 Towards the end of -the i6th century, Christianity was in- 
 troduced into China by the Jesuits, who niet with the most 
 flattering success in the conversion of the natives j insomuch, 
 tiiat in the year 1715, there were in Chhift 300 churches, and 
 300,000 Christian converts. But these -fathers having presvi- 
 med to interfere in the politics of the .country, and to aspire to 
 the civil ^rer.sion of the government, a persecution was irai^ed 
 against them by the emperor Y,ong-tQhing, who sycceeded 
 Kang-hi in the year 1722 j they were put to death Oir expelled 
 from the country, their churches were levelled with the ground, 
 and the exercise of their religion was prohibited. Since that 
 time, the Christians in China ace left withouit churches or pas- 
 tors, to suffer severe persecutions, which prognosticate the 
 complete and melancholy return of the reign of ignoranqe an4 
 idolatry. 
 
 History.] The origin of most nations is Involvejd in olwcu- 
 rity and fable *, but that of the Chinese much more so than 
 any other. This might be reasonably expected frona the vanity 
 of a people who claim the absurd antiquity of near a hundred 
 nxiiliqns of ye^rs. What contributes much to the uncertainty 
 of the ancient history of China is, that nothing but detached 
 fragments ottheir earliest histories rcm^n, owing to t^e fol- 
 
»54 
 
 ASIA. 
 
 PART II. 
 
 China. Hiatory. 
 
 lowing circninstance. About the year before the Christian 
 cera 213, Shi- whang- ti having become sole emperor of China, 
 he divided it into 36 provinces ; and to prevent the incursions 
 of the Ts^tars, built the famous wall which separates China 
 Irom Tartary. Being now secure from danger, and elated hj 
 his own exploits, he formed the design of making posterity be- 
 lieve that he was the first emperor who had ever sat upon the 
 throne of China. For this purpose, he ordered all the histori- 
 cal writings in the empire to be burnt, and several himdreds of 
 the learned men to be buried alive. What still remains, how- 
 ever, of the history of China is voluminous and interesting ; but 
 the shortest hitelligible abridgement of it would far exceed the 
 boxmds of the present work, .-; -.i;.* ; 
 
 According to the most authentic accounts, the whole txfthf 
 Chinese emperors may be comprehended in 22 dyna^^^^ics, in- 
 cluding the present reigning family, who are of Tartar origin, 
 and succeeded to the throne in the following manner. Whey<* 
 Tsong, the last emperor of the 21st dynasty, who began his 
 reign in the year 1628, found himself engaged at once in a war 
 vrith the Tartars, and with a number of rebels in different pro- 
 vinces of the empire j dnd w^as at last reduced to such ex- 
 tremities as to put an end to his own life, A. 1644. The whole 
 empire immediately submitted to the successful usurper Li, 
 who caused two of Whey-Tsong*s sons, and all his ministers, to 
 be beheaded. His eldest son, however, escaped by flight ^ but 
 finding himself unable to cope with the usurper, he invited the 
 Tartars to his assistance. By their means the rebel was de- 
 feated and expelled, and the Tartar prince was proclaimed em-; 
 peror of China. The new emperor, who was named Sun-chi, 
 began his reign by rewarding the late emperor's son who had 
 invited him to the empire, with the title of king, and assigning 
 him one of the first cities in his'dominions for his residence. But 
 |he prince, not satisfied with these distinctions, fofmed a verj; 
 
l^Allf It. 
 
 
 ASIA. 
 
 Criha. Hiytary. 
 
 *35 
 
 powerful alliance against the Tartar monarch. He iailed, how-> 
 ever, in his object, and the whole race soon after became ex- 
 tinct]*, up«h which the present dynasty of Tsing * was fully esta- 
 blished in the empire. The nioderation and wisdom of the 
 Tartarian emperors effected as much as their anus. They 
 adopted and confirmed the established laws of the empire, hi- 
 corporated their hereditary subjects with the native inhabitants, 
 and shewed the strictest impartiality in the distribution of ho- 
 nours and emoluments *, so that the Chinese and Tartars were 
 soon united into one nation *, and by this union, the latter seem 
 rather to have submitted to the former, than to have imtposed 
 any new burdens upon them. In fact, China has gained an 
 accession of strength from Tartary, and has now no outward 
 enemy to fear. 
 
 The emperor Sun-chi was succeeded by Kang-hi in the year 
 1682. He was a great encourager of learning, and, in the be- 
 ginning of his reign, of the Christian religion. His son, Yong- 
 tching, who succeeded him in 1722, commenced si dreadful per- 
 secution against the Christians of every denomination. He 
 died in 1736, and was succeeded by his late imperial liiajesty 
 Kieng-Long, who was succeeded in 1799 ^V ^^ son Ka-Hing, 
 the present emperor. 
 
 The principal islands belonging to Clilna are Fortoosa, Hai- 
 nan and Macao. 
 
 Formosa lies at a considerable distance from the eastern 
 coast of China. It is divided into two parts by a chain of 
 mountains which runs from North to South. The eastern part 
 of It is still possessed by the original inhabitants, and the western 
 by the Chinese, who expelled the Dutch in 166 1. It is ex- 
 tremely fertile, and abounds with every necessary of life. Ca- 
 
 • Tsing V7r,i the father of Sun-cbi. 
 
iSd 
 
 A SI A. 
 
 China. History. 
 
 Part If, 
 
 pittfl citf'ttif^Mf Ittknde aa" 40' North; longitude lao*^ 
 
 ^HaiHan is off the Sduth coast of China, and belongs to the 
 province of Quang-t9ng : but, though of considerable extent, it 
 is rendered unhealthy by the badness of the water, which can* 
 not be used by the inhabitants until it is boiled. Capital city. 
 Kyong-cheW, latitude 20" North j longitude 110° 10' East. 
 
 Macao is a small island which lies at the entrance of the 
 Gulph of Catiton. It is at present in the possession of the Por- 
 tuguese. Principal town Macao, latitude aa*' ij' North; 
 Ibngitude 113** 5a' East. 
 
 gic 
 of 
 
'37 
 
 VI. TARTARY. 
 
 Sjtoation, Extent and Boundaries.] THE immense re- 
 gions of Tartary, or Scythia, occupy much more than one half 
 of ill Asia, besides a part of Europe. This country, in its 
 most comprehensive signification, extends from 25° to 80* of 
 North latitude j and from 30" to 190** of East longitude j be- 
 ing bounded on the North by the Frozen Ocean j on the East 
 by the Pacific Ocean j on the South by China, India, Persk, 
 and Turkey j and on the West by Poland and Russia. With 
 respect to the number of miles which it contains, it is impos- 
 sible to speak with any degree of accuracy. The same may 
 be said of the interior diidsiohs. The following are the best 
 known. 
 
 Divisions.] i. Russian Tartary, or Siberia. 2. Chinese 
 or Eastern Tartaty. 3. Independent or Western Tartary. 
 
 I. RUSSIAN TARTARY is divided into the five follow- 
 
 ing governments, viz. 
 
 Governments. 
 
 1. IRKOUTSK 
 
 2. TOBOLSK 
 
 3. COLYVAN 
 
 4. OUFA 
 
 Chief Towns. 
 I&ROUT&R 
 
 Tobolsk 
 
 CoLYVAN 
 OOFA 
 
 Latitudic 
 52°I2'N. 
 58 12 N. 
 
 54 45 N. 
 54 40 N. 
 
 L^njitude. 
 104° ^5' E. 
 68 28 E. 
 
 83 50 E- 
 SS SS E- 
 
 5. CAUCASUS AsTRACTiAN 46 28 N. 47 s^ E. 
 
 The government of IRKOUTSK comprehends the pro- 
 vinces of Okhotsk > chief town Okhottky on the Sea of OkhoMk, 
 
h^ 
 
 ASIA. 
 
 Part II. 
 
 k 
 
 Tartart. Divisions. 
 
 latitude 59° 20' North J longitude 143° 5' East j Yakoutsk, 
 tYaai town Taioutstf on the West side of the river Lena, lati- 
 tude 61° 59' North J longitude 129° 59' Eastj Irkoutsk, 
 thief town Irkoattij on the East side of the river Angara, a 
 branch of the Enisei j latitude 52° 12' North j longitude 104° 
 35' East J and Nbrtchinsk, chief town Nertchinsky on the 
 North side of the Onan or Schilka, a branch of the river 
 Amour ', latitude 51° 50' North ; longitude 115" 50? East. 
 . In the province of Okhotsk, are, i . The country of the 
 TcHOUKCHi, which extends along the coasts of the Frozen 
 Ocean, from the mouth of the river Covima^ to Behring^s 
 Streights, which separate the two nearest points of Asia and 
 America from each other ; a cold and barren country, pro- 
 ducing little more than pasture for the rein-deer of the inhabit- 
 ants, who became tributary to Russia in the year 1778. 2. 
 The country of the Koriaks, which lies South from that of the 
 Tchoukchi, and North from Kamtchatka. The inhabitants 
 are divided into two classes, called the fixed and wandering 
 Koriaks } the former of whom dwell in fixed habitations, and 
 are tributary to Russia j and the latter are continually shifting 
 their place of residence with their herds of rein-deer, their on- 
 ly property, and acknowledge the dominion of no foreign 
 power. 3. Kamtchatra, a large peninsula of the Pacific Ocean, 
 which extends from 51*^ to 6i° of North latitude, and is bound- 
 id on the North by the country of the Koriaks. It is divided 
 into two nearly equal parts by a chain of mountains which 
 nms from North to South. The soil is extremely barren j the 
 face of the country is covered with stinted trees, and low weak 
 heath, upon a bottom of moss, which seems incapable of being 
 turned to great advantage, either for tillage or pasture. A few 
 parts, however, produce hay and grain, the former of which is 
 particularly adapted to the fattening of cattle. From the mid- 
 dle of June, to the middle of September, may be called the 
 
Part IL 
 
 ASIA, 
 
 »3^ 
 
 Taktaht Divisions. 
 
 summer of Kamtchatka \ October may. be esteemed an autum- 
 nal month J but all the rest is glooitiy winter. The country 
 abounds with furred animals, such as sables and foxes j and the 
 tax which the inhabitants pky to the Russians is only one skin 
 each 6{ such creatures as every man is used to hunt. Chief 
 town Kamtchatkaj latitude 56° 15' North j longitude 161° 
 East. 
 
 The Government of Tobolsk includes the country of Samoi* 
 cda, a very extenwve province, which lies along the shores of 
 the Frozen Ocean, from the western extremity of Asiatic 
 Tartaryj to the mouth of the river Ambara. The face of the 
 country is covered with woods, fens, lakes aiid marshes } or 
 with lofty mountains, whose tops are hid in snow all the months 
 in the yeari Even in the lower grounds, the snow lies 8 or 9 
 months, to the height of several feet j during all which time, 
 the inhabitants are confirted in subterraneous caves, discoverable 
 only by the smoke which issues from the ^arth, or rather from 
 the snow. They live upon the flesh of horses, oxen, sheep, 
 deer, and fish j and travel in sledges drawn by rein deer, or by 
 large dogs. 
 
 The Ostiaks, whbse manner of life resetnbles that of the 
 Samoiedes, inhabit the banks of the Oby *, the Tartari occupy 
 those of the Irtish *, and the Tungousi spread themselves over 
 different parts of the governments of Tobolsk and Irkoutsk. 
 
 li. CHINESE TARTARY comprehends that vast tract 
 of country which lies between the mountains of Altai and Stan- 
 novoy oil the North ♦, and the Northern boundaries of the 
 Chinese empire and of India on the South •, and extends from 
 the S*a of Japan on the East, to the confines of the Usbec 
 Tartars on the West. The best known parts of this extet»siv« 
 country arc, Corea, Lyau-tong, and Thibet* 
 
 I 
 
140 
 
 ASIA. 
 
 Part II 
 
 Tartakt. Dlvliiont. 
 
 CoREA is a large ptninsula of the Pacific Ocean, which lies 
 betwten 34* and 40° of North latitude j and between 125° and 
 130** of East longitude j being about 400 miles in length, and 
 250 in breadth. It has the Sea of Japan on the East, the 
 Pacific Ocean on the South, and the Yellow Sea on the West. 
 The northern parts of the country, which are mountainous, 
 are cold and barren, but the southern districts are temperate 
 and fertile, producing all the necessaries of life in great abim- 
 dance. It is divided into 8 provinces, which contain upwards 
 of 200 cities and large towns, besides many villages. 
 
 As Corea was tributary to the Manchew Tartars, who sub- 
 dued it before they conquered China, an ambassador is sent 
 from Pekin thrice every year, to receive the tribute, which is 
 paid in ginseng, a root in great esteem for its medicinal quali- 
 ties, which grows in that country. 
 
 But the king of Corea, though nominally subject to China, 
 is absolute in his own domimons. None of his subjects have 
 any property in the lands, and the income of the nobles arises 
 out of those parcels of land which they hold of him d.iring 
 pleasure. 
 
 The Coreans maintun a connderable naval force, and every 
 town is obliged to fit out and man a ship of war. These have 
 generally two masts, and about 30 oars, with 5 or 6 men to 
 each oar. They are armed with small pieces of cannon, and 
 artificial fire-works. The capital city is Kingkitoa, latitude 
 37" 30' North J longitude 127** East. 
 
 WB 
 
 dii 
 
 Ltad-tono lies between the great wall of China and Corea, 
 having the Manchew Tartars on the North, and the Yellow Seoi 
 on the South. The capital city is Chinyang, latitude 41° 55' 
 North ) longitude 123^ 25' East. 
 
 Thibxt, Tibet, or Barantola, is situate between l(P and 39* 
 
PiRT n. 
 
 ASIA. 
 
 141 
 
 Tartakt. Diviiioni. 
 
 |every 
 have 
 
 ien to 
 and 
 itude 
 
 )rea. 
 
 Se's. 
 55' 
 
 of North latitude j and between 70S and 105" of East longi- 
 tude J being about 2000 miles in length, and 1500 in breadth 
 where broadest. It is bounded on the North by the Sandy 
 Desert of Cobi ^ on the East by China j on the South by In- 
 dia 'y and on the West by the Usbec Tartars. 
 
 Thibet is the most elevated country in Asia, as may be easily 
 seen from the course of the rivers. The air is consequently 
 colder than in other countries under the same latitude. The 
 4oil, however, is generally good, producing rice, and pulse of 
 various kinds. The capital city is Pateli, latitude 30° 40' Northj 
 longitude 91° 45' East ; near which, in a monastery, situate on 
 a high mountain, is the residence of their Dalai Lama, or high 
 priest, who is the great object of adoration to all the various 
 tribes of heathen Tartars, many of whom regard him as the 
 deity, and believe him to be immortal, and endowed with all 
 knowledge and vittue. Every year they come from different 
 parts to worship and make rich offerings at hi-s shrine. Even 
 the emperor of China himself, who is a ?«lanchew Tartar, 
 though the Lama is his tributary, does not fail to make his ac- 
 knowledgements to him in a religious capacity, and actually en- 
 tertains, at a great expence, in the palace of Pekin, an inferior 
 Lama, deputed as his nuncio from Thibet. The opinion of 
 these deluded mortals is, that when the Dalai Lama seems to 
 die of old age or infirmity, he only quits a crazy habitation, to 
 look for another younger or better j and it is discovered again 
 in the body of some ciiilu, by certain tokens, known only to the 
 priests, in which order he always appears. Besides his religious 
 influence and authority, the Grand Lama possesses despotic ci- 
 vil power throughout all his dominions. 
 
 III. INDEPENDENT T ARTARY is bounded on the 
 North by Russia j on the East by Thibet j on the South by 
 Persia } and on the West by the Caspian Sea. The capital is 
 
 I 2 
 
144 
 
 A SI A. Part II. 
 
 PaI 
 
 Tartaht. Mannr-n ot the r rtart. 
 
 Samarcand, the city of the Great Tamarlane, in the territory 
 of the Usbec Tartars, latitude 39° 30' North j longitude 64" 
 20' East. The country is divided among a number of differ- 
 ent hordes or tribes, whose relative situations h is equally im- 
 possible to fix and to define* 
 
 Manners or the Tartars.] The inhabitants of Tartary, to 
 the present time, lead the same wandering, idle life for which 
 their ancestors the Scythians were so remarkable from the ear- 
 liest ages. Too indolent to cultivate the earth, they depend 
 for their subsistence on their numerous flocks and herds, which 
 accompany them in their marches, and afiord a continual supply 
 of flesh and milk. They indifferently feed on the Hesh of those 
 aiumals which have bjcen killed for the table, or have died of 
 disease. Horse flesh they devour with peculiar greediness } a 
 circumstance which singularly facilitates the success of their 
 military operations. When the forage round their camp is al- 
 most consumed, they slaughter the greater part of their cattle, 
 and preserve the flesh, either smoked or dried in the sun. On 
 the emergency of a hasty march, th^ provide themselves with 
 a quantity of little balls of hard curd, which they occasiona ly 
 dissolve in water, and use as their only sustenance for several 
 days together. But this extraordinary abstine A.e is common- 
 ly succeeded by the most voracious indulgen e of appetite. 
 They are remarkably 'ond of wnaiever lends, to^ give an exces- 
 sive elevation to the spirits ; and the only example of th' r in- 
 dustry consists in the practice of extractine *^'om m-res tp'" 
 fermented liquor, which poi.L;esses a very strong ^ ower of 
 ication. 
 
 The houses of the T'artars are no more than small tents, of 
 an oval form, which afford a cold and dirty habitation, for the 
 promiscuous residence of both sexes. The palaces of the chiefs 
 consist of wooden huts, which may be conveniently fixed on 
 
Paut 11. 
 
 ASIA. 
 
 *43 
 
 Tai* I aht M4nneri nf ths TnrtiiM — Government. 
 
 ' r in- 
 
 . :t^ 
 
 *» 
 
 Its, of 
 
 or the 
 
 chiefs 
 
 ed on 
 
 large waggons, and drawn by a team of oxen. The Bocks and 
 herds, after grazing all day in the adjacent pastures, retire, on 
 the approach of night, ivithin the protection of the camp. As 
 aoon as the forage of a certaiti district is consumed, the whole 
 tribe seta out in quest of fresh pastures. The choice of stations 
 is regulated by the difference of the seasons r in- summer, they 
 advance towards the North, and pitch their tents on the banks 
 of some running stream : but in winter, they return to the 
 South, and shelter their camp ftdm the storm, behind some con- 
 venient eminence. 
 
 The only exercises of the Tartarian shepherds, are those of 
 war and of the chase. These exercises th^ constantly per- 
 form on horseback ; and' they have, in every age, been celebra- 
 ted as bold and skilful riders. They excel in the dexterous ma- 
 ^ nagement of the long bow and lance> with which weapons they 
 not only pursue the harmless animals of the desert •, but boldly 
 encounter the wild boar, the tyger, and the lion. In their ge- 
 neral hunting matches, a circle is drawn, of many miles in cir- 
 cumference, to inclose the game of an extensive district j and 
 the troops that form the circle regularly advance towards a., 
 common centre, where the captive animals, surrounded on eve- 
 ry side, are abandoned to the darts of the hunters. In this 
 march, which frequeijtly continues for many successive days, 
 the cavalry are obliged to cl'mb hills, to svfim rivers, and to 
 wind through vallies, without interrupting the prescribed order 
 of their progress. 
 
 Government.] The Scythians are divided into a number of 
 tribes or hordes, among which a particular chief or mursa ex- 
 ercises the authority of a judge in peace, and of a leader in war. 
 In the original state of the pastoral world, each mursa acted 
 as the indej ident chief of a large and separate family j but, 
 by the constant operation of various causes, these vagranv 
 
 I3 
 
I 
 
 144 
 
 ASIA* A 
 
 p*iiTir, 
 
 Tartahv. 
 
 
 hordes uccasicn. ally united into national comuiunities, under 
 the command of one 6i,preme head* called a Khan^ whose dig- 
 nity v\as supported by a tithe of the property and spoil of his 
 subjectii, and whose prerogative ^as moderated b^ a national 
 council, called the Coro^UaI, ^hich ^as regularly assembled 
 in spring and autuipn* ^ 
 
 Religion.] The religion of Tartary is a ki%d of paganism, 
 which, however, is frequently accommodated to the particular 
 notions of their neighbours } for it partakes, in vanous parts, 
 of the Mahometan, the Gentoo, the piieek, and even the Popish, 
 tenets. Some of them are the grossest idolaters, and Worship 
 little rude im^iges, dressed up in rags, which they beat or de- 
 stroy when mawters do not succeed according to their desire^ 
 The extraordmary superstiti9n of Thibet has been already do- 
 scribed. 
 
M5 
 
 VII. JAI>AM. 
 
 Situation and Extent.] THE empire of Japan is formed 
 of the islands o^ Japan or Niphon, Jesto, Klusiu, Sikoke, and 
 several others of less note, which lie in the Pacific Ocean, off 
 the coast of Tartary; between 31® and 46° of North latitude, 
 and between 130" and 147° of East longitude. The capital city 
 is Jeddo, latitude 36° 25' North j longitude 140** East. Niphon, 
 the largest of these islands, is about 900 miles in length j but 
 not above x6o in breadth where broadest. 
 
 Soil, Climate, and Productions.J The soil and productions 
 of Japan are much the sa.nie with those of China : the country 
 is in some places mountainous, rocky, and naturally barren ^ but 
 the industry of the inhabitants, and their skill in agriculture, 
 have rendered it productive even to the very tops of the moun- 
 tains. Besides the common necessaries of life, it produces 
 gold, silver, copper, tin, lead and iron j and the inhabitants are 
 famous for their lacker-ware, well known by the name of Ja- 
 pan. The climate is delightful in the highest degree j the 
 country is plentifully supplied with wi;ter, and abounds in 
 springs, lakes, and rivers, several of which are of considerable 
 depth J but it is subject to tremendous earthquakes ; one of 
 %vhich, in 1703, overturned almost the whole of the large and 
 populous city of Jeddo, destroying the king's palace, and about 
 200,000 of the inhabitants. The coasts are remarkably well 
 secured by a bold and rocky shore, and by some dreadful whirl- 
 pools, which it is extremely dangerous to approach. 
 
 I4 
 
J46 
 
 A 31 A. 
 
 Part II. 
 
 Jap » M. Govrnment — Weligion- -and Commerce. 
 
 Government, Religion, and Commerce.] The government 
 of Japan is a despotic monarchy. The religion is the grossest 
 idolatry, and no professed Christians are allowed to have any 
 intercourse with the inhabitants. The Portuguese, who dis- 
 covered the island in 1 543, induced by a prospect of gain, set- 
 tled a colony on it, and, by the crafty insinuations of the mis- 
 sionaries, gained over some of the princes of the empire, and 
 many of the comc(ion people, insomuch that they meditated 9 
 revolution in the government. Their treachery being at length 
 discovered, they were exposed to a dreadful persecution, which 
 lasted 40 years. In the year 1638, the Christians assembled 
 in arms to the number of 37,000, and, having got possession of 
 the castle of Simabara, on the sea-coast, resolved to defend their 
 lives to the last extremity : but, after a seige of 3 months, the 
 castle was taken, and all who remained in it were cruelly but- 
 chered. The Portuguese settled at Macao sent a splendid em- 
 bassy, some time afterwards, to Japan : but the ambassadors, 
 ■with their whole retinue, to the number of 61 persons, were 
 beheaded, except a few of the meanest servants, who were sent 
 back with tidings of the event. 
 
 The Dutch are the only Europeans who are permitted to 
 trade with the islands of Japan j and of these, none but such 
 as renounce Christianity, and humour the inhabitants in the 
 most absurd superstitiouj. These have a settlement in the 
 small island of Desiraa, which is about 236 pacer long, and 80 
 broad. About the year 1663, ^^^ English attempted to open 
 a commercial correspondence with this empire j but the Dutch, 
 dreading such rivalship, informed the Japanese that the Eng- 
 lish king (Charles II.) had married a daughter of the king of 
 Portugal, \vhich put an irmnedi,ate stop to all further intercourse, 
 between the Rations. 
 
Part II, ASIA. 
 
 The Ladrone Islands— The Philippine hlands. 
 
 ^4f 
 
 Toe other OaiENTAL Islands may be ciaaed under the faUiiVjing 
 
 heads, vm.^^a^i:l,,[ .,3^,, ^,,, 
 
 The Laorone Islands, situate between 14° and 24° of North 
 latitude*, and between 141° and 145° of East longitude. Guam, 
 the largest of them, is 40 miles in length, a(id 1 2 in breadth. 
 Here the Spaniards have a fort and a small garrison of 30 or 
 40 men. On Tinian, another of them, Anson landed in 1 742, 
 and found excellent refreshments for hi9iself and his crew. 
 
 The Philippine Islands, supposed to be about 1 100 in num- 
 ber, lie between 5° and 19° of North latitude } and between 
 120° and 127° of East longitude. They are subject to Spain, 
 having been discovered by Magellan, in 1520, and afterwards 
 conquered by the Spaniards in the reign of Philip II., from 
 vvhence their name. Luconia or Manilla, the largest of them, 
 is about 4Q0 miles in length, and 1 00 in breadth. The soil is 
 fertile and the air serene in a very high degree, and the woods 
 and mountains are croxvded with multitudes of inhabitants, who 
 subsist on the spontaneous productions of the earth, and on what 
 venison they can kill. The face of the country is also ex- 
 tremely beautiful : the verdure is perpetual j buds, blossoms, 
 and fruit, are found upon the trees all the year round, as well 
 in the mountains as in the cultivated gardens. Great quanti- 
 ties of gold are washed down from the hills by the rains, and 
 found mlved with the sand of their rivers. There are also 
 mines of other metals, and excellent load-stones. The other 
 productions of these Islands are wax, cotton, wild cinnamon, 
 sulphur, cocoa-nuts, rice, horses, buffaloes, and game. The 
 trees produce a variety of gums at ?ill seasons of the year. The 
 chief town is Manilla, latitude 14° 36' North j longitude i2Qi* 
 
' >i ij'uii.iymFijwv."' 
 
 148 
 
 AStA. 
 
 ?111T II. 
 
 The Molucca Islands-oThe Banda Islandi—Amboyna. 
 
 The Molucca or Spice Islands are situate between i'' of North, 
 and 2° of South latitude j and between 125° and 130° of East 
 longitude. Temate, the largest of them, is not quite 30 miles in 
 circumference } the other islands are Bachian, Machiam, Mo- 
 tyr, and Tydor. Besides other tropical fruits, they once pro- 
 duced great quantities of cloves, but the Dutch, to whom they 
 lately belonged, transplanted all these to Amboyna, to prevent 
 other nations from having any share in so valuable an article. 
 These islands are now in the possession of the British *. 
 
 The Banoa or Nutmeg Islands, are five in number, viz. 
 Banda or Lantor, Gonapy, Pulo-Ay, Pulo-Rhun,and Resingyn. 
 They lie between 3'' and 5° of South latitude ^ and between 
 127^ and 130** of East longitude. They belonged lately to 
 tlte Dutch 'f but surrendered to the British on the 8th of March 
 1796. Two of them are uncultivated, and almost entirely un- 
 inhabited ; the other three claim the distinction of being the 
 only places in 'he world that produce the nutmeg. Except 
 this valuable spice, however, they are barren in a dreadful de- 
 gree 'f the land mil not bring forth any kind of corn, and the 
 pith of the s»go serves the natives in place of bread. The 
 Europeans fetch their provisions from Java, Macassar, or Bali, 
 a very fertile island which lies East from Java. 
 
 AM;i0TNA, situate between the 3d and 4th degrees of South 
 latitude, is about 70 miles in circumference. It is remarkable 
 for the quantity of cloves and nutmegs it produces. The Dutch 
 kept a gai'rison here of 700 or 800 men, besides small forts, to 
 defend their clove plantations. This is sometimes reckoned 
 one of the spice islands, and with great propriety. It was taken 
 
 * Since the te^t wu written, these l!>lands have been restored to the 
 Patch. 
 
Vhkrll, ASIA: 
 
 J49 
 
 Celebes — The Sunda Islands^—Borneo — Sumatra. ' 
 
 by the British on the 8th of March 1796 j but restored to the 
 Dutch by the late treaty of p^ce. 
 
 Celebes or Macassar^ is situate immediately below the equa- 
 tor, between the Molucca and Sunda Islands. It is aboht 
 500 nule9 in length, and :^oo in breadth. Its chief productions 
 are pepper and opium, with a great variety of poisons j one 
 kind, in which the natives dip their arrows, occasions instant 
 death : though the limb should be cut off immediately after tht 
 vrouid is received, it will not save the suflFerer's life. The 
 Dutch have established a colony here, but the inhabitants are 
 governed by three kings of their own. Their religion is Ma- 
 hometan. 
 
 The Sunda Islands are situate between 8** of North, and lo* 
 of South latitude J and between 93° and 125° of East longitude. 
 The chief of them are Borneo, Sumatra, and Java. 
 
 Borneo is directly under the equator, and is one of the largest 
 islands in the world, being about 800 miles in length, and 700 
 in breadth. The inland country is mountainous and marshy ', 
 but the cultivable part of the soil produces cotton, rice, canes, 
 pepper, camphor, the tropical fruits, gold, and excellent dia- 
 monds. There are also mines of iron, tin, and load- stones. 
 This is the native country of the Ouran Outang, a species of 
 monkey, which, of all irrational animals, is thought the most 
 nearly to resemble man. The inhabitants who live on the sea- 
 coast are Mahometans *, but those who live in the inland country 
 are pagans. The chief towns are Borneo, latitude 5° 3' North j 
 longitude 114° 20' East j and Banjar, latitude 2° ^^' South •, 
 longitude 114*' 10' East. 
 
 Sumatra is divided into two equal parts by the equator j and 
 
150 
 
 ASIA. 
 
 Sumatra— Java. 
 
 Paut II. 
 
 is about 1000 miles in length, and loo in breadth. The sea- 
 coasts, like those of Borneo, jtte governed by Mahometan 
 princes, of v^'hom the king of ;\chem is the most considerable. 
 His capital is Achem, latitude 5° 22' North j longitude 95° 
 33' 45" East. The mountains are inhabited by pagans. Be- 
 sides, the English and Dutch have established colonies here. 
 The chief settlements of the British are, at Bencoolen, latitude 
 3*^ 49' South J longitude 102 East ^ and at Fort Marlborough, 
 about 3 miles farther East, from which they bring their princi- 
 pal cargoes of pepper, and great quantities of the best walking- 
 canes. In this island also most of the cassia tent to Europe 
 is produced. Rain is very frequent here, sometimes very heavy, 
 and almost always attended with lightning and thunder. . Earth- 
 quakes are not uncommon j and there are several volcanoes in 
 the island.. 
 
 Java lies South from Borneo, and is 700 miles in length, 
 and near 200 in breadth. The inland parts are mountainous 
 and woody, but the sea-coast, for many miles, is flat, and a- 
 bounds with bogs and morasses, which render the ^r extreme- 
 ly unwholesome. The island produces pepper, sugar, tobacco, 
 rice, coffee, cocoa-nuts, plantains, and other tropical fruits. 
 The greater part of the island, particulary towards the North 
 and North-east, is in the possession of the Dutch, who obtained 
 it by the massacre, in cold blood (under the pretence of an in- 
 tended insurrection) of above so,ooo men, women, and children. 
 The principal city in the island, and the capital of all the Dutch 
 East India settlements, is Katavia, a beautiful, strong, and po- 
 pulous city, standing at the mouth of the river Jucata, and fur- 
 nished witb one of the finest harbours in the world. It is con- 
 stantly defended by a garrison of 3000 men, and about 15,000 
 troops are employed for the projection of the island. The la- 
 titude of Batavia is 6" 10' South j longitude 106° 57' East. 
 
Part II. 
 
 ASIA. 
 
 ^St 
 
 The Andaman Islands.— Ceylon. 
 
 I II .1 
 
 boo 
 la. 
 
 The Andaman and Nicobar Islands lie at the entrance of 
 the Bay of Bengal from the East, and furnish provisions for 
 the ships which touch there, but are otherwise too inconsider- 
 able io deserve any further notice in thi«^ place* 
 
 Cetlon, supposed to be the richest island in the world, lies 
 near Cape Comorin, at the entrance of the Bay of Bengal from 
 the West. It is about 250 miles in length, and 1 50 in breadth. 
 It abounds with high hills, between which the soil is a fat red 
 earth, and the vallies are extremely pleasant, having a clear 
 rivulet running through almost every one of them. The finest 
 fruits grow here in the greatest plenty, and may be had at the 
 most trifling rates j a pine-apple being sold for a penny, aild so 
 of the rest. Other articles of provision are proportion ably 
 cheap J a dozen fowls, or 5 ducks, being sold for less than half- 
 a-crown. It is impossible to enumerate here the various pro- 
 ductions of this luxuriant island j the most valuable, however^ 
 is the cinnamon, wliich grows wild on the South-west coasts. 
 The capital of the whole island is Candy, latitude 7** 55' North j 
 longitude 80° 52' East, which is the residence of the native 
 king. In the year 1658, the Dutch, after the expulsion of the 
 Portuguese, got possession of the whole of the sea-coast, from 
 2° to 12* North J and in 1766, they drove the Ccylonese mo- 
 narch from his capital, and obliged him to make concessions 
 extremely advantageous to themselves. But, on the i6th of 
 Tebruary 1796, the whole of the Dutch possessions in this island 
 were surrendered to the British troops, and this valuable terri- 
 tory has been formally ceded to Great Britain by the late 
 peace. It contains ports so capacious and secure, that the 
 whole of the navy and commerce of that powerful kingdom may 
 ride with ease and safety in them. (See Lord Hawkesbury's 
 'speech in the House of Commons, 3d November 1801). 
 
?W"" ""<! 
 
 IJd 
 
 ASIA. 
 
 Part 11. 
 
 The Maldiven-The Kurile Mes->llie Caraline Ishnds~New Holland, &c. 
 
 The Maloivis iare a viast cluster of small islands or rocks 
 just abo^e water, wluch appear in the Indian Ocean, South- 
 VfesX. from Gape Comorin. They are chiefly resorted to for a 
 kind of beautiful small shells, which once passed for fnoney on 
 the coasts of Africa. They abound in cocoa trees. 
 
 To these may be added 
 
 The Kurile Isles, in the sea of Kamtchatka, first visited by 
 the Russians in 17 13, and nominally subject to them. 
 
 The Caroline Islands, between 6° and 12° of North lati- 
 tude '^ and 136^ and 158° of East longitude ^ but little known 
 to Europeans* 
 
 New Holland, the largest island in the world, being about 
 2000 miles in length, and in some places near as broad. The 
 eastern coast of it was explored with great perseverance and 
 danger by Captain Cook, A. 1770. On this coast is Botany 
 Bay, to whiph the convicts from Great Britain have of late 
 been sent, in order to form a colony -y latitude 34° South ^ lon- 
 gitude 151° 2o' East. 
 
 New Guinea, which lies North from New Holland, and is 
 possessed by naked savages. 
 
 The Pelew Islands, between the Philippines and the Caro- 
 linas, where Captain Wilson was wrecked A. 1783. 
 
 New Britain, New Ireland, New Caledonia, New Zealand, 
 The Friendly Islands, the Society Islands, apd many others. 
 
iland, 
 
\ 
 
 i 
 
I 
 
 ■an 
 
 I : 
 
 AFRICA 
 
 Situation, Extent, and Bocndamks«] IS an immense pe- 
 ninsula, above 5000 miles in length, from Cape Seitat, in lati- 
 tude 37° 25' North, to the Cape of Good Hope, in latitude 
 34*' 30' South,— and 4700 in breadth, from Cape de Verd, \n 
 longitude 17° 40' West, to Cape Guardafui, in longitude 51* 
 3 5' East. It lies between 3 8° of North, and 3 5° of South latitude, 
 and between 18*' of West, and 5a** of East longitude, being 
 bounded otithe North by the Mediterranean Sea, which separate* 
 it from Europe j on the East by the Isthmus of Suez and the 
 Red Sea, which separate it from Asia *, on the South-east and 
 South by the Southern Ocean \ and on the West by the Atlan- 
 tic, which separates it horn America* 
 
 Rivers.] The principal rivers of Africa are the Nile, which 
 rises in the mountains of Abysnma, and falls into the Medi- 
 terranean Sea at the northern parts of Egypt } the Niger, wbich 
 rises in the western parts of Nigritia, but of which the egress 19 
 as yet unknoMm ^ and the Senegal, Gambia, and £erra- Leone, 
 which empty themselves in the Atlantic Oceaiu 
 
 Mountains.] The best known mountuns are, the Atlas, 
 near the coast of the Mediterranean, which gives name to the 
 Atlantic Ocean *, the Mountains of the Moon, which lie South 
 of Abyssinia j the mountains of Sierra- Leone, near the colony 
 of that name *, and Table Mountain, near the Cape of Good 
 Hope. •.■ !. - ;>.*isff, 
 
 Capes.] Cape Bon, Cape Serrat, Cape Seyencapes, Cape 
 
 !'ie 
 

 
 ^^o»J 
 
 J^ Tiom* .of CapTirorii "'T 
 
 t ■<<i'^p£Ai"''*""* / .tf 
 
 
 
 JiuvJVAAVJ 
 6rx>is 
 
 snau, 
 
 C.u(G<M>dHaf j 
 
 ^^ ^\ 2) z A 
 
 •r/i r 
 
 ^'"^■>r.r^7 
 
 ^^'-■^>^ 
 
 
 -^ ^ JV 
 
 5/6 
 
Nftr4 
 
 m 
 
 AFRICA. 
 
 Paxt It 
 
 General Appeanuice — Climate and i'roductions. 
 
 Tetuan, Cape Spartel, Cape Blanco, Cape Nun, Cape Bojador, 
 Cape Barbas, Cape Blanco, Cape Verd, Cape Roxo, Cape 
 Palmas, Cape Three Points, Cape Crosscastle, Cape of Good 
 Hope, Cape Orfui, and Cape Guardafiii. 
 
 General Appearance.] " Africa^" observes Major Rennfcll, 
 ** stands alone in a geographical view. Penetrated by no inland 
 seas, like the Mediterranean, Baltic, or Hudson^s Ba^ , nor 
 overspread •mth extensive lakes, like those of North America, 
 nor having, in common with the other continents, rivers running 
 from the centre to the extremities \ but, on the contrary, its 
 regions separated from each other by the least practicable of 
 all boimdaries, by deserts of such formidable extent as to threa- 
 ten those who traverse them with the most horrible of all deaths j 
 that arising from thirst." 
 
 Such being the state of Africa, it is not at all surprising that 
 its geography should be in a great measure unknown to the rest 
 of the world. Nor is it to be expected, even when the coun- 
 try is better known, that the interior part of this continent will 
 exhibit an aspect similar to tlie others, rich in variety, each as- 
 suming a different character. On the contrary, it will be va- 
 cant and meagre in the extreme. The dreary expanses of de- 
 sert which surround the habitable spots, forbid the appearance 
 of the usual proportion of towns : and the paucity of rivers, 
 added to their being absorbed or evaporated, instead of being 
 conducted in flowing lines to the ocean, will give a singular 
 cast to its hydrography. 
 
 Climate and Productions.]] As the continent of Africa is 
 divided almost in the middle by the equator, the far greater 
 part of it is within the tropics *, and the rays of a vertical sun 
 being strongly reflected by vast deserts of burning sand, the 
 keat, in several places is almost intolerable to Europeans. To- 
 
pAkT II. 
 
 AFRICA. 
 
 ^5S 
 
 I'he Slave Trade. 
 
 wards the two extremities, however, the temperature is more 
 mild i and it is not to be doubted that, were the country well 
 cultivated, it would, in general, be extremely fertile, and would 
 produce in great abuuvlance, not only the necessaries, but also 
 the luxuries of life. It has even been asserted, (and there is 
 every reason to believe the truth of the assertion,) that the su- 
 gars, cotton, and spices of the flast and West Indies, the tea of 
 China, and the coffee of Arabia, would all thrive i; Africa in 
 as much perfection as in their native soil. Its principal pro- 
 ductions in its present state are gold, silver, copper, ivory, gums, 
 ostrich feathers, senna, aloes, civet, ambergris and frankincense. 
 But the persons of the natives constitute the most valuable ar- 
 ticle of produce and commerce in this miserable country. 
 
 bemg 
 igular 
 
 Thb Slave Trade.] For upwards of 200 years have the 
 European nations traded with Africa in human flesh, and en- 
 couraged in the negro countries, wars, rapine, desolation and 
 murder, that the West India islands might be supplied with 
 slaves. The annual exportation of men, women and children 
 in this horrid trafHc, is calculated at about 100,000 souls. These 
 are generally inhabitants of villages, who have been surprised 
 in the night by an armed force, seized, and dragged, or driven 
 like cattle, some of them '^cou miles to the sea-coast. There- 
 they are met by the Euro^^ean traders, who exchange their linen 
 and woollen manufactu. zi.. their hardWare and spirituous liquors, 
 for this extraordinary comiaodity. Nor do the masters who pur- 
 chase these unhappy creatures, use any means to instruct them in 
 the knowledge of Christianity, in order to alleviate the miseries of 
 their wretched condition. How, indeed, could it be expected that 
 men who, for the sordid lust of gain, trample upon every prin- 
 ciple of religion and morality, should be at pains to procure for 
 others those sources of consolation to which they are strangers 
 in their own minds. Humanity looks forward with anxious ex- 
 
 K 
 
"TFIVHnVliPMO 
 
 »5^ 
 
 AFRICA; 
 
 Pakt II. 
 
 Inhabitants — Divisions. 
 
 p^ctation, to the time v/\.^a a period shall be put for ever to 
 this infamous trade. The French nation has set the example to 
 the other powers of Europe by a total abolition ) and the Bri- 
 tish Parliament has for several years past been employed in the 
 investigation of this interesting subject, and in devising the 
 most proper. iQi^aus for putting an end to so disgraceful a traffic. 
 
 ' Inhabitants.} The inhabitants of this vast continent are 
 3ll either of a jet black, or tawny complexion, with the excep- 
 tion of the Albinos, an extraordinary race of white Moors, 
 whose colour resembles, not that of Europeans, but rather that 
 of milk, or the hairs of a white horse. Their skin is covered 
 with a kind of short white down j their eye-brows and hair are 
 perfectly white j their eyes are red, and so weak that they can 
 hardly see any object during the day •, they cannot suffer the 
 rays of the sun, and have no distinct vision but fironi the light 
 of the moon. With respect to religion, the Africans may be 
 divided into three classes. Pagans, Christians and Mahometans. 
 The first are the most numerous, possessing the greater part of 
 the country from the Tropic of Cancer to the Cape of Good 
 Hope J the Mahometans occupy Egypt and the other coasts of 
 the Mediterranean j and the inhabitants of Abyssinia profess 
 Christianity, though mixed with many Jewish and Pagan rites. 
 
 no* 
 
 Divisions.} Africa may be conveniently viewed under the 
 general division of the Ma&itime, and the Intemor. cotmtries. 
 
 I. The Maritime countries ara 
 
 
 Countrlet, 
 
 Chief Towns. 
 
 Latitude. 
 
 Longitude. 
 
 
 r. Egypt 
 
 Cairo 
 
 30° 3'N. 
 
 31° 27' E. 
 
 
 
 Alexandria 
 
 31 ii N. 
 
 30 16 E. 
 
 ^t ■ 
 
 
 
 
 
PaAt II. 
 
 AFRICA. 
 
 
 ii^ 
 
 EOYTT. 
 
 Situation anrf Extent — Cities. 
 
 
 Countries. 
 
 Chief Towns. 
 
 Latitude. 
 
 Longitude. 
 
 w ^2 r Tripoli 
 ^s) Tunis 
 
 Tripoli 
 
 32°54'N. 
 
 13'' 5' E. 
 
 Tunis 
 
 36 45 N. 
 
 xo 10 £. 
 
 ^14) Algiers 
 
 Algiers 
 
 36 50 N. 
 
 3 5 E. 
 
 "^ ^ 5 C Morocco 
 
 Morocco 
 
 30 s^ N. 
 
 7 15W. 
 
 6. Monselema 
 
 Nun 
 
 28 23 N. 
 
 9 j8W. 
 
 7. Mongearta 
 
 • 
 
 
 
 8. Gum Coast 
 
 Portendic 
 
 18 10 N. 
 
 16 10 w: 
 
 9. Senegambia 
 
 Enbaul 
 
 15 20 N. 
 
 16 8W. 
 
 10. Upper Guinea 
 
 Benin 
 
 6 10 N. 
 
 6 27 E. 
 
 XI. Lover Guinea 
 
 St Salvador 
 
 5 27 S. 
 
 13 58 E. 
 
 t2. Caffraria 
 
 1 3. Sofala 
 
 f." Zanguebar 
 
 ; :, djah or Anian 
 
 16, Abex 
 
 Cape Town 33 56 S. 18 24 Ei 
 Sofala 20 21; S. 35 20 E. 
 
 Mozambique 1 5 00 S. 41 6 £. 
 
 Jidid 
 
 ia 5 N. 36 35 £• 
 
 I. EGYPT is situate between 23° and 32° of North lati- 
 tude, and between 25** and 36° of East lon^tude j being about 
 450 miles in length, and 160 in breadth, where broadest ^ 
 though, in some places, the cultivable part of the country docs 
 no* exceed from 20 to 30 miles in breadth. It is bounded by 
 the Mediterranean on the North ; by the isthmus of Suez and 
 the Red Sea on the East ; by Nubia on the South j and by the 
 deserts of Lybia and Barca on the West. Th« present capi- 
 tal is Grand Cairo, situate a little East of the Nile, on a canal 
 which was dug by the Chalif Omar between the Nile and the 
 Red Sea-, latitude 30° 3' North j longitude 31° 27' East. 
 The other chief towns of Egypt are Alexandria, latitude 31* 
 11' North j longitude 30*^ i6' East j Rosetta, near the site of 
 the ancient CanSpus 5 latitude 31° 30' North j longitude 30° 
 45' East ; and Damietta, erroneously supposed to be the »n- 
 fcicnt Pclusium, though on a quite dlffereijt branch of the Nile, 
 
 K z 
 
'^•W»»^"W>P^Pf!'JII'J ', 'nvil"i'm« 'ww^« i.w^ ' 
 
 158 
 
 AFRICA. 
 
 Egtpt. The Nile. 
 
 Paat II. 
 
 and above 50 miles north-west of that city j latitude 31° 36' 
 North 'f longitude 32° 1' East. 
 
 j^The only river in Egypt is the Nile, which rises In the 
 mountains of Abyssinia, is increased by numberless rivulets in 
 its passage through that kingdom and Nubia j after which, it 
 runs, with an uniform course,^ through the whole country of 
 Egypt, from South to North. A few miles above Cain, it 
 divides itself into two great branches, which, in their progress 
 to the sea, inclose a district of considerable extent, which got 
 the name of Delta, from its resemblance to A, the Greek letter 
 of that name. It overflows the land annually j begmning to 
 rise about the middle of June j is at its greatest height from 
 the end of July to about the middle of September j after which 
 it continues gradually to fall till the commencement of the 
 next inundation *. To this circumstance Egypt owes its ex- 
 traordinary fertility *, for very little rain falls in that country. 
 As soon as the waters retire, the husbandman has little more 
 to do than to harrow his com and other seeds into the rich mud 
 which the immdation has left behind it, and sometimes to tem- 
 per the mu4 with sand, in order to counteract the excessive 
 luxuriance of the soil. In October and November, the wheat and 
 barley are put into the ground j and the rice, flax, and hemp, 
 about the same time. In a month or two thereafter, the fields 
 are covered with every species of grain, or with the vichest pas- 
 ture* The cattle are turned out to graze in November, and 
 
 
 ci 
 vd 
 
 * The annual inundation of Egypt by the Nile, is owing to the perio- 
 dical rains which fall in Abyssinia, after the sun has passed the equator at 
 the vernal equinox, and continue, almost incessantly to deluge that coun- 
 try till the sun returns again to a more southerly declination. The proper 
 height of the inundatio(i is 16 cubits (24 feet) : when it rises but to 13 or 
 13, a famine is threatened ; and when it exceeds X6, there is danger.from 
 the too long continuance of the waters. 
 
Part II. 
 
 AFRICA. 
 
 »5^ 
 
 EcTPT. Ancient Divisions— Curiosities. 
 
 36' 
 
 continue in the fields till the approach of the flood. The har • 
 ve&k is generally in March or April. 
 
 During the height of the flood, the whole of Lower Egypt 
 appears like an immense lake, where nothing is to be seen but 
 the tops of trees, intermixed with towns and villages, all built 
 upon natural or artificial hills. During the winter and spring, 
 the country is beautified with flourishing gardens, luxuriant 
 com fields, and green meadows, well stocked with flocks and 
 herds j and the air is perfumed with the blossoms of oranges, 
 lemons, and other fruits. The most unwholesome season of the 
 year, is during the montlis of April and May, when the coun- 
 try appears parched with long incessant drought, the hot winds 
 blow, and the sand is driven about in such quantities that it is 
 dangerous to venture abroad. In this distressing period, the peo- 
 ple are subject to a variety of diseases, and particularly to an 
 inflammation of the eyes, which often terminates in blindness. 
 But wheiithe Nile begins to rise and overflow its banks, all 
 distempers, and even the plague itself, which sometimes visits 
 the country, c?we to rage, 
 
 and 
 
 pcno- 
 
 luator at 
 
 : coun- 
 
 proper 
 
 Ito 13 or 
 rerfrom 
 
 ANCiErrr Divisions.J Ancient Egypt was divided into thfe 
 three following parts, viz. : Upper Egypt, or Thebais, of 
 which the capital city was Thebes, famous for its 100 gates, 
 and hence called Hecatompylos ', Middle Egypt, or Heptano- 
 mis, which extended from the northern boundaries of Thebais, 
 in 28' of North latitude, to the division of the Nile, and of 
 which the capital was Memphis, situateon the western side of the 
 river, about 1 5 miles above its division j and Lower Egypt, or 
 the Delta, which had a number of capital cities previously to 
 the building of Alexandria. 
 
 CuMpsiTiEs.] Near Memphis stood the famous pyramids, 
 the most stupendous buildings m the world 3 supposed to be in- 
 
 K3 
 
%6^ 
 
 AFRICA. 
 
 EoTPT. ItibaUtMnti. 
 
 pARt n. 
 
 tended for the burial places of the tacient kings of Egypt. The 
 largest of these is a great hollow liody, having a sqtMure base 
 8qo feet broad on every side, built with stones of a (trodigioui 
 nze, and decreasing gradually by steps quite to the summit, 
 which, to those who view it from below, appears to be a point} 
 but is in fact a fine platform, 256 feet square. Its perpto-' 
 dicular height is 500 feet j but if measured Obliquely, it is 
 above 700 feet high. 
 
 Not far from the pyramids, are the mummy-pits, or subter- 
 raneous vaults of amazing e;xtent, ^vith niches in the sides, for 
 containing the embalmed bodies of the ancient Egyptians, call- 
 ed Mummies, Some of them are said to be still entire, though 
 dead about two or three thousand years. The art of embalm- 
 ing dead bodies in this manner is now lost. •^' - ' ^^ '^^ 
 
 To these may be added the Lkhe Moeris, iWi' taByHhth, the 
 Sphyns, the tower of Pharos, the Obelisks, and many othert, 
 too numerous to be particularly described in this pHdL 
 
 Inhabitants.] The inhabitants of Egypt consist, i. Of the 
 descendants of the ancient Egyptians, who are called Copts. 
 Their ancefctors were Christians, and in general, they still pre- 
 tend to bf; of that religion, though they are extremely ignorant 
 of its pnnciples and practice. In their coihplexiotis they ap- 
 pear ra'cher sun-burnt than swarthy or black. 1. The descend- 
 ants of the Arabs, called Bedouins, who wander from place to 
 place in quest of plunder, or in tending their flocks, atid have 
 |io fixed place of residence. They profess the religJdt^ of Ma- 
 homet, and are of a deep yellow or very swarthy complexion. 
 3. The Turks, who are the present masters of the country, 
 !j;Tiey retun all the pride and insolence of conquerors, and are 
 <iistingulshed from the other inhabitants by the colour and 
 lAshion of their dress. In their complexion and religioni 
 they resemble their neighbours the Arabs. 4. the Ma- 
 
 tt 
 
 us 
 
pM.r It, 
 
 AFRICA. 
 
 »5t 
 
 EoTpr. Government— History. 
 
 malukes, irho were originally slaves purchased and trained M 
 the use of arms by the Ayoubite sultans, vrh(kif they served ai 
 k body guard j but presuming ttpon the wriQtWess of thfr gd- 
 vemment, they revolted, slew their sovcrci^ the sultan, and 
 usurped the supteme authority. From their tnxmhtt the b«iys afe 
 Still chosen ; so that, in fact, the chief power ih. Egypt belongs 
 to them, though the count ty is nominally subject to the Porte» 
 Being constantly renewed by fresh numbers from Europe, theJt 
 comple^tion is fairer than that of the other inhabitant* of* Egypt, 
 The whole country swarms with jugglers, forttuic-tellfcr*, 
 motmtebanks and gypsies. ' 
 
 Government.] The government of Egypt ii a mixture of 
 monarchy and aristocracy. The monarchte^l patt is executed 
 by the Pacha, who h appointed by the Turkish fcmpeWr as hisi 
 viceroy. The aristocratical par,t consists of a divatt of 24 beya 
 or lords, Ivho act as sovereigns in their respective districts. 
 The chief of these is styled the Sheik Elbeled, who is chosen, 
 by the diVan, and cbnfitmed by the pacha. Without the con- 
 currence of this councilj no measure of consequence is adopt- 
 ed Or prosecuted j and should the pacha presume to act in op- 
 position to their opiniohj or attempt to violate their privileges, 
 be is instantly either assassinated or dismis&ed. In such cas6$, 
 ' which ate not uncommon, the Grand Signior docs not think it 
 prudent to interpose his authority, for fear of a general revolt. 
 
 HisTOat.] The sncient kingdom of Egypt was governed 
 by a succession of native princes, of the name of Pharaoh, from 
 the earliest accoUilts of history, to the year before the Chris- 
 tian aera 572, when it was subdvicd by Nebuchadnezzar, king 
 of Babylon, and continued tribvitary to his successors as long 
 as the Assyrian empire subsisted. After the ovei throw of thft" 
 Assyrian empire by Cyrus, Egypt seems to have subnaittcd vqn* 
 
 K 
 
i6i 
 
 AFRICA. 
 
 Part II. 
 
 EoTFT. HUtory. 
 
 luntarily to the ]K>wer of that illustrious conqueror, A. A. C. 
 538. It revo^t^4.fi^om his son Cambyses, under Aniasis, a 
 man of obscure l^ith,.but great talents, who had been forced into 
 TcbelUou by tlie cruelty of Apries or Pharaoh Hophrah, his so- 
 vereign, and sui^ceeded to the throne of £gypt after the death of 
 that tyrant. £ut Psammenitus, the son and successor of Ama- 
 sis, was defeated and slain by Cambyses, and Egypt was again u- 
 nited to the Persian empire, A. 526, of which it continued ^ pro- 
 vince till the reign of DariusCodomannus.the lastPersian monarch, 
 in whose reign it was sul^dued by Alexander the Great, A. 332. 
 Alter the death of Alexander, his empire was divided among 
 his generals, and Egypt fell to the share of Ptolemy the son of 
 LagUfi, A. 3QI. In his family it continued till the death of 
 Cleopatra, who, being repeatedly defeated by Augustus, put 
 an end to her own life by the bite of an aspic, A. 29. It con- 
 tinued subject to the Roman empire till the reign of Hera- 
 cUus, when it was over-run by the Saracens under Amrou, the 
 general of Omas, the second Mahometan caliph, A. D. 638. 
 About the year 868, the Fatimitc caliph of Cyrene wrested 
 Egypt from the caliph of Bagdad, and his posterity retained 
 possession of the country for 300 years. In 11 71, the famous 
 Saladin, an obscure Curd, who served under Noureddin, the 
 general of th^ caliph of Damascus, seized the government, put 
 an end to the Fatimite dynasty, and founded the new dynasty 
 of the Ayoubites, from the name of his father Ayoub. One 
 of his successors, about the year 1230, having purchased 
 12,000 young men of the captives of Gengis Khan from Geor- 
 gia, Circassia, and Mingrelia, had them trained to the disci- 
 pline of aims, for the defence of his person, and the support of 
 his government. But these unprincipled soldiers soon became 
 mutinous, slew the son of their benefactor, Touran Shaw, the 
 last prince of the Ayoubite family, and raised one of their own 
 number to the supreme govenunent in Egypt j retaining tp 
 
Part II. 
 
 AFRICA. 
 
 i6j 
 
 Egypt. History. 
 
 put 
 
 themselves the title of Mamalukes or militar]^ slaves. The 
 power of the Mamaluke sultan was controlled by a divan or. 
 council of 24 beys of their own number, who were always suc- 
 ceeded, not by any of their natural heirs, but by other military 
 slaves, purchased from the same countries, and educated in the 
 same manner in which they had been. This milit:4ry despotism 
 continued till the year 15 17, when Tonombeius, the last of the 
 Mamaluke sultans, was defeated and slain by Selim, emperor 
 of the Turks, an end was put to their dominion, and -Egypt 
 was made a province of the Ottoman empire. A considerable 
 degree of power, however, was still left in the hands of the 
 Mamalukes *, 24 of whom, with the title of beys, were appoint- 
 ed to the government of the 24 departments into which Egypt 
 was divided. These were allowed to choose one of their num- 
 ber, who, as Sheik- Elbel id, should reside in Cairo as governor 
 of the city, but subject to a Pacha, to be appointed by the em- 
 peror. 
 
 In the year 1798, Egypt was invaded by Buonaparte, a na- 
 tive of Corsica, and now chief consul of France, at the head of 
 a formidable army of above 4^,000 men, the flower of the French 
 troops, and the conquerors of Italy. The object of this eX" 
 pedition was, not only the conquest of Egypt j but, by that 
 means, the establishment of an easy intercourse between France 
 and India, and the consequent reduction of the British settle- 
 ments in the East under the dominion of the French republic. 
 
 On the 7th of July, Buonaparte landed safely, and without 
 opposition in Egypt, and soon over-ran the country, which was 
 at peace with France, and in no condition to defend itself. 
 But on the ist of August, the fleet which had escorted him 
 from France, consisting of 13 ships of the line and four fri* 
 gates, was attacked in the Bay of Aboukir, by a British squa* 
 dron, of 13 sail, commanded by Admiral Sir Horatio-, now 
 X<ord Viscount Nelson, and defeated, with the loss of nine ships 
 
^^ 
 
 AFRICA. 
 
 Paut II. 
 
 EorrT. Hiitory. 
 
 of tht line and two frigates taken, and two sliips of the line ] 
 tank. 
 
 Buonaparte himself, who, after the reduction of Egypt, hid 
 {«netrated into Syria, on his route to India, and had already 
 taken possession of Jaflfa and Gaza, was met at St Jean D^Acre 
 on the 1 8th of March 1799, by Sir Sidney Smith, a captain of 
 a British 74 gun ship, who being stationed at the time on the 
 coast of Syria, had landed, with a few of his sailors, and put 
 Himself at the head of the Turkish troops who defended the 
 place. By the astonishing exertions of this brave officer, and 
 of his gallant companions, the French army was completely 
 defeated, and Buonaparte, after a prodigious loss of men, was 
 tompellcd to relinquish his darling object, to raise the siege 
 of D' Acre, and return with disgrace and disappointment to 
 Egypt. 
 
 After the departure of Buonaparte for France, in Novem- 
 ber 1799, and the assassination of Kleber his successor, the 
 cotntnand of the French army devolved upon Abdallah Menou. 
 
 On the 7th of March 1801, a detachment of British troops, 
 to the number of 1 6,000 men, under the command of General 
 Sir Ralph Abercromby, appeared on the coast of Egypt, and, 
 ha the face of the whole French army, and in spite of the most 
 vigorous resistance for five successive days, efiected a land- 
 blgv and established themselves in the country. On the 2ist 
 of that taonth, a general engagenient took place, in which the 
 French were completely defeated, .and driven back with great 
 )e>ss upon Alexandria. Ih die commencement of the action, 
 General Abercromby received a mortal wound j h\ft concealed 
 the circumstance, and continued in the field till the enemy was 
 finally routed j after which, he sunk from his horse, and, like 
 the illustrious Epaminondas, and the heroic Wolfe, reclined 
 lis head in the arms of victory. 
 
^/tuf If. 
 
 AfRK^A. 
 
 *«l 
 
 Ttironi. 
 
 
 and 
 
 The campRigh which Sif Ralph AbtfvcrMnby had thus glo^ 
 nously commenced, was followed op by trefierrtl Sir John Heljr 
 Hutcfiinson, noW Baron Hutchinson of Atexandria, trith tho 
 most brilliant iUccesft. Rosetta, Khadianie, Daihi<itta, ttn^ 
 Cairo, successively submitted to the British and lurkish 
 arms ^ and on the 2d of September, Menou wus obliged to 
 C<ipitulate, and to march out 6f Alexandritt tvtth h garrison 
 of ^,306 men J when that city, with rtll the ships ih the har^' 
 bour, arid all the public property, Wsls iUf rendered t6 the al- 
 lied tdtcta. fly the late treaty of peacel, Egyt>t wa* restored 
 tb the Pottef, and the Jhtcgrity of the I'utkish etopire wa» 
 guaranteed by tlie king of Great Britain. 
 
 II. TRIPOLI, (one of the states cm thd North of Africa, 
 which go tinder the gftnerail nameof Bflrbarry,) Including Barcai 
 which is almost entirely desert, is bounded on the North bf 
 the Mediterranean Sea *, on the East by Egypt i on the South 
 by Molmt Atlas 5 and on the tVcit by TunIs and Biledulgetid. 
 The capital city is Tripoli, latitude 32* 54' Nbrth j longitudij 
 13* 5' East. Thri country is governed by a bey, who h sub- 
 ject to the Turkish emperor, and obliged to pay an sffrfiual tri-* 
 bute tb the Porte, which he collects by the mbit crtiel And op* 
 ptessive measures. The itlhatbitants are Mahcrtnetahs. Th« 
 dtiuntry includes the' atidieiit Tripqlis, Cyrendica, and Maiw 
 itiarica. • • 
 
 \:-j!.i ,■': • ...» 
 
 III. YUNIS, the ancietit refpubKc df Cirthage, tit Afrtc* 
 Pfoper, and another of the states of Barhary, is bounded ont 
 the North by the Mediterranean ; on the East by that sea 
 arid Tripoli } on thd South by Bileduig^rid j and on the West 
 by Algiers. The capital is Tunis, tteat the site bf anciefit 
 Carthage. The inhabitnnts are a mixture bf Turks, Moors, 
 Arabians, Jews, and Christians of v$xiotii nations. The go« 
 
w 
 
 O 
 
 
 
 <>. 
 
 r 
 
 m 
 
 .<^^- 
 
 
 IMAGE EVALUATION 
 TEST TARGET (MT-3) 
 
 1.0 
 
 I.I 
 
 L8 |2.5 
 US Uii |2.2 
 
 ■u 
 lit 
 
 140 
 
 2.0 
 
 ii 
 
 
 |I.25|U|,.6 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 6" 
 
 ► 
 
 <9: 
 
 ^w .^> 
 
 
 
 Hiotographic 
 
 Sciences 
 
 Corporation 
 
 
 23 WEST MAIN STREIT 
 
 WEBSTER, N.Y. M580 
 
 (716) 873-4S03 
 
 '%'■ 
 
«?- 
 
 *K^ 
 
i66. 
 
 AFRICA. 
 
 PartU. 
 
 ALOItRt. Moiiocco. 
 
 vernment is despotic «nd hereditary, but not in a direct life j 
 the bey having it in his power to nominate for hi& successor 
 which of his sons he pleases, or even any other relation. There 
 is a shew of vassalage to the Ottoman Porte } but very little 
 real subjection. 
 
 ;, IV. ALGIERS, another of the sUtes of Barbary, which 
 ccmprehends the ancient Numidia and Mauritania Csesariensis, 
 is bounded on the North by the Mediterranean j on the East 
 by the kingdom of Tunis^ on the South by Mount Atlas ; 
 and on the West by Morocco. The capital is Algiers, a 
 city on the sea-side, which contains about 104,009 inhabitants, 
 chiefly of the Mahometan religion. The dey of Algiers is 
 despotic in hb own dosoinions, and enjoys an income of about 
 150,0001. sterlipg per annum j but is nominally subject to the 
 Porte, ^sftsba' i rtsijlw 
 
 V. MOROCCO, includmg FEZ, is the farthest West aS 
 the states of Barbary, and comprehends the ancient Alaurita- 
 nia Tingitana. It is bounded on the North by the Streight^ 
 of Gibraltar, and the Mediterranean Sea } ojx the E^st by Al- 
 giers t on the South by Biledulgerid } and on the West by the 
 Atlantic Ocean. The principal cities are Morocco, the capj- 
 tal of the empire i and Fez, the forme;r capit^ of a kingdom 
 of that name, and still a place of considerable importance. The 
 emperor of Morocco is sole master of the lives and properties 
 o£hU subjects, and universal heir to their estates at theii: de- 
 fuse : he is styled. The Most Glqrious, Mighty ai^d Noble, 
 Emperor of Africa ^ King of Fez, Morocco, Tafilet, Su^z, 
 Dabra, and all the A^garbe, ^c. &e. In short, MoroccqU 
 a country of slaves, where the will of a despot is the only law, 
 his passions are its only interpreters, the judges his cfc^^ivr^$» 
 and th? exccution«fj:s his minion?^ ^fj h.. j^n^^/, 
 

 Part II. 
 
 AFRICA. 
 
 167 
 
 Bakbart. General Appeamnce.— InhaUtivtR~- Soil and Productions. 
 
 r**— -■''■>'^-^— '»"——— —• !■ — — — I null i 
 
 iu'iGKNSRAL AppEARANClB.] Thc facc of Barbary is strongly 
 marked by the ridges of Mount Atlas, which extend in variottt 
 directions from Tripoli in the East, to the Atlantic Ocean on 
 the West, to which it hai communicated its name. The coun- 
 try which extends between Mount Atlas and the sea, is diver- 
 rified "(vith hills and vallies, and flowing streams, which look 
 extremely beautiful, the trees and fields being clothed with 
 perpetual verdure, end the air being almost continually clear 
 and serene. But the openings of the mountains to the South 
 present an uniform tract of barren sand, or of horrid and im- 
 pervious woods, the residence of lions, tigers, leopards, hysenaSi 
 and monstrous serpents. 
 
 '■if 
 
 iW. 
 
 r?s. 
 
 » 
 
 IimABiTANTS.] The inh&Utants of Barbary consist of three 
 different races of men : the native Africans, who are divided 
 into whites and blacks, the former of whom inhabit the sea- 
 ports and places along the coast ; and the latter reside in the 
 interior parts j the Turks who come to seek their fortunes, and 
 «re chiefly -employed in the armies, and the Arabians, or des- 
 cendants of the C^acens, who dwell in the deserts. All 
 foreigners are allowed the profession of their religion ^ but the 
 inhabitants of the Slates are Mahometans; and bad as that 
 system is, they seem to have adopted its most pernicious parts, 
 and to have retained only as much of it as serves to coun- 
 tenance their vices. They are a base, perfidious, and un-r 
 principled race of men, who are awed by no laws, human or 
 divine, and who subsist chiefly by robbery and plunder. By 
 their frequent and desperate piracies at sea, they have long 
 been formidable to all the powers of Europe. The inhabi- 
 tants of Tunis are the most civilized in all the states of Bar« 
 bary. . 
 
 Son. AKD Prodcctions.] These states, under the Roman 
 
ik 
 
 A^BLICA. 
 
 t'ART H. 
 
 9AR«Aiif. jC«mim^. 
 
 ^tnpirc, wcrt jittMij d^cminajbcid the gm:dm9( tht world ) and 
 ike produce of their khI folT^ed those m^g^zbes which fumiidi- 
 ed Italy ^th corn, mne, wad <4]t > m^ on vihifihi h the de- 
 cline of th« e&P^pk^y R'^HOne 4.ep99ded for ii^ ve^ existence. 
 Even in their pre$e)|t j^prepscd «n4 4i^g^ted ^tate, they still 
 exhibit evidence *>i their former fertility } nod produce, a)ivo^ 
 epbntinneously, hot op}y th$ «lE>6ye ftr tjic^^s, but also bbuid«w:e 
 <)f d«tes, figs, raisins, oranges, lei^ot^, pl^negran^tef, pnd every 
 Other species of fruit. Excellent hemp ^d flax gtow in their 
 {4«|ns : Algiers produces salt-petr^ and the Sne^t salt } «id 
 ^ad and iron have be^ ftM^-in Yjuibus p9rts of Barbary. 
 The horses of this country were formerly very much esiteem- 
 ed J and though now degenerated^ are still reckoned nfext in 
 beauty and metal to those of Arabia. Proinedari^l, a$ses, 
 And mules, are the ordinary be9»tft ^ byrden of the inhabitants 
 4}f Barbary. But the most services^le of «ll their «ini<nal$ U 
 the camel, who seems to have bew particularly fbnned for 
 such coimtries as they inhabit j who en»bUis las owner, witft 
 die least possible exipence, to triintpDrt the iftost vi^eightyarr 
 tides Af cQmme!-ce over the most jextenave sad inhniifitditt 
 
 deserts* ^ -:'Uiigr.yjfvt, 
 
 CoMMBRCB.] The principal articles <^ comnerQC ia th« 
 states of Barbary, are fine ifirooUen stuffs, Morocco leadier, inii 
 digo, cochineal, ostnch feathers, elephants teeth, gum, copper; 
 tin, fine mats, and ciirpets, with a variety of fruits. But tslM 
 most valuable article consists in slaves, "vho are either takeii 
 by their corsairs at sea from the Christian powers of Europe* 
 or arc stolen, or taken in war, or pucchaised £rom Ithc interior 
 countries of Africa. i.r ' 
 
 As they have hardly any transport vessels of their x>wn, 
 their trade with Europe is chiefly carried on in French or 
 
 English IMVOHH* Theiv ifttcf c«vU96 fpik Am mi the in- 
 
>Allt 11. 
 
 AFRiCAi 
 
 i^. 
 
 Barbart. Cotameive. 
 
 iiAKa 
 
 l^d parts pf Africa is maintained by rneims of caravans, which 
 sometimes conust of several thousand camels, horses, and mules; 
 Of these, two are dispatched every year, even from Morocco, 
 to Mecca in Arabia, partly for the sakie of traffic, and partly 
 from religious motives, in order to furnish the people with an 
 opportunity of paying their oevotlons at the temple of th« 
 Caaba, which every Mussulman is bound to do once in his li£p. 
 These caravans, in their extensive joUmles, are exposed to 
 the most £9rmidable daggers, from the hot winds which fre- 
 (juently blow over avast tract of burning sand, and carry with 
 them a pestilential vapour which occasions almost inevitable 
 death } from the wild beasts of the deserts, and from the wild 
 Arabs, equally blood-thirsty flind destr ictive : but above all, 
 from the sands themselves, which, when agitated by the winds^- 
 Kave overwhelmed whole caravans and armies *. 
 
 -r»r 
 
 sU 
 
 # Gommissioned demoan oft, angels of wratb, 
 I^t IftMC the ragipg elements. Breathed hot ] 
 I'rQOi all the boandlets furaace of the sky, 
 And the wide glittering waste of burning san^ 
 A suffocating wind the pilgrim smites 
 With instant deaths Patient of thirst and toil, 
 ' Son of the desert ! evtn the camel fetis, 
 ^bot through his withered heart, the fiery blast< 
 Or from the black-red xther bursting bfoad, 
 Sallies the sudden whirlwind. Straight the sands^ 
 Commoved around, in gathering eddies plaj : 
 Kearer and nearer itill they darkening Come ; 
 Till, with the geaeral all involving storm 
 fwept up, the whok coptinuous wilds arise ; 
 And by th^ir noonpday fount dejected ti>rowi|f 
 Or sunk at night in sad disastrous sleep. 
 Beneath descending bills, the caravan 
 ti buried deep. In Cairo's crowded streets. 
 The impatient merchant, wonderint^, waits in vain. 
 And Mecca saddvoi at the long Maf. 
 
 Tlt0MS0K> 
 
l^o 
 
 AFRICA. 
 
 Part. II. 
 
 — 
 
 Barbary. History. 
 
 , Notwithstanding all these dangers and fatigues, however, 
 people crowd in great niunbers to the caravans of the East and 
 South 'j both from motives of superstition and of gain : those 
 who arrive at Mecca, assure themselves of paradise when they 
 die, and Luve uncommon honours paid to them on their return 
 home 'f while the gold of the inland countries operates with 
 equal force upon the avaiice and ambition of others. 
 
 HiSTOKT.] The history of Barbarpiwcomes interesting from 
 the reign of Eliza or Dido j who, with a few faithful followers, 
 fled from the avarice and cruelty of her brother Pygmalion, 
 king of Tyre, and built the city of Carthage, about 850 years 
 l^efore the commencement of the Christian aera. The Car- 
 1;)iaginian republic rapidly increased in splendour and in power) 
 spread its conquests over a great part of the North of Africa, 
 Spain, and the islands of the Mediterranean Sea ) and, under 
 the great Hannibal, carried the terror of its arms to the very 
 gates of Rome. The defeat of Hannibal, by the first Scipio 
 Africanus, at the battle of Zama, A. A. C. aox« put an end 
 to the second Carthaginian or Punic war, and established the 
 superiority of the Roman power. Not long after, the third 
 Punic war broke out ^ and, after a most obstinate contest of 
 four years, temunated in the destruction of Carthage, and the 
 total extinction of the republic by the second Scipio Africa- 
 nus, A. 145. 
 
 After this, the Romans continued to advance their autho- 
 rity in Africa j and, by the defeat and death of Jugurtha, king 
 of Numidia, and of various Mauritanian princes, extended their 
 dominions as far as the Atlantic Ocean, and continued absolute 
 masters of all the northern coasts of that large continent, from 
 the isthmus of Suez to the pillars of Hercules *, as far down 
 as A. D. ^^g. 
 
 • The Streifhts of Gibraltar. 
 
Pknf m 
 
 iUiH 
 
 BAkftAkT. HUtOTf. 
 
 t»t 
 
 At that (>eriod, fionifkoiUSy the Rotoan gdvtmot in th«(it 
 provinces, being forced to Revolt, by the tr tachety of Aetiusi 
 another Roman general, and the easy credulity of th<s eiapress- 
 regent Placidia ^ he called in to his atslitancc Gens^Hc king of 
 the Vandals, who had been for sottie time MttUd in Spaiki^ 
 The standard of Grenseric, vrha landed on the ebast oppoiite t4 
 Gihraltary with an army of about 50(t}00 men, was instantly 
 joined by vast multitudes of the native Africans, Who tilled 
 from the woods and vallie^ of Mount AtlaB) tO satiate their 
 revenge on the Roman tyrants who had driven them from theif 
 natural possessions } and by equal «ft}wdi of diseontented J)o^ 
 hatists, who were at that time persecuted by the prevailing- 
 party in the church, and were instigated by the wildest »gO> 
 of fanaticism against thair Unfeeling oppreasori. At the head 
 of such an army, the progress of the Vandftl king may be 
 readily conceived, but the calamities which followed exceed 
 the powers of descriptio:!. The fertile pMvift^rfs of Africa^ 
 from Cifthage to the Atlantic Oceftn, widre exposed to th* 
 rap&clous tiolence of lawless barbarianr, Ttrho^ in the ttasslcrof 
 of the inhabitants^ regarded not the distin«tfOAS of age or sexir 
 Of rank *, and who, in the ruin of the eountrf, obeyed merelyt 
 the iiotatej of their passion, without res^ietit to their Own pre<^ . 
 sent benefit, or future advMtage. They did Hot oten spare 
 the vmei idd fnrit irees, that those to whom caves and inic^: 
 cesaible mountains had affbrdicd a retreat, thighc find no nou>'i 
 rishment of any kind. Tbeir hoitile fige proceeded to e^iteN 
 tnination, «nd no place wm exemt><:^i frotft its e^cts. The 
 pttblie bnildlftgt tthich resisted the tiolenMof the flame^they 
 l«t«ll«d with the ground. Many cities miib left without an 
 inhtibitant. When th^ ttildiscipUned an^y Approached ns^ 
 fortifted pl«ce which it was unable to reduce) they slew great 
 mnltkudes of prisoners, and left their bodies unburied roundf 
 its w&Ils, thtt the steaoh of thelt carcasei urighc obUge the > 
 
 I. 
 
?7? 
 
 AFRICA. 
 
 Bakvart. liUtoiy. 
 
 Part ir. 
 
 garrison to depart. These dreadful calanuties tjiie- Statu of 
 Pfirbary have not recovered to the present day. ; ' . .:; 
 .:: Under the .reign of Justinian, the Vandals in Africa were at- 
 Mcked and dispossessed by the celebrated Belisarius, A. D. 
 S33i ^^ ^^ States of Barbary continued subject to the East- 
 ern empire to the middle of the seventh century, when they 
 were over-run and siibdued by the Saracens under the caliphate 
 ^f Otbman. , 
 
 Fro«i Africa, the Saracens carried their arms into Spain, and 
 made .themselves masters of the greater part of that iungdom, 
 in the beginning of the 8th century. . After a residence of a- 
 bottt 300 years in Spain, the Saracen or Moorish princes be- 
 came weak and effeminate, and their ministers haughty and 
 overbearing. A succession of civil wars took place, which en- 
 oouraged the native inhabitants to leave the mountains, in which 
 they had taken refuge, and to retaliate upon their degenerate 
 oppressors* The Moorish authority, continually declined till 
 towards ihc end of the f 5th century, when it was totally anni- 
 hilated by Ferdinand king of Arragon, who had united aU the 
 provinces of Spain under his own power, by the marriage of 
 Isabella the queen of Castile. Upon the surrender of Grana- 
 da, (A. 1492) the last fortified city possessed by the Moors, 
 it was agreed that they should continue to enjoy their estates 
 in Sp»n, and the free exercise of their religion. This treaty, 
 however^ was violated by the Spaniards ^ the Moors, who inha- 
 Inted the city of Granada, to the number of 50,000 souls were, 
 upon a frivolous pretence, declared to have forfeited their title 
 to the terms of peace, and 9 sentence of extirpation was pro- 
 Qoimced agamst them, .pnless they should instantly renounce 
 their religion, and be baptized. The inhabitants of the coun- 
 try and of the smaller towns, alarmed at this perfidious violence, 
 flew to arms in.order to defend themselves, but were $oon re- 
 duced by the sufierior. forces of the.king. A certain number 
 
I^iU1"lIa 
 
 A^-ftlCA* 
 
 m' 
 
 SJBMtfSBSS 
 
 Barbart. Hittory^MoNsiLBAiA. 
 
 of theM,'il{ion< paying him a sum of money, wetie penxiitted to 
 transpiort themselves to Africa j but the gsetter part was corn- 
 pell^ td remain in the kingdom, and to profesff themselves con- 
 verts to Christianity. The horrid court of Inquisition was ap- 
 pointed to pry into their conduct } great numbers of them were 
 condemned and burnt as heretics j and many thousands^ dread- 
 ing the like fat6, fled ov^r to fiat4}ary, A.,1568." f'^"" ' ' ";?^:b 
 The same persecution was continued against them by Philiptb 
 II. 'and I'll.^ with circumstances of aggravated cruelty, till the 
 jeai* i6to; when they were all assembled, andj to the numbei^tt 
 of 170,000 families, were expelled withpot mercy rto the oppb^<' 
 site coasts of Africa. After this arbitrary step,- the banished <i 
 Moors joined their brethren in Barbary, in an invasion of Spain, 
 and carried o£F great multitudes of the inhabitants into slavery. 
 A constant hostility has ever since subsistcfd between the two 
 countries, and many attempts have been made by the Spaniatds 
 to redute the states of Barbary ^ but without efiect. All the 
 territory which the Spaniards possess on the opposive coast of 
 Africa at present is the ci^ of Ceuta in Morocco, where they 
 maintain a garrison. They held the city of Oran in Algiers 
 till the year 1790, when they were obliged to abandon it in 
 consequence of a dreadful earthquake, by which the city was 
 almost destroyed, and about 2000 of the inhabitants perished. 
 
 VL MONSELEMA is mostly an inland country, forming 
 a paiFt of Biledulgerid, and only extends along thie coast of tht 
 Atlantic, fromthe southern extremity of Mdttxco, to about 9O 
 miles beyond Cape Nuni It is possessed by the Monseltfhanes, 
 who derive- their origin and ^ame from Moseilaitta^ a contera- 
 potary of Mahomet ; and who, in their love of liberty, as well 
 as in many of their customs, resemble the Asiabs. of remoter 
 times. They respect the prophet like other, Mahometsuis, but 
 ndther believe his infaillibility, nor the inspiration of his suceet* 
 
 La 
 
«74 
 
 AFRICA. 
 
 PiUTlL 
 
 MoN iBtiMA. Soil wid Prodactlou—OoTernment tnd Muinert. 
 
 son. Their priests are very much respected, andt m old age,, 
 generally become the civil judges of the nation \ but the influ- 
 ence of the high-priest, nvho commands the whole nation iti 
 peace and war, is almost despotic. i^HrfD'ttt-^i"' 
 
 Sou, AND PtODiKmoNi.] Thc soil of Monselema, though of 
 di£ferent qualities, is, for the most part, very fertile, gnd pro- 
 duces the necessaries of life with little cultivation. The plains 
 are watered by a gxcat number of streams, and abound in palm, 
 iig, and almond trees. The gardens produce excellent grapes, 
 which are either dried by the Arabs or converted into brandy 
 by the Jews. Great quantities of oil, wax, and tobacco, aifctur 
 in the public markets. t bf>fti<>^ «tooM 
 
 ■ " . 'tn Jjairrfri im^ 
 
 ' GoviRMBCBNT AMD Mannxks. j The govcmffient of the Mon- 
 selemines is republkan. and they chuse new chi^4 every year. 
 In time of wax, the chiefs are selected indiscriminately from 
 among the natives and the fugitive Moors. Thekr authority 
 terminates with the< campaign, but during that period it is abso- 
 lute. When it is expired, the chief gives an account of his 
 actions to an assembly of the aged men of the state, and is re- 
 war^d or punished according to his conduct ^ after wh^h his 
 successor is appointed, and he serves in the army he cpmmand- 
 ed as an undistinguished individual. In the cultivation of the 
 earth, the Moraeleminea are more industrious and laboriotis 
 tham. their neighbours.; When the gromid most ftttiot culti- 
 vation is pointed out by the chie& orrheakis of famWeSi, t^ s)ii<Ch 
 face is turned slightly over with a kind o£ paddte,the scied ift 
 next put in, and last of all> the field is sucrounded il^th bufhes, 
 to mark the spot, and to preservie it froln the cattle of .the wan- 
 dering Arabs. When the crop is rifie, whishis geoefnUyr At 
 the end of August, it is cut, about six inches from; the ear, 
 forawd 'wta sBUtUbubdles <ir dlieaves, thl1}9hiQd,.winn<)tvejd) afid 
 
Part II. 
 
 AFRICA. 
 
 > •%"" 
 
 .w.l/1 
 
 »75 
 
 Mi 
 
 MoNstLKMA. Oovemment and M«iner*^MoNoiARTA. 
 
 ) 
 
 placed in magazinea $ after which, the long ttubble i« set on 
 fire, and that field is forsaken for two or three years. Their 
 magazines are large holes in the earth, formed like the frustum 
 of a cone, the insides of which are hardened by burning wood 
 in them. When the com is dcp^ited in these, they are co- 
 vered with planks of wood, over which a thin layer of earth is 
 lud, to prevent it from being discovered by an enemy. In 
 these magazines every one shares in proportion to the number 
 of men he employed in the common labour. The inhabitants 
 of the plains remain by the fields in seed-time, and return in 
 the time of harvest. During the intervals, they wander in all 
 directions with their cattle, taking only necessaries along with 
 them, and have recourse to the magazines when they require a 
 supply. The houses of which their little towns consist, are 
 bmlt of stone and earth, according to the Moorish construction, 
 low, and covered with sloping terraces, but generally much in- 
 jured during the rainy season. The inhatntants of the towns 
 sleep on mats upon the floors of their apartments \ but the inha- 
 bitants of the cotmtry skepupon terraces, in the open air. 
 
 Polygamy is permitted, as in other Mahometan countries, 
 but the situation of the women is more tolerable here than a- 
 mong the Moors. They mingle more in society, walk at large 
 and visit their friends *, nor is that degrading jucture of humani- 
 ty ever seen among the Monselemines, which sometimes occurs 
 in Morocco \ a woman dragging the plough with an ass, a mule, 
 or a cow. More happy than the women of the inland countries, 
 and treated with greater attention by their husbands, they are 
 more humane in their dispositions. Like other Arab women, 
 *they stein the edges of their eye-lids black with henna, and 
 paint their faces red ^d yellow. The chief town is Nun, la- 
 titude 28® 23' North J longitude ^^ 58' W^st. 
 
 ..f< 
 
 VU. 
 
 MONGEAKTA extends along the coaft, fkoi»: 
 1-3 
 
tl6 
 
 AFRICA. 
 
 PmtII. 
 
 MoN«iAKXA. CenenU Appcaraace-^AmuMmem*. 
 
 .Cap« ibojador on the North* to Cape Blnnco on the South. 
 The counliry ia extremely btrxenr particularly the inUnd parts 
 pi* it, which oon«titute a part of' itht great desert. There, the 
 ■and, comminuted, into the 8mall<^st particles, drifts, with every 
 gale, and rises, %t times, i(ito high mountains, which gradually 
 dii^iniah ai^l disappear as the winds blow. When the> sand 
 lhow:er rcacheti the tents of the A^f^bs, they load their camels, 
 turn their backs to the gale, iu^l hasten away ■, which precau- 
 tion alone ci^ pre^ve them from bemg buried <Jivc, 
 
 This flying sand is the great obstacle to cultivation j for the 
 •oil is not every where unproductive : some fine plains appear 
 interspersed among the sand hills, which would be very fertile 
 •if properly cultivated j and at distant intervals, palm and date 
 trees rise thcough the bn^h^wood with which %\\c country is 
 covcitfid. . This brush.-wood abounds in antelopes, wild-boa>^s» 
 le<^ard9, apes, and serpents. The wild-boars and leopards oft- 
 en conmut great ravages ampng the goats ; buf are sometimes 
 .hunted down and destroyed by th? inhabitants. Theleopard^s 
 skin is an article of commerce | and that of the setpen^ formed 
 into bandages, is used as a charm to preserve the sight. The 
 pnly drink of man ^nd be^t is the stagnant and putrid water 
 collected during the rainy seasqn in large holes formed by the 
 inhabitants for that purpose. Owing to this scarcity of water, 
 there arc; yery few cows or oxen in this district. Thf flocks 
 and herds of the "Mongearts consist chiefly of sheep, goat9, and 
 camels ; animals pgtieht of thirst. None but possessqi^s of nu- 
 aaerous herds are able to maintain Worses } as it is often neces- 
 sary to give them milk to drink for water. 
 
 Hunting ihp ostrich is a favourite amusement afifiong the 
 
 Mongearts } but can only be.undertaken by horsemen^ These 
 
 go out, to the i^vunbf r of 20 in a company, find, ridiqg against 
 
 the wind, at the distance of half a mile behind each other, rush 
 
 'Vipon the aniinal as 9oon as they perceive it. The ostrich, 
 
Part II. 
 
 AFRICA. 
 
 MohomahTa. Inhahttant*. 
 
 t)* 
 
 MariMS 
 
 when itarted, spreads its win^ and runs in' tlte direction of the 
 iirind with amaxing swiftness. In this way it ihay ayoid two 
 or three succesively, but can hardly escape the whole number. 
 When the Mongearts associate for hunting, trading, or plurf • 
 dering their enemi«- , they divide the prope^y acquired into 
 shares, and thest are distributed by a woman, child, or stran- 
 ger, who knows nothing of their contents, in order to avoid al- 
 tercation, .iuitttyjt l;.'<';\ daiuam. 
 
 As the Mongearts are too indolent to employ thems< .tres in 
 any manual labour, the only artificers to be found "tuong them 
 come from the neighbouring countri^ and \hi...; aire ptud h 
 dcins, f-)'^*i and camels hur, or ostrich feathers. Th) also 
 DTOcure shoes and otler articles of dress from thent adv hbours 
 li. exchange for their cattle. When they can. piocure fTMinea 
 blues, ihey use them for sMrts, and wear a kind of blaiiket, '5' 
 ells long, and 5 quarters wide, with a cloak cf camels hair. 
 Those who are not wealthy enough to procurw the latter arti- 
 cle, imitate it with goats skins. In a little bag, suspended from' 
 their neck, they carry their tinder, theit tobacco, and their 
 j^pe. The men are particularly fond of elegant and olma 
 mented arms} and they commonly procure daggers, sabres, and 
 ' muskets. Those who do liot possess muskets, wear daggers, 
 zagays, and clubs pointed with iron } and all pay gr^.ater at- 
 tention to their arms than to their dress. 
 
 The situation of the female sex among the Mongearts h 
 
 more respectable than among some neighbouring nations ; but 
 
 even here it rises little above the most slavish subjection. In 
 
 preparing food, in spinning the fadr of goats and camels, or in 
 
 picking up withered shrubs for fuel, their day passes in a dull 
 
 and uniform round of insipid action ; and when the hour of re < 
 
 past comes, at the setting of the sun, tuey wait at table, while 
 
 the free men and slaves of the same religion eat *, and when 
 
 these have done, must content themselves with the remainder. 
 
 L4 
 
I7l 
 
 AFRICA. 
 
 Part. H. 
 
 MoN(3EAHTA. 
 
 sts 
 
 SH 
 
 Mannexf^ aii4 Qofcrnment. 
 
 The Qthi^x hardships tQ wbi<:h they ixe exposed, from the tjnn- 
 ■fdciL p,yf9y of the husband, vfbich is often exerted in inflicting 
 blows and bjruisQs, spmetiines even to death, upon the unhappy 
 female, and from the facility of divorce, are of a more £ormi« 
 4ab^e, and l9fis tolerable nature. 
 
 In th@ educatiqa of children among the Mongearts, force ia 
 never «^plpy«d» ai they reckon it criminal to punish one who 
 cannot distinguish good from evil. The young persons assem-^ 
 ble in th« morning at school with small boards inscribed with 
 ^hc Arabic characters, and sentencca of the Koran. Those 
 Vhp are farthest advwced receive instruction from the priests, 
 who are the teachers, and communicate them to the younger 
 ^hlldren^ U the child wearies of school, he quits it at pleasure, 
 Vrithout incurrifkg reproach, and goes to tend the flocks of his 
 i^ther. The coniequence is, that very few of the Arabs ever 
 le»?ntoi:«ad. vio^iwilo 
 
 Thf pdests are distingushed by the appellation of Siefi, 
 'which, like the Hebrew Rabbi, signifies Master. Friday ia 
 their great festival, and is spent in sports, as among the Mon- 
 selemines. As the government is in some manner patriarchal, 
 dnd vested in the hands of families, old age is held in high ve- 
 iieration< The seniors of the horde enjoy the same preroga- 
 tives as the priests, and, along with the chiefs, perform the 
 functions of ciyil judges, though incapable of inflicting capital 
 punishments. The punishment of death is inflicted only in 
 cases of great atrocity, and after condemnation in the assembly 
 of the chiefs. The chiefs of hordes are always the eldest of 
 their families, and cannot be tried except by their compeers 
 assembled. Their ofBce consists in determining where to pitch 
 the tents, where to stop, and when to commence their joumies ^ 
 and, if the pasturage renders it necessary, to assign different 
 encampments for the seyers^l divisions of the horde. The tent 
 
 IS 
 
PAKT II. 
 
 AFRICA. 
 
 179 
 
 OuM Coast-w*Senioambia. 
 
 of th« chief is fdways Iftrgest vad most lofty, and is placed in 
 the c^ntr^ of the divisions. 
 
 Like the ancient Spartans, the Mongearts authorise theft by 
 law. If the thief performs his part with sufficient dexterity to 
 escape immediate detection, the owner can ncTer reclaim the 
 property which his negligence has lost, though he should recog. 
 nize it in the possession of another ^ but immediate detection 
 is followed by immediate punishment. 
 
 There is no town of any note in this district of Africa. 
 
 Vm. GUM COAST extends along the shores of the 
 Atlantic, from Cape Blanco on the North, to Portendic on the 
 South. Here the soil is of very unequal quality, being in 
 some places sandy, with a large mixture of shells •, while, in 
 other places, the sand is covered with a rich black mould. 
 The most barren tracts are overrun with bushes and long grass ^ 
 but in the cultivable spots the vegetation is luxuriant, and the 
 trees are of vast dimensions. The principal gum forests lie 
 about 190 or 200 miles up the country, where the desert ter* 
 minates in vague and ill deHned boundaries, and the proper ter- 
 ritory of the negroes commences, whirh the Arabs term Biled- 
 al- Soudan, or Biled-al-Abiad, the land of Blacks, or the land 
 of slaves. 
 
 The gum tree is a species of Acacia, evergreen, with long, 
 rough, narrow leaves, full of prickles, and bearing a white 
 flower. The giun is extracted by making an incision in the 
 bark, from which it exudes in considerable quantities. The 
 country is but tl'unly inhabited, and chiefly by a few straggling 
 Arabs, who hav^i no fixed residence. 
 
 IX. SENEG AMBI A extends along the coast, from Por- 
 tendic on the North of the river Senegal, to Cape Roxo on 
 the South of the nw Gambia, and derives its name from these 
 
iSo 
 
 AFRICA. 
 
 Part II. 
 
 Senboambia. Soil and Productions. 
 
 two rivers. It is possessed by a variety of distinct tribes or 
 hordes, the chief of which is that of the Jak>£^ or Yaloffii. 
 
 The country is amazingly fertile in the vicinity of Gambia : 
 the soil is rich and deep, and produces grain, legumes, and 
 fruits almost spontaneously. The dry elevated grounds pro- 
 duce guavas, acajous, papaws, orange and citron trees ; cassada, 
 ignames, and yams, multiply in the open sandy soils ; pepper, 
 ginger, and bananas, grow on the black and moist clays. The 
 country, which is covered with woods, presents a dead level ap- 
 pearance, with little variety of scenery. Receding from the 
 Gambia, the soil is devoid of stones, and consists of fine red 
 sand, mixed with clay and the fragments of shells. The ap- 
 pearance of the open grounds is inconceivably bleak, like that 
 of a country destroyed by an inundation, with the trees and 
 shrubs emerging from the sand which the water has deposited. 
 The open ground is everywhere interrupted by impenetrable 
 forests of trees growing close to each other, and interwoven 
 writh luxuriant ivy ', or by extensive morasses, where the reeds 
 grow to a prodigious height. When the open grounds are co- 
 vered with rice, maize, and millet, the desert is transformed 
 into the most beautiful cultivated country. 
 
 Many of the trees of Senegambia rise to a prodigious height. 
 The palms are often 80, and the benten 1 20 feet high : the 
 trunk of the calabash-tree is sometimes 65 feet in circumfer- 
 ence, when its height is no more than 60 feet. The acacia 
 trees are of a great height, and are generally covered with 
 bright yellow flowers of a fragrant odour. There is a great 
 variety of insects, reptiles, fowls, and wild-beasts. Toads are 
 very numerous *, bees swarm in the woods, and form their hives 
 in the hollow trunks of trees. The low ground in the vicinity 
 of the Gambia is illuminated by phosphorous beetles, that fly 
 about during the night like twinkling stars. Enormous spiders 
 axe numerous } and their threads are often so strong as to sus- 
 
Part II. 
 
 AFRICA. 
 
 I&i 
 
 ScNKOAMAiA. Inhubitonti. 
 
 pend a weight of several ounces. The cameleon is also found 
 in Senegambia \ a species of lizard remarkable for its capacity 
 of assuming a variety of colours. 
 
 Inhabitants.] The Jaloffs, who are the principal inhabit^ 
 ants of Senegambia^are a nation distinct from the other tribes 
 of negroes among whom they dwell, not only in government 
 and language, but in complexion and features. Their stature 
 is tall, their form active and robust, and their features are re- 
 gular, though their complexion is of the deepest jet black. 
 Their moral and intellectual character ha» been diiFer£nt' 
 ly represented by different authors. Susceptible of vivid im- 
 pressions, like other rude tribes, they are entirely under the 
 dominion of the particular passion by which they arf a~*^'iated) 
 or, rather, they literally represent a passion embodied. They 
 are a powerful warlike, race of men, intrepid hunters of wild 
 beasts, and exceedingly dexterous in the management of horses. 
 Neither the other negroes ilor Moors can compare with them 
 in bravery. When taken captive, and sold for slaves, they 
 exert the most violent efforts to recover their liberty. A ne- 
 gress, who had been sold and carried to Goree, swam across 
 the arm of the sea which separates that island from the conti- 
 nent, with her child, of 3 or 4 years of age on her shoulders. 
 Formerly they were united under one powerful prince ; but, 
 for more than a century past, they have been divided into a 
 number of independent states, which are frequently at war with 
 one another, and with their neighbours. In some of these 
 states, the dignity of chief is elective *, in others hereditary. 
 
 The other tribes which inhabit this extensive district are, 
 the Braes and Wals, who occupy the southern banks of the 
 Senegal j the Sereres, who reside in the vicinity of Cape Verd j 
 the Feloops, whose territories extend considerably South from 
 the Gambia, &c. 
 
1«2 
 
 AFRICA. 
 
 Part II. 
 
 Par- 
 
 Slnec.ambia. Riven and Capes— UvriK Guinea. Divisions. 
 
 : Rivers and Capes.] Ilie principal rivers are the Senegal, 
 trailed the Daradus by Ptolemy, which rises about 80 miles 
 West from the source of the Niger ', and the Gambia, cklled 
 the Stachir by the same geographer, whose source is about 
 lOO miles South-west from that of the Senegal. They both fall 
 into the Atlantic Ocean j and were long supposed to be but 
 branches of the river Niger ; an idea which is now completely 
 exploded. The capes are. Cape Verd, the farthest West point 
 of Africa, called the promontory of A? inarium by Ptolemy j 
 latitude 14° 48' North j longitude 17° 40' Westj Cape St 
 Alary, latitude 13° 17' North j longitude 16° 46' West j and 
 Cape Roxo, latitude 1 2° 20' North j longitude 16® 48' West. 
 
 X. UPPER GUINEA, in the largest acceptation of the 
 name, extends from Rio Grande on the North, (latitude 10° 
 58' North,) to Cape de Lopo on the South (latitude 47' South). 
 It is divided into 6 parts j viz. i. Sierra Leone, a. The Grain 
 Const, 3. The Ivory Coast, 4. The Gold Coast, 5. The Slave 
 Coast, and 6. Benin, 
 
 T. Sierra Leone. Under this general head may be com> 
 prehended all that part of the coast which extends from the 
 southern boundary of Senegambia on the North, to Cape Monte, 
 (latitude 6° 46' North) on the South It receives its name 
 from a ridge of lofty mountains by which it is intersected, and 
 which are called Sierra Leone, the Mountains of Lions, though 
 r.o lions are now to be seen in the country. 'J his district is at 
 present chiefly remarkable for a settlement made there by a co- 
 lony sent from England. 1 he territory consists of about 20 
 miles square of land, at the mouth of the river of Sierra Leone, 
 purchased from Nu^rabana, king of the country, by an associa- 
 tion of gentlemen in England, and incorporated by Act of Par- 
 liament, under the name of the Sierra Leone Company, to con* 
 
Part Ili 
 
 AFRICA. 
 
 lii 
 
 Upper Guinea. 8icrra>LeoDe— Clinute — Genoral Appearance. 
 
 tintte 31 years from the jst of July 1791* 'I^his corporation m 
 founded upon the purest principles of benevolence* Its objects 
 are, To establish a free and liberal commercial intercourse 
 with the native Africans ; by this means to introduce civiliza- 
 tion, liberty and religion, into that vast continent *, and, as a ne> 
 cessary consequence, to effect the much wished for emancipa- 
 tion of the negroes, and the total abolition of the inhuman slave 
 trade. The progress of the Company in their benevolent de- 
 iagas has been hitherto much obstructed by several unfavour- 
 able circumstances ^ particularly by the unhealthiness of the 
 climate, the indolence and licentiousness of the first settlers, 
 consisting chiefly of fugitive blacks from the West Indies, the 
 plunder of the colony, and the capture of several of their trad-> 
 ing vessels during the late war. At present, however, tht- af> 
 fairs of the Company are in a more favourable and promising; 
 situation than at any former period j and the maxims of cau- 
 tion and prvdence, as weU as the principles of humanity and 
 benevolence upon which they have uniformly acted, will justify 
 the hfope, and inspire the wish, of their ultimate succeiss. 
 
 Glimatk ] The climate of Sierra Leone is excessively hot, 
 and tlie inland country being completely Covered with wood or 
 long gnusi tha air is noxious and disagreeaible when the wind 
 blows from dfiat quarter. From the month of June to that of 
 October is the raany season, during, which time the rain falls in 
 prodigtM» and incessant torrents, and frequently accompanied 
 by tomndoes, or storms of witid, lightnh^ and thtmder, ex' 
 ccedingly awfal and sabjioiae. At- the same time, the air is so 
 very wdtry that the inhabitants arc for the most part obliged 
 to remain within, their houses*, and the mercury in the baro- 
 metdr, whkK is frequently Up a* 96, is seldom so low as 74. '« 
 
 . Gsynt&Aii AweArakck.} On tbt Ndrtfh ade of. the river tlic 
 
""iflipp 
 
 184 
 
 'AFRICA. 
 
 Part II. 
 
 ^tmtaat^m 
 
 ITppKR OviNRA. Sierrft-Leone— Diviiisns — Productions. 
 
 land is low, level, extremely fertile, especial I7 in rice, and is 
 denominated Bulam, the /owhnd: but on the South it is term- 
 ed Burri, and rises in mountains of a bold elevation, which 
 tower behind each other in successive ridges clothed with per- 
 petual verdure. The sea-Coast is generally a low swamp, cover- 
 ed with lofty mangroves, and intersected by innumerable creeks. 
 The shore, on both sides of the river, is skirted with a white 
 sandy beach, edged by groves of palms, which, at a distance, 
 seem to flow on the waving surface of the water, while red 
 projecting cliffs, at intervals, break the imiformity of the scene. 
 Receding from the shore, a boggy plsun commences, covered 
 with a thin sward, on which grow a few straggling ebpn-trees, 
 without underwood. The soil varies according to it& situation : 
 in the level grounds it is a strong loam or stiff clay ; but stony 
 in the high lands. 
 
 Productions.] Rice, millet, maize, potatoes, eddies, yams, 
 cassada, and many other esciilent roots and vegetables are raised 
 in great profusion. The rice is of two species : one which, 
 like that of Carolina, grows in the most swampy groi^ids ; and 
 another with a reddbh husk, and a beautiful white grain, which 
 thrives in the dry soil of elevated or sloping situations. In some 
 parts of the coast the natives have three crops of rice in the 
 year : one from the high grounds, and two from the plains, 
 which they overflow. Most of the West India tropical fruits, 
 as pine-apples, oranges, limes, plantains, bananas, pears, and 
 plumbs, are produced in great perfection. Guavas, tamarinds, 
 cashew and kola trees thrive exceedingly, as well as palm and 
 cocoa. Numerous gum and spice trees grow in the fbrests,^ 
 wild vines bear luxuriantly, but they are acrid, from the want 
 of cultivation ', the wild fig attains the size of an oak, but its 
 fruit is small, and generally destroyed by the ants. Various 
 species of the red and black pep]|ier, as well as Malaguetta, 
 
Pjorr H. 
 
 AFRICA. 
 
 »»5 
 
 Upper Guinea. The Grain Cout. 
 
 ginger, and nutmeg, are also produced, with sugar cane, and 
 different kiilds of cottpn ^ and the coffee plant, and a very large 
 speciet of nutmeg, have been brought from the interior parts 
 of the coiintry. Indigo of the best quality grows wild, and is 
 much used by the natives. There is a prodigious variety of 
 wild beasts, reptiles, insects, and fowls, far too numerous to be 
 particularly described in this place. 
 
 The chief towns are, Freetown, latitude 8** 29' 10" North; 
 longitude 12'' 58' West j and Grenville Town, latitude 8** 28' 
 40" J longitude 12** 57' 58" West. 
 
 The country round the colony of Sierra Leone is divided in- 
 to little independent states, which have no law but custom, and 
 no policy but to preserve their independence j and which are 
 headed, rather than governed, by their elective chiefs, who are 
 generally chosen on account of their riches, and rule more by 
 chicane than force. Domestic slavery prevails to such a der- 
 gree, that in many places three-fourths of the inhabitants arc 
 slaves ) and this, with the trafRc in slaves, an extensive and 
 profitable branch of commerce, of which the chiefs are exceed- 
 ingly tenacious, presents a most formidable obstacle to the im- 
 provement of the country. 
 
 a. The Grain Coast, which extends about 400 nules along 
 the shore, from Cape Monte (longitude 11° 12' West) on the 
 West, to Cape Palmas (longitude 7° 35' West) on the East, 
 received its name from the Guinea pepper, called by the Spa- 
 niards Malaguetta, which grows here in great abundance. It 
 also produces another species of pepper, known in England by 
 the name of Jamaica pepper, because it is very comhion in that 
 island. The natives sell great qu:intities of these spices j but 
 the chief articles of their commerce consist in ivory and slaves. 
 The climate is unhealthy j but the soil; is tolerably gpod, pro- 
 ducing great abundance of, vegetables iwd fruits. The natives 
 
]86 
 
 AFRICA. 
 
 Pmt It* 
 
 UppcrOoinca. Th0 Ivbiy CoaitM-Tbe Oold CoMt. 
 
 are tall and Well featured *, and Are ai coortetnis to strangers as 
 dealers in slaved may be. Both sexes decorate their bodies 
 with rings, braceletsf, and necklaces, m^e of gold, ivorf , or 
 copper. Their ordinary food consists of rice, millet, filh, and 
 fruits : their drink is water, toStxtd with a little palm wine, cr 
 milk of cocoa-nuts. Their government is despotic monarchy j 
 and their religion is paganism. The chief town is Sangwin, 
 latitude 5** 22' North ; longitude 9° 5' West. 
 
 3. The Ivory Coast extends from Cdpe Palmas (longitude 
 7* 35* West), to Cape Threepoims, (longitude 2^ 34' West) j 
 and receives its name from the vast quantities of elephdnt^s teeth 
 purchased here by the Europeans. The soil is generally fertile, 
 producing rice, millet, m^ze, pease, and fruits } the pasturage 
 is excellent, and the inhabitants have a great number of cattle* 
 Indigo and cotton are so common, that they may be said to 
 grow without any cultivation. Tobacco thrives very well } 
 and gold is found in the mountains* Yet all these lucrative 
 articles of commerce are compirativtly neglected, and the chief 
 attention of the natives is directed to the capture of each othet 
 for slaves, to be sold to European merchants. . 
 
 4. The Gold Coast extends from Cape Threepoints, to the 
 river Volta (longitude 35' East). It is full of high moimtiintrf 
 vr\ac\i are said to abound in gold mines, in which the natives 
 find great quantities of that valuable metal, though not posMS^ 
 ed of sufficient skill to follow a vein when they once lose sight 
 of it. They will ttot,^ however, suffer any European to see 
 those which have becin discovered, or to search hit others; The 
 country is divided into a number of separate districts, som« &( 
 which are Under the government of kings, and trthtM aye re^ 
 publies* The inhabitants are remarkable for their But noses^ 
 their thick lips, and $hdrt Wdolfy h^r. SOme of theilit are Ma-> 
 
Piklltllk 
 
 Al^RIdA. 
 
 i8^ 
 
 UppKt OuiNBA. The Slave Cout— Benin. 
 
 itataa 
 
 hometana ; but the far greater number are idolaters, each indi- 
 vidual having his own particiilai' god *. The whole coast i^ 
 extremely unhealthy, owing to the excessive helkt of the dayg, 
 the! coldiiess of the nights, and the damp sulphureous mlftts which 
 rise every liiommg from tUti ihouritiuns. Tornadoes are also 
 very frequent here, particularly during the riixif season. 
 
 ^. The Slave Coast rea^hei from ilie river Volta to the 
 tiver Lagos. It contains the four kingdoms df Goto, Popo, 
 Whidah, and Ardrah, which Were coiiquercid by the king of Da- 
 homy in the year 1727. The country is populous, and well 
 furnished with large vlllageiri The fields an:' always green $ 
 and the inhabitants cultivate beans, potatoes, and fruits : their 
 fruits are, dtrons, lemorisj otflnges, banands, tamarinds, and 
 dthers conuhoh in tropical cotmtriesr. Thdir religibn is idolatry, 
 and thciy dre very superstitious. They haVc! ari astdnishiiig pro- 
 pensity to gaming, and will stake even their wives ind children 
 at play. The chief trade of the country consists in slaves, ele- 
 phant's te«th, Wax, and lioriey;'^ ^ no:oLnriod noo.i.o.i .1 
 
 ^ % Bamii. The kingdom of Beniti extends froth the eastern 
 boundaries of ' the - Slave Coast, along the shoteof the At- 
 lantic, to Cape de Lopo; latitude 4/ So'uth'j longitude 8^ 
 30' East. Its inland btiutidanlear are ii6t easiljr ' defined. 
 The country is inhabited by a number of diftefeht hations, 
 
 tHim 
 
 • *• tn this wretched country,'* says Gbafrey Lttjeir, a Jesuit missionary, 
 who visited' the Gold Coast A. 1714, " we meet With kmgdbms whose 
 " monarthi aie'|>easants, with towns wbiok arie bulk of not&ing but reeds, 
 " and sailing vessels formed out of a single tree i,^ vre meet witb i^tiona 
 " who live without care, speak without rule, transact business without 
 " writing, and walk about without clothes ; we meet with people who 
 " live partly m the Water like fishes, and partly in holes of^ tfie earth like 
 H Wofots, whicK they reaeinble in fHikcdne« and iirirnsibillty." 
 
 M 
 
m 
 
 ■Ml 
 
 
 VtJMUt 
 
 vfhotc ptince) ove vmmIs to the king of Bcpin, a acyv<r«ignwha 
 c»n raise m uxoy of leo^ooo sneo. HU capital U Seidn, si. 
 ttt»U QQ the rives Fonaosa, Uutitiuie (S° to' so" Nortb > loqgi. 
 tudo 6** ay' East. It is a large and populous place, with long 
 an4 spacious streets^ whidb are contiouallj crowde4 with mer-< 
 chants in cotton* elcphant^s teeth,, and other goods. The Por- 
 tuguese possess the* principal part of the trade here, but they 
 hdve no settlfment* THe pioductions o£ the soil are the same 
 as those of the qtber cov^ltrics on this coafit alfeady descfibed > 
 and the itilpabitavtB are chiefly idolat«H« 
 
 XI. LQWi;S. GUINSiA. occupDS a spaoe of about 1700 
 mUei along the coast of the AtLpnticr extending £rom Cape de 
 Lopo on the North» to the mouth of the Fish river, (longitude 
 26** 30' South) on the South. It n>ay be divided into the five 
 fbllqwiog parts, vis. i. Loango, 2» Congo» 3. Angola, 4. 9cn^ 
 gnela,and i. Mi 
 
 X. LoAtioo is bounded on the North by Benin, and on the 
 South by Congo, from which it is separated by the "river Zaire, 
 in latitude about 6^ South, being about 400 miles in length 
 along the coast of the ocean. The country contains several 
 provinces or petty states which ate al^ subject to one sovereign 
 prince, whg is stiled the king of I«oang9, but is himself under 
 thecontrovl qf the Portuguese govenxff. The inhabitants are 
 called BramaS( and are tall and wcU shaped, and of a shining 
 black. The kingdom abowids in poultry, all sorts of cattle, 
 and wjld beaata. It fiwmahes gveat ({uaatities of elephent^a 
 teedi asMl of Iwfl. Chief town Loango, hrtitude 4^ 15* South j 
 longitude xo" 40^ East. ; 
 
 a. Congo ia about 180 nules in Icngth,^ reaching from the 
 southern bwivdaxies o£ Leango^ ta the wftx Imm (latitude 
 
LaWKR OuiMBAii. ilaio1»— ftngiiels. 
 
 1^'^ 
 
 B^' z 2' S6utft); which sepkrtf M' i^ £rbili Angolk: tlli; ^aiTAal 
 ci^y M S( Slarvftdbr, wliicl^ is tlie residence of t&e king, UtItUd'e 
 5'' i5^ South J longitude 1 3*^ ^5' East. THie d» in thir coutl- 
 try is not so ihtblerably sborclahg as in the jjiliifCifft iiniaedittteiy 
 to the Nbitli, being coristanlly refreshed by cool breczev ftbitf 
 the sea and land. I^fe Wholit coXtiitiry II Well tvMtJt«d, and 
 the soil is pretty fertile, producing various kinds of grain, and 
 a great variety of fruits. Many of the inhabitantVhave bcfdi 
 converted to t^e profession bf* Christianity by the Pdrtugufestf 
 missionaries : t)ut the far greater number are still idolater^. 
 
 3. Anoola fs bounded' dh the North by Congb, tfhd'bfl the 
 South by Benguela, front Which it is separated by the' river 
 Coanzo, latitaae lo** 20' South. It Ts a fertile coiiMtiy, and 
 comprehends several petty principalities and states^ ovtfr the 
 praioes of wfiicHthe Portuguese, who have sotiie fbrts and' s6t- 
 tliements here, exercise a tyrannical doininion. Other Euro- 
 pean nations, however, partake in the traffic for slaves in An- 
 gola as well as they. The religion, government, customs, and 
 langilage of Angola are much the same as those of Congo. 
 l^e chief town is Masnngano, latitude ib*' 3/ Sbufh } Irtdgi-^ 
 tude^ 14° 26' ^ast. - 
 
 4. BSffoxtAA^tttxtids froimf th« riVer Coanteb' on th« Ndith, 
 t<J the riVtt St Francis (latitude 13*^ South) oii thfe SWdth, ht- 
 ing about 310 miks in Ibigth. The country is in getieral Ibw^ 
 and the climate so exceedingly unwholesome', that stnang«rt 
 seldom vi^htufe to remain any considerable time btt shorfc. Th^ 
 principal town i* Btnguela, latitude i2** 50' Strathi longitude' 
 xa*v sf EastV, The inland country is covered trith forests, 
 which aire infested by prodigious numbers of wild besists, par> 
 riculariy lions, tigers, elef^antr, rhinbcerbses, and Wild mules. 
 T&i mhabltahts are pagans. 
 
 M 2 
 
19© 
 
 AFRICA. 
 
 PaktIL 
 
 LrfwiR OoiwiA. MataniMi. CArriARiA. Cape of Good Hope. 
 
 ; 5. Mataman or CiMBBBAs extends from the rirer St Francis 
 on the North, to the mouth of the Fish river on the South, 
 being about 900 miles in length along the coast. It is a ^ar- 
 rem, dreary, country, ivith which £uropeans have very little in- 
 tercourse. The government is said to be despotic, and the 
 whole is aSinned to be under one sovereign. 
 
 Xj[l« CijLFFRARI Acomprehends the whole southern coasts 
 of Africa, from the fish river on the West, to the Bay 0(6 
 Lagoa on tl^ Elast, extending much farther North in the in- 
 land country, and being about 1 600 miles in length, from North 
 to South, and about 1 100 in breadth, from East to West. The 
 western coast of this extensive country is chiefly a continuation 
 of the sandy desert of Mataman, and is little frequented, and 
 conseq^uently little known by Europeans} /the southern extre- 
 nuty is the country of the Hottentots, and has been often de- 
 scribed j and the coast along the shores of the Indian Ocean is 
 known by the names of Terra de Natal, and Terra dos Fu- 
 mos, or the Smoky Coast. 
 
 The year is divided into the wet and dry monsoons ^ of 
 which the former sets in about March, and the latter in Septem- 
 ber ; so t^at the summer of that country commences, as might 
 be expected, when it concludes with Europeans, who are in ap 
 opposite hemisphere. The country is watered by a great num- 
 ber of rivers, which have their sources in the inland mountains, 
 and glide over a clear and sandy bottom to the sea. 
 
 !.The Caps of Good Hope forms the southern extremity of 
 this country, and of all Africa ; and Cape Town is the princi» 
 pal city in the whole district. It was built by the Dutch |t> 
 bout the middle of the 17th century, and is new a place of con- 
 siderable extent and importance. It consists of above lOoO 
 houses, neatly built of brick, and in general whitened on the out- . 
 side } thev are, however, covered only with thatch, as the vio" 
 
Pa&t II. 
 
 AFRICA. 
 
 191 
 
 CArrnAtiA. Cspe of Good Hope. 
 
 coa- 
 
 f 
 
 t 
 
 lence of the south>eut winds would render wny other roof in* 
 convenient and dangerous. The streets are broad and com- 
 modious, all crossing each other at right angle*. In the prin- 
 cipal street there is a canal, on each side of which is planted • 
 row of oaks, which yield a very agreeable shade. 
 
 The descriptions which have been given of the country of 
 the Hottentots, represent ii in an extremely diiferent point of 
 view. That given by Captain Cook seems to be the most a- 
 greeablc totrutf " No coimtry," says the Captain, " that we 
 saw during the yage has a more forlorn appearance, or is, in 
 reality, a more sterile desert. The land over the Cape which' 
 constitutes the peninsula formed by Table fiay on the North,' 
 and False Bay on the South, consists of high mountains, altoge* 
 ther naked and desolate : the land behind these, to the East, 
 which may be considered as the isthmus, is a plain of vast ex- 
 tent, consisting almost wholly of a light kind of sea sarid, which 
 produces nothing but heath, and is utterly incapable of cultiva- 
 tion. All the spots that will admit of improvement, which to- 
 gether bear about the same proportion to the #hole as one to 
 a thousand, are laid out in vineyards, orchards, and kitchen 
 grounds ; and most of these litttb spots lie at a considerable dis- 
 tance from each other. There is also the greatest reason to 
 believe, that in the interior parts of the country, that which 
 is capable of cultivation does not bear a greater proportidn to 
 that which is incorrigibly barren j for the Dutch tnldiis thitf 
 they had settlements 28 days journey up the^cottntry y a distance; 
 equal to at least pootniles, fn^m wImcH they bring provisions 
 to the. Cape by land *, so that it seems reasonable. to conclude 
 that provisions are not tO be had^thin a less compass.** Cap- 
 tun Cook mentions a circumstance -whieh seems strongly to 
 corroborate this opinion. ** While we were at the Cape,'*' he 
 adds, !* k fanner came thither firom the country, at the dis- 
 tance. o£ 13 days journey, and brought Us young^hildren with. 
 
«9f 
 
 MMI^A. 
 
 II»t£I. 
 
 Pi 
 
 TOrMSSJ^SES^^^TfJfJSJSStotr 
 
 ]^^. WfHfii^,iiigtftii^ tifilmt Mii/ailuidimD, iftit.cvraidd 
 0()t );$siy€.l^^ )lMt$iir; ^ r^yp kl^them.wilh Im vmxt nrngbboiir : 
 
 ftve ^fB^fJopfWy vf. »»<>• XK»Wl*c q<Ni«>t«y, cPBtiniKS^thc Cafir 
 tain, is every vt^^es^, dff^tjt^c pf iv^^Mflri^pciiiS :H> iamotiibni' 
 tpi^n } {o^ :^q4^r ,ai^ j|(l;a)JSc,s «s^ iwpfKtDd fr«a» ;BfttWtisit thd 
 j^lis ^Ip^ ^4^9r,^)^pp4. WiB i9My no tvse* '<»«tt|lt k 
 plwtAtjpns.nefu: thp rtoftrq, ^% y(M:$M^k^K:9fl^ stcoK 
 vbich vere,i)pt: thicker ,^n ayq()4tp*«4)»v>mb, I\j»i.i<flK^ fi«l^w:k, 
 vi an aim or Ug : akj^js tlie^UM^miic^ >of t^e^^w^hi^c itO the 
 4ui>4vaT>tage of vcget^^ippj j|«|t|ing. t^ ittedUty of dslie jsg^tOi^l 
 o^ the qvM«ti^** 
 
 Notvntbfltanding rdie b94^«l)B ^ t^e fiHi|>«lt«, 9fid the atoti- 
 lity of;the mil, hpwisver, tbcrWc^ryof the iniiiiliitaints hat 
 nyiplied th^^ C^ape wi^h ^U t^ 9flQqcwsii«!, »»i)(i)eis«tti with :ihe 
 juries of He;, ^ ^ greatest proliNmio* tChe ^hcef and >muk- 
 'ton are excellent ', the ^e^i^ pf odv^pe f^pe9n whieat voA kat- 
 l^j,,m4;thejga|r4^iA, Eurcqpe^n jtrAgfiUUes jaod SsMtlpSiH kind*, 
 \)«$ide8 |ilantai|i8, gua.¥a4, juirI^^ «i^ nopoe iother Sndian fioats, 
 ^ugh not in j^c^tion j |he ^qiardff adso produce irinc of 
 various sorta ^ bpt not equal to ithoie of Europe, evsqit jdie 
 p>nst9iitia. 
 
 "Ilie sjir is ^tary in g hig^ dfgrci9| *> that pcsvsoos wha 
 «xrive in bad healUi frofu £)u»pe, gonecally recoyer perfect 
 health iu 9 short time. 
 
 The Cape of Good Hope waf ^taken fcpm the Hhiloh ht the 
 British in th& ^ear 1797 » but i^ now ^opstt^utedsjieiilral poet 
 bjr t^e late treaty olpe£^^. 
 
 The n^ye ^inh^bitant* of th^ counUy, qatUed Homnrrontf, 
 ^e nearljF of the ssme :«ce yii^ Ewropeans ^ but raftlMr alim 
 gad lean, than piUupp 9nd yluAty . Their tjm txc 4uU and with- 
 «)Ut expression : their dun is of tbe cQ{k>ur:«f soot, inihidi'is pasfc- 
 1y qmig tp^h(^ c«ti9|q($ diclil^^ 9* t^ wttt vA nf 
 
wmmmmmmmm 
 
 PiiTlI* 
 
 AFHICA. 
 
 »M 
 
 CArMskU. QytafOaKaHnywcato. 
 
 {Mtt ol dMile bodfev Tbeiir thoMa^camLm of « skis, gfeM^ 
 rally that of a sheep, thrown over their shoulders, with nedki- 
 laces, aad stwni^tiiMf braoeleti of beads. When they -nut sin- 
 dala, th^ ace ma^ of wood or bark. Their dwdlingi tn 
 mfrely huts of «wrth or WQ«d» lo low that it is iii^possible to 
 stand eroct m them* The doon are scirody thras iltet high y 
 %a4 m«p^ be entered oa all jfonrsw The firt-place is in the 
 laiddk of the hut j and the peepk sit or Ue round «K in a 
 <;iicle. 
 
 . The Hptteatots are divided mto a number of distinct tribes, 
 which dijffer very a^uch from one another in their customs and 
 manner of life. All^ heweveri $re quiet and peaceable, except 
 one herde^ wl^ieh is settled to the eastward, and. lives entirely by 
 i^bbdry or iheft. These are eidkd Bo9eh««i&en.by the Dutch : 
 they aT'e a^Ml with lanced and anows, wldicE are generally 
 p(usoned, either with the juice of oertaia herbe, or vrtth thor 
 i{4noat;9f 1^ sorpeat oilled u'ohru di CI^Mlr* 
 
 Thc^ GimtMin ^^ live luther up the oouolij^, are tdler and 
 more robust^ than the Hottentots, and possess a greate/ de- 
 gree of pnde ajad coaraige^ Thmr features are likewise aiore 
 ^ee4ble,.thq!Ugh their faces are very much tatooed, and their 
 complexion is a jet black. The dress of both is composed of 
 pretty much the same mstterii^ ) bat the skin with which the 
 female Cafie is covciiedi is bound round the shoulders, where- 
 as that of th< Hottentot is lied round the loino. 
 
 The hut of the Cafiiret liie hij^ber and mote commodioua 
 than those of the Hof.tentots, They are formed into a perfect 
 hemtsjdta'e \ wai composcid of wooden woek, very strong and 
 compact, and plasteredi both within and without, with a mix- 
 Uirt of earth, clay, and cow>(lut^« The kudaof Caffraria are 
 more fertile, and the country is better wateted than that of the 
 UottcAlots ) yet the fowi, andalrooat all the; other animals of 
 
 M4 
 
194 
 
 AFRICA. 
 
 Baat II. 
 
 CArt«A«iA. MuncnoftheCaiBres. 
 
 the fenncr country aie conaiderably smaller tJian these of the 
 latter. .. .. . j 
 
 Industry is a leading trait in tlie character of the Caffres, 
 and they practise agriculture tO' a considerable extent. They 
 are governed by a king ^ but hisf dominion is very limifed. He 
 receives no taxes, nor has he any regular troops at- his com- 
 mand, neither is his cabin higher or better decorated than 
 those o£ his subjects) but he is allowed to cultivt^ a larger 
 portion of ground, and to msuntain a greater number of cattle, 
 which constitute his only resources for the support of his fa- 
 mily, and particvdarly of a numerous seraglio. The people 
 are divided into ^ number of hordes, which live at great dis- 
 tances from each other, under the authority of chiefs^ appoint- 
 ed by the kin|;. When any thing is to be communicated, he 
 sends for the chiefs, and gives them hu orders, which they con- 
 vey to their respecUve hordes. -. i p .i :n. *-. ,;;j( 
 
 The sovereignty u hereditary, the eldest son always 8aoceed>- 
 ing his fiithex. like princtp4 weapon of the Gaffre is the lance 
 or as^aygay, with which he seek* M» enemy £>ce to face, and 
 never throws his weapon but openly ^ at the same time despi- 
 ung, as below his courage, the envenomed dart so much in use 
 among his neighbours. 
 
 Circumcision is practised among them •, but without being 
 able to account for the ceremony *, and the universal religion 
 is paganism j though some believe in the existence of a Su- 
 preme Bein^, and have some indistinct notions of a futurr 
 state. 
 
 The CafFres are the principal inhabitants of the Terra de 
 Natal and the Terra dos Fumos, though the former has been 
 purchased from the natives by the Dutch. Their manners are 
 mueh the name as those of their countrymen already described, 
 but less settled wad stationary. The whole country abound* 
 
MM! 
 
 Part II. 
 
 AFRICA. 
 
 »>? 
 
 SorAt*. ZAKdVKBAt. 
 
 jh lions, tigers, buffiiloeij tnd tKshit ifnld beasts : atid elephants 
 arls so numerous that they &ed together in prodigious herds. ^ 
 
 XIII. SOFALA, in the most extensive sense, extends from 
 the English river and the Bay de Lagoa on tKe South, to 
 the rivter Zamheze (latitude 18** 30^ iSduth) on the North j 
 being bouiided by the Ocean on the East, and by Monomota- 
 pa on the West. It is divided into the throe provinces, or ra- 
 ther kingdoms, of Sofala Proper jSabia, and Inhambane. The 
 capital city is Sofala on the ocean, where the Portuguese have 
 a fort and garrison y latitude ito** 29' South ; l<mgitude 35** ao' 
 East, v-iji'-''- •' - '^-ii«'fA i'-'i a»«\ '"J ihiit htm ^imit-y^MH- --''pnht 
 
 The soil is fertile in millet, rice, fruit, and sugar-canes, and 
 the country abounds in ostriches, elephants, gold dust, and 
 mines; It is under the dominion of one emperor, who has se> 
 veral inferior princes tributary to him ; but is himself under 
 considerable subjection to the Portuguese. Ih consequence of 
 tbe intercourse of these with the natives, several of the latter 
 are said to have been converted to Christianity) but the far 
 greater number are still pagans. n - • ; ■; 
 
 il.J-lOD 
 
 xr •>!'. 
 
 XIV. ZANGUEBAR lies between 19P of South, and 5* 
 of North latitude, and is ab6v« 1500 miles in kngth along the 
 sea-coast, being bounded on thie South by Sofala, and on the 
 North by Ajan or Anian. It is divided into the kingdoms of 
 
 kingdotni. 
 
 Chief Towns. 
 
 Latitude. 
 
 Longitude. 
 
 Melinda 
 
 Melinda 
 
 2°J9'S. 
 
 4i''5<5'E. 
 
 
 Brava 
 
 50 N. 
 
 45 20 £. 
 
 fiif'f'oa ' 
 
 Mombaza 
 
 3 40 S. 
 
 41 20 £. 
 
 (^loa 
 
 Quiloa 
 
 8 45 S. 
 
 40 16 £. 
 
 . M6zan\bique 
 
 Mozambique 
 
 14 56 S. 
 
 41 5 E. 
 
 Qjulimane 
 
 ;8 jjS, 
 
 37 »5 E. 
 
 ., ■>: 
 
 .. itfOl/Jti: 
 
 
 .Jllli 
 
 i 
 
:i 
 
 AFRICA. 
 
 PiMiT, n. 
 
 iMi 
 
 ^AN. Aauu 
 
 Zangnebar is w«tei«d by a great numbet of rivtn, -wkfck 
 refteib and nonri^ the amutsft and cepdef dye aoi) pxcmaiing. 
 1y fertile. It ccmaequently yields the richest crops of rice and 
 maize } and aboundaiii cocoas^ plantains, sugar'«a»fs^ oraages, 
 l^oiis, and dtbet tropical fruits. Wtom this country alaoi the 
 Poctufoese are {umished with gold, slaves, and ivory, draught 
 from the inland parts of Africa ; and vrith ostrich. ^ "Others, 
 seniia, aloet^ civet,, ambargcis, and frankincense, ^e produce 
 of the soil. The.<»c4»atiy is wej^ pppvlous } bat thfinhaUt>at» 
 ar« chiefly aogroes, Tha city of MaMnda aloipe issaid.to «oo- 
 taia 900,000 souls. Thie PrntugMca are- sovereigns pf the 
 vrhole sea-coast, and their language is spoken in various parti 
 of die coKmtry. 
 
 :}CV. AJANor ANIANis boaodedoptthe North by the 
 Avat»an Sea and t^ Straighta of Babelmandel ; on the £ast 
 lay the Indian Oqean j o» the Sf^h by Z4ttg«iebar ) and on 
 tbo Wcstby Gin^BO, and Abysnnia. Thes«s««oa»tiaa sandy 
 desert, containing v^ry lew springs of water, and a profortiqu'^ 
 ably small number of inhabitants ji, but tj^ inland country be- 
 ing more fprtile, abounds in all the necessaries of life, contains 
 a great number of inhalntants, and fiimishes plenty of excellent 
 horses. It is divided into a great number of petty princ^paU- 
 lities, vflush are independent of each other. The prevailing 
 i)9li|^ is the. Mfdw^Q^n. The p^ncipal articles of coni» 
 merce are gold, wax, {uobergris, andhoi^s^s* There ar^ no 
 cities nof towns. 
 
 XVI. ABEX or HA BASH if a narrow stripe of country 
 which lio along the Qoa$t vi the Red Sea, from the boundaries 
 pf Ajim on the South, to the tropic of Cancer on the North, 
 and is boujided on the West by Abyssinia and Nubia. It is 
 exceedingly mountainous and full of wild beasts j the soil is 
 
ftMlT. II. 
 
 Uf, -which. 
 
 BxcMding. 
 of rice and 
 S OTMges, 
 y s]io> the 
 fj draught 
 L ;^%thff«f 
 le produce 
 nbabifamt 
 
 ;i)s p£ die 
 nous parts 
 
 nhbythe 
 a the ^ait 
 'I,an4 on 
 ;ua9jmd]r 
 noporUon-' 
 )imtsy be« 
 !, contains 
 ' excellent 
 >rinc^ptH- 
 prevailing 
 of com- 
 re arc no 
 
 f country 
 oundasies 
 le North, 
 a. It is 
 ,e soil is 
 
 ?#MrW. 
 
 AYfll-CA. 
 
 m 
 
 ■Vp-^-bw 
 
 »|| J, |I HU nn" i i i 
 
 
 b^iCKnand^esdtute Af^ng^:) tl^e air is i|itol«r»Uy hot, »4 
 extriwa^ly uuhwltby. The «owr^y vm .fougH*'*^ by the 
 Tiwka ♦bov* a ceati»ry ;^gq, »nd the i«haWi»nts, who i»e v^ 
 Tcry numerous, are still governed by a Turkish iww^. 3>e 
 religion, of course, is Mahometan. The most'valuable pra- 
 ctice 4> «p«H<ntiyi8^,},of wl^FhiMy^ti.v«8«l^rt(y)|is[-^ 
 flqcf^ble ^l^tit^ 
 
 II. T«E INTERIOR COUNTRIES Of ATRlCAi 
 Isestkntttmto E-uropeans, maybe considered under the foUow- 
 ing heads, t« : >• Biledatgetid. 2. Zara, or the Great Desert. 
 3. Nigtitia 4, The inland parts of (juii^ea. 5. Nubia. 6. Aby». 
 tinia. 7. Ethiopia. B, Mano-Emugi. 9. Monomotap^. 
 
 I. BILEBULG^RID, or llic country of Dates, is an exten- 
 siw territory of iH-defined boundaries, which "Ues between the 
 states xii Barbary and the Gr^at Desert, and extends almost 
 from the western «xtremity of E^pt to the country of the 
 Monselemines and Mongearts on the AtlaAtic Qcean. |t con- 
 stituted a part oi the ancient Numidi.9, and is exceedingly 
 mountsoiious, sandjr, and barren, producing very little susten- 
 ance except the dates of the palm-tree, with wluch the country 
 sibounds* The climate is hot and unhealthy *, thf people are 
 lean, and of a swarthy, shrivelled completion, and are very 
 subject to complaints of the eyes, owing to the E^ast winds, 
 which drive the hot sand into them, and to the scorched an^ 
 dazzling appearance of the country. ''^ 
 
 The inhabitants are a mixture of the descendant! of the an-^ 
 cient Africans, and of wild Arabs j the farmer of whom live 
 ih t<miis or villages j the latter in tents, ^d r^ge from placf 
 to place, in quest of food and plunder. T^^ir principal Ver- 
 sion consists in hunting, particularly the ostrich} of which 
 they eat th? flesh, and barter the featherf for com^ pulse, or 
 
ipS 
 
 AFRICA. 
 
 Paxt 11, 
 
 Zara. Divlsiont— See-wab. 
 
 other articles which their country does not produce. Besides 
 the flesh of the ostrich, they also eat that of goats and camels j 
 and chiefly use dates instead of bread. The religion is pagan 
 or Mahometan. 
 
 II. ZARA, or the Great Pesert, is bounded' 0|i the 
 North by Biledulgerid j on the East by Egypt ^ on the South 
 by Nigritia j and on the West by the Atlantic Ocean j being 
 about 2,i^oo miles in length, and above 700 in breadth where 
 broadest. A midst this vast sea of lifeless sand, appear several 
 blands or oases of great fertility and population y though some- 
 times at prodigious distances from erne another. Some of 
 these oases which were known to the ancients, are now lost, as 
 that of Amnionica, visited by Alexander' the Great, where 
 Jupiter Ammon was worshipped in the figure of a ram. The 
 principal ones novir kiiQwn are, i. See-wah. 2. Berdoa. 3. Fez- 
 %3xpt. 4. Gademis. 5. Twat. 6. Tesset. 7. Gualata. 8. Tau- 
 iSPfd 9*^*^"* IQ. Tuggurt, ii.Wergela, 
 
 ' , - '-V 
 I. See-wab lies in the latitude of abqut 29** North, and in 
 
 the longitude of 26^ East, and is about six miles long, and 
 five broad. A great part of this oasis is filled with date-trees } 
 and also produces pomegranates, figs and olives, apricots, and 
 plantains. Wheat is cultivated for the consumption of the na- 
 tives, as well a; ripe, which is of a reddish colour. The Si- 
 wese are darker, in their complexion than the Egyptians, and 
 use a different dialect. The district is governed by a few elec- 
 tive sheiks, and is generally distracted by intestine contests, 
 which debilitate the executive power, and prevent the punish- 
 ment of crimes^ X^c capital city is See-wah, the Siropum of 
 Major Rennell, and the Mareqtis of D'AnviUcj latitude 19? 
 i:»' Noith } lon^tud«^si7° 8' Bast.. 
 
Vmt II* 
 
 AFRICA. 
 
 199 
 
 Zara. Berdoa— Fczzan. 
 
 a. Bjerooa lies at the distance of about 500 ^liles West frpm 
 the Nile, and in latitude between 25° and 30° North. The, 
 inhabitants, who are extremely rude and barbatous, are very 
 little known to Europeans. The chief tow^ is Berdoa, lati- 
 tude 26** 12' North i longitude 21° 3s' ^^^' [♦ tti "^ 
 
 3. Fez^an lies bejtween , 25** and 29* of North latitude ; 
 and between 14° and 18° of East longitude. It is an exten- 
 sive plain, surrounded by an irregular circle of mountains, 
 interrupted on the West by the sands of the desert. The soil 
 is chiefly a light sand, on which no rain ever falls } yet the ve- 
 getation is luxuriant, ^qm the number of subterraneous springs, 
 which burst through the shallow stratum of the sand, and are 
 copiously supplied b^ the adjacent mountains. 
 
 Little wheat is raised i but maize and barley are reared in 
 considerably quantities, with pompions, carrots, cucumbers, 
 onions, and garlic. The most common trees are the date, the 
 white thorn, and the talke j the camel, the goat, and th<i 
 hairy broad-tailed sheep, are the most useful domestic animals ; 
 and the wild animals are the ostrich, the antelope, and a small 
 beautiful species of deer, of a clear white colour, streaked with 
 di£Eerent hues of brownish red, which, as the Fezzanese believe, 
 never lies on the ground during the autumnal rains, to avoid 
 sullying its colour. The chief cities are, Mourzouk, the capi- 
 tal, latitude 27° 58' North j longitude i ;° 5' East j Zueela, 
 latitude 27** ^6' North j longitude i69 20' East j and Zerma, 
 latitude 27° 25' North j longitude 16" 16' East. The houses 
 are built of clay, covered with a flat roof, formed of the boughs 
 of trees, overspread with earth. 
 
 The Fezzanese have less similarity to the Arabs than to the 
 negroes, whom they resemble in their dark swarthy colour, in 
 the protuberance of the lips, the depression of the nose, and in 
 their short, crisped, black hair. Their stature is tall, and their 
 
^»«w» 
 
 im 
 
 AfktcA. 
 
 ijjailiijMfea 
 
 ■WHAMMMiHliiaB 
 
 Zara. GUfeifllt^Twtt^t'enet. 
 
 Akfrif 
 
 iiHiiiiiiiittSi 
 
 Ibtni ffxfu f Diit tncrjt tlratner' poUBSi Mtti^w ttstt sltwvty, xko 
 govfemiRMtift poftlyiflonMtMdd^, Md*hrdftlyi«stt*iitied'trf tlte 
 ilifhieiice df ujiirUott'y ^Amkii) tUiatt^toAtr iiktwti^ cttnstitttteir btit^ 
 af^eblii baMief tt) Injustitt. Thcr rdysil fitttiiy^iir difse^ndislf 
 from that of TaphHIrf, vAto donqatfi^' V^z«ttA lAout 406 ytftttr 
 ago. From that period, to the middle of the last century, the 
 kingd($ffi ifldhtdiiiEd hsriddiepefideitefrj Bttt wa» tfftcffrttdiMed 
 by th^ BasihaW of fiipoll, atiid' Ibitred* tb pay an vattaikt ttfbatir 
 df 50 slaves, and'xblb. of gohf dost. THir tHbutIti Httf becM 
 sihbe re<hicetf to Kh imigtiSftieant tfcciurfdftif presfertt: iHit t€* 
 veiiued of the'kifi^ affs« from the dlotitstipoii ttteltstttfndlke, attd" 
 the tax^s of the tdvriiaf, villages, gtirdtfnr, and' date fltJUb. Gold' 
 dust is the x&edium of tidtttfteree. fhe feligiisn £s rigid l^a- 
 hometism. Fezzaii is separated' fittm TirijpcrH bythe blftck; 
 barren desert of SbildaH, thd soif of ti^hlch iy composed of A soft 
 stone, wMch produces lib vegetable 6ut the t^-ti«e, and a 
 t^ies of broom. 
 
 us 
 
 4. Gaobhis-, ahcttds of mttth stnalfer eAehV, liesnotth-ttrcMl 
 of Feiz4tt, betwe-n 30* and 31^° of N<Ath ladtude. It is siw- 
 tbate 24 joumeysr South tif Tunis, and- is sometimies' subject ta 
 thiit state, and sometimes W TripoHi The sbiltS d^atildbat^ 
 ren, producing great quandties of datetf, but little com. Itl' 
 this cotkntty is a fijuntain of trhicU the Wateiis ate aitemately' 
 fabtuid^^cold. 
 
 5. TwAt, or TooKT lies 20 journeys to the sOutH^west of 
 Gadeids, in latitude about 29^ North} and longitude 2^ td- 
 
 3" 
 
 -° East. 
 
 6. Ttiitt fies a1)0ttt an equal distance sondi-west of Tvrat^ 
 in latitude 21? North } and longitude 6° to f West. 
 
AuivJL 
 
 AvmeA. 
 
 Ziuu. ihMirrM. 
 
 i&c 
 
 ji^ GMlita^ Ken aWtt thfe am* dfiMMKc MuriMrest of IVt- 
 um^UttMrn %^** mdiA^td North ktitade } «fid lo^ uWI tf 
 «f We«t longitude. Tko eluef town* ii« Guad«», Ittitocle r$f* 
 15^ Kovth) l<wgf^«('« «^^ ^Mt; and CrMidk, ladtude 2^ 
 57* Novlb; loMghii^ iS^ i7f West. 
 
 ,;n; JiY rjjj} (u* «/.;•«■>' «). U-.,.i:)i . -'.■i(?J, j «■ ;.; ■ -j.i'i 
 
 latitude t^ North }, md ioigitHde i° Weit.. 
 
 '!■,■■ 
 ^ lUitf^ Ut» undcv )^ Tropic of Canecv, «td bctweea Ump 
 «aiBidif(i <4 Lond«tt m4 5^ of £ost lon^udo* 
 
 ,f^J.Q-' TjiQUKS licii south-east ficoia Haher, in laidtude aboot 
 20? aQ4/:)X° }iorth ^ and li^agltude f and 6* £aat. 
 
 li. Wergela Iks north-east from Tuggart, in latitude 23* 
 fffd 24° North) and lon^tude 9° and xo° £ast. 
 , : There axe several other oasts ia this immfinse desert j but 
 thpy ate Uttle known to Europeans. 
 
 •is ■ 
 
 Hl.mGRITIA,NEGROLAN0,Qr SOUDANiwhlch 
 the Araha term Biled al Soudan,.or Biled al Abiady the Land 
 of the Blocks^ or the Land of Slaves, lies between 5° and 26^. 
 of North latitude i and between 11° of West, and 2%° of £as«^ 
 longitude j being ahore 250a mdles im length from East to 
 West» and 1400. in braadth from North to South where broad- 
 
 ui • . ^ 
 
 RsvERS.] The principal rivers of Nigritia are the Niger 
 
 aad the Sene|^. The Niger, which by the Moors is called 
 
 Ncel Abecd, the River of Slaves, or Neel Kibbeer, the Great 
 
 River, and by the negroes is denominated the Joliba or the 
 
 Gin } rises near Sankari, in the kingdom of Jallonkadoo i Iz- 
 
jlJ»« 
 
 .AFRICA. 
 
 >Arr It. 
 
 NtOKITIA. OlTUoilt. 
 
 tkvde 11° North > longitude 6° ifil Weat } from whence it 
 flows in « north-easterly direction over at least 30° of the longi- 
 tude of Africa. The moderns, since the 12th century, misled 
 by Edrisi and Ahulfeda, conceived the course of the Niger to 
 be from East to West, and the Senegal and Gambia to be but 
 branches of that river, which carried its waters to the Atlantic 
 Ocean. Herodotus, Pliny, Ptolemy, and the ancients, assigned 
 to it an eastern direction } and the truth of their opinion has 
 been lately ascertained by Mr Mungo Park, a native of Scot- 
 land, who in the years 1795, 1^96, and (79?, performed k jour. 
 ney of above 1000 miles into the interior of Africa, during a 
 conuderable part of which, he followed the course of the ^i^ger. 
 The Senegal rises not far from the source of the Niget, in va> 
 nous parts of the kingdoms of Jalloncadoo and Mandhiga,'from 
 whence it proceeds in an opposite direction to the Atlantic. 
 
 Divisions.] Our present knowledge of the interior of Afri^ 
 ca does not frimish the means of an accurate description of this 
 extensive country } nor can a complete enumeration be expect- 
 ed of the various kingdoms into which it is divided. I shall 
 therefore satisfy myself on this occasion with setting doWii a 
 list of those countries which are best known to Europeans, 
 with their principal ciries \ and afterwards adding such descrip- 
 ^ve circumstances as may appear most important, relating to 
 the different places, in the order in which they lie. 
 
 lOngdoms. 
 
 1. Kouar 
 
 2. Kuku 
 
 3. Bomou 
 
 Chief Towns. 
 Tamalma 
 Kuku 
 Bomou * 
 Kanem 
 Zaghara 
 
 latitade. Lnngltad«. 
 
 2^^ 15' N. il* 50' E. 
 
 21 40 N. 27 5 E. 
 
 1^ 38 N. 22 57 E, 
 
 21 35 N. 22 00 E. 
 
 18 30 N. 25 20 E. 
 
 Or Mathan^ or Matsaih 
 
 '.3 
 
■HUM 
 
 Vmt th 
 
 Af«ic^ 
 
 H 
 
 
 Mmutu. .OKMoof. 
 
 
 Ooantrlef. 
 
 CUef Towiu. 
 
 lAtltudtf. 
 
 
 4- Zegzeg 
 
 Zegzeg 
 
 ao 38 N. 
 
 15 58 £• 
 
 5. Zanfara 
 
 Zanfara 
 
 x8 20 N. 
 
 lis a £. 
 
 '6;Rawina* 
 
 Gannatt 
 
 44 3J N. 
 
 14 10 S. 
 
 
 Taboo 
 
 24 00 N. 
 
 Z2 2 £. 
 
 ■ 
 
 . ibsouda f 
 
 fli 40 N. 
 
 13 12 £• 
 
 ' 
 
 Agadei t 
 
 20 3 N. 
 
 II 58 E; 
 
 ■ . '■ 
 
 Cassina 
 
 x6 IS N. 
 
 11 45 E; 
 
 ■ * \ 
 
 Gkana | 
 
 Id 25 N. 
 
 13 30 E. 
 
 '^. Wahgatsi 
 
 Titca 
 
 • i6.- 12 N, 
 
 15 «5 E- 
 
 7/ 
 
 $einegonda 
 
 14 48 N. 
 
 ai 35 ^i 
 
 f 
 
 Qhanara 
 
 M ' 11 N* 
 
 15 45*- 
 
 
 aoghebil 
 
 13 10 N. 
 
 X9 6 ¥1. 
 
 B. Sa^ermi 
 
 i^GIMI \ \ 
 
 3?i jif 12 N.', 
 
 »3 59 E. 
 
 .v' f 
 
 l^auga :hv 
 
 .vijt^i42 N. f 
 
 %% 54 J^- 
 
 ■ ^. Bezgoo .'/; ^ 
 
 1- "^ara >' 
 
 ,vxfr*5' 30 N;;, 
 
 i^5 2Q ]£; 
 
 id, Korarofa " 
 
 Mnngari av 
 
 v>sl?li':58 N. 
 
 83 3* l^' 
 
 n.-Bar Kulla 
 
 No toT^s; 
 
 ,-5 •.'- 
 
 ''.'.' 1 1 
 
 xa. Tocxur ^ 
 
 TOCRUR 
 
 16 IS N. 
 
 6 20 £; 
 
 ■■"»Q -T-iir hrrB ?■■*:■ 
 
 Bbnibob' 
 
 ij! 18 Ni 
 
 »o ; 5'Ei 
 
 raoB ?»•'■■ 
 
 Nykec ^ 
 
 14 40 Ns : 
 
 .\^ 20 SU 
 
 i3.6iiberorLaxnlemMalel 
 
 ij .|6i N./ 
 
 <xo/ 'afg* 
 
 
 %ttpkplec 
 
 13 00 N. 
 
 .'■5 40 ^If 
 
 24. Hoxissa 
 
 Houssa 
 
 16 25 N. 
 
 4 25 E. 
 
 ' 15. Tombuctao 
 
 TxudsuctOfS 
 
 »^ 39 N, 
 
 ^ :C3rE. 
 
 16. Jinbala 
 
 Jinbala 
 
 X6 j N, 
 
 pQ XO ^. 
 
 17. Gotto 
 
 Moosseddo 
 
 15 5N. 
 
 00 10 £. 
 
 x9. Maaitui 
 
 jAnnfe 
 
 15 ;o'N. 
 
 00 50 W. 
 
 19. Beeioo 
 
 Walet 
 
 15 55 Nr 
 
 a 5P We 
 
 
 Sego 
 
 14 10 N^ 
 
 a 26 W, 
 
 • Or €aihna, or Cassina. ♦ Or Audeghest. \ Of 3agt(eiH?|i 
 
 Or Sodi. I Or Caoo, or Ghinny, 01 Q(iinea.| Or lAccluyr. 
 
 N 
 
 <.i^\^ «i*. 
 
tuf 
 
 At Hie A, 
 
 Vakt lit 
 
 NlUKITIA. 
 
 Koiuur-^Kuktt-oBoniou. 
 
 CMintiiei. Chief TowM^r^'^ 
 
 *! Utltuie. 
 
 Longitude. 
 
 ■ 91. Mankn» No townfl. 
 
 
 
 d2. Beadoo No towns. 
 
 
 , 
 
 • aj. £yeo or Gago Gago 
 
 XI 22 N. 
 
 3 la E. 
 
 ' Combah 
 
 10 59' N. 
 
 I 40 E. 
 
 .'i4. Caflfaba ' Caffaba 
 
 IX 40 N. 
 
 00 10 W. 
 
 aj. Kong orGonjahKong or Songo 
 
 ti 12 N. 
 
 3 30 W. 
 
 ' - Degomba 
 
 10 50 N. 
 
 I 28 w. 
 
 a6. Jallonkadbo Sankari 
 
 XI 1 N. 
 
 6 IS W. 
 
 37. Manding Kamalia 
 
 12 46 N. 
 
 6 6 W. 
 
 28. Kaarta Kcmmoo 
 
 X4 6 N. 
 
 7 28 W. 
 
 •ip. Ludimar Benown 
 
 15 5 N. 
 
 6 59 W. 
 
 30. Casson Kotuakary . 
 
 14 3« N. 
 
 7 54 W. 
 
 31. Kajaaga Foft St Joseph 
 
 M 34 N. 
 
 9 56 W. 
 
 32. Bondou Fatteconda 
 
 14 21 N. 
 
 10 8 W. 
 
 33. Bambouk Bambouk 
 
 13 25 N. 
 
 9 8 W. 
 
 34. Gadou Mallacotta 
 
 la 31 N. 
 
 9 00 W. 
 
 35. Satadoo Satadoo 
 
 xa 31 N. 
 
 9 45 ^- 
 
 • •■it, Kodak, u bounded on the North, by Berdoa and the De- 
 Mrt of Libya ^ on the East by Upper Egypt *, on the South 
 by Kuku tod Bomou } and on the West by the Desens of Bil- 
 mah and Tibesti. The country is little known. 
 
 a. KoKo has Kouar on the North j Nubia on the East ', aod 
 Bomou on the South «rJ. West. 
 
 3. BoRNOu is bounded on the North by Kouar and Kuku } on 
 the East by Nubia *, on the South by Bergoo and Baghermi j 
 and on the West by Zanfara, Zegzeg, and the Desert of Bil- 
 mah. This empire is of very great extent, and the emperor is 
 reckoned one of the most powerful monarchs in Africa : no 
 less than thirty different languages are said to be spoken within 
 his dominions. The general appearance of the country is le- 
 
Put II. 
 
 AFRICA. 
 
 ^5 
 
 NiaiiTkA. Bwrnott—Zrlieg. 
 
 aod 
 
 u } on 
 rmi f 
 Bil- 
 roT is 
 no 
 vitbin 
 is le- 
 
 reland low ; the nil is f v ilt, though frequently interrupted 
 by stripes of sandy desert \ and produces rice, maize, beam, cot- 
 ton, hemp, and indigo in abundance. The most common fruits 
 are grapitfsj apricots, pomegranates, lemons, limes and melons. 
 The domestic animals are, the sheep, the goat, the camel, tht ' 
 horse,thebuffaloe, andbtherhorned catfle. The cbuntry abounds 
 in lions, leopards, wolvfcs, foxes, wild dogs, civet cats^ elephants, 
 crocodiles ^ and the hippopotamus and fpraffe are natives of this 
 empire. The principal rivers are the-Gazel or AMelope, Which ' 
 rises above the city of Kanem, flows in a southerly direction 
 towaids ^athan, and passes from thence to the lake of Kaugk ; 
 and the Buhrcl-Fittre, which passes by the ciries of Ruku and 
 Zaghara, and joins thi Antelope aboUt 50 miles below Angimi. 
 
 In iht cities of Bombu, the houses are btult with stone and ' 
 clay 'f but not disposed into regular streets. Mathan, the capt' ' 
 tal, k suitounded by. a strong wall, 14 feet in height. The 
 natives of this empire are said, by some writers', to be hospita- 
 ble and humane. Theif c6mplexion is bkck j but their fea< 
 tures are different from those of the negroes. 
 
 The emperor is elected by three of the 'principal chiefs ; 
 whose choice, however, is restricted to the royal family. The! 
 suHtary force consists of cavalry anhed with the sabre, the pike, 
 and the bow. When the em|)eror takes the field, he causes a 
 date tree to be placed on the threshold of One of the gates of 
 lus capital, and ordering Itis horsemen to enter the city one by 
 one, determines the levy to be complete when the tree is worn 
 through the middle; The religion of the predominating tribe 
 is Mahometism ; but the majority of the ' people are pagans. 
 The principal articles of commerce exported noin this empire' 
 are gold-dust, slaves, horses, salt and civet; ' 
 
 , ^. Zbgzkg, which lies between Bomou on the East, and Kas« 
 sfna on the West, was, in the time of Leo, &.rich.and commer* 
 
 N2 
 
'.mj.^tmt ' 
 
 so6. 
 
 APRieAi 
 
 !»Alvr» llv 
 
 NtoKiTiA. Zaiifwra-^Kf^si^a, 
 
 dal kingdom, thci temtories of whkh were extremely futile and 
 tveU watered ) bvi% i( }f unknown to t|ie moderas* 
 
 5. Za^fAha is bounded on tke Nt>rth by Zegzeg *> on 1^ East 
 by Boirnou j oi> t|»e 5o«*h by Waijgari^ ^ and on the Weat by 
 Kassina, The country u described by Leo as Extremely fier«. 
 tile,, and the people as rude, with th.( negro complexion and feav ' 
 turos. About a century an4 t hatf ^o, it wa« a cousiderabb. 
 emporium of tl|^ gol4 trade* 
 
 a, Kassxnais h<»)n4e4 on the North by the t^pmtim$ 6£ 
 S^yr^, which separate it from Fezzan ; on the ^ast by Z«g«^) 
 Zanf^ra, and Wangara ) on the South \^Y the river Niger} and 
 on the West by the Great Desert This extensive dnpire 
 consists of a large proportion of land, X)f amazing fertility, in^ 
 terspersed with arid wastes, where the i^ys of the sun, neftcQtr 
 ed from the sand, glow with intense tmd suffocating heat ) and 
 with sandy heaths, in which the pdori^rous sh^ plint veget 
 tates with great luxuriancev The aurfi^is of the giXMmd is ge* 
 nerally level, but frequently interrupted by naked rocka, vki«ih 
 sometimes rise into mountains of considerable hei^tv The 
 soil is sandy, but intermixed with a black vegetable mould, 
 which is in some degree insalubrious to animal life, but exceed'* 
 ingly productive of beans and maize. As no salt is found in 
 Kassina, the merchants of Agades, one Of its provinpea, c^ny 
 on & very extensive trade in that artlpje with Diomboo, iniSoiw 
 nou. Their caravan, which consists of 1 000 camels^ maintun* 
 ed for the purpole, tr^vertes the vast desert of SUmeh, iabd 
 reaches th6 salt lakes of ]?fomb«o after a journey of 45 days. 
 Besides salt, the merchants of Kiissinti import European clothi, 
 and iron ware, horses, cowries, and gooroo-nuts. Their princi* 
 pal articles for exportation are gold-dust, slaves, senna, d.vpt, 
 cottoa^cMhi dy«d goaMlMBiS wd ox asdlmffalot hidfsi 
 
Pmt II, 
 
 AFI^ICA, 
 
 907 
 
 NdeniTiA. WaagWL— Batglienni. 
 
 ,,. The government is monarchical ', but the subjects of the «te- 
 f <;tor consist of a variety of tribes, <tifi^«nt from 6ach other ii> 
 j^guage, character, and mamiers. The successioh to the throne 
 ^s determined, as iu Boirnou, by the chief tnett of the empire j 
 \ii\f,t whos^ chrace is confined to the royal family. The empe- 
 for and many of the chiefe we Mahometans ; but the majority 
 9f the peof le are pagans^ 
 
 ktam* 
 triad 
 
 days. 
 
 lothi, 
 inci- 
 
 7, Wahoara is bounded on the North by Zanfera ; oh ihp 
 $ast by Bcrgoo ^ on the South by Dar Kulla ) and on the 
 Weftt by the Desert of Lemlem tmd Kassind. It is the Ghiaii- 
 gara of Leo, the Vmipara of Edrisi, abd is myvtr, by t^e Atabi, 
 termed Bclad al Tebr, the country of ^cAA ) ah article for 
 which it was famous 19 former time^, ahd which h still produ- 
 ces in considerable q'^iantities» Wangara is enviMnted and in- 
 tersected by ^ttferent branches of the Nigetj'Mych aimmally in* 
 undate the country, and the adjoining district of Ghana, us the 
 Nile b«ndate« th« Ittnds of Lowet £gypt, Trotti Wdngara, 
 the Niger is supposH to proceed in an easterly directioh, till it 
 f^ into die Is^e of Kaniga. Thus, in its progress from the 
 mounti^) of Jidloncadoo, this gre'xt river waten the territories; 
 of MftndiMg, Biunbawa, Mftsiinn. i otobuctoo and Houssa,whic1h 
 last is 700 mile^ fi»» ks rour , sjvd paswng on from thence, 
 it visits the emigre: af T-JC ur, Ka5sin{^,Wangara, and t\it louth- 
 em parts of Bagh'.ri^x vrhere its egress is supposed to ha 
 1 !6«» mites disiaift from 'i<»>t^sift } taakmg in all a cdunt-a.* '^ .'. 
 
 mikt. 
 
 ,. j:1j no 
 
 8^ Bi>HraEit.Mi is bounded on the North by ^^otnott ) m the 
 East by Nvbia ; on die South by fiergoo mc] aib JMm.it «f 
 Zew I and on th^ West by Wangara, from r^uch ^ is ^sard- 
 t4d by the Desert of Scth. This ettensiv^ V nt^doin^ which ts 
 tlie Gotham of D'Anvill<t» and the Qor-uiM «.( Ijcm, it' 15 di/s 
 
 N 3 
 
^upmp 
 
 208 
 
 AFRICA. 
 
 Part II. 
 
 NioaiTiA. Bergoo-T-Kororoft — OarKulla. 
 
 journey in length from North to South, and la in breadth from 
 East to West. The inhabitants are black in their complexioij, 
 but their features are not like those of the negroes. The reU- 
 l^on is Mahomecism. .. < 
 
 ..9. BsRGOo lies between Baghermi on the north-west^ and 
 Darfoor on the south- ivest, and extends 20 days journey from 
 North to South, and 15 from East to West. It is surrounded 
 fay various distinct tribes of Mahometans and pagans, whq ar<t 
 sometimes independent, and sometimes vary their aUs^'''*i^ : 
 irith the fluctuations of power among the surrounding king- 
 doms. They fight with poisoned arrows, , and ignited spears, 
 which the women heat to redness in fires which they keep burn- 
 ing behind the warriors, in order to supply them as their w'ea- 
 pons are exhausted. The inhabitants of Bergoo are rigid Ma- 
 hometans, and have a mortal hatred to Chrisdans. 
 
 
 I p; K0&0R.0FA is bounded on the No^ by the Desert of 
 Zew, which separates it from Bergoo ) on the East and South 
 by Darfoor and the mountains of Ethiopia 'y and on the West 
 by Dar KuUa. It is watered by the river Bahv Misselad, the 
 Gir of Ptolemy, which rises on the North side of the Ethiopic 
 mountuns, and flows in a northerly ditectipn into the Lalue of 
 Kauga. 
 
 XI. Dak, Kulla, or Mkdiia, is an extensive district, bounded 
 on the North by Wangara *, on the East by Kororofa *, on the 
 South by the Mountains of Ethiopia ; and on the West by Gu- 
 ber or Lrmlem. It is intersected by a number of rivers, which 
 fall iQto the Niger between Rcghebil and Ghanara \ and is in- 
 habited by a variety of distinct tribes, partly negroes, and part- 
 ly red or copper-coltjured. These tribes are somttimes united 
 under the authority of some powerful chief j but whose do- 
 
Takt II. 
 
 AFRICA. 
 
 209 
 
 NioaiTiA. Tocrurw~Guber-->-HouMa. 
 
 minion is extremely limited and precarious ', as his inconstant 
 subjects assert, on the slightest occasion, their native indepen* 
 deuce, and the freedom of the desert. 
 
 These barbarous tribes are all pagans j but are remarkable 
 fot punctilious honesty in their transactions, and are much more 
 cleanly th|tn the nations by which they are surrounded. They 
 pass their rivers in canoes, which are formed of the trunks o£ 
 large trees. The smallest injuries are punished among them- 
 by condemning to slavery the young relations of the offender : 
 a circumstance which, with the feuds and quarrels of rude tribes, 
 furnishes a plentiful supply to the slave markets of Darfoor and 
 Bergoo. The chief article of commerce in Dar Kulla is salt, 
 of which 1 2 lib. constitute the value of a young male slavey and 
 15 that of a female. The^imento tree abounds in the coun- 
 try ; and the mountainous districts in the South produce various 
 kinds of metals, which the natives have sufficient skill to extract 
 from their ores. 
 
 ?2. TocROR or Meckzara is bounded on the North by the 
 yTp&i \ on the East and South by Ghana and Lamlem ^ and 
 '^Liiii (ATest by the Desert of Tombuctoo. It receives the 
 na ue of Meckzara or Maczarat al Soudan, which signifies, the 
 ""oi atry ox Negroes, by way of eminence, as being the chief re- 
 siUcr.ce V. f these people ; and perhaps, in former times, this 
 tena applied to the whole territory of Nigritia. This country . 
 is little known to Europeans. . 
 
 13. GuBER or Lamlbm has Tocrur and Ghana on the North ^ 
 Dar Kulla on the East : the unknown parts of Africa on the 
 Couth 'j and Gago on the West. 
 
 J 4. HoussA is bounded on the North by the Great Desert ; 
 on the East by Kassina } on the South by the Niger ^ and on 
 
 N4 
 
 iimtm 
 
i^IO 
 
 AFRICA. 
 
 Part II. 
 
 NictiTiA. TomboftAo-rJinbaUi. 
 
 the West bj Tombuctoo. It is an extensive and powerful 
 kingdom ^ and a great mart of MoOxi^ commerce. 
 
 vlts* ToMmJCTOo stretches along both the sides of the Niger, 
 from the territoHes af Houssa on thb East, to the Isle of Jin- 
 bali on the West ^ having the Great Desert on the North, and 
 anoth'"' '^sert of lo days journey on the South, which separate^ 
 it frtoi r i'rfjdsm of Gago. Mr P4rk is the first traveller 
 whohai ..x.- c:,v authentic accounts into ilarop# conterning 
 Toiiibuctoo > *.> ; though tht^t intrepid adventurer did not pro- 
 ceed so far into the country, he discovered the Hmits of the 
 f mpire, the true poation of its capital, and several other impor- 
 tant circunuitances relating to it. The city of Tombuctoo^ 
 which is the principal emporium of ^the Moorish commerce in 
 AMca, WHt originally founded by the Assenhagi Arabs ; and 
 the present iovnx was built upon the site of another, much moro 
 ancient, in 1221, byMense Suleiman, or Solimai^. About 
 the middle of the i6th century, it subdued the adjacent states 
 of Agsides^ BLassiha, Ghber, arid several other countries on the 
 £ast and SoutH. About that tiine, it opposed the emperor of 
 Morocco, with an army of 300,000 men, and forced hiln to re- 
 treM across the desert : but, towards the end of that century, 
 the arms of Morocco were more successful, and, for a consider- 
 able period^ the black troops of Morocco wer? rectuited in the 
 territories of Tombuctoo. 
 
 The government is at present in the hands of the Moors^ 
 who are more intolerant than in any other country. The king* 
 is named Abu Abrahima} his court is splendid and magnificent j 
 he possesses immense riches, and the expences of gofcmment 
 ^e d|efrayed by a tax on perchandile. 
 
 16. JiNBAiA IS an itlanid of the Niger, lying between Tdih' 
 Ijqctoo on the East, aa4 Masnnt on the West, and i^ idol 
 
^AAT II. 
 
 AFRICA. 
 
 »K 
 
 NiGRiTiA. Gett*— Mafioa^—Beeroa 
 
 miles in length, and about 50 in breadth. It sa inhabited by 
 negroeS) who, from the swampj nature of the soil, inter9ecte4 
 by numerous channels, l^iye been able to resist all the powe; 
 of the Moors. They lire in considerable afiluence, as the soil 
 ^ semarkably fertile, and the country is often fiditcd by traderf^ 
 who pass ^m the West to Toxpbuctoot 
 
 Ui .Hiv: I 
 
 17, OoTTO lies about the latitude of Xj'* Noith, beitig bound* 
 ed by the Isle of Jinbala on the North } by the desert of Tom? 
 buctoo on the East ^ by Beadoo on the South ', and by B^m- 
 barra on the West. I'his extensive kingdom was founded bf 
 a negro chief, namid Moossee, who had the address to unite 
 the petty states intb which the country was formerly divided, 
 jn a coiilederacy against the kingdom of Bambarra. Having 
 attacked and defeatdd the king of that country, and taken Jenn^ 
 one f^ his principal cities by storm, he compelled him to sue 
 ^r peace} which was granted, on condition df paying an annual 
 tribute of slaves. Returning in triumph to Gotto, he viras pror 
 claimed king of the country } and built the city of M ooseddo^ 
 |o which he commqnicated his own name. 
 
 ] 8. Masina lies on the northern banks of the Niger^ between 
 Bambarra and Jinbala. It is inhabited by Fpulahs, who ar« 
 chiefly employed in feeding cattle,and are tributary to Bambarra^ 
 
 19. BsBi.00 lies on the borders of the G ^eat Desert } hai4ng 
 Masina on the south-east ^ part of Bambarra on the South ( 
 and Ludamar on the West. Its capital city Walet^ b sdid to 
 be larger than Tombuctoo, firom which it is distant xi days 
 joum«y} but is not so much freqtiented by strangers^ oh ac- 
 count of its distance from the Nigef) and itttlade being chiefly 
 confin«lto salt, v 
 
312 
 
 AFRICA. 
 
 Part II. 
 
 NicRiTiA. Barabarra. 
 
 X^ do. Bambarka is bounded on the North by Beeroo and Ma- 
 ana ; on the East by Gotto and Maniana } on the South by 
 Kong, and on the West by Manding, Kaarta 'and Ludamar. 
 Sego, the capital city, stands upon the banks of the Niger, and 
 cpntains about 30,000 inhabitants. It consuts of four distinct 
 toivns, two of which are situate on the northern, and two on 
 the southern side of the river. They are surrounded by high 
 mud walls. The houses are of a square form, with fiat roofs, 
 and built of clay ; many of them are white-washed, and some 
 -tMids .f two stories. The streets are narrow, and Moorish 
 mosques appear in every quarter. Here Mr Park arrived on 
 tht 2i8t of July r796 ; and a little before he reached the town, 
 first b Uelo \i^c majestic Niger, glittiering to the morning sun, 
 as'broad as the Thames at Westminster, and flowing slowly 
 from West to East. In his account of that kingdom, he says, 
 that the extenave city of Sego, the canoes with which the ri- 
 ver was covered, the numerous population, and the improved 
 state of cidtivation in the beautiful country which he traversed, 
 presotted a prospect of civilization which recalled more for- 
 cibly to his mind the centre of England, than the ideas which 
 he had formed of the interior of Africa. 
 
 On his way from Sego to Sansanding, he found the people 
 employed in gathering the fruit of the shea-tree, from which 
 the vegetable butter is prepared, which is a principal article of 
 commerce in thesr districts. This tree, which resembles the 
 American oak, is indigenous in Bambarra, and is left standing 
 when the woodland is cleared. The butter is prepared from 
 the kernel, which is inclosed in a sweet pulp, under a thin green 
 rind. It is first dried in the sun, and then boiled in water ; 
 and the butter which is produced is whiter, firmer, and better 
 -flavoured, than that of milk. <:h m hiM'^ 
 
 Mr Park proceeded as far as Silla, latitude 14" 48' Notth ; 
 longitude x' 24' West j and there he was informed that Jcnne, 
 
Part 1 1: 
 
 AFRICA. 
 
 *»3 
 
 NioRiTiA. Maniana<~-Beadoo— Eyeo. 
 
 a large toivn, which contains a greater number of inhabitant! 
 than fiego, or any other city in Bambarra, is situate on an is- ■ 
 land of the Niger, at thef distance of two days journey from 
 Silla J that, two days journey below Jertni, the river expands 
 into a considerable lake, termed Dibbie, the dark lake, in cro8s« 
 ing which from West to East, the canoes lose sight of land 
 for one whole day •, and that, from the lake Dibbie, the river 
 issues in a number of streams, which, at a lower point, unite in 
 two large branches, which inclose the island of Jinbala, already 
 described. 
 
 ai. Maniana lies on the south-east of Bambarra, and is In- 
 habited by a race of cruel, ferocious cannibals, who never give 
 quarter to their enemies. They are frequently engaged in 
 hostilities with their neighbours the Bambarrans. 
 
 2i« Bkadoo is bounded on the North by Gotto ; on thfr 
 East by the ^lesert of Tombuctoo ) on the South by Eyeo ; 
 •and on the West by Maniaua. It is tributary to Bambarra. 
 
 23. Eyeo or GagoIs bounded on the North by Beadoo and 
 the desert of Tombuctoo } on the East by Guber ; on the 
 South by a ridge of lofty mountains which forms a part of the 
 Mmthern boundary of Nigritia, and separates it firom Dahomy y 
 and on the West by Caffaba and Maniana. This kingdom hat 
 been long famous for its traffic in gold, which is collected ia 
 vast quantities from the mountains which either intersect the 
 country, or form its southern boundary. 
 
 The Eyeds are a numerous, warlike nation, whose armies are 
 chiefly composed of cavalry. The following eircmnstance, how- 
 ever, gives a more formidable idea of the numbers than of the 
 discipline of the troops. When their general takes the field, he 
 

 «4 
 
 AFRICA. 
 
 NiQKiTiA. Caffaba^-Kong. 
 
 paut ir. 
 
 f preads a buffalo hide before the door of his tent, and pitching 
 g spear in the ground at e^ch side, causes the soldiers to inarc)| 
 over it till g hole be WQrn through the hide} when he presumes 
 |iis army is sufficiently numerous. The monarch is absolute as 
 long as he reigns } but is subject to the following singular c<m^ 
 troul : Wheix his condupt is offensive to thf mass of the peopl«| 
 ^ deputation is appointed to offer hii^ a present -«f parrot eggtf, 
 ^d to represent, " That, as he must be fatigued with the t<Hl^ 
 pf government^ his subjects consider th^t it is now tin^fs for hin| 
 to repose from his solicitude, and indulge in a little sleep." Hi« 
 majesty thanks his subjects for their attention to his ease, re- 
 tires to his apartment^ and directs his women to strangle him, 
 vrhich is immediately done, and his son succeeds upon the sanai 
 lerms a^ his fkibWf 
 
 24. Caffaba has Maniana on the North ; £yeo on the East } 
 ihc ridge of tttountains iftrhich form^ the southern boundary of 
 Nigritia ftn thft South y and the desert of Kong or Gonja, on 
 the West. It i* inhibited by negroei j but nothkig furthdr ia 
 known with accuracy concerning it. 
 hm o-.L. I. \u .,iK>,-1 ■' ■ i.'T fc 
 
 • ' S54 KonA^ GptijAf has Bambarra mi the North | Cuffabii 
 •ttd £yeo on the East j the n^untains of Kong, whitih form 
 the southern boundary of Nigritia, on the South} tnd 9 part 
 of Guinea am th< West* The mountains of Kong are exceed** 
 ingly rioh in gQld» in which article a very ei^traorc^naiy spfi* 
 uts of. commerce is carried on by the natives, who sedulously 
 seclude themselves from all personal intercourse vnth the trfl»> 
 lkr» who visit them. They bring their gold-dust to pluticular 
 ^oe», where they leave it at the apptoach of the traders^ lyho 
 parcel it ^t aeconUng td the value 6f the urticles which they 
 fute VdUin^ to Haavb m barter. Wh<n the tradets retitftg th« 
 
Mi 
 
 Fmll. AFRICA; itj 
 
 NioRiTiiu Jallaul(sdoo~-Maodinv. 
 
 nativ«« approach, and accept oir reject the bargMii. The most 
 Wiuieirfiil cireumstance in this mode of trifik is, that this mu< 
 tual (xmfidcnoc has never been violated in a ttngte instance. 
 
 316. Jallcmikaooo is bounded on the North bf 6adon and 
 Manding } on the East and South by Kong ^ and on the West 
 by Gmnea. It is the highest ground in the western parts o^* 
 A&ica« as appears fron^tJM courses of the Nig«r, the Senegal, 
 Vvi tjhtf Gambia, all of whkh take their rise iii ithe mountains 
 of tys.cQimtrf. JaUlonkadoo is governed by a ttumber of pcttyyi 
 iWefiMideitt tlodefs, \/ho live in a state of almost constant ho9m 
 tility svich one another. The country abounds iwith elejphantSy 
 trhich ace .often hunted^ bi]| sever tamedi 
 
 27. MAwroiiG h bdoitided on ih«. North bf'KMirta ; on tW^ 
 £ast by Bambttxa ; ou<it^e South by JaUonkadoo j and on the 
 West Jbgr Oadou. This country, though k the immediate 
 heigbbottriiood of Jalknzkadbo, and conseq^nently very much 
 elevated, is neither mountainous nor barren. Hie government 
 is an imperfect species of aristoeratical fepublidmism j thoudi 
 the moaarchical form is adopted by the Mandingo tribes which 
 are settled: on the banks of the Gambia, and along the sea^ 
 coast. The property of the soil is vested in the mansas, <rf 
 chief magffltrates, as managers of the public cmcems, who as- 
 sign to individuals as much territory as they can cultivate with« 
 out infringing on the rights of others. As the soil is extreme- 
 ly fertile, the long grass, when withered, is annually burnedl 
 dowm The conflagration presents a scene of stupendous ^rthiri 
 deur i at night, the plains and mountains are streaked witl^ 
 lines of fircj and the heavens are inflamed with the reflected - 
 light ; during the day, moving pillars of smdce tower towards 
 the skies ) and innumerabk birds of prey hover round the 
 h\MQi to- feait on the reptiles which endeavour to escape the 
 
9t6 
 
 AFRICA. 
 
 Paut If. 
 
 NiQB iTi A. Mannen of Ike Mtndlngeea. 
 
 flames. The country abounds \vith gold, which is never foutVd 
 in any matrix or vein, but scattered in isnall grains of pure 
 metal through the strata of sand or clay. The women are 
 chiefly employed in collecting it, and the mansa of a particu- 
 lar district appoints a day for the purpose, when all who are 
 concerned assemble. 
 
 \ The Mandingoes areHi tall, slender race, of an indifferent 
 black colour, and eyes remarkably small. In disposition, they 
 are equally inquisitive and credulous } polite in theu: addsess y 
 but warm and impetuous when irritated. The women are live- 
 ly and agreeable, and the men active, strong, and capably of 
 enduring great labour. When unoccupied in agriculture, the 
 men employ themselves in hunring or fishing. Their dress 
 consists of cotton-cloth, which is spun by the women, woven 
 by the men, and then dyed of an indelible blue by the leaves 
 of indigo, mixed with a strong ley of wood ashes. 
 
 The natives of this country, who are the most numerous, are ' 
 iJso the most ingenious and best informed of all the liegro 
 tribes. They have. accordingly insinuated themselves, in the 
 character of travelling merchants or instructors of youth, into 
 the different negro countries, where they are distinguished by 
 a red or white cotton cap and sandals. The Mandingo mara- 
 bouts, who have learned to read and write Arabic, and who 
 profess Mahometism, visit the pagan tribes, and erect schools 
 in the villages, where the youth are instructed gratis ; and by 
 the appearance of sanctity which they assume, the power of 
 counteracting magic to which they lay claim, their abstinence 
 from strong liquors, and indulgence for the national foibles of 
 the people among whom they reside, aciqture an influence which 
 is equally powerful and extenrive. In most of the negro towns, 
 a Mandingo resides, who is termed the bookman^ without whose 
 ad^ce nothing of any importance is transacted. The Man- 
 dbgo language is more copious, more refined aiid polite in its 
 
NioRiTiA. Kairt»— I^udainar. 
 
 phraseology than that which is spoken by any of the other ne- 
 gro tribes : it is the language of commerce, understood withi 
 little exception through all the western quarter of Africa^ and' 
 reported to be spoken on the banks of the Niger, beyond Ton^'. 
 buctoo : after the Arabic, which contains the leaiTiing of books, 
 and religion, it is the learned language of Africa, and contains; 
 
 innumerable tales, fables, apologues and songs. 
 
 .ft 
 
 28. Kaarta Is bounded on the North by Ludamar j ooi the, 
 East by Bambarra *, on the South by Manding ) and on the 
 West by Bambouk and Casson. In this country, as well as in 
 Ludamar and fiambarra, the Lotus shrub b found in great a^ 
 bundance, and its berries are used by the natives instead of meal^ 
 These berries, called tomberongs, which are of a yellow co-/ 
 lour, and a delicious taste, are collected by the Kaartans, wh% 
 dry them in the sun, pound them in a mortar, and forming; 
 them into a paste with water, compose a sort of bread, which 
 resembles the sweetest gingtrbread in CM^our and flavour. 
 When the juice of this berry is mixed with water, it forms a 
 pleasant gruel, which Is the common breakfast in many ^arti 
 •f the coimtry. 
 
 29. LoDAMAK, is bounded on the North by the Great Desert}^ 
 on the East by Beeroo and Bambarra ) on the South by Kaar- 
 ta J and on the West by Casson. This -country, which lies on 
 the skirts of the desert, presents, particularly in the northern 
 parts, only a dreary waste of sand, diversified with dwarf trees, 
 and prickly bushes, scattered at intervals. In the dry season, 
 the insufferable heat destroys vegetation, and dries up almost. 
 all the water : nature seems to sink under its influence, and. 
 the stillness of the desert prevails, except at a few watering 
 |)laces, where it is interrupted by 'the constant lowing of the 
 cattle, furious with thirst. 
 
M 
 
 At'klCA. 
 
 ?AAt it 
 
 NioKiTiA. Ludaai«c<*A.'MMa. 
 
 The government of Ludamar is nunarchkal, and the ejr 
 pences of the king are defrayed by the taxes of his negro sul 
 jtcts. In inagnificciu;e of dres^ and cquipag«, he exceeds the 
 other Moors, but on common occasions, the distinctions of 
 prince and Subject are forgotten, and his majesty repodes on the 
 same mat, trnd eats out of the same bowl, with his camel-^ver^ 
 The troops of thiv kingdom receive no pay, except what they 
 derive from plunder. Their horses are excellent, and are oft- 
 en purchased by the negro clucfs at the rate of 14 slaves for 
 each. The dress of the MoOrs is nmikr to that of the negrocsi 
 tmd only different in the turban, an obvious chatacteristic of a 
 Mahometan. A long bfcard is held in great esteem, and ii 
 Venerated as a marie of Arabian extraction. Among rhc Moor^ 
 isfa women, corpulence and beauty are nearly synonimous : 
 perfect beauty is a load for a camel, and a fine woman is un^.« 
 to wiilk without a slave under each arm to support her. In 
 order to acquire this extraordinary plumpness, the ^rls are 
 crammed, to art ttnnatmral degree by their mothers, who stand 
 over them with a rod, and compel them to swallow pcodi^ouy 
 quantities of nulk and huAouSf a kind of pudding, dressed in 
 the Ateam of broth made with animal food; In Ludamar, Mr 
 Park Was treated with great insolence and brutality } and the 
 only alleviations of his sufferings arose horn the attentions of 
 Fatima, the queen of the country. Here also the intrepid Ma- 
 jor HougUoA titifortunately perished. 
 
 30. Cassom is bounded on the North l^ the Desert j on the 
 Sast by Ludataair and Kaarta j on the South by BaaJ)ouk } 
 and on the West by Bondou. It 19 described by Mr Park ai 
 a beaotifiil level country, in which the state of populaticm and 
 cultivation exceeded that of any region which be had SoxtMtlf 
 tisited in AUea; 
 
ll; 
 
 pAtiT II» i 
 
 AJ-ftfCA; 
 
 1^' 
 
 NioHiTiA. KaJiaga-'^Botidnu — Bafnfmuk 
 
 .-ii«y*' 
 
 31. Kajaaqa lies alongf both the sides 6^ the Senegnl, froftfi^ 
 the terrltoriei of Casron 6n the East, to thbic of the Foti!ahl'' 
 on the West. It was fbftnetly the emporium of the FrencHr' 
 commerce in gold and slavciJ Aboul, the beginning of the*^' 
 last century, the French established a settlement at Fbrt Si" 
 Joseph on the 'jouth of the Senegal, with a viei^, not only td^ 
 secure and engross the trade of the adjacent cbUntry, bui alio^ 
 to procure a determinate station from whtnide they might pe^*^ 
 netrate with the greater ease intd Tombtictob, Gago and Mel^* ' 
 11, ahd posscM themselves of the traiRb in gold. In this, hoW«^ - 
 erer, they werie disappointed by the jealousy of the SerawoblKe*^ 
 and Man^ngoes, who were in possession ' of thn trade. The'T 
 govemidetit of Kajaaga is monarchical', the language of thci' 
 country abounds in gutturals, thd is deficient in harmony. 
 The people/ from their intercourse with the French, are mor* 
 intelligent, their country is bdtter cultivated, and their housei'- 
 are more neatly constructed, thin those of their neighbourr^^^ 
 The Mahometan religion is ptrtly teceived antong'thein. ' ' 
 
 32. BoNDOU, the most westerly kingdom of Nigritia, is 
 bounded on the North by Kajaaga; On the East by BamboUk j 
 on the South and West by the mountains which separate Ni-^ 
 gritia from Guinea. This country is considerably elevated^ 
 above ihb level of the sea, and abounds with' ^ood ; but the*' 
 cultivable part of the soil is exceedingly fiertile ; and the ter-' 
 ritory, from its central situation between the Senegal and the 
 Gathbi^, is much frequented by the Mandingo and SerawboUi 
 traders. As the duties are heavy, the king*s revenues are con- 
 siderable, and consequently, his authority is firmly' established^^^ 
 and his power formidable io His neighbours;'^'*: '*'' ' . *3««« 
 
 33. Bambouk is bounded on the North by Kajaaga knd CaS' 
 son 'f on the East by Kaarta and Gadou ; on the South by 
 
 O 
 
2^ 
 
 MM 
 
 
 Part n. 
 
 Konkadoo an4 S^tadoo } and on the Weft by Bondou. The 
 n^tivea, who we^ origlnallj termed I4a/uibuf>t^ have, for abou^ 
 two centuries, int^nnUigl^ 4 vith the Mandjngoes, and, by their 
 asomiiation t«i that pec^le, lost the dUti^ctiv^ characteristics 
 of a nation. 'Thiax government is a mixture of monarchy, b< 
 ri^tocrfuiy) «pd |ep>iblic«iMsro. The country ^bounds in mines 
 of gol4t silver, popper, tin, rnd iron ) but the soil produces 
 little millet, riqc^, or maize, for the subsistence of the inhabit- 
 t^ts J ^nd sc^ely afRirds straw or grass for the coyering of 
 their houses, Tl)e,air is iHiwholesovqe, from the npi^erailva- 
 ppuxs with whipl> i^ Lp ii^prcgnated, and the inst^ppqrtable hc^t 
 produced by ^he rf ile^t^ui of t)ie lofty n^^unt^iitu which Uicloso 
 the distfict, a^d prevent the circulation of the ^if^ The only 
 cattle are sheep and goats, as there is little ground iqt pastur- 
 age. The wqrl^iig of the mifies is regulated by the capirice or 
 nfces^ty of the chiefs pi the districts. The mif^ers are 
 both indolent und u^kilful j (^i>d as they neither use prpps nor 
 ladders, nqyer penetrate beyond 19 feet, though the q^itjitity 
 of gold increases %vith the depth of the mine. 
 
 34. Gaiiou is bounded on t|^ Nprt^ by Kaarti^j on the 
 East by ^landing \ on the South by JaUonkadoo \ and 01^ the 
 West by Sata4o(;>^ Bambouk. Mr Paik p^i^sed through 
 this cow^ry «i^ hij^ return from 3ambarra, in May 17^7, but 
 gives no pvticuUr description of ^ place* >;«ifcv,jA., 
 
 35. Satathw 1% boi^idod on the Nottl^ by BAinbQUk j on the 
 East by Ga4w t on ^bc South by the country of thu Fo^ltdis 
 of Teemboo j and ou thff West by MielVl- This country lies 
 
 , much lower than those "vvhich have |)e^n already dcsgribed I 
 and from this place, the country descends rapidly to the West, 
 and is by the. l^^groes denominated, the land of the setting sup. 
 
 t > 
 
Pakt IL 
 
 AFRICA. 
 
 i%t 
 
 OuiMKA. Siratick. 
 
 It IS ofteb infested and depopulated by the mcursions of the 
 Foulabs. 1 
 
 i 
 
 w 
 
 t 
 t 
 
 T 
 
 m 
 
 r 
 e 
 
 IV. The inland parts of GUINEA, best known to Eurd- 
 peans, are the kingdoms of, i. Siratick. 2. Foota Torra. 
 3. Yani, 4. WoolU. 5. Tenda. 6. Foota-Jallo. 7. Quoj«« 
 8. Tappa. 9. Mahee, and, 10. Dahomy* : :, 
 
 I. Siratick Uel alcng the bfti^s of the Senegal, from the 
 lake Kayor on the West, tc the confines of Kajaaga oa thii 
 East. It is an extensive country, about 580. miles in lengthy 
 and under the dominion of the Fonlaht. 
 
 The Foulahs, or Pholbeys, arc the most numerous race on 
 the western quarter of Africa except the Mandingoes. Their 
 original country is said to be Foola>doo, on the eastern btanch 
 of the Senegal } from tvhencc they have spread themselves i^ 
 all directions, and now possess the sovereignty of various tracts 
 between Sierra Leone and Torobuctoo, a large district on the 
 lower part of the Senegal, and the southern bank through the 
 greater part of its navigable course. They are chteBy of a- 
 tawny complexion, between the jet black and tht true olive, 
 with o thin face, a Roman uose^ small pleasing features, and 
 long silky hair. Their stature is of the middle size, their form 
 graceful and manly, and their air peculiarly graceful and in- 
 sinuating 'f but they are neither so tall nor so robust as the 
 other negroes. Their natural disposition is gentle, and they 
 are celebrated for the general exercise of hospitality *, but, as 
 they arc in maay places moile rigid Mahometans than the Man< 
 dingoes, they are also more irtservcd to those whom their re* 
 ligion pronounces infideh. Their intolerance, however, never 
 extends to their own countrymen j who retain the ancient pa* 
 gan religion, or intermingle its tenets with those of the Koran4 
 There are few instances of a Foulah insulting another, and 
 
 O a 
 
I wfm m. Miimiiu 1 1 1 u,' ■mmii" 
 
 tsia 
 
 -^A^idPCHA. 
 
 pAkt.ii: 
 
 GuiNBA. Fobta-TotJU-iYani. 
 
 none of their selling their coitetiymen lor slaves. If a Foo- 
 lah has the misfortune to be enslaved, all his clan or village 
 unites to procure his ransom. This mild character has obtain-^ 
 ed them such respect, that, in many of the Mandingo countries 
 it is reckoned infamous to injure a Foulah. The langxiage of 
 the Fouluhs is peculiar to themselves j but the Atabic is stu- 
 died as a learned language. ^ - < r i. 
 
 if^tt, FootA-Tora lies in the latitude of about 15* North j 
 having the Siratick Foulahs on the North} the kingdom of 
 Kajaaga on the East ^ that of Woolli on the South j and the 
 Jaloffs on the West. The country is populous and fertile, and 
 the government in the hands of the Foulahs. 
 
 f' 3. Yani or Guinea is an extensive country of Senegambia ; 
 ^ving the Jaloffs on the North, and the Gambia river on the 
 South. It is in general fiat, and devoid of picturesque beauty } 
 biit this want is compensated by the fertility of the soil. Be- 
 sides rice, millet, maize, and esculent vegetables, the natives 
 cultivate indigo and cotton in the vicinity of their towns and 
 villages. Their domestic animals are almost the same as those 
 in Europe : the ass is employed in carr3ring burdens ; but the 
 plough is imknown, and the substitution of animal for human 
 labour in agriculture is yet unpractised. The most common 
 wild animals are the elephant, panther, hyaena, and jackal. 
 The Gambia, which is deep and muddy, and the banks of 
 which are covered with impenetrable thickets of mangroves, 
 abounds in sharks, crocodiles, and hippopotamuses, with va- 
 rious kinds of excellent fish. The principal town seems to be 
 Kower, latitude 13° 57' North 5 longitude 14® 3*' West. Pi- 
 sania, a villi^e mentioned by Mr Park in his journal to and 
 from the interior of Africa, stands upon the northern bank of 
 
BiRT-ni AFRICA. 213 
 
 Guinea. WooUt-~.TencUi-~i-Fc<.ta-Jallu. 
 the /}Gunbia, in iatihide 13° 35^ North^ longitude 13? 2$' 
 
 West» 
 
 
 04. WoQLti is boulKled on thie North hf Ytmi i on the £ast 
 by Bondcu and the Simbwu yrildetness v on %he South by Ten- 
 da andtMelli ; and on thfc West by part of Yanl. It is agree- 
 ably diysilsified byi plains and rising grounds, extremely fertile, 
 and well oUtivated in the vicinity of the towns. The high- 
 est parts of the mountainous ridges exhibit the red iron stone, 
 aaudst%6tunted shrubs, which hardly detract from the bleakness 
 of the* prospect *, cotton, tobacco, and esculent plants are rtu- 
 sedin.the vallies ) and the mterro'ediate declivities are covered 
 >vith.cOrn. The pagans ure more nunierous than the Maho- 
 metans, and retain the ascendency in the government. The 
 capital city is. Medina, latitude 13° 35' North} longitude 12° 
 4^' West* I It cont^ns about icoo houses, surrounded by«a 
 lliigh wall of clay, and an exterior fence of pointed stakes and 
 prickly bushes. Here Mr Park arrived on the 5th of Decern- 
 hot: X 795, , and was hospitably received by the king. 
 
 , ''■$*, TxNDA extends along the northern banks of the Gambia ) 
 having W^opUi on the North j Satadoo on the 3^ast ; and Mel* 
 11 on the \Vsst. It is a rugged sloping comitry, covered with 
 wood i particularly towards the West. - The eastern districts 
 af!^ pore flat and fertile, and the agriculture is in a state of 
 greater , improvement. The principal towns are Koomboo, 
 Tan^ac^unda and Kirwanny. f 
 
 (TlT! 
 
 
 6. Foota-Jallo is an extensive and powerful Foulah king- 
 dom in the interior of Sierra Leone. It is 350 miles in length 
 fto^j.E^st to West, and 200 in breadth from North to South j 
 having Tf^nda 01^ the North j Nigritia on the East ^ the Upper 
 Quoj^ on the South } and the Susees and mautjpe tribes on 
 
 O3 
 
'f«T»w^WD»nr^"w»r"«>i" 
 
 m 
 
 AFRICA. 
 
 BiKT II. 
 
 OoiNiA. Qoaja. 
 
 tifie West. ThecliniUe is good, the mU k stonjr ttid' dijr} 
 about one third is extremely fertile, and produces rice and 
 maize, which the women cultivate, and the men cany to mar- 
 iii^ ^^4lidr tattle, boiMt| muks^ assas^ sheap and goats, pas- 
 ture ab the hilly graunds, which oohtaifi great quantitito of 
 iron. Mot>e> Tha inhabitants dig and manufactu^ a species of 
 iiwai^ whSdl is extremely malleable. The mines are de^ ; coo. 
 teii^g many galleries or horieOfitttl passages, which are vety 
 hm^f and in scwne plaeei high uid wide^ vrith openings fat the 
 Khtttssicin of tSt and light, They are wrought by the womei»» 
 who carry victuilli along with than when they dc^««Qd. In 
 the cl^ef to^ms, thtey manufacture narrow cloths, of wMoh t^r 
 dress is combed, af^ work in iron, rilver^ wood and leather. 
 Their houses are well built, neat and commodious^ placed at a 
 dt^ahee from each othet, in order to gutird against the conse^ 
 <jtiencie9offii<«i Th« p^wer of the' king t»' sybitrary, and his 
 ptmishflieitts «Ip8 '*ft*i* severe. There a*e schools in every 
 tovtn; smd the majdrfiyof the peoj^le are consequently able 
 to read and Write, andnlany possess books of IfaWttidAivinltyl 
 They profess the Mahometan religion j which, as they are sur- 
 TOthided by se^tsfl pagan natibni, afibrds them a pretext for 
 the Acquisition of 'slavcis in War. The'ca^talcItyiS'Teembodl 
 which contains sibbut j6bt inhabitants, latitude 9* jS'North^j 
 loftgittide 10" 1' W^st. It wa« visited, in 1794, by HJ^H 
 Watt irid Wintetbdttdfm, two gentlemsn in the service of the 
 Sierra Leone company, who were refcelved with great kindnefti^ 
 and hospitality by the king j and whow jbomey affords' the 
 prospect of lasting benefit, not only to the company, but te 
 the Interests of huwanity in Africa. ' ' ; ^ ' 
 
 '^*j. QoojA is an estenrive^ country, of indefinite? botfttdkHtt*, 
 in tfie Inttcrtor of Ca(pe Monte and Cape MtnStoMk "The 
 chief of the litttion is iifi vested with absolute power, ai\d k ex- 
 
K»Ttt. 
 
 AFktCA. 
 
 a«5 
 
 OoiNtA. T^pa. 
 
 tremely tenacious of his prerogtttvos v but ikt ttnittn preside 
 in the cantons and villages. The kkigisskiledy The DcMn^ei' ; 
 the works el whose hands no person can imhate V trho sticitt 
 like grease, pitch, or sulphur, to the backs of such a» dare to 
 tesist him. Ambassadors fr6m other nations Me ieeinved iidth 
 great fetmality, spkndid processions, end nta^e. The rethfi«e 
 of the ambassadors recite verses In praise of hk'QgbjiNs majes- 
 ty, whose subjects retttm the e<mipMBMn« t«» fke fotei^ king, 
 ^ioThe Quojrins acknowledge a Supreme B^in^^ tow4u>ifttlM)y 
 «tttribttte infinite power, universal knowled^, ivid nbiqmtyi of 
 nature, and whom they denominate Kannefw Fi^dno hbn pro- 
 teeds all good j but he is not eterna), fyr be is iuccMded Hy 
 another* befaig, or Kgbt, who eo»me» to putiilhtlikE! Wicked, and 
 reward the virtuous. They venerate the spirits e^ the Aitfd, 
 who are believed to reside in the sacred groves. To these they 
 offer rice, palttt-wine, and the blood of animus-) aWd, on every 
 eMetgeftcy, they invoke their as$i«tMiee, itiid^ thil of Ktlffn«i. 
 They celefcrate t^e li^W riioons by br^s and * reees^ frdia 
 hrbour 'y ind think ifheSr rice #butd ttssuhi^ ^ red colour ivere 
 these cerelBotties neghietcid. They hUeli^ve^iiv :M«gie, Qxtd hi 
 Vitrious kiti&s of sorcd^ei^ Oit-kind, te^r^d Pilit*, -att Hip- 
 p<osed to c6ntroul the seastitfr, and to preV^M the tiee froi^ irtr- 
 rfVitrg at rtwttnrJty; while ttitfther, #h6 afte t<jttned Sovah 
 Munusinv poisoners a«d bJtWd-suckefs, are ^lietcfd tfo swfcit the 
 'blood of men and beasts, alnd^to oceasrdti vlV W\^ of d^^^ast^^". 
 
 8. Tappa or Tei^oi^A!!^ lh*» hi the iHfeii&if df the Gold CoaM ; 
 
 hairing the motinhans^of Gemjah on the Mdi^. tta iilpital 
 
 city Ashatnf ee^ or Aslfei^f^^ stands ac die ^Stiaaee of i)flf dl^s 
 
 jout^^y front th« Oeeimi, in latitude 7*^ 419^ Noith^ ; and longi- 
 
 tinfe i» f West. The *titpp» a»« » v*iy pcmtiM mid *u- 
 
 ^Mrrbtte iS^on, to wbbtfi tfVtint the ftrt^^able^ Ef^mvtc Mfetjtet, 
 
 amd ithdtte atithotity t^ttf ii6 uUahte to ih^t off. Not mmy 
 
 O4 
 
^ 
 
 AFMCA. 
 
 n^arH. 
 
 GujNBAi. MabQC'F^Dahoniy. 
 
 yeac9 ag«*«»arKiyiolS%«os wa$ «tefeatfcdby tbenF«ppi9/m<b 
 <}r«9idiid (Utfgl^t^i:, V tiiottgh^ «<»}ordi»g t(> the %«oii4ioi9» tbt 
 lMif«lQ?« hide-b«d'>br«ii twicQ trotdden in raising th« )iyjr«, - ft 
 
 t^ ; 9. Mm^ Vm ^ th« bal^ f»f the mv Vo^ta j living Da- 
 boHay oni |he .Jkl^as(«> jwui Tappa on the West. It is aa cixten- 
 sii^e Qowitryv <Uvi4e4 itito a nvpbej: of indep^ndei^t states,, re,- 
 gulated by theiv qwa.Iaws j. biit i^bicb* when menaced by ejc- 
 tcmal danger,^w:iit$ i«$o a sort of arMtOKcratical republic:, ^mi- 
 lar to that ^f |be .S|?i99 cantons in Europe. The M^hees h^ve 
 supported numerous and bloody wars against B^ll^oiay and 
 
 ^^yeo, the direct abject of wluch has often been the imposition 
 of a king upqnttbei republic, and ^ven sometimes its u^ter «!(,- 
 tennii^^tiont Jw; a.i{* |j«svr« 
 
 ,■■■■.. V ; . ,': ■ .- ;fyf r"^ • ■ ■ • 
 
 10. Bahqmt pr Dauma has the mountams of Gaga on tlvp 
 
 North } the ini^ripr parts of Benin on the East ; thje kingdom 
 
 _ pf Ardrah on tbf Soud^j and the states of Mahee on the West. 
 
 .^t is a fer^le^ cultivated country j t^e ^soil is a deep rcddis^ 
 
 clay, intqrniijfed ^th sand, ^nd scarcely containing a stone of 
 
 .the si%e pf an egg in the whple kingdom. It produpes great 
 
 quantities of mMze, millet, beans, yams, potatoes, cassada, 
 
 p^tain, and ^^e, banana ■, indigo, cotton, tobacco, pabn-oil, 
 
 and sugar, are rsused, as well as a species of black pepper. The 
 
 lotus berry is used in making bfead, and a species of liquor, or 
 
 rather diluted gruel. Animals, both wild and tame, are nu- 
 
 1ji4^rpuii, .and the rivers and lakes abound in fi^h. 
 
 The char;(cter of the Dahomans is original, and strongly 
 •marked : they have Detained peculiar manners, and have had 
 ..little intercourse with Europeans or Moprs^ Their conduct 
 .'towards strangers is^hospitablet without any mixture of rude- 
 ,)|lcs»or insult} their appearance is manly, and tliei^ persons 
 •r-ftfe strong tind active j and though they are less addii^ted to 
 
PaktU. 
 
 AFRICA. 
 
 flWt 
 
 Guinea. i)ahonr>y. 
 
 the p|-ft(;tice of tattpikving th^n their neighboiKs, their counte- 
 nance displays rather ferocity than courage. Their govern' 
 inent, in. the purest despdtism. Every subject is a slave, and 
 every Qahoman admits the right of the sovereign to (dispose of 
 his ptjofetty and of his person. " I think of my king," says 
 l» Dahqman- ** and then I dare engage five of the enemy my- 
 self. JVty head belongs to the King ^ not to me : if he pleases 
 to scind for it, I am ready to resigtv it ; or if it be shot through 
 in battle^ I am satisfied, provided it be in hisservice.V With 
 this devoted spirit, the Dahoman rushes fearless into battle^ 
 and fights as long as he can draw his sabre. 
 . The capital of Bahomy is Abomey, latitude 7^ 59' North^ 
 longitude i° S9^ East. The palace is an extensile building of 
 bamboo and mudwalled huts, surrounded by a mud-wall about 
 20 feet high, inclosing a quadrangular space of about a mile 
 square. The entrance to the king^s apartment is paved with 
 human skulls, and the walls are adorned with human jaw-bOnes^ 
 with a feiy bloody heads intermixed at intervals. The whole 
 building resembles a number of farm-yards, with long thatch* 
 ed bams and ^heds for cattle, intersected by low mud-walls. 
 Qn the thatched roo& niunerous hiunan skulls are ranged at 
 vanous distances, on small wooden stakes. In allusion to these^ 
 when the king issues orders for War, he only announces to hb 
 general,lhat his house wants thatch. Witliin this palace, a- 
 bove 3090 females are. commonly immured ; and about 500 
 are appropriated by each of the principal officers. Som^ hun- 
 dreds of the king's women are constantly trtuned to the use of 
 arms, under a female general, and subordinate officers ^point- 
 ed by his .majesty. They are regularly exercised, perform 
 their military evolutions vnhh as ^eat dexterity as any of the 
 Dahoman troops, and parade in public with ^heir stahdairdi, 
 drums, trumpets, flutes, and other mdttial numc. f he king;, 
 at his accession, walks in blood from the palace to the gra^ 
 
228 
 
 AFRICA. 
 
 Part IF. 
 
 Nubia. Oiviiiont— Dongola. 
 
 of his predecessor, and annually moistens the graves of his an- 
 cestors with the blood of human victims. 
 ' <' In such a horrid cotmtry, the religion is vague and Uncertain ; 
 anvd rather consists in the performance of some traditionary ce- 
 remonies, than in any fixed system of belief or of moral con- 
 duet. The peopl# believe more firmly in their amulets and 
 fetiches than in the Deity. Their national fetiche is the tiger } 
 and their habitations are decorated with Ugly images, titiged 
 vrith blood, stuck with feathers, besmeared with palm-oil, «ad 
 •bedaubed with eggs. '.#i' 
 
 V. NUBIA is situate between ii** and 24° of North lati- 
 ^tudc} and between ad'* and 38° of East trnigitude} being 
 bounded on the North by Upper Egypt ) on the East by A- 
 -bex ) on the South by Abyssinia and Ethiopia ; and on the 
 (West by Nigritia or Soudan. It may be divided into the four 
 .leiUfiWing parts, vizi: 
 
 *li iHvfsion*^ 
 «<rfr> l« Dotigolx 
 .«il. 2^; SennaAr 
 jNr !. 3^ Kordofikn 
 
 €hiefTo«rAs. Latitude. LcMgititdb. 
 Dongola 191° 32' Nk 32** af E* 
 Sennaar: :i> 13 35 N. 33 30 E^ 
 - Ibeit inmim -s^^- 18 N. '"^r'-i E. 
 ,>9«f>< 4* Darfoov >ti .8.^ CoU>^ 14 11 N^ 28 8 £> 
 
 dj'^4- ;.(r <,■}.* •jir.-TOi.j'ii!Mit(>"f ••^jjioKi-iioft-w, 
 
 ^ X. DoRGOLA or BiUbABRA is bounded on the Northl)/ £gypt^ 
 (cntfac East' by Abex^on the South by Seimaar, Kordofanafbd 
 i3K»rfaor ^ and on the West by Bergoo, Bomom, and Kuka.: Of 
 iDhis cotfntry, Httk h«s been kaown^ dtheir to ancient or modem 
 Enropcansw Mr W. G. Btownc,. an English gentleman, tra- 
 i veiled through the Western parts of it in the year l^%f on Us 
 ^iy* to Darfooir ^ and has narkcid the situation of tfcs follow- 
 ing places with great accuraey ^ vcc; Sbeb, latitude 35*^ 35' 
 ,f^h^ longitude 3(0*' icy East; ScHma, latitude 22° 15' 
 •iNorth j.lougitadie fd^ I5'30i' East ; Legkcay latttttde 20^ J o' 
 
pMut If; 
 
 li 
 
 AfRICA. 
 
 MP 
 
 E. 
 
 Of 
 
 tdeni 
 
 tra- 
 
 i Us 
 
 low- 
 
 35' 
 
 JO' 
 
 NvMA» Scnnaw. 
 
 t.'.f 
 
 -al 
 
 jO^ Nonh ) loti^ttide 29*^ 4(y East J b«d Bii^cLMaha, lati^ 
 tude t9P ^ Northj longihid^ fij>^ 4' Eiut. The other {irinci* 
 ptl pkcei are Ibrim, la^tude al^ 5S' Nt>HH j longitude 32" 
 ly £a<t ) Bf(Mch«, l«iitud« uH t' Nmik j longkucle 30*^ 45' 
 EiM) Ooo«, iitsited by Mr Bftt««f ft Sooteh gMdMium, on Uk 
 waj to Abfsnnia, in the ye*t 1769 ^ iMittMie 17" 57' North j 
 longitude 34^ 25' East ; and Naubia, the ancient Metoe^ k« 
 tttfide 17* Nonh ) longitude ij** 35' £««t* 
 
 ^MUH M FONbi if bo<M^ed m the North by Dongola 4 
 on the Eaat by Abex ^ otfi the Southby Abyssinia, and on the 
 West by Kordofan and part nS' Dongoia. Thia kingdom was 
 founded Si» the beginning of the tdth century^ by a mnnber of 
 pagan tribes, \ivho sailed down Along the trsstem branch of the 
 Nile, from the mountains of Donga, where it has its source, 
 defeated' «Ue Arabs in a great baietle,«tt4n themselves iiia»ter» 
 of this extensive territory, andboUt iht oity of Scanttar^ wluc^ 
 they cotutfluted the Capital o€ thcb dominions. > They sooit 
 adopted the Mahometan cf eed, wUch tbey^ still retain. They 
 aho assumed the appellation of Fur^i,' which ^^ifies lords of 
 eohquerors. The country is watered by serctfal > bzaaches of 
 the ^nie, whidh overflow their bMk» antutaUy dmii^ the rakky 
 seasioft.' At that time, the wh^le eotmtfty 1 prcamts a bcautiiul 
 expanse otltrtl land, interseeted by oon^derabla Idbes and ri*- 
 ^rs, {ktti<fng whi<ih the cotncsl lepi df -the hoic^ Appear Uke 
 tents groti^d dtt intervals. But whett \he dry seaaon cottii- 
 mences, the grass begins to wither, and the country assuites a 
 yellow hue •, the lakes putrify and cwarm with vermin, and the 
 ^e^ett returns with its pois«^6U» bfem^ ttKl'bUrftlog 9attds4 
 
 'iThe inhabitants of the n^untaiA^' In SeiittdM VMkikAp tHe 
 lil^tiHvhen she shines, by dances ioild^tohgs,- hi whidhthey^ tfe- 
 *lebi^ keV brtghtties^; from ftrhieh <^kt<tiiflit«io«, probaiily, 
 >he Wer^tsins ftotttnikh they d«iceh<k:d«o4ht)iiii«sff' Sot. 
 
'^mmt 
 
 wm 
 
 V 
 
 .tAfKlQA. 
 
 Bart U> 
 
 N u iiA. Kordofa»fJ)arfoor. 
 
 nosr, are denoaiiuitiid the IVfouQtaini of lbi» M9<^« ,':ln]4h9H 
 nonntauii lie the souxcci of the 3fihr el AbMy^of, ^lestern 
 Nile, termed the Whhe iUver^ f i:0» tht WMMj q^iCpl^if^f 
 Us wateti^ in contradulitictiQn- td tii^i 9ihr el 4i|fpc» rCU-.Plue 
 River, the £Mterii: Nik, whose sg^rqe rwere CKplored(l7]r ^mfi% 
 which ieceives ita'dcnoaUQatioik from the deep amvei jco)ouf q| 
 ttsstreani. ■•>'; _. . j:.-. :,a^ ; ^ j.:_ •.hitj:^^-^! 
 
 The king of Sennawr^'jike; the incrnai^o^ ^7eo,^.tt«;erid^;^he 
 throne upon the express condition that he shall be put to 
 death by hie tbnoi 'Subjects, whcnevet jit. is determined by a 
 council of his clucfdfRoert, that the .advantage o^ tbe.ftate re- 
 quires his abdicsltibn ; and aa officer is appointed, jQallf 4. t^« 
 king^s executioner, whose bosmes^ it tSito behead him with: a 
 fword, when the council: has determisied his fate* .t^^ttf m-^ttq 
 
 3. KdUxirAN is bounded on die North by DongoUi }' ^ the 
 East by Serniaar ) Mctn the Soiith. by Ethiopia j and on the 
 West by Darfeor. IMs countiy stems to be sometimeSjinde- 
 fiendent, and at other times subject to the most powerfi|l#f<|t| 
 neighbour^ The inhabitants venerate the memory of Abour 
 calec, one of their governors, who enabled ttwin tp thrp]iy off 
 the yoke of Sednaar about the year 1 773* At his dea(l|^ tjbia 
 country was reduced by Darfoor ^ but had again sebel^^ a? 
 . bout ao years thereafter^ so that- the £astem route' to Daifoor 
 was completely interrupted when the country was visited, by 
 Mr Browne in theiyear 17.93. ^ ' The language of KprdpfiWris 
 
 
 'Arabic*;; yi;."wu:} jifj-hru: , ■;',;! a/? -.r.. 
 
 4. OAiiKMte. Uibi^WBt^iffn the,Np5th by ppngoI»i on the 
 East by 'KordsfiWfj^nTftbei; §o«tb,; by? Ethiopia J and Wi^^e 
 WestbyjlNilpfilik. ^;'Jt)t>flj90un^is of considerable ejf;tent, ajj^ 
 in inslnyplaoei: covered with wood, , During the dry Sj??\so^^, 
 the a)ipeimtap«ci«f.^§ gj»jm478 p§f cJhcd. and barren ^^>^tw|ien 
 
SartII. 
 
 AFRICA. 
 
 231 
 
 NtiBM. Baifftor. 
 
 th^Mtis cntonnefiee, tW Vlt^/iandy Milis suddenly changed into 
 gteen it«ids enriched with luxuriant vegetiltiioii. Considerublc 
 ^uanftitie$ of mtuze, sesame^ beans and legumens, are raised by 
 the inhaliitiuits for food. There are severill kinds of trees | 
 but tK» Httiirind alone is vsiluable' for its fruit, or grows to any 
 considerable' size. The domestic animiils ; are, the; camel, the 
 sheep, the ^oat, and homed cattle, which are numerous. The 
 wild ttnttnth are, the lion, the leopard, the hyeepa, the wolf, 
 and the wild bufialoe. The rocks are chiefly composed of 
 grey granite } but in a £ew places alabaster and marble are 
 found 'j nitre is produced in considerable quantities, fossil salt 
 i« found in one district, attd sulphur is collected in the south- 
 ern' parts of the country. -^ '5 •'« 
 
 The inhabitants of Oarfoor are estimated by Mr Browne at 
 about 300,000 souls. They consist of the native tribes of Fur 
 or Foor, who are of a deep black complexion, with crisped 
 woolly hair, and feattires different from those of the negroes ; 
 of Arabs, some of whom have settled in the country, while 
 others wander on the frontiers } and of a number of emigrants 
 from the neighbouring states ^ particularly Dongola, Sennas, 
 and Kordofan. The native Furians are more cheerful in their 
 disposition than the Egyptians, from whom they seem to be 
 descended j but resemble the Moorish tribes in the violence 
 of their passions, their disregard to truth, their inattention to 
 cleanliness, and their inaccurate ideas of property. Polygamy 
 prevails among them, with all its pernicious consequences. The 
 women ate degraded to the capacity of slaves, who perform the 
 heaviest labours of the field, and the meanest domestic offices j 
 and who are often seen -walking after their husbands under 
 the pressure of a weighty burden, while these ride before them 
 On their asses, without incumbrance and without concern. 
 
 The principal towns of Darfoor, besides Cobbe, which ha* 
 been already mentioned^ are Zeghawa, which was formerly the 
 
a|i 
 
 ATRICA. 
 
 Part It. 
 
 NOBIA. DufDon ASTIIINIA. 
 
 capitftl of an indtpenddit king/iam, «f the smm ntne, li»tUud« 
 
 ts'* x' North } longitude aS"* i^ fiMt ; 3wetni, which cmu. 
 mandt the northefn load to Dvfoor ^ latitude 14^ 57' North ^ 
 longitude aS** 10' Eaat^ Cii^ebca, which command! the wett- 
 •m roadi, and ha$ a market twice in the week, latitude 14° 8' 
 North \ longitude 97^ $s' East \ and Kil, vAuch commands 
 the southern and eastern roads, and was formerly the residence 
 of the kings of Darfioor, latitude 13° 15' North ) longitude 28* 
 . 28' East. The houses are built of clay, commonly by the 
 hands of the women, and are covered with a flattish roof of 
 thin boards, coated with clay. ( A ^iuir iw <,/. 
 
 The government of Darfoor is monarchical, and the king, 
 or sultan as he is called, reigns with absolute authority. His 
 revenues consist of the taxes upon merchandize exported and 
 imported, the annual tribute of live stock from the Arabs, and 
 of corns from the towns and villages, with the amount of fines, 
 forfeitures, and preset cs. His armies are not numerous, nor 
 are they remarkable lor skill or courage } but they endure 
 hnnger, thirst, and fatigue, with astonishing resolution, and use 
 no other camp-equipage but a light mat adapted to the sixe of 
 the body. The religitm of Darfoor is the Mahometan, which 
 began to obtain in that country about i jTO years ago \ but still 
 mingled with sever^tl heathen superstitions ; and the mountain- 
 eers sacrifice to the deity of the hills in order to procure rsin. 
 
 Pm.t 
 
 10^ 
 
 roofs 
 
 longii 
 
 suah, 
 
 Red 
 
 East 
 
 of a 
 
 VI. ABYSSINIA lies between 7° and if of North ^v 
 titude } and between 34^ and 45*^ of Eajt longituit ' ^ig 
 about 6()0 miles in length from North to South, .^t a# 
 
 many in breaddi from East to West. It is bou. on the 
 North by Sennaar j on the East by the Red Sea auu Aj? 1 ) 
 on the South by Maohidas and Gingiro ) and on the West ay 
 Gorhan and Sennaar. The capital city is Gondar, situate on 
 the aummit of a hill of considerable height> It contuns about 
 
Pmt II. I 
 
 AFRICA. 
 
 »33 
 
 u. Cltkf^-SMfeMQftiMNlW. 
 
 iQ^O iiuwUct, Tke homes are chieAj of cUy, having thtir> 
 roofs thatched in the form of cones } latitude ia° 34' 30" North; 
 longitude 37° 33' East. The other principal places arc, Ma- 
 suah, 'ituatc in an islmd of the same name on the coast of the 
 Red Sea; latitude if 35' 5" North ; longitude 39^ 36' 30'* •» 
 East \ Dizan, built on the top of a hill, perfectly in the fomi) ' 
 of a sugar-loaf, surrounded by a deep valley like a trench, and 
 approached by a road i^hich winds spirally up the hill, till ii < 
 ends among the houses^ latitude 14^ Si' 5j" North', longitudrfv 
 40° 7' 30" East ; and Axum, supposed to have been once their 
 capital of Abyxsifiia } latitude 14° 6' 36" North y longitude 
 38" 40' East. / 
 
 In this country «re the sources of the Bahr el A»rac, or Efist- 
 cm Nile, which have been visited and minutely described by Mr 
 BfttCf • They are three in number, situate near the bottom of 
 the mountain of Geesh, in the province of Gojam. 1 he prin- 1 
 cipal fountain is in latitude lo^ 59' 25" North j and longitudtrt 
 36S SS'^S'^" ^^^^ ) *°^ t^' other two are within about 20 feet ■ 
 of this one. These springs having united their streams at some 
 dis(«in<4 fron^ the mountfun in which they rise, proceed in » di- 
 rqcti<';a ftlniQSt circuUr to the Lake Dembsa, ax^d by a curi^nt 
 always visible, crosses the end of it from one side to the other, > 
 and beiog Afterwards joined by innumerable other streams, it 
 passes thrqu^h the western part of Abyssinia and Sennaar, till it 
 joins the western branch above the city of Gerri. The Lake 
 of Dembea or Tsana is about 49 miles in length, and 35 ii| ^ 
 breadth. In the dry months, it shrink? greatly in size *, but ' 
 during the cainy season, it swells and extends itself into the 
 plain country, and occupies a much larger quantity of surface* 
 The Nile forms several cataracts in its progress through Abys. 
 alnla, one of which is described by Mr jl^ruce, as, falling in one < 
 UQJ orrupted sheet of abovo half an English mile in br<radth| 
 over a precipice nearly 40 feet of perpendisulaj hcigh% with n 
 
«34 
 
 AFRICA. 
 
 Part II. 
 
 Abyssinia. ErHiupiA-^MANb^EMuci. 
 
 force and a noise that was truly terrible, and which stunned, 
 and for a time made him perfectly dizzy. 
 
 The rainy season commences in this country soon after the 
 sua has passed the equator, on its way to the North at the time 
 of the vernal equino:^., and continues till the return of ihe sun 
 to the same point in the month of September *, and this inces* 
 sant rain is immediately succeeded by other six months of a 
 cloudless sky, and an almost vertical sun. The government p£ 
 ' Abyssinia is an absolute monarchy ; and the religion is a mix- 
 tnre of Judaism, Christianity, and Mahometism. 
 
 "VII ETHIOPIA is a country of prodigious extent j be- 
 ing boimded on the North by Nigritia, Nubia and Abyssinia ; 
 on the Eitst by Ajan and Zanguebar *, on the South by the empire 
 of Mano-£mugi ; and on the West by countries as yet totally un- 
 explored. It is computed to contain about 1,200,020 square 
 miles } but nothing is yet known concerning its interior divi- 
 6l<ins, government, productions, or inhabitants. 
 
 VIII. M ANO-ElVIUGI is bounded on the North by Ethiopia, 
 on the East by Zanguebar ■, on the South by Monomotapa and 
 CafFraria j and on the West by the tmknown ^ arts of Africa. 
 The Portuguese are the only Europeans who maintain any in- 
 tercourse with the inhabitants of this extensive kingdom j but 
 as they have not penetrated far into the country, much igno- 
 rance must be acknowledged respecting its geography and po- 
 lice. It is, however, reported to abound in gold, silver, 
 copper, and elephants } the air is said to be exceedingly hot 
 and unwholesoii' ?, and the inhabitants are represented as pa- 
 gans and idolaters. The country is said to contain a very large 
 lake, full of small islands, which abound in all sorts of wild 
 fowl and cattle, and are inhabited by negroes. It is denominated 
 the Lake Maravi j and at the southern extremity there is a 
 
 Par' 
 
 dist 
 Sou 
 
 Em 
 -Sou 
 
 COU] 
 
 boui 
 emp 
 tribi 
 the] 
 
 and 
 
 talc 
 
 East 
 
 .f'h-^-A 
 
 \ 
 
Pakt II. 
 
 aflBBOBB 
 
 AFRICA. 
 
 MONOMOTAPA. 
 
 ^35 
 
 district, with a town of the same name, about latitude 13° xo' 
 South J longitude 33° 10' East. 
 
 IX. MONOMOTAPA is boutided on the North by Mano- 
 Emugi } on the East by Mozambique and Sofala ^ and on the 
 •^uth and West by countries yet unknown. The soil of this 
 country is fertile in mliiet, rice, fruit, and sugar-cane. It a- 
 bounds in ostriches, elet>haAts, gold>dust, atid gold-mines. The 
 emperor is very powerful, haying several neighbouring princfes 
 tributary to him. The Portuguese carry on some trade with 
 the natives ^ and are even said to haVe conver^d the emperor, 
 and many of his principal officers, to Christiamty. 1 he capi- 
 tal city is Massapa, latitude 18° 5' South j longitude 31* 45' 
 East. 
 
 ■iC sxiii siih 
 
 
r,v»K 
 
 
 .. -f ^3g 
 
 .n run 
 
 '.'.V7SHIt99(E'i 
 
 " "i'wiifl*! 'UflW'Bsrsrr"' 
 
 t» 
 
 \jv}iyn> 
 
 African islands. 
 
 iHi'iTHE Islands btlongihg to Africa lie partly in the Indian, 
 ind partly in the Atlantic, Ocean. 
 
 il :. ,. /■• 
 
 I ; /.. . 
 
 I. The African Xslahds in the Indian Ocean are, x. Babel- 
 tnandel, 2. Socctra, 3. The Coihoro Isles, 4. Madagascar, 5. 
 Mauritius^ and 6; Bourbon. 
 
 X. BAJBEL-MANDfeiL IS a Small barren island, not five miles 
 round, situate at the mouth of the Red Sea, and valuable only 
 as it commands the strelghts, of the same name, which form 
 the communication between the Red Sea and the Indian Ocean. 
 Its importance has almost entirely ceased since the discovery 
 of the passage to India by the Cape of Good Hope. It lies in 
 latitude 12° 38' North j and longitude 44° 30' East. 
 
 a. SocoTRA or SocoToaA is situate in latitude from x 2° to 
 »3* North} and longitude betwfcen 53** and $$° East j being 
 about 30 leagues East from Cape Guardafui in Africa. It Is 
 about 80 miles in length, and 54 In breadth, enjoys two excel- 
 lent harbours, and abounds In all the fruits of tropical countries, 
 together with frankincense, gum-tragacanth, and aloes. The 
 inhabitants are Mahometans. The chief town is Tamarida, 
 latit4de 12° 40' North j longitude 54° 17' Esist. 
 
 3. The Comoro Isles are four in nimiber, viz. Angazija or 
 Grand Comoro, Anjo-anij Mohlla, and Mayotta j situate be- 
 
Pa&t II. 
 
 AFRICA. 
 
 ^37 
 
 African Islands. The Cdnioro Ides-^-Madagascar. 
 
 tween 1 1° and 14° of South latitude j and between 43° and 46** 
 of £ast longitude. Anjo-ani, or Johanna, the principal of 
 these islands, is about 30 miles in length, and 15 in breadth, 
 and affords plenty of provisions, besides tropical fruits. Fh* 
 low country is in the possession of Mahometan tribes, who arc 
 governed by a king of their own ^ but the mountains are still 
 retained by the native inhabitants, who are in a state of almost 
 constant hostility with dieir invaders. £ast India ships, bound 
 to Bombay, usually touch at this island for refreshments ) and 
 the seamen are entertained with great humanity by the Maho- 
 metan king; who, in return, generally receives a present of fire- 
 arms (uid ftmniunition from the English captain. 
 
 4. Madagascar is a large island, situate between la^ and 26° 
 of South latitude ; ancT between 43° and 51° of East longitude; 
 being about 960 miles in length from North to South ; and a- 
 bout 38P miles in breadth where broadest. The channel of 
 Mozambique, which separates this island from the coast of 
 2anguebar in Africa, is from 250 to 300 miles in breadth. 
 Through this channel, all European ships, bound to India, sail, 
 unless prevented by storms. The sea in this pr.ssage is general- 
 ly rough, and the tide extremely impetuous; 
 
 Madagascar is a pleasant and fertile country ^ abounding in 
 sugat^ honey, vines, fruit, vegetables, gums, com, cattle, fowls, 
 precious stones, iron, copper, tin, and possesses some valuabl« 
 silver mines. The country is agreeably diversified by hills, val- 
 lies and woods ; and is watered by numerous rivers, which are 
 well stored with fish. The air is generally temperate, and the 
 climate healthy. The inhabitants are of different complexions 
 and religions : some of them are white, and some black ; some 
 are Mahometans, while others are pagans. The whole island 
 is subject to a ];\umber of petty independent princes, who £rt* 
 qucntly make war upon each other for slaves and plundflr^ . 
 
 P 2 
 
a3f« 
 
 At'ilicX. 
 
 Part. It, 
 
 ArKiCAN Islands. MauritiU8~-Bourbon. 
 
 '-15; Mauritics, or IsLe of* France, lies between 20^ and 21* 
 of South latitude j and between 57^ and 58** of East longittide; 
 b^ing about 150 irtiles in circumference. The country is plea* 
 iakit, and the air remarkably good j tht island is watered by 
 several fine riVers, well stocked v^ith fish 5 enjoys an excellent 
 hirbour, yields plenty of tobacco, rice, and fruit, and silpports 
 ti great number of cattle, goats, deer, and sheep. It was first 
 discovered by the Dutch, who landed therein 1598, and gave 
 tt its present name in honour of their stadtholder, prince Mau- 
 rice. It is now in the possession of the French. * ^i-m»b'j-! Ji"^* 
 -aiii la i;,'5i'>i,tj^.8s.</rjo :»i»iaai 
 
 6. Bourbon is situate about 21° of South latitude, and a- 
 bout 56^* of East longitude j being about 60 miles in length, 
 knd 45 in breadth. The shore is generally bold, and the coast' 
 dangerous, being surrounded by many sunk rocks, a few feet 
 below the surface of the water. There is no harbour in the 
 island 'y but there are several good roads for shipping, on the 
 west and north>east »des. The country is for the most part 
 mountainous ; but in some places there are very beautiful and 
 fertile plains. In the south-east part of the island there is a 
 volcano, which continually throws out flames and smoke, with 
 a tremendous noise. The air is generally warm ; but the cli- 
 mate is remarkably wholesome, though subject to dreadful 
 hurricanes, which shake the whole island. The productions 
 are nearly the same as those of Mauritius, already enumerated. 
 This island was first visited by the Portuguese, in 1545 } but 
 it now possessed by the French. -r^^r-.'d 
 
 •-(■,;•■■'• ■•<t)-r''"''TW: ' ' ■ ) : ..■•■ !?'>¥? 
 
 { II. The African Islands in the Atlantic Ocean are, I. St 
 Helena, 2.> Ascension, 3. St Matthew, 4. St Thomas, 5. Priiice 
 Island, 6. Fernando Po, 7. Goree, 8. Cape Verd Islands, 9. 
 Canaries, xo. Madeiras } and, zi. the Azores ot Western 
 
 Island*. 
 
 — VW AV ^ ♦ *■ • 
 
 J* •«•*** .<*flV^T 
 
Part II. 
 
 AFRICA. 
 
 239 
 
 African Islands. St Helena— Ascet»ion Isle—St Matthew-Gortc, &c. 
 
 1. St Helena is situate in latitude 13* 53' South, and lon- 
 gitude 5° 49' West. The island is a solid rock, about 2^j 
 miles in circumference, very high and steep, and only acce?si- 
 ble at one place, called Chapel Valley Bay. Though the 
 lock appears hard and barren on all sides, the island is agreeably 
 ^versified by hills and plains, adorned with plantations of fruit 
 trees and garden-stuiEs. The inhabitants rear great numbers 
 of ho^^* bullocks, poultery, ducks, geese, and turkeys ; %vith 
 which they supply the East India ships which put in there on 
 their homeward, passage* The island belongs to the Jlpglish, , 
 
 2. Ascension Isle is situate in latitude 7° 56' South) and 
 longitude ,14° West. It is barren and uninliabited ; but en- 
 joys a, safe harbour, and abounds in excellent turtle, for which 
 reasons it is generally visited by vessels 011 their passage to and 
 from the East Indies. - *^ 
 
 ■ '' ', /■ ■ , 
 
 3. ^T Matthew is a smiall island, lying about 3° 50' South, 
 and 7* 20' West. It enjoys a small lake of fresh water, but 
 1)0 oUier ,v.aluable article, and is therefore uninhabited. 
 
 4. St Thomas, 5. Prince Island, and 6. Fernando Po, are 
 situate in the Gulph of Guinea, opposite to Benin, and are in 
 tlie possession of the Portuguese, whose shipping they furnish 
 with fresh water an4 provisions as they pass to or from their 
 colonics. 
 
 7. Goree is a small island, not exceeding two miles in cir- 
 cumference, and within cannon-shot of Cape Verd. The con- 
 venience of its situation for the African trade has always ren- 
 dered it a place of some importance, and an object of conten- 
 tion between European powers. It has consequently changed 
 m>istcrs very often since its first discovery by the Dutch. Du- 
 
 P3 
 
340 
 
 AFRICA. 
 
 Part II. 
 
 Af kica.m' IsLANOsi' Y'it Cape Verd tslands— The Canaries. 
 
 ring the last w? , it was taken from the French by the British j 
 but will probaply be included in the cessions of the present 
 peace. 
 
 8. The Cape Verd Islands He at the distance of about 300 
 miles from the Coast of Africsi, between 14" and 18° of North 
 latitude, and between 22° and 26*' 6f West longitude. They are 
 about 20 in number, one half of which consist only of barren 
 uninhabited rocks. St Jago, the largest, is about 1 50 miles 
 in circumference, and produces sugar, cottqn, wine, Indian com, 
 f ocoa-nuts, oranges, and other ^ropical fruits, with plenty of 
 roots and garden stuffs j but above all, madder, which is the most 
 valuable production in a commercial view. The other islands 
 most deserving of notice, are, St Anthony, St Vincent, St Lu* 
 cia, St Nicholas, Salt Island, Bonavista, Mayo, Fogo, Brava. 
 Of these, Mayo is remarkable for the immense quantities of 
 salt which are made upon it by the heat of the sun j and Fogo 
 for a volcano, which is constantly sending up sulphureous ez- 
 balations, and sometimes dreadful eruptiqns of flames and lava. 
 They belong to the Portuguese, whose viceroy resi4es in ^t 
 Jago. 
 
 9. The Canaries, or Fortunate Islands, are seveii in num- 
 ber, and lie between 27*? and 3P^ of North latitude, and be- 
 tween 13** and 18** of West longitude. They enjoy a tempe- 
 rate air, and abound in the most delicious fruits, especially in 
 grapes, which produce those rich wines which are distinguished 
 by the name of Canary j they are also the native country of 
 those beautiful singing birds which bear their name, and are so 
 much admired in Europe. Grand Canary, the largest of these 
 islands, is about 150 miles in circumference, and so extremely 
 fertile as to produce two harvests in the year. Teneriffe, which 
 is about 120 miles round, is remarkable for a mountain called 
 

 Part II. ^ 
 
 AFRICA. 
 
 i4i 
 
 : 
 
 African Islamdi. The Canaric«~The Madeiras— The Azores. 
 
 the Peak, which is about 15 miles in circumference at thebase^ 
 and rises in the form of a sugar-loaf to the height of 13,265^ 
 feet^ This mountain is a volcano, which sometimes throws out 
 prodigious quantities of sulphur and melted ore. The Peak,'^ 
 which marks the first meridian of the Dutch geographers, is in 
 latitude 28S 12' 54" North j and longitude 16° 30' West. Ferro, 
 another of the Canaries, from the meridian of which the ancient 
 geographers measured longitudes, is in latitude 27° 47' 20" 
 North J and longitude 1 7" 45' 45" West, The Canary Islands 
 belong to the king of Spain. 
 
 vicjtjff*', 
 
 .t^to> 
 
 10. Madeiras. These islands, which ^Ure three in nttmber,^' 
 lie in latitude 33° North j and longitude 17° West. The 
 largest of them is about 180 miles in circumferenee, and consists 
 of one continued hill, of considerable Height, extetKlihg from* 
 East to West. The southern declivity of this hill is cultiva- 
 ted, and interspersed with vineyards, and the coimtry seats of 
 the merchants, which form a very agreeable prospect. The 
 island abounds in the richest wine, the most beautiful sugar, 
 and the most delicious fruits, especially oranges, lemons and 
 pomegranates j tpgether with com, honey and wax. The only 
 town of any consequence in the island is Funchal, which lies at 
 the bottom of a large bay, on the South side of the island, la- 
 titude 32*' 38' North J longitude 17° 5' 20" West, Of the, 
 other two islands, the one, Porto Santo is extremely fertile, 
 and enjoys some excellent harbours : the other is a barren rock. 
 They belong to the Portuguese. 
 
 1 1. The Azores or Western Islands, lie at almost an equal 
 distance from Europe, Africa, and America j being between 
 37° and 40° of North latitude j and between 25° and 32® of 
 West longitude. They were discovered about the middle of 
 the 15th century, by Joshua Vandcr Berg, a merchant of B^u- 
 
 P4 
 
144 
 
 AFRldA, 
 
 PA^r IL 
 
 ArkiCAN Islands. The Azores Inlands. 
 
 ges in Flanders, who, in a voyage to Lisbon, was driven upott 
 them by stress of weather, and found them destitute of inhabi- 
 tants. Having boasted of the discovery, on his arrival at Lis- 
 bon, the Portuguese immediately set sail, and took possession 
 of them, which they stiU retain. They enjoy a clear sky, and^ 
 salub|rious air ; but are subject to violent earthquakes, and in* 
 undations from high tides. They are, however, extremely fer- 
 tile in com, wine, and a variety of fruits } and abound in cattle, 
 fovyl, and fish. These islands are nine in number, of which St 
 Michael, the largest, is near loo miles in circumference, and 
 contains 50,000 inhabitants. Tercera is the most important 
 of them, on account of its harbour, which is spacious, btid has 
 good anchori^ge ) but is exposed to the south-east winds, l^e 
 cafntal town, Angra, contains a cathedral and five churcheSik 
 and is the reudence of tlie governor of the islanids. 
 
 so ;■ . ' ^^ttauc 
 
 :- nifj 
 
 .ZSTfr bil: 
 
 , >■ I 
 
(11 
 
 . ,) 
 
•1 
 
 •i 
 
 i 
 
 J Sit 
 36° ai 
 64° ol 
 zcn O 
 by th< 
 Don, 
 theD 
 South 
 frica •, 
 twcen 
 lengtli 
 More: 
 is not 
 
 Dr 
 
 generi 
 C 
 
 I. : 
 
 3- 
 4- 
 
 5- 
 6. 
 
 7- 
 8. 
 
 9- 
 
 it! 
 
243 
 
 ; I 
 
 I -^i- 
 
 V yfi 
 
 ■ 7 
 
 ElTliOFE 
 
 ■ r' 
 
 'H 
 
 j!> 
 
 ,*e 
 
 Situation, Extjent, and Boundaries.] IS situate between 
 36° and 72° of North latitude j and between 10^ of West and 
 64° of East longitude ', being bounded on the North by the Fro- 
 zen Ocean j on the East by Asia, from which it is separated 
 by the river Cara, ^e Oural Mountains, the rivers Wolga and 
 Don, the Sea of Azopl^, the Black Sea, the Sea of Marmara, 
 the Dardanelles, the Archipelago, and the Levant *, on the 
 South by the Mediterranean Sea, which separates it from A- 
 frica ', and on the West by the Atlantic Ocean, which lies be- 
 tween it and the Continent of North America. Its greatest 
 length, from North Cape in Lapland, to Cape Matapan in the 
 Morea, is about 2450 miles : its breadth is very imequal : but 
 is not quite 2000 miles on any one parallel* \ 
 
 Divisions.] Europe may be considered under the following 
 
 general heads, viz. 
 
 
 
 
 Countries. 
 
 Chief Towns. 
 
 Latitude. 
 
 Longitude. 
 
 I. Denmark, 
 
 Copenhagen 
 
 SS° 41' N. 
 
 12° 44' E. 
 
 Z. Sweden 
 
 Stockholm 
 
 59 20 N. 
 
 18 4 E. 
 
 3. Russia 
 
 Petersburgh 
 
 59 56 N. 
 
 30 19 E. 
 
 4. Poland 
 
 Warsaw 
 
 52 12 N. 
 
 31 9 E. 
 
 5. Prussia 
 
 Koningsberg 
 
 54 43 N. 
 
 20 ^6 E. 
 
 6. Great Britain 
 
 London 
 
 51 31 N. 
 
 00 6W. 
 
 7. Holland 
 
 Amsterdam 
 
 52 16 N. 
 
 4 45 E. 
 
 8. Netherlands 
 
 Brussels 
 
 50 5' N. 
 
 4 21 E. 
 
 9. Germany and 
 
 h Vienna 
 
 48 13 N. 
 
 16 23 E, 
 
 its Dependencies 
 
r.JUrt Hflm .' 
 
 y 
 
orvM- 
 
 
 (m 
 
 
 
 ^^e** 
 
 ■«/«<•* 
 
 p)/U<&« 
 
 5*' 
 
 -K" 
 
244 EUROPE. 
 
 „. .» 
 
 Part II. 
 
 Divisions — IViountains —Rivers — Sea 
 
 i, Streights, .iiiS 
 
 Ciulphs. 
 
 Countries.. Chief Towns. 
 
 Lati;ude. 
 
 Longitude. 
 
 JO. France Paris 
 
 48'' 50' N. 
 
 2° 20' E. 
 
 11. Switzerland, Bern 
 
 46 57 N. 
 
 7 27 E. 
 
 12. Italy Ronn ' 
 
 41 54 N. 
 
 12 29 E, 
 
 13. Spain, Madrid 
 
 40 '2j N. 
 
 3 44 £• 
 
 14. Portugal Lisbon 
 
 38 42 N. 
 
 9 7W. 
 
 15. Seven Islands Corfu 
 
 39 40 N. 
 
 J 9 50 E. 
 
 i6. Turkey Constantinople 
 
 41 00 N. 
 
 28 54 E. 
 
 Mountains.} The principal mountains of Europe are the 
 Ardangerand Dofrelield, which separate Norway from Sweden j 
 the Carpathian Mountains, which lie North from Hungary and 
 Transylvania ; the Alps in Switzerland j the Appenines in 
 Italy ,^ and the Pyrenees, which separate France from Spain. 
 
 Rivera. ] The most considerable rivers are the Danube, 
 thQ Rhine, and the Wolga. 
 
 Seas, Streights, and Gulphs.J The White Sea, m Russia ; 
 the Baltic, the Gulph of Bothnia, the Gv,lph of Finland, and the 
 Gulph of Livonia, between Russia and Sweden j the Sound, 
 the Great Belt, the Little Belt, and Cattegat, between Den- 
 mark and Sweden J the Skager Rack, between Jutland and 
 Norway j the German Sea, between Germany and Great Bri- 
 tain f the Streights of Calais, and British Channel, between 
 Etiv,iand ^nd France : St George's Channel, and the Irish Sea, 
 ^etv.cen Lngland and Ireland j the Bay of Biscay, between 
 riaiKC and Spain , '.he Streigl.ts of Hibraltar, between Europe 
 arid Africa ; the Culpli ot Genoa, and the Gulph of Tarento, 
 in Italy ; the Streights of Bonifacio, between Corsica and Sar- 
 dinia, and the Streights of Messina, between Sicily and Italy y 
 the Gulph cf Venice, betweea Italy and Turkey j the Archi- 
 I'dago, the Dardanelles, the Sua of r»larmafi)., the Streights 
 
PAIT II. 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 345 
 
 Capes. 
 
 ot' Constantinople, the Black Sea, the Streights of Jenikale, 
 and the Sta of Azoph, between Asia and Europe. 
 
 Capes.] North Cape in Lapland ; the Naze of Norway j 
 Cape Wrath in Scotland } Cape Clear in Ireland j Land's 
 ^nd, and Lizard Point in England j Oa)-': la Hoguein France j 
 Cape Finisterre, Cape St Vincent, and Cape de Creus, in Spain j 
 Cape Spartivento in |taly, and Cape Matapan in Turkey. 
 
 » 1 ! K I 
 
 JtjCi JU • •-(wijJ«';^f»-!Oi- 
 
 
 riT 
 
 ^i 
 
uiii |i iM^iinwpn^nnnr 
 
 
 246 
 
 .tl T<A< 
 
 sjwrssxanmwr- 
 
 .sqoauJF mr. t JiA nos/rJid ,rtfjtjiA. io sag o«fi liWi 
 
 I. DENMAlRR 
 
 ,2a'iA0 
 
 iv/rJ; ,u/r3' 
 
 COMPREHENDS, i. East and West Greenland, and se- 
 veral islands in the Atlantic Ocean; 2. Norway, 3. Jutland, 
 with the islands at the entrance of the Baltic j and 4. the 
 Duchy of Holstein in Lower Saxony. 
 
 I. East Greenland, or Spitsbergen, is situate between 76* 
 and Si*? of North latitude j and between 10° and 30° of East 
 longitude. The country is not inhabited, but the chief whale 
 fishery is on this coast. West Greenland lies between 59° and 
 So*' of North latitude j and between 4° and 53° of West lon- 
 gitude. There are but few inhabitants in this wretched coun- 
 try J and these arc very rude and barbarous. The Danes have 
 sent some missionaries among them, in order to convert them to 
 Christianity. There is a good whale fishery on the coast. 
 
 The Islands belonging to Denmark in the Atlantic are, 
 I. Iceland ; situate between 6^^ and 67° of North latitude | 
 and between 15° and 2^° of West longitude j being about 52c 
 miles in length, and 270 in breadth. It contains about 6o,oco 
 inhabitants j who are a harmless, well-disposed people, uncom- 
 monly attached to their country, and strongly inclined to reli- 
 gion : many of them have been converted to Christianity. The 
 principal city is Skalholt, latitude 64° 3' North ; longitude 20° 
 40' West, The island is exceedingly subject to earthquakes 
 and volcanoes •, of which last, the most remarkable is in Mounf 
 Heckla, the eruption^ of which are often alarming and destruc- 
 
•i»Ai(t It. 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 247 
 
 Denmark The Faro Islands — Norway. 
 
 tive. There are also many springs of boiling hot water, some 
 «f which spout up the water several fathom* high* 
 
 2. The Faro Islands j situate about 62® of North latitude ; 
 and 7° of West longitude. They are above 20 in number j 
 and contain about 4000 or 5000 inhabitants, who procure most 
 of the necessaries of life from the Danes, in barter for dried fish, 
 hides, and sulphur. ' ' 
 
 3» SdiAe small islands off tlie coast of Norway, the princi- 
 pal of which are Malstrom and Histeren. Near the former 
 is a 'dreadful vortex, which, at the flowing of the tide, swallows 
 up every tiling that comes within its influence, and at the ebb- 
 ing spouts out the water with great violence. 
 
 II. Norway, the ancient Scandinavvi, lies between 58° and 
 72° of North latitude ; and between 5° and 31^ of Eastlongi- 
 tude ; being bounded on the North by the Frozen Ocean 5 oil 
 the East by Sweden, from which it is separated by the long 
 ridge of lofty mountains which are called Ardanger, Filefield, 
 or Dofrefield •, on the South by the Scager Rack •, and on the 
 West by the Atlantic Ocean. It is 1000 miles in length, and 
 about 240 at its greatest breadth, and contains aliout 750,000 
 inhabitants. The ancient capital was Bergen, latitude 60° 23' 
 40" North ; longitude 5" 37' East. The present residence of 
 the viceroy, and seat of justice is Christiania, latitude 59° '55' 
 North ; longitude lo** 47' East. 
 
 The whole country is formed into the two great divisions of 
 Northern and Southern Norway, whicli are separated from each 
 •ther by the small Swedish province of Henidal, 
 
 1. Northern Norway is divided iiUo thfi J.wo provinces of 
 
248 feURO<*E. PartII. 
 
 DtNMAHK. Norway — General Appearance— Clihiiite. 
 
 Nordland or Lapland, and Fitmmark \ which are both subject 
 to the government of Drontheiuo. 
 
 21 Sou'niEKN, or Proper Norwav i» divided into the four 
 
 governments of 
 
 
 
 
 
 Chief To wni. 
 
 Latitude, 
 
 Longitude. 
 
 1. Drontheim * 
 
 Drontheim 
 
 63° 26' N. 
 
 II«* 10' E. 
 
 2. Bergen f 
 
 Bergen 
 
 60 24 N. 
 
 5 37 E. 
 
 3- Aggerhuus 
 
 Christiania 
 
 59 SS N. 
 
 10 47 E. 
 
 
 Frederickstadt 
 
 59 12 N. 
 
 10 59 E. 
 
 
 Frederickshall 
 
 59 8N. 
 
 II 15 E. 
 
 
 Kongsberg 
 
 59 38 N. 
 
 9 50 E. 
 
 4. Christiansand 
 
 Christiansand 
 
 58 7 N. 
 
 8 21 E; 
 
 
 Arendal 
 
 58 23 N; 
 
 9 4 E- 
 
 General Appearance.] Norway is one of the most moun- 
 tainous countries in Europe, and some of the mountains which 
 form its eastern boundary are reckoned as high as any of the 
 Alps. It contains ndany lakes and forests, the former df which 
 are well stocked with fish. The country is much cut up by 
 large rivers, or rather torrents from the hills ■, but none of them 
 is navigable for any considerable distance* 
 
 Climate.] The climate of Norway is various, but in gene- 
 ral very cold, especially in the riorthern regions, where the sun, 
 in winter, is 12 or 13 successive weeks under the horizon. In 
 that part of the country, however, the sky is generally so se- 
 rene, and the aurora borealis so clear, that the people carry on 
 their fishery, and work at their several trades in the open air, 
 even in the midst of winter j and in summer, the sun continues 
 with them for 13 weeks together. Farther South, the eastern 
 
 • Anciently Nerigon, f Anciently the country of thr Sitoafv 
 
Part U. 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 241J 
 
 Denmark. Norway-^oii and Productions-InlMbitants, Religion, &c. 
 
 parts of the country are generally covered with snow j and in 
 winter the waters are frozen to a great thickness } but on thd 
 western coasts, the sea is practicable all the year. 
 
 Soil and Productions.] The soil of Norway is in g(»ietal 
 very poor, yielding hardly any thing besides pasture, with soma 
 rye and buck- wheat. It contains quarries, however, of ex- 
 cellent marble and other valuable stones j lead, copper, ant! 
 iron mines are common in the country j its woods iorni a very 
 profitable, and almost inexhaustible article of commerce j ia 
 the neighbourhood of Kongsberg are some excellent mines of 
 silver, which are worked to great advantage j quicksilver, sul- 
 phur, vitriol, and alum are found in various parts of the coun- 
 try ; and gold has also been discovered, but not in great abtm- 
 ^ance. Besides the above articles, Norway also exports con- 
 siderable quantities of tallow, butter, salt, fiith, tar, rosin, and 
 cattle* 
 
 ■ Inhabitants, RELictttN, and Government.] The inhiibitanW 
 of Norway are strong, active, and brave, strangers to luxury! 
 and consequently remarkable for long life. The religion of 
 the country is the Lutheran (see § 241). The government ia 
 an absolute monarchy, executed by the viceroy of the king of 
 of Denmark. 
 
 Non^fay was once ah independent kingdom j but in the year 
 1397, it was united to the crown of Denmark by the treaty of 
 Calmar, and has ever since been considered as a part of that 
 kingdom. 
 
 HI. Jutland, the ancient Cbersoneius Cimbrica^ is a large 
 peninsula, at the entrance of the Baltic, which has the Duchy 
 of Holstein in Germany on the South, and the sea on evcrv 
 other side. It iici between 54*^ and 58° of North latitude j and 
 
ftp 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 1»AIIT II. 
 
 Denmark. JutlaiKi - Divisions—- Climate and Productions. 
 
 between 89 and ri*^ of East longitude j and is 270 miles in 
 length, and 1 20 in breadth. 
 
 Divisions.] It is divided into North and South Jutland, 
 which comprehend the five following districts, viz. 
 
 Districts. Towns. Latitude. Longitude. 
 
 1. North Jutland. Aalborg Aalborg 57° 3' N. 9° 55' E. 
 
 Wibourg Wibourg 56 32 N. 9 '9 E. 
 
 Aarhuus Aarhuus $6 10 N. 10 14 E. 
 
 a. South Jutland. Ripen Ripen ^^ 20 N. 8 47 E. 
 
 * Sleswick Sleswick 54 31 N 9 36 E. 
 
 f Flensborg 54 47 N. 9 28 E. 
 
 Climat'e And Productions.] The climate of Denmark is 
 extremely variable, and remarkable for the most sudden transi- 
 tions from cold to heat, and from heat to cold. The winter 
 continai^s long, owing to the freezing of the Baltic and the ri- 
 vers which flow into it j but the last months of summer, arid 
 the whole of autumn are commonly waim, though refreshed by 
 frequent showers. The country in general is level, and aboimds 
 in com and fine pastures, variegated with woods, rivulets, and 
 lakes. It abounds also in horses and black cattle. 
 
 The Islands belonging to Denmark in the entrance of the 
 
 Baltic are 
 
 Islands. Chief Towns. Latitude. 
 
 Zealand Copenhagen 55° 41' N. 
 
 Elsiuure 56 2 N. 
 
 Funen Odensee SS 24 N. 
 
 Langland Rutcoping 54 ,7' N. 
 
 Longitude. 
 I2<> 36' E. 
 12 42 E. 
 10 29 E. 
 10 1:.$' E. 
 
 • Slpswifk is a ducliy. 
 
 t Fiensburjr is the capital of a small province, still called \nple, froip 
 which the Anglo-Saxons originally emigrated into Britain, A. D. 450. 
 
Part II. 
 
 EURbi»i 
 
 «• 
 
 
 
 
 
 a5i 
 
 
 Denmark. 
 
 Jutland—- 
 
 -Holstein, 
 
 
 
 
 
 Islands. 
 
 Chief Towns. 
 
 
 1 Latitude, 
 
 Longitude. 
 
 Laland 
 
 Nakscoy 
 
 
 .54 
 
 5i 
 
 N. 
 
 II 
 
 18 
 
 E. 
 
 Falster 
 
 Niecoping 
 
 
 54 
 
 47 
 
 N. 
 
 12 
 
 00 
 
 E. 
 
 Mona 
 
 Steege 
 
 
 54 
 
 59 
 
 N. 
 
 12 
 
 22 
 
 E. 
 
 Femereh 
 
 Burgh 
 
 
 54 
 
 28 
 
 N. 
 
 II 
 
 21 
 
 E. 
 
 Alsen 
 
 Sonderborg 
 
 
 54 
 
 56 
 
 N. 
 
 9 
 
 54 
 
 E. 
 
 with several others of less importance. 
 
 These islands being the residence of the principal nobility 
 and gentry, they are in high cultivation, and produce great 
 abundance of Com, with which the Danes supply their neigh- 
 bours in Sweden and Norway. 
 
 Zealand is about 7 5 miles in length, and nearly as many in 
 breadth, and contains near 300,000 inhabitants. Copenhagen 
 in this island is the c i^jital of all the dominions of the king of 
 Denmark. It is the seat of an university, and possesses a royal 
 library, which contains above 40,000 books, and a famous mii- 
 At Elsineur all trading vessels, which pass through the 
 
 seum. 
 
 Sound to the Baltic, pay toll to the king of Denmark. Here 
 the Sound is not dbov^ three or four miles in breadth, and the 
 deepest water is on the side of Zealand ; yet a squadron of the 
 British fleet, under the command of Admiral Sir Hyde Parker 
 passed through the Sound last spring (i 801) in defiance of the 
 Danish fort, without the loss of a man. 
 
 IV. HoLSTEiN is bounded on the North by Sleswick, from' 
 which it is separated by the river Eyder, and a canal which has 
 been lately cut across the isthmus from the source of that river j 
 on the East by the Baltic j on the South by Mecklenburg and 
 Bremen, from which last it is separated by the Elbe j and on 
 the West by the German Sea. 
 
 This duchy was formerly divided between the king of Den- 
 mark and the Duke of Holstein Gottorp. But the latter part 
 having descended to Peter III., emperor of Russia, as part off 
 
 It i 
 
 ii i 
 
 t!f 
 
3J2 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 Part II. 
 
 Dknmamk. Holstein— Cities. 
 
 his hereditary domkuons, the late empress, in the year 1773, 
 ceded it to the king of Denmark in exchange for the counties 
 of Oldenburgh and Delmenhorst, which he possessed in the 
 Circle of We^tphslia y so that the king of Denmark now pos- 
 scses the whole Duchy of Holstein, and has no other territory 
 in Qtrrjany. 
 
 Cities.} The principal cities of Holstein are \ 
 
 Cities. 
 
 Latitude. 
 
 Longitude. 
 
 Gluckstadt 
 
 53° 48' N. 
 
 9<» 26' E. 
 
 Kiel 
 
 54 22 N. 
 
 10 20 E. 
 
 Hambuxgh 
 
 43 34 N. 
 
 10 5 E. 
 
 Altona 
 
 S3 3' N. 
 
 10 2 E. 
 
 Lubeck 
 
 53 5a N. 
 
 10 51 E. 
 
 Gluckstadt was the ancient capital of the Danish part of 
 holstein, and Kiel, of the Duke of Holstein Gottorp's division , 
 Hanburgh and Lubeck are imperial cities, and are the two first 
 which joined in the Hanseatie league*, afterwards so formida- 
 ble to Europe. Altona, oi Altena, is finely situate on the 
 northern banks of the Elbe, and was built by the king of Den- 
 mark in order to carry off the trade of Hamburgh j in which, 
 however, he was not successful to any considerable extent. 
 
 * About the middle of the 13th century, while the nations around the 
 Saltie were extrenaely barbarous, and infetted that sea with their piracies, 
 the cities of I^ubec and Hamburgh, soqd after they bad began to open some 
 trade with these people, found it necessary to enter into a league for their 
 mutual defence^ They derived such advantage from this union, that other 
 fowns acceded to their coafbderacy, and, in a short time, eighty of the most 
 considerable cities scattered through those extensive countries vrhicb 
 stretch from the bottom of the Baltic to Cologne in the Lower Rhine, joiiv- 
 ed in the famous Hanseatie League, which became so powerful that its 
 alliance was courted, and its enmity dreaded by the greatest roDnarchs. 
 
t'A*T U. 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 aj3 
 
 De NMAK K. R«ligion and C}overnmeBt--Sute of the People. 
 
 RstiGioN AND GovxKNMfNT.] The religion of all Denmark 
 is the Lutheran (see § 241). The goTenunent, previously to 
 the ye«r i66c},wab a very limited and eVen elective monarchy j 
 but at that period, the people, with a blind and presumptuous 
 confidence, unparalleled in the annals of mankind, resigned their 
 liberty into the hands of their sovereign, of their own accord, 
 and without the least compulsion, and the king of Denmark is 
 now on^of the most absolute monarchs in Europe. 
 
 I 
 
 State of tkx Piopuz.] The subjects of Denmark are di- 
 vided into two classes, the noblesse and the peasantry. Of 
 . these, the formei imly enjoy the privilege of disposing of their 
 estates by will) though others may make particular dispositions, 
 provided they have interest to procure the king's approbation 
 and sigiKture. Till within less than twenty years ago, the 
 state of all classes of subjects in Denmark, the courtiers except- 
 ed, was wretched in the highest degree : the nobleSse were so 
 impoverished by excessive taxes, that they hardly could procure 
 subsistence, and for the most part, lived obscurely in a corner 
 of their rained country-palaces, unless they had interest enough 
 to obtain some employment at court. If any of them had found 
 a purchaser for his estate, the king, by the Danish law, had a 
 right to one third of his purchase-money j and such were the 
 intolerable burdens imposed upon the lands, that many gentle- 
 men have gladly surrendered their estates to the king, in order 
 to be freed from the impositions laid upon them. 
 
 This oppression of the nobles by the king, produced in them 
 a like disposition to oppress the commons, who were reduced 
 to a state of as absolute slavery as the negroes in the West In- 
 dian islands, except that they were not subject to whips for 
 trivial faults. The value of estates was confuted, not from 
 the number of acres, but by the stock of boors, who, like the 
 timber, were reckoned a parcel of freehold j and nothing could 
 
 CL 2 
 
 il 
 
 I 
 
«54 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 pAiit ri. 
 
 DiNMAKK. IState of the People — Army and Navy. 
 
 be more wretched than the state of these boors. They fed 
 upon 'itock-fish, salted meats, and other coarse diet. After 
 having toiled like a slave to raise the king's taxes, the unfor- 
 tunate boor must pay the trifling overplus to his needy land- 
 lord. Should he improve his ground, and repair his farm- 
 house, his cruel master would immediately transplant him to 
 R barren farm„ and a naked habitation, that he might let the 
 improved ground to another tenant at a higher price. 
 
 Such was the state of the people in Denmark during a long 
 succession of years. But since the pfreseni prince-royal came 
 to act in government, he has bestowed a particular attention to 
 the lower classes of the people, and has done more to redress 
 their grievances, and to alleviate their sufferings, than the most 
 sanguine minds could have expected. By the assistance of 
 count Bemstorff, the enlightened prime minister of Denmark, 
 and of counts Reventlow and Colbiornsen, he has effected the 
 emancipation of the peasants, and thus laid a foundation for the 
 prosperity of his country, the fruits of which will be enjoyed 
 by future ages. He has also taken off the restrictions upon the 
 liberty of the prfiss, and broken down those barriers to trade 
 
 ' which a spirit of monopoly had reared up with a view to op- 
 press the one half of the natives of the land. He has restored 
 the discipline of the army, put the navy upon a respectable 
 footing, revived the decaying but important arts, of agriculture, 
 manufactures, and trade •, and, for the encouragement of learn- 
 ing, he has instituted three societies in Copenhagen ; one on 
 the same plan with the royal society in London, for promoting 
 
 ■ general literature, another for illustrating the Scandinavian 
 history, and a third for promoting the literature of Iceland. 
 
 Armt and Navy.] The army of Denmark is composed of 
 troops levied in Jutland, Holstein and Norway j and the whole 
 dumber is computed at 60,900 men. The seamen are divided 
 
Part ^. 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 355 
 
 DCNMAHK. 
 
 Ar.ny and N»vy.-Hi«rory. 
 
 into two classes : the first comprises those inhabiting the sea- 
 coasts, who are allowed to engage in the service of merchant- 
 ships, and receive 8 shillings annually each from the crown, but 
 are subject to be immediately enrolled in case of a war j the se- 
 cond comprehends the fixed sailors, who are constantly in the 
 employment of the Crown, and ate stationed at Copttniiagen lor 
 the ordinary service of the navy. Lfich of them, when not at 
 sea, receives 8s. a month, besides provisions and clothes. The 
 number of the whole is about 40,000 men. I he navy consist- 
 ed lately of abqut 38 ships of the line ai)d 20 frigates ^ but 
 since the defeat of the 2d of April las^, (hey are not near so 
 many. j_, 
 
 HisTo&Y. The Danes reckon up a long list of princes, 
 through a period of neair 3000 years j and afhrm th^t their 
 country received its present name from Dan, the son pf Humble, 
 their first king, who reigned about the year before the Chris- 
 tian sera 1 050. But the history of Deif mark, for several ages 
 after Dan, is filled with wild and fabulous exploits of heroes; 
 encountering giants and dragons, with such like absurdities. 
 
 One of the most illustrious of the kings of Denmark was 
 Canute the Great, who was at the same time king of Denmark, 
 Norway and England, ai}d died <\.D. 1035. Waldemar I. 
 who succeeded to the (hrone of Denmark A. 1157, defeated 
 and slew the usurper Sweno, and broke the power of the Van- 
 dals after a long and bloody war. In 116^^ he laid the foun- 
 dations of the city of Dantjiic j in 1 169, he entirely subdued 
 the Courlanders, and was soon after invested with the duchy o£ 
 Holstcin by the emperor Barbarossa. 
 
 The famous Margaret, daughter of Waldemar III., who a!^- 
 cended the throne In 1387, raised Denmark to its highest pitc|i 
 of glory. In 1388, she defeated and deposed Albert king qf 
 Sweden, and, partly by her address, and partly by hereditary 
 
 ' CL3 
 

 IMAGE EVALUATION 
 TEST TARGET (MT-3) 
 
 
 1.0 
 
 I.I 
 
 1.25 
 
 Ui l&i 12.2 
 
 li 
 
 ■ u 
 UUu 
 
 ^ IIIIMi 
 
 
 Photographic 
 
 Sciences 
 
 Corporation 
 
 23 WEST MAIN STREET 
 
 WEBSTER, N.Y. 14580 
 
 (716)S72-4S03 
 
 ( 
 
■V^ 
 
 K^ 
 
 L<9 
 
tmrnmrnimmmm 
 
 90 
 
 EURI34»e; 
 
 PAjitHJ 
 
 mm 
 
 aUi 
 
 - DzttUAHtii Hl^t^. 
 
 rifitt, «fce foraged th^ntiioh -bf Galiniw, by vrhitA ihe Was at^^ 
 lni«>«H«dg«d«6«^e¥ei^ «l Sweden^ BdimMic, "ttad Ndtwsiy, J^.' 
 1 3«)7, She flttp^ort«d hct dSgnfitf twith Sttdi firmfntM rtttd cou- 
 rtige, that she w«i» justly sti)tA the Sttnitamis t)F tke ^forth^ 
 Met iueeessors %cing tlestitirte bf'lfet gte«t taldtitls, soort 
 Ibtt'thie ft*vMrtJlgw i^^hfeh fcer prowess lidd gained^, tfet nhioti 
 of Calmftr wat 'dissolfed under tlie reign of Christopher III^ 
 frho died A. 1448. The three itortiheni kingdoms were again 
 united under Christian I., A. t457) and a]g^n se^aratid A. 
 1^4* In 153^,' tke Protestant rcligidn was AitiblWbtd in 
 SieMBttrk bjChristtanlll. ffi* grahdsoni Christian IV.; whtwfc 
 daughter was married to king James I. of England, was cho- 
 sen head of the Protestant league, formed against the house of 
 Anuria, A. 1629. But, thtiugh -pefs^batly brave,' lie was in 
 ifoinger of losing his dominions, whtntr^' Was sttcceedetlin that 
 cMniftand by lAe famoos Gustavuis Adblphus, king of Sweden. 
 Ifi«3dn Frederick TH., who ascends die throne A. i648, en- 
 gage' in a wair-with Chatles'X. bf Sweden, at the ihstigatiion 
 «f l!ie I>Qtch ; and, ibdtrgh reduced to the greater diffl^lties, 
 yet conducted himself so much tio the admiration bf tht peo> 
 jAe, that they assembled, A. i^^, declared the crown heredi- 
 tary, which had been forinerly elective, and the power bf tfhe 
 king absolute, which had before h€tn extremely limited. He 
 was succeeded in 1670 by his son Christian V., wlio received 
 two dreadful defeats from Charles XI. of Sweden, first at Luh- 
 den, and the second at Landscrona, which liad almost entirely 
 -ndned him, unless he had become the ally and subsidiary bf 
 l.ewis XIV. of France. 
 
 Frederick IV., who succeeded in 1699, was engaged In a des- 
 perate war with the famous Charles XII. of Sweden, who, be- 
 ing killed at the seige of Frederickshall, a peace was concluded 
 at Stockholm, t^^hich left Frederick in possession of tfcij duchy of 
 Sleswick. Hk son Christian VI., who succeeded him in 1730^ 
 
Part It. 
 
 HUKOFE. 
 
 *i? 
 
 i) 
 
 DtNM^RK. Hlt»yrf. 
 
 «nd Ih8 grandson Frederick Vk, wfad sscs^idvd the thrvde in 
 I74€, cultivated peace with all Am nngiibgurfy and cq^logrt- 
 ed 1^1 ithtUx power to promote the happtmsa of tfaehr «ubj^ictfl, 
 wh<Mto illty eased of maHj oppiieHiTe taxot. Ths Uit«e<i»arp 
 ried LotiiM, die youngest daughter of Geoif^ Ji. king «f 
 Ckeat Sritaki> A. 1743 5 and, wpoa ha deaths he married a 
 daughter of the didie of Brunanick Wol&tibnUdi. In the 
 year tf66f he Waft succeeded hj Christian VIL^ hii son by the 
 prineeM Lottim, and the present king. 
 
 'i Christian was fnatri«d that same year, to the princess Caro^ 
 lirVR Matilda, youngest sister of the present king Oeoi^e Iil<. 
 of Great Britiun. But this alliasice pcoved extremely unHmtv 
 tunate, owing, as is gen^ndly bdietred, to the intrigues of thr 
 dowager queen, who wi^cd to > rsdse her son Frederick to the 
 throne. An accusation Was lodged ttgaiiwt the^ouats StitKmee 
 and BtQidt, two actite and tfAttpiMttg mJilisttrs) 43^ a design 
 to stHjrert the govetttnlent, «tid of a catMplifad^ ugaatt the 
 king*s life. The queen Was' ntade a pasty in these fwtonded 
 crimiis 'f and the weak kin^,4}e^ ttrnkimtd at 4 o^kwk in the 
 mottling, Wa^ prevailed upem, In a paide, «o jttbsorib* an isrdcr 
 for arresting the queen arid her accompUees. The fotmcr was 
 immediately smed, and, wi^^r Inlantdattgtite^^ was escorted 
 by a party of drngoons to ¥he cUStie oJF Crofienbttvg, onthe i6th 
 of January 1772. In the following Mky, the king of Great 
 Britain sent a small squadron to convey her to Germany, and 
 appointed the city of Zell, in his electoral dominions, for her 
 residence. She died there on the loth of May 1775, of a ma- 
 lignant fever, in the 24th year of her age. Struensee and 
 Brandt, with several of their adherents, to the number of 1 8, 
 were seized the same night, and thrown into prison *, and, after 
 a variety of examinations, were beheaded on the 28th of April, 
 having previously their right hands cut off. 
 
 This inhuman conduct did not prove ultimately advantageous 
 
 Q 4 
 
fm v« ' p 'w. 'i ""i I " 
 
 95t 
 
 •BURQItE. 
 
 P#RT II. 
 
 Dkhxakk. HUtorr* 
 
 to the queen-dowager and her partjr* ' A revolution took pUc^ 
 in April 1784, when the queen-dowager's friends were remo- 
 ved, a new council was formed under the auspices of the;piince- 
 royal, and no instrument was deemed authentic un^'jss ugned 
 fay the king, ai^d countersigned by the prince. Sin^e that time, 
 the king, who, from the commencement of his administratioi), 
 shewed a great degree of incapadt]r, has beei^ entirely laid ar 
 tide from' public business, and has no share in the government. 
 The Danes took part with the late empress of Russia in her 
 war against the Turks ; they acceded to the armed neutrality 
 established between the northern powjers, Ai 1780, towards 
 the end of the American war \ and in |!|oo, they joined in ^ 
 '^oalidon with Russia, Sweden, Prussia, HoUuid, France, and 
 $pain, the avowed object of which wa$ to reduce the power of 
 the British navy. But in the spring i^r, a squadron of Bri- 
 -dsh ships, under the cpmit^wid of Admiral Sir Hyde Parker, 
 sailed- &cim England, paskd through the Sound in defiance of 
 the Dasush and Swedish f^CMtt^,- and anchored ,in the; 3altic. 
 . With. 'the £rsjt favourable wiivi; a ^etacl^ment of' the lightest 
 vesselsKof this aquitdron, w^et the command of the intrepid 
 . ]L<ord Nelson, .entered the harbour' ^i Copenhagen, and, after a 
 imost dreadful battle of six hours, alenced all the batteries, and 
 \ almost aamhilated the whole navy of Denmark. 
 
 ■ f «») •;.; . 
 
 s 
 
 /Mniitlob /. 
 
 
 ■ f * 
 
 
 
 ' w« .tt j 
 
 :S.wii m\ 
 
 L'^bnt"' 
 
 ) 
 
 r'iH^(h' 
 
urn 
 
 259 
 
 .^VJ!.' 
 
 < T 
 
 
 .T€ 8 
 
 SWEDEN 
 
 Situation, Extent, and Boundaries. J IS situate between 
 ec*> and; 70° of North latitude •, and between n* and 32° of 
 East longitude : being about 1060 miles in length, and 580 in 
 breadth. It is bounded 09 the North by Norwegian Lapland j 
 on the East by Russia-, on the South by the Baltic^ the Sound, 
 and the Catteg&t } and on the W?8t by tl»e Cattegat and the 
 mountains of Nonvay. r^ iS 
 
 24" «5' E, 
 
 21 26 £. 
 
 22 5 E, 
 20 25 £. 
 
 DnnsiONS.] It is divided into the six fallowing parts, vit. 
 Divisions. Chief Towna. latitude. Longitude. 
 
 J. West Bothnia* andlTomea 6j<' 51' N. 
 part of Lapland* 5 Pithca 65 19 N. 
 
 Lulea 65 36 N. 
 
 2. East Bothnia, and? U^ea 63 51 N. 
 
 •t; part of Finland, f 3 Cajenberg 64 26 N- aS la E, 
 
 V ■ . .1:. Chri8^anstadt62 25 N. 21 35 E^ 
 
 ,; f. Nystadt 60 J9 N. 21 34 E. 
 
 I Abo 60 36 N. 2i 18 I^ 
 
 Helsingfort 60 18 N. 24 58 E, 
 
 Stockholm 59 20 N> 18 4 E. 
 
 Upsal 59 52 N. 
 
 Falun 6q 42 N. 
 
 Nykoping 58 46 N. 
 
 Gottenburg 57 42 N. 
 
 3. SVreden Proper % 
 
 4. Gothland |) 
 
 * Anciently Scrito Finni« 
 I Anciently Suioiies. 
 
 t Anciently Finningia. 
 I Anciently Cuttt. 
 
 I 
 
^mt 
 
 260 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 Part II. 
 
 StrtDBN. Division*— Cltiet. 
 
 PiDvincet. 
 
 CUefTowBs. 
 Norkoping 
 Sudkoping 
 Carlstiidt 
 Calmar 
 Carlescrona 
 5. Schonteti *. LunJen 
 
 '^ 6. Swedidiislaids <•/«■•. Itisuln 
 
 1. AlaiM) Castkholm 
 
 2. Gothknd ¥nsby 
 3.0el«nd Bon&olm 
 4. Rugen Bergen 
 
 Latitude. 
 
 58» 37' N. 
 
 58 28 N. 
 
 59 22 N. 
 
 56 40 N 
 ii6 10 N. 
 55 4a N. 
 
 Longitude. 
 16® 13 E. 
 
 20 £. 
 
 25 E. 
 16 22 E. 
 15 4* E. 
 
 ax E. 
 
 16 
 13 
 
 *3 
 
 Situs Codani) vif. 
 fe" fN. 2o'» a'E. 
 57 40 N. x8 28 £. 
 56 5B N. i5 4ft £* 
 54 31 N. 13 38 E. 
 
 C1TTISS.3 Stockkolfli !s Uie capital of tke whok kingdam. 
 It stands upon two peninsulaB and six small Islands, at the en- 
 trance of the lake Maeler. Hie houses are chiefly biult of 
 tVDod } though many are of stone or brick, stuccoed whit*;. The 
 harbour is convenient and spaoous, but of difficult access. Up- 
 sal is the seat of an univeraty, and the see of an archbishop, 
 Vrho is primate of Bwcdan, Carleserona, or Cariscroon, is the 
 princip^ sea-port ai Sweden. It was built in 1 680 by Charles 
 XI., who removed the fleet from Stockholm to this place. In 
 171 4, a dock Was begun to be faoIkMred out of the solid rock, 
 and in ten years, was made deep enough to contain ships of the 
 largest nze. The hwbour is large and commodious, and con- 
 tains depth of water sufficient for ihlps of the first rate. The 
 entrance to it, which is by nature extremely difficult, from a 
 number of shoals and rocky islands, is still farther secured from 
 the attack of an enemy ^s fleet by two strong forts, ha&t on two 
 islands, under the batt e r ie s of vdueh w3i rt mt h u^at pass into 
 the harbour. Gottenburg is famous for its exteoMve commerce ^ 
 
 (I 
 
 * Anciently Hillevionn. 
 
Pj*t II. 
 
 fi'UROPEl 
 
 i^ 
 
 SwKOEN. KHert-I^akflt—lBcuuid Oulj^s-^CKnate,SAiI, and Productions. 
 
 pMticiilarly th»t of tHe Swedish £a$t India Coinpimy, instisu« 
 ted in 1730. i-< 
 
 oEiRiV&Rs.] The principal rivers of Sweden are the l)lesi 
 Kiim, Tomett) CaUx, Lulea^ Pithea, Umea, Daleoarlia, tmA 
 Goltka. ''><■*>■ 
 
 'l,ma.^ T%ete AM almost iimuaef able Itdee* in S^tfldli^ 
 of M^itdi the principal are Ulea in £ast Bothnia, Lttlea, Her- 
 iHtiiva, and Staer, in West Bothnia ; Macler, in &ivieden Pro* 
 per ) BAd Wetter, and Weter, in Gothland. ' "^ 
 
 Seas and Golphs.] The Baltic, the Gulphs of Bothnia and 
 !Rnland, the Sound, and Cattegat. These seas have no tides, 
 are nocso salt as the Ocean, and, as well as the neighbouring 
 "rivert «nd lakes, are usually Iroeen up fenr months in the year. 
 
 'CuiiATK, ,SotL, ANB IVonccTiONS.] The adrof Sweden is 
 
 Tieiy cold m vrinter j and in eome parts of Lapland the nmdoct 
 
 not rise at chat season for nine successive ^weeks. Tike irdi»« 
 
 bitants of these counftries, for want of com, make a kind of 
 
 bread of the inner bark of fir trees. Towards the middle and 
 
 ^ottthem ^arts of Sweden, however, the soil is tolerably fertile, 
 
 land ih three months time,' -which is the length of thnr mild 
 
 season, ttiie peasants |fIough, sow, and gat^ter in their harvest. 
 
 During ihis period 'the heiat' is exceedmgly powerful. This 
 
 country produce^ a |^eAt v^ety of pictknis stones, 9uch ts 
 
 amethysts, topazes, porphyries; but its chief wealth arises 
 
 from its mines of silver, copper, lead, smd iron. There is 
 
 some gold 'f but the mines are inconsiden(b}e, and not worth 
 
 worfting. 
 
 Inhabitants and Commerce^ The Swedes arc geaerany of 
 
9^ 
 
 JEUROPE. 
 
 Part II. 
 
 Sw BOX N Religion, Goremmpn^ |tnd Lieaming— Hbtory. 
 
 1^1— — nM^B^nn~^*''~~~*~'^ ■"-^•n--'^— r~~T~n-~i~~»ir~i— ^wmim 
 
 a good stature, and pf robust conitituticms } then hair usually 
 inclines to yellow, llie nobility and gentry are brave, polite, 
 and hospitable, possess high notions of honour, and are ei^treme* 
 }y jealous of their national rights ; the lower ranlF,s are also 
 )uMpitable, uuiple, and hones^, and capable of great application 
 and perseverance. The number of inhabitants is comput<d ^t 
 4,300,000 souls. The principal articles of their trade are 
 (Uasts, beams, deal-rboards, tar, bark, peltry, furs, and metals. 
 Tfventy-four of their towns are called staple towns, where the 
 laerchants expptt <'nd import goods in their own vessels. The 
 army consists of about 50,00Q mep, with a miUtia of the like 
 number. The navy is 40 ships of the line, and 115 galleys. 
 
 , Reugion, Government, and Learning.] The religion qf 
 Sweden is the Lutheran (see § 241 )« without toleration to any 
 Ather. The gpvf^ment i$ an absolute monarchy. In tl^s 
 country, learning was formerly held in the utmost contempt } 
 •h\xl the case is now/ . muc^ . altered in this respect. Besides the 
 duuversity of Upsal, which is the most celebrated in the king- 
 .dom, thei'c are universities also at Abo and Lunden, and i|k 
 '^Stockholm there is a royal academy of sciences. 
 
 HiSTORT.] Sweden is the native country of the Goths, onp 
 
 ■of the most formidable northern patipns which overturned tlm 
 
 Roman empire, and ravaged th^ southern cpuntries of Europe. 
 
 jThe first king of Siyeden wh(i 4eserve$ to be mentiohed in $0 
 
 ^ort an abstract a^ die present, is Magnus Ladulas, who was 
 
 crowned in 1 276. After his death, the kingdom, owing to the 
 
 ^weakness of lus successors, was thrown into great disorder, and 
 
 inany revolutions took place, which were not terminated till 
 
 the accession of the great Margaret, already mentioned in the 
 
 history of Denmark. * 
 
 ]M[argaret was dau£||hter of Waldema^ III,, king of Den^ 
 
L 
 
 J 
 
 Bi 
 B- 
 
 iO 
 
 n 
 
 IX 
 
 re 
 s. 
 le 
 le 
 
 of 
 •y 
 
 ■ • 
 
 •9 
 
 ie 
 I- 
 
 Part 11. 
 
 EUROPE; 
 
 ft«3 
 
 hBau-B.: 
 
 SwcDBN. Hittory. 
 
 mark \ she hfad been married to Hicquin king of Norway, wh6 
 l¥as the son of Magnus III. king of Sweden. On the death 
 of her son Olaus, the Ivit male heir of the three northern crowns, 
 A. 1387, she succeeded, by the consent of the states, to the 
 Danish throne. She was soon after elected queen of Norway, 
 which she had governed as regent : and the Swedes, being op* 
 {>tesfted by Albert of Mecklenburg, whom they had chosen 
 king, made Margaret a solemn tender of their crdwn. She 
 marched immediately to their assistance, expelled Albert, and 
 assumed the reins of govfcmment, A. 1388. Not satisfied, 
 however, with merely uniting the thrie crowns of the North, 
 $he laboured to render their union perpetual. l^ot-<this purpose, 
 she convoked the states of the three kingdoms at Calmar, A. 
 1397, and got it established as a fundamental law of the %vhole, 
 that Sweden, Denmark, and Norway should thenceforth havfc 
 but one and the same sovereign, who should be choSen success 
 sively by each of the three kingdoms, and then approved by 
 the other two j that each nation should retain its own laws, 
 customs, privileges, and dignities } and that the natives of one 
 kingdom sllould not be raised to pobts of honour or profit in 
 another, but be deemed foreigners except in their own country. 
 But this union, instead of securing the tranquillity of th^ 
 Noirth, proved the Source of much discontent, and of many bar- 
 barous wars. The national antipathy of the Swedes and Danes, 
 now increased by national jealousy, was with difficulty restrain^ 
 ed by the vigorous administration of ^Tatgaret 5 arid under her 
 juccessor Eric, the Swedes openly revolted, and chose a king 
 f o themselves. They returned to their allegiance under Chris- 
 tian I. of Denmark j but again revolted from the same prince 
 A. 1442. They renewed the union of Cal ar un ler Tolio hit 
 successor j revolted a third time j and were a third timp sub- 
 dued by the arms of Christian II., Avho reduced them to the 
 Condition of a conquered people. 
 
J^ 
 
 truaoPEi 
 
 PartIL 
 
 8wa»«ii. HiiCMfi 
 
 <^.ivl'his barbarous tyrant, who was (Uccrv«<Uy stil<d th« Nero 
 ti tbe North, by his nonstrouft cruelties, and particularly by tbr 
 •bocking massacre of the Swedish nobles on the 8th of No- 
 vember 1J20, incurred such an universal odium as paved the 
 way for another revolution, which was effected by the celebrat- 
 ed GusTAVus Vasa. 
 
 This illustrious hero, who was descended from the ancient 
 royal family of S^veden, having effected his escape horn tht 
 prison into whicb he had been cast by the tyrant, concealed 
 himself in the habit of a peasant among the mountains of Da- 
 lecarlia. There, deserted by his sole companion and guide, who 
 carried off his Uttle treasure ; ignorant of the ground, destitute 
 of every necessary, and ready to perish of hunger, he entered 
 hfanself among the miners, and wrought under ground for bread, 
 without relinquishing the hope of one day ascending the throne 
 xti Sweden. Again emerging to light, and distinguished a- 
 inong the Dalecarlians by his lofty mein, and by the strength 
 and agility of his body, he had acquired a considerable degree 
 of ascendancy over them before they became acquainted with 
 his rank. But when, at their annual feast, he disclosed to 
 them the important secret of his birth and his designs, they en- 
 listed themselves with the greatest enthusiasm under the ban- 
 ners of the hero, and insisted upon being led against the enemy. 
 
 Gustavus did not suffer their ardour to cool. He immedi- 
 ately attacked the governor of the province in his castle, took 
 the place by assault, and sacrificed the Danish garrison to the 
 vengeance of the Dalecarlians. Elated by this success, and 
 furious by the taste of blood, they were now fit for any enter- 
 prize. Gustavus saw himself every where victorious, and gain- 
 ed adherents in all comers of the kingdom. Every thing 
 yielded to his valour and good fortune ) and, in less than two 
 years, he was first chosen regent, and afterwards kiiig of Swe* 
 den, A. 1523. ", 
 
 ( 
 
Part II. 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 r^S 
 
 SwKBiN. Hktonr. 
 
 t- 
 
 ait 
 
 id 
 
 a- 
 10 
 
 te 
 
 Ed 
 
 4, 
 
 nc 
 
 a- 
 
 th 
 to 
 
 1- 
 
 1- 
 
 r- 
 
 d 
 
 Thtts did GustRVus Vam nicct^d in hit glorious duign of 
 delivering hi» native country from the yd^e of an odious tyrant, 
 and ascend the throne of Sweden undcv more favourable auspi- 
 ces than any former sovereign ; for the previous massacre of 
 the nobles, in which he had no hand, had delivered him irom 
 the troublesome controul of these proud men, which had been 
 subversive of regularity and subordination in the government. 
 The power of the Romish clergy was the only formidable ob* 
 stacle with which he had to contend y and this he found means 
 completely to destroy by the happy introductiosi and establish- 
 ment of the reformed religion, as it was taught by Luther. 
 
 Gustavus was succeeded in 1559 by his son £ric Vasa; 
 who, having proved a cruel and dissolute tyrant, was dethro. 
 ned and imprisoned by the states of Sweden in 1568. He was 
 succeeded by his brother John, who after in vain attempting 
 to restore the Catholic religbn, died in 159 a, and left the Crown 
 to his son Sigismund, already elected king of Poland. This 
 last being like his father, a zealous Catholic, the Swedes de- 
 posed Urn in x6oo, and raised his uncle Charles IX., who had 
 been chiefly instrumental in preserving their religious liberties* 
 to the sovereignty. Charles was succeeded in x6ii, by his son, 
 the celebrated Gvstavus Adolphus. 
 
 No sooner was Gustavus seated on the throne, though only 
 18 years of age at his accession, than he signaliaied himself faj 
 his exploits against the Danes, the ancient enemies of his crown. 
 ProHttng afterwards by a peace wluch he bad procured, he zp- 
 pliled htmldf to the study of civil affairs, and, by a wise and vi> 
 goroufl admimstration, supported by salutary laws, he reformed 
 many public abuses, and gave order, prosperity, and weight to 
 the state. In a war against Russia, he subdued almost all Fin- 
 land, and secured to himself the possession of his conquests by 
 Jk treaty. His cousin Sigismund, king o' PoL .i, having made 
 war upon him as an usiqrper, and refiis'jd peace when offered by 
 
aM 
 
 tUROPE. 
 
 Part II. 
 
 Swkdcn. Hlneiy. 
 
 Guatavus, he cverrati Livonia, Lithuania^ and Prussia) tuul hav- 
 ing thus, in 1629, extorted an adviintageoUs truce of six years 
 from Poland, he had leisure to take part in the affairs of Ger- 
 many, and to exhibit mott fully those heroic qualities which 
 must for ever eiccite the admiration of mankind. Being there 
 set at the head of the Protestant confederacy, he defeated tht 
 imperial troops in a variety of engagements, in one of which 
 the fiimous Austrian genferal count Tilly was slain, made 
 himself master of the whole country between the Elbe! and the 
 Rhine, comprehending a space of near 300 milesj full of forti- 
 fied towiis, re-e^ablished the Protestant religion in Augsburg, 
 and entered the Capital of Bavarift in triumph : but, in the midst 
 of his successes, he was slain in the battle of Lutzen, on the 
 6th of Novenlber 1632, at the age of 37 years. The imperial 
 army, however, was completely defeated ; and the war was 
 continued with great success by Sweden and the Protestants 
 in Germany, aided by France, till finally terminated by thtf 
 treaty of Westphalia, which was signed at Munster on the X4th 
 of October 1648, and which secured the Protestant "religipnj 
 and the liberties of Germany^ 
 
 Christina, the only child of Gustavus, who was but six yeari 
 of age at her father*s death, resigh<;d the crown to her eOusin 
 Charles Adolphus in tlie ftar 1654, and ha^ng embraced the 
 Catholic religion, retired to Rome, where she died A. 1689. 
 
 Charles XL, the son of Adolphus, made himself the tyrant 
 of his country, ofwhidh he cruelly oppresscid the liberties. Af- 
 ter a long reign of 43 years, he was succeeded in 1697 by his 
 son Charles XIL, who was one of the most distinguished war- 
 riors of modem times. Soon after his accession to the throne, 
 the kings of Denmark and Poland, and the czar* of Muscovy, 
 Encouraged by his youth, being only 15 years of age, formed a 
 
 * Vttv I. of R«ssia, afterwardt oUcd Peter the Great. 
 
Part II. 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 Ad; 
 
 SwiDKN. History. 
 
 powerful confederacy against him. He nobly stood out against 
 them all, and for a comid«rable time, with astonishing success* 
 At the age of 18 .yearti he left his capital, A. 1700, marched 
 into the heart of the k'uj of Denmark*s dominions, and in the 
 space of six weeks, .dictated the terms of peace to the enemy 
 before the walls of Copenhagen. A treaty highly iiannurable 
 to Charles was instantly concluded at Travendal, betweet) vc 
 den, Denmark, and Holstein, to the exclusion of Rusria and 
 Poland. 
 
 The young king of Sweden next turned his anns against the 
 Russian wr''- h, who had formed the seige of Narva v (tl: .~jfx 
 army of 80,000 men. Charles, with only 8000 soldierr, mar ihtd 
 to tij J relief of the place j and having carried all the out-puoii 
 without difficulty, he ordered his men to advance with screwed 
 bayonets to attack the Russian camp. The Russians, for a 
 time, stood the shock with firmness j but, after a desperate en- 
 gagement of three hours, their entrenchments were forced on 
 all sides, and Charles entered Narva with victory and triumph. 
 Very early in the following spring (1701), he took the field, 
 entered Livonia with his army, and appeared in the neighbour- 
 hood of Riga, which the kinj of Poland had besieged the pre- 
 ceding campaign. The reigning king of Poland, be jng Frede- 
 rick Augustus, elector of Saxony, waited his arrival^on the op- 
 poate side of the Dwina, with an army of Poles and Saxons. 
 Charles instantly resolved to force the passage of the river, 
 drove the enemy from its banks, engaged them afterwards in 
 the plain, and gained a complete and decisive victory. Pur-, 
 suing his advantage, he advanced without delay to Mittaw, the 
 capital of Courland j which, with all the towns in the duchy, 
 submitted to him at discretion. From Courland, he passed in- 
 to Lithuania, conquering every thing in his progress, and enter- 
 ed In triumph the city of Birzen, where the king of Poland, 
 and the czar of Muscovy had a few months before resolved up- 
 on his ruin. 
 
 li ) 
 
■."i 
 
 
 a68 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 Part II. 
 
 W£DBN. History 
 
 The following year, he marched toward Warsaw, the coi- 
 tal of Poland j which opened its gates to him at the first sum- 
 mons, the king having previously retired to Cracow. This 
 unfortunate prince, perceiving that he must either relinquish 
 his crown, or preserve it b/ force of arms, took the most vi- 
 gorous measures to decide the contest by the sword. Having 
 assembled an army of about 24,000 men, he marched in quest 
 of the Swedish monarch, who had already taken the field, but 
 with an army of little more than half the number which fol- 
 lowed his antagonist. The hostile parties met on a spacious 
 plain near Glissaw, between Warsaw and Cracow j and though 
 the king of Poland performed every thing that could be ex- 
 pected from a gallant prince fighting for his crown, he was de- 
 feated with great slaughter. Thrice did he rally his troops in 
 person, and attempt to restore the battle ^ but in vain : the 
 valour and good fortune of Charles prevailed j he gained a 
 complete victory, with all the honours that could attend it : 
 he took possession of the enemy^s camp *, and their baggage, 
 their cannon, and even the military chest of Augustus, fell in- 
 to his hands. 
 
 The king of Sweden halted not a moment on the field of 
 victory. He instantly directed his march to Cracow, which 
 surrendered without the least resistance. Determined still ta 
 pursue Augustus, he quickly left that city. But the unfortu- 
 nate circumstance of the fall of his horse, by which the thigh 
 bone of the rider was broken, confined Qharles six weeks to his 
 bed, and gave the king uf Poland time to assemble a diet of 
 his faithful Palatines at Lublin, who engaged to support his 
 authority with an army of 50,000 men. 
 
 As soon as Charles was able to go abroad, he marched s» 
 gainst the Saxon army of Augustus, which had been collected 
 and reinforced during his confinement He came up with the 
 cnfmj on the 3d of May 1703, at a.place called Pultausk y 
 
Part II. 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 269 
 
 SwioBN. Historj. 
 
 il6 
 
 instantly attacked and routed them, and obliged Augustiu to 
 shut himself up in Thorn, a city of Polish Prussia. The city 
 was instantly besieged by Charles, and compelled to surrender 
 within a month. But the king of Poland had found meam 
 previously to escape into Saxony. 
 
 On the 14th of February 1704, the diet at Warsaw decla- 
 red Augustus incapable of wearing the crown of Poland ) and^ 
 at the de»re of Charles, raised Stanislaus Leckzinskf, Palatine 
 of Posnutnia, to the throne. 
 
 The success and progress of the Swedish conqueror could 
 not be riewed without deep concern by the czar of Muscovy } 
 who, though at this time emfdoyed in building and peopling a 
 new capital of his dominions, invited the degraded monarch of 
 Poland to Grodno, in order to concert measures kx retrieving 
 his affairs. A meeting, of consequence, took place, in Decem- 
 ber 1705 'f when it was resolved that 60,000 Rusaans should 
 attack the Swedes in their late conquest5. This prodigious force 
 soon entered Poland, and, dividing itself into several bodies, 
 laid waste with fire and sword the lands of the Palatines who 
 had declared for Stanislaus. An army of Cossacks, at thtt 
 same time, spread desolation on every side, with all the fury of 
 barbarians j while the famous general Schullenberg was ad- 
 vancing into the country with an army of Saxons. 
 
 The Swedish monarch was by no means dismayed by this 
 formidable combination of enemies. He attacked and defeat- 
 ed the Russian armies so fest, that the l^st was routed before it 
 had heard of the disaster of the first j and their broken and 
 scattered remains retired beyond the Borysthenes, and left An- 
 gustus to his fate. In the mean time, mareschal Renschild, 
 the Parmenio of this northern Alexander, attacked, with an 
 army of 10,000 men, the celebrated Schullenberg at the head 
 of above double that number, and defeated him with great 
 slaughter at Travanstadt, on the 13th of February 1706. 
 
 R a 
 
 i 
 
ayo 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 Part II. 
 
 ■SwKOBN. Hiauwy. 
 
 Charlei oow jtisolved to cany the War into the hereditary 
 dominions of Augustus. He accordingly directed his march 
 towards ^lesia, passed the Oder, and, in the heart of Saxony, 
 ^dictated the terms of a most humiliating peace to Augustus, by 
 which he was compelled to renounce for ever all pretensions 
 to the crown of Polatid, and to acknowledge Stanislaus as law- 
 ifiil sovereign of that kingdom. 
 
 After concluding this imperious treaty, Charles quitted Saxo- 
 ny in September 1707, and retumjsd to Poland, where the 
 czar, in his absence, had attempted to retrieve the affairs of 
 Augustus. On the approach of this formidable conqueror, at 
 the head of 43,000 men, Peter thought it prudent to retire, 
 and directed his march towards the Borysthenes or Dnieper. 
 He passed that river in safety, and vdthout risquing an engage- 
 ment, in February 1708 j while Charles, who was closely in 
 pursuit of his enemy, defeated an army of 30,000 Russians, 
 which had been strongly intrenched in order to obstruct his 
 
 progresses J3Y. 
 
 , But the astonishing career of this enterprizing hero was, on 
 the following year, checked by a train of extraordinary and con- 
 tinued misfortunes, which terminated only with his life. After a 
 variety of calamities and disappointments, in consequence of 
 which his flourishing army was reduced to 18,000 Swedes, and 
 half as many more auxiliaries, he undertook' the siege of Pul- 
 towa, a place of considerable strength, which was defended by 
 a garrison. of 9,000 men, while Peter himself lay at no great 
 distance, with an army of 70,000, ready to attenipt its relief. 
 In this attempt he was dangerously wounded in the heel ) and 
 while unable to walk or ride, his army was attacked by the 
 c£ar, and defeated with prodigious slaughter, while Charles 
 Himself, nccompanied by about 300 of his guards, was with dif- 
 ficulty conveyed in a litter to Bender, a city of Moldavia in 
 Turkey, 
 
Part II. 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 m 
 
 SWBUBM. Itittpiy. 
 
 On his return to SwedM,- he ttfnewed the war »gainst Den- 
 mark : but while cohductihg the siege of: Frisderickshall, iif j' 
 December 17 18, he was killed by a htilf-pdand ball -firom af^ 
 cannon loaded with gi^pe HhbtJ inf tfie 36th:yeat of his agfe. 
 
 On the death of Charles XUw^ the Swedes re-established 
 their ancient form of goVerturie^^ which, with the title of tno- 
 narchy, and the pretended advatitiges of d^tmocradcfal liberty^- ^ 
 degenerated into a cruel aristocracy, in which x\it peasant^!- 
 found themselves more rigidly oppressed than they had been 
 under the former despotism. 
 
 The late king, Gustavus III, who ascended the throne in 
 3771, at the age of 25 years, observed the general discontent 
 of the nation, and feeling that he possessed the name only of a 
 king, without those prerogatives which he thought should be 
 connected with it, formed a plan to emancipate himself from 
 this galling state of pupilage, and digested his scheme so well, 
 that he effected, in one hour, an entire revolution in the go- 
 vernment \ and, without one drop of bloodshed, rendered him- 
 self the independent and despotic lord of all his dominions. 
 
 This revolution, though highly satisfactory to the great bulk 
 of the Swedish nation, was not accomplished without the vio- 
 lation of the most solemn oath, by which the king, on his ac- 
 cession, had boimd himself to maintain the former constitution } 
 and though the design was at first successful, it proved ulti- 
 mately fatal to its author. The nobles, who had been depri- 
 ved of much of their power, continued to resent the injury which 
 they had received ; and at every succeeding diet renewed their ' 
 determined opposition to the king. During the session of that 
 which was held in 1792, a conspiracy was formed against him, 
 and on the i6th of March, he was shot with a pistol by a 
 young nobleman named Ankerstroera, and died on tlie 29th of 
 that month, in the 45th year of his age. 
 
 R3 
 
 
 i 
 
2^» 
 
 EUKOPE. 
 
 Part II. 
 
 StrtBBM. Htetorf. 
 
 The young prince his son was immediately prockumed by 
 the title of Gustavus IV. } but being no more than 14 years 
 old, his uncle Charles, duke of Sudermania, was appointed 
 sole regent till the prince should attain the age of 18 years. 
 
 Gustavus Adolphus IV., the present king of Sweden^ was 
 bom onthe ist of November 1778, succeeded hb father, Gus< 
 tavus III. the apth of March I79l» and was declared major 
 the lit of NtnreiBhec 179$* 
 
 b 
 t 
 a 
 
 i 
 
 e 
 I 
 h 
 a 
 
«7S 
 
 ?r»sr-*-*~-~T. 
 
 ■■•S*fT*1Uj!H*a 
 
 ;v -v'» ' . .i.< .J.J viu. 
 
 III. RUSSIA, 
 
 ^A. 
 
 ■;_, 
 
 SiTDATioN, Extent, and Boondahixs.] IN its greatest ex- 
 tent, lies between 44*^ and 78° of North latitude ) and between 
 23^ and 190^ of East longitude ', being above 4500 miles in 
 length, and above 1 800 in breadth. It is bounded on the Ndrth 
 by the Frozen Ocean ^ on the East by the PaciQc Ocean } on 
 the South by Chinese and Independent Tartary, the Caspian 
 and Black Seas, and Georgia > and on the West by Poland, 
 the Baltic, and Sweden. The Asiatic part of this extensive, 
 empire has been already described, under the urdcle Tartary. 
 European Russia, which lies between 44" and 70*^ of North 
 latitude ; and between 21^ and 64** of East longitude 'y and is 
 about 1800 miles in length, and 1400 in breadth ', is divided 
 ^to the following 40 provinces, viz : ^. . 
 
 Provinces. 
 
 Chief Towns. 
 
 Latitude. 
 
 Jumgitiide. 
 
 X. Lapland 
 
 Kola 
 
 esojs^N, 
 
 33** 9'E- 
 
 2. Arcaangel 
 
 Archangel 
 
 64 34 N. 
 
 38 5S E. 
 
 3. Olonets , 
 
 Olonets 
 
 61 6 N 
 
 33 40 E. 
 
 4. Vologda 
 
 Vologda. 
 
 59 10 N, 
 
 40 00 £. 
 
 5. Carelia 
 
 Viborg 
 
 60 29 N. 
 
 2I 34^- 
 
 6. Ingria 
 
 Petersburg 
 
 59 56 N. 
 
 30 19 E. 
 
 
 Cronstadt 
 
 59 58 N. 
 
 ap 45 E. 
 
 . 
 
 Narva' 
 
 59 20 N. 
 
 28 45 E. 
 
 7. Novogoro4 
 
 Novoggrod 
 
 58 54 N, 
 
 31 5E. 
 
 8. Revel 
 
 Revel 
 
 59 2« N* 
 
 24 45 E, 
 
 9. Riga 
 
 Riga 
 
 S6 59 N. 
 
 24 I E. 
 
 [0. Pskov 
 
 Pskov 
 
 58 7N. 
 
 28 45 E, 
 
 I. Tver 
 
 Tver 
 
 57 3N. 
 
 35 45 E. 
 
 2. Jaroslavi 
 
 Jaroslavi 
 
 57 36 N. 
 
 39 58 E. 
 
 [3, Kostroma 
 
 KostromA 
 
 57 4a N. 
 
 41 i£. 
 
 R4 
 
274 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 
 Part II. 
 
 Russia. Division! 
 
 1 
 
 
 Provinces. Cadef Towns. 
 
 Latitude. 
 
 Longitude. 
 
 14. Viatka 
 
 Viatka 
 
 58 10 N. 
 
 49 5E. 
 
 15. Penn . - 
 
 Perm 
 
 58 00 N. 
 
 54 25 E- 
 
 16. Cazan * * 
 
 CazaA 
 
 '5S 44 N. 
 
 49 30 E. 
 
 17. NijneyyovogorodNpvogorod 
 
 56 6N. 
 
 44 00 £. 
 
 ■ i8. Vladimir 
 
 Vladimir 
 
 56 2N. 
 
 40 00 E. 
 
 "^19. Moscow 
 
 Moscow 
 
 55"4JN. 
 
 37 46 E^ 
 
 '^^20. Smolensk 
 
 Smolensk 
 
 '54 50 N. 
 
 31 52 E. 
 
 ii. Polotsk 
 
 Polotsk 
 
 "55 20N. 
 
 28 58 E. 
 
 ^'^32. Moghilfev'^ ^'^' 
 
 Mogbilev 
 
 53 58 N. 
 
 30 30 E. 
 
 23. Kaloug. y"^ '' 
 
 ' Kaloaga 
 
 54 25 N. 
 
 36 5E. 
 
 '^i4. Toula^^' ^^^• 
 
 Toula ^'^'- 
 
 ^^4 8N. 
 
 -37 30 E. 
 
 ^'^ 35. Riaiaii ^° ^'^1 - 
 
 ' Riaian^' '' 
 
 ''54 32 N. 
 
 39 30 E. 
 
 •^•26. TamW •'*^^ 
 
 ' TamboV^^^ 
 
 -'53 52 N. 
 
 4« 43 E. 
 
 "-'ay. Penza. ' •' -' "• 
 
 Penza "^'^ - 
 
 53 JO N. 
 
 44 40 E. 
 
 fiS. SimbirsK- • '■- 
 
 Simbirsk'- 
 
 '54 10 N. 
 
 48 15 E. 
 
 ~ i0. Saratov "^ '"^ 
 
 Saratov 
 
 '51 38N. 
 
 45 ,58 E. 
 
 30. Vorone* 
 
 VoToner'^'' ' 
 
 5« 45 N. 
 
 39 12 E. 
 
 •31. Orel ?rf- 
 
 Old 
 
 52 50 N, 
 
 35 45 E. 
 
 •■^ 32. Novogorodl 
 Ceverskoi 3 
 
 Noyog«iro4 
 
 r , ' 
 
 52 10 N. 
 
 33 25 E. 
 
 ■33. Koursk ' '■' 
 
 Koursk '<^ 
 
 51 50 N. 
 
 36 15 E. 
 
 - 34. Khareov ■ 
 
 Khareov 
 
 49 59 N. 
 
 36 14 E. 
 
 •" 35. Tcheringov 
 
 Tcheringot 
 
 5J 30 N' 
 
 31 00 E. 
 
 36. Kiev 
 
 Kiev 
 
 50 18 N. 
 
 30 30 E. 
 
 37. Jecathenoslav 
 
 Jecathenosltiv 
 
 48 20 N. 
 
 35 03 E. 
 
 . ■ _ .. r 
 
 Pultowa 
 
 49 41 N. 
 
 34 35 E. 
 
 .7 .'.-f 1.-! *.' 
 
 
 46 45 N. 
 
 32 25 E. 
 
 38. Otchacov 
 
 Otchacov 
 
 46 50 N. 
 
 31 35 E. 
 
 39. Territory of the Don Kozacks 
 
 
 
 40. Crim Tartary 
 
 Cafia 
 
 45 2 N. 
 
 35 2a E. 
 
 -^ 
 
 .^- Besides these province^, Rnsaa now possesses all that part of 
 the ancient kbgdom of Poland which lies East from the rivers 
 
Part II. 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 275 
 
 Russia. Rivers--Citlc8---l'etcr8burgh--Moscow— Archangel. 
 
 Memel, Bog, and Podhorzc, which, with the assistance of Prus- 
 Ma and Austria, it iniquitously subdued and seized in the years 
 «772, I793»and '79 J' 
 
 -*' 
 
 Rivers.] The principal rivers of Russia are the Wolga, 
 {piim Rha) which falls into the Caspian Sea at Astrachan j the 
 Dnieper, (o/iiw Borysthenes), which emptiesitself in the Black- 
 Sea j the Don, (Tanais) which falls into the Sea of Asoph} the 
 Northerti Dwina (Carambucis), which flows towards the White 
 Sea J the Western Dwina (Turunthus), which empties itself in 
 the Gulph of Riga, or Sinus Cylipenus j the Neva, which car- 
 ries the waters of the Lake Ladoga into the Gulph of Finland } 
 the Bog (Hypanis), and Dniester (Tyras), which fall into the 
 Black Sea ; and the Petchota and Mezen, which flow in an 
 
 opposite direction towards the Frozen Ocean. 
 
 ai^jifxt-jji htm i<. . 
 
 '"^ Cities.] Petersburgh is now the capital of the whole em- 
 pire. ' It was founded by the Czar Peter the Great, at the be- 
 ginning of the last century, on a marshy island, round which 
 the river Neva divides itself into several branches, before it falls 
 into the Gulph of iinland. It is at present a very flourishing 
 city^ is surrounded by a wall 24 miles in circumference, and 
 is supposed to contain about 400,000 inhabitants. 
 
 '^'Moscow was the ancient capital of Russia j and is still a 
 place of considerable importance. In the year 1737, about 
 30,ro3 houses in this city were destroyed by fire \ yet it still 
 retains the signs of ancient greatness, and contains about 250,000 
 inhabitants. It is particularly famous for some of the largest 
 bells in the world. 
 
 Archangel, which stands near the mouth of the northern 
 Dwina, is the capital of the largest government of European 
 Russia, and which comprehends tlie Russian part of Laplwdi 
 
tt^ 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 Part If. 
 
 Ru SUA. Cities—- Oenenl Appeannce, &c.— Oovemment & Religion. 
 
 Riga aud Rkvu are both places of considerable trade. Narva 
 is fiunous for the defeat of Peter the Great by Charles XII of 
 Sweden in 1700 ', and Pultowa for the defeat of Charles XIL 
 by Peter in 1709. 
 
 Cronstaot, which is situate on a small island in the Gulph 
 of Finland, contains the principal arsenal of Russia, and the or- 
 dinary harbour of the royal navy. Oczakow or Otchacov is a 
 place of considerable strength, which had been often contested 
 lor by the Turks and Rmsians } but was ceded to Russia by 
 the peace of 1791* 
 
 General Appkarancb, Soii. and Prooucticws.} Russia is 
 in general a flat level country, except towards the Nostfa, 
 where i. swells into bleak and barren mountains, interspersed 
 with extensive forests, bogs and morasses. The soil and climate 
 are exceedingly various ; as might be expected in a country in 
 one part of which the longest day is no more than i^^ hours, 
 and in another it exceeds three months;. In the northern re- 
 gions, the air is very o)ld, and the soil barren and unfruitful ^ 
 but in die nuddle and southern parts, the aor is temperate, and 
 die soil fertile, producing com, hemp, flax, pulse, and a great 
 variety of fnyts. The mines afford silver, lead and iron. The 
 principal exports of Russia are hemp, flax, tallow, hides, lea- 
 ther, iron, timber, oil, honey, wax, pot-ashes, tar, pitch and 
 hams. For these it imports wine, salt, sugar, coSiee, woollen 
 and silk manufisctores. It carries on a considertUile trade by 
 land with China and the East Indies, from whence it receives 
 gold, silk, tea, and China-ware* 
 
 Government and Religion.^ The government bf Rusna is 
 a despotic monarchy j and the people being till lately in a state 
 little above that of savages, they were governed by customs ra- 
 Hktt than by lawa. In this respect they are greatly improved 
 
WUtlL 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 *71 
 
 RoitiA. InhiUtanti, Laaguage lad Learning— Hbtoiy. 
 
 since the time of Peter the Great. The established religion 
 is that of the Greek church (See § 239). Image- worship is 
 publicly disclaimed } but the churches are full of the pictures 
 of saints i and the people, in their private devotions, bow before 
 some image. They retain many other supcrstiUous and idola- 
 trous customs, such as bowing and crossing themselves when 
 they pass by a church, and prostrating themselves at the en« 
 trance. Even the ringing of bells is considered as an act of 
 devotion } atid this is a species of music of which the Russians 
 are particularly fbi^d. 
 
 Inhabitants, Lanooage and Leaiiming.] Voltaire computes 
 the inhabitants of Russia at about 24,000,000. They are in 
 general a hardy, vigorous people, patient of labour, especially 
 in the field ; they are implicitly submissive to discipline, be it 
 ever so severe, and can content themselves with veiy indiffer" 
 ent &re. The language of the country is a mixture of the Po* 
 lish and Sclavonian ; but the priests use the modem Greek ; 
 and their letters, of which there are 36, bear a strong resem* 
 blancc to those of the ancient Greek alphabet. Before the 
 beginning of the last century, the Russians were in a state of 
 absolute barbarity. But the improvements introduced by 
 Peter the Great, and prosecuted by the succeeding sovereigns, 
 have produced an astonishing change, particularly among the 
 higher classes, lliey have now four universities, viz: at Mos- 
 cow, Kiev or Kiow, Tcheringov, and Kharcov ; besides three 
 >rhich were established by the empress Catharine II in 1786, 
 chiefly for the study of phy^ j and two academies ; one at 
 Moscow, the other at Petersburgh. 
 
 ( 
 
 HisTORTf] The Russians were little known as an independ- 
 ent nation till towards the end of the 15th century. At that 
 time John Basilowitz I., great duke of Muscovy, threw off the 
 yoke of the Tartars, to whom Russia had been long tributary, 
 
2j9 
 
 EUROPE* 
 
 Part Ih 
 
 RosaiA. Hlatory. 
 
 expelled the Tartar officers from Moscow, invaded their ter- 
 ritories, made himself master of Novogorod, and also of Casan, 
 ■where he was crowned with the dindem of that country, aiid 
 assumed the title of Czar, which, in the Sclavonian language, 
 signifies king or emperor, A. D. 1 470. His grandson John 
 Basilowitz II. added Astrachan and Siberia to these acquisi^- 
 tions, A. 1554} and concluded a treaty of commerce with 
 Elizabeth queen of England, A. 1569-, Richard Chancellor, 
 an English navigator, having some years before discovered the 
 port of Archangel on the Dwina. 
 
 But of all the sovereigns of Russia, Peter the Great is by 
 far the most deservedly celebrated. That illustrious prince 
 having succeeded to the sole government of Russia, on the 
 death of his brother Iwan, in 1696, conceived the most exten- 
 sive plans for the improvement of his country. He resolved 
 to make Russia the centre of trade between Europe and Asia ; 
 lie projected a junction of the Dwina, the Wolga, and the Don, 
 by means of canals \ and -thus to opeii a passage from the Bal- 
 tic to the Ettxine and Caspian Seas, and from these seat to the 
 Northern Ocean j and he further resolved to build a city upon 
 the Baltic, which should become the migazlne of the North, 
 and the capital of his extensive empire. . j.^t'. . 
 
 By the natural force of his genius, and a few conversations 
 vrith strangers, he discovered his own rude state, and the sa- 
 vage condition of his subjects. In order to remedy both, he 
 resolved, vrith a stretch of magnanimity unparalleled in histo-> 
 ry, to divest himself of the royal character, that, by travelling 
 into foreign countries, he might acquire that knowledge which 
 should make him worthy of the character of a man, and of the 
 title of a sovereign. Animated by this noble ambition, he 
 quitted his dominions in 1697, as a private gentleman, in the 
 retinue of three ambassadors whom he sent to different courts 
 of Europe. 
 
Part II. 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 ^79 
 
 Russia. Hii^tory. 
 
 At Amsterdam he applied himself to the study of commerce 
 and the mechanical arts \ and, in order more completely to ac- 
 quire the art of ship-building, he entered himself as a carpen- 
 ter in the dock-yard of Saardam, where he laboured and lived 
 in all respects as a common journeyman. At his leisure hours, 
 he studied natural philosophy, navigation, fortification, surgery, 
 and such other sciences as his peculiar situation might render 
 necessary for him to know. From Holland, he passed over iu- 
 to England, where he perfected himself in the art of ship- 
 building. King William treated him with distinguished kind- 
 ness ; entertained him' with a naval review, made him a present 
 of an elegant yacht, and permitted him to engage in his ser. 
 vice a number of ingenious artificers. Thus instructed, and 
 attended by several men of science, Peter returned to Russia, 
 after an absence of almost two years, with all the useful, and 
 many of the ornamental arts in his train. 
 
 The peace of Carlowitz, concluded soon after the return of 
 the czar, seemed to afford him full leisure for the prosecution 
 of those plans which he had formed for the civilization of his 
 subjects. But Peter was ambitious of the reputation of ,i con- 
 queror 'f the art of war was a new art which it was necessary 
 to teach his people j and valuable acqmsitions, he thou^t, 
 might easily be made by joining the kings of Poland and Den- 
 mark against Charles XII of Sweden, yet in his minority. 'I'he 
 progress of the contest which succeeded has been already tra- 
 ced in the history of Sweden, to the fatal battle of Pultowa, 
 in consequence of which Charles, who had so long been the 
 terror of Europe, was obliged to ta e shelter in the Tur ish 
 dominions, where he continued a u itive, while his rival the 
 czar, victorious on every side, restored Augustus to the 
 throne of Poland, having deposed Stanislaus, and expelled the 
 Swedes ; and made himself master of Livonia, Ingria and Ca- . 
 relia. But military achievements were not the principal glory 
 of the reign of Peter. He applied himself with equal assiduity 
 
 tfHtfi 
 
aSo 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 Part II, 
 
 Ru*»iA. Hiuory. 
 
 and tucccM to the cultivation of commercci th« •«»€€■ and 
 arts } and coniidering the extent of his territory, and the im- 
 pfovements which he had introduced into his dominions, he may 
 be said to have been, at the time of his death, which happened 
 in 1725, the most powerful prince of his time. 
 
 Having previously put to death his oldest son, under the 
 pretence of a conspiracy against his life and government, he was 
 succeeded by his wife Catharine, a narive of Lithuania, and of 
 very low bfrth, whom he had married on account of her per- 
 sonal attractions and masculine spiritl 
 
 After a variety of short and unimportant reigns, Peter III., 
 the grand duke of Russia, and duke of Holstein Gottorp in 
 Germany, succeeded to the throne in 1762 } but his reign was 
 of very transitory duration. His conduct is variously repre- 
 sented 'f nor is his real character properly ascertained. It ap- 
 pears certain, however, that he attempted reformations in his 
 dominions which the character of his subjects did not render 
 practicable. It is alleged also, that he had resolved to shut up 
 Iiis wife and son in a convent, to place his mistress upon the 
 throne, and to change the order of succession. All these cir* 
 cumstances, together vnth. the unbounded ambition of the em- 
 press, occasioned a general conspiracy against him, in which the 
 latter took a very active part, and he was, after an ignominious 
 confinement, deprived of bis cro\^'n and life in July 1762. 
 
 His wife was immediately r^sed to the throne, by the title 
 of Catharine II., empress-autocratrix of all the Russias. Soon 
 after her accession to the throne of Russia, a civil war broke 
 out in Poland, in which the empress took a considerable part j 
 and, by her influence, count Poniatowski was raised to the 
 throne of that kingdom. She likewise interposed in order to 
 secure the rights of the Greek and Protestant subjects of Po- 
 land. But the Roman catholic Poles resented this interfe- 
 tence so much, that they called in the assistance of the Turks, 
 vtho, in the year 1768, declared war against Russia* This war 
 
Part II. 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 lit 
 
 RoiMA. HIttory. 
 
 wal proMcutad with great vigour and succeu by the emprest, 
 both by sea and land, till the year 1774, when a peace wai 
 concluded, highly honourable and adrantageoui to the Russians, 
 who thereby obtained the liberty of a free navigation over th« 
 Black Sea, and of a free trade with all the ports of the Otto- 
 man empire. By a subsequent treaty, which took place in 
 1784, the empress obtained the full sovereignty of Crim Tar- 
 tary, the isle of Taman, and part of Cuban j in consequence 
 of which, as the ' covery and restoration of every thing Greek 
 is the predominant passion of the court of Petersburgh, the 
 Crimea and its dependencies are in future to be known by the 
 name of Taurica j particular places are also restored to their 
 ancient appellations, and Caffii has now resumed its long lost 
 name of Theodosia. 
 
 In the year 1788, another war broke out between Russia 
 and the Porte, which continued with dreadful carnage on both 
 sides till 1791 } and by the treaty of peace which was then 
 concluded, it was agreed that Oczakow and the territory be- 
 tween the Bog and Dniester shall in full sovereignty belong to 
 Russia; that the latter river -shall in future determine the 
 boundaries of Russia and the Porte, and that the two povvvrs 
 may erect on the shores of that river what fortresses they think. 
 proper. 
 
 After these repeated acquisitions, the perfidious seizure of 
 the duchy of Courland, and the violent dismemberment of Po- 
 land, of which an account shall be given in the history of tliat 
 country, this ambitious princess, incessantly anxious to extend 
 her dominions, turned her arms against Persia in the year 1796* 
 Her troops took possession by assault of the city of Derbent, 
 in the province of Daghestan j but were afterwards defeated 
 by the Persian army j in consequence of which a powerful bo- 
 dy of Russian soldiers were ordered to reini )rce the discomfit- 
 ed general. But the future ambitious plans v^f this insatiable 
 
282 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 Part II. 
 
 Russia. History- 
 
 woman were for ever interrupted by a sudden and unexpected 
 death, on the 9th of November 1 796. 
 
 She was succeeded by her only son Paul I., a man of a weak 
 understanding, of a fickle capricious temper, of licentious man- 
 ners, and of an unfeeling and cruel disposition. His tyranni- 
 cal and contradictory mandates exhausted the patience, and in- 
 flamed the resentment, of his subjects. A conspiracy was, at 
 last, formed against him by the principal ofRcers of the court, 
 and he was assassinated in his palace on the night of the 23d 
 of March last 180 1, His eldest son was proclaimed early on 
 the following day, by the title of Alexander I. with universal 
 applause. Alexander was born the 23d of December 1777 j 
 and married the princess Louisa of Baden the 2 st of May 
 1793. -^^ ^^ ^ young prince of most promising talents and 
 dispositions. 
 
 ■ F 
 D 
 C 
 
 s 
 
283 
 
 IV. POLAND. 
 
 Situation, Extent*, and Boundaries.] THE late king- 
 dom of Poland, anciently Sarmatla, Is situate between 47'' and 
 58° of North latitude, and between 15*^ and 33'' of East longi- 
 tude } being about 800 miles in length from West to East j 
 and about 70c in breadth from North to South. It is bound- 
 ed on the North by the Baltic and Russia j on the East by 
 Russia J on the South by Little Tartary, Moldavia and Hun- 
 gary J and on the West by Germany and the Baltic. 
 
 Divisions.] Poland Is divided into duchies, provinces, and 
 . palatinates as follows : 
 
 Duchies & Prov. Palatinates. Chief Towns. Latitude. Longitude. 
 
 Courland 
 
 
 Mittau 
 
 56°40'N. 
 
 23°jo'E. 
 
 Samogitia 
 
 
 ROSIENNE 
 
 SS 22 N. 
 
 23 10 E. 
 
 
 Livonia 
 
 Dunnaberg 
 
 55 50 N. 
 
 25 47 E. 
 
 Ducal Prussia 
 
 
 KONINGSBERG 
 
 54 43 N. 
 
 20 36 E. 
 
 
 
 Memel 
 
 SS 50 i<- 
 
 21 24 E. 
 
 Lithuania 
 
 Wilna 
 
 Wilna 
 
 54 4' N, 
 
 25 25 E. 
 
 
 Polock 
 
 Polock 
 
 SS 23 N. 
 
 28 27 E. 
 
 
 Witepsk 
 
 Witepsk 
 
 SS 20 N. 
 
 30 15 E. 
 
 
 Minsk 
 
 Minsk 
 
 S3 44 N. 
 
 27 41 E. 
 
 
 Msclslaw 
 
 BIscislaw 
 
 53 51 N. 
 
 31 39 E- 
 
 
 Trocki 
 
 Trocki 
 
 54 34 N. 
 
 24 45 E. 
 
 
 
 Grodno 
 
 53 35 N. 
 
 24 12 E. 
 
 
 Nowogrodek Nowogrodek 53 33 N. 
 
 26 00 E. 
 
 Polish Prussia Pomerella 
 
 Dantzick 
 
 54 22 N. 
 
 18 36 E. 
 
 
 
 Elbing 
 
 54 9N. 
 
 19 20 E. 
 
 
 Marienburg Marienburg 
 
 53 59 >J- 
 
 18 49 E. 
 
 
 i 
 
a84 
 
 El 
 
 UROPE. 
 
 
 Part IL 
 
 ] 
 
 PotAND. Bivisions— General 
 
 Appearance. 
 
 
 Duchies & Prov. 
 
 Palatinate*. 
 
 ChlefTownt. 
 
 Latitude. 
 
 Longitude. 
 
 
 Culm 
 
 Culm 
 
 53 " N. 
 
 18 10 E. 
 
 
 
 Thorn 
 
 J2 Ji N. 
 
 18 34 E. 
 
 
 Inoroclaw 
 
 Inoroclaw 
 
 52 38 N. 
 
 18 17 E. 
 
 Great Poland 
 
 Gnezna 
 
 Gnezna 
 
 j2 27 N. 
 
 17 40 E, 
 
 
 Poznan 
 
 Poznan 
 
 52 22 N. 
 
 17 00 E, 
 
 
 Brzese 
 
 Brzese 
 
 52 29 N. 
 
 18 SS E. 
 
 
 Polock 
 
 Polock 
 
 52 17 N. 
 
 19 35 E. 
 
 
 Rawa 
 
 Rawa 
 
 51 36 N. 
 
 10 17 E. 
 
 
 Kalisch 
 
 Kalisch 
 
 5> 49 N. 
 
 x8 00 E. 
 
 
 Xenczyca 
 
 Lenczyca 
 
 51 51 N. 
 
 19 16 E. 
 
 
 Siradia 
 
 Siradia 
 
 5» 32 N. 
 
 18 44 E. 
 
 Little Poland 
 
 Lublin 
 
 Lublin 
 
 51 5N. 
 
 22 45 £. 
 
 
 Sandomir 
 
 Sandomir 
 
 50 35 N. 
 
 21 48 E. 
 
 
 Cracow 
 
 Cracow 
 
 50 4N. 
 
 19 49 E. 
 
 WaKovIa or 
 
 Mazovia 
 
 Warsaw 
 
 52 12 N. 
 
 ai 9 E. 
 
 Podlakia or 
 
 Polachia 
 
 BlELSR 
 
 5^ 39 N. 
 
 «3 «5 E- 
 
 Folesia or 
 
 Brzese 
 
 Brzesclitew 
 
 51 59 N. 
 
 ^3 3= £• 
 
 Red Russia 
 
 Lembcrg 
 
 Leopol 
 
 49 48 N. 
 
 23 58 E. 
 
 
 Chelm 
 
 Chelm 
 
 50 $6 N. 
 
 23 39 E. 
 
 VVolhiiUa 
 
 Wolhinia 
 
 LUCRO 
 
 50 39 N. 
 
 25 19 E. 
 
 
 
 Constantinow49 41 N. 
 
 27 23 E. 
 
 Riow 
 
 Kiow 
 
 Kiev 
 
 50 18 N. 
 
 30 3c E. 
 
 Podolia 
 
 Podoh'a 
 
 Kaminiec 
 
 48 53 N. 
 
 16 44 £. 
 
 
 Braclaw 
 
 Braclaw 
 
 48 51 N. 
 
 29 s^ E. 
 
 General Appearance, Soil and PaoDtJCTiONS.] Poland is a 
 flat level country, except towards th- south-western extremity, 
 where it is bounded by the Carpathian mountains, which are 
 very high, and are covered with perpetual snow. In some 
 places, particularly in the province of Polesia, the ground is 
 very low, and covered with vast sheets of water, formed into 
 hkt$ or irorasses. ThciC are also extensive woods in many 
 parts of the country. These woods and norasses are unfa- 
 
Part II. 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 485 
 
 PoLA ND. Rivers~«Cities~-DantEick— War«aw-~Cracow. 
 
 Lsa 
 
 [ny 
 fa. 
 
 vourable to the health of the inhabitants *, yet upon the whole, 
 the air of Poland is far from being insalubrious ; and many of 
 the natives are remarkable for their old age. The soil is fer- 
 tile in com, of which it exports prodigious quantities annually 
 to different parts of Europe } and the pastures, especially in 
 Podolia, are extremely rich. The country, besides, affords 
 hemp, flax, hides, honey, pitch, tar, wax, salt, amber, hops, 
 nitre, vitriol, and timber. There ^re also mines of iron, lead, 
 silvet, and one of quick-silver. 
 
 RivEas.] The principal rivers of Poland are the Dwina, 
 the Memel, and Vistula, which fail into the Baltic ; and the 
 Dnieper, or Borysthenes, the Bog and the Dniester, which 
 empty themselves in the Black Sea. 
 
 Cities.] Warsaw was the capital of the ancient kingdom 
 of Poland. It is situate on the western banks of the Vistula, 
 almost in the centre of the country, and contains many magni- 
 icent palaces and other public buildings ; but the greater part 
 of the houses, particularly in the suburbs, are bulk entirely of 
 wood, and are extremely mean in their appearance. The num- 
 ber of inhabitants is (supposed to be about 70,300. This city 
 is now subject to the king of Prussia. 
 
 Cracow, which was the capital of Poland before Warsaw, is 
 also seated on the banks of the Vistula, and occupies a large 
 quantity of sur&ce ) but contains not above 15,000 or 16,000 
 inhabitants. It is now under the dominion of Austria, enjoys 
 but little commerce, and is chiefly remarkable for the extensive 
 salt mines in its neighbourhood. Dantzick, situate near the 
 mouth of the western branch of the Vistula, was once a city of 
 great commercial importance, and at the head of the Hanseatic 
 association (see page 252) *, but in 1793, it was seized and plun- 
 dered hj the late king of Prussia, and is now subject to that 
 
 S2 
 
mm 
 
 2S6 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 Part II. 
 
 I'oLANO Grodno—Inhabitants, Language, and Learning— Religion. 
 
 Kingdom. It enjoys a fine harbour, and still possesses a very 
 extensive trade. The city of Thorn, which vf as treated with 
 the same injustice by the king of Prussia, is famous as the 
 birth-place of the celebrated astronomer Copernicus 
 
 Grodno, seated in an extensive plain, on the North side of 
 the Niemen or Memel, though not the capital, is the principal 
 city of Lithuania, and is the place where the diets of that duchy 
 usually assembled. It now exhibits the melancholy remains 
 of its ancient greatness, which form a striking contrast to its 
 present meanness ; being a large and straggling assemblage of 
 ruined palaces, falling houses, and wretched hovels, which con- 
 tain about 7000 poor inhabitants. It is subject to Russia. 
 
 Inhabitants, Language, and Learning ] Before the late wars, 
 and the dismemberment oi Poland, it was supposed to contain a- 
 bout 14 or 15 millions of inhabitants j but its present population 
 cannot well be estimated at above 9 or 10 millions of souls. 
 In their persons they are generally tall and well proportioned, 
 and fair in their complexion. They are brave, honest, and 
 hospitable *, and exceedingly fond of manly exercises, such as 
 riding, hunting, skating, and bear-bating. The language Is a 
 dialect of the Sclavonic, mixed with a great many obsolete La- 
 tin words J but the German and Russian languages are under- 
 stood in the provinces which border upon these countries •, and. 
 bad Latin is spoken by the common people in some of the pro- 
 ^dnces. Learning has never flourished much in Poland j but 
 it contains three universities j one at Cracow, another at Wilna, 
 and the third at Poznan. 
 
 Religion.] The established or predominant religion is Po- 
 pery •, but there are a great many Protestants and schismatics, 
 or members of the Greek church, all of whom are called Dis- 
 sidents in this country, and in the crUel persecution of whom 
 
 
 i 
 I 
 
 A 
 
 r 
 J 
 n 
 k 
 
 Sf 
 Ti 
 
Part 11. 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 'i«7 
 
 Poland. History. 
 
 by the Roman Catholics, called Confederates, clginated all 
 the dire calamities of this ill-fated country. Poland is suppo- 
 sed to contain a greater proportion pf Jews than any other coun- 
 try in Eur'-- 1. y 
 
 kut 
 h 
 
 o- 
 
 ;s, 
 
 15- 
 
 
 History.] Poland, like all the other kingdoms of modem 
 Europe, was anciently divided into a number of petty independ- 
 ent states or principalities ; but, in the beginning of the eighth 
 century, became united under the authority of Cracus, the 
 founder of Cracow. After the extinction of the family of 
 Cracus, towards the middle of the ninth century, the Poles 
 bestowed the government upon Piast, whom they raised from 
 the state of a peasant to the dignity of a sovereign prince j and 
 his posterity continued for several ages to e^cercise the supreme 
 authority in Poland and Silesia. By Micislaus, the fourth in 
 succession from Piast, was Christianity introduced into Poland, 
 about the end of the tenth century j and his son apd successor, 
 Boleslaus, assumed the title of king in 999. 
 
 On the extinction pf the Piastic race, Lewis, king of Hun- 
 gary, was raised to the sovereign dominion in Poland \ and his 
 wife Hedwig, who, on his demise, had been crowned queen, ha- 
 ving, in 1386, married Jagella the great duke of Lithuania, 
 shared the throne of Poland with her husband j and by this 
 means the duchy of Lithuania became united to that ancient 
 kingdom. This prince reduced the duchy of Samogitia, de- 
 feated the knights of the Teutonic order in a memorable battle 
 in 1 410, and founded a new dynasty, called the Jagrllonic line, 
 which enjoyed the throne of Poland for near 20C years. In the 
 reign of Sigismund L, the grandson of Jagello, the margrave 
 Albert, grand master of the Teutonic order, was m:de duke 
 of Prussia, in 1525 ; but held his authority as a va'?sal of the 
 king and kingdom of Poland •, and Sigismund Augustus, the 
 son of Sigismund L, reduced the duke of Courland to a state of 
 rassalage and dependance. 
 
 S3 
 
mt 
 
 flM 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 Pa&t II. 
 
 
 Poland. History. 
 
 When the male^line of the Jagellonic dynasty became ex- 
 tinct, on the death of S^smund, in 1573, the crown of Poland 
 ■was contested for by two powerful competitors, Henry, duke 
 of Anjou, brother to Charles IX. king of France, and Maxi- 
 milian of Austria. The party of France prevailed, and Hen- 
 ry was elected king } but had not enjoyed his new dignity a- 
 bove four months, when he abdicated the throne, and returned 
 privately to France, where he afterwards reigned under the 
 name of Henry HI. His transitory dominion in Poland was 
 followed by a number of short, unimportant, or disgraceful 
 reigss, during which the Turks over-ran a considerable portion 
 of Poland and Austria. But, on the death of Thomas Michael, 
 in 1673, John Sobieski, high marshal, and general in chief of 
 the Polish troops, who, by a signal victory gained over the 
 Turks at Coczim, had paved the way to the crown, was elected 
 king. This martial prince, in 1683, entered into a league with 
 Austria, for the defence of the Christian cause against the in- 
 fidels. He obliged the Turks to raise the siege of Vienna ; 
 gained a decisive victory over the enemy, and afterwards drove 
 them completely out of Hungary, 
 
 On the death of Sobieski in 1696, Frederick Augustus, e- 
 lector of Saxony, was raised to the throne, after an opposition 
 of almost two years by the prince of Conti, of the blood -royal 
 of France. In 1700 Augustus entered into a confederacy with 
 the Danes and Russians against Charles XII. king of Sweden, 
 but was defeated in several battles by that warlike prince, who 
 deposed him, and advanced Stanislaus to the throne, in 1704. 
 After the unfortunate battle of Pultowa, Stanislaus was de- 
 throned by the victorious czar, and Augustus was again placed 
 upon the throne of Poland. He died in 1 733, and was suc- 
 ceeded, after a violent contest in favour of Stanislaus, by his 
 son Augustus III., who died in October 1763. In the begin- 
 ning of the following year, a diet was summoned to deliberate 
 upon the election of a new king; and, after a variety of turbu- 
 
 i 
 
Part IL 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 « 
 
 aS9 
 
 Poland. Hiatory. 
 
 lent and disorderly meetings, count Stanislaus Poniatowski, a 
 nobleman of merit and abilities, was unanimously chosen, and 
 proclaimed king on the 7th September 1764* 
 
 The reign of this monarch, notwithstanding his integrity and 
 talents, was one continued scene of confusion and distress while 
 it lasted } and its termination was singularly unfortunate. The 
 calamities of Stanislauses reign originated in religious disputes, 
 which came to a violent height as early as the year 1766. 
 That year, a petition was presented to the king by the diss!- 
 dents, demanding to be reinstated in their ancient rights and 
 privileges, and placed upon the same footing as the Roman Ca- 
 tholic subjects. This petition was violently opposed By the 
 confederates, or Roman Catholic party, supported by the in- 
 fluence and authority of the church of Rome. The king gave 
 no immediate answer to the petition } but referred the matter 
 to the decision of the senate, which was assembled to delibe- 
 rate upon it. After a long and desperate struggle, a treaty 
 was at last concluded, in 1768, by which the dissidents were 
 allowed every thing they required, and a system of universal 
 toleration was established. This treaty, which was guaranteed 
 by the courts of London, Petersburgh, Berlin, and Copenha- 
 hagen, far from securing the rights of the dissidents, excited 
 still more the spirit of fanaticism, and aggravated the calami- 
 ties of the distracted state. Confederacies were formed in e- 
 very province of the kingdom, which was for several years af- 
 flicted with all the horrors of a civil war. The king, unable 
 to restore tranquillity, was obliged to call in a body of Russian 
 troops to act as guards to his own person. But this served only 
 to increase the general disgust ^ and, on the 3d of September 
 1771, an attempt was made to assasinate him in the streets of 
 Warsaw. His majesty received two wounds in the head, and 
 was carried oflF to a neighbouring forest, where he must un- 
 doubtedly have been killed, had not the conspirators b^en a- 
 
 S4. 
 
290 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 Part II. 
 
 Poland. History. 
 
 larmed and dispersed by the approach of some Russi'an piquets, 
 and some noise from an adjacent cloister. 
 
 The astonishing deliverance of the king produced no 'effect 
 on the minds of the confederates, who still persisted in their 
 ravages, till the long continuance of those domestic troubles, 
 and the exhausted state of the country, encouraged the neigh-« 
 bouring powers to lay claim to several parts of the Polish do- 
 miaions. Accordingly, in 1772, it appeared that the house of 
 Austria, the king of Prussia, and the empress of Russia, had 
 entered into an alliance to dismember the kingdom. In vain 
 did the king expostulate and enter protests against tliese vio- 
 lent and unjust proceedings *, in vain did he claim the interpo- 
 sition of the other powers who had guaranteed the integrity o£ 
 his dominions. The nations of Europe looked on with keen, 
 but silent indignation, and beheld the king of Poland compell- 
 ed to accede to the formal cession of all the parts claimed by 
 these rapacious invaders. 
 
 In the beginning of 1791, several meetings took place re- 
 specting a reform in the constitution of Poland j and on the 3d 
 of May, by the exertions and abilities of the king, a new con- 
 stitution was formed for the country, in which it was declared 
 that the Catholic faith was to be the established religion j but 
 a full toleration was extended to all religious persuasions. The 
 villagers and peasants were relieved from that slavish dependr 
 ance on their lords by which they had been considered as nothing 
 more than appendages to the soil ^ a perfect and entire liberty 
 being declared to all the people. It was further enacted, that 
 three distinct powers should compose the government of the 
 Polish nation } i. Legislative power in the states assembled j 
 
 2. Executive power in the king and council of inspection j 
 
 3. Judicial power in jurisdictions existing or to be established. 
 But this excellent constitution, which seemed so admirably a- 
 dapted to promote the happiness of Poland, was, alas ! of very 
 
Part II. 
 
 EUROPE: 
 
 291 
 
 Poland. History. 
 
 short continuance. In April 1792, the king announced to the 
 ^iet the hostile and unjust intentions of Russia. He informed 
 them, that, without the shadow of a pretence, the empress, 
 aided by her ally the Prussian king, had determined to invade 
 the republic with three different armies, amounting to no less 
 a number than 150,000 men. The Poles, by this intelligence, 
 were roused from their lethargy ; the diet instantly decreed the 
 organization of the army, to have it augmented to 100,000 
 men, and declared their stedfast purpose to defend their happy 
 constitution to the last extremity. But it was now too late ; 
 after a short and unequal struggle, this unhappy country was 
 forced to abandon its new constitution ; and in 1793 a second 
 dismemberment took place, to a still greater extent than the 
 former. 
 
 But the misfortunes of Poland were not yet come to a coiv- 
 elusion. On the 7th of February 1794, the Russian ambassa- 
 dor at Warsaw demanded the public annulling of the acts of 
 1788 and 1791, together with the form of the constitution 
 then established, and the surrender of every paper relating to 
 that transaction. Soon afterwards, the court of Russia issued 
 its mandate for the reduction of the military force to 1 6,000 
 men. At this insolent demand, the spirit of the nation was 
 roused to the keenest resentment, and several regiments, head- 
 ed by the gallant Madalinski, peremptorily refused to disband. 
 The spirit of resistance was widely diffused ; it was roused in- 
 to exeytion by repeated sufferings, and by the continued efforts 
 of the intrepid Kosciusko, who, in defence of the liberties of 
 his country, performed prodigies of valour. But the cause of 
 Poland was now become desperate : the continual influx of 
 Russian and Prussian soldiers deluged the country j its gallant 
 defender was wounded in battle and taken prisoner on the loth 
 of October ; and, on the 4th of November,')Warsaw was taken 
 by assault, after a desperate conflict of eight hours, and 30,000 
 of the inhabitants and defenders w^ere put to the sword. To 
 
293 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 Pa&t II. 
 
 FuLA o. Hifttory. 
 
 conclude this scene of horror by an act of daring Impiety, the 
 ist of December was set aj^art tor a solemn thanksgiving to 
 Heaven, when public praises were chanted to the God of mer- 
 cy for the triumph of cruelty and oppression. 
 
 The unfortunate and degraded monarch was ordered to re- 
 pair to Grodno, and there wait the commands of the imperious 
 conquerors. He left his capital with that view on the 7th of 
 January 1795} and was afterwards removed to I'etersburgh, 
 ■where he died on the nth of February 1798. The remaining 
 part of his kingdom was divided among the partitioning powers, 
 llie present distribution of Poland is as follows : 
 
 To Russia belong Courland, Samogitia, the far greater part 
 of Lithuatua, Polesia, Volhinia, and PodoUa. To Austria, 
 Little Poland, a part of Podolia, now called Galicia and Lo- 
 domeria, and part of Mazovia. To Prussia, Great Poland, 
 Polish Prussia, Polachia, a part of Mazovia and Lithuania j 
 besides the kingdom of Prussia, to the description of which I 
 now proceed. 
 
 It is but justice, in the mean time, before concluding the his- 
 tory of Poland, to mention that the brave Kosciusko, after re- 
 covering from his wounds, was sent, under a strong military 
 escort to Petersburgh, where he was confined in prison till the 
 death of the late empress. Her successor Paul set the illus- 
 trious patriot at liberty, assigned him a pension, and allowed 
 him to return to his own country or go to America, as he 
 should think most proper. Kosciusko chose the latter, and ar> 
 rived safely in the pl^ce of his retreat. 
 
«93 
 
 V. PRUSSIA, 
 
 BEFORE the conunencemait of the last century, was no 
 more than a province of the kiitgdom of Poland, and as such, 
 has already been mentioned in enumerating the divisions of 
 that country y but being now the seat of a powerful monarchy, 
 it merits a more particular description. 
 
 It lies between 52° and 56° of North latitude ; and between 
 18^ and 24° of East longitude ; being about 218 miles in 
 length, and 180 in breadth. It is surrounded on all sides by 
 different provinces of Poland, except the West, where it is 
 bounded by the Baltic. 
 
 Divisions.] It is divided into the following four produces } 
 
 Provinces. 
 
 Chief Towns. 
 
 Latitude. 
 
 Longitude. 
 
 Little Lithuania Memel 
 Samland Koningsbero 
 
 Natangen Brandenburg 
 
 Oberland Marienwerder 
 
 and the Bishopric of 
 Ermeland Heilsberg 
 
 55°5o'N. 2i''24'E 
 
 54 43 N. 20 36 E. 
 
 54 37 N. 20 17 E. 
 
 53 43 N. 18 42 E. 
 
 54 4N. 21 36 E. 
 
 General Appearance, Soil, and Productions.] The coun« 
 try is remarkably low and level, and contains a great variety 
 of lakes, forests, and inconsiderable rivers, with scarcely a ri- 
 sing ground that may be denominated a hill. The soil is fruit- 
 ful in com and pulse ^ the lakes and rivers are well stored with 
 iish J and from the earliest ages, this country has been famous 
 for the quantities of amber collected on its coasts. The prin< 
 cipal rivers are the Russe, Niemen or Memel, the Pregel, the 
 Alia, and the Vistula. 
 
294 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 Part II. 
 
 Prussia. Cities — Inhabitunts, Religion & Government — History. 
 
 Cities.] Koninosbero, the capital of the kingdom, is situate 
 rear the mouth of the river Prcgcl, which is navigable for ships 
 of considerable burthen. It contains above 40,000 inhabitants, 
 and enjoys a very extensive commerce. It is the scat of an 
 university which has 38 professors, and is besides adorned with 
 several magnificent palaces, a town-house and exchange *, and 
 though not the seat of government, is worthy of the royal re- 
 sidence. Memel has an excellent harbour, and enjoys an ex- 
 tensive commerce, particularly in wood, of which it exports 
 great quantities to different parts of Europe. The other ex- 
 ports of Prussia are naval stores, amber, linseed, hemp-seed, 
 fish, mead, tallow, and caviar. 
 
 ' Inhabitants, Religion, and Government.] The kingdom 
 of Prussia is exceedingly populous, being able to furnish about 
 636,000 men capable of bearing arms. This, at a moderate 
 calculation, will require a population of above 3,ooo,oo:> of 
 souls J a very great number, ..onsidering the small extent of the 
 country. The religion is the Lutheran ; but there are a 
 great many Calvinists •, and all other sects are tolerated. The 
 government is an absolute monarchy. 
 
 History.] The inhabitants of Prus?.^? were little known to 
 Europe till about the middle of the 13th century, when the 
 knights of the Teutonic order uPvii-iijok to convert them to 
 Christianity by the power of the sword j but upon the infamous 
 condition that they should possess the property of the country 
 when conquered. A series of horrid wars ensued, in which 
 the inhabitants of Prussia were almost extirpated j and the fa- 
 natical knights, after committing the most shocking barbarities 
 on the original inhabitants, peopled the country with Germans. 
 The kings of Poland having at last interposed in behalf of the 
 distressed peo.ile, a neace was concluded in 1466, by which it 
 was agreed that Polish Prussia should continue a free province, 
 
Part II. 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 295 
 
 I'kussia. HIjtnry. 
 
 under the king^s protection, nnd that the knights should enjoy 
 the other part as vassals of Poland. In 1525, Albert, Mar- 
 grave of Brandenburg, and the last grand master of the Teu- 
 tonic order, embraced the reformed protestunt religion, and en- 
 tered into a treaty at Cracow, by which he was acknowledged 
 duke of (what since that time has been known by the name of) 
 Ducal Hrussia j but still as a vassal of Poland. In 1657, Wil- 
 liam Frederick, elector of Brandenburg, succeeded to Ducal 
 Prussia, which was freed from vassalage by John Cassimir, 
 king of Poland J and in 170 1, Frederick, son of Frederick 
 William, was raised to the dignity of king of Prussia in a so- 
 lemn assembly of the states, and was soon after acknowledged 
 as such by all the powers in Europe. His son Frederick Wil- 
 liam I., succeeded in I7i3> but performed nothing memorable. 
 He was succeeded in 1740 by his son Frederick III. j whose 
 military talents and achievements may bear a comparison with 
 those of any warrior in ancient or modern times j and who ex- 
 celled no less as a poet, a philosopher and legislator, than he 
 did as a warrior. 
 
 The late king, Frederick IV., succeeded his uncle the 1 7th 
 August 1786, died the i6th November '797, and was succeed- 
 ed by his son Frederick William II. the present king. 
 
296 
 
 VI. GREAT BRITAIN. 
 
 THE British Empire consists of two large islands, and a great 
 number of small ones, all situate in the North Atlantic Ocean, 
 between 50* and 61° of North latitude j and between a° of 
 East, and ii^ of West longitude. These islands formerly con- 
 stituted the three separate independent kingdoms of Scotland, 
 England, and Ireland ^ but are now happily united under one 
 sovereign, and one form of government. It will be proper, 
 however, to describe them separately. 
 
 
 SCOTLAND. 
 
 Situation, Extent, and Boundaries.] THE northern part 
 of the largest of the British Isles, called Scotland, lies between 
 54i** and 59° of North latitude j and between i*' and 7° of 
 West longitude j being about 270 miles in length, and from 40 
 to 140 in breadth. It is surrounded on all sides by the sea, 
 except the South, where it is separated from England by the 
 river Tweed, the Cheviot or Tiviot hills, and the river Esk. 
 
 Divisions.] Scotland 's divided into 33 counties or shires j 
 which are subdivided into sheriffdoms, stewartries, and baili- 
 wicks, as follows. 
 
 Counties. Sheriffdoms, &c. Chief Towns. Latitude. Longitude. 
 
 1. Orkney » Isles of Shetland Lerwick 60° 12' N. 1° 18' W. 
 
 ——of Orkney Kirkwall 58 57 N. 3 13 W. 
 
 2. Caithness Caithness Wick 58 24 N. 3 24 W. 
 
 Thurso 58 34 N. 3 46 W. 
 
 V- 
 
at 
 
 h 
 
 of 
 
 ti- 
 
 L 
 
 n 
 )f 
 o 
 
 Part II. 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 297 
 
 
 SCOTLA 
 
 NB. Divisions. 
 
 
 Counties. 
 
 Sheriffdoms, &C. Chief Towns. Latitude. 
 
 LongLrudc. 
 
 3. Sutherld 
 
 I. Strathnaver 
 
 Tongue j8 27 N. 
 
 4 38 W, 
 
 
 Sutherland 
 
 Dornoch, 57 47 N. 
 
 4 21 W. 
 
 4. Ross 
 
 Easter Ross 
 
 Tain 57 43 N. 
 
 4 20 w. 
 
 
 Wester Ross 
 
 Dingwall 57 32 N. 
 
 443W. 
 
 
 Lewis Isle 
 
 Stornowy. 58 19 N. 
 
 6 56 W. 
 
 I 
 
 Lochbroom 
 
 Ulapool 58 I N. 
 
 5 12 W. 
 
 
 Redcastle 
 
 
 
 ( 
 
 Ferintosh, &c. 
 
 
 
 5. Cromarty Black Isle 
 
 Cromarty 57 37 N. 
 
 4 19 w. 
 
 6. Inverness Inverness 
 
 Inverness 57 25, N. 
 
 4 3SW. 
 
 Aird,Strathglas8, 
 Skye, Harris, Ba- 
 denoch, Locha- 
 ber, and Glenmo- 
 rison 
 
 7.Kaim Nairn 
 6. Murray Murray 
 
 Strathspey 
 9. Banff Banff 
 
 Strathdovem 
 Boyne 
 Eniy 
 lO.AberdeenMarr 
 Buchan 
 Strathbogie 
 Garioch 
 
 1 1 . KincardineMeam^ 
 
 12.Fot£ar 
 
 Angus 
 Forfar 
 
 Nairn 
 
 Elgin 
 Forres 
 
 57 30 N. 
 57 34 N. 
 
 57 32 N. 
 
 4 II W. 
 3 38 W. 
 3 57 W. 
 
 BMiff 57 32 N. 2 47 W. 
 
 Cuil A J7 34 N. 3 8 W. 
 
 iberdeen 57 5 N. -2 22 W. 
 
 Pt terhcad 57 25 N. 2 5 W. 
 
 Huntly 57 23 N. 2 43 \7 
 
 Inveruiy 57 13 N. 2 39 W. 
 
 Kintore 57 10 N. 2 37 W. 
 
 Bervie 56 46 N. 2 37 W. 
 
 Stonehavn.56 ss N. 2 30 V\K 
 
 Montrose s^ 39 ^^' '-'' 45 ^*'^* 
 
 Forfar 56 37 N„ '2 f/ W. 
 
29^ 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 Part Hi 
 
 
 Scotland. Divisions. 
 
 
 Counties. 
 
 SherLTdoms, &c. i 
 
 :;hief Towns. Latitude. 
 
 Longitude. 
 
 
 
 Dundee ^6 2j N. 
 
 3 2 W. 
 
 
 
 Arbroath $6 31 N. 
 
 2 49 W. 
 
 13. Perth 
 
 Perth 
 
 Perth 56 23 N. 
 
 3 36 W. 
 
 
 Athol 
 
 Dunkeld s^ 34 N. 
 
 ^ 41 W. 
 
 
 Breadalbane 
 
 Kenmore 56 36 N. 
 
 4 4W. 
 
 
 Gowrie 
 
 Blairgowriejd 34 N. 
 
 3 30 W. 
 
 
 Monteith 
 
 Down 56 13 N. 
 
 4 7W. 
 
 
 Strathearn 
 
 Crieff j6 22 N. 
 
 3 56 W. 
 
 
 Glenshee 
 
 Spital s^ 47 N. 
 
 3 39 W. 
 
 i4.Kinross 
 
 Kinross 
 
 Kinross 56 12 N. 
 
 3 3J W. 
 
 I5.rife 
 
 Fife 
 
 S'Andrews56 17 N. 
 
 2 58 W. 
 
 
 
 Coupar 56 16 N. 
 
 3 2 w. 
 
 
 
 Kirkcaldy 56 7 N. 
 
 3 13 W. 
 
 1 6. Clackmannan 
 
 Alloa j6 8 N. 
 
 3 50 V7. 
 
 
 
 Clackma". 56 8 N. 
 
 3 48 W. 
 
 1 7. Stirling 
 
 Stirling 
 
 Stirling ^6 9 N. 
 
 3 J8W. 
 
 ' 
 
 
 Falkirk s^ 3 N. 
 
 3 48 W. 
 
 iS.Linlithg^ 
 
 w.West Lothian 
 
 Linlithgow55 59 N. 
 
 3 37 W. 
 
 
 
 Bo'ness ^6 3 N. 
 
 3 37 W. 
 
 ip.EdinburghMid Lothian 
 
 EDINBUR.GH55 58 N. 
 
 3 18 W. 
 
 20.Hadding 
 
 n. East Lothian 
 
 Haddingtn.J5 58 N. 
 
 2 s^ w. 
 
 
 
 Dunbar ^6 2 N. 
 
 2 42 w. 
 
 
 
 N.Berwick56 8 N. 
 
 2 54 W. 
 
 2 1. Berwick* Mearse 
 
 Dunse $5 47 ^• 
 
 2 32 W. 
 
 
 Lauderdale 
 
 Lauder ^^ 43 N« 
 
 2 54 W. 
 
 22.H.oxburghTiviotdale 
 
 Kelso 55 38 N. 
 
 2 37 W. 
 
 
 
 Jedburgh ss 3* N. 
 
 2 44 W. 
 
 
 
 Hawick $5 *7 N". 
 
 2 56 W. 
 
 • Berwick upon Tweed, the ancient capital of this county, is now form- 
 ed into a town and county of itself, 'vhich* in a political sense, is distinct 
 from Scotland and England, having its own particular laws and privilegei. 
 Latitude 55* 47' 30" North; longitude a" lo* 31" West. 
 
Part II. 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 299 
 
 
 ScoTLi* 
 
 ND. Divisions. 
 
 
 
 Counties. 
 
 Sheriffdoms, &c. 
 
 Chief Towns. Latitude. 
 
 Longitude. 
 
 ' 
 
 Eusdale 
 
 
 
 
 23. Selkirk 
 
 Ettrick Forest 
 
 Selkirk S5 35 N. 
 
 2 
 
 59 W. 
 
 24.Peebles 
 
 Tweeddale 
 
 Peebles S5 4^ N. 
 
 3 
 
 19 W. 
 
 Ij.Landrk 
 
 Clydesdale 
 
 Glasgow s^ 54 N. 
 
 4 
 
 22 w. 
 
 
 / 
 
 Hamilton ^^ 49 N. 
 
 4 
 
 9 W. 
 
 
 
 Lanark 53 43 N. 
 
 3 
 
 55 W. 
 
 26.Dumfries Nithsdale 
 
 Dumfries SS 7 N. 
 
 3 
 
 23 W. 
 
 
 
 Sanquhar ^^ 25 N. 
 
 4 
 
 7 w. 
 
 
 Annandale 
 
 Annan SS ^ N. 
 
 3 
 
 20 W. 
 
 
 Eskdale 
 
 Longtown ^^ 2 N. 
 
 3 
 
 5 W. 
 
 27.KIrkudbt. E. Galloway 
 
 Kirkudbrit;54 54 N. 
 
 4 
 
 II W. 
 
 
 
 Newton 55 2 N. 
 
 4 
 
 38 w. 
 
 28.Wigton 
 
 W. Galloway Wigton 54 36 N. 
 
 4 
 
 33 W. 
 
 
 
 Stranraer 54 59 N. 
 
 5 
 
 10 W. 
 
 
 
 Portpatrick54 56 N. 
 
 5 
 
 16 W. 
 
 29.Ayr 
 
 
 Ayr S5 31 N. 
 
 4 
 
 42 w. 
 
 
 
 Irvine £^ 39 N. 
 
 4 43 W. 
 
 
 
 Kilmamock55 39 N. 
 
 4 
 
 35 W. 
 
 /in.Renfrew 
 
 Renfrew 
 
 Renfrew 55 ^6 N. 
 
 4 
 
 32 W. 
 
 
 
 Paisle^ S5 53 N. 
 
 4 
 
 33 W. 
 
 ' 
 
 
 Greenock $$ $6 N. 
 
 4 
 
 52 W. 
 
 . t,x ambarton Lennox 
 
 Dumbart". 55 57 N. 
 
 4 
 
 42 w. 
 
 32..^igyle 
 
 Argyle 
 
 Inverary ^6 12 N. 
 
 5 
 
 sw. 
 
 
 Kintyre 
 
 Campbeltn.55 27 N. 
 
 5 
 
 42 w. 
 
 
 Cowal, Knap- 
 
 
 
 
 daleiLomflsla^ 
 
 
 
 
 Jura, Mull, 
 
 
 - 
 
 
 Cole, Tiree, 
 
 
 
 
 Lismore. 
 
 
 
 
 5.^;Eutc 
 
 Bute 
 
 Rothsay ^^ 49 N. 
 
 5 
 
 6 W.; 
 
 
 Arran 
 
 Lamlash 55 34 N. 
 T 
 
 5 
 
 14 W 
 
80O 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 PartII. 
 
 Scotland. Itlandi. 
 
 All these counties send 30 members to the British House 
 of Commons ; Bute and Caithness choosing alternately j as do 
 Nairn and Cromarty, and Clackmannan and Kinross. Other 
 1 5 are sent from the royal burghs, as follows. 
 
 Edinburgh alone returns i 
 
 Kirkwall, Wick, Dornoch, Tain, and Dingwall return . . . . i 
 
 Fortrose, Inveme'" Nairn, and Forres i 
 
 Elgin, Cullen, Ba y, hwrrvryy andKintore i 
 
 Aberdeen, Bervife, 1. .u>< < -;e, Arbroath, and Brechin i 
 
 Forfar, Perth, Dundee, :.' .'ar, and St Andrews x 
 
 Grail, Kilrenny, Anstruther East, and West, and Pittenweem i 
 
 Kirkcaldy, Dysart, Kinghom, and Burntisland i 
 
 Inverkeithing, Dumfermline,Queensferry, Culross, and Stirling I 
 
 Glasgow, Renfrew, Rutherglen, and Dumbarton x 
 
 Haddington, Dunbar, N. Berwick, Lauder, and Jedburgh . i 
 
 Selkirk, Peebles, Linlithgow, and Lanark i 
 
 Dumfries, Sanquhar, Annan, Lochmaben, and Kirkudbright i 
 
 Wigton, New Galloway, Stranraer, and Whitehorn i 
 
 Ayr, Irvine, Rothsay, Campbeltown, and Inverary i 
 
 Making in all 45 members, who are returned by the Com- 
 mons of Scotland, to represent themselves in the British Par- 
 liament. The Scots Peers are represented by 16 of their own 
 number, elected and returned by themselves. 
 
 " 
 
 I i 
 
 Islands.] The islands belonging to Scotland are, the Shet- 
 land islands, the Orkneys, and the Hebrides or Western Isles. 
 
 The Shetland Islands lie between 59° 40' and 61° 20' of 
 North latitude j and about the meridian of London. They 
 •re 46 in number, belong to the shire of Orkney, and contain 
 about 20,000 inhabitants. They arc the Ultima Thulc of 
 the Romans. 
 
Part 11. 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 SOI 
 
 Scotland. Islands. 
 
 The Orknkts or Orcades are about 30 In number, and con- 
 tain 32,000 inhabitants, who are chiefly employed in agricul- 
 ture, yi coarse manufactures, and the fisheries. The islands 
 are separated from the coast of Caithness in Scotland by a tem- 
 pestuous streight called the Pentlaiid Fxith, about 12 miles 
 
 over. 
 
 15 
 
 n- 
 ir- 
 
 t- 
 
 of 
 
 7 
 ■m 
 
 The HxBRiDis or Western Isles are very numerous, and 
 some of them large, situate between 55** and 59" of North la« 
 titude } and between 6°. and S'' of West longitude. They 
 contain about 50,000 inhabitants. The most considerable of 
 the islands are Lewis and Harris, connected together by a nar- 
 row isthmus, sometimes covered tit high water. They are a- 
 bout 100 miles in length, and 13 in breadth} they belong to 
 the county of Ross. The chief town is Stomoway. 
 
 Skt, 40 miles in length, and 30 in breadth ) NotXTR and 
 SoxTTH UisT, Benbecula, Barra, and Rum, with several oth^r 
 smaller islands, belonging to Inverness*' 
 
 Mull, 24 miles in length and near as many in breadth, Ttrbe, 
 Col, Staffa, and I Columb Kill, in the county of Argyle. 
 IsLA and Jura, containing about 370 square miles, with 
 CoLONSA, Oransat, and several others, belong to the same 
 county. 
 
 The islands of Bute and Arran form the shire of Bute. The 
 former is about 10 miles in length, and three or four in breadth. 
 The burgh of Rothsay in this island, gave the title of duke to 
 the eldest son of the kings of Scotland, as it now does to the 
 prince of Wales. 
 
 St Kilda, a small island of difficult access, coutaiolng about 
 
 T % 
 
mm^mmm 
 
 W«N 
 
 ■' 
 
 $0% 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 Part II. 
 
 Scotland. General Appeanmce, Soil, and Productions. 
 
 35 families, lies at a considerable distance fropi all the rest, 
 and is the nearest land to the coast of LabradotfS in North A- 
 
 menca. 
 
 . General AfpeXrance, Soii.; ani$ Production!.^ The sur- 
 face of Scotland is every where diversilied by a rich variety of 
 hills and dales, and rivers and com fields, of natural woods and 
 irtificial plantations;; The northern parts are, in general, 
 mountainous^ and contiin many extensive mossed, and tmculti- 
 vated muhrs \ but frequently interspersed with plains and val- 
 lies of thi rich*. i ";eauty, and most luxuriant fertility. This 
 inequality of surfacu furnishes a variety of delightful situations 
 for gentlemen 'i "ats ^^ 'HHUitry residences, with which Scot- 
 land every whtere abounds. It contains likewise a number of 
 beautiful and extensive lakes, whose picturesque and interest- 
 ing scenes are scarcely to be equalled in Europe, if Ireland be 
 Excepted* Loch Lomond is 24 miles iii length, and eight in 
 breadth; and ii adorned with a variety of beautiful islands, 
 some of which are six or seven miles in circumference. Loch 
 Tay, Loch Ness, Loch Awe, and Loch Shin, are each of al- 
 most equal extent, and are fringed with woods, and well stock- 
 ed with fish. The coasts of Scotland art deeply indented by 
 many large and navigable bays ', several of which, particularly 
 on the western shores, afford most perfect security to ships of 
 the greatest burden. This is a circumstance peculiarly for- 
 tunate, on account of the prodigious quantities of fish of every 
 Idnd with which the Scottish Seas abound. The soil of Scot- 
 land is extremely various ', but the worst produces tolerable 
 crops of wheat, barley, oats, and hay ; and many of its plains 
 ftnd vallies mav, without disadvantage, be compared, in point 
 of fertility, with any country under the same parallel of lati- 
 tude* The common productions are wheat, rye, barley, oats, 
 hemp, flax, hay, and pasture j and in the gardens^ apricots, 
 
Part n. 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 „ 
 
 S«3 
 
 Scot la nd. Rivers-~MountainB-~Inhabitant8. 
 
 nectarines, and peaches, as v^ell as apples and pears, are reared 
 in great abundance. In Clydesdale there are sevsral extenr 
 sire orchards, of \ivhich the annual produce yields a conbidec- 
 able income to the ovvners, There are several valuable mines 
 of copper, lead, and irgn, extensive quarries of freestone, mar- 
 ble, granite, slate, and limestone ; and pits of coals, marie, 
 potter^s clay, and liillars earth j the country abounds in peebles, 
 agates, pearls, crystals, alum, and flint ; and the seas on all ity 
 coasts are one continued receptacle of turbot, cod, ling, 
 herrings, whitings, haddocks, sleate, mackarel, salmon, trout, 
 char, pike, eels, and other valuable fishes. The animal prp^ 
 ductions are, horses, black cattle, she^p, goats, swinp, deei^ 
 hares j tame, wild, and sei fowl. 
 
 • 
 
 R1VERS.3 The principal rivers in Scotland are, the Ness, 
 the Findhom, the Lossie, the Spey, the Deveron, the Don, 
 the Dee, the Tay, the Forth, and the Tweed, which fall into 
 the German Sea } and the Leven, the Clyde, the Nith, and 
 the Annan, which empty themselves in the Atlantic Ocean. 
 These rivers are well stored with fish. 
 
 ati- 
 
 lats, 
 
 its. 
 
 Mountains.] The principal mountuns are ^e Granlpian^i, 
 which begin near Stonehaven in Mearnshire, and terminate in 
 Ben Lomond in Dumbartonshire ^ the P^ntland hills in Mid- 
 Lothian ) Lammer Muir \a Haddii>gton and Megrse j and the 
 Cheviot or Tiviot hills oji the borders of Scotland and Eng- 
 land. The highest detached hills in Scotland are Ben Nevis 
 in Invemesshire, 4370 feet above the sea j Ben Lomond in 
 Dumbartonshire, 3240 feet above the level of the lake } and 
 Ben Lawers in Perthshire, 4015 feet in height. 
 
 Inhabitants.] Scotland contains about 1,526,492 inhabi- 
 
■II 
 
 8^ 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 l^ART 11. 
 
 Scotland. ' Inhtblunti. 
 
 tantl*, who ate commonly divided into the two distinct classes 
 of highlanders and lowlanders ^ the former being the descend- 
 ants of the original inhal^tants of the island, and the latter, 
 the descendants of colonies introduced into it «t difFermt pe- 
 riods, from various parts of Europe. They are sUll extremely 
 different from each other in language, manners, and dress. The 
 former retun and speak the purest remains of the ancient Celt- 
 ic which now exists in the world ) the language of the latter 
 it of Teutonic original, and differs little from the English as 
 apoken in the best circles in London. The highlanders retain 
 ttany customs, habits, and sentiments peculiar to feudal times ; 
 tiiey are brave, active, intelligent, free j still partial to the chi^ 
 of their clan, and rem8'\ably attached to their country j more 
 inquiative in their disposition, more quick in their apprehen- 
 don, and consequently better informed, than their neighbours 
 in the plains, they possess much more of the enterprising spirit 
 of adventurers ; and it must be confessed, are more restless in 
 thdi temper, and less adapted to the toils t>f domestic industry. 
 No people in the world, however, are more capable of accons'- 
 modating thdr mind to thdr peculiar circumstances, are more 
 temperate in their habits, more submissive to their superiors, 
 snore dudfiil to their relations, or more hospitable to strangers. 
 Their steadiness, sobriety, and attention, in the discharge of any 
 important ofBce, are well known in every part of the world ^ an^ 
 the fidelity of the meanest and poorest highlander could not be 
 corrupted, in an extrarodinary instance, by a bribe of 30,000!. ; 
 nor could Mend dr enemy be found in all that extensive coon- 
 
 * According to an account taken by Dr Webster of Edinburgh, about 
 the year 175$. the number of inhabitants in Scotland amounted to 
 Xta^SiSSo i which, beiqg subtracted from 1,516^92, the number in Sir 
 John Sinclair's Statistical Account of Scotland, written between the year9 
 179) and 179S, gives an increase, in about 4c years, of a6i,Tia souls. 
 
 u 
 
 f 
 
Pailt II. 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 305 
 
 ^ ,1 h 
 
 f 
 
 Sr /TLANo. Inhabitants — Cities aod Uaiversitles. 
 
 try so base as to betray a persecuted man for the love of mo- 
 ney. The character of the lowlanders of Scotland is not mark- 
 ed by any such striking, original, or characteristic features. 
 They are a sober, diligent, industrious people j less ambitious 
 in their views than these already described, they are more pa- 
 tient of the labours, and more content with the returns of agri- 
 culture, commerce, and manufactures. The highland dress is 
 loose, easy, flowing, consisting of a vest, short coat, and plaid, 
 hanging over the left shoulder somewhat in the fashion of the 
 Roman toga, a kilt for the thighs, and short hose for the legs, 
 tied below the knee, generally all of tartan^ or chequered wool- 
 len cloth 'j a bonnet for the head, and brogues of a peculiar 
 construction, sometimes exceedingly neat, for the feet. The 
 lowland dress is close and tight, like that used in England j 
 consisting of a long coat, vest, and breeches, with long stock- 
 ings, tied under these last, and above the knee. These distinc- 
 tions, however, exist only among the lower classes j and even 
 among these they are happily fast wearing away, as well as the 
 rancorous, and often fatal prejudices of which, with other cir- 
 cumstances, they were the tmhappy occasion. Among the 
 higher ranks, the language, manners, and dress, are, not only 
 in the difierent parts pf Scotland, but also over the whole island, 
 exactly the same. 
 
 , Cities and UNrvERSirtEs.] Edinburgh, the ancient metro- 
 polis of Scotland, consists of the old and new towns, which ar« 
 connected together by an elegant stone bridge and an earthen 
 mound. Including Leith, the Canongate, and St Cuthbert^s 
 parish, it contains 84,886 inhabitants, and has a considerable 
 number of large and magnificent buildings, of which the prin • 
 cipal are the Castle, which, before the use of artillery, was 
 deemed impregnable, the palace of Hol3nxx)dhoase, the Uni- 
 versity, now building, upon a very grand and extensive scale, 
 
 T4 
 
3o6 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 Part II. 
 
 Scotland. Cides and Unlverelties. 
 
 and which bids fair, when finished, to be a noble monument of 
 taste and public spirit, the Parliament House, Exchange, In; 
 firmary, Herriot»8 Hospital, Register Office, Excise Office, 
 New Assembly Rooms, and Churches. The city is governed 
 by a lord provost, who remains in office two years, and by four 
 bailies, a dean of guild, and treasurer, who are chosen annually 
 from the council. It is surrounded by a number of beautiful 
 and noble seats, of which, that qf the duke of Buccleugh at 
 Dalkeith, that of the marquis of Abercom at Duddingston, of 
 the marquis of Lothian at Newbattle, and of the earl of Hope- 
 ton, west from Queensferry, deserve to be particularly men- 
 tioned. 
 
 M 
 
 Leith, at the distance of two miles, is the harbour of Edin« 
 burgh, and is under the same jurisdictipn with that cityi The 
 harbour, which was by far too small for its extensive commerce, 
 is now enlarnng by act of parliament. 
 
 Glasoow, situate on the Clyde, 42 miles West from Edin- 
 burgh, is the second city in Scotland, and is remarkable for the 
 elegance and beautifiil materials of its buildings. It contains 
 about 60,000 inhabitants. It has a cathedral of Gothic archi- 
 tectiire, which is, perhaps, the most perfect and stupendous 
 building of that kind in existence j a lofty town-house, with 
 noble apartments for the magistrates ^ a spacious and prosperous 
 university, an infirmary, and several well endowed hospitals. 
 
 Aberdeen has two towns, the new and the old, each of which 
 has an university, that in the new town is called Marischal col- 
 lege, and that in the old, King^s college. New Aberdeen, 
 which is the county town, stands at some distance from the ri- 
 ver Dee, enjoys a considerable foreign commerce, and much 
 shipping. It contiuns about 26,120 inhabitants. 
 
Part II. 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 SO? 
 
 Scotland. Cities and Universities — Religion. 
 
 ^m » 
 
 'i m * 
 
 Perth, which is nearly in the centre of Scotland, and the 
 fourth town in the kingdom for size and population, is finely si* 
 tuate upon the western banks of the Tay, about 25 miles from 
 the sea, and lies in the neighbourhood of one of the roost fer- 
 tile spots in Great Britain, called the Carse of Gowrie. It 
 contains about 20,871 inhabitants, and enjoys a consideraUt 
 trade to Norway and the Baltic. 
 
 Dundee is a place of considerable importance and trade, neat 
 the mouth of the river Tay. It contains about 13,000 inha- 
 bitants. 
 
 St Andrews in Fifeshire was formerly the seat of an arch- 
 bishop, and the metropolis of the Pictish kingdom. It is at 
 present the seat of an university \ and is built on the level top 
 of a small hill, on a bay of the German ocean. 
 
 The Universities in Scotland are the four already mentioned^ 
 viz. that of St Andrevps^ founded in 1410 j that of Glasgow, 
 founded in 1454 j that gf Aberdeen, consisting pf King's col- 
 lege, founded in 1494, and of Marischal college, founded ia 
 1593 J and that of Edinburgh, founded in 1582. 
 
 Religion.] The religion of Scotland is that commonly call- 
 ed Calvinism (see § 242), because the same doctrines were 
 taught by that eminent reformer John Calvin. The church 
 government and discipline are those established in the reform* 
 ed churches of Geneva, called presbyterian. 
 
 The highest ecclesiastical authority is the General Assembly, 
 which consists of commissioners from presbyteries, royal burghs, 
 and universities j some of whom are laymen, under the title 0^ 
 ruling elders j but the greater number ministers. The assem- 
 bly meets once a year, in the month of May, and the king pre« 
 
5o8 
 
 fiUROPE. 
 
 Part II. 
 
 ScoTLAMo. ReUgioii~-OoTemment— Learning. 
 
 aides by his comnusaioneri who is alvrays a nobleman of the 
 kingdom. 
 
 Provincial synods are the next in authority to the General 
 Assembly. They are 15 in number, and are composed of a 
 number of adjoining prysbyteries. 
 
 Subordinate to the synods are presbyteries, of which there 
 are 78 in Scotland. They are composed of the ministers of a 
 number of contiguous parishes, with one ruling elder from each 
 parish. 
 
 The lowest ecclesiastical judicatory is a kirk session, which 
 consists of the minister or ministers and elders of the parish. 
 The parishes are 893 in number. 
 
 GovERNMSNT.] Bcfbte the union with I'ngland, the go- 
 Temment of Scotland was a monarchy, in whvch the power of 
 the king was very much restrained by the aristocracy or no- 
 bles. The great ofRcers of state were much th&same as those 
 of England* A nobleman has still a pension as admiral, and 
 tile office of marshal is exercised by a kmght-marshal. Civil 
 causes are chiefly cognizable by a court called the College of 
 Justice, or Court of Session, which consists of a president and 
 14 ordinary members, and judges according to equity as well 
 as law. Its decrees are reversible by the House of Lords. 
 The highest criminal tribunal is the Coiurt of Justiciary, which 
 consists of the justice-clerk and five judges, who are always 
 nominated from the Court of Session. It condemns or acquits 
 by the verdict of a jury, without the necessity of being imani- 
 mous. There is also a Court of Exchequer, which is in all re- 
 spects similar to that of England j and a Court of Admiralty, 
 where the lord admiral of Scotland generally presides by a d«- 
 pttty who officiates for him. 
 
 I^iiAKNiNO.] Scotland has, for many ages been famous as a 
 
Part II. 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 339 
 
 Scot LAMB. Lcarninji — lliuory. 
 
 distinguished seat of learning and the fine arts. Its poets, phi- 
 losophers, historians, and mathematicians, all excellent in their 
 kind, compose a list far too long to come within the limits of 
 this little work. The names of Buchanan, of Napier of 
 Marchistonc, of Keil, Maclaurin, and Simpson j of Pitcaim, 
 Arbuthnot, Monro, Cuilen, and Gregory *, of Thomson j of 
 Hutcheson, Reid, Hume, Robertson, and Adam Smith, as 
 "well as of many living characters, are well known and highly 
 celebrated, not only in Britain, but also over all Europe. 
 
 History.] The origin and early history of the Scottish na- 
 tion, like those of every other country in Europe, ; : involved 
 in obscurity and fable') nor can any historic evidence be now 
 expected to throw material light on this interesting subject. It 
 is extremely probable, however, that the islands of Great Bri- 
 tain and Ireland were originally peopled from the adjacent 
 continent of Gaul, and that the inhabitants of the western and 
 north-western parts of Scotland, or the Scottish highlanders, as 
 they are called, are the lineal descendants of the first settlert 
 who established themselves ia Britain) whereas the inhabitants 
 of the eastern parts, or low countries, are the posterity of Ger- 
 man or Scandinavian adventurers, who, at different periods, ef" 
 fected a settlement on various parts of the coast. Of this sup- 
 position many striking evidences exist in the language, man- 
 ners, and dress of the different districts, and in the appellations 
 by which the people and their countries are distinguished. The 
 language of the highlanders is the purest remain of the ancient 
 Celtic : that of the low country is clearly of Teutonic origin } 
 the former are called Gael, expressive of their Gallic extrac- 
 tion, or Albanaich, which signifies inhabitants of Albion or 
 Great Britain, and their country is denominated Gaidhealdachd 
 or Albain y the latter are always called either Mach'ralch 
 (Mtch signifies oar/, tir, a ianJy and acb, the termination er j 
 
»l9»^ff.'V! 
 
 ""^m p 
 
 310 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 Part II. 
 
 Scotland. History. 
 
 from whence the word Machthirich, contracted Mach*raich, 
 literally Out-land-ers) or Gaill, both which words signify Fo- 
 reigners or strangers j and their country, a* Mhachair (i. e. a* 
 Mhach»thir,) the foreign country, or the country of strangers. 
 The dress, character, and manners of the different districts have 
 been already described ', and many other circumstances might 
 be added, from the poems, the ancient ti editions, and mutual 
 antipathies of the inhabitants which clearly point t& a different 
 original. But at what period, or in what circumstances, the 
 arrivals of these settlers took placej no probable conjecture 
 can be formed. 
 
 The Caledonian monarchy is sud to have been founded by 
 Fergus I., who reigned about 330 years before the Christian 
 flera,. The 21st in a lineal descent from Fergus, was Galdus 
 or Galgacus, who so nobly, but unsuccessfully, opposed the 
 xactorious arms of AgricoU, the first Roman general who at- 
 tempted the reduction of North Briton. A decisive battle 
 was fought between these illustrious warriors, at the foot of 
 the Grampian hills, near Ardoch in Perthshire, in the year 85, 
 in which Tacitus declares that the victory was on the side of 
 the Romans j yet, he immediately adds, that fhe victors, with- 
 out improving their advantage, returned southward to the pro- 
 vince of the Horesti in Angus. In order to restrain the fu- 
 ture depredations of the enemy, Agricola established a chain 
 of regular posts between the Friths of Forth and Clyde. 
 
 The Roman general being recalled that same year, by the 
 jealousy of the emperor Domitian, the Caledonians renewed 
 their incursions into the Roman province, and extended their 
 destructive ravages as far South as the present boundaries of 
 England. In the year 122 they were repelled by the emperot 
 Adrian, who, in order to prevent their future invasions, built 
 a wall of e( Tth and wood from the river Eden in Cumberland, 
 t« Hie Tyne in Northumberland } thus reUnquishing all the 
 
mm 
 
 Part II. 
 
 EURO?»E. 
 
 sH 
 
 Scotland listory. 
 
 conquests of Agricola north from these rivers. But the war« 
 like Caledonians, who soon surmounted this feeble barrier, re- 
 newed their hostilities with greater fury than before, and con- 
 tinued to infest the province till the reign of Antoninus. This 
 emperor^ at the request of the helpless firitsins, sent a Roman 
 legion to their assistance, under the command of Lollius Ur- 
 bicus, who, in the year 145,' defeated the invaders with great 
 slaughter, drove them back to their own territories, and rebuilt 
 the wall of Adrian for the defence of the provincials. 
 
 In the year 209, the emperor Severus landed in Britain, at- 
 tended by his two sons^ his whole court, and a more formidable 
 anny than any Roman general had ever before brought into 
 the country. He passed the first winter in the southern pro- 
 vince ; but early in the folloAving spring (A. 210), he put his 
 army in motion, passed the wall of Antoninus, and advanced in- 
 to the enemy's territory, with a view to complete the long at- 
 tempted conquest of the whole island. He penetrated almost 
 to the northern extremity of Scotland without meeting with an 
 open foe. But the concealed ambuscades of the Caledonians, 
 the dampness of the climate, and the toils of cutting down 
 woods, and of draining or of wading through morasses, are said 
 to have cost the Romans above 50,000 men. The emperor, 
 however, persisted in his determination to reduce the country, 
 surmounted every difficulty, and laid waste and destroyed with 
 fire and sword wherever he came 5 tUi, at last, he compelled 
 the Caledonians to sue for peace, and to purchase his retreat by 
 laying down their arms and surrendering an extensive tract of 
 territory to the Romans. 
 
 Some authors say that Severus spent great part of the fol- 
 lowing year in building a wall from sea to sea, with towers at 
 the distance of every mile from each other, in order to secure 
 his conquests. But this work Is not mentioned by the princi- 
 pal writers of those times j and they who mention it, disagree 
 
^"WWPPW 
 
 " 
 
 3»a 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 Part II. 
 
 ScuiLAND. History. 
 
 both as to the materials of which it was constructed, and the 
 situation in which it stood. Buchanan thinks it ran in the 
 same direction as the forts of Agricola, between the Forth and 
 the Clyde } and that with much greater probability than that 
 it was erected on the foundation of the wall of Adrian j an o- 
 pinion altogether inadmissible. 
 
 The «mperor, however, having humbled the enemy re- 
 tired to the city of York, where he died soon after, on the 
 4th of February 212, in the 66th year of his age. His 
 son and successor, Caracalla led his army against the Ca- 
 ledonians, who had renewed their hostilities even before the 
 death of the late emperor. But, instead of pursuing the ad- 
 vantages which his father had gained over the enemy, he con- 
 cluded a shameful treaty with them, withdrew his men from 
 the forts erected in their country, and abandoned the possessions 
 which Severus had obliged them to surrender. 
 
 It was, perhaps, at this important period that fingal, the 
 king of Morven, whose fame, with that of his heroes and bards, 
 will now be transmitted with almost all the languages of 
 Europe, commanded a tribe of the western Caledonians, and 
 obt^ned a signal victory on the banks of the Carron, where 
 Caracul, king of the world, fled from his arms along the fields 
 of his pride * (see the beautiful and pathetic poem of Comala, 
 in the first volume of Mr Macpherson's Translations of Ossian^s 
 Poems). 
 
 • The late Mr Gibbon, in his History of the Decline and Fall of the 
 Roman Et 'pire, after mentioning the event related in the text, sap, that 
 something uf a doubtful mist hangs over these highland traditions, wiuch 
 cannot be entirely dispelled by the most ingenious researches of mc'ern 
 criticism. He adds, in a note, as the principal cause of his own doubts, 
 the following remark " That the Caracul of Ossian, is the Caracalla of 
 " the Roman history, is, perhaps, the only point of British antiquity in which 
 " Mr Macphcrson and Mr Whitaker arc of the same opinion ; tod yet the 
 
 k. k 
 
m* 
 
 Part II. 
 
 EUROPfe. 
 
 3*3 
 
 Scotland. Hbtory. 
 
 About the beginning of the 5th century, the Scottish mo- 
 narchy, which had suffered a temporary eclipse, broke out with 
 more lustre than ever, under Fergus II., the 40th king fiom 
 the first of that name. The Pi-.ts, who were probably a co- 
 lony of Germans, who had settled on the eastern coasts of 
 Scotland, and by their increasing numbers and power had be- 
 come formidable to the native inhabitants of the island, were 
 subdued, and reduced to complete subjection by Kenneth III., 
 'ibout the middle of the 9th century j and his successors main- 
 tained almost perpetual wars with the Saxons on the South, 
 and the Danes, and other powerful nations towards the East ; 
 who, being masters of the sea, harassed the Scots by powerful 
 and repeated iavasions. These last, however, were more for- 
 tunate than their southern neighbours : for while the Danes 
 were erecting a monarchy in England, they were every where 
 overthrowi; in Scotland, and at last driven out of the kingdom. 
 
 About the year 1040, Macbeth usurped the throne of Scot- 
 land, having murdered his cousin Duncan, the son of Malcolm 
 II. The reign of this tyrant was bloody, and his cruelty, afc 
 last, induced many of his subjects to go over to the party of 
 
 ** opinion is not without difficulty. In tb^ Caledonian war, the son of 
 ** Severus was known onlf by the appellation of Antoninus," (he might 
 have added Bassianus, which was his original and true name) ; " and it 
 " may seem strange that the highland bard should describe him by a nick- 
 *' name, invented four yean afterwards, scarcely used by the Roman* till 
 " after the death of that emperor, and seldom employed by the most an- 
 *' cient historians." This remark is repeated by Mr Laing, in a very in- 
 genious and elaborate dissertation annexed to his history of Scotland ; and 
 the circumstance is urged as an incontrovertible argument against the au- 
 thenticity of Ossian's poems. 
 
 But these two gentlemen seem to have completely forgot that Ossian, 
 the highland bard who celebrates the defeat of Caracul, could not have 
 been bom at the time when that event took place ; as his father, Finfrstl, 
 the hero of the poem, was still a young unmarrird man when the king of 
 
3*4 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 Part It. 
 
 Scotland. History. 
 
 Malcolm Canmore, the late king^s son, who had taken refuge 
 in England. This excellent prince being joined by MacduflF, 
 the thane of Fife^ by Siward, earl of Northumberland, and by 
 10,000 troops from Edward the Confessor, king of England, 
 attacked and defeated the usurper, and ascended the throne of 
 his father in the year 1056. He was one of the wisest and 
 •bravest monarchs of his time. Having married Margaret, 
 the sister of Edgar Atheling the real heir of the kingdom of 
 England, that prince put himself under the protection of Mai- 
 colm, and a war, of coutse, broke out betwixt the king of 
 Scotland, and William the Norman Conqueror, who had about 
 this time usurped thfe English throne. At the termination of 
 hostilities, in 1072, the county of Cumberland was ceded to 
 Malcolm, for Xvhich he did homage, and took the oath of fealty 
 to "William. Another war took place between the two king- 
 doms under William Rufus, the son of the Conqueror, in the 
 course of which Malcolm was treacherously slain at the seige 
 of Alnwick, in the year 1093. 
 
 After the death of two usurpers, the Scottish throne wars 
 successively filled by three sons of Malcolm Canmore, Edgarj 
 Alexander, and David I.; the last of whom, in 11 36, did feal- 
 ty to Stephen king of England for the counties of Huntingdon, 
 
 >N 
 
 the world was forced to fly before him ; and that the poeih was conse- 
 quently composed, hot four, but perhaps, fourscore, years after the event 
 which it celebrates. In this case, nothing can appear less strange thah 
 that an indignant poet should have described by a term of contempt, iA 
 bis day well known, a detestable tyrant, the enemy of his country, and 
 whose memory was held in execration, not only by the Caledonians, but by 
 the whole world. The youth and unmarried state of FIngal at the time 
 alluded to is so notorious to the most superficial observer, that the poeM 
 which transiently records the repulse of the Roman army, was expressly 
 composed with a view to commemorate the fate of a lady, who, on a faille 
 report of the death of Fingal,her loverj put an end to her own lifei 
 
£>AB.T 11. 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 S'S 
 
 Scotland. Hlatoiy. 
 
 ttti 
 Isly 
 
 m 
 
 >■ m * 
 
 
 Cumberland and Northumberland, which the Scots at that 
 time possessed. Bat it is impossible here to eater into detail. 
 
 David, who died in 1153, was succeeded by his grandson 
 Malcolm IV. ; and he by his brother William, surnamed, for 
 his bravery, the Lion j to William succeeded his son Alexander 
 II, ) and to him, his own son, of the same name, Alexander 
 III. Margaret, the daughter of this last, married Eric the sob 
 of Magnus IV. king of Norway } and their daughter Margaret; 
 commonly called the Maid of Norway, succeeded her grand- 
 father Alexander III. in the throne of Scotland. 
 
 On the death of Margaret, in iipoj the whole family of 
 William became extinct, and the right of succession returned 
 to the descendants of David earl of Huntingdon, third son of 
 king David I. Among these, no less than 12 competitors ap- 
 peared for the crown, of whorii no one had a title to which the 
 uncertainties of the feudal law on that point could give a de- 
 cisive and unquestionable preference. The claims, however, 
 of Robert Bruce, and of John Baliol, were considered as pre- 
 ferable to those of all the rest. Bruce was the son of Isabel, 
 earl David's second daughter } Baliol, the grandson of Mar- 
 garet the eldest daughter. Between these two the jfcalc of 
 right seemed to be balanced with wonderful equality } eiich of 
 the rivals was supported by a powerful faction ) and much fear 
 was entertained that arms alone must terminate a dispute which 
 the laws were unable to decide. In order to avoid the miseries 
 of such a contest, Edward L of England was chosen umpire 
 between the two parties, ^d both agreed to acquiesce in his 
 decision. This step had well nigh proved fatal to the inde- 
 pendence of Scotland j duid the natioti, by its eagerness to 
 guard against a civil war« wsts not only exposed to that cala- 
 mity, but almost subjected to a foreign yoke. The crafty and 
 ambitious king of England improved with wonderful address 
 the advantages which it presented to him, first to seize, and 
 
 U 
 
3i6 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 Part II. 
 
 Scot LA NO. History. 
 
 then to subject the kingdom. Under the pretence of examin- 
 ing the question with the greatest solemnity, he summoned all 
 the Scottish barons to Norham, and, by various means, prevail- 
 ed on ihem all, not excepting the two competitors, to acknow- 
 ledge Scotland to be the fief of the English crown, and to 
 swear fealty to him as their sovereign or liege lord. He next 
 demanded possession of the kingdom, that he might be able to 
 deliver it to him whose right should be found preferable ', and 
 having also obtained this extraordinary demand, he soon after 
 gave judgment in favour of Baliol, whom he fotmd the more 
 obsequious and less formidable of the two competitors. Baliol 
 now again professed himself the vassal of England, and sub- 
 mitted to every condition which his new sovereign was plea* 
 sed to prescribe. 
 
 Edward having thus placed a creature of his own upon the 
 throne of Scotland, and compelled the nobles to renounce the 
 ancient liberties and independence of their covmtry, concluded 
 that his dominion was now fully established. But he began 
 too soon to assume the master j his new vassals, fierc^ and in- 
 dependent, bore mtlL impatience a 3roke to which they were not 
 accustomed. Provoked by his haughtiness, even the passive 
 spirit of Baliol began to revolt } and having entered into a 
 league with Philip king of France, he openly renounced his 
 allegiance to the English king, and prepared to vindicate his 
 title to the Scottish crown by force of arms. This was the 
 very step which Edward wished him to have taken ^ and he 
 now expected to secure, by right of conquest, a possession 
 which had beeu forfeited by the rebellion of his vassal. He 
 quickly appeared with a fbmudable fleet and army on the bor- 
 ders of Scotland, took the important town of Berwick by as- 
 sault -f and while one division of his army advanced to besiege 
 Dunbar, the other, where the king commanded m person, was 
 joined by the Bruces and their adherents, who hoped to obtain 
 
m- 
 not 
 issive 
 ito a 
 his 
 his 
 the 
 he 
 ssion 
 He 
 bor- 
 f as- 
 iege 
 was 
 )t!dn 
 
 Part II. 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 ^17 
 
 Scotland History. 
 
 from Edward's generosity the forfeited kingdom of their rival. 
 After the defeat of the Scottish patriots at Dunbar, the Cum- 
 ings, the strength of BalioPs party, yielded, and made their 
 peace with tlie English king, and Baliol himself soon after 
 submitted to Edward's mercy. 
 
 His pardon was purchased by concessions the most disgrace- 
 ful and humiliating •, by the resignation of his kingdom as for<^ 
 feited, and the Confession that he was unworthy to reign j he 
 and his son were then conducted into England ; there, for a 
 while detained in confinement \ and at length dismissed into 
 France. The crown now devolved upon Edward by all the 
 laws and examples of feudal succession. Having advanced as 
 far TM)rthwards as Elgin, the clergy and barons, terrified by 
 the irresistible progress of his arms, or encouraged by his art- 
 fill and ostentatious clemency, eagerly followed the example of 
 the Cumings, made their submissions to the conqueror, and 
 meanly acknowledged themselves his vassals. Bruce quickly 
 learned that he* had little advanced his own prospects by con- 
 tributing to the overthrow of Baliol. " Have we nothing else 
 to do, but to conquer kingdoms iox you ?'' said Edward to him 
 contemptuously, when he humbly mentioned his claims to the 
 forfeited fief. The efforts of the king of England had not 
 been exerted to such an end : he now esteemed himself sove- 
 reign of the whole isle •■, and determined to retain with a strong 
 hand what his arms and policy had thus gained. On his re- 
 turn to the southward, he suffered his soldiers to pillnge the 
 repositories of the ancient abbey of Scone, which had been 
 long the appropriated scene of the solemn inauguration of the 
 Scottish kings, carried off or destroyed all the monuments of 
 their history, and evidence of their independence j and particu- 
 larly the famous stone on which each succeeding king had been 
 wont to be seated when the crown was first set upon his head, 
 
 U2 
 
^ 
 
 ii* 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 Scotland. History. 
 
 Part II, 
 
 and which the Scottish nation is said to have regarded as a 
 pledge of perpetual freedom and empire. 
 
 But the patriotic spirit of Scotland was not ar yet totally 
 subdued j the discontents of the people were exasperated, and 
 their resistance was provoked by the repeated cruelties of the 
 English 'f and at this important crisis, a hero arose to vindicate 
 the liberties of Scotland, whose valour, wisdom, and integrity, 
 entitle him to a place among the most celebrated warriors 
 whom the world has ever produced. This hero was the cele- 
 brated William Wallace, the son of a small landholder in Ren- 
 frew-shire. Almost single and alone, he ventured to take up 
 arms in defence of the kingdom ^ and the exploits which he 
 performed entitle his memory to immortal renown. But being 
 no more than a private gentleman, and his popularity daily in- 
 creasing, the Scottish nobility began to suspect that he had an 
 eye to the crown j and their jealousy operated so far that they 
 formed violent cabals against him. He was, at last, betrayed 
 into the hands of Edward^ who most ungenerously put him to 
 death as a traitor, in the year 1304. 
 
 In the year 1306, Robert Bruce, the grandson of him who 
 had stood in competition with Baliol, effected his escape from 
 London, where h^ had been detained as a prisoner at large by 
 Edward, renounced his allegiance to the English monarch, and 
 boldly stood forth to assert his own rights, and to vindicate the 
 honour of his country. Edward prepared to invade Scotland 
 again with a more powerful army than before. But he died 
 before he entered that kingdom, in the year 1307 j biit carried 
 his resentment so far as with his dying words to enjoin his at- 
 tendants to bear his corpse into Scotland before the army, and 
 to preserve it unburied till the Scots should be wholly sub- 
 dued. 
 
 But notwithstanding the sanguine hopes of this dying mo- 
 harch of the speedy reduction of Scotland, his son and successor 
 
Part II. 
 
 EUROPfi. 
 
 3n> 
 
 Scotland. History. 
 
 sub« 
 
 mo- 
 
 ;ssot 
 
 Edward II. did not think proper to prosecute vhis dangerous 
 undertaking. After a gay and unprofitable progress as tar as 
 the borders of Ayr-shire, he returned suddenly into Lngland, 
 to enjoy the vain pageantries of a coronation, and to indulge 
 in the licentious pleasures into which he might now plunge 
 without restraint. 
 
 Young Bruce did not neglect so favourable an occasion to 
 promote his own designs j and after a vast variety of fortune, 
 and the most astonishing perseverance and exertions, he suc> 
 ceeded in recovering the whole of Scotland except the castle of 
 Stirling j and even that place was reduced to such straits that 
 the governor was obliged to capitulate, and to promise that, if 
 the garrison did not obtain relief from England against a cer- 
 tain day, he would then surrender the castle to the Scots. 
 
 Tl^is mortifying intelligence roused Edward from his le- 
 thargy 'y and being stimulated by all tl^e motives which shame 
 or honour, or ambition, or interest, could suggest, he resolved, 
 by one mighty effort, to establish his military character, and 
 put an end for ever to the Scottish war. With this view he 
 summoned the n^ost warlike of his v^isals from Gascony, en- 
 listed troops from Flanders and other foreign countries j and 
 having added to these great numbers of Irish and Welsh, with 
 the whole military force of England, he marched to the fron- 
 tiers of Scotland at the head of an army computed to have a- 
 mounted to 100,000 men. . 
 
 Robert, who commanded a body of 30,000 chosen patriots, 
 did not shrink at the approach of this formidable host j but 
 knowing that Edward's first effort would be directed to relieve 
 the castle of Stirling, he posted himself at Bannockbum, about| 
 two miles from that place, where he chose the field of battle 
 with all the skill and prudence imaginable, and made the ne- 
 cessary preparations for the reception of the enemy. Soon af- 
 ter the arrivj^l of Edwajd, a decisive and memorable battk 
 
32<5 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 Part II. 
 
 ^CO^LAND 
 
 EXSSSS^BCSaBB 
 
 History. 
 
 I 
 
 took place, in which the English were defeated with prodigious 
 slaughter, <ind pursued for the space of 90 miles, till they 
 reached Berwick. } the flower of their nobility were eitlier 
 killed or taken prisoners j their camp, which was immense- 
 ly rich, fell into the hands of the enemy, and the king him- 
 self very narrow^ly escaped, by the swiftness of his horse, to 
 Berwick, from whence he proceeded in a fishing-boat ta ilng- 
 , land. 
 
 This important battle, which was fought on the 25th of 
 June 13 14, secured the independence of Scotland, and fixed 
 Bruce on the throne of that kingdom. His future reign waa 
 a series of brilliant successes, and a pattern of a wise and 
 prudent administration j and he died in 1329, with the charac- 
 ter of being the greatest hero of his age. 
 
 Robert I> was succeeded by his son David II., who had not 
 Completed his seventh year at the time of his father^s death. 
 A long and feeble minority encouraged the partisans of Ed- 
 ward Baliol, the son of the first competitor, to renew the 
 claims of that family upon the Scottish crown } and though 
 David, when he became of age, married the sister of Edward 
 III. of England, yet that monarch, who was as eager as any of 
 his predecessors to effect the reduction of Scotland, espoused 
 the cause of Baliol against his brother-in-law. His progress 
 was at first amazingly rapid j the royal party was repeatedly 
 defeated, and Baliol was solemnly crowned king of Scotland 
 at Scpne by his followers, in the year 1332. He was, however, 
 at last driven out of his usurped dominions by the Scottish pa> 
 . triots, and David was again secured in the possession of his 
 . dominions. He was afterwards taken prisoner in the battle of 
 Durham, and after 1 1 years of captivity, was released for a 
 ransom of ioo,QOO merks. He died in peace, in the year 
 1371. 
 
 Dayid II. havmg left no issue} the crown devolved upon his 
 
J»ART II. 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 3a I 
 
 Scotland. Histoiy. 
 
 nephew Robert II., whose mother was the daughter of Robert 
 Bruce. He was the first of the Stuart family who ascended 
 the throne of Scotland. After a prosperous reign of 19 years, 
 h*: was succeeded in the year 1390, by his son John, who as- 
 sumed the name of Robert III. I'he age and infirmities of 
 Robert disqualified him from reigning *, and the adniinistration 
 of the government was committed to his brother, whom he 
 created duke of Albany. The ambitious views of Albany made 
 Robert attempt to send his second son James to France ; but 
 he was intercepted on his passage by Henry IV. of England, 
 and most ungenerously detained a prisoner for 19 years, though 
 the two kingdoms were then in a state qf pe^ce. 
 
 His captivity, however, was not unuseful to him. He 
 received an excellent education in England, during the reigns 
 of Henry IV. and V., and acquired that experience in the ge- 
 neral concerns of human life, and that acquaintance with the 
 business of government, and with the spirit of the pplitics 
 of the age, which was necessary to fit him for the discharge 
 of those high functions for which his birth had destined him -, 
 and on his return to Scotland, in the year 1425, he was one of 
 the most accomplished princes of the age. But his maxims 
 and his manners were too refined for the times in ivhich he 
 lived, and his too hasty attempts to reform his subjects, proved 
 soon fatal to himself. A conspiracy was formed against him 
 by his nobles, and he w^s basely murdered ip a moi^astery- near 
 Perth, in the year 1437. 
 
 His son James il. was but seven years of age at the time of 
 his father's death, and a long mhiority succeeded. When the 
 king arrived at the age of manhood, he discovered considerable 
 talents for government ', but his treacherous murder of the 
 earl of Douglas, at an interview to which he had enticed him 
 by a safe-conduct, cast an indelible stain uppn his character. 
 He was slain by the bursting of a cannon, as he was besieging 
 
 U4' 
 
S" 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 Part 11. 
 
 mim 
 
 flcoriAND. Hiitory. 
 
 the castle of Roxburgh, A. 1460, in the 30th year of his age 
 mnd the 24th of his r«Ign. 
 
 His eldest son James III. was immediately crowned in the 
 adjacent abbey of Kelso. He proved a weuk, licentious and 
 capricious prince j and his disastrous reign of . 8 years was 
 terminated by a rebellion pi his subjects, by whom he wa^ 
 slain in battle, A. 1488, in the 35th year of his Qge. 
 
 James IV , his son und successor, was naturally generous 
 and brave } and felt in a high degree all the passions which 
 animate a young and noble mind. He loved magnificence^ 
 delighted in war, and was eager to obtain fame. During hiy 
 reign, the ancient and hereditary enmity between the king and 
 nobles seems almost entirely to have ceased. He envied no^ 
 their splendour, because it contributed to the ornament of his 
 court 'y nor did he dread their power, because he considered it 
 as the security of his kingdom, not as an object of terror to 
 himself. This confidence on his part, met with the proper re- 
 turn of duty and affection on theirs j and in his war with £ng. 
 land, he experienced how much a king beloved by his subjects 
 is able to perform. But the rash and unfortunate battle of 
 Flowden, which was fought on the gth of September 1413, 
 blasted in a moment all the towering prospects of this very 
 popular reign. On this fatal day, the king, 1 3 earls, 13 lords, 
 5 eldest sons of noblemen, and an incredible number of barons, 
 were left dead on the field of battle. This was one of the 
 most cruel disasters which the Scottish nation ever experienced. 
 
 A long minority followed under James V., who was "'^ 
 more than a year old at the time of his father's death. Wh 
 he grew up, he married successively two French ladies, tin^ 
 first being daughter to the king of France, and the second of 
 the family of Guise. These marriages proved the source of 
 many calamities to the nation, particularly during the progress 
 of the reformation, which began during this king's reign. 
 
Pakt II. 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 9^ 
 
 bcoTLANo. Hiitury. 
 
 A war having broke out between James and his uncle 
 Henry VIII. of England, the former very imprudently o^end-, 
 ed his army by depriving their favourite general. Lord Max- 
 well, of his commission, and bestowing the command on Oliver 
 Sinclair, a private gentleman who was hia favourite > the con« 
 sequence of which was, thttt his troops fled on the iirst appear- 
 ance of the enemy, and were pursued with great sUi\ghter by. 
 the English, who topk prisoners 7 lords, 200 gentlemen, and 
 800 soldiers, besides 24 pieces of ordnance. 1 his disaster af> 
 fected the king so much, that it threw him into a Ht pf illne$S| 
 of which he soon after died, on t|ie 14th of December 1542. 
 
 His daughter, the celebrated queen Mary, %vas but a few 
 days old when her father died. Her melancholy histqry is 
 well known. She received her early education in France, and. 
 when very young, married Francis, the dauphin of that king- 
 dom. This prince having died soon after, she retutned to her 
 native country, where she married her cousin- german, Henry 
 Stewart Lord Damly, by whom she had one son, James VI., 
 who afterwa]^ds succeeded to the throne. The sudden and 
 violent death of Darnly, and the queen's subsequent marriage 
 to Bothwell, who was universally believed to have been guilty 
 pf his death, gave much ground to suspect that Mary was ac- 
 cessary to the crime. She fled from the resentment pf her 
 subjects to England, where she was ungenerously confined i% 
 prison by Elizabeth for 18 years, and afterwards crue^y be- 
 headed on the 8th of February 1587, in the 45th year of hev 
 age. 
 
 Her son James VI., who was born on the 19th of June is^6^ 
 and crowned king of Scotland on the 29th of July 1567, suct 
 ceeded to the English throne on the death of queen Elizabeth, 
 which appened on the 24th of March 1603. The right of 
 James to the English crown was deduced from his great-grand- 
 jncthcr, Margaret, the wifp of James IV., who was the eldest 
 
I. iilHliilUWi I 
 
 3*4 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 Part II. 
 
 Scotland. Hiitory. 
 
 d&ughter of Hem/ VII., the first of the ^ idor family who 
 sat on the throne of England. 
 
 James set out on his journey to England on the 5th of A- 
 pril, and enteied London on the 7th of May 1603, ^"^» ^V Ws 
 subsequent coronation in that metropolis, united the crowns of 
 two kingdoms which had been divided from the earliest ac- 
 counts of time, but which were destined by their situation to 
 Ibrm one great moaarphy. The final union of the two king- 
 doms was concluded on the 22d of July 1706, and the first 
 British Parliament assembled in the following yeai 1707, the 
 6th of the reign of , queen Anne. 
 
 ' From that period, the history of both kingdoms becopaes 
 necessarily the s,«nc. -1;^^ 
 
 ilSf^:t4)*: 
 
 
 '^ 
 
3^5 
 
 ■**» 
 
 ENGLAND 
 
 SiTOATiON, Extent and Boundaries.] IS situate between 
 50** and 56° of North latitude •, and between 2° of tast, and 
 6° of West longitude ; being about 400 miles in length from 
 North to South, and about 320 in breadth from East to West. 
 It is bounded on the North by Scotland j on the East by the 
 German- Ocean j on the South by the British Channel, by 
 which it is separated from France j and on the V^est by St 
 George's Channel and the Irish Sea, by which it is separated 
 from Ireland. In this largest sense, it comprehends the king-, 
 dom of England, and the principality of Wales, besides a few 
 small is^andSf 
 
 -'»%'*'i 
 
 I. ENGLAND is d'vided into six circuits, or annual pro- 
 gresses of the judges for administering justice to the subjects 
 who are at a distance from the capital ; besides the county of 
 Middlesex, which is the seat of the supreme courts of justice, 
 and that of Cheshire, which is privileged with having its own 
 judges. The circuits are sub-diyided into counties, as follows) 
 
 viz: 
 
 Circuit!. Counties. Chief Towns. 
 
 J. Northn. I. Northiunberland Alnwick ^^ 
 
 Circuit. 
 
 2. Cumberland 
 
 Latitude. 
 
 °23'N. 
 Morpeth ^^ 7 N. 
 Newcastle 54 55 N. 
 Tynemouth 54 57 N. 
 Shields 54 56 N. 
 
 Hexam 54 55 N. 
 Carlu'le 54 50 N. 
 CQckermouth54 40 N. 
 
 Ivongitudc. 
 i°38'W. 
 36 W. 
 
 44 W. 
 
 16 w. 
 
 18 w. 
 
 5W. 
 
 55 W. 
 ajSW, 
 
$26 EUROPE. 
 
 Part It. 
 
 JEngla<vo Divisions. 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 ' 
 
 Oijxuitfc Counties. 
 
 Chief Towns. Latitude. 
 
 Longitude. 
 
 
 Ppnrith 54°39'N- 
 
 2° 4/ w, 
 
 
 Whitehaven 54 31 N. 
 
 333W. 
 
 j{. Durham' 
 
 Sunderland 54 S3 N. 
 
 I i8W. 
 
 
 Pdrjsam 54 44 N. 
 
 I 34 W. 
 
 
 Stanhope 54 43 N. 
 
 I 5JW. 
 
 
 Stockton 54 33 N. 
 
 I 18 W. 
 
 4. Westmoreland 
 
 Applebt 54 32 N. 
 
 2 27 W, 
 
 
 Kendale 54 19 N. 
 
 245W. 
 
 
 Longsdale 54 11 N. 
 
 238W. 
 
 ^.Ywl^ 
 
 Richmond 54 25 N. 
 
 1 45 W. 
 
 r 
 
 Northallertn.54 acN. 
 
 1 28 W. 
 
 
 Whitby 54 28 N. 
 
 40 w. 
 
 .^ " ' ' 
 
 Scarborough54 (9N. 
 
 28 W. 
 
 
 New Malton54 9 N. 
 
 51W. 
 
 
 Rippon '54 8 N. 
 
 I 33W. 
 
 
 Borroughbr.54 6 N. 
 
 I 27 W. 
 
 
 Aldborpugh54 €N. 
 
 1 25W. 
 
 
 York 53 58 J^. 
 
 I 7W. 
 
 
 |.eeds 53 49 N. 
 
 1 99 w. 
 
 
 Hull 5346N. 
 
 i6 W, 
 
 
 Heyden 53 45 N. 
 
 • 12 W. 
 
 
 Halifax 53 43l^> 
 
 I 50W. 
 
 
 Wakefield ^3 41 N. 
 
 I 29 w. 
 
 
 Sheffield 53 23 N. 
 
 ^28W. 
 
 ' 6. Lanc^hite 
 
 Lancaster 54 2N. 
 
 2 50 w. 
 
 
 Preston 53 46 N. 
 
 2 49 W. 
 
 
 Manchester 53 29 N. 
 
 2 12 W. 
 
 
 Liverpool 53 27 N. 
 
 3 iW. 
 
 XI.Midland I. Lincolnshire 
 
 Lincoln 53 13 N. 
 
 31 W. 
 
 9ircuit 
 
 Boston 52 59 N. 
 
 2 E. 
 
 
 Grantham 52 54 N. 
 
 38 W, 
 
 
 Stampford 52 39 N. 
 
 25 W^ 
 
Pajlt It. 
 
 £UROP£. 
 
 347 
 
 Bn OL A N » . Divitioiu. 
 
 Clrc^. Coontiet. 
 
 2. Nottinghain 
 
 3. Derby 
 
 4. Leicester 
 
 5. Rutland 
 
 6. Warwick 
 
 ^. Noythafiipton 
 
 llt.Oxford I.Stafford 
 Circuit. 
 
 2. Shrbpshire 
 
 3. Worcester 
 4; Hereford 
 5. Glocester 
 
 CUefTownt. LAtittide. 
 Retford $5^ I9'N» 
 Newark 53 5 N. 
 Southwell 53 5 N. 
 NomNGHAM52 51 N. 
 Che8terfield53 14 N. 
 Berbt 52 56 N. 
 Lougbboro*j2 46 N. 
 Bosworth 52 39 N. 
 Leicester 52 39 N. 
 Harborbugb52 29 N. 
 Oakham 52 39 N. 
 Uppinghsm 52 36 N. 
 Birmingham 52 36 N. 
 Coventry 52 25 N. 
 Warwick. 52 17N. 
 Peterboro' 52 34 N. 
 Wcllingboro'52i8N. 
 N0RTHAMPTON52 13 N. 
 Staff6rd ^2 49 N. 
 Litchfield 52 41 N. 
 Shrewsbury 52 44 N. 
 Wenlock 52 37 N. 
 Ludlow 52 23 N. 
 Droitwich 52 16 N. 
 Worcester 52 ti N. 
 ^ve^ham 52 6N. 
 Leominster 52 13 N. 
 Weobly 52 10 N. 
 .Hereford 52 4 N. 
 Tewksbury 51 ?9 N. 
 
 GrLOCESTER 5 1 53 N. 
 
 Cirencestcp 51 44 N. 
 
 Longitude. 
 
 o057'W< 
 47 W. 
 55 W. 
 9W. 
 27 W. 
 30 W. 
 
 13 w. 
 24 w. 
 
 9W. 
 
 55 W. 
 
 40 w. 
 43 W. 
 5W. 
 32 W. 
 37 W; 
 
 14 W. 
 47 W. 
 
 5W. 
 
 53 W. 
 
 47 W. 
 36 W. 
 42 W. 
 
 12 W. 
 
 13 W. 
 
 00 W. 
 2 48 W. 
 2 54 w. 
 a 45 W. 
 2 10 W, 
 2 16 W. 
 I j^W. 
 
.318 EUROPE. 
 
 Part 11. 
 
 England Divltiom. 
 
 : CircuiU. Counties. 
 
 Chief Townit Latitode. 
 
 Longitude. 
 
 6. Oxford 
 
 Banbury 52° 4'N. 
 
 1023'W. 
 
 
 Woodstock 51 51N. 
 
 I 23 W. 
 
 
 Oxford 51 45 N. 
 
 I 13 W. 
 
 7. Berkdliire 
 
 Abingdon 51 41 N. 
 
 1 18 w. 
 
 
 Reading 51 28 N. 
 
 58 W. 
 
 
 Windsor 51 30 N. 
 
 35 w. 
 
 8. Mpnmouth 
 
 Monmouth 51 48 N. 
 
 2 43 V. 
 
 
 Chepstow 51 38 V. 
 
 2 41 W. 
 
 
 Newport 51 35 N. 
 
 3 2W. 
 
 IV.Norfolk I.Norfolk 
 
 Lynn > 52 43 N. 
 
 27 £. 
 
 Circuit. 
 
 Norwich 32 39 N. 
 
 I 22 £. 
 
 
 Yarmouth 52 37 N. 
 
 I 44 £. 
 
 
 Thctford 32 26 N. 
 
 41 £. 
 
 2. Cambridge 
 
 Ely 52 24 N. 
 
 16 £. 
 
 
 Newmarket 52 15 N. 
 
 21 £. 
 
 1 
 
 Cambridge 52 13 N» 
 
 45 E. 
 
 3. Huntingdon 
 
 Huntingdon 52 18 N. 
 
 12 W. 
 
 
 St Ives 52 17N. 
 
 5W. 
 
 4. Suffolk 
 
 Lowestoff 52 31 N. 
 
 I 43 E. 
 
 
 StowMarketja 14 N. 
 
 1. 00 E. 
 
 
 Aldborough52 11 N. 
 
 • 35 E- 
 
 .- ; 
 
 Woodbridge52 8N. 
 
 I 19 E. 
 
 
 Ipswich 52 7 N. 
 
 I 6 E. 
 
 
 Sudbury 52 4 N. 
 
 46 £. 
 
 5. Bedford 
 
 Bedford 52 8 N. 
 
 a8 V. 
 
 ( 
 
 Dunstable 51 54 N. 
 
 0.30W. 
 
 <S. Buckingham 
 
 Buckingham 52 00 N. 
 
 58 W. 
 
 
 Aylesbury 51 49 N. 
 
 50 V.V. 
 
 
 Wendover 51 46 N. 
 
 44 W. 
 
 
 Amershara 51 40 N. 
 
 34 W. 
 
 
 Gt.Matlowji 35 N. 
 
 045W. 
 
 o 
 
mmmm 
 
 
 I'JlRT II. 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 • 3»9 
 
 EnoLamd. Divisions. 
 
 Circuits. Counties. 
 
 Chief Towns. Latitude. 
 
 Longitude. 
 
 V. Home i. Essex 
 
 ^ Harwich 52^ 00' N. 
 
 1^ 13' E. 
 
 Circuit. 
 
 Colchester 51 56 N. 
 
 44 E. 
 
 
 Chelmsford 5 1 45 N. 
 
 29 E. 
 
 2. Hartford 
 
 Hartford ji 48 N. 
 
 00 
 
 
 St Albans ji 46 N. 
 
 ijW. 
 
 3. Kent 
 
 Greenwich 51 29 N. 
 
 
 
 Chatham jt 25 N. 
 
 20 E. 
 
 
 Woolwich 51 29 N. 
 
 2 E. 
 
 
 Rochester 51 24 N. 
 
 29 E. 
 
 , , 
 
 Maidstone 51 18 N. 
 
 30 E. 
 
 
 Canterbury 51 19 N. 
 
 I 7 E. 
 
 
 Deal 51 18 N. 
 
 I 24 E. 
 
 
 Dover 51 8 N. 
 
 1 19 E. 
 
 
 Hythe 51 6 N. 
 
 I 4 E. 
 
 4. Surry 
 
 Southwark ji 30 N. 
 
 5W. 
 
 
 Kingston 51 25 N. 
 
 14 W. 
 
 ■ ■ 
 
 Croydon 51 22 N. 
 
 6W. 
 
 
 Epsom 51 20 N. 
 
 15 W. 
 
 
 Guildford 51 14 N. 
 
 30 w. 
 
 5. Sussex 
 
 Rye 51 2N. 
 
 41 E. 
 
 
 Winchelsea 50 57 N. 
 
 41 E. 
 
 
 Hastings 50 54 N. 
 
 34 E. 
 
 
 Chichester 50 51 N. 
 
 33 W. 
 
 
 Lewes 50 53 N. 
 
 3 E. 
 
 
 Brighthelms.50 49 N. 
 
 9 W. 
 
 VI. Westetii I. Wiltshire 
 
 Marlboroughji 25 N. 
 
 I 45W. 
 
 Circuit. 
 
 Wilton 51 6N. 
 
 1 j6W. 
 
 . 
 
 Salisbury j i 5 N. 
 
 I 49 W. 
 
 2. Hampshire 
 
 Stockbridgcji 7 N. 
 
 I 28 w. 
 
 . . 
 
 Winchester 51 4 N. 
 
 1 20 W. 
 
 , ' 
 
 Southamptn.50 54 N. 
 
 I 26 W. 
 
 ■ 
 
 Portsmouth 50 47 N. 
 
 I 6W. 
 
^»(ipwwiw"l!IP"i"P^iwwiliw 
 
 ipm^mnpp 
 
 $P 
 
 tUROPZ. 
 
 Part tt. 
 
 US 
 
 BNOuiNd. Dhridoal 
 
 Ctrcoiti. Counties. 
 
 SoBoexsct 
 
 i|. Donot 
 
 5;Devoh 
 
 6. Cornwall 
 
 Chief Tirnni. Latittide. Longitude. 
 Gosport 50" 47'N. 
 Lymington 50 45 N. 
 
 Newton 
 Newport 
 Yarmouth 
 BmsToi. 
 Bath 
 Wdls 
 
 Bridge water 51 
 Taunton 5 1 
 
 50 43 N. 
 50 42 N. 
 
 50 42 N. 
 
 51 28 N. 
 51 23 N. 
 51 i3N. 
 
 8N. 
 iN. 
 
 X 
 X 
 
 I 
 I 
 
 3 
 3 
 
 Skaftsbury 50 59 N. 
 DoacHESTER 50 43 N. 
 Pdole 50 42 N. 
 
 Weymouth 50 37 N. 
 Barnstaple 51 7 N. 
 Oakhampt°.50 46 N. 
 Exeter 50 44 N. 
 Tavistock 50 34 N. 
 A^burton 50 33 N. 
 Plymouth 50 32 N. 
 Dartmouth 50 21 N. 
 Launceston 50 40 N. 
 Callington 50 32N. 
 
 Leskard 
 
 Fowey 
 
 Trurc 
 
 Falinouth 
 
 Helstone 
 
 30 29 N. 
 50 23 N. 
 jO 19 N. 
 50 8N. 
 50 6N; 
 
 7'W. 
 3a W. 
 26 w. 
 
 22 W. 
 
 28 w. 
 
 -2 43 W. 
 2 25 W. 
 2 43 W. 
 
 6W. 
 
 9W. 
 
 2 II W. 
 
 a 30 W, 
 
 I w. 
 
 3IW. 
 
 10 W. 
 
 7W. 
 
 33 W. 
 
 19 W. 
 
 joW. 
 10 W. 
 41W. 
 30 w. 
 28 w. 
 37 W. 
 50 W. 
 
 II w. 
 aW. 
 
 aoW. 
 
 2 
 2 
 
 4 
 
 4 
 
 3 
 
 4 
 
 3 
 
 4 
 
 3 
 
 4 
 
 4 
 
 4 
 
 4 
 
 5 
 
 5 
 
 5 
 are 
 
 In the eztra-cixcuit counties the chief towns 
 
 ifieheshiitt Stockport 33 25 N. a 10 W. 
 
 Macclesfield53 17 N. 2 7W. 
 
 Cbbtik S3 *5N. 2 5yW. 
 
 
 fj 
 
ri. 
 
 PartII. 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 S»^ 
 
 UnohA^iD. Divlftoni. 
 
 Circuit*. Countiei. 
 
 In Middlesex 
 
 Chief Towni. 
 
 l*lAntwicli 
 
 Enfield 
 
 Uxbridge 
 
 London 
 
 53" 6' N. 
 
 51 34 N. 
 51 3»N. 
 
 Westminster 51 31 N. 
 Brentford 51 30 N. 
 
 o 5W. 
 o 26 W. 
 o 6W. 
 o 6W. 
 o 15 W. 
 
 IL Wales is divided into four circuits, and twelve counties 
 ■is follows, viz : 
 
 I. North-East I.Flint Funt 53° 18' N* 3° IS* W. 
 
 Circuit. St Asaph 53 20 N. 3 33 W. 
 
 ~ 2, Denlugh 
 
 Denbigh 
 
 53 14 N. 
 
 3 35W. 
 
 
 Wrexham 
 
 53 .6N. 
 
 3 5Wi 
 
 3. Montgomery 
 
 Lllinvylinn 
 
 5* 49 N. 
 
 3 2oWi 
 
 
 MONTGOMBRT 52' 36 N. 
 
 3 13 W. 
 
 il.N.Wfest i.Anglesea 
 
 Holyhead 
 
 59 25 N. 
 
 4 51 W* 
 
 Circuit. 
 
 Beaumaris 
 
 53 22 N. 
 
 4 2^W; 
 
 f 
 
 Newburgh 
 
 53 ^3 N. 
 
 4 ^pW. 
 
 2. Carnarvon 
 
 Bangor 
 
 S3 18 N. 
 
 4 19 w. 
 
 
 Carnarvon 
 
 53 " N. 
 
 4 23 W. 
 
 3/ Merioneth 
 
 Harleioh 
 
 52 51 N. 
 
 4 11 w. 
 
 
 Bala 
 
 52 5^N. 
 
 3 40 W. 
 
 III. S. East I.Radnor 
 
 Prestein 
 
 52 16N. 
 
 3 iW. 
 
 v,?rcuit; 
 
 Radnor 
 
 52 14 N. 
 
 3 12 W. 
 
 2. Brecknock 
 
 .Haj 
 
 52 4N. 
 
 3 13W. 
 
 
 Brecknock 
 
 51 57 N« 
 
 3 30 W- 
 
 3. Glamorgan 
 
 LandafiT 
 
 51 31 N- 
 
 3 20W. 
 
 ' 
 
 Cardiff 
 
 51 30 N. 
 
 3 15W. 
 
 IV.SiWest i.Cardigari 
 
 Aberystwith 
 
 52 22 N. 
 
 4 loW. 
 
 Circuit. 
 
 Cardigan 
 
 52 3N. 
 
 4 44 W. 
 
 2. Pembroke 
 
 St David's 
 
 51 53 N. 
 
 5 21 W. 
 
 \ 
 
 Pbmbrokjb 
 
 51 41 N. 
 
 4 58W. 
 
'^m^m^ 
 
 PM 
 
 ^ 
 
 ^'■a>u— •-.-•;*;»- 
 
 i0ftoi*m 
 
 End LAND. iXyMoiu'— OhtenI Appeannce. 
 
 *Art It 
 
 3;tarmlifthen C«irtttlitthen5i<' 49'N. 4''27'W. 
 ItldWiUy 51 42 N. 4 26 W. 
 
 ^e islafids belbfiging to Ehgland are j j. On the East 
 toast, Holy Island, F«am Istands, and Coquet Island, off the 
 tbiasi of NoithUmbdrland ', and Shepey and Thanet Isles, off 
 the coast of Kent. 2. On the South coast, the Isle of Wight, 
 in Hampshire ) and the islands of Jersey, Guernsey, Aldemey 
 and Sark, near the coast of France. 3. On the West coast, 
 thi; islfes of Scilly, about 145 in number, and lying 40 miles 
 West firom Land*s-tnd in Cornwall, Sundy, in the Bristol 
 Chahneit Atiglesea, belonging to Wales, and the Isle of Man 
 !n the Irish Sei. 
 
 ' 'WkhiSf VnJ^ was ohce an independent state, was subdued 
 by EdwiEtrd' I., of England, Hbout the year 1282. In 1284, 
 his son ^dMird II. being bom in Carnarvon castlr, to which 
 he had sent hii i{ut6ii £dt that piitpose, he gave the child the 
 tille of Pritlifc ot Wales, wMch is still detained by the king of 
 Great ^ittun*^ eldest si6h. The coimtry was united and in- 
 fcorporatfed With England in the 27th of Henry VIII. j and 
 from thit tiine tlie history of both countries becomes the same, 
 iU)d they may with great piropriety be described together. 
 
 GsNEiRAL A^EAkANCE.] No countfy in the world can ex- 
 ceed th6 cultivated parts of Engl&nd in beauty and variety of 
 jprospect : the corii and meadow groutids^ th6 intetmixtures of 
 inclosurte and plantations, the noble seats, comfortable houses, 
 cheerful villages, and well-stocked fanjis, often rising in the 
 neighbourhood of populous towns and cities, magnificent from 
 riches, and enriched by industry aYid cofbtjierce, present an ob- 
 ject of which ?ii adequate idea cumot be conveyed by descrip- 
 
Vf 
 
 1 
 
 It. 
 
 ^AKT It. 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 333 
 
 England. Movntains— Rivers. 
 
 ■a 
 
 tion •. In the northern counties, however, there are exten- 
 sive tracts of bleak and barren moors, swelling into mountains, 
 but of no remaikable height. 
 
 Mountains.] The most considerable mountains afe the hills 
 of Westmoreland, the Peak in Derbyshire, the Malvern hills 
 in Worcester, and the Sninvdon and Plenlimmon in Wales. 
 This last country is more mountaiuous in general than £ng-> 
 land. 
 
 • » 
 
 Rivers.] The principal rivers arc, i.The Tweed, whioh 
 falls into the sea at Berwick. 2. The Tyne, at South Shields. 
 3* The Wear, at Sunderland. 4. The Tees, at Stockton in 
 Durham. 5. The Humber, which unites the Quae, Ae Arc, 
 the Trent, . and other branches, and falls into the sea below 
 Hull. 6. The Witham. 7. The Welland. 8. The N«n, and 
 the Ouse in Norfolk, which empty themselves in the Wash. 
 9. The Yare, which passes by Norwich, and falls into the sea 
 at Yarmouth. 10. The Thames, the largest river in England, 
 which passes by London, and falls into the sea at the Nore. 
 16. The Med way, a small, but deep river, where the shl^sof 
 war are commonly laid up' at Chatham, i:. The ^Severn, 
 which receives the Av6n, and falls into the Bristol Channel. 
 13. The Dee in Wales. 14. The Mersey, which falls into the 
 Irish Sea at Liverpool. 15, The Ribblev 16. TTie Derwent. 
 
 * The attempt is made by Thomson in the following 7 es of his beaui 
 ful poem on Summer. 
 
 Heavens '. What a goodly prospect spreads around I 
 Of hills, and dates, and woods, and lawns, and spires. 
 And glittering towns, and gilded streams, till ali 
 The stretching landscape into smoke decays *. 
 Happy Britannia! *c. h - 
 
 X a 
 
:^TFT'^^^' 
 
 4M 
 
 !fcuR6i»E. 
 
 Pai^t II. 
 
 ;^_ H _ II .1 1 .f . 
 
 Enolano. Lake*— Bayi, Uulphu, Jc^.^Capei— Soil, Climate, &c. 
 
 17 The Lden, which falls into tlie bolway Frith below Cai;- 
 , lisle* 
 
 Lak.es.] There are no lakes of considerable extent in Eng- 
 
 landt Those of l umberland, though not large, are remark- 
 . able tor their beautiful and romantic scenery, fiesides thes^ 
 
 there are a few other lakes in Cambridge-shire, viz. Soham- 
 . Mere, VVittlcsea-Mere, and Ramsey-Mere, which, in a rainy 
 
 Season, oyertiow the adjoining grounds, and form one great 
 
 lake, 40 or 5.0 miles in circumference. 
 
 Rays, Gulphs, and Scas.] T^he Wash, between Lincoln 
 and Norfolk ^ Yarmouth Roads, between Norfols and Suf- 
 folk 'y the Do wusj near Deal in Kent ; the Streights of Do- 
 ver between England and France ', Spithead, between Ports- 
 mouth and the Isle of Wight in Hamphshire ^ Weytnouth in 
 Dorsetshire *, Torbay^ Dartmouth, and Plymouth, in Devon- 
 . shire i Bristol Channel, between England and Wales ■, St 
 George*s Channel and the Irish Hea, between England and 
 Ireland} Milford Haven, St Bride^s Bay, and Cardigan Bay, in 
 Wales ) and Solway Firth, between England and Scotland. 
 
 Capxs.J Flamborough Head, and Spurnhead in Yorkshire} 
 Orfordness in Suffolk } the Naze, in Essex j the North and 
 . South Forelands, and Dungeness, in Kent } Beachy-nead in 
 Sussex } the Needles in the Isle of Wight j St Alban's Head 
 and Portland Race, in Dorset *, vitart Point, in Devonshire } 
 Lizard Point and Land^s Knd, in Cornwall } St David's Head, 
 Braichy Powell Point; and Holy Head, in Wales. 
 
 Soil, Climate, and PRODOCTioNS.] The soil differs in its 
 
 tiatural qualities, in the various counties of England and Wales} 
 
 I and this difference is greatly increased according to the pro- 
 
Pakt |I, 
 
 EUROPTT. 
 
 m 
 
 Enqlano. Soil, Clin vite and 'ro.luctton,'^. 
 
 and 
 
 ,m 
 
 and 
 id in 
 
 [ead. 
 
 I in its 
 
 ^alesj 
 
 pro- 
 
 gress of agriculture, and the cultivation of the lands, in ge-^ 
 neral, however, it is rich and fertile, and, except in remarkably 
 bad seasons, produces com enough for the maintenance o£ 
 its own inhabitants, besides considerable quantities for exporta- 
 tion *. No country in Europe exceeds England in the pro- 
 ductaons of the garden ) and London, though peopled by near 
 a million of inhabitants, is plentifully supplied with all kinds 
 of roots, fruits, and kitchen stuffs, from grounds within la 
 miles distance. It would be tedious to enumerate all the ve- 
 getable and animal productions of England i wheat, barley, 
 rye, pease, beans, vetches, oats, are reared in great abundance } 
 apples, pears, plums, cherries, peaches, apricots, nectarines, 
 currants, gooseberries, and raspberries, thrive with amazing 
 facility, and great quantities of cyder, perry, and metheglin, 
 are made in .several of the counties, particularly in Devon and 
 Hereford. Besides these fruits, which may be considered as 
 natives of the soil, several others from foreign countries, sucU 
 as pine-apples, grapes, &c., are cultivated with considerable 
 success. Woad for dying is reaced in Bedford and Bucking- 
 hamshire } flax and h»mp in these and the other counties ■, and 
 Essex, Kent, Surry and Hamp-shire, are famous for their ex- 
 tensive plantations of hops, wh^:h are now become a very pro- 
 fitable article of trade. 
 
 Of the animal productions, the ox, the horse, and the sheep, 
 deserve to be particularly menticmcd. Of the last useful ani- 
 mal, i2,coo,ooo of fleeces are supposed to be shorn annually 
 in England, and of the best quality of any in the world This 
 
 • According to a Survey of Great Britain, given in to Parliament this 
 same year (1801), the whole island is found to contain 73,178,627 acre« 
 of land; of which j 1,178,627 are now in actual ctiltivuion. Of these 
 lost, 2,837,cx>o have been brought into cultivution sfncc the Revolution if» 
 1688; and of these, t,8o4,poo have been brought into cultivation durinir 
 the present reign, 
 
 X3 
 

 33« 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 Paiit II; 
 
 Emoland. Cteie*. 
 
 one article, at the moderate conversion of 28. per fleece, makes 
 i,200,oool. Sterling. Tame and wild fowls abound in great 
 variety } the rivers are enriched by prodigious quantities of 
 fish } and the surrounding seas furnish employment to an in- 
 credible number of fishermen, who take great quantities of cod, 
 herrings, pilchards, mackarel, oysters, lobsters, and all kinds 
 of shell fish. 
 
 The mines produce copper, iron, lead, and tin. The tin 
 mines in Coniwall are the most considerable in the kingdom, 
 and are said to employ 100,000 men. Devon and other coun- 
 ties produce marble j quarries of free>stone are common in the 
 country *, Northumberland and Cheshire yield alum and salt- 
 pits } and the former county and Durham are famous ibr t»t- 
 coal, which supplies the city of London, and many other great 
 towns in England. 
 
 The climate of £ngland is exceedingly variable ) a circum* 
 stance unfavourable to many constitutions : yet it has been 
 very properly observed, that it is not exposed to the same ex- 
 tremes either of heat or cold as are experienced in the same 
 latitude on the continent j and that there is no country in Eu- 
 rope in which a man may be abroad in the air without incon- 
 venience, more days in the year, or more hours in the day, than 
 in England. 
 
 Cities.] London is the metropolis of the British empire ; 
 and is certainly one of the largest, richest, and most magni- 
 ficent cities in the world. It is situate on the banks of th& 
 Thames, about 60 miles from the sea ^ and, including South- 
 wark and Westminster, contains about a million of inhabitants. 
 The principal edifices in this great city are, St Paul's cathe- 
 dral, the most magnificent, capacious, and regular protestant 
 church in the world j Westminster abbey j Westminster-hall 5 
 the Royal Exchange j the Bank of England 5 the Tower j 
 
Part II. 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 317 
 
 E NO LA wo. Cltiu— Commerce. 
 
 mm 
 
 Montague-house, yrhick containi the Brtti^i Museum ^ the 
 Monument, erected to commemorate the destruction of the city 
 by fire in 1666 } and the bridges of London, Westminster, and 
 filackfiiars. 
 
 Bbjstol is reckoned the second city in the kingdom, for trade, 
 wealth, and the aun.ber of inhabitants. It stands upon the 
 banks of the Avon ; and is partly in the shire of Somerset, aiul 
 partly in that of Glocester. It contains a cathedral, 18 parish 
 churches, and 95,000 inhabitants. This city, as well as Bath 
 on the same river } and several othn towns in England, is 
 much frequented on account of its hpt springs aud mineral 
 tvaters. 
 
 YoKK is a lurge, populous, and ancient city, on the banks of 
 the river Ouse. It is the seat of an archbishopric, aud has a 
 noUe cadiedral, which is one of the ^nes^ Gothic buildings i^ 
 England^ CoLCHESTOt. is famous for its baize and sedges ) 
 No&wtCH for druggets and camblets ^ 3iiRJm;^(3HA]w fpr its bard- 
 ware manufactures, and Sheffi^p £or cutl«ery« TJlje northern 
 counties carry on a prodigious trade in wnpllea sna^^ufactures. 
 MAMCHESTEa IS remarkable for its dinuties, cl^ks, cottons, 
 £^c. LrvaapooL enjoys a very extensive commerce, particular- 
 ly with Africa and the West Indie?. A^ la great proportion 
 c^ its weakh arises from the. horrid farafBc in human flesh, it 
 iias strenuously opposed the abolition q[ the slave trade. 
 
 Commerce.] Of all the countries in the world, Great Bdr 
 tain is ^e most convenient for trade *, and the astonishing 
 height of ^wer to which it has been raised by its commerce 
 "^id manufactures is abundantly manifest. The country pro- 
 duces many of the most substantial and necessary articles of 
 human life j and there is scarcely a mmiufacturc in Europe bu^ 
 
 X 4 
 

 ■5^ 
 
 EUROPE 
 
 Part II. 
 
 
 England. Commerce — Tnhabitants — Universities. 
 
 what is brought to perfection by its ingenious and industrious 
 artists. The exports consequently are iron, lead, tin, copper, 
 alum, pit- . oal, leather, saffron, copperas, butter, cheese, corn, 
 ■fish, cattle, and horses, with a great variety of other articles. 
 The irdh is exported, not in bars, but chiefly manufactured in- 
 to great guns, carcases, bombs, edge tools, arms, and an innu- 
 merable variety of other hardware j the wool is converted into 
 cloths of diflferent kinds, which exceed in goodness and quanti- 
 ty those of any other nation j and hardly any natural production 
 of the country but receives additional value from the industry 
 of the inhabitants. In short, the imports of Great Britain are 
 valued at 25,000,000!., and the exports at 34,000,000!. 
 
 The inland trade h still more considerable, being valued at 
 43,ooo,oool. Sterling. 
 
 Inhabitants.] The number of inhabitants in England and 
 Wales may be estimated at 8,000,000 of souls } though this is 
 merely conjecture. An act of Parliament was lately passed to 
 ascertain the number of persons in the whole island : but the 
 returns have not as yet been made from all the countiss. The 
 people are in general well sized, are fair and florid in their com- 
 plexion, and are remarkable for personal and domestic cleanli- 
 ness. Courage and the love of liberty, as well as humanity and 
 benevolence, are the distinguishing virtues of the natives of the 
 island. These last virtues are conspicuous in the immense nniu- 
 ber of public and private charitable institutions with which the 
 country abounds. 
 
 Universities.] There are two universities in England, viz. 
 those of Oxford and Cambridge. In the first there are twenty 
 colleges and five halls j in the last there are twelve colleges 
 and four halls. Each university sends two members to Par- 
 liament, and the chancellors and other officers have a civil 
 
Part II. 
 
 E0ROPE. 
 
 330 
 
 England. Learning and Learned Men— Religion. 
 
 jurisdiction over their students, the better to preserve their in- 
 dependency. 
 
 Learning and Learned Men.] For more than looo yeari 
 past, England may be considered as the native seat of learning 
 and the muses j and during that period it has p-ioduced more 
 learned men than any other country in £urope. Of these, a. 
 few only can be mentioned in this abstract. The first place 
 b justly due to the great Alfred, who may be considered as a 
 prodigy in the times in which he lived j next follow Roger Ba- 
 con, Shakespeare, Bacon Lord Veruiam, Hervey, Milton, 
 Boyle, Locke, Addison, Newton, Clarke, Halley, Pope, Watts, 
 Mead, Lyttleton, Blackstone, Kennicott, Johnson, Lowth, 
 Reynolds, Jones. 
 
 Religion.] The established religion of England is the re- 
 formed Protestant faith j and the church government is Episco- 
 pal, consisting of a spiritual heirarchy, or regular gradation of 
 dignities. The king is the head of the church, and under him 
 are two archbishops, and twenty-four bishops. The archbishops 
 are those of Canterbur/ an.' ^ brk. The bishops are, those of 
 London, Winchester, Ely Lincoln, Rochester, Lichfield and 
 Coventry, Herefo: ', ^Vorcester, Bath and Wells, Salisbury, 
 Exeter, Chichester, Norwich, Oxford, Glocester, Peterbor- 
 ough, and Bristol j who are subject to the archbishop qf Can- 
 terbury J and those of Durham, Carlisle, Chester, and Sodpr and 
 Man, who are subject to the archbishop of York. The bishops 
 v)f St David's, LlandafF, St Asaph, and Bangor, in Wales, are; 
 within the jurisdiction of the archbishop of Canterbury. 
 
 This last Is the primate of England, and the first peer of the 
 realm : he takes precedence of all dukes and officers of state, 
 except the members of the royal family. The archbishop of 
 York takes place of ?.li dukes not of the blood royal, and of all 
 ©fficers of state, the lord chancellor excepted 
 
343 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 England, irovernment 
 
 Part II. 
 
 The bishops are addressed by the appellation of " Your 
 Lordship," take precedence of all temporal barons, and enjoy 
 all the privileges of peers. The bishop of Sodor and Man a- 
 lone is e:tcepted, who has not a seat in the British House of 
 Lords. 
 
 Government.] The government of Great Britain is a li- 
 mited monarchy, and the supreme authority is vested in the 
 king, lords, and commons, who together form the parliament, 
 or sovereign council of the nation. The king, at his corona- 
 tion, binds himself by oath to govern according to the statutes 
 in Parliament agreed on, and the laws and customs of the king- 
 dom J to execute law and justice in mercy ; and to maintain 
 the established religion. 
 
 Notwithstanding these limitations on his power, however, 
 his prerogatives are very great. His person is sacred in the 
 eye of the law, which makes it high treason to imagine or in- 
 tend his death •, neither can he himself be deemed guilty of any 
 crime, the law taking no cognizance of his actions, but in the 
 persons of his ministers. He can make war and peace, ■ levy 
 armies and fit out fleets, and employ them as he thinks proper j 
 grant commissions to his officers by sea and land, and revoke 
 them at pleasure j summon the Parliament to meet j and n hen 
 met, adjourn, prorogue, or dissolve it ; and refuse his assent to 
 any bill or law, though it had passed both lords and commons ; 
 which, by such a refusal, has no more force than if it had never 
 been moved. He can choose his own council, nominate all the 
 great officers of the state, of the household, and the church j 
 .ind is the sole fountain of honour, from whence all degrees of 
 honour and knighthood proceed. 
 
 The Parliament is assembled by the king's writs j and its 
 sitting must not be intermitted more than three years. Its con- 
 stituent parts are, th^king, the lords spiritual, and the lord* 
 
Part II. 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 34if 
 
 Enoland- Governmeftt. 
 
 temporal, who at together in one house, and the commons, 
 who sit by themselves in another. The lords spiritual consist of 
 the two archbishops, and twenty-four bishops of England, and 
 of four bishops from Ireland, by rotation of sessions, since the 
 union with that kingdom. The lords temporal consist of all 
 the peers of the realm j some of whom sit by descent, as do all 
 the ancient peers of England •, some by creation, as do all the 
 new made ones •, and some by election, as do the i6 peers of 
 Scot'nnd, and the 28 of Ireland. The number of the whole 
 is indefinite, as the king may increase it at pleasure. The 
 commons consist of all such men of property in the kingdom 
 qs have not seats in the House of Lords, every one of whom 
 V -S a voice in Parliament, either personally, or by his represen- 
 tative. The counties are represented by knights, elected by* 
 the proprietors of lands •, the cities and burghs, by citizens and 
 burgesses, elected by the mercantile interest of the nation. The 
 number of English representatives is 489, of Welsh 24, of Scots 
 45, and of Irish 100 j in all 658. The consent of the three 
 constituent parts of Parliament is required to make any new 
 law that binds the subject. In both houses, the act of the ma- 
 jority binds the whole, and this is declared by votes openly 
 given. All grants of subsidies or taxes must take their rise in 
 the house of commons ; for, as the taxes are raised on the great 
 body of the people, it is proper that they should have the right 
 of taxing themselves. This is the great check upon the power 
 of the crown j that, though the king may declare war and levy 
 armies, he cannot exact a farthing of money to pay them, from 
 his subjects, without their fewn consent. 
 
 The qualifications necessary for being a member of the Bri- 
 tish Parliament are, I. That a man be born within the domi- 
 nions of the cruwn of Great Britain. 2. That he possess land- 
 ed property in the kingdom to the amount of 40s. a year. 3* 
 That he be 21 years of age. And 4. That he take the oath* 
 of allegiance, supremacy, and abjuration. 
 

 34a 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 Part II. 
 
 Enoland. Govenirnciit. 
 
 Bills, or proposals laid before either house, are of tWo kinds, 
 public and private, if the bill be of a private nature, it h 
 6rst necessary to prefer a petition, which, being presented by a 
 member of the house, sets forth the grievance of which the re- 
 medy is desired. In public affairs, the bill is b];ought in upon 
 3 motion made to the house without any petition, it is then 
 read a first time, and, at a convenient distance, a second time. 
 After each reading, the speiikcr, or president of th* house, ex- 
 plabsi <io <^8 members the nature of th<p bill, and puts the qucs- 
 tior\, Whetlicr it shall proceed any farther ? After the second 
 reading, it is referred to a committee, either of a part, or of the 
 whole house. In this committee, the bill is debated clause by 
 .clause, amendments are made, blanks are filled up, and sorac- 
 timej. the bill is entirely new-modelled. After it has gone 
 through the committee, the chairman reports it to the house, 
 where it Is again debated, and the queatioo put upon every 
 clause. The bill is next ordered to be engrossed, or written iu 
 « strong gros!) hand i after vyhich, it is read a third time, an^ 
 Vhc speaker, holding it up in hia hand, again puts the question^ 
 Whether the hill shall pass ? If this is answered in the afKv- 
 mative, the title to it is settled, and one of the members carries 
 it to the lords, and desires their concurrence. In the houie of 
 lords, the bill goes through the same forms, except that of en- 
 grossing, as in the other house j aiid after that, it is ready foi: 
 the king's assent, which is all that is now required for its pass.- 
 ing into a law. The royal assent may be given, either by tha 
 king in person, or by letters patent, under the great seal, sign- 
 ed by the king's ox\-n hand, and notified to both houses, assem^ 
 bled in the upper house, by commissioners, consisting of ccrtaia 
 peers named in the letters. 
 
 In the discharge of his important functions, the king is assist- 
 ed by certain officers or ministers, called privy-counsellors, 
 vrho^ P^i'^e contii^uc*! during ihc king's life, unless rcmoveci 
 
l^ART II. 
 
 EUROl»fe. 
 
 S43 
 
 Evoi-ANP. Guvemmeiit — Courts of Law. 
 
 upon his displeasure. Of these, the two secretaiies of state are 
 entruste(i with the king's signet. 
 
 There are nine great officers of the crown who, in virtue of 
 their posts, take place next to the princes of the royal family 
 and the two archbishops. These are, I. The lord high steward 
 of England j 2. The lord high chancellor j 3. The lord high 
 treasurer j 4. The lord pre: ident of the council j 5. The lord 
 privy seal j 6. The lord high chamberlain j 7. The earl marshal 
 of England j 8. The lord high admiral of England ^ and 9. 
 The lord high constable, which is occasionally revived for a 
 coronation. 
 
 oveci 
 
 Courts of Law.] There are four gn^at courts in England 
 lifcrhich deserve to be particularly noticed, i. The court of 
 chancery, which is next in dignity to the high court of parlia- 
 ment. It is designed to secure the subject against frauds, 
 breaches of trust, and other oppressions, and to mitigate the ri- 
 gour of the law. The lord chanc«41or sits as sole judge j and 
 in his absence, the master of the rolls. 2. The court of king's 
 bench, where all matters to be decided at common law between 
 the king and his subjects are tried, except such affairs as pro- 
 perly belong to the court of exchequer. The lonl chief justice 
 of England is president of this court j and besides him, there 
 are other three judges, called justices or judges of the king's 
 bench. 3. The court of common pleas, which takes cognizance 
 of all pleas to be debated between subject and subject. There 
 are four judges of this court also, the first of whom is stiled 
 lord chief justice of the common pleas. 4 The court of exche- 
 quer, where all matters respecting the king's treasury, revenue, 
 customs, and fines, are tried and decided. This court has a 
 power of judging both according to law and equity. In the 
 proceedinors according to law, the lord chief baron of the excbe- 
 ^ucr, and three other barons preside as judges } but in procead- 
 
 
' 
 
 344 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 Part II. 
 
 England. Revenue— Military and Marine 
 
 ings according to equity, the lord treasurer and the chancellor 
 of the exchequer preside, assisted by the other barons. 
 
 Revenue.] The king^s revenues are ecclesiastical and tem- 
 poral, the former arising from the custody of the temporalities 
 of vacant bishoprics, from corodies and pensions, from extra- 
 parochial tithes, and the first-fruits and tenths of benefices *, but 
 these arc very unprofitable. The temporal revenue arises from 
 the demesne lands of the cro^NTi, the hereditary excise, a duty 
 on wine licenses, the royal forests, and courts of justice j in lieu 
 of all which, the sum of 900,0001. per annum is now granted for 
 the support of his civil list. 
 
 The extraordinary grants, under the name of aids, subsidies, 
 or supplies, are bestowed by the commons of Great Britain in 
 Parliament assembled j and are raised by various modes of taxa- 
 tion. The annual taxes are, the land tax, the income tax, and 
 the malt tax. The perpetual taxes are, the customs, the ex- 
 cise duty, the salt duty, the post-office, the stamp duty, the 
 duty on windows and houses, the hackney coach duty, the duty 
 on offices and pensions, the tea duty, and the duty on British 
 and foreign spirits. The whole amount of the permanent taxes 
 for the year ending the 5th of Jannary 1800 was 24,09 i,oooL 
 Sterlings of which sum, 19,725,000!. were appropriated to 
 the payment of the interest on the national debt. 
 
 ' 
 
 
 
 MiuTARY AND Marine.] The land forces of Great Britain 
 in time of peace usually amounted to about 40,000 men j the 
 iiuir.ber has been greatly increased in time of war ; and on 
 the I St of November of the present year (1801), there were 
 employed in the British service, of 
 Regular Cavalry, 41 Bat. Regular Infantry, 149 Bat, 
 
 Fcncible ...... co Fcncible 44 
 
 Militia oo Alilitia 86 
 
 Total 4t 
 
 379 
 
 # 
 
Part II. 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 345 
 
 £no&amo. Military and Marine. 
 
 Besides 72 eomnanies of invalids, employed in garrisons. All 
 exclusive of artillery and engineers, independent companies, 
 recruiting corps, and volunteers. The present peace establish- 
 ment is to consist of 90 regiments of infantry. 
 
 Of seamen, the complement in time of peace has usually 
 been from 12,000 to 15,000 j during the course of the Ame- 
 rican war, they were augmented to 100,000, including marines} 
 and in the year i8oo, the vote of Parliament was for 130,000 
 seamen, including marines. 
 
 On the 1st of November 1801, the British navy consisted 
 of 145 ships of the line j 25 of 50 guns j 197 frigates j 279 
 sloops •, total 646, all in commission : building, repairing, &c. 
 ^$ ships of the line •, four of 50 guns j 38 frigates ; 73 sloops j 
 total 170 J making for the grand total the number of 8 j6 ves- 
 sels of all descriptions* 
 
 The navy is divided into three squadrons, viz. the red, the 
 white, and the blue j each of which has its adxniral, but the 
 admiral of the red has the principal command of the whole, 
 and is stiled vice-admiral of Great Britain. 
 
 The British navy is, beyond comparison, the most numerous, 
 the best appointed, and most powerful in the whole world. In 
 the wars of 1756 and 1781, it was able to cope with all the 
 other fleets of Europe j and the victories of Earl Howe over 
 the French fleet, on the ist of June 1794 j of Earl St Vincent 
 over the Spanish fleet, on the 14th of February 1797 ■, of Lord 
 Viscount Duncan over the Dutch fleet, on the nth of Octo- 
 ber of the same year j of Lord Viscount Nelson over another 
 French fleet, on the ist of August 1798 j and of the same 
 brave admiral over the Danish fleet in the harbour of Copen- 
 hagen, on the 2d of April last (i8or), have fully established 
 that decided superiority which it is the glory and the safety of 
 the nation constantly to maintain. 
 
 ib 
 
 m 
 

 1^ 
 
 54^ 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 Part II. 
 
 Smolamo. Coin*-~Tkks, AmiMLnd Ordert—History. 
 
 Coins.] The coins of Great Britain are, in 9»ld, guinest, 
 half-guineas, and seVen-shilling-pieces *, in silver, crowns, half- 
 crowns, shillings, and sixpence pieces j and in copper, pence, 
 halt-pence, and farthings. Money is computed by pounds, 
 shillings, pence, and farthings. 
 
 Titles, Arms, and Orders.] The king^s title is " George 
 the Third, by the grace of God, of the united kingdom of 
 Great Britain and Ireland, King, Defender of the Faith.'* In 
 Latin, ** Georgius Tertius^ Dei gratia, Britanniarum Rex, 
 Tidei Defensor." 
 
 The titles of the king's eldest son are, Prince of Wales, 
 Duke of Cornwall and Rothsay, Earl of Chester, Electoral 
 prince of Brunswick and Lunenburg, Earl of Carrick, Baron 
 of Renfrew, Lord of the Isles, Great Steward of Scotland, and 
 Captain General of the artillery company. His crest is three 
 ostrich feathers ', and thd mottd, Icb Dien^ I serve. > 
 
 The dtles of the nobility, and the order of their dignity are 
 Duke, Marquis, Earl, Viscount, and Lord or Baron. 
 
 The orders of knighthood are those of the Garter, the Bath, 
 and the Thistle. 
 
 History.] It has been already observed, that the island of 
 Great Britain was most probably originally peopled from the 
 opposite coast of Gaul. This opinion is founded on the gene- 
 ral conformity of language, manners, and religious ceremohies 
 in the two adjacent countries : but nothing certain is known of 
 the state of this island previously to the landing on its coasts 
 of the Roman army under Julius Caesar. That celebrated 
 commander having spent four successful campaigns in Gaul, 
 and even attacked the Germans in their own territories, he next 
 resolved to attempt the invasion of Britain, though surrounded 
 by the ocean, and unsubdued by the arms of any foreign enemy. 
 
 Ml I 
 
 WW 
 
n. 
 
 V^AKT II. 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 847 
 
 ■■■A 
 
 England. Invasion by Julius Csesnr. 
 
 Having, accordingly, made the necessary preparations, he set 
 sail with tvyo legions, about midnight, in the autumn of the 
 year 54 before the Christian a^ra, from the port of Wissan^ 
 and reached the coast of Britain the following day about nine 
 in the morning. The cliffs (of Dover) where he first ap- 
 proahced the shore, were high and steep, and the hills were 
 covered with numerous bodies of men, on foot, on horseback, 
 snd even in wheel-chariots. It being impossible to cffe&. a 
 landing here, he bore away towards the North j and at the dis- 
 tance of about eight miles, arrived at a smooth open shore, (at 
 Deal) where he ran his ships aground, and prepared to lan^. 
 This he accomplished after considerable resistance *, and hav- 
 ing defeated some straggling parties of the inhabitants, and 
 made them promise to deliver hostages, he quickly repassed 
 into Gaul without effefting any thing of importance that season. 
 
 '^'he following year he appeared off the coast with a fleet 
 of 600 ships and 28 galleys, ^nd was permitted to land his 
 troops without opposition. But though he fought many bat- 
 tles with the inhabitants, which are recorded by himself and 
 other historians, his victories were partial and indecisive j his 
 progress into the country did not extend to any considerable 
 istance from the shore •, nor did the Romans derive any ad- 
 vantage from his expedition, but a better knowledge of thq 
 island than they had formerly possessed* 
 
 The inhabitants were at this period in a state of the most 
 abject barbarism, though the country was fertile, and well 
 stocked with cattle. Their towns consisted of a confused 
 parcel of huts, placed at a small distance f^;om each other, ge- 
 nerally in the middle of a wood, having all the avenues guard- 
 ed by ramparts of earth, or by trees. They used copper, or 
 iron plates by weight instead of money. The use of clothes 
 was scarcely knov^Ti in the island. The inhabitants defended 
 
 Y 
 
 # 
 
 «b 
 

 348 
 
 ilUROPfi. 
 
 Part IT. 
 
 England. Invasion of Claudius. — Caractacus.' 
 
 J f '' '' 
 themselves from the inclemency of the weather by the skins 
 of wild beasts, and they painted their bodies with the jaice of 
 woad, cither by way of ornament, or to render themselves the 
 more formidable to their enemies in battle. Caesar adds, (but 
 tvith what truth is doubtful) that they had a community of 
 wives. 
 
 The arnlsof the Britons were, a sword, a short lance, and a 
 shield. They neither used breast-plates nor helmets j consi- 
 dering them rather as troublesome incumbrances, than as suit» 
 able means of defenr*; for brave men. They fought on foot, 
 on' horseback, and in chariots, in the management of which 
 they were exceedingly dexterous. Some of their chariots were 
 armed with scythes at the wheels j and being driven furiously 
 by the fierce inhabitants, proved extremely troublesome to the 
 Roman soldiers. 
 
 After the second departure of Julius Caesar, the Britons 
 continued in the undisturbed possession of their liberty for nearly 
 100 years. In the reign of the Emperor Claudius, (A. D. 43), 
 their country was invaded by a Roman army under Plautius •, 
 who, having gained some advantage over the inhabitants, gave 
 such favourable representations of his success to the emperor, 
 that he soon, appeared in the island in person. 
 
 The stay of Claudius in Britain was not long, nor his suc- 
 cess considerable. The war, however, was prosecuted, after 
 his departure, with great vigour, first by Plautius himself, who 
 was honoured with a triumph en his return to Rome j next by 
 Cn. Vespasian, afterwards emperor, who is said to have fought 
 30 battles with the inhabitants *, and after him by P. Ostorius 
 Scapula, who having reduced the southern parts of England, 
 advanced into the territories of the Silures in S. Wales. Here 
 he was opposed by the brave Caractacus, at the head of a nu- 
 merous army. But nothing could resist the courage and dis' 
 cipline of the Rom^ legions. The Silures, after an obstinate 
 
 <* 
 
Part. II. 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 S4t 
 
 IS sue- 
 after 
 , who 
 cxt by 
 fought 
 istorius 
 igland", 
 Here 
 If a nu- 
 Ind dis- 
 Lst'inatQ 
 
 Knulano. Boadicea. — Mnmacre of the Romans. 
 
 engagement, were defeated and obliged to fly firom the field of 
 battle i and Caractacus^ who took refuge with Cartisoiundua 
 queen of the Brigantes, being soon after delivered up by her 
 to the Roman general, was sent in chains to Rome. The 
 magnanimity, however, with which he bore his misfortunes, 
 and the noble intrepidity which he discovered when presented 
 before the emperor, procured him the favour of Claudius, and 
 extorted the admiration of all contemporary historians. 
 
 The Silures, notwithstanding the late dreadful disastei^ 
 continued the war with great vigour, and gained such advan- 
 tages over the Romans, thnt Orosius is said to have died soon 
 after of a broken heart. He was succeeded by A. Didius, 
 who proved successful against the Silures ^ but was not able 
 to restore Cartismundua, who, for her perfidy, had been depo« 
 sed by her subjects. Didius was succeeded by Veratuus, and 
 he by Suetonius Paulinus. 
 
 While this general was employed in reducing the island of 
 Anglesey, Boadicea, queen of the Iceni (inhabitants of Suf- 
 folk and Norfolk), having been treated with shameful injus- 
 tice and indignity by his inferior officers, excited her subjects 
 to revolt and throw of the Roman yoke. They instarttly 
 obeyed the summons ; and being joined by the Trinobantes 
 (inhabitants of Essex), poured like a torrent upon the Roman 
 colonies, destroying every thing befiore them. Neither age 
 nor sex was spared ^ and 70,000 souls are said to have perish- 
 ed on the occasion. The Britons, elated by success, flocked 
 in great numbers to her standard from all quarters of the coun- 
 try, so that her army soon amounted to 230,000 men, headed 
 by the queen in person. On the return of Suetonius, however, 
 they were attacked and defeated with prouigious slaughter : 
 80,000 Britons were slain in the battle and pursuit ; and Boa- 
 dicea, unable to survive so great a calamity, put an end to her 
 Cfe by poison, A. D. 61. _._i„. 
 
 Y 2 
 
 I 
 
 « 
 
^'^< 
 
 
 IMAGE EVALUATION 
 TEST TARGET (MT-3) 
 
 A 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 1.0 
 
 1.1 
 
 ItilM 125 
 
 ■30 "^~ 
 
 u£ yi 
 
 ■ 
 
 2.2 
 
 u 114 
 
 us 
 
 us 
 
 ■ 40 
 
 I 
 
 2.0 
 
 \25 III 1.4 
 
 I 
 
 1.6 
 
 Hiotographic 
 
 Sciences 
 
 Corporation 
 
 23 WEST MAIN STREET 
 
 WE9STER,N.Y. 14580 
 
 (716) 872-4503 
 
.V 
 
 :^ 
 
 
ISO 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 Par* ir. 
 
 t 
 
 MaeettaaBnesaiiMMai 
 
 Enoland. 
 
 ssatsaBcas 
 
 AgrieolF-jOBlgaciu.— Bftttle «f tiie €hrMnpians..~Adrian. 
 
 ' . If I 
 
 ^''' tWi^ tkis ^riod nothing remarkable occurred till tUe ari- 
 vyrbf;«fae telel>»ted Aoiucola, who was appmnted governor 
 '<^ Btkun hj Veflfpasiari m the year 78. This great cammand- 
 te^'UQti^fy subdued ail the southern provinces of Britun by 
 yaf 'cDBragit tfnd aUlity in war ; but also succeeded in recoi>> 
 Infiilg the fftnquished to the Roman government by the justice 
 hid Itwiy ^F' His administration ; so that the Britons, baibar' 
 ons as tb^ Weirei began. to prefer a life of security and peace 
 i4» k precaHouy indepe:6dence which continually exposed them 
 tO;all the calamities of war. In his«cventb campugn,he ad- 
 vanced ^ &r«orth as the Gram^nl hills, where he was met 
 1^-aniarmyof Caledonians under the command of Galgacds 
 their Ung. A battle ensued, in which Galgacus was defeat- 
 ed, After a desperate resistance j and had Agricola been con- 
 tinued in the island, it is probable that the conquest of all the 
 accessible parts of Scotland must soon have been. effected. 
 But he was recalled by the jealousy of Domitian, A. D. 85. ; 
 hsitiing previously built a chain of forts between the fritjbs of 
 Forth and Clyde, to secure the southern provinces against the 
 Snrimids of the Caledonians. Tacitus, the first of Roman his> 
 toiianSj) tells us.also that the fleet of Agricola sailed round the 
 island of Britain, and discovered the Orcades, or Orkneys, be- 
 isitt unknown to £he rest bf the world. 
 
 p The forts of Agricola proved but a feeble defence agaiiast 
 thi b^ld incursions of the CaledonrEUiS ^ wfio, on the departure 
 of that general, poured in with irreastible violence upon the 
 fffovtncial territories, and extended their ravages as far as the 
 country ol'the Brigantes in the N. of England. 
 .^^ In this state the Emperor Adrian found the island when he 
 arrived in it, on one of his circuits through the provinces of 
 the etnptre. This sagacious prince, perceiving the difficulty^ 
 and at the same time, the inutility of preserving the con()uest8 
 of Agricola, contracted the frontier of the province, and bttih 
 
 .• 
 
m 
 
 ipp 
 
 mm 
 
 iam 
 
 Part H, 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 S5«. 
 
 England. Antoniniu Pius.— £ipeditk>n of Sevcra*. 
 
 a rampart or earthen wall from the river Tyne, to the Sol- 
 w^ Frkli ; abandoning all on the K. of that to the vatrcyeS 
 the enemy, A. D. X2l. This rampart was knotrtf bf tW 
 name of Adrian's wall* ' '^ 
 
 Antoninus Hus, the successor of Adrian, having bjr his g«- 
 rieral Lolllus Urbicus recovered the country conqtierieili by 
 Agricola, he commanded a strong rampart to be built'b^t#i!eti 
 the friths of Forth and Clyde, in the tract in which Agricota 
 had formerly extended his chain of forts *, A. D. 146. This 
 rampart j called Graham' f Dyke, or the wall of Antdhimiii, was 
 constructed, at least partly, of stone, was i2 feet thidc at the 
 Wndation, had a broad' and deep ditch on the N. sidle, 'tod a 
 military road, well paved on the S., and was defended by gar.> 
 risons placed in forts, at the distance of about two mili^ fitttn 
 each other along its whole extent. 
 
 After the expedition of Severus into Brit^, which has been 
 already noticed in the histOTy of Scotland, we know little of 
 the island till the reign of Dioclesian and Mdximian (A. D. 
 284.), when its coasts began to be infested by a new enemy, 
 the Saxons and Franks from Germany. About this time, Ca- 
 rausius, an exeeltent naval officer, having received a conMiis- 
 sion fronf *tbe emperors to check the piratical ravages of these 
 German barbarians, threw off his allegiance to Rome, assnmicd 
 the command of Britain and of the opposite cdast of Gaul^ 
 
 • Some authors are of opinion that it was the wall of Adrian which 
 Urbiciis rebuilt, as mentioned in the history of Scotland, p. 3x1. These 
 different opinions, though apparently' contradictory, may be both well 
 founded. The Roman general may have driven the Caledonians beyond 
 their ancient boundary ioen after his arrival in the island, apd built the 
 northern wall, which still retains the name of his master, in the year 140 : 
 b\it may have afterwards relinquished the unprofitable conquest, from pru- 
 dential motives, and rebuilt, 01 fortified more strongly, the wall erected by 
 h*« predecessor. 
 
 V 3 . 
 
.^BflPmW! 
 
 .iii,«|iWn.pi| inP-^VMRnppMHqpnwpilippiliipi 
 
 35^- 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 7 iiHU' 
 
 PahtIL 
 
 as 
 
 SmuAJia. Hknoniu»<!-4i)cuniaQfcoC tbe Scoits and Picts. 
 
 II, ii. I 'ii ' I I : 
 
 and ttiiliiJtuBed U» htdepcitikne^ fbr tevetiJ year!', till he was 
 trcaelietbusly slain byAItctus, one of hi« own officen, who 
 sneteci^hni in. the oomniiind. Aloctoswas defeated and 
 •lain by Constantius father ^f Constantine the Great^ who died 
 soon afterin Ybrtc, (A. D. 306.) 
 
 ' Tbe sadden deptiitatt of Constantine, and the civil ina» 
 and reydltitiohs ^hich followed in the eastern provinces of the 
 empire, leAl the Bntons for several years m thi possesion of 
 piofibund txaoquillity. In the reign of Valentinian I,, about 
 the year 364, the Franks and Saxons renewed thdr depreda- 
 tions (in th^ .^oiithj and the Scots and Picts their incursions on 
 the north. . But they were effe^hially repressed by Thetidou- 
 us, father («£ the iempcror of that name } who having again re- 
 covercldthe country between the walls of Adrian and Antoni* 
 nus, formed it into a separate province, which he called Va- 
 lentia. 
 
 Under the disgraceful reign of HcmoriuS, abdut the begin- 
 ning Qf the fifth century, it became necessary to withdravV 
 most o£ t^ Rotman troops from Britain, in order to defend 
 Italy itself agunst the incuraons of the northern barbarians. 
 . By thb circumstaice the Britons regained theur liberty, but 
 were, alas f mi4>le to preserve it ) for they had lost that mar- 
 rial spirit which had at first rendered them so formidable to 
 the Rbmahs. Tlusy were soon overpowered by their northern 
 enemies^ 'and obliged to have recourse to the Roman emperor 
 for assistance. Honbrius sent a legion repe.. dly to their re- 
 lief, n^ho drove back the undisciplined barbarians of the North, 
 intb their itaountuns, and assisted the provincials in repairing 
 the wall of Adrian for their defence. But'the Romans had 
 no sooner departed, than the Scots and Picts broke down this 
 feeble barrier, and renewed their attacks with redoubled fury, 
 IXiring the brave exertions of the general Aznus, for the pre- 
 Miyarion of the sinking empire, the helpless Tritons h^d r^- 
 
Pakt 1 1. 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 lis 
 
 England. The SkwHS^The Suoti Heptarchy. 
 
 4i 
 
 course for th« last time to Rome in. .the mournful ,iRnn}8 Q^^thfi 
 foUowing letter, wUcfa they addresiod, ** Tke CrMums, V (^ 
 ** BuTONs, to Aemsf tbricf Cousui, The barbaxiap9, ,4rive u» 
 ^'.into the sea, the sea throws us back on the baxbaiifUM) so 
 *' that we have onlj the hard alternative remupiog, p£ being 
 
 cut to pieces by the sword, or perishing in the w.j)^e««" 
 But Aetius was too much engaged in opposing the armi of .the 
 formidable Attila, to aflFord them any relief) and the. Britons, 
 after a feeble and unsuccessful struggle, being reduced to de^ 
 spair, adopted, by the advice of Vortigem their ki9>g, the petr 
 nicious resolution of inviting to their asustanf:e the.3-<0(C^, a 
 people notorious for piratical violence pad crueltiy. ^ 
 
 The Saxons accepted the invitation with joy, ai>d a bo^y of 
 about 1600 men soon made their appearance in Eqgland un* 
 der the command of Henqist and H<misa, two brothers;, who 
 easily defeated the Scots and Picts, and drove them back to 
 their own counjtry. The island of Thanet was allotted as a 
 residence to these successful auxiliaries, whose arrive 1 happen- 
 ed in the year 449 or 450 ) and so powerful and pt^uilar were 
 they among the i&ritons, that hardly any favour that they askr 
 «d could be safisly denied them. 
 
 The Saxons soon perceived and improved these circumsttov 
 ces j and as the country seemed much more desirable than their 
 own, they resolved to srcure the possession of it as a pfrma- 
 nent readencc for tl^mselves. They accordingly invited over 
 succesuve reinforcements of their countrymen, and turning 
 their arms against the Brkons, they destroyed, enslaved^ cr 
 expelled them from the country, after a most violent cont^^ 
 of near 150 years. 
 
 After the total reduction of the Britons, their Saxon coni|oev- 
 ors divided the whole country of England among themf^lves, 
 and erected in it seven independent kingdoms, which have 
 been commonly denominated the The Saxon Heptarcbt. 
 
 Y4 
 
^mmmmmw^m 
 
 $H 
 
 letfRdM 
 
 PiKTli. 
 
 Ci^ldtM'feiuJt 6t^ msr^itigifiUt^-atltLtiit the intrtidtic^ 
 tibkof 'OMOirmiiitt taii^^ i^«to>h{cli hg^^^iiM idxrat fht ttid 
 ofiCl^^iA ctnbr, . TM^'dMne tfid ttqiiitbfe reHgioii; Uov- 
 cver com^tcd it must have been by the igttdruice of its teaeh- 
 tti^^ikh^ rudeness and superstition of tho^ who received it, 
 Ifid ^Mtid^nbli; efficacy in'scfftening the barbarous manners 
 of 'th<r 'Sitxbttsi^ Butf the progress of theit' superstition, seemi, 
 b14»!^ bc» -hkve (sxceeded that of didr Christian knowledge. 
 Ah$>^^'(i^ of their kings «id queens are^t^d'to h^ve r^ngq- 
 edllteir-^nywiis, in order to enjoy'tfae pleaisiires of refigious 
 solitude y ka^ Ina, one of the kings of the West Saxons^ hafmi^ 
 !i^s|jM Rome ^bout A. D. 725. made the Pope a j^e^nt of a 
 taic/t&ice called Beier-pence, to which the whole kingdom yr^ 
 afterwards subjeftcd for many years. 
 
 { AH t!hib kingdoms of the Heptarchy were united under 
 EoBfeav I^gdF the West Saxons, who succeeded to his!ieredi- 
 tary dominions A. D. 799, and became sole matter of England 
 J^i'Sfj'V 'This fortunate circumstanqe pro^aised a fair oppor- 
 tamty ti»ithe AoglO'Saxons of becoming a civilized and high- 
 ]ypro$pei?6M people j being in perfect hanopny among them- 
 •scUttfi'iaifd' appstteittly free from any danger <rf iMeign iuvanon. 
 iBtti^this 'Mattering prospect was very speedily overcast. Yvrt 
 years after Sgbelt haidestablished lumself in hi* new king- 
 idMH, 4t iVNM* invaded' by a body of Bmat^ who pluodered 
 4h»' island( o£' Shepey^ atid then effected their escape, fineotv* 
 tatged^lby Mhis success, >they <visited the countiy on the fbUow- 
 ingi'jpiariti'gfeaterTiumbers ) and though oppesed with conn- 
 iderable^our by Egbert and his successors, tibsycontbued 
 ^hd^ pernicious depredations for many succeeding ages. 
 
 '£gb«xt"was succeeded by his son Ethelwolf, vdio reigned 
 ;jlo years \ and after his death, the kingdom was gbveitied suc- 
 cessively ftur,| 5 years by his three sons Ethelbald, Ethelbertt^ 
 
iii 
 
 PahtIL 
 
 EURjOPB. 
 
 Jif 
 
 EnouUio. 
 
 j^lfc«dtfae Ow«< iWmMMJbuwir of JuHibs. 
 
 and £theked}.<Mngnrhif:^J^,(^,£^{inefKtl^PHS^ 
 wnth considerate vigour^ bad madft ,t))inas)BlvfNi rc\p||a;ftp|: th» 
 sea-coast, and faj^sqme of tke ^p^ ippi^nties.ui Jbfig]^^ Qa 
 the deatb of ^ihelxed, yihk^ happi^nfd A, D.. i^^i the M|ve» 
 
 teignty. devolved upon s ^^,,f, ,ve. t,i>ffwr». 
 
 Aur&Ko* tb« fowrth son of XtlthelwQif, \v)^o may^fif . justly, 
 a^lpd the Founder of the English, Monarchy y bav^iK,.by his 
 great idttues and sinning talents, saved bis countzy fi;om ruin, 
 vfhea it seemed almost unavoidable* Though at one time re- 
 duced to 1;he. necessity of dismisHng his attendants, and of liv- 
 ii^ in the mean disguise of a peasant's covtr-hetd, be Jitill main- 
 tun^ a secret correspondence with many of bis brave svibj^cts^ 
 ivhom, in a favourable moment, he sunimoiiedto his standard* 
 attacked the Danes by surprize, obtained a complete victory, 
 over them, and followed up his advantage uith so mueh suc- 
 cess, that he at lasn recovered the ^vhole kingdom of England^ 
 and obliged the sun' ring Danes who reniaiiKsd in it, U>. swear 
 obedience to Us government. . i . ' 
 
 . A&er the subjection of the Danes, Alfred applied h}mself« 
 with equal energy and success, fy regulate the internal jfo^y 
 «f lus kingdom, and to defend bis dominions from ex|L<^iv4 vie. 
 lenoe. For these purposes, he divided England intA^upfciest 
 hundreds, . and ty things ^ and formed a body of^^laWKivHuob 
 have served as the basis of all subsequent improvement! in 
 English jurisprudence. He rebuilt the city of London, whieh 
 had been burnt by the Danes, and introduced the general use 
 pf stone and brick in the building of palaces and churches. 
 He erected schools for the education of youth, invited lear|ie4 
 inen firom other countries into ius dominions, and founded tb* 
 Umversity of Vnfor J in the 24th year of his reign A. D.89f, 
 He established the use of Juries in trials, was inexorable in th^ 
 punishment of corruption, of robbery, of theft, and of everf 
 species of injustice j by which he secured the internal tranquil* 
 
^tmrn^F-w" 
 
 3J^ 
 
 BUIt0P?E. 
 
 I»^T U^ 
 
 ;Si«'«»^iW<?s.. . lEffwi^, j(lie'pdfcr^HM*«i 
 
 '««r, 
 
 3= 
 
 Sty of ^ nation } a94 «ICIl|tod fk rcsfc^tahfip, 4fp^ t^ defend 
 'it against foreign invasioii. This illustrious iiiona(Gb»,.whpac 
 aanc iiijiM^y diningoit^dJ^y tbe epitlMPf/o^ The G&^t, 
 iifi4,Ji4 p. P9I, and irasiifucccedcd by his socQod son* < 
 
 £U>\fr^iu> tl< £4der. This p^ince^s reign was disturbed l^ in« 
 testing, fionuDotioiis, and by the renewed ravaigea of U>e Danes. 
 TJhei«iy«l,f Q«tett« arose from ^^ pretensit^is of f^^helwald, the 
 son of £the|bcrt, an ddcr brother of Alfred^ te the crown. 
 The i|Sttt;pef, however, was slain in battle, and; the future reign 
 iDf t£4w^d|i.^'hich lasted 34 years^ was pecuHnrly |u:os|perous 
 md happy^> r^e was succeeded, A. D. 925, by his natural sop, 
 ' tHj^TmiLS^AK, who reigned 16 years. This prince, was so great 
 •A .en^oyragej: of commerce, that he made a law, (declaring, that 
 «ycsry ^er^hant who should make three long sear-vpyages on 
 hit^owfx account, should be raised to the rank of thane, or peer 
 •f th#7:falin. He caused the Scriptures to be translated into 
 thje; S^Qfi, language^ encouraged the coinage of money, and 
 wa3> geOie^d^ly successful against his enemies the Scots and 
 Danes* .The. reigns of his successors, Edmund, £dred, and 
 £dwy,,^i^ distinguished by nOjakemorable event. 
 ^f^hic^^mgnoi £sGAR^ the younger brother of £dwy, who 
 (Bounted the throne a,bout A. D. 959, proved one of the most 
 lartunate mentioned in the ancient history of England. He 
 took the most effectual methods to prevait internal tjumults 
 i|nd*fpr<|Mg^ {ISBauUs. He stationed a body of disciplined txfiops 
 ^ih«;n(»:th,>m order to repel the incursions of the. Scots, and 
 keep thf.x|^rthumbriansin awe. He built a powerful navy, 
 indrkeptlMSi seamen in the constant, practice of their duty. 
 He e9|BOi)iAged foreigners of distinction to veside.at his court. 
 Mid thf ouj^i^ut the kifigdom, with a view to .civilize the man- 
 ners of -his ^jficts : and another circumstance distinctive of 
 kk rdign is, the complete extirpation of wolves from £|igland 
 
of 
 Did 
 
 PahtIL EUROPE. S57 
 
 EnoLAKo. £dw»rd tbe Mart^«^th«liiied.>l:MuMUte <tf die DanoT 
 
 during that ftetiod, so tliat they have never «nce a{>peattd in 
 the cottntry. ,1 ., 
 
 £0 WAau the Martyr, who succeeded in 975, waathe eldest 
 son of Edgar by his first wifilr, the daughter of Iflarl OidiAer : 
 bat lAgax hairing afterwards married Elfridt, the daughter of 
 Olgar £arl of Devonshire, who suiVived him, thi»basewo«> 
 man procured the nmrder of Edward in the fourth year of his 
 reign, in order to tnake way for her own son, 
 
 Etmslrbd, who accordingly succeeded to the throne without 
 farther oppoution, A. D. 978. During the reign of tins 
 weak monarch, surnamed the Unready^ the Danes renewed 
 their incuraotis with so much success that the king/inkmler 
 to induce them to depart, agreed to pay them reputedly Very 
 lafgfr sums of money, which, being levied by v/tty 6i AikHfm 
 the people, was called Dane-gelt. But £tfaelired fi^ndiug'thij 
 measure ineffectual, he adopted the perfidious resolutiwi of 
 ma$siK;ring all the Danes throughout the kingdom in cold 
 blood. On the 13th of November 1002, seci%t ot^dirsr were 
 dispatched to commence the execution every where on the 
 same day j and the festival of St Brice, which happened on « ' 
 Sunday, was appdnted foir that purpose. The hortxd mandate 
 was obeyed with the utmost punctuality : no distinction wai 
 made between the innocent and the guilty j neither 1^, nor 
 sex, nor condition, was spared. " '*'^ m-h^M- nom ftdi Mm 
 
 Bat the infamous measure did not long remaitr tm^bi^ed* 
 Oh the fbllofwing year, Swein the king of the Dah^ appear- 
 cd in England At the he»d of a great army, ahdtd^er i long 
 sticeessidn of vittbries and contributions, reduced th<^ tonntry 
 to such distre^^, that Ethelred, dreadin'g equally the Violence 
 of the enertiy, tod the treachery oif his own so'^cts^ was 
 obliged to take ttfuge with Richard Duke of Notnandy, whose 
 sister Emma he had married *, leavingbii dominionf in posses^ 
 sioQ qf the enemy, A. D. 1013. 
 
SI* 
 
 <UIIPP;£. 
 
 «%■ 
 
 PuLT ir. 
 
 'EKOI.ANP. C!wvte«fJE4niua4,Troiudi^e^(^war^ ^ iCk>fifettor~.Hurol<l 
 
 Op»,(}MBi4eftth o£ Sweiiv the. l^ngUsb Trailed £thelred, be- 
 fcr« he had been many, we^ in Normandy. ^But <t]ie mcura« 
 I4e iniicondiict of this weak prince enicoura|gjed the agg;reMions 
 ofiiCAHtr^s the son of Swein^ wyho had beeo crpwned by the 
 Dftnea in the raom of his father, so that he a/oon become more 
 Ibrmidftble to the Einglisb than even his father had been. 
 I .fUbttlred died in the yepir 1016, after an inglorious reign of 
 55 yexrs, and was succeeded by his son Edmund, surnamed 
 Jtwtfti^, T\m prince possessed abilities sufficient to have 
 sa^d'hi?(apuntey from ruin, had he not be^n prevented by an 
 untimely end.- But being murdered by two of his own cham» 
 l#ilains, nptlung was left for the English but submission tp^the 
 Davishmoqarch. Canute was succeeded (A. D. 1035.) by his 
 soQi iiit^rpld, who reigtied 4 years *, and was succeeded (A. D. 
 I039.^.h|)r his, brother Hardicanute, who died of a debauch in 
 theytWFXQ4i. 
 
 rThe< (k^i^th of. Hardicanute paved the way to the restora- 
 ti(m.^fith/i»|royal £Binily of England } and accordingly Edward, 
 commoafyi calle^ the Confessor, son of Ethelred by Emma, 
 was, invitfd oyer Arom the co^rt of Normandy, and crowned 
 king of ^ffglandin the year 11041. He remitted the disgrace- 
 ful ttaw called Dane-gelt ', and is said to have been t^he first who 
 undertfppk. to cure the scrophula by the royal touchy hence 
 called (he l^ipg*s evil. He also collected t^e Saxon laws and 
 coBtoros iiftio 9.,body 9 which were thence called by lus name. 
 
 £4>V!SMid .hc^ying: died without issue, in the yc^ 1065, the 
 Uirppeflf ^^^gj^nd was usurped by Harold, son of Gof)dwin, 
 latA^arl 9|;Kent,tp the e^clusioD of ^dwa^d Athe!Kng, grand- 
 soaiof,3^d(ii;ar4'JrQPVdc» the layvful heir. W^luam, .the natu- 
 ysl^ Aon (^P Rifih^d, Puk« of ^onnandy, Wsyj Ithen in the 
 
 ttnnvallc;^jipsse;^'^pn,cl that.dviclfciy j ""^ l^^^j? f'^'Pl^V*'* *P '^' 
 Kit hit iig^il^tQ )^i? f^ymo( England, from a pretebded will 
 <»f Edward in his favour, he lauded in the island at th(i head of 
 
Fxkf ft 
 
 t&kd^i. 
 
 3S9 
 
 Enolajnp. BatU e of j|iatlng;i.---w111i»in the Conqheror. 
 
 an army of 40,060 of the bnvest ihd beA diicii^lined troo]^ in 
 £urop«. Hturold, wlib was determked to inaintidn his -usurped 
 dominjoiiy or peri^ " in the causes hkvihg jilist rettfrned from 
 ^he defeat of a foirmfdiible army of, invading Danes in the 
 north, instantly advanced to meet this nevr opponent, and e«ne 
 up with him at BititUe neaf Hastings, on the 14th of Ootober 
 X066. A nktsfc lobstinate and btoody battle ensued, ih which 
 the English wete entirely defiuted. Harold and his two bro- 
 thers Were killed, and William« hence called the Conqueror, 
 was left undisputed xna^ster of the whole kii^dom of England. 
 .William was crown^ in Westminster Abbey W the a^th 
 of December following :, 6nd thus ended the doxtoihion of' the 
 Anglo-Saxons in England, after it had lasted 417 Real's. The 
 conqueror, who might >have made what tei'ms he pleased^ ac- 
 cepted the crOwn 0n the terms proposed by the English ; 
 which were. That he should govern according to the establish-* 
 ed customs of the country. Agreeably to this «ngagetB«nt, 
 he at first treated his neW subjects with gentleness t Bttt having 
 (Uscovertd, or pretended to discover, some conspiracies against 
 his governqaent, in favour of Edgar Athellng^ he employed 
 this pretext for crushing the ndbility, and diwding theiir estates 
 among his Norman followers j from whence the e^in of the. 
 Feudal System in England. Perceiving the Engli^ stitl impa- 
 tient of htf yoke, he proceeded to treat them ia every re^ct 
 as a '^ conquered nation. He reviired the bdibos'liiifit of the 
 Dane-gelt, which had been imposed by the Dtoish c6nquet<irs, 
 bttiit the square^ tower at London, called the White t0Wer,,«s 
 well a^ 'i mimber of fortresses 2n various farts oF'the cdutitry, 
 to keep the people in aWe, confiscated the estates dftJhc' En- 
 glish gen1;ry, oestOwed them on hi^ if^oriAatn^ aftd Oi^ered 
 whole counties to lie laid Waste with firr; and sWdrd; on any 
 appearance of an insurrection. Af # still more humiliating 
 nark of thm subjection, he obliged them to extinguish aU 
 
fido 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 PMT It 
 
 aorss 
 
 iatam 
 
 EnoL'aWd. 'Williiiai JlaftM ii|CW>it<Mii Heaty L 
 
 ttleff' (tnttdki and fii<fet tt thtflxMlf of «ig)it kitb^'aTMin;, 
 TVlricli Wnt proclaHitiedby l^« ti»11Sng<K»f abell ««lkd tbiCMr- 
 fiW," Iiv'hhott^ he' did all in bis poweir to «Uitei«te every tncc 
 df tht'^^ln-'Satoiv c<msti«ation) whidb, by hw coronalien-oMh, 
 ht hdd b6\ind faiHuelf to taainlt^. t i i .-. , .1 i. 
 
 After returning from an'ekpccKttdn int0<<Noirintn<fy»'Ndiieh 
 iMtilud'uiidmaken to quell » relKlUcMi'^ nMd 'agnaat hidiby 
 Kfi^H hla eldest son, he ordered a geiMral forvcyof all the 
 Iftnds'jH the kingdom to be madt^ aik! Tecotdied iMa boek,«a]l. 
 t'A J^oMtUla^ Bint, the original of whieh i»«o«» klspl inthc 
 Ejtebtqtier;' He died on the 9th of September 1087, while en- 
 gaged Ift unotlleir c^peditiom agunst France, and tvas'iueocadafl 
 by WratcoWd son; r .rofm' rt>\fj -A 
 
 ^^'^fht^iAxiRufiff^ 90 called from the cokrar of hi s hair, whioh 
 l/m.*(6AJ >ti \^s this prince who biiik Weiitmiiistcv UaXL ttxh 
 nO«lr'$t«fid8'f he tihh addM several works to the Towev, and 
 stiti«tiMiled it Vritb <a- Wall and a dttcb. • In bit Tdigncotmaen^ 
 c«^d i\\d "Cfuftidtfy ivhieli wasted so mnch>of'the blood and trea- 
 tote of Cht'istlfndMni There happened also an inundation of 
 the sea'jt^^hkh'^verffowed the lands of Goodwin Earl of Kent, 
 Itbw calKkl' the Good^^'ln sandi. WsUiam was accidentally 
 stain ai'k shbottng party, by one Tyrrcl, «>n the ad of Avigust 
 n«^^^hd m«» «uco«eded by his brother^ ■ *o j^ ,ii/, .r. 
 
 ' H'i!fi>V*r li srSirillMhed J^MntrA/r, on account of his uneOmmen 
 U^ntngJ^'r AS'ltenry) who-was t)ie youngest son of William 
 tlATConejtieroi-, took poftsessioh of 'the thtona of lEaglandsin 
 {/tvjtidits^ ctf>hh eldest brother Robert, who waa.^en^luent, 
 on his return {Twn>1he Hbfy' Larid^^M endMurmp^od by. all 
 fldtantr to- (6bn«jHlbt« the' aflTectlons ^ his sobjddts^ Fot4his 
 pai^se, be pfliied^a'^diarfer, calculated' to venidVe^many>of 
 ^e gritfvotft bi^presst^As which had •b«en'praotised' during the 
 reigns of Ms father ahcPfefoAer. ' In particular, be veMored to 
 fhc English the liberty of using Cre and candle by night, re« 
 
PmtIL 
 
 £URaP£i 
 
 s«« 
 
 to 
 
 Mvrtd and confinntd the Uw»<of> Edwaii, ami befiow«d on «U 
 his rabjecu the Male ngl^ti iid* prftrijeges whioh thtgr had «•• 
 jojed under 'the- Aaglo-Sacon kin|;si Still mow' toiiseciKf 
 himielf in p ow cMi oB *iC ihe thron«y he imurried Mafiilda d«ilgK* 
 ter of Malcolm III. king ol Scotland, and niece to %dfrj»v 
 Atheling, of tho^andent Saxon line. 
 
 Robert, notwithstanding, en his return, tittnnpted t g»> 
 Ycr Ac crown by force of aims. • But an aceommodnt*')) fT|V 
 brought about throngh the mediation of Anselm ' ■Ghbj'^9p 
 of Canterfaorf and others, by which it was agfe^d| umt^Rrltfrt 
 ahonid r \*; '; lish hit- pretennons to £nglanJ,iforian 4« ivi 
 pennon of 3000 marks, and -content himself mtll ^\9 Mtti^ita- 
 Tj uominions in Normandy. Henry, however, a; jfew year .'&• 
 ter^ alleged tdrious iprctences to make war upon k«8!b|o\l^r; 
 defeated' him in battk, brought him prisoner to EligUncl, ;*'4id 
 in the anost ungenerous manner, confined him in %ht Castle of 
 Cardiff in Glamorganshire for aS years till the day e£ hia.dlM^tli. 
 Henry died of a nirfeit, from ea^g lamprc}?^ ooxthft ]M;0f De- 
 cember IT 55. His only son, prince Williaaa, having been 
 drovrned 15 Vears before on his passage from Norm*ndy, 
 » Stb VREN, son of Stephen, Count of Blois, andof Adela,-4tk 
 daughter of \^ilIiam the Conqueror, usurped* 4li6 thron« in 
 prejudice of Matilda, only daughter of Hcttry, though the king 
 befove his dedth had made the English nobUitgr swear ^alty t* 
 her. Stephen was crowned on the 22d of i!>ee<mbcr iif^j^ 
 and notwithstenAng a mbst violent struggk in favow of Mar 
 ttlda^ fae'continned in posselbion of the throne itlU haiidoa^ 
 which happenetiion the £5tk«f October ri544 V} mitiyt ^h( •-•' 
 
 H iti a V H» 4on of Matilda and of G^tofSty. • Plantagenet, . 
 Count xif Anjon, mccceded^on -ibe $(h of, J^e^emher. 1154^ 
 He was one of the most powerful monarchs ofhis time^ being 
 not only kri^ of all £ngl&.ivl, but al^ lord of aboivc a^thiixi, 
 and that by far the richest^ part of the dominions of France % 
 
3fia 
 
 tiikiovz. 
 
 PJOIT If, 
 
 Enolamo. Henry II. — Erection of Burghs^ tbomai a Becket. 
 
 as well a» of the kmgdom of Ireland, which he reduced by 
 forcb of anns. He sopn discovered lextraordinaiy abilities for 
 government ; and the fi|:st acts of his administratioR seemed to 
 promise a happy and prosperous reign. He ordered those uu- 
 merous castles to be demolished, by means of which the nobi- 
 lity and clergy had, in the former reigns, attempted to render 
 themselves iodcfcndent of their sovereign. He dismissed the 
 nercenK^ soldiers who had committed the greatest disorders 
 throughout thie nation. He appointed a new and more per- 
 fect coinage of money ; and resumed many of those benefac- 
 tions which had bttn made to churches and monasteries during 
 the fof irteif teigns. He erected several towns vaxiofree burghs^ 
 giving them charters of exemption from every burthen except- 
 ing the Hxed Ip^arm rent of such towns, and declaring their 
 privileges independent of any superior but the king; ^, 
 
 These charters constituted the ground-work of English Ir- 
 berty, by admitting a new order, namely, the more opulent of 
 tfaei people* to a idiare in the administration, as weU as the 
 nobility and clergy : so that the £eudal system was not mate- 
 rially impaired, and liberty began to be more equaUy diffused 
 throttghoot iSoft nation. 
 
 , For the morel impartial and convenient distribution of jus- 
 tice, this able monarch divided England into six parts, called 
 Circmts \ and apfiOintcd judges to go at certain times of the 
 year to hold assises, as is practised at this day. ■ ,{ 
 
 ii/rhe government of Henry was violently opposed by the 
 ambition &ftd obstinacy of Thomas a Becket, Archbi^op of 
 Canterbiuy, aiid formerly chancellor of England. In order to 
 put a stop to the many enormities arising from the licentious- 
 jness «f-' the clergy, and their exempticii^ from lay-courts and 
 civil taxes, HeAry summoned a great council of his nobility 
 and clergy at Claiendeh, to whom he submitted this important 
 affair \ and a nutober of regulations were accordingly made. 
 
Part II. 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 i«3 
 
 £kolaho. Constitutions of Clateftdon. — Murder of Becket 
 
 riiTfi 
 
 |UI- 
 
 [led 
 |tbe 
 
 the 
 
 of 
 
 to 
 
 lus- 
 
 Ind 
 
 [ity 
 
 mt 
 
 ie, 
 
 tvfaich were afterwards well known by the title of |* Tftr (kiuit' 
 tutkas fif Clarmiw.^^ By these it was enacted, that de^^yisen, 
 accuted^of ai^ crime-, should be tried in the civil courts $ that 
 laymen should not be tried va, spiritual courts, except by legal 
 and reputable witiiesaes ^ that the king should ultiqiately judge . 
 in tedenastic^ ahd spiritual appeals \ • that krchbishops and bi- 
 shops should be regarded as barons, and obiigied to contribute 
 to the pUl^ expences like other persons of their rank. These, 
 with others of the like niaturej to the number of i6, were sub- 
 scribed by all the bishop^ present| and even by Becket him- 
 self^ who in this instance yielded to the^ stream which he was 
 unaUe to resist) till the will of the supreme Fdntiff^diould be 
 known; The Pope, as Becket had foreseen, rejected the con- 
 stituttons with indignation p ahd Becket retracted his consent, 
 and became more insolent than before; Charges H a civil na- 
 ture Were npw brought agunst him at the instance of the king, 
 in consequence of which hie withdrew, first to France, and after- 
 wards to Rome } and was received in both places with the great- 
 «st marks of esteem. A sentence of excommunication was pro- 
 noimced against all the king'k ministers and Subjects who obey- 
 ed the Ganstitutions of Clarendon, and the same sentence Was 
 subtended over the king himsiel^ if he did not speedily repent. 
 In thesb circumistahceS) Henry ibOnd himself under the neces- 
 sity of coming to an atcoitam<)dition ) the archbishop was re- 
 instated in his fortaer dignity ', which swelled his pride to an 
 insupportable degree } and the king was heard to say, in the 
 anguish of his heort, **,Is ther6 none who will revenge his mo- 
 *^ narch^ft cause upon this audaciOlis priest ?** These words hav- 
 ing come to the ears of four of the king^s knights, they instant- 
 ly rtpaired to Canterbury, and beat out the brains of Becket 
 before the altar of his own church. 
 This rash and unwarrantable deed threw Henry into the ut- 
 
 Z . 
 
HH 
 
 SUROPE. 
 
 pARttL 
 
 Kmolaiid. .RicfaHdCk]eur'd«tLioii..~»John. 
 
 ' comtetnation \ and tba - public rteentmcnt ran so hi^ 
 ,agttntt < Mmv on the suppwitidh of his having been aceestarf to 
 il^that he feandut necessary to' da public ixnanco'in teat i mo tty 
 ]«£ his sorrow. For this purpose, he set out for CantArlMuy^ 
 humI when he came within sight of the church, he alighted from 
 las! horsey and walked barefoot, in the habit of a pilgrim, to 
 the itomb of Becket, where, having prostrated himself^ he 
 .was scourged by the monks, md remained dU that day and 
 joigfat withcKit any refreshment^ kneeUng upon the iMre atoneit 
 The. latter yean of this monarch wtere emb i t t etedjby the 
 undtttifttl behaviour of his soits^ and he died of a lingering le- 
 vrry bccasioned by excesnve grief, on the> 6tb^ of July x 1 89, in 
 ^ ^th year oi his age, and the 351^ of hit reign^ 
 
 'uRicRARD L sumamed ^Vratr df Liottf fipomhis great courage', 
 the oldest' >surviving son of Hemry, succeeded, impelled by 
 has. own native courage, as well as by the NNuantic spirit of 
 •the tjraes,andthe instigation of the Pope, he undertodc a mag- 
 nificent but ruinous expedition to the Holy Land, in tonjuno- 
 tion with Philip.;]ung of France. On lus way to I^lettine,i'he 
 todL-the city<^ Messina in ^ily, and reduced theisbuid'Of 
 Cyprus* Alter his arrival there, he deduced the city of Asca- 
 Ibn, and perfrnrmed many acts of extraordinary valour against 
 .£aladin,<SoltaBof Egypt. Ha^ing at length concluded a truoe 
 of three years with the Saracen leader, he retamcd to England^ 
 but was arrested on his way lr|r the Duke df 'Austtia, atid sent 
 to Hemy VL £tnpen»of Germany, who ungenerously detain- 
 «dhnii' a prisoner, and exacted the «um of ijUB^ooo -marks 
 for his ransom. < Soon after his return to Unglend^ he deeHr- 
 «ii war against the king of France^ and died of . a wsund by 
 an anow^ before' the caftle of Chatos ki Normandy,) on* the 6th 
 of April 1199. ,1., - • 
 
 JouH Ins brodier, and fourth son <rf Henry^ s»ece «ded. The 
 
 character of this prince is one of the most worthless, contemp- 
 
Part. It. 
 
 BUROP*. 
 
 3«.? 
 
 trks 
 
 by 
 6tih 
 
 , mil 1 1 II I Hi iiiiiiw ■■iiiii iim 
 
 Eholanu. Murder of^ Prince Althiiri— Magna, Chart* obtaiaed. 
 
 tibia, and iricioiu, «4iether eoMidered «s a »mi« or u a ldng» 
 that caa easily b« conceireiL While bit brotbar JUohard w«i 
 ddaiiied a priioner in Amtria^be attempted, by tba aasistaace 
 of Phii^ King tf Fnmoe, to supplant bim in the kingdom. H« 
 procured the divorce of his c|ueen, that he might: indulge )ii« 
 uttlanvfiil pamion for Itabeliat daughter of the iCount.D^Angou- 
 lemef though die was already married to the Count' de la 
 Mardie. He murdered tArthnr his nephew, v\4io had the he* 
 reditny right to the cro<amy with his own hand* He quarrel* 
 led with the clergy of his dominions, which drew upon him the 
 displeaium of Pope innocent III., by whom he Was publiclgr 
 excoebmulucated, his sdbjects were abs<dved £rom their aUegit 
 ance to him, his Idngdoin was given away to PbWp kJog<}f 
 France, and a general crosad^ was puUishod agunst him all 
 oyer Enropc. He next, with a meanness propoctiotted to his 
 JSormer arrogance, submitted to swear fealty to the Pope, in 
 order to«ppcMe his anger, delivering up ^e kingdom of £ng« 
 land^ and all the- pmbgatives of his crown, to the Holy See, 
 andpromisiugto'pay a' tribute of 1600 mafkii fdr the same. 
 Hisintolemblet:r««ltieB end oppresbions provoked hiSibaiKUM 
 to tdie ttparmstigafmbbfanj and having obliged him tolistenr 
 to terms of abcommodation, a conf«>rence was held at Rim'met/e, 
 betwe«iSttunes' and Windsor, where the king signed the ohar^, 
 ter called MAONji^CnaaTAj w^h is still regarded as the great) 
 bulwark of < British tibetty^ A. D. 1215. 1 . .c / >: : 
 
 iButt this unprincipled monarch was not to be restraiited ttf, 
 any species of obltgationk He soon violated ^is solemn en-^- 
 gagenfent, jscratly invited a^ large body of troops from the coao 
 tinent^ declarc4;t^** igainst liis 'subjects, and committed the 
 meist horrid crneltics iii maniJK parts of the country. Upon this, 
 the barons invited Lev^is, the Dauphin of France, to their as> 
 sistance, promising to sicknewledge him for their lawful sovc- 
 ■■ Z 2 
 
s^sfi 
 
 it^kSt-if. 
 
 PAwrll 
 
 ^m 
 
 HA 
 
 
 rei^. Hie Datif/fctn ^^itlkiy a(ie<^«d'ffae'thyifat}oii/itfd Uttr^ 
 injgr iande^Mith' ii''^6W^rftil1iVmy it S«nK!^chi%e(Mo«d^tte 
 king to suck' dis^r^si a» threw hini itA& a ftt<6lr, 'Which soon' <«f- 
 t«arecl to be atteiidtid tdth fatal tpApt&tMi' H«<K«d'titNeii^ 
 ark o<» the 17th of Octdbtt tii6» ^' "">'• ♦ 'ijiri .«» 
 
 Henry ni.thtf^^lekt soir of John, ^i7a» crowned 00 the* oSlh 
 of October t2i6i Aged fihui years. B«rt^ yet lad^r agey the 
 £arl of Pembroke, then mareschal of Engtold, Was chosM 
 guardian t» the' yoting^ priii(i«. Pembrbke-waei-'a'noblemi^ of 
 great prudence, hon^W, and fidefity'} itttd exferted his authori- 
 ty with so much ^vkdolH afad moderfttkM^ thiM: f he diaeontented 
 Wons were sooft l^ocight back to thdir allegiattteff' wd^ Lewi» 
 .ti^as obliged to quit the kingdom^ attfd^ "^o i!iilh<iiine»'ill preteaw > 
 sions to tiie ' crown' 'bf£nglaiid» ' ■' '••^'*^ - 'lA^-^nv^ihio., mc-r 
 ^' ii^en the kmg'j^^w up,he dMi^)Yerei'ahihf(el)Mt'V«iy-iin'>' 
 fit JFo^ the fi^vc'imiHeht at^df' tUi'bttkfft a'peto^#*s 
 
 the EngrisK'at^hat' llim^ Wfere. H^ dt^sted hk ^ubjtds by 
 his partiality Yof favouriteir'aiid fo^^^HiiTt>f hf^iiH^notaAvt 
 prodigality of th^ pifSUc inoiiejr, iifto 1/^hkh Il« IMA^ledby th^ 
 ambitiipn of th6 Pope, who fbuiid itteiihs ^t6 eatbttrkhim iti>ft 
 timBca^ sclieme for '^^ coilquesti>f'Nt|^1(^|'foy etildasivouring 
 to^ ViolaW the Great Charter j and e^j^ally by his tf(ftm«M 
 ^ispbsitibh to evade thos6 privilt^s'^viiich he -kidiself 
 had been compelled to grant, and to edoHiito b/bathi''j*All 
 these circumstances rendered'him s6 oteo!lSdtt«,'that a'^^wer* 
 ftrl association of the barons was fortned' i^ga^st him, at die 
 head of which was Montfort, Earl'of LeScester^attpnofgnMit 
 aoiliticst but of ai^ol^nt and tdUbitious disposition. A;bat<^ 
 tie was fought near LeWes, In which Hcn*y^ party was d«-- 
 feated, and hiiiiself, his Iwotfcer Richard, and ' his oldest Mii 
 Edward, were taken prisoners, iti the year 1464. ' • ".' 
 
 Leicestier'nbw carii^sd every thing before him^; aid In «icder 
 to procure to his measures the highest possible authority, he 
 
yuMfUi 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 367 
 
 SvoLAKD. Fint Englid) IVl>ament,--^wahrt:-UE4wi^ 
 
 UBBi 
 
 kftd' recourse to an expedient hitlierto entir^jr unjuiown in 
 iKngland.^ . He icaUed-a Par/iament^ to which, besi4es the ba. 
 i«ns'of> lus «i«m puty^ and several ecclesiastics, who were not 
 proper tenwrts of the crown, he ordered returns to he maide of 
 two knights from every shire, as well as of deputies. from the 
 royal fafuv^is. In this Parliament, which was assembled onthe 
 soth'of Janvaiy 1265, ^^ ^^ *^ 1^'** outline of ap E/fg/isb 
 Htmse of Comimnt, 
 
 Bot this Parliament was not £ivourable to the tyrtginical 
 ▼tews of Leicester. Many of the members expressed their dis- 
 gust at his faouadless ambition, and thdr diqsire for the |ei>esta- 
 blidMnent of royal authority. Prince Edward found means, by 
 tHb assistance of the Dttlcfi of Glocester,. tp effect his, escape 
 from confinement j and being joined by the , royalists from all 
 quaitmrsyhe attacl(ed and defeated the rebels at ^yeshaqd, on 
 the.»4th><of August.isdj. Leicester having &llen in the field 
 of battlAr the prince reestablished the authority of his father, 
 andxsoon a^er^ set out on a crusade to the Holy Land, with 
 6t Lewis; lung o£ France, where he signalieed himself by suuiy 
 aots «|!lvalour.r^ £e£ore his return, lus father, worn out with 
 pares andilhe iafinnities^f age, expired on t^e i6th of Novem^ 
 bcr raiji *, in the ^^h year of his age, .and the j6th of jiis reign. 
 
 Ed'WaiId LMHaof Henry IIL was crowned on the x^th of 
 August 1^74* Ke,was a brave, but harsh and cruel prince, tiz 
 subdued the We)«^ A^ D. 1285, murdered all their bards, and 
 gave the title t^Pidnce of Wales to his oldest son. He also made 
 war upon iSqotlancli,^ag^st the inhabitants of which he had vow* 
 edrtbe most dtLadfuI vengeappe f but as he was leading an ar^y 
 into their «uuntry, he rwa& seized with a dysentery, of which he 
 died.atiCarUi!l9,.on <^!7tb of July 13071, In his reign flou- 
 rished BRucE,.3Aj,i,aL, imd Wajulaqe. ,- 
 ; £DWA.ao ILr4on,of.£dw^dI. succeeded. He was a prince 
 of a weak understanding, but not chargeable ^vlth any vicious 
 
 Z3 
 
wmmm 
 
 368 
 
 EUROPE* 
 
 FitoiTifl 
 
 riiMJJUU 
 
 'EuaiMttn. Battle 6t Bannbckbun.-'-akhnDtd m—Battle of GNisy. 
 
 iSttU 
 
 qualitaet. He contonucd dM wat wbk ScotlaiMi^Bnd i«f:«lf«<k 
 a signal defeat at iBiMMUKkbium^ on' Hiei 151k ^fi June- 1914* 
 Hts ittipnident partiaUtj ior fevovrites mtt4Yttd<kn»in coqMk 
 nuai quarrels witli fais subjects^ which finaUy- tcraimiated in hi* 
 nun. laabcUa'his iqfuccn^aughter ol the king of Fr<iiiee^ hkkv< 
 ing conceived acrnninal attaehasenC to Roger Mortnner^ fionrm* 
 cd a parrjr in' £ngland against Spencer the king^s fairaitf itc^ 
 made wax upon her husband, took him prisoneiv and thut> him 
 up in "Btrket J oastlo, where he was emelljp murdered «a the 
 am ^ Septeabor i3a> ' •' 
 
 Edward III, htttolideetf son succeeded. He was one «£ the 
 greatest kings thntever reigned in England. Being no ol^re 
 then »5 yca»i^ age on bia accession to the throne, he was ai 
 tent undeir'the *controid of Mortimer and his mokhec But he 
 toon disengaged himself from such a d»gffa$efdl'*boiidage« 
 Mortimer was publicly execute4 for Us. crimes, >«nd Isabelhi 
 herself was confined ka Hfc. . ^.'m «^.i^*',uj;}s^!i'^ '^^ i^^n^^'shif 
 
 Upon the death of Charles the Ftuif^ldaigDf FratliGe^watfabttl 
 issne^ £dward laid claim to tke csowa; of . liiat kingdom, in 
 right of Isabella, his mother^ who was the. first in> the female 
 line of Suocesnon y quartered the arms el France withttkos»of 
 England, with this motto, *' Bieu etmon droit^l^ (^M^twn/iMy 
 right ;) and ^invaded the country at the head of a formidable 
 anpy* > At Cressy^ he defeated the French aamy, consistMig of 
 above 100,000 men, though his own ^d not exceed tke num- 
 ber ci 30,0 00 . Thit victory, which was chiefly owing >to> the 
 Prince of Wales, commonly itiled the Black Prince^ was ob- 
 tained on the 25th of August 1346. 
 
 Fiiom Cressy, Edward marched his victorious army to Ca- 
 ins, which be invested on the 8th of September, and, after s^ 
 most obstinate defence, obliged it to surrender on the 4th of 
 August 1347* In the mean time^ I%ilippav his. queen^ match- 
 ed agunst the Scots, who were ravaging the borders of Eng* 
 
Part Hi 
 
 EUROPE^ 
 
 i€^ 
 
 EttauAVO. Black Prii|ce<>-<B*ttle of Ptoictie(»M~^Wicklifie. — Richard 11. 
 
 a 
 ȣ' 
 
 land, gavB' them a signal defeat, and brought Davild their Jting 
 prisoner to Loiidon, where he was detained in confineiiientf a i 
 yeaca* Edward, after hi» leturn to Engknd^ instituted the or> 
 derof the'GaEter,with this motto t ** Honi soitquimal^ 
 " pense }Pi (Evil to him who evii tbinkethf A. D. 1350*^ 
 
 The war with France being renewed, the Black Prince pe- 
 netrated into the heart of that qountry with an army c^ n«more 
 than: 1^000 men } and having met John the French kirignear 
 Poictiett, at the head of an army of three times the number of 
 his own, he instantly attticked, defeated, and todc him prisoner, 
 as well aa his oldest son, the Dauphin of France, A. D. 1356.' 
 .The close of Edward's reign was not equally fortMnate. Th^ 
 Black Prince, during a successful campaign in Spain, was seiz> 
 cd with a consumption, of which he died on the Sth of Jime 
 1376' j^. the treasury of England was exhausted by so many 
 expensive expeditions } the provinces in France revolted ; and 
 the Jting, enslaved by a mistress called Alice Pierce, lost the 
 esteem and confidence of his subjects. He died (ui the 2i9t 
 «f .June 1377, the 65th year of hia age^ and 51st of bis reign. 
 This prince had the honour of establishing the ^vopf/en r/iantc 
 fsetureim England, by encouraging foreign artificers to settle 
 among the inhabitants, and to instruct them in the various 
 branohea oi this important art. 
 
 Dvrmg his reign, Dt John Wickliffe, a man of learning, 
 piety and talents, began to expose the abuses of popery, and 
 to inculcate the doctrines of the Reformation^ both by his dis- 
 courses and his writings. His disciples were distinguished by 
 the name of Wickliffites or Lollards. 
 
 RiCHAan II. son of the Black Prince, succeeded, when dniy 
 1 1 years of age. His incapacity to govern, which became tlie' 
 more conspicuous in proportion as h^ advanced in years, expos. 
 ed him to the contempt of his subjects, which occasioned much 
 
iLgpi«WP«a Lii 
 
 370 £UR'OB<E. PMtlI« 
 
 EiiVllMKTifiiintKiiioii «£ Wat tyier.^unkrirf Rkhaid^Hflwy IVT 
 
 cUstlPI^MQ Jth« ttntipn, and ni Uogtk prorcd &ndito IwnscIL 
 Tfa^w,9r}WitbScptlai4c«o4 France wasbutlecfaly conducted^ 
 wbi]if..f )Q^(i(Bt.,U|}p9pulai;,tax of three groaa a keadiiwau bapch* ' 
 sed Hp9Qtl»e, people for it« support. A very violent imaRec- 
 tioii.c^nsued^ updpr th^ eondoct of Wat Tyler, |ack. Stravry and 
 othfsr leaders ^ the., lowest-order. Tbe insurgents, to^ the 
 nuin]|)fr pf iQQ,00Q,nuuxhed to London, and after conunktn^ 
 ihc mqct.dreat^ul eycess^, compelled the kii^ to promiseithen 
 the redress of their grievances. This promise he violated as 
 foon tM they dispersed, and executed many of them without ^ 
 mercy. , Dis partiality to fivQurites, particularly to Robert de 
 Vei;e,,£a^ of Oxford, whom he created, first. Marquis of 
 Dublin^ and afterwards Duke of Ireland, excited the jealousy of 
 his gre^t bacon*, who compelled him again to make concessions 
 ^y fQifcp. oi arms. An attempt of the Duke of Glocester, 
 however, the ku*g*$ uncle, to supplant the govermnent of 
 Richard, proved fatal to its author, and to many of his adhe- 
 rents f but the r(un of the king so(W followed from a diffiorent 
 quarter. Jealous of tl^e rising power of Henry Duke of llert<» 
 ford, his cousin, he took ocpawon from a quarrel between that 
 nobleman and the Duke of Norfolk, tP.bfuvish him from tW 
 kingdom ^ an(l, on the death of his fathcx,/the Didi^e of Ivan- 
 caster, to confiscate his estate, Henry, snrageili at thisinjtt* 
 rious treatn)ent, seizing a favourable opportunity, while Rich' : 
 ^rd was ab^nt, quelling a rebdjlion in Ireland^ e^E«pteda 1^- 
 ing 9.% Rayenfpur in Yorkshire, and \vas soon, joined by an ar^ 
 my pf above 6o,opQ men. The king, unable to fesist, was 
 summoned before the usurper, digested of his authority^ and 
 confin^ in Pom&et cattle* vhene he pofi^Jned 1^,9 iitifdcnt 
 deathlix^an^aiy 1399. ; ,. -.^r,^ {(s.hbim»^mii> 
 
 TifaniitV,f son of John Di^e o.f I«ancas|;er4 third son of £d« 
 ward in.<^ U9ur][)ed tlie throve pf £ngland in de^ance of «Kfry 
 principle of JHsticie y being preceded in the avowed line of sue- 
 
It 
 
 la J ' 
 
 PakdIIK" 
 
 E U R>0 P^) 
 
 37^^' 
 
 cesakmv^ot wiky by ike rrigiiiii^ nutnaWb, whMi h^ vidlehtl;^!^^'^' 
 deposed^ and inurdere<i)4»ut ftlsobyMolrtiiMbl*,' thfryodiig'Eiflt^^ ^ 
 Ma(dw» whom the late k»g>an(i pivUaiMnthttd'decbrddlidfif^'' 
 appaMnfc to the crewn j as well as by the whole Mrvf^^ Kl* '^ 
 mily of iioneiriMcond son of Edward III., whose chdm Wai 
 afterwacds, revived. His reign was consequently ibi aibiost' 
 consttu^ series of ittsttrvections and conspiracies fonned ag»nst 
 histgovemment } which, though suppressed with gr^f^biliiy,' ' 
 proved fatal to m^y of the noble families of England. The 
 Welsh too, during this reign, revolted under 6he Owen Gtnl- ' 
 dour. } but were agkm reduced to obedience ^ and the king, to^' , 
 avenge some late ravages of the Scots, marched at die hiiad <^ 
 an army to Scotland, and took possession of Editibutgli, \Vith- 
 out having met with ah enemy in arms. AiterWards the Dakt 
 of Rothsay^heir-sep^rent to the crown of Scotland, oh his 
 way taF»«ice, being acddentally intercepted by the English,' ' 
 was unhandsomely detained a prisoner by Hetiry, thottgh the 
 two kingdoms wefethtlh in peace. Henry died oh the 20th 
 ofMarth;i^i^<^X>^'«M^^'-' ■ -''''''■^' -r^'^'*^-"' 
 
 H«i<iii'« Vi Ms «oh mcteeded. He was a brave and Wfekip ^ 
 prinee. He invadled France, gained a complete victory over 
 the Frehch ahny^' at Aeihfcour, though four tixnes the number 
 of his owh; on the 25th of October 141 5 } was declared re- 
 gent of France, and hieir to the crown after the death of 
 the reigning king; Ohartes VI. But in the midst of his sue 
 cessfdl career, hti^was Cut off by a pleuretic disorder, on the 
 31st of August i4!i'2. 
 
 HBka.'Y VI. Ws only son, succeeded before he was a year 
 old ■, and his reijgn affords only the most dismal accounts of m»r 
 fortunes and civil wars. His uncle, the Duke of Bedford, ottt, 
 of th6 most BCContpKshied frrihce^ of the age, being appeintek 
 protector of Engfcmd, pi'osecuted the war agahist France 
 with great success, and subdiied almost the whole of that ex« 
 
S7» 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 P4Rr IT. 
 
 Enolano. Maid of Otkat»<-«.<CMteit* of the houan<of York 8c Lancaster. 
 
 toiHve kingdom.: Bat bni^ at length opposed fay the fiuBous 
 Joan D^Akc, or Maid o£ Orletni, affairs on a sudden- took a 
 most; unfavourable turn, and the £iiglidi were soon dispoiseas* 
 cd of aU their conquests in France. Suc^ a train^ .nisfor-' 
 tunes must naturally have produced discontents aaong the 
 rulers at home > and the total incapacity of the king, which be- 
 came the more conspicuous as he advanced to manhood, encou-' 
 raged these discontents to assume the forms of open rebellion. 
 A circumstance, of a most dangerous naturd unhappily concurred : 
 A pretender to the crown appeared in the person of Richard 
 Duke of York, whose lineal claim was undoubtedly preferable 
 to that of the reigning monarch. Being the grand-son of Ed- 
 mund Earl of Marche, and of Philippa only daughter of- Lio4 
 tiel, J>uke of Clarence, second son of Edward III., he stood 
 plainly in order of succession before the king, who derived his 
 descent from John of Gaunt, Duke of Lancaster, the third son 
 of Edward. His personal qualities too were favourable to his 
 pretensions j being a man of courage and abilities, as well as 
 of mild dispositions and of a prudent conduet. Here'com* 
 menced the contests between the houses of York and Lancas- 
 ter, which for many succeedmg years deluged the kingdom of 
 England with its noblest blood. The ensign of Richard, or 
 the house of York, was a white rose ^ that of Henry, ov the 
 house of Lancaster, a red rose. 
 
 On the 22d of May 1455, the two contending partieis came 
 to an engagement at St Albans, in which the king's army was 
 defeated, and himself taken prisoner. The Duke of York 
 permitted him to be treated with the forms of royalty, vrath 
 which his mean soul was perfectly contented. But the bold 
 and intrepid spirit of his queen, Mjoioarst or An^v, excited 
 him to assert his dignity by force o£ araas. Another battle 
 was fought at Bloreheath, on the 23d of September ,1459, in 
 wlMch the king^s party was victbrious, and Richard was obliged 
 
PaktII. 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 37J 
 
 * 
 
 OB 
 
 EvftAM: Eui of Warwick.~JBikirtird IV. 
 
 t»ity to Ireland. He rctunied, however, the foUowtng year, 
 wnA being assisted by tlUi Earl of War«*kk, called > th^ iingm. 
 iMo^fT, attacked and defeated the royal aftfty«t Northnmpton, 
 where Henry had the misfortune to be again taken prisoner, 
 on the loeh e£ July. The queen toon mustered another army, 
 with which she eng^ed the enemy at Wakefield, on the 24th 
 of December of the same year. In this battle the Duke at 
 Yoii: was defeated and slain ) but his son Edward continued 
 the atrugglc for the crown* He defeated a division of the 
 royal army under the Earl of Pembroke, at Mortimor's.cross, 
 in Herefordshire, on his way to London. In the mean time 
 the queen obtained a signal victory over the Earl of Warwick 
 at St Alban*s, in consequence of which the king^s person was 
 afgaan recovered by his own party. But this advantage did 
 not enable her to resist the progress of Young Edward j who 
 having collected the scattered remains of Warwick^s army, 
 obliged her to retire, entered the city of London amidst the 
 acclamations of the pcop^, and was crowned king of Ei^gland 
 on the 5th of March 1461. 
 
 Edwako IV., a cruel, tyrannical, and licentious prince. Was 
 not permitted to enjoy in peace the elevation to which he had 
 waded through so much blood.^ The queen, undaunted in the 
 midst of her misfortunes, soon met him at the head of a great 
 army near Toi^ton in Yorkshire, and a battle was fought on 
 the 29th of March) but she was defeated with the loss of 
 40,000 men ) and another defeat which her remaining forces 
 soon af^er sisstAined at Hexham, seemed to render her affairs 
 qittte desperate. Henry was again made prisoner, and 
 closely confined in the Tower, and the queen with great diffii> 
 culty effected her escape to Flanders. 
 
 The IkentieUs and overbearing disposition of Edward, hovf 
 ever^ soon gave her a» advantage over him. This prince hav^, 
 ing sent the Eaill of WarwidL to the continent, to negociate 30 
 
f74 
 
 fu'rdfk!' 
 
 Part If, 
 
 kt; 
 
 rc^wJctaburj.^UHenrj munlered.— Edvrard V 
 
 rh for nix 
 
 satch f6r him with the princess 6f Savoy, in the Meaii time 
 married ^Hzabieth Woodville, the widow of Sir John Gtt^ : 
 •n wKjch account Warwick, who hiid proVed SttceesiAil fai hift 
 ■egoctation, considering himself as Affronted, deserted the 
 iinj^^ party ; but hot being in a ntuation to act bpenlj against 
 Mn, ^e retbed to Flanders, became reconciled t6 Marffaret, 
 and being favoured bj the king of France, landbd in '£ng< 
 land ih tlie month of September 1470, and, at tbe head of 
 60,000 men, obliged Edward to fly to Holland, and reinstated 
 
 I lienry Oh the throne. Edward, however, having received 
 seme small supplies from the Duke of Burgundy, returned to 
 £ngland, and being joined by many of his friends, he attacked 
 the Lahcastnan army at Barnet on the 14th of April 1471. 
 In this battle tlie Earl of Warwick was defeated and slain ^ 
 and the queen*s army being soon after defeated at Tevriles- 
 Hmrji and herself with her son Edward, takeh prisoner, the 
 Itopes of the Lancastnans were utterly extinguished, and peace 
 was ibr a time restored to the distracted natioin.' 
 
 The unfortunate young prince, having made a 8{i!Hti»l kn» 
 sw^r to a question put to him by the king, was sthick on i!he 
 mouth by that barbarous tyrant with his gauntlet, and was in- 
 stantly dragged by the attendants into an adjoining apartment, 
 and murdered. Henry is said to have suffered a similat &te 
 
 ' a few days thereafter in prison } and Margaret, who was ran- 
 somed by the king of France, survived heir mislb^nes but a 
 
 ^w yevs. Edward spent the remaining pari of his rdgtl in 
 w|^.of shocking cruelty against his enemies, and in scenes of 
 infamous riot and debauchery. He died on the 9th of Apri] 
 
 EswAM) V. his son succeeded, when about 13 years of age ^ 
 t)«t was not permitted long to enjoy an inheritance purchased 
 at the ezpence of so much blood. The duke of Gldcester, 
 brother to the late king, a man possessed of almost every b^ 
 
 c 
 
 I 
 
 o 
 
 I 
 
 s; 
 6 
 
 w 
 
 tl 
 fe 
 ai 
 
PAftTJU. 
 
 EU|LQP£. 
 
 rs 
 
 it).ttidend.-JUchud |II.-Jhnk ti W atmtflk. 
 
 qvaUty^t beiiig decided nfftnt, he retolvfd to tmplo/ the 
 p9W(qr>wl>ic)> Utat ofRce conferred, to ovei;tum the govenuBcoil. 
 For tlw pvtfpote« having previously gained. P^c *^ Duke of 
 Bnckinghaw, h« arretted and p<it to death the l^arl of Riven, 
 the Jung^i uncle and guardian. Lord Hastings, and some noie 
 of hiapMit fiithful friends. He next aeifed the personk of 
 the jroung lung» and of his brother the Duke of York, ani 
 €on£n«d them in the tower, under pretence of guar^ng them 
 from dangar : *■ >d having now got himself proclaimed king, 
 he ordered the two princes to be asssasinated in the tower, a 
 few monthi after the death of their father. 
 
 HicWAao III., ^hose ambition and cruelty led htm to tram- 
 fde upon every sentiment of natural affection and humanity, 
 in hi« progress to the throne, did not long enjoy the punchaif 
 of his criaBcs. H»ving offended the Duke of Buckingham, 
 who had been bstrumental jn rainng him to the throne, that 
 nobleman resolved to depriye him of his usurped domiaiont : 
 and for that purpose declared in favour of Henry, Duke of 
 Richmiwd, who was at that time an exile in Britany, and was 
 conudered as ^e only surviving branch of the house of Lan- 
 caster. The design of Buckingham was discovered before it 
 was,n|ie for. execution, and he lost his life in the cause. But 
 Eichm|im4 havii^ received some assistance from Charles VIIL 
 of Fram^e, effected a landing at Milfiard-haven, in Wales, on the 
 27th»Qtf Jj^ygjost 1485 with no more than 2000 men. He ia- 
 S)l;af)t](y advanced agunst the usurper j and with an army of 
 6000, men, engaged the royal party at Bosworth, though con* 
 sis^g q( twice that lyuaabec., The desertion of Lord Stanley; 
 who went over to Richmond during the action, determined 
 tl^e f<WtMne of the day* The royal party was completely d^. 
 feated ; Richard himself was left dead on the field of battle ; 
 and w^h )um te^nated tl^ race of the Plantagcifets on th^ 
 
37« 
 
 EUftOPE. 
 
 PAftT It. 
 
 *■ ' 
 
 titea 
 
 EwGLAKD. Henry VII. — ^Lambert Simnel iind Pcrkin Warbeck. 
 tfctone of England. This battle was fought on the aad of Au- 
 
 ■gU»t 148'^." - .■ • I ■ , : ,1 
 
 HtMivy Vil. the first of the Tudor family who sat on the 
 English throne, was descended by the mother^s side from the 
 house of Lancaster, having been the son of Edmund Earl of 
 Bicdimond, and of Margaret, only daughter of John Duke of 
 Sometaet, who was the grand-son of John of Gaunt Duke of 
 liaAcaster. His father was the son of Sir Owen Tudor, a 
 gentlenvan of Wales, who married Catharine, the widow of 
 Henry V. Having married Elizabeth, oldest daughter of £d« 
 ward IV., he united the right of the house of York to that of 
 the house of Lancaster. Heniy, however, who was a man of 
 a harsh and overbearing disposition, did not choose to rest his 
 title to the throne on this connection with the rival family, 
 but solely on the right of conquest ^ and so far was he from 
 endeavouring to conciliate the affections of the opposite party 
 by the mildness of his government, that he always strove to 
 quell them by absolute force and violence. But this conduct, 
 which kept ths niinds of his subjeds in a state of constant ir- 
 ritation, disposed them to frequent acts of rebellion, by which 
 the tranquillity of his reign was greatly interrupted. - Two 
 impostors were set up by his enemies against him ; one of 
 whom, Lambert Simnel, personated the Earl of Warwick, son 
 of the Duke of Clarence, brother of Edward IV. j and the 
 other, Perkin Warbeck, pretended to be tlie Duke of York, 
 brother to Edward V. They were both defeated and taken 
 prisoners, aiui suffered the punishment of their rebellion. 
 Henry was not only chargeable with pride and severity in his 
 disposition j but also with an excessive love of money, which 
 led him to adopt mnny arbitrary and tyrannical measures ; yet 
 from his reign may be dated the commencement of that distin- 
 guished refinement to which the British nation has so eminent- 
 ly attained. Two law? of his which contributed remarkably 
 
It. 
 
 Part II. 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 377 
 
 England. Discovery of America.' 
 
 -Henry Vni — Battle of Flowden. 
 
 i 
 
 to this end, deserve tc be recorded in the shortest abstract ef 
 the history of England. The one was that, by whicb^the b«- 
 rons were permitted to sell ormortgage their estates, which 
 were before unalienable j and the other, that which restricted 
 the use of livery to menial servants alone. Henry died of *■ 
 consumption on the 2 2d of April 1509. In his reign Ame* 
 rica was discovered by Christopher' Columbus (1494.), and the 
 Cape of Good Hope was doubled by Vasquez de Gama (1497); 
 
 Henry VI IT., second son of the late king, succeeded. H« 
 vzas a cruel and capricious tyrant, and during the greater patt 
 erf his reign was under the direction of Cardinal Wolsey, a 
 proud, ambitious prelate. During the absence of the king an. 
 an expedition against France, the Scots having made an ini<oad 
 on the borders, were defeated in the battle of Flowden j in 
 which James IV. of Scodand was slain, with the flo^ver of the 
 Scottish nobility, on the 9th of September 1513. Henry hav- 
 ing written a book against Luther, who had begun tlie /?<«- 
 formation in Germany in 15 18, he was honoured with the title of 
 " Defender of the Faith,** by the Pope. He also erected 
 Ireland into a kingd<.^in, and took the title of King, instead of 
 lord, of Ireland. ^ 
 
 Henry had been married when very young, to Catharincf of 
 Arragon, Infarta of Spain, the widow of his elder brother Ar- 
 thur, who died before his father. But having afterwards fal- 
 len in love with Anne Eoleyn, one of the maids of honour to 
 the queen, he began to exptesss some scruples about the law- 
 fulness of this marriage, and therefore applied to the Pope for 
 a divorce. This demand being refused by the Pope, from fear 
 of the emperor Charles V., Catharine's brother, Henry con^ 
 suited all the universities of Europe about the legality of his 
 infended measures 5 and having obtained their approbation by 
 dint of money, he had his marriage with Catharine dissolved. 
 
37« 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 VAKt II. 
 
 Enolamd. 
 
 Separation ^m the church of Rome. — Cruelties of Henry. 
 
 1 1 II II I aaaaBaap»g8^BBr88saa=^^BsaBta ' ii n ■ , ^ 
 
 •pd that with Anne Boleyn ratified by Cranmer, who was after- 
 wards appointed Archbishop of Canterbur]^, ih the year 1533. 
 
 In taking these steps, Henry had prepared his mind for the 
 conscquence6, by the determined resolution of a final separa- 
 tion from the church of Rome. And beings as he expected, 
 excommunicated by the Pope« he summoned his Parliament, 
 and by its authority abolished the papal power in England, 
 got himself declared the. head of the Church, and all tributes 
 paid to the holy see pronounced illegal, A. D. 1534. Some 
 time thereafter he suppressed all the monasteries and religious 
 houses, which had become' scenes of the most shocking lewd- 
 ness, and confiscated all their revenues, plate, and other goods. 
 
 The queen not being able to retain the .affections of this 
 capricious monarch, she was, upon a frivolous pretence, con- 
 demned and beheaded on the 19th of May 1536 j and on the 
 very next day he married Jane Seymour, whose personal charms 
 are universally supposed to have been the true cause of the 
 death of Anne Boleyn. 
 
 After the death of Jane Seymour, who died in child-bed of 
 Edward VI., Henry married Anne of Cleves ) whom he soon 
 ^smissed without any ceremony, and married Catharine How« 
 Md, niece to the Duke of Norfolk. She too had the misfor- 
 tune to fall under the jealous suspicions of this cruel tyrant, 
 and was beheaded, with several of her relations. After this, 
 Henry took for his sixth wife, Catharine, widow of Nevil Lord 
 Latimer, who. very narrowly escaped the stake on account of 
 her religious opinions, as she favoured the doctrines of the Re- 
 formation 'j for though the king had separated from the church 
 of Rome, he by no means adhered to the opinions of the Ger- 
 man refonners. Yet during his reign the Reformation maae 
 considerable progress in England, and the Bible was first print- 
 ed in the English language. Henry died on the 28th of Ja- 
 nuary 1547. 
 
^kkflL 
 
 tvidPiE.. 
 
 379 
 
 er- 
 aae 
 int- 
 
 Ja- 
 
 i aiiiiaaBLii: 
 
 E'satASO. Edward VI.~Refbrma^ on -r<>»t<l»«rf Kn>ey» 
 
 ^IEdwar'd VI. son of Henry VIII. by Lady Jpe Seymour, 
 lucceeded his father at the age of 9 years. Under him and 
 his Untie the Duke of Somerset, who was ma^e protector, 
 the Refortnation was completed in England. Soqaerset be« 
 ing desirous to unite the two kingdoms of England and 
 ScotlancI, he proposed to the regency of Scotland - a par- 
 nage between Edward and their young queen, Mart } and 
 at the same time, to give the more effect to his proposition, he 
 marched into their couhtry with an army of i8,ooo men, and 
 accompanied by a fleet of 60 sail. ^ battle was fought at 
 Pinkey near Edinburgh, in which the Scots were defeated 
 with' great slaughter } but the protector was prevented from 
 improving his victory by factions which had been raised against 
 him at home. At the head of these was his owiv brother 
 Thomas Lord Seymour, who had married Catharine Parr, the 
 late king^s widow. On the protector^s return to England, 
 Lord Seymour was attainted for high- treason, condemned, and 
 executed. The duke of Somerset himself, however, was some 
 time thereafter deprived of his office by the machinations of 
 Dudley Duke of Northumberland, and at last accused of hig)i- 
 treason, and executed on the 22d of January 1552. But t^e 
 ambition of Northumberland was not satisfied with the office 
 of protector, which he assumed on the death of Somerset. 
 Having married his fourth son. Lord Guildford Dudley, to the 
 amiable and accomplished Lady Jane Grey, grand-daughter of 
 the late duke of Suffolk, and of Mary younger daughter of 
 Henry VII., and widow of Lewis XII. king of France, he ob- 
 tained a royal patent for changing the order of succession, and 
 settling the crown on this lady, to the exdusion of Mary and 
 Elizabeth, the daughters of Henry VIII., and of Mary queen 
 of Scotland, who was great- grand-daughter to Henry VII. by 
 his oldest daughter Margaret. Edward died of a consumption on 
 
^mmmmtmmmm 
 
 ^ 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 Part U. 
 
 £n6lano. Mary — Persecution of the Protestants. 
 
 the 6th of July 1553 j and Northumberland caused Lady Jane 
 Grey to be proclaimed queen, much against her own ir^clination. 
 But little regard was paid to the new patent on which her right 
 was founded, and the whole nation with one voice called out 
 foi the regular succession. 
 
 Mak ¥, daughter of Henry VIII. by Catharine of Arragon, 
 was of consequence immediately crowned. Northumberland 
 and Suffolk, with several of their adherents, were beheaded j 
 and the amiable Lady Jane Grey, with het husband* Lord 
 Guildford Dudley, fell an innocent victim to the unfeeling 
 jealousy of the queen. ,, , 
 
 But the English soon found cause to repent their attachment 
 to the cause of Mary, whose bigotted and sanguinary disposi- 
 tion but ill qualified her to rule over a brave and independent 
 people. She had at first solemnly promised to defend the re> 
 Ugion of the country as by law established. But she no soon* 
 cr found herself firmly established on the throne, than she re- 
 stored the popish tenets, and renewed the laws against heretics ; 
 committing all to the flames who would not submit to the Jiew 
 order of things. She married Philip king of Spain, who was 
 as furious a bigot as herself j and found 'most suitable instru- 
 ments of her cruelty in Gardiner bishqp of Winchester, and 
 Bonner bishop of London. The bloody scene began by the 
 execution of Hooper, bishop of Glocester, and Rogers, pre- 
 bendary of St Pauls. These were quickly followed by others, 
 of whom the principal were Cranmer, archbishop of Canterbury, 
 Ridley, bishop of London j Latimer, bishop of Worcester j Ro- 
 gers, Saunders, and Taylor, eminent clergymen j with many 
 others, to the number of 300 souls. These persecutions became 
 generally odious, and would probably have been resented by the 
 whole nation, had they not been suddenly stopped by the death 
 of the queen, who became the victim of her own peevish and 
 
Part if. 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 38» 
 
 England. Elizabeth — Mary, Queen of Scots, beheaded. 
 
 malevolent temper, and died of a lingering illness on the I7tk 
 of November 1558. 
 
 Elizabeth, daughter of Henry VII I. by Ann Boleyn, suc- 
 ceeded r le age of 25 years. She was a woman of extraordi- 
 nary abilities ', but harsh and overbearing beyond what became 
 her sex. The restraints to which she had been subjected du- 
 ring her sister^s reign had given her a surprising command over 
 her own passions, and taught her to conceal her sentiments in an 
 eminent degree j while her confinement in prison afforded her 
 an opportunity of studying the languages and sciences, which 
 she failed not to improve. She was remarkable for her pene- 
 tration in discerning characters, which was evident from the 
 judicious choice of her ministers j while her transcendent genius 
 appeared in the complete subjection of all ranks of persons un- 
 der her authority. As soon as she was established on the throne, 
 she restored the protestant religion, and confirmed, by act of 
 Parliament that form of worship which is still retained in the 
 church of England. She supported the protestants in France, 
 against their persecuting princes, and assisted the Dutch in 
 their attempts to throw off the Spanish yoke. Her conduct to- 
 wards her cousin, the queen of Scotland, was not of the same 
 generous nature. Jealous of the personal qualities of Mary, 
 which rendered her a formidable rival, she formed a party 
 against her in Scotland, which kept her in a state cf continual 
 warfare with her own subjects j and at the same time invited 
 her, with the strongest professions of friendship, to take refuge 
 in England, where she promised her a safe and honourable 
 asylum. Yet when this unfortunate princess threw herself into 
 the arms of her proffered kindness, she inhumanly ordered her 
 person to be seized, confined her 18 years in prison, and then, 
 after a mock trial, caused her to be publicly executed for a pre- 
 tended conspiracy against her government, in the year 1587. 
 
 Aa 2 
 
38a 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 Part II. 
 
 England. Destruction of the Invincible Armada— James I. 
 
 f:\ t^.. 
 
 In the following year, Philip king of Spun, who had long 
 considered the conquest of England as a necessary step towards 
 his recovering the revolted provinces of the Netherlands, pre- 
 pared and dispatched for that purpose a fleet superior to any 
 thiqg then existing in the world, and which was ostentatiously 
 sUled the Invincible Arnu^a* This fleet was engaged, defeat- 
 ed, and chaced for several days, by the English adnural Lord 
 Howard of Effingham and his brave oflftcers, with great effect ; 
 and was afterwards so dreadfully shattered by the seas and tem- 
 pests, that very few of the ships returned into the Spanish har- 
 bours. From this date the English navy has continued to the 
 present day unrivalled and irresistible in all parts of the ocean. 
 Towards the eiul of Elizabeths reign, the Irish rebelled, un- 
 der the Earl of Tyrone *, but were reduced to obedience by 
 Lord Mountjoy in the year 1603. 
 
 That same year the queen fell into a deep melancholy, oc- 
 casioned, it is sdd, by remorse for tho death of the Earl of Es> 
 sex, whom she had ordered to be executed for treason } and she 
 died on the a4th of March, in the 70th year of her age, and the 
 45th of her reign. With her ended the royal family of Tudor. 
 During this illustrious reign flourished the poets Shake- 
 speare and Spenser, and Bacon Lord Verulam, the father 
 of experimental philosophy ; the East India Company was 
 first established *, Sir Francis Drake sailed round the , world \ 
 and Sir Walter Raleigh, at his own expence, settled a colony 
 in North America, to which he gave the name of Virginia. 
 
 James I. of England, and VI. of Scotland, succeeded. He 
 was the son of Henry Lord Damley, and of Mary daughter of 
 James V. and grand-daughter of James IV. of Scotland, and 
 of Margaret daughter of Henry VII of England. He assum- 
 ed the title of king of Great Britain. 
 
 He was a weak but peaceful prince, and in his reign the king- 
 dom continued to increase in commerce and in wealth. About 
 
Part II. 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 3^3 
 
 •» 
 
 England. Gun-Powder Plot — Charles I — Civil War. 
 
 this time, the arts and sciences began to flourish in all the 
 countries of Europe, commerce and navigation were greatly ex- 
 tended, and learning of all kinds began to be more generally 
 diffused. By more enlarged views, a love of liberty began, 
 especially in England, to take deep root in the breasts of the 
 higher classes j and a desire of circumscribing the excessive 
 power of the crown began secretly to spread throughout the 
 nation. This was a temper but little suited to the views of a 
 monarch Ivho considered himself entitled to all the prerogatives 
 of despotic sovereigns, who imagined all legal power to be cen.^ 
 tered in his person by an hereditary and a divine light, arfd 
 who was accustomed to tell his parliament that he *' wished 
 " them to have said that their privileges were derived from the 
 " grace and permission of him and his ancestors." These op- 
 posite dispositions proved, as might be expected, the source of 
 continual jarrings between the king and his subjects during th& 
 present reign, and soon after involved the nation in the most 
 dreadful calamities. 
 
 Soon after the accession of James, a plot was formed by 
 some papists, to blow up the king, the royal family, and the 
 lords and commons, when assembled in Parliament. But the 
 horrid design was discovered on the 5th of November 1605, a 
 day which has ever since been celebrated by public rejoicings. 
 This was called the Gun-Powder Plot, > 
 
 James died of a tertian ague on the 27th of March 1625. 
 
 Charles I. son of the late king, succeeded. He was a man 
 of amiable dispositions, but singularly unfortunate in his edu- 
 cation, and in the time in which he lived. By improper com- 
 pliances in matters of importance, and an indiscreet stiffness in 
 matters of no essential moment ; but chiefly by arbitrary im- 
 positions upon trade, and raising taxes without the authority of 
 the commons,— he quarrelled with his Parliament, lost thecon- 
 
 Aa 3 
 
3^4 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 Part IL 
 
 England. Charles beheaded-oGonaiiionwealth — Oliver Cromwell. 
 
 £dence of his subjects, and was, after a long and destructive 
 civil war, led to the scaffold in the prime of life, where he was 
 beheaded on the 30th of Januaity 1649. . 
 
 , After the death of Charles, the commons voting the office of 
 king and the house of peers to ht useless, abolished them, and 
 changed the monarchy into a Commonwealth* . tu-^^ 
 
 OliverCr cm w £ l l, the son of a private gentU naii in Hunt- 
 ingdon, after repeated successes over the Irish and Scotch, by 
 whom Charles aon of the late king had been proclaimed, was 
 cne^ted Lord Protector by a council of his officers in 16 s^., 
 4ful afterwards ruled the nation with absolute authority. As 
 he was feared at home, he also made himself respected abroad. 
 Having declared war against the Dutch, upon a very frivolous 
 pretence of partiality to the royal party, he humbled them by 
 tepeated defeats, '^nd obliged them to sue for peace. He ob« 
 tained possession of Dunkirk from the French on account of 
 some assistance which he rendered them in their contests with 
 the Spanish government. He humbled the power of Spain, 
 and chastised the insolence of the Moors of Africa, by his ce- 
 lebrated admiral £lake, who spread the terror of the English 
 name over the whole Mediterranean. Penn and Venables, 
 other two of his admirals, having failed in an attempt upon the 
 island of Hispaniola, steered tow^ards Jamaica, which sur- 
 rendered to them without striking a blow. Yet so little was 
 thought of this acquisition, that, on their return, they were tried 
 and committed to the tower for misconduct. Cromwell died 
 on the 3d of September 1658. 
 
 Richard his son was appointed to succeed him : but want- 
 ing the abilities of his father, was soon obliged to resign ; and, 
 by the excellent management of General Monk,, the king, 
 who had fled to France, was restored. 
 
 Charles H. son of Charles I., returned to London on the. 
 29th of May 1660. He was a licentious and profligate prince ; 
 
Part IT. 
 
 -"EUROPE. 
 
 3»J 
 
 Eholano. Charles II.->.Prevaleiice of Impiety. 
 
 and his indolence and love of pleasure led him to intrust the 
 management of public affairs to five unworthy ministers, well 
 known by the appellation of the Cabal, from the initials of 
 their names } viz* Clifford, Ashley, Buckingham^ Arlington, 
 and Lauderdale j under whose management a most extraordi- 
 nary revolution took plate in the sentiments and manners of 
 the people. During the former usurpation and reign, a spirit 
 of morose and gloomy enthusiasm had overspread the nation, 
 and men imagined that the beneficent Creator was to be pkasted 
 only by denying themselves every social pleasure, and refu^g 
 every thing that tended to render life agreeable. The tide of 
 public opinion now took a course directly opposite. Bill in 
 avoiding the former egregious error, another of a still more 
 dangerous nattire was adopted, and every appearance of religion 
 Or seriousness was treated with derision and contempt. Riot 
 and dissipation universally prevailed. The court set the ex- 
 ample ', and nothing but scenes of gallantry and festivity were 
 to bo seen. In a word, the best mode of religion now was, to 
 possess of it as little as possible j and he yvho would approve hiih- 
 self to the prevailing party of the day, milst do so, not only by 
 avoiding hypocrisy, which is the disgrace of true religion y but 
 also by discr.rding all the duties of morality. 
 
 The natural consequences followed. The faithful follower^ 
 of the royal family, who had lost their all in the cause of the 
 king, were treated with ingratitude and neglect, while their 
 persecutors enjoyed the fortunes which were the purchase of 
 their crimes. As all the religion that was thought necessary, 
 consisted in external form, an act of uniformity was passed', in 
 consequence of which above 2000 of the most faithful clergy of 
 the kingdom were deprived of their livings in' England, and 
 the most violent persecutions were practised against the pre s- 
 byterian clergy of the church of Scotland. A war v,'as undtr- 
 
 A a 4 
 
386 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 Part II. 
 
 £moland. James II. — The Revolution— Wiiliam Mid Mary. 
 
 taken against the protestant states of Holland, in the course of 
 which, notwithstanding tome of the most desperate engagements 
 which history records, displaying the utmost efforts of human 
 courage, perseverance, ^nd skill, a Dutch fleet conducted by 
 their great admiral De Ruyter, appeared in the Thames, took 
 Sheemess, passed up the Medway, destroying the shipping in its 
 way, as far as Upnore castle, where it burnt three ships of war, 
 and returned with impunity. A plague broke out in X.ondon, 
 by which xoo,ooq of the inhabitants were cut off, and a fire 
 sopn after succeeded, which reduced the greater part of the 
 city to ashes, A. D. 1666. 
 
 The remaining piurt of the history of Charles is filled up 
 with the account of plots and conspiracies of various kinds, such 
 as the popish plot, the meal-tub plot, the rye-house plot, Sec, 
 the details of which ar^ abundantly uninteresting. The king 
 died of an apoplexy on the 6th of February 1685 j and was 
 succeeded by his brother. 
 
 Jam ss II., an avowed and bigotted papist. He promised 
 to maintain the established religion } but soon violated his en- 
 gagement, and used every possible method to introduce popery. 
 V In this situation of affairs, William, Prince of Orange, and 
 Stadtholder of Holland, who had married Mary the lunges 
 eldest daughter, was invited over by the people. 
 
 He landed in Torbay on the 5th of November 1688, and 
 was soon joined by the whole nation. Upon which the king, 
 unable to make any opposition, sent his queen and young son 
 to France, whither he soon after followed them himself. 
 
 James ha^ng thus abdicated the throne, the Prince and 
 Princess of Orange vkk proclaimed joint sovereigns by the 
 Parliament on the 13th of February 1689, This event in the 
 history of England is called The Revolution. 
 
 William III. and Mart began their reign by issuing a pro* 
 clamation for continuing in office all protestants who had been in 
 
Part II. 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 3*7 
 
 Emolano. Battles of KilUcrankie, Boyne, and La Hoguc — Q^Annc. 
 
 Y 
 
 place on the ist of the preceding December. Their authority- 
 was acknowledged in Scotland, where episcopacy was abolish- 
 ed, and the presbyterian form of church- government restored j 
 but in Ireland the greater part, consisting of papists, adhered 
 to king James. Some of the highland chieftains in Scotland, 
 too, in hopes of receiving succours from Ireland, assembled a 
 considerable number of troops under Lord Dundee, Who de- 
 feated the army of King William, commanded by general 
 M'Kay, at the pass of Killicrankie, on the 17th of July 1689 j 
 but their gallant commander having retieived a mortal wound 
 in the engagement, the highlanders retired to their respective 
 homes, and offered no more opposition to the general voice of 
 their country. 
 
 James himself, however, did not yet relinquish his preten- 
 sions to the British throne. Having received some troops 
 from France, consisting chiefly of his native subjects, in French 
 pay, he landed in Kinsale on the 12th of May 1690, and was 
 joyfully received in Dublin. But he was soon opposed by 
 king William, who attacked and defeated him on the banks 
 of the Boyne on the 30th of June, upon which he fled from 
 the scene of action, and returned to France. His adherents 
 were defea:ted the following year by general G inkle at Augh- 
 rim 'f and by the subsequent reduction of Limerick, a few 
 months thereafter, the conquest of Ireland was completed. 
 
 Another attempt was made by the French government to 
 restore the abdicated monarch. But the total defeat of the 
 French fleet under Tourville, by Admiral Russell off Cape la 
 Hogue, on the 21st of May 1692, entirely frustrated their de- 
 sign, and annihilated the hopes which James till then had en< 
 tertained. 
 
 William died by a fall from his horse on the 8th of March 
 1702 'y and the queen having died of the small-pox about 6ve 
 years before, without children, he was succeeded by 
 
388 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 Part II. 
 
 £NOi.ANn. Marlboruugh Eugene—Battle ot° Blenheim Union. 
 
 Annb, daughter of James IL, who had married George 
 priiKe of Denmark. She prosecuted the war against France 
 with the most brilliant success, by means of the famous Duke 
 of Marlborough, one of the most successful generals of any 
 age or country. 
 
 This illustrious ofHccr learned the first rudiments of war un- 
 der the famous Marshal Turxnnk, who prognosticated his fu- 
 ture greatness. In his 6rst campaign with the allies, A. 1 702. 
 being opposed by the young Duke of Burgundy and the Mar- 
 shal BoufHers, he could not bring these ofHcers, who uniformly 
 letreatcd as he (idvanced, to an engagement j and was obliged 
 to terminate the operations of the season without any other a- 
 chievement than the taking of the city of Liege ) in which, 
 however, were found an immense sum of money, and a great 
 number of prisoners. ' 
 
 The following year, 1703, he took the cities of Bonn, Huy, 
 and Limburgh ^ by which the country of Liege and the elec- 
 torate of Cologne were secured from the designs of the enemy. 
 
 In the campaign of 1704, being seconded by the famous 
 prince Ecgene, general to the emperor of Germany, he gained 
 a complete victory over the French and Bavarians at Blen- 
 heim, on the 13th of August, in n'hich about 20,000 of the 
 enemy were slain, above 1 3,000, wlt'i the marshal Tallard, 
 their general, were taken prisoners, and a country of lOO 
 leagues in extent fell into the haiids; of the conquerors'. This 
 same year, too, the town of Gibraltar was taken by the British 
 fleet under the prince of Hesse and Admiral Sir George Rooke. 
 
 In the year 1706, the Duke of Marlborough defeated the 
 French and Bavarians at Ramillies in Flanders, on the 2 2d of 
 May, and thus laid the whole country of Brabant open to the 
 allies. - - r '-;a • 
 
 In the following year, 1707, the UnioN between England 
 and Scotland, which had before been repeatedly proposed with- 
 
Pa&t II. 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 389 
 
 Enolano. Buttle* of Oudenartle and Malplaquct. 
 
 out success, was happily cBtv Led. The Articles of Union, which 
 had been drawn up in London the preceding year, by 20 com- 
 missioners on the part of Scotland, and 20 on the part of Eng- 
 land, were, with some trifling variations, ratified by the Scot, 
 tish Parliament in Edinburgh on the 25th of March of the 
 present year, and were unalterably completed in London 011 
 the I St of May following, when the island took the i>arae of 
 The United Kingdom of Great Britain. ^ , 
 
 In the campaign of 1708, the Duke of Marlborough gained 
 a signal victory over the French at Oudenarde, in consequence 
 of wl^ch. Lisle, Ghent, Pruges, and all the other towns 'v\ 
 Flanders, soon after fell into the hands of the allies. 
 
 The campaign of 1709 was no less successful. It was be- 
 gun by the reduction of Toumay, garrisoned by 1 2,000 menj 
 and of the citadel which was still stronger than the town ; 
 and this was followed by the bloody battle uf Malplaquct, in 
 which the allied army, consisting of 110,000 men, drove the 
 French, consisting of 1 20,000, from their fortifications j but 
 left ao,coo of their best troops dead on the field of battle. 
 The consequence was the surrender of the city of Mons, which 
 terminated the campaign. 
 
 . The last campaign of this great general, which happened in 
 171 i,is said to have exceeded all his former exploits. His incom- 
 parable superiority appeared in his having induced the enemy,^ 
 by marching and countermarching, to quit a strong line of en- 
 trenchments without striking a blow, which he afterwards took 
 possession of himself } and was thus enabled to reduce the city 
 of Bouchain } which was his last military achievement. .^j^ 
 
 So long and imiform a train of success is hardly paralleled 
 in the history of the world. During a war of nine years con- 
 tinuance, he had always advanced, and never retreated before 
 his enemies, nor Inst a single advantage he had ever obtained 
 over them. He frequently gained the enemy's posts without 
 
S!!P 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 Part IL 
 
 Englako. Peace of Utrecht George I. — ^Whigs and Tories. 
 
 fghting 'j but when he was obliged to attack, no fortifications 
 were able to resist him. He had never besieged a city which 
 lie did not take, nor engaged in a battle, in which he did not 
 come off victorious. 
 
 The gratitude of his country did not correspond to the ex- 
 tent of his services. A party was formed against him in the 
 cabinet of the queen ^ and on his iretum from his tenth cam- 
 paign, he was dismissed from all his employments. 
 
 The war languished afterwards for two years in the feeble 
 hands of the Duke of Ormond ', and a peace was at last con* 
 eluded between France and Great Britain at Utrecht, on the 
 31st of March 17 13. 
 
 Anne died on the ist of August 17x4, and with her ended 
 the line of the Stuarts. 
 
 G EORG E I. Elector of Hanover, was immediately proclaim- 
 ed. He was the son of Sophia, daughter of Frederick Elector 
 Palatine, and of Elizabeth daughter of James I. This first 
 prince of the illustrious house of Brunswick succeeded to the 
 throne of England in very favourable circumstances } and his 
 avowed maxim was, " Never to abandon his friend, to do jus- 
 ** tice to all the world, and to fear no man." But he soon 
 discovered a strong partiality to the whig* party, by whom lie 
 had been raised to the throne, and manifested a decided prefer- 
 ence to the interests of the state which he left behind him above 
 ^ those of that which he came to govern. ITic whigs, of conse- 
 quence, who were raised to ?.ll the offices of state, used every 
 means to confirm their own interests, to extend their connec- 
 tions, and to give laws to their sovereign j while the torieSf 
 who found themselves excluded from the royal favour, exprcss- 
 
 * Whig and Tory were foolish epithets, first employed in the reign of 
 Charles II. as terms of reproach Tor the Country and Court parties. 
 
Part II. 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 39« 
 
 England. Rebellion of 1715.— ^uth Sea Scheme 
 
 ed vhe highest disgust at the measures of the opposite faction. 
 The names of the contending parties were changed into Hano- 
 verians and Jacobites, the latter of whom raised the most ter« 
 rible outcries against the injustice and oppression which they 
 endured. To murmurs, tumults succeeded } and these tumults 
 served only to increase the severity of the Legislature. The 
 riot act was passed } declaring any persons, unlawfully assem- 
 bled, who should continue together one hour after hearing the 
 act read, guilty of felony without benefit of clergy. 
 
 These vindictive proceedings excited the indignation of the 
 people 'f and a rebellion commenced in Scotland u\ 17 15, 
 where, among other grievances, they stated that of the Union, 
 which they were taught to consider as an oppression. At the 
 head of this rebellion was the Earl of Mar, who raised the 
 standard of the Pretender, and assumed the title of Lieutenant 
 General of his Majesty^s forces. He was soon joined by the 
 Earl of Seaforth, and several of the highland clans, as well as . 
 by some officers who arrived with a supply of arms and am- 
 munition from France. The Pretender himself, James, son of 
 James II., and brother of queen /^rne, landed on the coast of 
 Scotland, with only six gen^^inn, in his train, and was solemn- 
 ly proclaimed at Fetterc;: .-. x ut perceiving his total want of 
 money, arms, and s»'kv?^--i>.on, for undertaking a campaign, he 
 set sail again for Ftunct, and the rebellion was happily sup- 
 skting the beginning of t \t following year. v 
 
 But though the rebellion was extinguished, the danger of 
 the state was mf^de a pretence for continuing the Parliament 
 beyond the term Axed for its dissolution. An act was there- 
 
 fore passed by their own authority, extending the term of their 
 
 duration from three^tc seven years. 
 
 . In the year .1720 happened the faihivc ot the. 'jouth'S^ 
 
 Schpne) a circumstance which gave 'i m-»st /'.anrii^g shock 
 
 >Z'f, 
 
 :*-f^t 
 
m 
 
 EUROPEi 
 
 Part If. 
 
 England. George II. — Porto Bello taken — Carthagena attacked. 
 
 to the nation in general, and involved thousands of families in 
 one common ruin. 
 
 George I. died of a palsy at Osnaburgh on the nth of 
 June 1727 J and was succeeded by his son, 
 
 George It. On his accession to the throne^ Sir Robert 
 Walpole was first minister of Great Britain, and was continued 
 in oflBce, notwithstanding some differences which had existed 
 between him and the new king when prince of Wales. He 
 was an able statesman, and rigidly attached to the pacific sys- 
 tem, by which the commerce of the country was increased, 
 and its manufactures impr6ved ; but partial to his own' crea- 
 tures, with whom he filled all places of trust and profit in the 
 state ', and lavish of the public money, so that the national 
 debt, which on the accession of the present king amounted to 
 30 millions sterling, was continually increased, even during a 
 profound peace. The whigs and tories, now changed their 
 names again, and were called the cdurt and country ^axtlcSy 
 between whom the national debt and the standing army were 
 subjects of almost continual debate. 
 
 The minister, however, carried every thing before him till 
 the year 1739, when he failed in a scheme of a general Ex- 
 cise : but rather from apprehensions of an insurrection without 
 doors, than from want of supporters in the house. 
 
 In 1739, a war broke out with Spain, on accotmt of certain 
 commercial interferences with South America j and Admiral 
 Vernon, who hated Walpole, was sent with a sqiiadron of 
 six ships to the West Indies, where he took and demolished 
 Porto Bcllo, with scarce the loss of a man. He next attacked 
 Carthagena, and made himself master of the forts : but being 
 ill supported by land, he was obliged to abandon the under- 
 taking, after the loss of several thousand souls. The country 
 party took advantage of these and several other similar cir- 
 cumstances to blame the conduct of ministers. They extolled 
 
Part 1 1. 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 393 
 
 England. Miiria Theresa Battle of Dettingen. — ^Earl of Stair. 
 
 K 
 
 the bravery of Vernon, in the speedy reduction of Porto Bello, 
 and imputed his subsequent failure to the carelessness of the 
 minister in providing the necessary supplies. A nev/ parlia- 
 ment was assembled in 1742. in which the majority opposed 
 the measures of Sir Robert Walpole, who was soon created 
 Earl of Orford, and retired from the house. 
 
 In consequence of the repulse at Carthagena^ and of several 
 other miscarriages at sea, the British nation became disgusted 
 with naval operations, and eagerly grasped an occasion which 
 about this time offered to renew their victories <mi the contineat. 
 
 The emperor Charles VI. having died in the year 1740, 
 the French, regardless of former treaties, and especially of the 
 Pragmatic Sanction, by which his dominions were scittled upon 
 his daughter Maria Therksa, the queen of Hungary, caused the 
 elector of Bavaria to be elected emperor 5 so that the queen 
 was at once stripped of her paternal inheritance ; while the 
 king of Prussia deprived her of Silesia ; and France, Saxony, 
 and Bavaria, attacked the rest of her dominions. 
 
 Vi these circumstances the king of Great Britain stepped 
 it/'.;ar< to the assistance of the queen of Hungary ^ and was 
 oon Jcjmef? by Sardinia, Holland, and Russia. The tide of 
 •" -rt ;s was Instantly turned on the side of the queen. The 
 Fr£Kch Wv e driven out of Bohemia ; her general, Prince 
 CharLii, at the head of a powerful army, invaded the domi- 
 nions of Bavaria ; her rival was obliged to fly before her 5 and 
 he who but a few days before was denominated emperor of 
 Germany, now stripped even of his hereditary dominions, retir- 
 ed to Frankfort, where he lived in obrcuriiy and want. 
 
 The war, however, continued to rt.ge between Great Bri- 
 tp:r» and France. The French, having attacked the British 
 arrr/, under the Earl of Stair, in en unfavourable situation, 
 near Dettingen, were received with such resolution, that they 
 "vvere obliged to repass the Mayne v;jth the loss of 5000 men. 
 
^^^^ 
 
 S94 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 Pakt ir. 
 
 England. 
 
 Prince Cha. Edward Battle of Fontenoy.— Rebellion of 1 745. 
 
 on the 6th of June i743> On the other hand, the French^ 
 under the famous Count Saxb, carried every thing before them 
 in the Netherlanoj j they had also gained some advantages in 
 Italy \ and at the same time projected a descent on Great 
 Britun itself under the eye of the Pretender Chapxes Edwako, 
 son of James the old Pretender, and grandson of the abdicated 
 monarch. 
 
 In the year ;4. Oount Saxe, after the reduction of Fri' 
 bourg, invested tut 'ong city of Toumay. To save this 
 place, if possible, the Duke of Cumberland* who commanded 
 the British troops, resolved, the following May, to hazard an 
 engagement. On this ensued the battle of Fontenoy ; in which, 
 through the treachery of his allies, the Duke was defeated, 
 with the loss of about 12,000 of his best troops ; and Tour- 
 nay soon after fell into the hands of the French. 
 ' These misfortunes in the Netherlands, however, were coun- 
 terbalanced by superior advantages in other parts of the world; 
 Admiral Anson, who had been sent with a large squadron to 
 co-operate with Admiral j Vernon, in distressing the Spanish 
 settlements and commerce, at the commencement of the war, 
 returned in the year 1 744, after having sailed round the world, 
 and brought to England about a million sterling of money, 
 which he had taken from the Spaniards. The Admirals Rowley 
 and Warren also made several rich captures at sea j the fort- 
 ress of Louisburg in Cape Breton, this same year surrendered 
 to the latter and general Pepperell j and a short time after, 
 two French East India ships, and a Spanish Ship from Peru, 
 laden with treasure, put into the harbour, and were taken. 
 
 The French, in otder to distract the measures of the British 
 government, having supplied the young pretender with some 
 money and about 2C00 men, sent him to excite a new rebel- 
 lion in favour of the abdicated family. He latuled in Aras- 
 aig on the 27th of July 1745, and having disarmed a party 
 
JPAKT II. 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 $95 
 
 England. Battles of PrestoK(4Nini, Falkirk, and Culloden. 
 
 ef the king\4 troops in t^Mvestem highlands, he advanced 
 with great rapidity to Perth, vrhere he performed the idle ce- 
 remony of proclaiming his father king of Great Britain, 
 from Perth he proceeded to Edinburgh, and entered the city 
 without opposition j but was unable to reduce the castle. 
 Having attacked and defeated Sir John Cope, who was sent 
 to oppose his progress, at Preston-pans, he was soon after joined 
 by the Earls of Kilmarnock, Cromarty, and by Lords Balme- 
 rino, Elcho, Ogilvy, Pitsligo, and the pldest son of Lord Lovat, 
 who, with their vassals considerably increased his army. Thus 
 encouraged and reinforced, he proceeded towards England j 
 entered the coimtry by the western border, took the town of 
 Carlisle, established his head*quarters at Manchester, and Hav- 
 ing advanced within loo miles of London, threw that capital 
 into the greatest consternation. But he was prevented from 
 pursuing his advantages by the total want of subordination 
 among his troops. Returning therefore by Carlisle into Scot- 
 landf he laid Glasgow under severe contributions, besieged the 
 castle of Stirling, and completely defeated the royal army un- 
 der General Hawley, at Falkirk. 
 
 Here, however, ended all his short* lived triumphs. The 
 Duke of Cumberland haying arrived from the continent on the 
 following year, he was placed at the head of the troops, and 
 advanced immediately in quest of the rebel army. A battle was 
 fought at Culloden near Inverness, on the i6th of April 1746, 
 in which the rebels were defeated with great slaughter, and' 
 obliged to disperse themselves in all direction?. The conquer- 
 ors behaved with the most Shocking cruelty j butchering with- 
 out mercy, the wounded, the unarmed, and even many who had^ 
 been only spectators of the combat. Through whatever part 
 of the Highlands their subsequent march was directed, terror 
 jfFOclaimed tjiie approach of the inhuman victors ) destruction 
 
 B b 
 
89^ 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 Vakt II. 
 
 as 
 
 Emolamd. Adventure* of Prince Charles Edward Stuart. 
 
 nuuked the progress of their steps } and the succeeding scene 
 of horror and desolation exhibited to the wretched survivors 
 the awful effects of rebellion and civil discord : 
 
 en quo discordia ches 
 
 Perduxit misertu ! 
 
 . Thejoung Fretend-r fled from the scene of action Immedi- 
 ately after the engagement, and was closely pursued by the 
 ^roops of the conqiieror, who offered a reward of 30,0001. to 
 fmynan .vjlhj should take him either dead or alive. His ad- 
 venture! gre interesting \ and the account of them appears of* 
 ten roman< ' S .c imes he found refuge in solitary cottages, 
 sometimes in dreary caves and extensive wpods ; sometimes he 
 travelled }n the chgracterof a man, sometimes of a maid-servant, 
 sometimes he was accompanied by one or two disconsolate 
 friends } sometimes he cast himself upqn the mercy of perfect 
 strangers j ^nd sometimes he was without :^ny attendants at all, 
 Por six months he continued to wander in the frigh^tfuji ^yilds of 
 Olengary and the Hebrides, in the course of which he had oc- 
 casion to trust his life to abov^ 50 individuals, an4 l^s »tuation 
 was known to fiundreds besides } not one of whom could be 
 prevailed on by so great' a prospect o^ sordid gtun to betray 
 hiiA into the hands of his enemies :— i^ot because they were dis- 
 ^Ifected to the existing government, but because they concei- 
 ved the. deed to be ungenerous and inhuman. At length a pri- 
 IfatQci; 9f St Maloes, hired by his adherents, ^arrived in Loch* 
 zspach, in which Ke embarked, ^nd landed ^afply at lloseau 
 nev Moflaix in France. In thcmetin tipw, vtrnj of his ad- 
 Iierenti.werejnvolved in nU the ^nh^ppy consequences of their^ 
 rebe^OQ. .Seventeen ofBcers were hanged, dr^wn and quarter- 
 ed at K^iwgton common, near London •, . nine were executed 
 in the wija&n^anner.at Carlisle, and eleven at York. KiUnar* 
 
PJAT H. 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 ^1 
 
 Cmglamd. Peace of Aix-la-Chapelle— ^establishment of a Kew Stjrie, 
 
 k 
 
 nock, Balnerino, and Lovat, ivei« tried, fouid guilty of high- 
 treason, and executed* 
 
 S09Q alter the cupfiresston of the rebellion, the Duke •( 
 Cumberland returned to the continent, and resumed the com» 
 mand of the army } but with very inadequate abilities. J^ 
 train of disaster and defeat ensued, in which all the strong 
 towns which had been taken by the Duke of Marlborough 
 vreie lost 5 and the hopes of the allies, now sunk to the lowe^ 
 pitch of depressicMi, were supported only by the consideration 
 of the repeated defeats which the enemy experienced in othec 
 <]uarters. In Italy the Marshall Belleisle^s brother, at the 
 head of an army of 34,000 men, was defeated and killed, whik 
 in several parts of the world the French fleets were repeatedly 
 defeated with prodigious loss,.by Admirals Anson, Warren, and 
 Jiawke, and other gallant commanders. In these drcumstan- 
 ces the' minds of all the contending parties were directed fee 
 terms of .acconunodation j and a treaty of peace was concluded 
 at Ai3^1a*Chapelle in October 1 748, the basis of which was, 
 the restitution of all places taken during the war. 
 
 The following year, the interest of the national debt was re- 
 duced from 4 to 5t per cent for 7 years ) after which it was 
 resolyed ^hat the whole should be reduced to 3 per cent. 
 In March 1751 died Frederick Prince of Wales, of a pleurisy, 
 thoi^ght at first to be no way dangerous. In the same year, 
 an M:t passed for regulating the commencement of the year, 
 and for establishing die Ntw Style* Accordingly, r i days were 
 $unk in the month of September 1752, and from that time the 
 year was madjc to begin on the ist of January. 
 
 It could not ^ reasonably expected that the peace of Aix- 
 la-Chapcile, which had be^ patdied up by the existing neces* 
 ■sities of the oootending powers, ^ould be of very permanent 
 ^usation* Accordingly, mvtual complaints, accvsations, and 
 
 . , B b 2 
 
m 
 
 fcUROPt. 
 
 J»AAi»ifl 
 
 tt» 
 
 SMotAND. War of 1756 — French defeated at Ckown Point^Braddock kUIed. 
 
 lecriminations took place between France and England beforfc 
 J 2 months had elapsed from the conclusion of the treaty; 
 These reciprocal injaiics, li^hich okriginated in disputes concern- 
 fog certain territories in Nova Scotia, and about the mouth df 
 the river AGssisippi, continued gradually to increase from the 
 ^ear 1749 to 1 755, when they broke out into open ai. 1 avowed 
 hostilities. This last mentioned year, Admiral Bbteawen was 
 dispatched with A fleet to intercept a French squadron bound 
 to North America, and took two ^hips of the line, the rest 
 liaving escaped up the riVer St Laurence. Beudes these, 500 
 bf the richest French merchant ships, and above 8000 of their 
 i)ea| sailor^, were bibught into the ports of Gteat Britain before 
 the end of the year. 
 
 ■ "In the year 1 756, (war having been formally declared on the 
 tSth of May) General Monkton succeeded in driving the 
 French fromi their encroachments on the province of Nova Sco- 
 ila 'y aind General Johnson defeated a French army near Crown 
 «Pbint with great slaughter j but General Braddock^ who had 
 been sent to reduce the forts on the Ohio, fell into an ambus- 
 cade and war *ulled. At sea, the British were So successful 
 that the French navy Wits unable to recover itself dimng the 
 continuance of the'Ti^r. 
 
 In this extremity, the French had recourse to th^ ordinary 
 ' expe^ent of threatening an invadon of Great Britson. Sev6» 
 ral bodies of troops were sent do^vn to the sea-coasts, which 
 Were instructed in the manner of emb'ukikig and relanding ^om 
 flat-bott6med boats, of which great numbers were Aiade for the 
 expedition. The ministry were greatly alatmed. They ap* 
 plied to the Dutch for 6000 men, stipulated in case df invasion \ 
 ^nd being refused, on the pretence that no invasion had as yet 
 
 ■ actually taken place, they brought over .10,000 Htssians and 
 Hanoverian», to the great disgust of the nation. The people 
 tinammaasly reprobated the idea of such mercenary protection^ 
 
Jl 
 
 J^KkT II. 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 30» 
 
 Enolamd. Admiral Byng executed — Earl of Chatham. 
 
 reviled the ministry for fuch d^graceful condescension, and de? 
 manded a vigorous exertion of their own strength, which they 
 were ready to oppose with confidence to ^ny external force. 
 
 The Britiiih invasion never was attempted, but an expedition 
 was undertaken in France against St Bhilip^s in Minor9a \ and 
 Admiral Byng, who was sent from Britain with « squadfpn a^ 
 least equal to that of the enemy, h^yipg unaccountably decUf 
 ned to fight, or rather, feebly exertpd the energies of his com^ 
 inission, the citadel was obliged to surrender, a^d the whole 
 island fell into the hands of the French. For thi$ cpnduct, Byng 
 was brought home under arrest, and sacrificed, perhaps, rather 
 to the indignation, than tp the justice of his country : for th9ug|i 
 he may have been chargeable >vith ^n error qr a defect pf judg- 
 ment, he ws)s not convicted ^itlier pf {Cowardice, or pf any 
 treacherous intention. 
 
 After the conquest of Minorca, thi w^r became pxoie yio> 
 lent, and more extensive than before. The French having der 
 clared that they would revenge all the injuries they should su»* 
 ■tain in their colonies on the king of l^ngland^s German domi- 
 nions, his Britannic majesty entered into an alliance with the 
 king of Prussia, ^ho was pquaUy interested in the safety of the 
 German states. From this alliance ^ new copibination took 
 place among the European powers, which were arranged in the 
 following manner. Britain pppos^d France in America, Asia^ 
 and on the ocean. France attacked Hanover, which wa^ pro- 
 tected by the king of Prussia, aided by the trppps gnd money 
 of Great Britain. At the $ame time, Austria, whiph had aim? 
 on the dominions of Prussia, drew Saxony into the same de- 
 ugns, and was supported by France, >3weden, and Russia. , 
 
 In this war the kmg of Prussia performed exploits unequal^ 
 led in the annals pf n^odem Europe } while the British forces 
 by sea and la^d, under the direction of the transcendent genius 
 of Mr William Pitt, (afterwards Earl of Chatham) caftied 
 
 B b3 
 
JEUROPS. 
 
 f MT II. 
 
 Emolamv. Colonel Clive-Xapitulation of Ctesteneven — Pr. Ferdinand. 
 
 l^ctory and triumph ta the most- «Kstui« parts of the world. 
 Thtftble miiiister, who wis appomtcd accretarj of state on tha 
 4th of Deccnbet I756« so fiar from dreading the threatened in" 
 Vaskm of the French, planned an expedition to earxy the Brit- 
 ish arm* into the heart of France. The enterprise, which wa« 
 condttcted by Sir John Mordaunt «id Admiral Hawke, was not 
 attended with the expected success } yet it shewed the enemy 
 the necessity of guarding vigilantly their own shores. 
 
 In the East Indies, the British arms, under Cokm^ CUre^ 
 Wcie attended with uncommon snccess. This active and in- 
 trepid officer, with a very smaU body of troops, reduced Tanna, 
 Butbttdgia, Hoogley, Chandemagore, and several other forts, 
 retook Calcutta, which Had fallen into the hands of the enemy 
 the preceding year, defeated and dethroned Sarajah Dowla; 
 nabob of Bengal, Bahar, and Orissa, arid proclaimed Meer 
 JuBfT v*hoh 'm hh stead ) ^hus laying the foundation of the 
 present extensive donrinions of Britain in India. 
 ' In Germany the war wa9 not conducted this year with equal 
 ability. The Duke of Cumberland, who commanded the Ha- 
 Aoveriims, afW having retreated for some time before the ene- 
 my, was defeated at a village called Hastenbaek^ and after* 
 tvards compelled to sfgn a capitulation, by which the whole ar- 
 my Ittd down their arms^ and Hanover was delivered up to the 
 enemy. This transaction is caUed the Capitulation ofCktter' 
 
 SiV0tl* 
 
 The conditions of this treaty were not strictly observed by 
 cither party } and the rapacity and oppressions of the French 
 tax-gatherers soon fismbhcd « pretence for setting it aside al- 
 together. The Hanoverians rose with one voice to assert the 
 freedom of their country } the famous Fek.dinand, Prince of 
 •Bntnawiek, put himself at their head, and the Duke of Marl- 
 borough waif sent over to join him with a small body of British 
 troops, afid large soppfies of money. In consequence of this 
 
Part II. 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 Enolawo. Loniaburg Uken-x.Victeri«i «i the British in the Eitst Indies. 
 
 arrangemisut) a complete chinigi took place m the ilffinn of 
 Germany. The French weve inetantly driven out of Ha»ovel', 
 and the alUed armyvlrat almost uniformly victorious. i 
 
 4 In Che year 1758, tfa«;itrdngfortrei« of Looiabttrg in Gape 
 Breton wM reduced afid demolished by the British obdet Ge- 
 nerri Amherst and Admind Boscawtoj Fort du Quesnc was 
 taken by bri(|radicr General Forbes ; and the French fleet was 
 defeated by Admiral Boscawen, who took 5 or 6 ships of the 
 line } bat a considerable check was received' at Tlcosulerago, 
 where General Abercrombie was defeated with great slaughter, 
 and obliged to retire to his camp at Lrice George. In th^ Eiait 
 Indies the French fleet was twice defeated by Admiral Poooke; 
 and the French generd, Lally, who btesieged Madras towarda 
 the end of this year^ was obliged to raise the siege on the i6th 
 of February following. -mif 
 
 »^That same year, i^59> the French adxmral havihg re» 
 fitted his fleet, and received a considerable Reinforcement fnwi 
 the islands of Mauritius and Bourbon, ventured once more to 
 face his antagonist. An engagement took place oh the loth 
 of September, in which the French, though much superior in 
 number of ships luid weight of metal, were a third time dtfeat^ 
 ed, and obliged to retreat wit-h considerable loss. By land the 
 French arms were attended ««ith no better success. General 
 Lally, after maliy unsucccs^l endeavours to rcjtrieve the affairs 
 of his countrymen, at length lud siege to Wandewash, which 
 had been recent^ taken by Colonel Coote, But he was en- 
 gaged on the 22d of January 1760 by a British army far infe- 
 rior in numbers to Uis own j after a battk'of three hours, his 
 forces were entbely routed and pursued to their entrenchments } 
 there they were instantly attacked, and driven from their camp, 
 «vhlwh,with thecamp equipage, fell into the hands of the conqucN 
 cors; athird timetheywereattackedanddefeatedbelowthewaUs 
 
 Rb 4 
 
EUROPE. 
 
 Part IX, 
 
 _j:i> oi.Aiip. Ticondertgo t«kcii~ .Oener«l Wolie^BitU« of Quebec. 
 
 of Chcltaput, 1 8 miles from the field of battle, and obliged to re* 
 .tire with confusion and lost to the town of Pondicherry. CheW 
 taput was soon after besieged, and avrrenderetl in one day. This 
 was followed by the redaction of Tinmerj, Arcot, Ciarical, 
 Chteiambnim, Permueoil, Alampervaf Waldour, and kntl^Fsn- 
 dieherrj itself, which ci^ulatedon the 15th of Ji^uary 1761 : 
 And ^s an end was pvt to the power of the French in thk 
 part of the workl. , <> 
 
 While the British arms w«re thus triumphant in the East, 
 they were attended with no less conspicuous success in the we»- 
 tcxn hemi^here. In the year 1759, General Prideaux and Sit 
 WilUam Johnson attacked and reduced a French fort of great 
 unpottanee near the cataracts uf Niagafa ; and General Am^ 
 herst, who was dispatched with a body o^ 12,000 men to re- 
 duce Crown Point and Ticonderago, found these places on his 
 arrival, deserted and destroyed j so that there now remained 
 but one decisive blow to reduce all North America under tho 
 British dominion } and this was the taking of Quebec, the ca« 
 pital of Canada. An expedition was therefore fitted out for 
 this purpose under the command of Admiral Saunders and Ge- 
 neral WoLFX. The enterprise was attended with difficulties 
 which appeared unsurmountftble ', but nothing could resist the 
 bravery of the British troops conducted by the heroic Wolfev 
 Having gtuned the heights of Abraham in the night of the lOth 
 of September, this gallant officer attacked and defeated the 
 French army under Montcalm on the followthg day ; but was 
 himself kiUed in the engagement, to the inexpressible sorrow 
 of the army and of his country. Th< surrender of Quebec was 
 the consequence of the victory *, and this was soon followed hj 
 the cession of all Canada ; whitfh has since remained annexed 
 to the British empire* On the ist of May preceding, the is- 
 land of Guadaloope was reduced by Commodore More &nd Ge- 
 neral Hopsoh > and on thcf i«t of August, the French army in 
 
Part. II. 
 
 EVROPI. 
 
 4«9 
 
 England. Battle of Minden — Defettof the FVench Fleet — Oeor^e III. 
 
 Gcrmanyt consitting of 80,000 regular troops, was defeated by 
 prince Ferdinand, with » far infiecior number of men, in the 
 famous battle of Mimdch. ^ 
 
 The French, thus foiled in everj quarter, and rendered des- 
 perate by the ruin of their public credit, had recourse to the 
 usual threatening of retrieving all by an invasion of Great firi<- 
 tain. But on the 18th of August their Toulon fleet was at- 
 tacked and defisated by admiral fioscawen oflf Gibraltcr, with 
 the loss of 5 sail of the line i the rest haviifg escaped by the 
 darkness of the night j and on the 20th of November, the Brest 
 fleet was defieated in, the Bay of Biscay by admi d Hawke, 
 who took or destroyed 6 sail of the line j the remainder hav" 
 ing escaped in the night, or by taking refuge in the river Vi- 
 laine, with the loss of their guns. These disasters convinced 
 the French once more of the impracticability of a successful 
 invasion, and the design was consequently relinquished. 
 411 On the ajth of October 1760 died George II. of an apo 
 plexy, in the 77th year of his age, and 34th of his reign. He 
 was succeeded by his present Majesty, 
 
 ...Geokgs III. son of Frederick the late prince of WaleV. 
 His Majesty ascended, the throne in tlie most favourable cir- 
 cumstances that can easily be imagined. He was a native of 
 £ngland, in the bloom and vigour of youth, in his person tall 
 and comely« and in his manners a£fable and engaging j his sub- 
 jects enjoyed the most profound internal tranquillity j while 
 the most astonishing successes attended their arms in every 
 quarter of the globe. At his first meeting with parliament, on 
 the 18th of November, he confirmed the hopes of his allies, 
 and convijiced. the public of his intentions to prosecute the wac 
 with vigour. Accordingly, the king of Prussia received a sub- 
 sidy to support the operations of the allied army in Germany ; 
 an expedition was fitted out against the island of Belleisle* on 
 the (Oiist of France, which surrendered to the British forces 
 
4C4 
 
 XVJLQVX. 
 
 Part IL 
 
 EsoLAVD. Family.^mfmet'H'f^aBebWMtindiftUMuU taken. 
 
 tm 
 
 ii*4er cotxu&odox;} |i(.eppel» and geneial Hodgson in 1.761 ^ and 
 1^ Ipmesa of Pondicheny in Ir^dia, as has already been no^ 
 ticed, surrendered to colonel Coote and admiral Stevens. ^t 
 .'■^^ th(i mean time, proposals werp made for peace between 
 ibe belligerent poweii| but Mr Pitt baviag received iutclli* 
 geAce that the Fat/tilf-Comfiact was signed between Fiance and 
 Spain, he proposed instantly ta break off the negotiadion, ■ and 
 %9. declare war against this last . kingdom. This salutary pr»i- 
 p^sal was scomfuily.rcjectcd, and the secretary resigned his eao^ 
 ployment on the 5th of Oetobcr 1761. / 
 
 JSoon afterwards, however, the ocW administration fiMuid that 
 Mr Pitt had been in the right, and war was declared between 
 Great Britain and Spain on the 4th of Jsmuary 1762^ On the 
 other hand war was declared by the French and Spamards 
 against Portugal, because it would not accede to the confede- 
 racy agsunst Great Britain. Three Spanish armies poured in 
 upon Portugal in three different directions, almost at the same 
 time, and became masters of a very considerable part of the 
 country. But they were soon defeated by the Portuguese, as* 
 dsted by some British troops, under the command of the count 
 de la Lippe Buckeburg. The Spaniard* were defeated first 
 by a detachment under general Burgoyne, afterwards by the 
 allied army, and a third ti^ne by a detachment under general 
 Lee 'f and the rainy season having soon after commenced, the 
 Spaniards, who had seized no advanced posts, were every where 
 obliged to fall back to the frontiers of their own country, k 
 
 The success of the British arms was no less remarkable in 
 America and the Pacific Ocean. In the West Indies, the is- 
 lands of Martinico, St Lucia, St Vincent, Granada, and the 
 Granadillas, were taken from the French y and from the Span- 
 iardr was taken the strong fortress of Havannah, in ^e island 
 of Cuba, the most important place belonging to Till CathoUo 
 Maje&ty in the new world > with moixcy and valuable gQO()s to 
 
PMt 11. 
 
 fi©ft^p«. 
 
 •Nils 
 
 EHotANO. The Hemiione,iiid Trinidid Oatleon taken— Peace of 1763. 
 
 the amount of three millioM sterling. T6 thk nay b» ttMtd 
 the capture of the Hermione, a Spanish register-ship, vahMdvi 
 a million sterling. In the East Indies, colonel DrUper and 
 a'dmiral Cornish, vrho hid been dispatched on «i expe^tiaa 
 agaihst the Philippine islands, landed in Manilla oh th« 241I1 
 of September; and cm the 6th of October, the capital satittiK- 
 dered at discretion ; and with k the vihole of that and all the 
 other Philippine islands ^11 into the hands of the coftquerof^ 
 Soon after, the Trinidad galleon^ vriih goods to the value of 
 three Ynillion* of dollars, was captured by two frigates of the 
 British squadron. Such a train of disasters disposed the eneany 
 to re>-assume, with more sincerity than before, the negotiatio&a 
 for peace ; and a treaty was accordingly concluded at Park «& 
 the 10th of February 1763. By this treaty, the whole conti'- 
 nent of North America, east ef the river Mi^sirippi, compte* 
 bending the two Floridas, Nova Scotia, and Canada, with iht 
 islands of Ne^vfbundland, Cape Breton, and St John, was <t* 
 ded to Great Britun } m consideration of which, his British 
 Majesty restored to Spain the island of Cuba } and to Franee; 
 the islands of Martinieo, Guadaloupe, Maregalante, Hr.i Dies- 
 rade ) while, in return fOr the two small islands of St Pierftf 
 and Miguelon, on the coast of Newfoundland, and the neutral 
 island of St Lucia, the French gave up the islands of Grana^ 
 da and the Granadillas, and quitted their pretensions to St Vin-> 
 cent, Dominica, and Tobago. In Africa, Britam retained dis 
 settlement of Senegal, and gave up the small island of Goiiee. 
 In the East Indies, the French received back all the places 
 which they possessed before the war, on condition that they 
 should maintain no forts or forces in Bengal; and the city of 
 Manilla was restored to the Spaniards on condition of permk> 
 ting the British to cut logwood in the Bay of Honduras, fii 
 Germany, a mutual restitution and oblivion was agreed to, and 
 each pBrty» after 6 yeai^ of Uoodshed aod devastatiooi sat 
 
#$6' 
 
 RUlOPE. 
 
 Part Iff 
 
 £if.oi.AKi», ,^anip^t~Fint AiiMnc^.Ga«gre8s. 
 
 do!RQ at.the «n4 «f the y^a^t;ii}. $he same situatiwi as belbre i^ 
 
 began*-. 
 
 Ut;iiv.t^« 7<|ar 1765, »n act was passed which pr«v^ of the 
 mostpprnicipus consequence to tbe;|(ntish nat^n. It was aii 
 BCtioi Igyjing.a Stamp duty on tie British colonies North 
 Am«apf^^. This, act occasioned a p;rodigious feTmeL.> among 
 |h« Americans •, who a&se^ed, that th^ British Parliament, 
 in which they were npt represented, h^d no right to tax them j 
 and accordingly, when the act reached tl>e polonies, it was 
 treated v^th evejry pp^sible mar^ qj^ indignation a^4 conte^jfipt. 
 Nor .did the opposition of the cplp^ists stpp here. Several as* 
 soci^tions were fprmed in (Afferent parts pf the country, who 
 Iraund themselves npt to import or purchase any BritisjL^ xpanu- 
 factures till that ^ct was repealed \ and committees were esta.' 
 blished in eve^ colony, who held a regular correspptidenqe 
 with each otlier, and even appointed deputies tp m^et in CpN- 
 OR^sss, to consult al^ut ^he gc^qtal interests of the whole. 
 Th« first Congress wasi held in New York, in the t>egi^ni^ng o^ 
 Octoher 1765. 
 
 . Such a general, determined, ^nd systematic plan pf opposl-* 
 Ak>n, occasioned considerable alarm in the British c^bi\\et j aqd 
 fhc King having .dismissed Mr Geprge Grenville, and the other 
 ministers by whpm the measure was prQpose4, this obnoxious 
 act WAS repealed on the i8th of M^rch 1766, under the admi* 
 nistration of tifc Marquis of J8,ockinghsttn,yj_,^^j,,<^ 
 ,^ ,.When the Apicncan Stamp act w;^ repealed, a declaratory 
 ^i^iwas published, setting forth the authcurity of the mother 
 (p)^ltry over the colonies, and her power to bind. them by laws 
 :;^Q4f tatutes in al]l. casps \vhateyer. In prppf pf thiS asserted 
 auth(^7» '^" ^^ ^^ pa!>sed ia 1767, imposing ^ duty upon 
 J:ta, p^PAr,: painter's colour^ and glass, imported .bto Ameri- 
 M*- ■ $Mt anthe colonists denied the right of the British Par- 
 iiament to impost^ ta^es in America altogether ; they mani* 
 
i^Ati!. 
 
 ^ftiipfei 
 
 4^ 
 
 England. Wa^ington; — Independienc<; of America acknowledged. 
 
 « *t-i' 
 
 jfested the same violent and determihed opp6sitiot>(o the pitsent 
 act which they had done to the former. So gfeat wa^ fH^ 
 ferment Oti the occasion j tliat this del was ' also t^pealcid two 
 years after, excepting in so ifar as it rielated to tea. Bat this 
 coricessiotl served no good purpose whatever j and the Amer& 
 tanS resolved, at every hazard, to prevent the lahdiiig of Mj 
 tea among them till the act should be repealed in toto. Ac* 
 cordingly, three ship* having arrived at Boston in Deceinbcf 
 1773, they were instantly boarded by a Clumber of armed nien, 
 who ihrew the whole cargbes ihto the sea, but did no farther 
 ilamagtf whatever. A similalr conduct was followed in various 
 other parts of the country ; and the British government found 
 Itself reduced to the cruel alternative of acknowledging the 
 independency of the colonies, or of attempting to redu&e them 
 to obedience by force of arms. * ' 
 
 The latter alternative was unwisely and unfortunately pre- 
 ferred 'y and a war accordingly ensued, which was prosecuted 
 whh tlie most rancorous animosity on both sides, from April 
 I77J; tb Janua^ 1^83. In this awful contest, the American 
 efforts were direibted by the transcendant talents of George 
 Washington, Esq., a gentleman of large fortune in Virginia, 
 whom they appointed general artd comman^r in chief of all 
 their forces j and they were powerfully seconded by the arms 
 of France, of Spain, and of H6lland j who^ucceSsively declar- 
 "ed agtunst Great Britain during the progress of the war. 
 
 By the treaty of peace which followisd, the King of Great 
 Britain acknowledged thf united colonies of New Hampshire, 
 Massachusetts bay, Rhode island and l*fovidem:e plantations^ 
 Connecticut, New York, New jersey, Pennsylvania, Del^ 
 ware, Maryland, Virginia, North Carolina, South Ctooiina, 
 and Geof^ii, to be free, sovereign, and independent statti \ 
 Telinquishing for ever all claims lo the government and ter#» 
 toriitl rights of the same, arid every part thereof* 
 
49$ 
 
 ZVKO^Z. 
 
 PartU. 
 
 Emoiako, French Revolutioti.- 
 
 ■anaangBMBaaMaaHHi 
 
 .Ambitiotu views qf that nation. 
 
 To France, Great Britain ceded all her possessions before 
 tfcf war, the islands of Tobago, St Lucia, St Pierre and Mi« 
 quelon, in the West Indies } the river of Senegal, and the 
 island of Goree on the coast of Africa j Pondicherry, Karical, 
 Mahe, Chandemagore, and the comptoire of Sorat in the East 
 Indies J while France restored to Great Britain the islands of 
 Grenada and the Grenadines, St Cristophers^s St Vincent, 
 Dominica, Nevis and Montserrat, in the West Indies, and 
 guaranteed Fort Jam^ and the river Gambia in Africa. 
 
 Bj the same treaty, Spain became mistress of the two Flo* 
 ridas, and of the island of Mmorca j and consented to restore 
 the islands of Providence and the Bahamas to Great Britain. 
 
 To Holland, Great Britaki restored the town of TrincomaI6 
 in the bland of Ceylon ; while the Dutch yielded Negapatam 
 with its dependencies to Great Britain. 
 
 In the year 1789 commenced the memorable Revolution in 
 Trance ; an event which afforded the most cordial satisfaction 
 to every sincere lover of mankind, and especially to the en* 
 lightened inhabitants of Great Britain. The {»-ogtess of the 
 rcTolationtsts, however, disapp<nnted the hopes, and shocked 
 the feelings of the warmest friends of liberty and of France. 
 The French National Assemblies and Conventions had re- 
 peatedly declared, that they would not enter, upon any war 
 vrith a view to conquest. But the reduction of Savoy and 
 other places, belonging to the king of Sardinia, by general 
 Montesquieu and adnural Truguet j the invasion of Germany 
 jby Custine, and the conquest of the Netherlands by Dumou- 
 ;ner, in the year 1792, subjected them to the merited reproach, 
 that tinder the pretence of fiberty, they retained the destruc- 
 tivc maxims of the former government, and t^at they proba- 
 bly proposed no less an object to their ambition than the uni- 
 iwnal emfnre of Europe. This supposition received addi>- 
 tional strength from the decree of the Convention which dc» 
 
II. 
 
 PauII. 
 
 HUHOPI. 
 
 405 
 
 England. Death of I^ouis HVh—Wv ^ith France. 
 
 clares, that the French Qa,tion will grm.% assistance and frater- 
 nity to all those subjects of monarchical (or ^s they are stile4» 
 tyrannical) governments who. are desirovis to procure their li- 
 berty. Another circumstance which induced the British PaT- 
 Jiamefit to oppose the pretensions of France, was their resolu- 
 tion to ppei> the navigation of the Scheldt, which had been 
 shut up by the treaty of Munster, in 1648, which had been 
 confirmed to the Dutch by succeeding treaties, and was gua- 
 ranteed by the courts of Versailles and I'Ondon. All these 
 things were rapidly followed by the cruel CKecution of theit 
 king, on the 21st of Jannuary 1793, which excited the sym- 
 pathy and indignation of all the powers of Europe. 
 
 The first tokens of disgust at the conduct of the Frenck 
 which the British government exhibited, were, the publication 
 of the alien bill for compelling aliens to depart out of the 
 kingdom; and the shutting of the ports of Great Britain against 
 the exportation of com to France, while they were open to 
 her enemies. At last, towards the end of January, the French 
 nmbassador was informed by the British court, that his cha- 
 racter and functions terminated by the abolition of Monarchy 
 in France j that he ho longer bore any public character in this 
 country J and that he was consequently required to leave it 
 without delay. 
 
 On the 1st of February, the French Convention declared 
 war against the king of England and the stadthplder of the 
 United Provinces j and general Dumourier was dispatched 
 with a large body of troops to invade Holland. The Dutch 
 made preparations to defend themselves ; and their efforts were 
 speedjly seconded by a British army under the command of 
 the Duke OF York, who began his operations with the relief 
 of Williamstadt j Breda and Gertruydenbcrg having surren- 
 dered to Dumourier before the arrival of the Duke. 
 
■'fUk'J^SJP^'W • 
 
 Ti|to 
 
 EUROf*!:. 
 
 )>AkT )[!v 
 
 England. Valenciennes atid Cond< taken. — Siege of Dunkirk raised. 
 
 Soon after, the Duke of York joined the Austrian alrmy^ 
 and having besieged the strong town of Vatencienne^i, hfc 
 obliged it to surrender on the 20th of June \ ten days after 
 Condc had surrendered to the prince of Cobourg. 
 
 Encouraged 1^ these and other successes obtained by tht 
 allies about the same time> a large detachment of the combi- 
 ned army, under the command pi the l3uke of York, proceeded 
 without delay to attack the post and town of Dunkirk. This 
 enterprize promised well at first : but terminated unfortunate- 
 ly. On the 22d of August, the French abandoned their camp 
 at Ghivelde,on the approach of thr Duke : on the 24th, they 
 were driven from their outposts and obUged to take refuge in 
 the town \ and on the 25th, the sizge was Commenced in form. 
 But, by some neglect, a naval armament from Great Britain, 
 which was to have co-operated with the land forces, did not 
 sail so early as was expected } and the Duke of York, after 
 suffering considerable loss in several actions with the enemy, 
 was obliged to raise the siege on the 7th of September^ and 
 to leave behind him his numerous train of artillery. 
 
 Not long before this timet the English Admiral, Lord 
 Hood, who was cruising in the Mediterranean sea, entered in- 
 to a negociation with the inhabitants of Toulon, and took pos« 
 session of the town and shipping in the name of Louis XVH. 
 on the 28th of August. But on the 30th of November fol- 
 lowing, General O'Hara was taken prisoner by the French, in 
 u sortie which he had made from the garrison } on the 19th of 
 December, the place was attacked and bombarded by the re- 
 publican forces ', and the British were obliged to evacuate it 
 that same night in great confusion j having first set fire to the 
 shipping in the harbour, and to the town. 
 
 On the 1st of June 1794, the British fleet, uinder the com- 
 mand of Lord Howe, gained a signal victory over tha^ of ike 
 
it 
 
 i»ART II. 
 
 *fiURO^t. 
 
 '#K 
 
 England. Naval Victory of Lord St Vincent — Mutiny in the Navy. 
 
 French in the British channel : by whkh the enemy lost nine 
 ships of the line, eitb^ir taken or destroyed. 
 
 Another victoty was gained over the Spanish fleet o£F Capb 
 St ,Vinccnt, by Sir John Jbrvis (nOw Earl bf St Vincent) oh 
 the X4th of February 1797 *, when the British admiral, whose 
 number of ships was little more than one half that of the ene- 
 my, succeeded in separating the rear of the Spanish fleet from 
 the main body, and took tWo ships of 1 1 2 guns each, one of 
 B4, and oneof 74i^'' '■ "'' ' ^* 
 
 ' ^'Not long after, a circumstance took place which cast a tem- 
 porary gloom over the viholt nation. This was a most alarm- 
 ing mutiny, which, about the middle of April, broke out in 
 the Channel fleet at Spith6ad, and which soon spread its coh^ 
 tagious influence to the othei^ fleets at Sheemess and Yarmouth. 
 Its object was, an advance of the sailors piy, and certain re- 
 gulations Telative to the allowance of provisions. To obtain 
 these objtots, the crews appointed delegates, two for each ship,* 
 who for several days had the entire command of the fleet, in 
 which no officer possessi^d the least authority. In such a cri- 
 tical situation, and at such an awfiil crisis. Government at first 
 adopted lenient measures, and ev6ry concession was made 
 which was consistent with the dignity, and consequently the 
 safety of the state. This plan had the desired effect to a certain 
 degree, and harmony and good order were apparently restored. 
 But a few ambitious and unprincipled men conceiving, that as 
 so much had been conceded, nothing could be withheld, re- 
 kindled the flame of rebellion in differeift^arts of the navy, 
 Ntw pretended grievances were stated, new extravagant de- 
 mands were made j and Government now convinced, that to" 
 yield would be to expose! the dearest interests of the country, 
 assumed a higher tone, and made the necessary dispositions to 
 Ibfce the malecontents to a 6ubmissIon. The measure's which 
 
 Cc 
 
■"Iffl||"R'" 
 
 •'WPPPfP 
 
 4l» 
 
 EvUROPE. 
 
 paut ir. 
 
 Enolano, fiftttlc of Cauiperdown. — Ckmferences at Lisle. 
 
 ^ 1 . . T~" I .mui iii 'i ii II I II I 
 
 ^ere adopted, convinced the deluded f ^ilors of the en9rmity of 
 the crime into M^hich they had been 8cduqed| and shewed them 
 the awful alternative wliich remained. A l^ind Providence di- 
 ir^cted them in their consequent resolutions } a few ships at first 
 left the mutinous fl^et, and surrendered themselves at Sheerness^ 
 i^id soon after, the whole by degrees came in and delivered up 
 their delegates, who were tried by a court martial, and pun< 
 isheci according to their crimes. f> 
 
 It was not long before the ships which had been principally 
 engaged in this unhappy affair enjoyed ^n opportunity of dc< 
 monstrating the sincerity of their repentance. Accounts were 
 received at Yarmouth, about the beginning of October, that 
 tUe Dutch fleet was out. In the course of a few hours, the 
 Sritish squadron, undet Admiral (now Lord Viscount) DoK- 
 CAN, which lay there, was completely ready for sea, and in- 
 stantly sailed in quest of the enemy. On the nth of that 
 month the fleets came in sight of each other, and a most bloody 
 engagement ensued, in which the Dutch were completely de<> 
 feated, with the loss of nine of their ships, and of their brave 
 admiral De Winter, who was taken prisoner. Rear admiral 
 Storey, when he perceived that the action was irrecoverably 
 lost, retired ta the coast of Holland with as many of the ships 
 ^ were able to accompany him ; otherwise it is probable that 
 they must all have fallen into the hands of the British. 
 
 During the present year, an attempt waa made by the Bri- 
 tish cabinet to negociate a peace with France ^ and Lord 
 Malmesbury, who ^\id been unsuccessful on the former year, 
 was sent to France again on this important mission. But af- 
 ter a stay of about three months in Xisle, the place appointed 
 for the conference, he was abruptly ordered to depart, and on 
 the aoth of September returned to England without having 
 cfifected any thing. The Frencli, on the other hand, who had 
 concluded a treaty with the emperor of Germany, by which 
 
Part 1 1. 
 
 EUROPE* 
 
 4V3 
 
 England. Buonaparte. — Lord Nelson. — Battle of Aboukir. 
 
 the Netherlands were given up to France, and who had con- 
 sequently little employment for their armies, began to renew 
 the usual threatening of an immediate invasion of England. 
 For this purpose a large army was assembled on the coasts op- 
 posite to Great Britain, which was dignified with the pompous 
 title of " The Army of England j" and the world was filled with 
 rumours of the astonishing preparations which were making in 
 the ports of France for its transportation. Of these, one . of 
 the most extraordinary consisted in a peculiar species of rafts 
 of prodigious dimensions, by which the troops were to be con- 
 veyed (sometimes it was said above, and sometimes below wa- 
 ter, for both were equally probable) across the channel, and 
 landed on our envied shore. 
 
 But while these idle reports \yere industriously circulated in 
 the north, the south of France was the scene of real and ex- 
 tensive preparations. Accordingly, towards the end of May 
 1798, a very formidable expedition departed from Toulon, 
 under the command of the celebrated Buonaparte, who first 
 reduced the island of Malta, belonging to the knights of St 
 John J and then directed his course to Egypt, where he hnd- 
 ed without opposition on the 7th of July, and soon over- ran 
 that defenceless country. But on the ist of August, the fleet 
 which had escorted him frotn France was attacked and defeat- 
 ed by a British squadron under the command of Admiral N£l« 
 SON, with the loss of nine ships of the line iatid two frigates ta- 
 ken, and two ships of the line sunk. 
 
 Soon after the intelligence of this important victory arrived 
 in England, Sir John Borlase Warren defeated a French squa- 
 dron of one ship of the line and eight frigates, with troops and 
 ammunition on board, off the coast of Ireland, and captured 
 the whole squadron, two frigates only excepted. In the month 
 of November of the same year, the island of Minorca was tsb> 
 
 C c a 
 
414 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 Part II. 
 
 England. Expedition to Holland. — Surrender of the Dutch Navy. 
 
 ken by General Stuart and Commodore Duckworth, without 
 the loss of a man. 
 
 In \he year 1799, ^^ expedition was fitted out in Great 
 Britain with a view to enable the Dutch to throw off the 
 yoke of France, in which 30,000 British troops were employ- 
 ed, and these were joined in Holland by 17,000 Russians in 
 the pay of England. Tlie first division of this armament which 
 sailed from England on the 12th of August, was prevented by 
 violent storms from approaching the Dutch shores for 14 suc- 
 cessive days J but ort the morning of the 27th, the troops ef- 
 fected a landing at the mouth of the Texel j and after a well 
 contested action, compelled the enemy to retire, and took pos- 
 session of the batteries and works of the Helder. Seven Dutch 
 ships of war and 13 Indlamen surrendered to the British fleet 
 under Admiral Mitchell, who instantly proceeded into th^ Zui- 
 der Zea, and offered battle to the fleet lying there. The whole 
 fleet, consisting of 12 ships of war, submitted to the British 
 admiral, who received them for the service of the Prince of 
 X)range, 
 
 On the 13th of September the Duke of York arrived in 
 Holland with the second division, and took upon him the com« 
 mand of the whole army. On the 19th, he received a partial 
 check from the French troops,-, but on the 2d of October, after 
 a desperate engagement of ;. 2 hours, he compelled them to re- 
 treat, and took possession of the town of Alkmaer. But the de- 
 Jay occasioned by the storms before landing the first division, 
 gave the French time to pour such a number of troops Into Hol- 
 land as completely prevented any rising in favour of the English j 
 and this circumstance, with the adyanced period of the season, 
 the bad state of the roads, and the consequent dlfliculty of pro- 
 curing the necessary supplies for the army, convinced his Royal 
 Highness of the impossibility of prosecuting successfully the 
 object of the expedition : He therefore concluded an armistice 
 
Part 1 1. 
 
 EUROPE* 
 
 *«S 
 
 England. War in India. — Seringap»tain taken.~Rebellion in Ireland. 
 
 with General Brune, and returned soon after with the army 
 to England. 
 
 The efforts of the British arms this year were more success- 
 ful in the East and West Indies. In the former, a new war 
 broke out with Tippoo Saib, in the course of which, his capital, 
 Seringapatam, was taken by the British, (led on by General 
 Baird), himself was slain in the assault, and the greater part of 
 the Mysore country was added to the territory of the East In« 
 dia Company, as already mentioned under the article India. 
 
 In the West Indies an expedition was fitted out under the 
 command of General Trigge, and Admiral Lord Hugh Sey- 
 mour, who arrived on the 1 6th of August off the mouth of the 
 river Surinam, and received the submission of Fort New Am- 
 sterdam, and of Paramaribo, the capital of the colony. 
 , Towards the end of the year, Buonaparte, who, having re- 
 turned from Egypt, displaced the French directory, and assum- 
 ed a dictatorial power in France, under the title of !'.*'irst Con- 
 sul, addressed a note to the king of Great Britain, expressing 
 a wish to enter upon a negotiation for a general peace. But 
 the British ministry declined the proposal, on the principle, 
 that the French government had not as yet acquired sufficient 
 stability to be treated with on so important a subject. 
 
 In the year 1798, a formidable rebellion broke out in Ire' 
 land, fomented by a number of persons well known by the 
 name of United Irishmen, who, under pretence of a parliament- 
 ary reform and catholic emancipation, attempted to effect a 
 total separation from Great Britain, and to erect it into a re- 
 public, after the plan, and under the protection of France. 
 An attempt to carry this plan into execution had been made 
 in the year 1796, and a considerable fleet had sailed from 
 Brest, in the month of December, to their assistance. But 
 this fleet was dispersed by violent storms j and though part of * 
 
 C c 3 
 
4*^ 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 Part II. 
 
 Enolaitd. French land in Ireland. — Comwallis puts down the Rebellion. 
 
 it arrived safe in Bantiy Bay, and remained there for three 
 days, the tempestbousneN of the weather prevented any at- 
 tempt to effect a landing, and the hopes of thi insurgents Were 
 for that time blasted. They continued, however to prosecute 
 their traiterous designs with unabated vigour } and being ren- 
 dered desperate by the discovery of their plots, and the appre- 
 hension of many of their leaders in the beginning of 1798) 
 they determined to attempt their purpose at whatever hazard. 
 Thus the flame of civil war was soon kindled in various parts of 
 the country. In the month of August, the rebel army in the 
 West was joined by about 1000 men from France, who landed 
 in Killala bay under General Humbert. This ofBcer having 
 assumed the command of the rebels, defeated a party of the 
 king^s troops at Castlebar, and advanced without farther 
 opposition towards Tuam. But on the 7th of September, 
 the Marquis Comwallis came up with the main army, compel- 
 led the French to retreat, and on the following day to surren> 
 der at discretion. Soon after this, another fleet which had 
 sailed from France to the assistance of the rebels, having been 
 completely defeated by Sir J. Borlase Warren, as already 
 mentioned, the discontented party lost all hopes of success ; 
 their remaining troops, who were dispersed among the woods 
 and mountains, successively submitted and laid down their 
 arms, and the war was happily brought to a termination. 
 In order to prevent a repetition of the same calamitif th^ 
 ^_. British Government resolved to effect a Legislative Un ic 
 
 two kingdoms ; and a proposition to that effect was sl itted 
 to the Parliaments of Great Britain and Ireland on the 22a of 
 January 1799. In both houses of the British Parliament the 
 address passed without a division, and in the Irish house of 
 Lords it passed by a majority of 33 ; but in the honse of Com- 
 mons it was rejected by a majority of six, and was consequent- 
 ly laid aside for that time. It was, however, renewed on the 
 
 ffA 
 
9AKt II. 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 417 
 
 England. Union of Ireland with Great Britain Malta taken. 
 
 4th of February 1800 } when it passed in the house of l.ords 
 ivithout a debate, and in the house of Commons by a majority 
 of 43. On the 13th of March, the Articles of Union were fi- 
 nally agreed to in the house of Commons, and on the 24th in 
 the house of Lords. On the Friday following, both houses 
 tvuted on the Lord Lieutenant, with a joint address to that 
 t(k&t which was afterwards transmitted to Great Britain, 
 ivhere the measure was again submitted to the British Parlia> 
 ment } and the Union was unalterably fixed by the royal as- 
 sent, on the 2d of July. 
 
 The articles of this Union import. That the kingdoms of 
 Great Britain and Ireland shall upon the 1st day of January 
 1 801, and for ever after, be united into one kingdom, by the 
 name of The United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland : 
 that, of the peers of Ireland at the time of the Union, four 
 lords spiritual, by the rotation of sessions, and 28 lords tempor- 
 al for life, shall sit and vote in the house of Lords j and loO 
 commoners in the house of Commons of the united kingdom j 
 viz. two for each county of Ireland, two for the city of Dub- 
 lin, two for the city of Cork, and one for each of the 32 most 
 considerable cities, towns, and boroughs : that, for the space of 
 20 years from the commencement of the Union, the contribu- 
 tion of Great Britain and Ireland respectively towards the ex- 
 penditure of the united kingdom in each year shall be in the 
 t>roportion of 15 parts for Great Britain, and two parts for 
 Ireland ', and after that term, this proportion to be subject to 
 revision and reguladon from existing circumstances. 
 
 The military operations of Great Britain during the yeaf 
 1800 were not very splendid. They are, however, distinguish- 
 ed '.-J the taking of the island of Malta, which, after a close 
 blockade of several months, being reduced to the greatest ex- 
 tremity by famine> submitted to the British forces oa the Jftb 
 of September. 
 
 C c4 
 
4x8 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 Part I|* 
 
 Enoland. Coalition of the Northern Powers. — Battle of Copenhagen. 
 
 Towards the end of this year, a coalition of the northern 
 powers of Eihrope was formed, with a view to assert the inde- 
 pen(is'>ice of the seas a^irst the pretensions of the British flag j 
 and a convention was signed at Petersburgh on the i6th of 
 Deceirber between the kings of Denmark and Sweden, an4 
 the emperor of Russia, consisting of 13 articles. By one of 
 these it was declared, that all neutral vessels might navigate 
 freely from poit to port on the coast of the belligerent powers ^ 
 that they could be stopt only on proofs that were clear and po- 
 sitive, and must not be visited when the commander of the es- 
 cort pledged his word that they contained nothing irregular. 
 The court pf !^erlin acceded to this convention, which was call- 
 ed the Quadruple Alliance ) and all possible means were adop.-> 
 ed by the combined powers to render the measure embarrass- 
 ing to the British Government. 
 
 In order to ^efeal the purposes of this confederacy, an arma^ 
 ment was fitted out in the British port«, and dispatched to the 
 Baltic, under the command of Sir Hyde Parker. It consisted 
 of 17 sail of the line, 3 frigates, and about 20 bomb -ketches 
 and smaller vessels, which sailed from Yarmouth on the 1 2th 
 of March, and having triumphantly passed the Sound, appear- 
 ed before the capital of Denmark. The Danes, apprehensive 
 of their danger, had made very formidable preparations to re- 
 ceive the enemy. The city was defended by an armed flotilla, 
 consisting of ships of the line, galleys, fire-ships, and gun-boats. 
 This flotilla was Hanked and supported by extensive batteries 
 on the two islands called the Crowns, tlie largest of which 
 mounted from 50 to 70 pieces of artillery* 
 
 On the 2d of April, a division of the British fleet, consist- 
 ing of 1 2 sail of the line and 4 frigates, under the command 
 of Lord Nelson, advanced with a fair wind to the attack, and 
 after a severe engagement, an end was put to the contest by a 
 note from Lord Nelson to the Prince of Denmark, offering a 
 
mn^ 
 
 Part IL 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 4'f 
 
 England. Death of the Emperor Paul, and Peace witlt Kiu>.sia. 
 
 cessation of arms. A favourable answer having been return* 
 cd, his lordship went on shore himself, and in a conversation 
 \vith the prince, settled the terms of an armistice which was 
 soon after confirmed by Sir Hyde Parker and the Danish 
 court. In this engagement the Danes lost i8 ships of war. 
 
 On the 19th of the same month, the British fleet appeared 
 off Carlescrona ; and the governor beuig required to give an 
 explicit answer respecting the measures now to be adopted 
 by his court, a favourable return was made by the Swedish 
 king. A circumstance had lately occurred •»' '.%ch contributed 
 much towards this resolution of his Swedish Majesty, and alsu 
 to facilitate the reconciliation of the contending parties. This 
 was the death of the Emperor Paul, who, on the 23d of March 
 expired suddenly. His son Alexander, who was proclaimed 
 Emperor of all the Russias on the following day, discovered 
 at least an apparent character of moderation, which formed a 
 happy contrast to the hasty violence of his father. He issued 
 an ukase, reviving and confirming all the regulations of the 
 late Empress Catharine for the encouragement of industry and 
 commerce ; he relinquished the claim upon Malta for which 
 his father had so eagerly contended j and soon after, a cessa- 
 tion of hostilities, and the general outline of an accommodation 
 ivith Great Britain were agreed on, In consequence of which. 
 Lord St Helens was dispatched from London with full powers 
 to terminate the dispute. This he happily accomplished j and 
 by so doing, removed one of the greatest obstacles to a peace 
 between Great Britain and France. Another obstacle bcin«r 
 removed by the complete success of the British arms in Egypt, 
 as already mentioned (see p. iC'4), the administration embra- 
 ced this favourable opportunity to renew their proposals for 
 peace. A negotiation was accordingly begun, and conducted 
 with surprising secrecy by Lord Hawkesbury mid M. Otto, 
 till brought to a mo«t unexpected conclusion. The prelimlna- 
 
^ib 
 
 EtJROPfe. 
 
 Part If. 
 
 EsGLASD. Peace of Amiens. — Condemne4 by the nation. 
 
 lies were signed at London on the ist of October i8oi. By 
 these it was agieed, that Great Britain should restore all her 
 conquests except the island of Trinidad, and the Dutch pos- 
 sessions in Ceylon. The Cape of Good Hope was to remain a 
 free port to all the contracting parties. The island of Malta 
 was to be evacuated by the British troops, and restored to the 
 order of St John. Egypt was restored to the Ottoman Porte. 
 Portugal was to be maintained in its integrity j and the French 
 troops were to evacuate the territories of Rome and Naples. 
 The republic of the Seven Islands was recognized by France : 
 end the fisheries at Newfoundland were established on their 
 former footing. 
 
 Soon after this, the Marquis Comwallis was sent as Plenipo* 
 tentiary from Great Britain to Amiens, where the definitive 
 treaty was concluded on the 25th of March 1802. 
 
 No event, perhaps, was ever more ardently desired, or mor* 
 joyfully hailed on its occurrence than the present unexpected 
 pacification : yet no event in the foreign relations of Great 
 Britain, ever occasioned such violent expressions of indignation 
 and disgust, when the articles of the treaty were communicated 
 to the public : and it is deserving of particular notice, that 
 many of those persons who were most clamorous in their de- 
 mands of peace, and most vehement in their censures of admi- 
 nistration for continuing the calamities of war ^ who cried out 
 constantly and loudly for peace on any terms j were the most 
 vociferous in their complaints, and the most violent in their 
 condemnation of that peace which, at their desire was obtained, 
 and on the best possible terms. This circumstance serves to 
 shew bow ill qualified the great mass of mankind in any nation 
 are, to judge with propriety concerning the complicated affairs 
 of state ', and, without encroaching in the most distant manner 
 on the privilege of every free-born Briton, to enquire, to com- 
 plain; to remonstrate, and even to resist, when necessity urges } 
 
Part II. 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 411 
 
 England. Progress towards renewed hostilities. 
 
 demonstrates the inconsistency arid folly of those who affect to 
 decide with confidence on every political subject. 
 
 The former ministry, distinguished by talents unequalled xa 
 the cabinets of Europe or of the world, had declared and main- 
 tained, that, from the existing circumstances of the French go* 
 vemment, no peace could be obtained which would be honour- 
 able or safe for Britain, or permanent in its duration j yet as 
 the public voice persisted in the demand of a negotiation, tlicj 
 humbly retired from ofRce, that they might not seem to thwart 
 the wishes of their country. The event has dIscovere4 the 
 depth of their political sagacity. A treaty of peace was con- 
 cluded by men as upright and disinterested as ever engaged ia 
 any affair of equal importance j and conditions as favourable as 
 possible to the British interests were obtained. Yet this peace 
 was Instantly reprobated by all denominations of men, as sacri- 
 ficing the dearest interests of Britain to the precarious conti- 
 tiuance of a dishonourable truce, and as exposing the very ex- 
 istence of the nation to the rapacious grasp of French ambition. 
 
 These reflections, though unquestionably too severe, con^- 
 dering the circumstances in which the treaty was concluded* 
 were not altogether without foundation. For hardly were the 
 plenipotentiaries of the different powers returned to their re- 
 spective courts, and the articles of convention ordered to be 
 carried Into effect, before mutual injuries, complaints, and re- 
 criminations, imhappily took place. On the part of Great 
 Britain it was complained, that the conduct of France exhibit- 
 ed a striking contrast to the open, liberal, and friendly, proceed- 
 ings of the British government y that the prohibitions which had 
 been placed on the commerce of the British subjects in France 
 during the war, were enforced with increased strictness and seve- 
 rity J that violence was frequently offered to their property, and 
 no redress granted, nor satisfactory answer given to repeated re- 
 
42ft 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 Part II» 
 
 J^NGLAND. Causes of the present War. 
 
 ■ ■ — — ^-T— 
 
 presentations made at Paris on this subject. That a number 
 of persons were sent over from France to the principal sea-port 
 towns of Great Britain and Ireland, whQ, in the character of 
 commercial agents, were really employed in obtaining the 
 soundings of the harbours, and in procuring military surveys of 
 the places where they resided. That a French army was kept 
 in Holland against the will, and in defiance of the remon- 
 strances of the Batavian government, and in repugnance to the 
 letter of three solemn treaties. That a French army invaded 
 the territory, and violated the ind^endence of the Swiss na- 
 tion, during a period of peace, and in defiance of the treaty of 
 Luneville, which had stipulated the right of the inhabitants to 
 choose their own form of government. That Piedmont, PaVma, 
 Placentia, and the island of Elba, were united to the dominions 
 of France, without any provision being made for the king of 
 Sardinia. That the French government entertained views 
 hostile to the integrity of the Turkish empire, which is gua- 
 ranteed by the king of Great Britain. That the First Consul of 
 France, in a communication to the legislative body, presumed 
 to aflirm, that Great Britain could not contend single-handed 
 with France j an assertion that could be considered in no othet 
 light, than as a defiance to a brave and powerful nation. That 
 the British Ambassador was insulted by the first consul of 
 France at a public audience, before the ministers of most of the 
 states of Europe. That the French minister at Hamburgh 
 caused a most opprobrious libel to be published against the king 
 of Great Britain, containing the most unfounded calumnies 
 against his Majesty and his government. And lastly, that mi- 
 litary prepa> uions were making in the ports of France and Hol- 
 land, incompatible with the safety of his Majesty's dominions. 
 
 On the part of France it was alleged, that the ambition of 
 Great Britain alone was the cause of all existing or apprehend- 
 ed dilTercnces between the two nations : that the cabinet of St 
 
Part II. 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 4^3 
 
 England. Negotiation — ^War declared-^Conquest of Hanover. 
 
 James's desired only a pretence to violate a treaty which it 
 found was disagreeable to the people of England *, and in proof 
 of this, the first consul stated, that the preparations going for- 
 ward in the ports of France and Holland were by no means of 
 such an extent or nature as to give any just ground of alarm 
 to his Britannic Majesty j being only intended to secure the 
 tranquillity of the French colonies in the West Indies ; and he 
 complained loudly of the retention of Malta by the British 
 forces contrary to an express article of the treaty of Amiens j 
 while the British government insisted, that the conditions on 
 which the restoration of Malta had been stipulated, could not 
 in the present circumstances of Europe be complied with. 
 
 • In order to remove these grounds of jealousy and complaint, 
 a new negotiation was commenced between the contending 
 parties in the month of March 1803. But from the spirit with 
 which it was conducted by the chief magistrate of France, little 
 hope was entertained of a favourable issue. Accordingly, about 
 the middle of May following, the ambassadors of J'rance and 
 England returned to their respective courts, war was openly 
 declared by the two countries, and a decree was issued from 
 the Thuillieries, declaring all the Englishmen in France, be- 
 tween the age of 18 and 60, to be prisoners of war. A French 
 army was soon after dispatched under general Mortier to take 
 possession of Hanover. On the 1st of June it entered the elec- 
 torate, which submitted by capitulation, without the smallest 
 struggle *, and this part of the king of England's doraiviions is 
 still in the possession of the French. 
 
 • But the ambition of the first consul is not to be satisfied by 
 so trivial an advantage. I'he old threatening of an invasion of 
 England is once more renewed with more presumptuous con- 
 fidence than ever, and the most formidable preparations have 
 for many months been going forward in all the ports of France 
 and of her vassals. Innumerable gun-bouts, Hat bottomed boatS| 
 
4«i» 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 Part II. 
 
 England. Reflections on tlie present state of the Nation. 
 
 and transports of peculiar construction are stationed along the 
 coast) from the T^xel to £rest j and the shores are covered 
 with troops, which are to pour the vengeance of France upon 
 this devoted island. No quarter is to be given ) no mercy is to 
 be shewn ; the British constitution is to be overturned ; the 
 British inhabitants are to be destroyed, enslaved, or removed 
 t» the colonies of France ; and the certainty of this tremendous 
 revolution is established by the old Latin adage, Delenda est 
 Carthago. 
 
 Such language may amuse the children of France, or swell 
 the pride of the most ignorant of the people. But it is not a 
 language to be used by wise or sober-minded men. It is true, 
 indeed,'that Carthage was destroyed by the Romans \ but no- 
 thing can be more absurd than to infer from that circumstance 
 the destruction of Great Britain by the French. Carthage was 
 a solitary city ; a very large and magnificent one, it is allowed, 
 being, in the time of its greatest prosperity, about 23 miles in 
 circuroference, and containing perhaps 700,000 inhabitants ; biit 
 possessed only of a very small adjoining territory on the coast 
 of Africa, and surrounded by a number of barbarous, and often 
 hostile tribes. It had become powerful from the success of its 
 commerce, which cxtvuded to the different ports of the Me- 
 tUterranean sea, and by the establishing of colonies in Spain 
 and in some of the adjacent islands. But before its overthrow, 
 the military character of the inhabitants was greatly degene- 
 xated, and the defence of the state was committed to mercen- 
 ary troops. Its power and resources also were much reduced, 
 in consequence of two successive wars with the Roman repub- 
 lic, one of which had lasted 23, and the other 17 years, and of 
 a inost dreadful civil war, more destructive to the state than 
 both the others. Even in this state of comparative weakness, 
 the city of Carthage was not finally overcome by the fair 
 chance of war, but by the perfidious policy of the unfeeling 
 
Part II. 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 4?S 
 
 England. Reflections on the present state of the Nation. 
 
 Romans. This proud and imperious people, under the pretence: 
 of friendship, commanded the Carthaginians, while engaged in 
 a dangerous war with an ambitious neighbouring prince, and 
 negociating a treaty of peace with Rome, first to deliver up 
 300 of the chief nobles of the state as hostages ^ next to send 
 M large supply of corn for the subsistence of the Roman troops ', 
 after that, to deliver up all their ships of war ; still further, to 
 put the Roman consuls in possession of all their military en- 
 gines 'y and, lastly, to convey all their arms into the Roman 
 camp. Yet notwithstanding that all these demands were 
 complied with, and the exhausted, and seemingly defenceless, 
 city of Carthage was soon after attacked by all the power of 
 Rome and of Masinissa, the issue of the contest seemed fr&* 
 quently doubtful ; nor was this single city reduced till after a 
 siege of more than three years. 
 
 What then must be the eflforts of an empire, consisting of above 
 an hundred thousand square miles of surface, in an insular situ^i 
 ation ) containing fifteen millions of inhabitants all conscious 
 of privileges unknown to any other nation on the globe, an4 
 resolved to forfeit these privileges only with existence } having 
 the complete and undisputed command of the sea, and defended 
 by 700,003 men in arms ! Such a nation may, without the 
 fear of contradiction, be pronounced invincible by any ppwer 
 iperely human. 
 
 Let it be remembered, however, that in the course of human 
 events, it often happens that the race is not to the swift, nor the 
 battle to the strong, nor counsel to men of understanding. Iiv 
 the history of the world innumerable facts occur, in which the 
 causes were so apparently disproportioned to the effects, a? t(» 
 confound the calculations of human sagacity, and astonish everyi 
 beholder. These facts are surely calculated to impress tho 
 awful, but too much neglected truth, That there is a Go4 
 above, who superintends the affairs of mortal men, and who. 
 
i» 
 
 426 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 Part II. 
 
 England. Reflections on the present /state of the nntion. 
 
 1 1 f 
 
 with infinite justice distributes, not only to individuals, bUt 
 also to communities and nations, according to their deeds. 
 
 Viewing the present aspect of public affairs in this light, it 
 cannot be denied that Britain, with all her opulence and power, 
 has abundant cause for serious apprehension. A nation, fa- 
 voured for many ages past with privileges, both civil and sacred, 
 beyond any other country under heaven j and at the same time 
 chargeable whh many gross and heaven-daring vices, cannot ex- 
 pect to pass with impunity, when the divine judgments are so 
 conspicuously abroad in the eatth. Men who are accustomed 
 to serious thought, and attentive to the conduct of Providence 
 in the revolutions of states and empires,—- men, who believe that 
 divine religion which is the highest perfection of human nature, 
 and which has long been the glory of Britain )' such men, 
 cannot but see with deep concern, that the enormous crimes, 
 of open infidelity j 'of contempt of God, and of his ordinan- 
 ces \ of pride j of extravagance^ intemperance, and unclean- 
 ncss j<~that these, and many other vices with which Great Bri- 
 tain is chargeable, must sooner or later extort severe chastise- 
 taent from the hands of a just and holy God. Such men 
 inust petceive what none will dare to deny, that the hand of 
 the Almighty is already stretched out in judgment over the 
 land* War is in itself an evil of a-most tremendous nature, and 
 one of the most awful tokens of the divine displeasure with 
 ffrbich any nation can be visited. This tremendous evil— this 
 ftwful token of the divine displeasure, is now felt by the Bri- 
 tish nation 5 and who can either predict the length of its du- 
 ration, prescribe the limits of its progress, or conceive the niag- 
 Ifitude of its effects ? Invincible to any human prtwer, we are 
 /Jbmpletely at the mercy of God, whose displeasure we have 
 provoked, and who may employ the feeblest foe to execute his 
 vengeance. 
 
Part II. 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 4*7 
 
 England. Reflections on the present State of the Nation. 
 
 These considerations call loudly for repentance, and amend* 
 incnt. But, if such are the fruits they generally produce, Bri- 
 tain has no cause of (lespondency, but much of hope. It is 
 the land which God has long distinguished by his favour, 
 and by his protecting care •, it is the seat of the true reli- 
 gion, the sacred residence of the ark of God, the consecra- 
 ted habitation oi multitudes of faithfbl worshippers, whos« 
 isupplications ascend every night and day before the throne 
 of grace for protection, and for mercy j it is engaged in 
 no schemes of ambition dr of conquest, but in the defence of all 
 that is dear to men and ChHstians j it is animated by a spirit 
 bf true patriotism, of happy unanimity, and of a steady deter- 
 mined valour, which pervades every rank of the community ; 
 and it is attacked by an enemy who, though he may be made 
 the instrument of its correction, cannot attribute his success to 
 the divine favour. 
 
 May the merciful Ruler of the universe long avert from 
 both nations the desferts of their moral character !— >May he 
 dispose the minds of contetiding parties to measures of forbear- 
 ance and of peace, and convince them of the advantage of har- 
 mony and friendship, bver hostility and contention ! 
 
 D d 
 
4128 
 
 IRELAND, 
 
 SiToATidN, ExTENt AMD BooNDAUis.] The sccond of the 
 two large islands whidi constitute th« British Empire is Ire» 
 Jtuui'f which lies west from England, and south-west from 
 .Scotland. It is situate between 51° and 56° of N. Lat., and 
 between 5*^ and 1 1° of W. Loi^< ^ being nearly 300 miles 
 in length, and aboat 160 at the gfcatfst breadth. It is bound- 
 ed on the East by the .Irish Sea and St George^s channel, 
 which separate it from Gxeat Bxitain, and on all its other part» 
 by the Atlantic Ocean.* 
 
 DMsioKS.] Ireland is divided into four large provmces, 
 which are subdivided into 3 2 counties, as follows : 
 
 JP^Kmnces. ^ioonties. 
 
 <;h. TownSi 
 
 latitude. 
 
 longitudcr 
 
 
 ' I Anttim 
 
 Connor 
 
 54%9'N. 
 
 6*» rw. 
 
 
 
 Carrickfergus 
 
 54 43 N. 
 
 543 w. 
 
 
 
 Antmm 
 
 54 42 N. 
 
 6 6 W. 
 
 
 
 Belfast 
 
 54 36 N. 
 
 550W. 
 
 
 
 Lisburn 
 
 54 30 N. 
 
 5 5<5W< 
 
 
 2 Londonderry Colerain 
 
 5.5 " N. 
 
 6 32 W. 
 
 fi 
 
 
 Londonderry 
 
 SS N. 
 
 7 11 W. 
 
 
 3 Donegal 
 
 Raphoe 
 
 54 S3 N. 
 
 7 30 W. 
 
 
 Donegal 
 
 54 40 N. 
 
 7 56 W. 
 
 
 
 Kellybeggs 
 
 54 39 N. 
 
 8 18 W. 
 
 P 
 
 *. \ 
 
 Ballishannon 
 
 54 32 N. 
 
 8 I W. 
 
 • 
 
 4 Tyrone 
 
 Strabane 
 
 54 50 N. 
 
 7 19 W. 
 
 
 
 Dungannon 
 
 54 '30 N. 
 
 6 39 W. 
 
 
 
 Augher 
 
 54 25 N. 
 
 7 2 W. 
 
 
 
 Clogher 
 
 54 24 N. 
 
 7 5W. 
 
 
 5 Down 
 
 Donaghadee 
 
 54 37 N. 
 
 5 25 W. 
 
 
 » 
 
 Newton 
 
 54 35 N. 
 
 535W. 
 
far II . 
 
 feURbPfe. 
 
 Ireland. Diviiions and Chief Towns. 
 
 PlRIV« 
 
 
 <5 
 
 8 
 
 Counties. 
 5 Down 
 
 6 FetmaiwgU 
 
 7 Armagh 
 
 8 Monaghan 
 p Cavaa 
 
 t Leltrioi 
 
 1 Sligi» 
 
 3 Mayo 
 
 4 Roscommon 
 
 5 Galivay- 
 
 r I LoWtb 
 
 CO 
 
 2 East Mieath 
 
 3 West Meath 
 
 4 Longford 
 
 Gh. Towns. 
 Dromore 
 
 DoWMPATaiCK 
 
 Newry 
 
 Emmiskillen 
 
 Armagh 
 
 Monaghan 
 
 Belturbet 
 
 Cavan 
 
 Kilmore 
 
 LuTtlM 
 
 Carrick 
 James Town 
 
 SUGO 
 
 Killala 
 
 Castlebar ^ 
 
 Newport 
 
 Abbey Boyle 
 
 Elphin 
 
 Roscommon 
 
 Tuam 
 
 Galwat 
 
 Qonfert 
 
 Achenrjr 
 
 Loughrea 
 
 Carlingford 
 
 Dundalk 
 
 Athfcrdee 
 
 DroguoA 
 
 KeUs 
 
 Dunleek 
 
 Trim 
 
 Ratoath 
 
 Fore 
 
 Mullingar 
 
 Athlonb 
 
 Kilbeggan 
 
 Granard 
 
 L ONQFORO 
 
 Cc 2 
 
 54 21 
 J4 '5 
 
 Latitwi*. 
 
 i4''a3'N. 
 54 i8 N. 
 54 9 N. 
 54 »o N. 
 N. 
 N. 
 5 N. 
 59 N. 
 58 N. 
 56 N* 
 
 53 53 N' 
 
 53 49 N. 
 
 54 16 N. 
 54 12 N. 
 53 50 N. 
 53 5* N. 
 53 58 N. 
 
 54 
 53 
 S3 
 53 
 
 53 
 
 50 N. 
 
 53 36 N. 
 53 3» N, 
 
 >6 N. 
 
 12 N. 
 
 53 
 S3 
 
 S3 17 N. 
 
 10 N. 
 
 53 
 
 54 
 
 I N. 
 
 53 58 N. 
 S3 50 N. 
 53 43 N. 
 53 43 N. 
 53 38 N. 
 53 33 N. 
 53 29 N. 
 53 40 N. 
 53 3^ 
 53 
 53 
 
 53 46 N. 
 53 43 N. 
 
 N. 
 
 i5 N. 
 20 N. 
 
 4«P 
 
 Longitude. 
 
 b** 4' w. 
 
 5 38 W. 
 
 6 18 W. 
 
 7 3' W. 
 6 32 W. 
 
 6 51 W. 
 
 7 22 W. 
 7 15 W. 
 7 17 W. 
 
 7 58 W. 
 
 8 W. 
 
 7 59 W. 
 
 8 19 W. 
 
 9 3 W. 
 9 10 W. 
 ^ 18 W. 
 8 15 W. 
 8 8 W. 
 8 7 W. 
 fl 45 W. 
 8 j8 W. 
 
 7 59 W. 
 
 8 42 W. 
 8 2p W. 
 6 9 W. 
 6 21 W. 
 6 30 W. 
 6 20 W. 
 6 51 W. 
 
 6 21 w; 
 
 6 48 W. 
 6 28 W. 
 
 10 W. 
 
 23 W. 
 
 49 W. 
 
 28 W. 
 
 26 W. 
 
 44 W. 
 
430 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 Part If, 
 
 Ir Ki.AND. Uivisioiu >nd Chief Town*. 
 
 FMv. 
 
 I 
 I 
 
 4 
 CO 
 
 •4 
 
 
 
 Counties. 
 
 5 Dublin 
 
 6 King^couitty 
 
 7 Kildare 
 
 8 Queen's 
 county 
 
 9 Wicklow 
 
 10 Carlow 
 XI Kilkenny 
 la Wext-ird 
 
 t Clare 
 a Tipperary 
 
 3 Limerick 
 
 4 Waterfoxd 
 
 5 Kerry 
 
 6 Cork 
 
 Ch. Towns. 
 Swords 
 DUBLIN 
 Newcastle 
 Philip's Town 
 Banagher 
 Naas 
 
 KiLDAMC 
 
 Alhy 
 
 Portarltngton 
 
 Martboroooh 
 
 BalinakiU 
 
 Blcssington 
 
 Wicklow 
 
 Baltinglass 
 
 Arkjow 
 
 Carlow 
 
 Old LeighUil 
 
 Kilkenny 
 
 Thomastown 
 
 Newborough 
 
 Ferns 
 
 Wexford 
 
 KillalO 
 
 Cashel 
 
 TiPPERART 
 
 Clonmel 
 
 Limerick 
 
 Askeaton 
 
 Waterford 
 
 Dungarvon 
 
 Lisniore 
 
 Tallagh 
 
 Ardfert 
 
 Tralce 
 
 Dingle 
 
 Aghadoe 
 
 Youghall 
 
 Castle Martyr 
 
 Latitude. 
 
 SS^iJ 
 
 'N. 
 
 S5 
 
 21 
 
 N. 
 
 5i 
 
 16 N. 
 
 53 
 
 18 N. 
 
 53 
 
 9 
 
 N. 
 
 53 
 
 «3 
 
 N. 
 
 53 
 
 9 
 
 N. 
 
 52 59 
 
 N. 
 
 53 
 
 9 
 
 N. 
 
 53 
 
 X 
 
 N. 
 
 5* 52 
 
 N. 
 
 S3 
 
 10 
 
 N. 
 
 52 59 
 
 N. 
 
 52 
 
 56 
 
 N. 
 
 52 49 
 
 N. 
 
 52 50 
 
 N. 
 
 52 43 
 
 N. 
 
 52 
 
 37 
 
 N. 
 
 52 29 
 
 N. 
 
 52 
 
 4» 
 
 N. 
 
 5i 
 
 35 
 
 N. 
 
 52 
 
 22 
 
 N. 
 
 52 
 
 48 
 
 N. 
 
 52 3« 
 
 N. 
 
 5* 
 
 30 
 
 N. 
 
 52 
 
 21 
 
 N. 
 
 52 41 
 
 N. 
 
 5a 
 
 34 
 
 N. 
 
 52 14 
 
 N. 
 
 52 
 
 4 
 
 N. 
 
 52 
 
 8 N. 
 
 52 
 
 4 
 
 N. 
 
 52 
 
 »9 
 
 N. 
 
 52 
 
 16 N. 
 
 52 
 
 8 N. 
 
 52 
 
 3 
 
 N. 
 
 5» 
 
 56 
 
 N. 
 
 51 
 
 57 
 
 N. 
 
 Longitude. 
 
 6°i5'W. 
 
 6 17 W. 
 633 w. 
 
 7 17 W. 
 7 57 W. 
 6 41 W. 
 
 6 57 W. 
 
 7 a W. 
 7 16 W. 
 7 19 W. 
 7 ai W. 
 6 34 W. 
 6 3 W. 
 6 45 W. 
 6 10 W. 
 
 6 58 W. 
 '7 X W. 
 
 7 17 W. 
 7 li W. 
 6 19 W. 
 6 33 W. 
 
 6 30 W. 
 
 7 23 W, 
 
 7 51 W. 
 
 8 10 W. 
 741 W. 
 8 31 W. 
 
 8 54 W. 
 7 10 W. 
 7 43 W. 
 7 57 W. 
 
 7 58 W- 
 
 9 37 W. 
 9 35 W. 
 
 10 7 W. 
 9 30 W. 
 751W. 
 
 8 3W. 
 
Paut II. 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 43 « 
 
 Ireland. Islunds — Crcijeral Appekrances— ^oil and Proctuctiuns. 
 
 Prov. 
 H 
 
 CO 
 
 > 
 
 Counties 
 
 r 6p>rk 
 
 Ch. Towns. 
 Cork 5 
 
 Cloyne 5 
 
 Bandon firidgej 
 
 Kinsalc 
 
 Bantry 
 
 Clonekilty 
 
 Ross 
 
 Baltimore 
 
 Latitude. 
 
 * 53 N. 
 
 45 N. 
 43 N. 
 38 N. 
 38 N. 
 35 N. 
 26 N. 
 
 Ix)ngitude. 
 
 8«'3i'W. 
 8 8 W. 
 8 44 W. 
 
 8 30 W. 
 
 9 19 W. 
 8 5a W. 
 
 8 58 W. 
 
 9 15 W. 
 
 Islands.] There are several islands off the coast of Ire- 
 land } but none of them are of»any considerable extent or im- 
 portance. On the North are, Innistrathal, Rathlin; the cele- 
 brated retreat of Robert I. of Scotland, Portrush, and Tory. 
 On the west are, the North islands of Arran, and Raghlin, off 
 the coast, and Innisnory in the Bay, of Donegal ^ the island of 
 Achil, 1 2 miles long and xo broad, off the coast of Mayo ', 
 Innistorc and Innisbosin, famous In the days of monastic sanc- 
 tity, a little farther south ) the South islands of Arran, off the 
 coast of Clare } the Blasquets, Valentia, and Skelligs, off the 
 coast of Kerry. On the South are, Clare, remarkable for its 
 southern extremity, called Cape Clear, and the Sallee isles. 
 On the East are, the small island of Lambey, North East of 
 Dublin, the Copland isles, near the mouth of Carrickfergus 
 Bay, and the island of Magee and the Maidens, off the coast 
 of Antrim. 
 
 General Appearance, Soil and Productions.] The gene-^ 
 xal appearance of Ireland is delightful in the highest degree ; 
 i:or is it easy to conceive a more striking contrast in parts so 
 conc'guous, as that which exists between the bleak, lofty, and 
 rugged mountains of Scotland, and the rich, luxuriant plains 
 of the sister kingdom. Instead of the tremendous rocks, and 
 
 X)d 3 
 
43» 
 
 31UR.OPE. 
 
 Fart II, 
 
 iRELAifO. General Appeaiances, Soil, and Productions. 
 
 extensive ranges of barren heath, which the traveller leaves 
 behind him when he quits the harbour of Port-Patrick j he 
 soon lands on the gentle declivity of the adjacent shores, where 
 all within the range of the eye appears toft, luxuriant and beau- 
 tiful. As he advances Into the country, the same interesting 
 and inviting appearance, in an ever-varying succession of formsi 
 is constantly exhibited. The surface swells with beautiful ir- 
 regularity into eminences of moderate size, and sinks with 
 gentle declivities into alternate vales, resembling the majestic 
 waves of the ocean after a recent storm. These hills and 
 dales are uniformly covered with the richest verdure j adorned 
 with numerous plantations, which surround the magnificent 
 seats of the nobility and gentry j interspei^^cd with exten»ve 
 and luxuriant fields of com and green crops 'y intersected by 
 a variety of rivulets and rivers } sometimes declining into lakes 
 and morasses of considerable extent *, and sometimes transcend- 
 ed by loftier hills, which approach to the magnitude of moun^ 
 tains, llie roads in general are good } partipularly the cross 
 toads ; and there are a few canals of considerable importance. 
 
 The soil is of a light and friable, but extremely fertile, na« 
 ture 'j and the quantity of the cultivated lai^ exceeds in pro- 
 portion that of England. One striking feature of the soil of 
 Ireland is its rocky nature ', stones generally appearing on the 
 surface of the gropnd : but these being of a calcareous kindy 
 they rather improve than diminish the fertility of the soil. 
 Accordingly lime-stone gravel is used in Ireland as a manure, 
 which has the same effects on uncultivated land as lime ; and 
 on all soils is beneficial. The climate of Ireland is more moist 
 than that of England ■, a circumstance which contributes great- 
 ly to the constant verdure by which the former is so remark- 
 ably distinguished. 
 
 With all these advantages, however, agricultural science Is 
 lamentably deficient in tliis charming country. Tillage is but 
 
■-"•^mp^W^ 
 
 
 HMHH 
 
 Part II. 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 433 
 
 na« 
 
 Imiland. Agriculture — Rivers. 
 
 Ihtle understood eveo in the best corn counties } and turnips 
 and clover have till of late been almost unknown. This evil 
 is greatly owing to the imprudence of the landholders ^ who, 
 io their own incalculable loss, encourage an absurd system of 
 fanning, by which the real 4x;cupiers at.; <uelly oppressed, the 
 lands are oonstantly impoverished, all rational improvement is 
 absolutely precluded, and the inadequat*^ profits are accumu- 
 lated by a few rapacious individuals, called middletnen. The 
 principal productions an: wheat, barley, oats, and potatoes : 
 great numbers of blaGk-<:attle, hogs and sheep are reared in 
 the country, both for home consumption and exportation : 
 rabbits are said to be move numerous here than in England ; 
 and prudigious numbers of 6sh are foptui upon all its coasts. 
 
 R1VERS.3 The principal river of Ireland is the Shannon, 
 of which one branch rises in the county of Mayo, and the 
 other in Loch Clean in Leitrim, uniting below the town of Car- 
 rick. From thence it passes through Loch Ree and Loch 
 Derg, and having surmounted the huge ridge of rocks by 
 which its navi^'*t?oi is impeded near Killalo, it extends below 
 Limerick into a v.'st estuary or firtn, about 60 miles in kngth 
 and from \ut\.. tu 10 in breadth, till it empties itself in the 
 Atlantic Ocean, between Cape Lean and Kerry point. The 
 other chief rivers are, the Barrow which rises about 50 miles 
 west of Bablin, and having received the Noir and Suir, falls 
 into the British chinnel below Waterford ; the Blackwater, 
 which enters the sea in Youghall bay j the Lee, which passes 
 by the city of Cork j the Slaney, which forms the harbour of 
 Wexford ; the Liffey, which, though small and inconsiderable 
 in itself, is ennobled by the capital ; and the Boyne which falls 
 into the sea at Drogheda, and Is remarkable for the defeat of 
 James VII. by William IIL prince of Orange in i68p. 
 
434 
 
 IIURQPE. 
 
 Part I|. 
 
 Ireland. Mountains.— Lakes and Morasses 
 
 Mountains.] In the Irish language there are several words 
 Tvhich express various degrees of elevation on the earth's sur- 
 face : thus, CnoCf signifies a spaU eminence, or little hill \ 
 S/iabhf a hill of considerable extent and elevation j and Beann, 
 a mountain of the largest magnitude. It has been already ob» 
 served that Ireland abounds in hills of the first of these orders. 
 Of the second there are several also j but there ^re few enti^ 
 fled to the appellation of mountains. The most considerable 
 are, the mountains of Mourne in Down ; those of Carlingford 
 near Dundalk ; Cruach Phatrick and Mount Naphin in Mayo ^ 
 the Gaulty mountains in Tipper ary j the WicKlow moimtains, 
 particularly Sugar-loaf hill, not far from Dublin, MangertoH 
 and the Reeks in Kerry j and the Galtees in Pork. 
 
 Lakes and Morasses.J The lakes of Ireland are numerous, 
 and many of them extensive j but the term Lough and Loch, 
 by which they are known, is common to inland lakes, and to 
 lirths or inlets of the sea. The principal fresh water lakes in 
 Ireland are, Lough Neagh, about 22 miles in length, and I2 
 in breadth 'y remarkable for iis petrifying quality ; The two 
 lakes of Earn, about 30 nUles in length, and 1 2 in breadth, di- 
 vided by a stripe of water about four miles in length j Lough 
 Allen, in Leitri^p } Lough Conn and Lough Mask in Mayo j 
 Lough Ree and Lough Derg, in the course of the river Shan- 
 non 'i and the celebrated lake of Killamey in Kerry, famous 
 ior its picturesque and romantic scenes. 
 
 The bogs or morasses of Ireland also are numerous and ex- 
 tensive. The bog of Allen in Kildare covers a surface of 
 300,000 acres, extending over 80 miles of the county. There 
 are many others of considerable extent in various parts of the 
 country, out of which the inhabitants take a sort of mud, 
 which they knead into the form of peats, and which when dry, 
 forms a v«ry excellent species of fuel. 
 
Part 11* 
 
 EUROPE, 
 
 4.1J 
 
 Ireland. Cities and Universities. 
 
 I 
 
 Cities and Univeksities.] Dublin, the capital of Ireland, 
 is accounteti the second city in the BritisI^ dominions. It 
 stands In a beautiful situation, at the bottom c^ a spacious bay, 
 formed by the river Liffey, which divides the city into two aU 
 inost equal parts. It contains above 156,000 inhabitants. 
 The harbour is incommodious, being impeded by two sand 
 banks, which prevent ships of large burthen from passing the 
 bar J but the quays are beautifvil and spricious. The principal 
 buildings are, the Castle, the Parhament House, the Inns of 
 courtf the church of St Pntrick, the Royal Exchange, Essex 
 and Kilmainham bridges, the Cusiom'house, and the barracks. 
 
 Cork is the second city in Ireland. It is built chieHy on a 
 marshy island formed by two branches of the river Lee j con- 
 tains about 70,000 inhabitants, enjoys one of the safest and 
 jnost capacious havens in Europe, and is the principal se^ port 
 of Ireland, particularly for the West Indian trade. It has 
 been much improved of late, by the draining of the marshy 
 grounds on the south west side of the liver, and the consequent 
 enlargement of the city. 
 
 Limerick, which stands on both sides cf the Shannon, Is 
 reckoned the third city of Ireland in point of populousne^s, 
 being supposed to contain 50,000 inhabitants, It is very con- 
 veniently situate for trade, enjoys an excellent haven, and was 
 formerly fortified with great care. 
 
 Waterford, near the mouth of the Suir, is reckoned next to 
 Cork for riches and commercial importance ; but it suffered 
 greatly during the late disorders. A packet-boat sails regu- 
 larly between Waterford and Milford Haven in Wales. 
 
 KiNSALE is a populous and strong town, with an excellent 
 Jiarbo'-ir, and considerable trade. It is also sometimes a sta- 
 tion for the royal navy. Belfast is a large sea-port and tra- 
 ding town, at the Bottom of Carricfc-fergus bay. Carrick-Fea,* 
 
43^ 
 
 Europe. 
 
 Part IF. 
 
 Ireland. Bays and Havens, — ^Religion. 
 
 «cs also has a good harbour and castle j but little commerce. 
 Londonderry is a strong little city, having some linen mano- 
 fcctures and shipping ^ but is more famous for a memorable siege 
 it endured in the year 1689^ against the forces of king James, 
 than for its present greatness. It is, however, remarkable for 
 
 . 8 wooden bridge of singular construction, 1068 feet in length, 
 over the river Foyle. 
 
 There is but one University in Ireland j that of Dublin. 
 It consists of a chancellor, vice-chancellor, provost, vice pro- 
 vost, 22 fellovrs, and 13 professors of various sciences. The 
 xmmber of students id commonly about 400. The building 
 
 * consists of two quadrangles, and it contains a library of some 
 account, and a printing-office. 
 
 Eats and Havens.] The innumerable creeks, bays and 
 harbours with which Ireland is on all sides indented, render it 
 extremely convenient for foreign commerce. The most con- 
 siderable are, those of Carrick-fergus, Strangford, Dundrum, 
 Carlingford, Dundalk, Dublin, Waterford, Dungarvon, Youg- 
 hall, Cork, Kinsale, Glandore, Baltimore, Dunmanus, Bantry, 
 Kenmare, Dingle, Tralee, Shannon-mouth, Galway, Clew, 
 Killala, Sligo, Donegal, Lough- Swilly, and Foylc, 
 
 Religion.] The established religion and ecclesiastical dis- 
 cipline of Ireland are the same with those of England j but 
 above two thirds of the inhabitants are Roman Catholics ; and 
 of the remaining thij-d, the presbyterians are supposed to con* 
 stitute nearly one half. There are four Archbishoprics : viz. 
 those of Armagh, Dublin, Tuam, and Cashel j and 18 bishop- 
 rics : viz. those of Meath, Kilmore and Ardagh, Dromor^ 
 Clogher, Raphoe, Down and Connor, and Derry, under the 
 Archbishop of Armagh •, Kildare, Ferns and Laughlin, and 
 Ossory, under the Archbishop of Dublin j Waterford and 
 
Part f I. 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 437 
 
 Ireland. Ooremment — Character of the Inhabitants. 
 
 Lismore, Limerick, Killalo, Cork, and Ross, and Cloyrte, un- 
 der the Archbishop of Casliel ', and £lphin, Clonfert, an4 
 Killala and Anchory, under the Archbishop qi Tuan. 
 
 The Catholics have a hierarchy nearly similar to that of the 
 establishment j but the metropolitans and bishops are consider- 
 ed by the Protestants as merely titular ', and they subsist on 
 the voluntary contributions of tlieir people. 
 
 Government.] The government of Ireland was formerly 
 vested in a House of Peers and a House of Commons j the king 
 being represented by a lord lieutenant sent from England. 
 But Ireland being now vnited to Great Britain, the form of 
 government in the two countries is identically the same. Some 
 minute differences, howertT, still exist between the statute and 
 common laws of Ireland, and those of Great Britain. 
 
 Inhabitants.] The natives of Ireland are in general robust 
 and healthy in their constitution j ignorant and uncivilized in 
 their manners, irrascible in their tempers, and violent and im- 
 placable in their resentments j but quick in their apprehension, 
 warm in their attachments, courteous to strangers, and patient 
 under hardships. But in order to lorm a more accurate idea 
 upon this subject, it is necessary to observe that the inhabit' 
 ants of Ireland really consist of three distinct classes of people j 
 viz. the old Irish, who are in general poor, ignorant, and de- 
 pressed : These reside chiefly in the interior and western parts 
 of the country, where they live in naiserable huts or hovels o( 
 clay and straw ; subsist en coarse bread, potatoes, eggs, milk, 
 and occasionally on fish ; speak the old Iiish language, and 
 retain many customs peculiar to barbarous and uncivilized na- 
 tions. Next, the descendants of the English, who have impro- 
 ved the eastern coasts of the island by the introduction of arts, 
 commerce, science, and religion. And thirdly, the descend^' 
 
438 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 Part II. 
 
 Ireland. Learning, and Learned Men.— Mineralogy. 
 
 ants of Scotch families who settled at various periods in the 
 northern counties, where the presbyterian forAii of church-go- 
 vernment prevails. Of all these, the lower classes differ from 
 each other according to their religious tenets and means of 
 improvement. The higher orders differ Jittle in language, 
 manners, and dress, from those of the same rank i|i England. 
 The number of inliabitants in Ireland is about 3,000,000. 
 
 LcAANiNa, AND LfARNEo MxN.J Spencer the poet, who gives 
 Z view of the state of Ireland, says, that it enjoyed the use of 
 letters at a y.ery ancient period, and certainly before England. 
 iSede speaks of J.t as the great mart of learning, to which men 
 resorted for koow^dge, from all parts of Europe. Camden 
 and the younger Scsiliger also express themselves in similar 
 terms. It is pretty geneirally allowed that the first professors 
 in the university of Paris were from this island or from Scot* 
 land -f and Alfred is supposed to hf^ye brought professors to 
 his new college of Oxford from the .same country. 
 
 In modern times the 1 ri^h have arrived ^t considerable emin- 
 ence in the republic of letters j and the nan)e$ of Usher, Boyle, 
 Berkeley, Swift, Leland, Pamell, Steele, Sterne, Congreve, 
 Farquhar, Burke, and Sheridan, are mentioned witlf ^miratioi) 
 arid respect by all the lovers of profound ^d elegit science. 
 
 Mines and Mineral Proddgtions.] The mines which are 
 at present worked in Ireland, have been mostly discovered 
 during the last cenlxiry. In the county of Antrim there is a 
 lead mine so rich that every 3olb. of lead ore, produces about 
 one pound weight of silver. In Wicklow there is another 
 mine of the same kind, but still richer than the other j while a 
 third in Connaught, does not produce one half the quantity. 
 In the county of Tipperary, there are two mines j one of cop- 
 per and the other of lead. Iron mines are dispersed all over 
 
Part II. 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 439 
 
 Ireland. Commerce and Manufactures. — Curiosities. 
 
 the island } and a rich mine c f native gold has been recentl j 
 discovered in tlie county of Wicklow. There are also many 
 quarries of marble, free-stone, and 6ne slate ; and in Ulster, 
 Connaught, and Leinster, there are mines of excellent coal. 
 
 The mineral waters of Ireland are, the tepid water of Mal- 
 low in Cork *, the chalybeate springs of Castle-Connel in Lime* 
 rick 'f the cathartic ones of Francis- street, and Hanover- lane 
 in Dublin j the sulphureous ones of Lucan, near that city, and 
 of Swadlinbar in the county of Cavan, with several others. 
 
 Commerce and Manufactures.] The linen manufacture is 
 the staple trade of Ireland j and this has increased within the 
 last century in an astonishing degree ; so that the amount of 
 exports of linen cloth at present is above two millions sterling 
 per annum, and that of linen yam above 500,000!. The other 
 exports from Ireland are, live cattle, beef, pork, bacon, butter, 
 cheese, tallow, raw hides, tanned leather, calf-skins, dried soap, 
 candles, cow-horns, herrings, salmons, oats and oat meal, 
 wheat, flour, lead, copper ore, and a variety of cloths and 
 other articles. 
 
 Curiosities.] The Giant's Causeway, in the county of An- 
 trim, is justly esteemed the greatest natural curiosity in Ire- 
 land. It consists of a surprising collection of -basaltic pillars. 
 Standing on the sea-shore about 8 miles from Colerain. These 
 pillars are chiefly of a pentagonal form, mostly in a vertical 
 position, consisting generally of short or long joints, either 
 plane, or alternately concave and convex, rising from 16 to 
 36 feet above the level of the strand, and projecting into the 
 sea to an unknown extent. A similar production, still more 
 beautiful, is found on the opposite shore of the island of Staffa. 
 
 In Ireland there are also several subterraneous caverns, high- 
 ly deserving of a place under this head. Those near Kilkenny 
 
440 tUKOpt. I*AkTit 
 
 Ireland. History. — Conversion to Christianity. 
 
 are particularly worthy of notice. The entrance into some 
 of these caverns is so low that it is necessary to creep through 
 them for access j but upon entering, the spectators are impress- 
 ed with the idea of grand Gothic structures, gaily diversified 
 with innumerable^ chrystalline and white petrifactions, hanging 
 from the roof like icicles, or encrusted cm the sides and floor. 
 In the style of rustic ornament. Some persons have advanced 
 above a quarter of a mile into these caverns, till they have 
 heard the noise of a subterraneous river j but none have ven- 
 tured further. 
 
 The lake of Killamey also is justly celebrated as a curiosity 
 worthy the attention of every traveller, as well as other places 
 «f the same kind, of which there are many in Ireland. 
 
 HisTORT.j Ireland, like the neighbouring island of Great 
 Britain, was very probably peopled from the opposite continent 
 «f Gaul ) but the ancient history of the island is much obscu- 
 zed by fiction j^and some authors assert, without much probable 
 reason, that it was originally peopled by a colony of Scythians 
 from Spain. About the middle of the fifth century, the Chris- 
 tian religion was established in Ireland, by means chiefly of 
 their famous apostle St Patiuck ; aiu^he effects which it pro-> 
 duced were so remarkable, that while the unconverted inhabit- 
 ants retained all the ferocity of savage manners, the monaste- 
 ries produced many men of such piety and learning, that Ire- 
 land, which was then known also by the name of Scotia, be- 
 came celebrated all over Europe. 
 
 Towards the end of the eighth century, the Danes and Nor* 
 wegians seized a part of Ireland, which was at that time divi- 
 ded into a number of petty sovereignties, and the country was 
 afterwards ccmtinually harassed by bloody contests between 
 the native chiefs, and by destructive wars with the invaders, till 
 it was wholly subdued by the English. 
 
Part. II. 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 441 
 
 Ireland. Subdued by Henry II. — Edward Bruce crowned king of Ireland. 
 
 In the twelfth cen?;ury, Henry II of England formed the de- 
 sign of annexing Ireland to his dominions ) and to render the 
 Undertaldng effectual, applied to the Pope for his permission 
 and benediction. He represented to his holiness, that the int^ 
 habitants of Ireland were sunk into the most HTetched state of 
 corruption, both with regard to religion and morals ; that 
 Henry, zealous for the enlargement of the Saviour's kingdom, 
 had conceived the pious design of establishing it in this unhap* 
 py country ; that he vraa ready to devote himself and all his 
 powers to this meritorious service *, and implored the permis^ 
 sion and authority of the sovereign pontiff to enter Ireland, to 
 reduce the disobedient and corrupt, to eradicate all sin and 
 wickedness, to instruct the ignorant, and to diffuse the blessed 
 influence of the gospel over that benighted land. The pope, 
 who was delighted at this application, ordered a bull to be im- 
 mediately formed, agreeably to the most sanguine wishes o£ 
 the king, and sent it to England without delay, together with 
 a ring, the token of his investiture as rightful sovereign of 
 Ireland^ 
 
 Henry accordingly, availing himself of intestine broils, by 
 which Ireland was distracted, invaded the country in the year 
 1 172, and soon received the submisslwf of all the petty prince^ 
 of Ireland, not excepting the great Roderick O'Connor, who 
 was considered as lord-paramount of the island. 
 
 In the beginmng of the fourteenth century, Ireland was in- 
 vaded by the famous Robert firuce, king of Scotland, who ex- 
 pelled the Engli^ out of many of the places which they held 
 there, and got his brother Edward proclaimed king of Ireland. 
 The Soots, however, were soon after expelled in their turn, 
 and the Irish submitted to Edward II. They revolted agaiA 
 during the reign of Edward IIL But that monarch having 
 subdued the kingdom, he treated the inhabitants with so muctt 
 lenity, tiiat he completely gained their affections. Till thci 
 
44« 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 pARt It 
 
 Irclano. Massacre in 1641. — Irish declare for James II. 
 
 reign of Henry VIII, the kings of England assumed only the 
 appellation of lords of Ireland j but this monarch took the title 
 of king of Ireland^ which has been since retained by his suc- 
 cessors. 
 
 During the reign of Elizabeth, the native Irish, who were 
 incessantly disposed to renew the contest with their English 
 conquerors, occasioned much, solicitude and expence to the go- 
 vernment, by frequent insurrections and rebellions. But every 
 attempt to revolt was happily defeated j and in the reign of 
 James I. a system of law and government for Ireland was for 
 thi first time established, which had for its object the welfitte 
 of the native Irish, as well as of the colonists from England. 
 
 The native and catholic Irish, however, not satisfied with 
 the protection and toleration which they enjoyed under a pro- 
 testant government, meditated an opportunity of revenge, 
 ivhich soon after occurred. Amidst the tumults of the civil war 
 which broke out between Charles L and his parliament, when 
 the Englii^b troops were called out of the island, the Irish rose 
 in furious insurrection, and by a terrible conspiracy, treacher- 
 ously massacred a great number of the protestant colonists, in 
 the year 164 1. The successful arms of Cromwell,' ooce more 
 reduced the Irish under subjection, and introduced a new 
 race of colonists into the island. 
 
 After the Revolution, another opportunity was afforded to 
 the discontented Irish of manifesting their disposition to revolt, 
 by the appearance among them of the abdicated king, who 
 made the last struggle for the recovery of his crowns in Ire- 
 land. But the victories of king William and of his generals 
 soon broke the strength of the Irish j and the government of 
 that island was naturally settled in a manner by no means fa- 
 vourable to those who had been so long turbulent and rebel* 
 lious. Ireland was, of consequence, in a state of depression ; 
 but that depression was unavoidable from the circumstances of 
 
•^■F^fWBWl" 
 
 ■ inpifiliiii 
 
 M«PJI«I»I« 
 
 Part It 
 
 feUROPfe. 
 
 443 
 
 in 
 
 Ireland. Reflections on the Present Stute of that Country. 
 
 the countr jr, and especially from the character of the people, 
 which mu$t undergo a total revolution before this depression 
 Can tease to exist. While the great majority of the inhabit- 
 ants, particularly of the lower classes, are allowed to remain 
 in a state of the grossest ignorance *, whik the means of mordl 
 and intellectual improvement are denied to them, oir rendered 
 inaccessible in their circumstances ^ and while they are care- 
 fully educated in sentiments of aversion and horror against the 
 established religion of the land, as well as of enmity and re- 
 venge^ against ill who profess that religion *, what can be ef- 
 fected but tht most violent and determined opposition, which 
 ican only be suppressed by the strdng hand, and which will 
 burst forth, on every renewed opportunity, into the most de- 
 structive flarhies of war and avowed rebellion. The cirtuni- 
 stances of the last twelve years furiiish an additional proof to 
 those already stated, of the truth of this assertion-, and call 
 aloiid in the ears of a wise and generous government for a 
 speedy and effectual remedy. Nor is the remedy of doubtful 
 character, or of difficult application, under proper manage- 
 ment. What has made the peasantry of Scotland, the most 
 intelligent, as well as the most sober and industrious, in the 
 world ? What has made the highlanders of Scotland, original- 
 ly descended from the same ancestors, speaking the same lan- 
 guage, and Still retaining many of the saine customs as the na- 
 tive Irish, so remarkable for piety, for loyalty, for patriotism, 
 for the love of peace and good order in society ? All this is 
 owing, under divine Pi-ovidence, to the. admirable system* of 
 parochial schools, to an annual donation of icool. made hj 
 royal munificente fbr the improvement of these districts, and 
 to the noble and indefatigableexertionsof a society in Scotland 
 for propagating Christian knowledge among the highlands^ and 
 . inlands, in whose schools above 15,000 young persons of both 
 
 Ec 
 
IMAGE EVALUATION 
 TEST TARGET (MT-3) 
 
 / 
 
 O 
 
 i:^ 
 
 1?^^ <■ '^J^ 
 
 1.0 
 
 I.I 
 
 1.25 
 
 *^ Uii 12.2 
 
 ■uu>- 
 
 iiy& 
 
 Ii4 m 
 
 /. 
 
 > :;> 
 
 
 
 Hiotographic 
 
 Sciences 
 
 Corporation 
 
 
 23 WEST MAIN STREET 
 
 WEBSTER, N.Y. 14580 
 
 (716)872-4503 
 
 
,*-, 
 
 
444 
 
 fiOROi*!:. 
 
 PiUiT H. 
 
 Ireland. Reflectkmson the Present State of that Country. 
 
 sexes are annually instructe4. in the principles pf UtexAture, f e- 
 Ugion, and industry. Let similar means of improvement be 
 conferred upon the lowet classes of the Irish, and the happy 
 
 , Consequences will soon rejoice the heart of humanity, which 
 now bleeds for their degradation and sufferinigs. Then will 
 
 ..that generous, thoi .gh at present unfortunate people, assume 
 a place in the scale of national dignity corresponding to the 
 
 ^cbness of their, genius, the fertility of their soil, and the ma- 
 nifold advantages of their situation. Then will the aativc 
 «ner|^ of their minds, long checked by poverty and oppres- 
 sion, resume its proper tone ; and under th< influence of rj|- 
 son and reli^on» adorn the walks of science, and add new dig- 
 nity to the character of man. Then shall the voice of rebel- 
 lion, of murder, and revenge, be heard no more } and peace, 
 domestic happiness, and piety, shall again resume their seat in 
 the delightful " Island of Saints." 
 
 The subject is of awful importance, and well merits the 
 attentiote of such a nation as this } particularly at a time when 
 a legislative unbn hzi connected the mutual interests cI ^he 
 two kingdoms so closely together^ It is true that Government 
 has devoted much money to the attainment of the object here 
 recommended. But it is a fact no less certain, that this money 
 is not applied agreeably to the origin.^1 intention of Govern- 
 ment 'f and that, instead of relieving the distresses of the poor, 
 and emancipating the soul enslaved by ignorance and super- 
 stition, it is the unhappy source of monstrous corruption, and 
 of incalculable evil to the community. 
 
445 
 
 TIL HOLLAND, 
 
 StTCATiON, Esn-ENT AND BouMDARZES.] Now Called tbe Ba- 
 TAVZAN Repobuc, Comprehends that part of the ancient Bel^ 
 Gaul) or of the present Netherlands, which was long distin- 
 guished by the name of the Seven United PiiwiHces, It lies be- 
 tween ^\° and 54^ of No Latitudei and between 3** and 7° of 
 £. Longitude ; being about 150 miles in length, and 100 
 miles in breadth. It is bounded on the North by the German 
 Sea 'y on the East, by the circle of Westphalia in Germany \ 
 pn the South, by the Catholic Netherlands and France j and 
 on the West, by the British or German sea. 
 
 Divisions.] The Seven Provinces which constitute the pre- 
 sent Batavian republic, and their chief towns are as follows : 
 
 Provinces. 
 
 Chief Towns. 
 
 latitude. 
 
 Longitude. 
 
 I.W.Friesland 
 
 Dockum 
 
 53^ 17 'N. 
 
 5°53'E. 
 
 
 Lewarden 
 
 53 »3 N. 
 
 5 42 E. 
 
 
 Franeker 
 
 53 12 N. 
 
 5 27 E. 
 
 > 
 
 Harlingen 
 
 53 'o^« 
 
 5 19 E. 
 
 II. Groningen 
 
 Groningek 
 
 53 12 N. 
 
 6 31 E. 
 
 
 Winschott 
 
 53 7N. 
 
 6 56 E. 
 
 lll.Overyssel 
 
 Steenwick 
 
 52 48 N. 
 
 6 I £. 
 
 
 Coverden 
 
 52 41 N. 
 
 6 39 E. 
 
 
 ZwoU 
 
 52 3N. 
 
 5 59 E. 
 
 
 Deventer 
 
 5a 17 N. 
 
 6 4E. 
 
 IV. Guelderland 
 
 Elburg 
 
 j2 27 N. 
 
 5 44 2. 
 
 and Zutphen. 
 
 Harderwick 
 
 52 21 N. 
 
 S S^^' 
 
 
 Loo Palace 
 
 52 i5:N. 
 52 loN. 
 
 5 51 E. 
 
 
 Zutphen 
 
 6 7E. 
 
 
 Doesburg 
 
 5» 4N. 
 
 6 2^. 
 
 
 Amheim 
 
 52 iN. 
 
 5 47 E. 
 
 
 NiMUEGEN 
 
 51 S3 N. 
 
 5 47E- 
 
 £ e2 
 
446 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 Part It 
 
 Holland. Divisions.— >GeneraI Apppearance. 
 
 Frovinces. 
 
 V, Utrecht 
 
 VI. Holland. 
 
 VII. Zealand. 
 
 Chief Town* 
 
 Boqimel . 
 
 Venlo 
 
 Ruremonde 
 
 Amersfort 
 
 Utrecht 
 
 Enkhuyteii 
 
 Hoom 
 
 Alkmaer 
 
 Saardam 
 
 Edam 
 
 Amsterdam 
 
 Haerlem 
 
 Leyden 
 
 Hague 
 
 Gouda 
 
 Delft 
 
 Rotterdam 
 
 Schiedam 
 
 Gorcum 
 
 Briell 
 
 Dort 
 
 Helvoetsluys 
 
 Williamstadt 
 
 MiDDLEBURG 
 
 Flushing 
 
 Latitude. 
 
 50N.1 
 23 N. 
 II N. 
 10 N. 
 6N. 
 
 42 N. 
 38 N. 
 38 N. 
 35 N. 
 31 N. 
 23 N. 
 23 N. 
 
 9N. 
 
 20 N. 
 
 iN. 
 
 59 N. 
 56 N. 
 52 N; 
 52 N. 
 
 43 N. 
 50 N. 
 45 N. 
 4,N. 
 28 N. 
 26 N. 
 
 J 
 
 Longitude. 
 
 9E. 
 _ — E. 
 5 56 E. 
 J 16 E. 
 5 2E. 
 
 5 "E. 
 5-E. 
 
 4 38E' 
 4 59 E, 
 5-E. 
 4 51 E. 
 
 4 3*E' 
 4 2jE. 
 4 8E. 
 4 38 E. 
 
 4 !2 £. 
 
 4 26 E. 
 4 17 ,E. 
 4 56 E. 
 357E. 
 4 40 E. 
 4 59 E. 
 4 26 E. 
 3 37 E. 
 3 35 E. 
 
 General AppE;ARiNCE.3 tti approaching the coast of Hol- 
 land from the sea, nothing is to be Seen but a sandy beach, of 
 irregular height, and a few spires and ivind-ml ' ^, at consider- 
 able distances from the shore. In travelling through the couni> 
 try, the prospect is always limited, but for the most part rich 
 and agreeable y particularly in summer. The surface is an 
 uniformly dead level, relieved only by the artificial elevation of 
 the dykes. Few corh fields are td be seen j but the plains are 
 divided into meadows of rich grasd, separated by canals and 
 ditphes of various dimensions. The canals are almost all edg- 
 
WPV»HPPW 
 
 'mm' 
 
 -^ 
 
 Pi&T II. 
 
 ETJROPE. 
 
 447 
 
 E. 
 E. 
 E. 
 
 Holland. General Appearance. — ^Rivers. 
 
 ed with tress, chiefly of willow, or alder, planted in straight 
 lines. These add greatly to the beauty of the country, admini- 
 ster to thfe convenience of the inhabitants, by furnishing the 
 materials of bnumerable baskets for carrying their fhut. and 
 vegetables, and of wooden shoes, which are worn by all the 
 peasants} they contribute also to the strength of the dykes, 
 and afford an agreeable shade to the traveller from the scorching 
 heat of the sun. I^he scene is frequently varied by a quick 
 successipn 'Qf villagi;; and country seats of surprising neatness 
 and elegance, as well as of great and splendid cities. There 
 are also large tracts of land submerged under water. Tnesc 
 are pits out of which a sort of turf has bten dug for fuel to a 
 considerable depth, and which extend JQ (oqn; places over a sur- 
 face of several square mile^. 
 
 Rivers.] The principal rivers of Holland are, the Rhine, 
 the Maese, the Scheldt, and the Vecl^t, The Rhine, which 
 is one of the largest rivers in Europe, ri^3 i" the country of 
 the Grisons in Switzerland ; and after passing through a great 
 part of Germany, enters the Netherlands, where it is divided 
 into a variety of branches, forming a number of those islands 
 which constitute so large a portion of the Batavian republic. 
 At Fort Schenken, the Rhine is first divided into two branch- 
 es, one of which takes the name of the Waal j and turning 
 aside by a very w^inding course to the south- west, falls into the 
 Maese above the island of Bommel *, wlule the other, with its 
 former name, proceeds in its progress to the north* west. Above 
 Arnheim,thi$ last i^ again divided into two branches, one of 
 which takes the namqof the Yssel, and directing its way towards 
 the north, empties itself into the Zuyder Zea •, while the other, 
 still known by the name of the Rhine, advances directly west 
 towards Utrecht. Here it is a third time divided ; and by far 
 ' » E e 3 J M 
 
448 
 
 EUROPE* 
 
 PaktII. 
 
 Holland. Seu, Harboiii8.-~Ciiinatc, Soil, Sbc. 
 
 the larger branch, imder the name o£ the Leek, pours its waters 
 into the Maese near Ysselmonde, Vflalt the Rhine, with « very 
 small proportion dP '^^ former stream, first supplies the ca*iaU 
 about Utrecht, and then is lost among a number of canals 
 about Leyden, without having any egress towards the sea wi» 
 der its proper name. The Maesb rises in the territory of 
 Champaigne in France, receives the Sambre at Namur, and 
 the greater part 6f the waters of t!ie Rhine as before mention- 
 ed 'f after which it divides into a variety of branches, and enters 
 the German sea at the Biiell and at Helvoetsluys ^ in each of 
 which places it is from 3 to 4 miles in breadth. The Scheldt 
 is formed by the junction df several rivers which rise in various 
 parts of France, and unite their streams during their progress 
 through the Netherlands. After passing the city of Antwerp, 
 it is divided into two branches, called the Eastern and Western 
 Scheldt, both of which are lost in the sea among the islands of 
 Zealand. The Vecht rises near Munster in Westphalia, and 
 fnlls into the Zuyder Zea below Zwoll. 
 
 Seas and Harbours ] The British or German sea, by which 
 the western and northern shores of Holland are washed, is fre- 
 quently termed in that country, the North sea, in contradistinc- 
 tion to which, a largie gulph or collection of water which sepa- 
 rates North Holland firdm Friesland and Overyssel, is termed 
 the Zuyder, or Southern sea* With this is connected the lake 
 or sea of Haerlem, by a river or rather creek, called the Y, 
 which passes by Amsterdam. The principal harbours of Hol- 
 land, are those of the Texel, Middleburg, Flushing and Rotter- 
 dam. That of Amsterdam, though safe and commodious, h&n 
 a bar called the Pampus at the entrance of it, over whic{^ 
 large vessels cannot pass without being lightened. 
 
 , Climatx, Sou<, anp PRQDoctipNS.] The low situation of 
 
Fart II. 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 449^ 
 
 Holland. Climtte, Soil, and Pioductions. 
 
 Holland, and the prodigious quantity of water which covers thf 
 iace of the country, render the air exceedmgly thir'r and fog- 
 gy : rain is, tof consequence, very common at all seasons j and 
 during the sultry months of summer, when the weather is ex- 
 cessively hot throughout the day, the dew falls so thick in the 
 evening, that it is extremely dangerous to be abroad. I^uch 
 barm has ofiten arisen to strangers, from not attending to this 
 circumstance. In winter the weather is proportionably cold ; 
 an'i it is no uncommon thing for the mercury to be 8° or lo^ 
 below the zero of Farenheit. The frost sets in generally in 
 the month of January, and continues for two or three months 
 without intermission : the harbours are all frozen up, all com- 
 munication by water ceases, and the rivers and canals are co- 
 vered with ice several feet in thickness. The air is then uni- 
 fbrmly clear and pleasant, with a small breeze of wind always 
 from the east, and the whole country exHbits a scene of gaiety 
 activity, and spirit, unknown at any other season of the year. 
 
 The soil of Holland is unfavourable to the labours of the 
 husbandman ; though in no country is vegetation more rapid 
 0r luxuriant, of such articles as it does produce ; a circum- 
 stance naturally arising from the extrenie moisture and heat 
 of the air during the vegetating months. Trees shoot up, even 
 in the most ui>lavourable situations, such as the streets of great 
 cities, with amazing qiuqkness, and produce the greatest pro- 
 fusion of rich foitago *, a!n abundant crop of grass is the spon- 
 taneous production of every part of t^* «*oui»try j and madder 
 and tobacco are cultivated with very great success. But this 
 seems to be the utmost extent of its vegetating powers. The 
 chief productions of Holland, consequently, ai-e the articles of 
 madder and tobacco already mentioned, and butter and cheese^ 
 which are produced in great quantities from the rich pastures 
 ^ith which the country every where abounds. The Dutch 
 cows ace of a Kind well known in England and Scotland ', they 
 
iiipwmpi 
 
 450 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 Part IK 
 
 Holland. Character of the Inhtbitantt. 
 
 are larger, and better nulkers^but by no means to well shaped 
 as the British horned cattle. The horses are large and well 
 made J chiefly of a black polour, and used with long tails«« 
 There is a great variety of fresh water fish of excellent quality} 
 but their herrings are killed oflf the «oasts of Brit^^n, The 
 gardens and orchards of: Holland abound with fruits pf ys^rious 
 kinds, and some of them, particularly the pears, of exquisite 
 flavour. At Haerlem much pains arc bestowed in the rearing, 
 of flower?, especially hyacinths and tulips ) some of which 
 have been sold for above looo guilders each. No country i^ 
 more plentifully provided iq fall^ds and kitchen stuffs of all 
 kinds. 
 
 vuIhuabitants.] The Dutch are said, like the ancient Beo^ 
 tians, to partake in their character pf the nature of the a^mos-? 
 phere with which they are surrounded, and to be of a, dull ^4 
 phl^sgmati? disposition. Their dress, which is adapted to the, 
 cold and dampness pf t:heir climate, and which is rarely change 
 ed in its form ^ their persons, which are in genera) ^hick andr 
 clumsy ) their writings, whi(:h are proverbially voluroinpus. j^ 
 and ttieir constq^t practice of smoking tobacco, have, no doubt, 
 contributed much tp' confirm this general opinion, which it is 
 impossible for all their wo^ks of genius and of art to eradicate. 
 Yet they are industripus in their callings, attentive to theic 
 proper business, and indefatigable in the proaecutipn of an ob-^ 
 jfCt. They are not troubled with a vei^ great degree of sen* 
 siUlity, and are therefore not easily provoked ', but \vhen their 
 passipns are inflamed, they are excessively violent. Their per> 
 son^l courage cannot be doubted by any oi^^ who knows their 
 history y yet ^heir sentiments and habits are averse from war* 
 They have been fharged with being addicted to excessive 
 drinking y but no calumny can be more grossly unfounded : 
 no people are ?ttore temperate in the use of intoxicating li- 
 
■■■■wmi 
 
 PjuCt lU 
 
 EUROPE/ 
 
 4J» 
 
 tsum 
 
 Holland. Character of the Inhabitants — ^Religion. 
 
 quots than the Dutpb* The higher classes never sit to drink 
 after dinner, as is common in England} and of-4he lower class- 
 es, it is extremely rare to see any one intoxicated, though the 
 gin is sold so low as 6d or 7d the bottle, and other spirits are 
 proportlonably cheap*. .There is anot^her charge firom which 
 perhaps they^cannot be so fully acquitted } which is th^t of an 
 immoderate love of money, and of a disposition to take unfur 
 advantages in their dealings : yet they are kind and obliging 
 to strangers, whom they encourj^c to live among them ', and 
 they are exact and honourable in discharging stipulated eQf 
 gagements. The number of inhabitants in Holl^jpL^,^ SHPE9^ 
 sed to be near three millions of ^ouls. . ;, ,; 
 
 ■ RxLiGiON.] The established religion of Holland is Calvin- 
 ism, and the %rm of church-government is similar to the 
 presbyteriap. The ecclesiastics are divided into four raidu )^ 
 viz. professors in divinity, preachers, elders, and deacons } and 
 the aSkirs pf the church are conducted by consistories, classes, 
 and synodSf The consistory is the lowest court j and consists 
 of the ministers, elders, and deacons, of any particular 
 church or town, who generally meet once every month. A 
 class consists of deputies firom several adjoining consistories, 
 who commonly assemble three times in the year. The synods 
 are either provincial or national } the former of which meets 
 once every year } but the latter is only summoned on the most 
 important occasions. The last was the famous synod of Dort^ 
 which met In the year 1618. 
 
 There are, besides, numerous Walloon churches in thedlflSsr* 
 ent cities of the provinces, whic^ constitute a sort of Infe/Ior 
 synod, which meets twice in the year. The ministers of the 
 Scotch and English presbyterlan churches, of which there are 
 several In I loUaud, are paid by the state and the munlcipalitlei 
 
^PW^W 
 
 '^wytw 
 
 m 
 
 RUR^PJC 
 
 Paat II, 
 
 aartB 
 
 HoLLAKD. Rtligton. 
 
 «f the towns whf re they ofRcUte, in the same way m the Dutch 
 established clergj, end are eligible as members of the classet 
 and synods ) though few of them avail themselves of this pri- 
 vilege. 
 
 Though the Protestant is the established religion <tfH<dland^ 
 jtt alt odier sects are tolerated, and since the last revolution, 
 ate eligible to all the offices of government. A great propor- 
 twin^the inhabitants are Roman Catholics } many are of the 
 iLntheran persuasion, still more of the Am^an *, and in the 
 city trf Amsterdam alone there are from 40,000 to 50,000 
 Ji!we* There are some Anabaptists j but very few Quakers. 
 
 Upon the whole, religion is in a prosperous state in Hol- 
 land ', tmd though the public manners arc prodigiously relaxed 
 oflate, there u still perhaps more individual piety in this coun« 
 tiy than in any other part of the world, Great Bntain alone ex* 
 cepted. The late Revolution has indeed affected the morals of 
 Holland in no inconsiderable degree ) and that chiefly in two 
 ways } first, by introducing a variety of new vices, which were 
 Httle practised or known in the country before j and, secondly, 
 by removihg those restraints of public disapprobation and ab« 
 borrence, on account of which the profligate were formerly 
 obfiged to hide or to disguise their crimes. But in nations 
 wlucH have arrived at a high degree of ^rtue, there is gene^ 
 rally a gradual progress towards degeneracy } and in this pro- 
 gress the Dutch were unfortunately but '.00 far advanced be- 
 ftnre the last revolution took place. The divine goodness, so 
 signally manifested to them and to their fathers, in their 
 wonderful deliverance from the yoke of tyranny and super- 
 stition ; in the distinguished privileges conferred upon them j 
 and in the consequent prosperity and wealth of the nation j 
 instead of exciting the generous sentiments of gratitude, hu- 
 mility, and holiness j was soon perverted to the occasion of 
 ^xury and pride : hence proceeded indifference to the ordi* 
 
PXkT It 
 
 T.VKOT%. 
 
 W 
 
 HoLLAMO. Religion — Cities. 
 
 nances of religion ) unwarrantable speculations, and unnecet- 
 sary and pernicious refinements on religious subjects, by wlnck 
 the people were divided into an endless variety of sects and 
 parties } the proiuulgation of doctrines not according to god- 
 liness, by which the faith of some was completely overturned } 
 and an awfiil substitution of the external form in place of the 
 substance and power of religion. The progress was natural 
 and easy to an utter contempt of God and of divine ordinances, 
 and the practice of every species of ^e, which became but 
 too apparent In the avowed sentiments and profligate lives of 
 multitudes of all ranks. 
 
 These things did not escape the omniscient eye of a just and 
 holy God } and the events of above 20 years past have demon- 
 strated his displeasure In characters awfully conspicuous. The 
 religious In the land feel, confessj and lament, these humiliating 
 facts, and deprecate the continuance of the divine chastisements. 
 May their prayers (for they are yet many) prevail, to turn 
 away the judgments whichnow consume the vitals of the state, 
 to procure for their fellow- citizens a general spirit of jreforma^ 
 tlon and of ptayer, that their Iniquities may not prove their 
 
 rum: 
 
 Cities.] All the cities of Holland have an appearance of 
 grandeur, magnificence, and neatness, which commands the ad- 
 miration of every stranger. The houses, which are built of. 
 brick, surmounted by about two ox three feet of painted wood, 
 are generally lofty and elegant j the windows are remarkably 
 large and numerous, and being hung on the Inside with cur- 
 tains of the purest white, neatly fringed, and falling in rich 
 folds about half way down, they give an Idea of ease, of retire- 
 ment and comfort, extremely pleasing am\^<st the bustle of 
 commercial activity. This Is heightened by the surprisin||r 
 vleanness of the streets, which are frequently washed with 
 
454 
 
 EtJROPI. 
 
 Part II. 
 
 Holland. Qtifs — AnMterdam. 
 
 great application, and by the rows of tall and ftouridiing trees 
 with which the streets are lined. Along the sides of (or rather 
 between) the streets, canals extend in all directions, and carry 
 innumerable Tcssels to the very doors of the merchants* houser. 
 'Vht environs are always occupied by a prodigious number of 
 small gardens, laid out in flower-plots, shrubberies, and gravel 
 walks, in the most economical manner pbSMble. Of these the 
 moce opulent dtisens. always possess one, to which they retue 
 in summer, as to a country residence. The public walks in the 
 qdghbourhood are exceeedingly deUghtful, with the single ex- 
 ception of the bad air, arising from stagnate ditches and c%» 
 oals, which is very offensive to strangers. 
 
 AMSTxacAM, which is the largest city in Holland, is built 
 in the form of a crescent, on the little river Amstel, which 
 unites with the arm of the Zuyder Sea called the Y. It lies 
 extremely low, and the foundation is a ti<;rfect marsh, all the 
 houses being built on large piles of wood sunk at an enormous 
 cxpcnce. For this reason no wheeled carriages are allowed to 
 drive along the streets, except those of great men and physi* 
 cl^ns, who pay a considerable tax for that privilege* The com- 
 Toon street carriages are set upon a sledge, which is driiwn 
 slowly by one horse, the driver moving along on foot. Amster- 
 dam is supposed to contain about 240,000 inhabitants, many of 
 whom are, or have been, extremely rich, aiid live in the high- 
 est stile. of magnificence and grandeur. It enjoys many com- 
 merdal advantages ; but the streets are generally narrow and 
 crooked, the air is excessively feculent, particularly in summer 
 and autumn, and there is no water fit for drinking, but such 
 as is brought in boats from the Vecht, at a distance of 16 
 miles. The principal buildings a^e, the' St^dthouse, which is 
 truly a noblci structure, built upon 14,000 wooden piles i the 
 Bourse or Exchange, the Admiralty and Post*o(Hc9s, and the 
 Jlcw church dedicated to St Catharine. But some streets, a- 
 
Part IL 
 
 £UROP£. 
 
 4^5 
 
 HOLLAMO. Cities. — Rotterdam. 
 
 the 
 the 
 , a- 
 
 loi>g the principal canals, particularly the Keysar's Graaft, 
 the Heer Graaft, and the Cingel, display houses of uniform 
 and astonishing grandeur. I'hcre are some agreeable wallcs 
 within the city, and a charming road, through gardens and 
 groveS) in the environs towards the South. 
 
 RoTTiRjDAM is unquestionably the second city in Holland 
 for comtnerce, wealth, and the number of inhabitants , ond 
 perhaps the first in the world for splendour, neatness, and co: 
 venience for trade. It stands on the northern banks of t^% 
 Maese, which is admitted into the city by three maf .. cent 
 canals, called the Leeve haven, the Oude haven, and the Nievr 
 haven j these 11 .bute thr water through all parts of the tc vn 
 by an immense numlr<- of lesser canals, by which vc&.els oi: 
 various bizes are continually passing and rc-passlng in all di< 
 rections. Two streets of this city deserve particular rotice ) 
 that on the Haring Vleet, and the Boomtjes. The formel* 
 looks towards the North, and commands towards the South a 
 most delightful prospect of the Maese, above three quarten of 
 a mile in breadth, sometimes smoothly rolling its limpid waters 
 along in majestic silence ) and sometimes, as when swoln by 
 the melted snows of Germany, foaming with turbid rage, and 
 dashing vast masses of dissolving ice against the walls of the 
 houses. These are chiefly of hewn stone, and are occupied by 
 the principal Dutch inhabitants of the city. To the West of 
 the Haring Vletet, and at a very large angle, lies the Boomtjes, 
 also parallel to the Maese, and by far the most agreeahl6 street 
 in the city. It looks towards the South, being open on that 
 side towards the river, and having on the other a grand facade 
 of lofty houses, the best of which are inhabited by British 
 merchants. The strefet is broad and spaciou?, having distinct 
 walks for carriages and fdot-paslengers, all paved with the 
 hardest brick, is shaded by a double row of beautiful trees, 
 and is at least hal£ an English mile in length. On the oppo- 
 
, i^i^i vi.|ipi|n(jii|n qi^iiip^i 
 
 -4i^ 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 Part fl. 
 
 Holland. Cities— Rotterdam. 
 
 I • 
 
 site side of the river uppcar the richest meadows, almost level 
 vith the surface of the water, interspersed with fine avenues 
 cf trees, and adorned by the spires of distant villages. The 
 number of inhabitants in Rotterdam is calculated at 59,000, 
 of whom a much greater proportion is British than in any city 
 of the republic. The college of Admiralty here is called the 
 college of the Maese, the chief of all Holland and of the 
 United Provinces. On the South East part of the city there 
 are a large bason and dock, where ship-carpenters used to be 
 constantly employed for the Admiralty and the East India Com- 
 pany. But the river is now so much filled with sand, that a 
 frigate can with great difficulty work its way down to the sea, 
 even without any guns on board. In this city there are four 
 Dutch churches for the established religion, and 1 1 ministers, 
 who preach by rotation in all the churches. There are be- 
 udes two English churches ; one episcopal, which was occu- 
 pied by the French soldiers as barracks during the last war, 
 and has not yet been repaired ; arid one presbyterian, which 
 previously to the revolution always had two ministers, but hss 
 since been supplied by one only j and a Scotch church, which 
 has still two ministers ; likewise one Lutheran, two Arminian, 
 two Anabaptist, and one French church, with four ministers j 
 four Roman Catholic chapels, and one Jewish synagogue. The 
 principal edifices in Rotterdam are, the Exchange, which, 
 though not large, is truly an elegant building ; the great 
 church of St Laurence, which contains some stately monu- 
 ments of the old Dutch Admirals ; the Stadthouse, and the 
 Naval magazines. The tower of the great church, which is 
 pf prodigious height, once declined eight feet from the per- 
 pendicular, and leaned over the church, threatening destruc- 
 tion to the whole fabric. But this error was corrected by the 
 ingenuity and applloation of the inhabitants, who brought bacji 
 
Part II. 
 
 StJROPi:. 
 
 ^4tt 
 
 Holland. Cities— Leyden. 
 
 the tower to its original position. An elegant spire, however, 
 by which it had been surmounted, was taken away on that oc- 
 casion, and has not since betin restored. In the great market- 
 place of the city stands a fine bronze statue of Erasmus, wlio 
 was bom in >n adjoining house in the year 1467. He is re* 
 preesented larger than the life, standing in a furred gown or 
 mantle, with a rimmed cap on his hea4, and an open book ly- 
 ing on his left hand, of which Ke is turning over one of the 
 leaves with the right. 
 
 Letobn, which is the Lugdunum Batavorum of the ancients;, 
 is supposed to contain nearly 50,000 inhabitants. The canals 
 by which this city is intersected are passed by bridges of brick 
 and stone, (the number of which is reckoned above 140,3 
 while those in the other principal cities of Holland are gene- 
 rally passed by draW'bridges. The reason is obvious : Ley^ 
 den being an inland town, is only visited by boats and vessels 
 of small burthen, which, by means of moveable miists, can ea- 
 sily pass below the stone bridges. In this city is an artificial 
 mount of considerable height, the sides of which are carefully 
 laid out in flower-plots, shrubberies, anu gravel walks, isnd 
 the summit is surrounded by a fortification, which contains a 
 round tower, said to have been built by Hengist, who with 15s 
 brother Horsa first led the Saxons into England, The Uni- 
 versity of Leyden is the oldest in the United Provinces, and 
 has been long celebrated for its medical professors. It con- 
 tains a library well furnished, particularly with valuable ma- 
 nuscripts ', a physic -garden, well stocked with plants j an ana- 
 tomy-hall, abundandy provided in skeletons and preparations j 
 and an observatory. The city is peculiarly famous for the long 
 and terrible siege it maintained against the Spaniards in 1573, 
 when the inhabitants, though reduced to the utmost extremity 
 by famme, told the ci;uel enemy, that they were determined to 
 
<mf\ j,Pi f .>v^ai«i<«F<*-<i"'^'iiijip.ui^i^jnj||Miipqppp^nnpp^ 
 
 4i« 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 Part U, 
 
 Holland. 
 
 Cities Haerlem, &c. — Laurence Castor, inventor of Printing. 
 
 hold out as long as they had one arm to eat, and another to 
 xvielA the sword. v. 
 
 Haerlem is supposed to contain nearly 40,000 inhabitants. 
 It too is famous for the siege which it maintained against the 
 Spaniards at the same time that Leyden was besieged j but 
 still more celebrated for the Invention of Printings which is at- 
 tributed to Laurence Castor, a magistrate of this city. A sta- 
 tue of Castor stands in the great square of the town, and his first 
 essays in the art of printing are still preserved with great care, 
 and shewn, as a mark of peculiar favour, to strangers. They 
 consist of the Lord^s Prayer and Creed, in Latin \ and though 
 much defaced by time and frequent handling, still do honour to 
 the inventor. The great church is reckoned the largest in Hol- 
 land, and the organ of that church the finest in the world. 
 There is an academy of sciences in this city, and a museum rich- 
 l^l^rovided, and in excellent order. To the South of the town 
 lies a wood, which is cut into delightful walks and vistas *, and 
 at the entrance, stands the magnificent house of Mr Hope of 
 Amsterdam, which is visited by all strangers. Great quanti- 
 ties of linen and thread are bleached in the neighbourhood of 
 Haerlem : the waters of the lake being peculiarly adapted to 
 that purpose. 
 
 The Hague is reckoned no more than a village though it 
 contains at least 40,000 inhabitants. It is certainly one of the 
 most delightful places in the world. It stands on a dry soil, 
 somewhat higher than the re^^t of the country j the air is con- 
 sequently more salubrious, and the water from the pumps is 
 excellent. It contains a munber of beautiful streets and 
 squares, and presents an air of dignity and grandeur becoming 
 the seat of goverment of a great and pros|aerou9 people. It is 
 still the seat of the colleges of Batavia, and the residence of 
 foreign ambassadors, which renders it a plaqe of considerable 
 splendor and business. The environs are delightful in a very 
 
Part II.. 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 -*» 
 
 soil, 
 con- 
 
 jimng 
 
 It is 
 
 ice of 
 
 crable 
 
 very 
 
 Holland. Cities — Utrecht, Middleburg. 
 
 high degree ) particularly the short tide to the House in the 
 lVo9tif formerly the palace of the prince of Orange } now con- 
 verted into a sort of hotel, having several of the rooms di:co> 
 rated with paintings, which are exhibited to strangers for mo- 
 ney. The walk to the village of Scheveling, too, command- 
 ing a view of thfe isand- hills along the shore of the German 
 sea, and of the charming seats and gardens in the vicinity, is 
 extremely interesting^ 
 
 Utrecht, the Ultrajectum, or Trajebtum Rhenij of thfe La- 
 tins, is a beautiful and populous city, the capital of the pro- 
 vince of that name^ and about 30 miles distant from Amster- 
 dam. It has a celebrated University, which was founded in 
 163OJ and has a physic-garden which is stored With a variety 
 of curious plants. But there is much reason to doubt whether 
 the students of this seminary retain the Same character of fru- 
 gality, order, and composed behaviour, for which they weM 
 formerly so much celebrated. There is a beautiful Mall for 
 the recreation of the students on the East side of the city, 
 which has five rows of lofty limes on either side. The tower 
 of the great church of Utrecht is very high, has an elegant and 
 grand appearance, and commands a most extensive and de- 
 lightful prbspect. Here the country begins to swell into 
 beautiful inequalities y and the canals are much farther below 
 the level of the streets than ih the other cities of the republic. 
 The city is supposed to contain near 30,000 inhabitants. 
 
 MiDOLEBURo, the capital of Zealand, situate in the island qf 
 Walcheren, contains from 20^00 to 30^000 inhabitants. It 
 has a large town-house, decorated with the statues of the an- 
 cient earls and countesses of Holland. It was formerly a place 
 of great trade ^ but thjB ajr is excessively unhealthy, and the 
 harbour is now so much choked up wkh sand as to -admit only 
 Tesscls of very small size. > " -itr. itt'itod^. 
 
 Ff -••• ■'■• • 
 
^ 
 
 lUROl^S. 
 
 Part II, 
 
 ii 
 
 1M 
 
 Holland. Universitiei, Language, Litcnture, and Manners. 
 
 4^^ Mimy other cities and towns of tJits onee flourishing rapob- 
 lic ar» highly doserving of notice*^ but the IfnatS' pMscribcd 
 fo this work htve> bten tiveady ftff cscccdcdt* 
 
 ■) UNiv«i9im$v Lj(Naim.o£, ittw I^ERAftme.l iThe Univeiv 
 litie» of HoUend are five : vi«^ those of Leyden, Utrecht^ 
 Groningen^ NaadeiKiriak, and Francker,^ Thie language, which 
 it a dialect of the German, has as yet been ^try little culti- 
 vated or inaiproved, and has never been reduced to any fixed 
 Standard. It sounds harshly and disagreeably to strangers, and 
 h remarkably uncouth ih' it» appearance ; but all- the people of 
 Ikshion speak Frenchy and a< great niany of the inhabitants 
 speak £ngU^ untb telierable accuracy. The literature of 
 of Holland is tery respectables It has prodViced a number of 
 lemrned and excdlcnt Theologian* ; and its annals are illuss* 
 ^ated by tho well knOwnf and highly esteemed names of £ra9> 
 mus, Johannes sccundus^ Huga Grotiiis-, Boerhaave, Paul Me* 
 «ula, and iliany other distingmshed scholars^ In the fine arts, 
 iht Dutch have chiefly distinguished themselves in painting y> 
 but art by bo means destkuta of skilful statuaries. 
 
 Mamnkk^ and Costoms.J The manners of the Dutch, as of 
 every other people, are influenced by character and peculiar 
 circumstances. The nahire of their country renders attention 
 to business of some kind necessary t» tiietr existence, and par« 
 ticularly to their rising to eminence and wealth : hence that 
 industry for whieh they are so justly celebrated. They rise 
 early in the morning ^ breakfast about seven o^elock, drink a 
 dish of coffee about eleven $ dine at one in the afternoon, go to 
 K^hange atrtwo, drink tea between three and four, and sup at 
 nine or ten in the evening. They drink very moderately, sic 
 ^ort at meals, eat very little to breakfast and dinner, and retire 
 instantly, even befi^rc the cloth is drawn, to business. The sup* 
 
paht. n. 
 
 fifTROPI. 
 
 4H 
 
 HoLiAif Ok MmneN and Cuitoini. 
 
 per U thegrett med, a* of the aacieat R(MUmc» at ivlttch tht 
 tnind relaxes aftec the fetigues o£ th^ <Uy,.and the oontewatioa 
 asaumes aa easy, and frequently an inteccating tone* The ipiD 
 rits o£ the men ace exhilarated, lew by drinking wiXA or ipiiAh 
 luous li<|uon, which lait they seldom taste, than bgr amoking 
 tobacco ^ a custom. ti» whidt lHaity are vcrj tauoh addioeed^ 
 from an early period of li£e. But the ladies, never smoke } aoA 
 it is perhaps as rare to see a wooun of any rank smoke in Hol^ 
 land as in England. Aathe Dutch are a sober, so they ava 
 a religious people } "wuh^ no doubt, many exeeptions y parti* 
 eularly of late years. PubUc worship begins on Sunday at 
 seven o'clock in the morning : that service being- ovai^ it is- rc« 
 simied at half past nbe ) a thicd time at half past ,oac y ami 
 last of all at seven in the evening; These are, besides^ lenaont 
 on every day of the week except Monday and Satuntby } and 
 on all occasions, when a popular minister preaches, the chusciv 
 is exceedingly crowded. In private funilies, aad in select 
 parties, the conversation very firequentfy turns upon religiousr 
 subjects 'y and as the nunbtcis ace obliged to preach once everyt 
 Lord's day upon a portion of the Heidelberg catechism in re« 
 gular succession, the people in general possess more systematic 
 knowledge in mvinity than those of any other nation. 
 
 The custom* of wearing a great many clotkcs, by tvktch the* 
 Putch are distinguished above all tbsr otkcs nations of Europe^ 
 arises from the excessive dampness ef the climate of H ol l an d ^ 
 and the sudden and prodagious altemaltioaB of heat aaclcold in 
 the state of the atmosphew} ciicurostaacea wkkb must be' 
 guarded agunst in every country, with the greatew oare, by 
 those who duly «sdue the inestimable btessmg of health. Yet 
 some of the Dutch ladies dress as Ughtly as the iftost. i a«hio n ablr 
 belles either of England' er of France. 
 
 To the dampness apd nephttic ^tudities of the adt it to^b« 
 
 f fa 
 
wt^" 
 
 f y&ofi. 
 
 Pakt II. 
 
 Holland. 
 
 Munnen and Customs. 
 
 BSSBSaBaSSBaBOBBSBSa 
 
 slittnbtttcd.<alw Jtbat cmtom of constantly punting, washing 
 jtnd,fubbii^, i»r which: thfr'Dutch owe thsir high chasactec for 
 «^atacss and. clf^kntss }1 as, wiCbout tuck precautions, their 
 «]6od-sroik. wpuld soon decay ^d rot, and their metals b$ cor* 
 ]^odiidan4' destroyed by rust. The practice indee4 may bt 
 mom continued' by many, firpm mere habit» without regard eii> 
 Jkh«r- to, its original cause, or its present necessity and ad<* 
 vantagef-ifor no people in the world are more rigid in theis 
 •dhqrcBce to ancient cttstiuns than the Dutch. 
 t^^The; ladies of Holhmdt are remarkably sci^^^^y > being 
 seldom seen abroad in the open air, but sitting almost constant- 
 lyr at Juime i|| their windows, sewing or knitting, over a little 
 itove, placed with soMt:£re under their, feet. On the outsiue 
 !ȣ: the. window there is generally a mirror fixed in such a posi^ 
 tionj^s to command the view of a considerable part of the 
 lltrfet* jpr some public squaie or bridge } by which, means they 
 eont^iy^ tp amuse themselvei/^ith wh^t passes around them 
 ^tl^om being obseired.^ At one season of the year, however, 
 gj^f rally Jn the months of summe^r of autumi^i, there is a cete- 
 brated iur, called KermJe^ia the pnncipal towns, when the 
 a}i]rfDeti.irc filled with booths,, containing an immense quantity 
 and varie^oC inerehandize.^ and then prodigious crowds of 
 both ise'xes, alid of all ranks, assemble in their finest dresser 
 a.n4 spend severid succesnve days in strolling aaoong the booths,. 
 ^i;(Mi; eapumning theit contehlsv 
 
 . The/Putclt.aiv exceedingly fond of inuuc ^ most of the gen-r 
 t|({$l|w;>plfi;a]a(mg than perform well on some instruments;. 
 and ^Vftn the lower {dals^» are heard freqvently smging toge* 
 therin pttrts with g^^fi^^pifojviety, as they walk along the streets. 
 Ip.allj^ great. towns and cities there ane music bells attach- 
 ' cd to the public clocks, . which play different tulles at die end 
 
m 
 
 ifar 1^ 
 
 ZVKOPt. 
 
 r 
 
 m 
 
 HotLAHD. Cuoii&et««i itef MattufMtUrit— Govemment. 
 
 CoMMBRCX AHb MAMurACTiiRSS.] Not iinri}r ycan Bgir, «tt' 
 siccount of the Btttchcotbuierce would coftlpTehciid that' of »Ik 
 aiost all E^tfope ; tlueiie -lia'^g been icirccly a nahdnetwl^ 
 which they dSAnoXK^SnymfOr a Mate to which thiy did not- 
 t«ade; Their ■coitntry was 'the grand ajaagacine >dl Mxit0ip(8{ 
 where every asticle «f iuse^of comfort, or of lusoriri oould be fiM^ 
 oared, and sometUBcs oven chcaper^than in th«f countries; whid!^ 
 pfodticed diem. Their £aat India Company^ whieh etjaf^ 
 the monopoly of the fine spices for more thaii xo6 yekrs^ p$i 
 extremely opitleiit and powerful. Their hexxsiig and whalft, 
 fisheries were prosecuted withamazingitlccess aiid advantage;).- 
 apd wealth poured in upon thcJm ivitfa a fuU s|areaitt ft^m •]!> 
 the quarters of the > globe. ' But witfaih ^ese feiiir laef^yedn^ 
 tjiey hav^ «xperieni3ed a tnost melahcholy xtVerscb JDurittg^ 
 the last war their commerce ftuflfesed materiil inittry $i' afed bjTx 
 the introduction of theiFsetoh trcK^'the ,countifr Wiis greali^ 
 ly impoveridied. - Thfe; present Iwar.seejns' to^t!l\teBtea?th^'49btf 
 istence as an independent commercial people. Their eoloiddi> 
 ipi^e Eastmtd West IiuiicB havi^ b<)en seked by tihe British 
 forced ^their ships, ricUy U4eritwith<olonial> produce, hdVe httifki 
 carried into British pucti j the adyeiatuf6Hl!s]|Mrit <^thew"iileir-'' 
 chants is discouraged and bn^en, andl^idrdtcheiafeeekhautt-u 
 ed by endless- tises and contributions* aj ;: i.' - ,^r 
 
 OovxaNMENT.] Previously to the year ^i 795^ the Unite^^- . 
 Brovinces formed a common Ciinfodtracy of seyeh> republics) ^ 
 each of which had aii internal constitution ind^ndeiit of the 
 others. This separate government was called the 'xf<i/«j of' 
 each province ; arid the delegate!! firdm thim, who tapt at die 
 Hague, formed the States GeHertd/xn whicb the soveri!ig](Vty lo£/ 
 tlie lyhok confederacy was vested. They were styled li^gh , 
 and Mighty LcudSi^Qr tfajcir liigb Mijg;hl;ihe9pes. The Stsd);^ 
 
 rf 3 
 
Wk 
 
 E.V^'Of**.' 
 
 Part IR 
 
 ■HBKBBaSBBOB 
 
 koidarwn originally « tm^ ef dictfltoff, tppuated Inm tlie 
 iMcesitty of tho tJaoes, to tffset the emuMdpadon ti ll« 
 etmnti^ 'fraai fipaiisk daverjr. Wbcn dai Aecsmty vaoislMd^ 
 A« office bceiow of dttlMOus authoittylUl thi year 1672, ^rhev 
 ^Hieali lU.vgoi' it dedMed heceditayv At^dwd witkout 
 childteh^ l^'cAoe beeane' extinct till the fear 1747^ wi^Mat 
 4ke 8Mtc% Mfgad by an invuion of tbe French into tbear teni* 
 tttrifwin Vtarikleft> sertored it again in the persaatnf; Wiltiam 
 TV;; «nd4kelasedit<keiiB&ai7intlM nale and female -Wfcete»l» 
 9A*0iitdi the fiuntly of Orange. After this WSiUam becaogw 
 Sittne fammtfvl than met* He mraa ptaadeBtel the states of 
 <l««ry fvoainee, and cenld change -the depvtiei, mag^iiratiDf, 
 fltld «ri9ioei» VI every pvovince and ckyi fagr which Boeam ho 
 ])^ ^ aaonlduig of the assearisly of the States <jcneral^ 
 tSimigh he had no Tote in it. His JnAneace, a£ coatrse^ vaa^ 
 giMtt I ^ aptenue, atisinf from the office, was conaidcnble ; 
 trtd' hi yJii BS s td yhesides^ aeyetai {irindiiditiet wd large esitvCea 
 OT 'inl own* 
 
 Sntin tiM! beginning of the year ifgs* ^^ Rvnch anDy* 
 •Misted by anumetotts party cif the Dutch, and bvoaced by a 
 hatd'ffoit,' entered lUiBaAdj subdued the ^adtholderian party,, 
 «nd ebKg^ the Stadtfadder and his iuuiytp depart for Eikgm 
 land 'f upon wMch a convention was assembled to administdr 
 the govenutaent, and to frame a constitution for the state, 
 wHch now leoeivod the naaue of the Bata^an Rcpoblic. 3f 
 the conidtndon which foIibw«d, the govenament was rested in 
 a legislative body t consisting of two chambers and a directory. 
 The pTCsidcfits of the two chambers w^re changed every fbrt- 
 nS^t } Mid a part of the legidatiTe body and of the directory 
 went (mCovery year. iThis Constitutibn hatvndergone many 
 changes sineife that iStM* ^vt the Urnhs of this work prccludis 
 the possilMHty of entcnof inove liitUy into dopil. 
 
VMTlfi 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 A 
 
 HoLtAWo. ni9toi7..4}rigit>al Iniubitaiit8.*-£Brl]r Revolutions. 
 
 HifTonr.] That ptrt «f the United Pvofinccs wIuGb liev 
 «6 the W««t«f the Rhine, ymi long posseMcd by a'aokmy xi 
 Bt«d &om HeMe, «nd «DMtkuted a pait of the ancient Bel* 
 gic Gaul, <*vhieh v/m ^eaquered by |uUul CfeMur «bout half a 
 century before the -comaaiedceaient<<tf 4iiae Christifli ifeeva ^ and 
 i^atpatt«vhich lieetothe £aatt(tfsthe mmmd ri«ierfvas«ubjectt« 
 the FrisU of Gennany, vAnt wete teduoed by Drums duiiog thv 
 «eigtt «f Angttitui. The hswe udiabitante rti «hefe countrici 
 ivere treated widi ^foat retpect by the RotninSi'whoexeinptei 
 them from tribute, allovaed itKeai to be ^vemed by their owfi 
 hvnt -and sabjected them <onIy to mtlitafy eervicef. Upon the 
 
 ' <dee}ine <^ the Roman emfue, tkett provtnoes fell into the hand* 
 «f the northern barbarians, who p««sed through &eSk On thci|r 
 
 «<iray to France wid Italy, After this, they 'weve euceessilreljf 
 mbjeetto the JPtmSUt a tdbe of Genaaas froaa 'the buiti of 
 the Lower Rhine*} to^^dieir own counts, who dmded*die ^ouiv' 
 try into amniA>er of snaU govermnente, each i)ein(>deipoU|B 
 in his own domtaom', to the Earls of Hunauk^ and to ^ 
 liOQse of Burgundy. By the marri^ of IVIary trf Burgundy 
 ^hh the emperor MaxiuiHan, they came into tlie possesion of 
 the house of Austria, «nd were by this pcioce erected into a 
 circle of the«m]nre in the year 1512. AHitt the death off 
 MaximiliMi, Charles V. king of Spain was raised to die digi^ 
 ty of emperor in the year 151^. About this time the sevett 
 United Brovkices, whkh now constitute the Bataviaa Repob* 
 lie, enjoyed a kind of Sndepetidence } but they were soon re- 
 duced to obedience by the power of that warlike monarch,' 
 who rengned them with his otibec domimens to his laa HdUp 
 II. of Spdn, m the year 1356. 
 
 At the accessbn of Philip, the 17 provinces of the Nethef4 
 lands were in a most flourishing condition. They contuned 
 ^50 large cities mclosed with walls, and 6300 town?) allHptt* 
 
 rf 4 
 
4«^ 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 PAIIT II, 
 
 PoLtyiNO. History— rintroduction of the Inquisition~;ilevQlt. 
 
 m)}i^.nMl wcnUky iby their application to commerce and the 
 ^f^i^i thf> Ipve of liberty was strongly implanted in the. breast« 
 of the ii^abitantSf. whp vffxp jealou$ of every invasion of theic 
 ^gk^* anfi priyileg^^ and the doctrines of the Reformation, 
 Jl\iifi\f )^ been now preached with great success in Germany. 
 foTj about: tbf. space of 43 years, were alqaost universally r«ir 
 c^ye4.inj(b€ seven no^cm provinces. . t 
 
 Jd^.suph clrcumstauces it was ppt to h^ supposed that the iiH 
 l^)^j,t^tft wo.ul4.patient](y^ubi9it to the tyrannical goveroT 
 mffQt ;pf 1^80 : superstitious and bigotted a prince as Philips 
 ^hey ^$or4ingly bfgau to shew early mt^rli^s qf discontent at 
 hif oppr.es4ye mea$uxc^», which served only to increase his cru* 
 %lty; fmi .r^gfi* JtiU vengeance was chiefly directed again$^ 
 tjie prQtf§t!^tS| whoija he resolved by all possible means to de^^ 
 ^i^^jji.,,- jirprdipr. to prpceed the more effectually against them« 
 hc^J^ftj^t)^^ a cour.t 9^ In,^uisitiqn in the country, which, froi% 
 4|f;^4i4gi»^ty p( its prpc^eediiigs, was called the Council o£ 
 J^j^c^. jB^y this court, y/hich was directed l^y Cardinal Gran- 
 VA)e> a violqp^ prosecutor of the reformed, .many thousands^ 
 W(^ce put tp de^th,bf sides, those who perished, by the sword y 
 t^^ the peoplp, opp res^d jby every species of cruelty, after in- 
 efifef;t]jal, forbearance and remonstrant^, broke out into acts of 
 open rebelUoi|L. Their Qpposit4on, however, being founded 
 upon no system, and confined to the lower r^nks, it produced 
 no, other efiects than the aggravatipn of their former sufferings ^ 
 the persecution jraged with more violence than ever} the, 
 Duke of Alva, a commander worthy of such a king, was sent, 
 iuto the Netherlands, in 1567, with zo,ooo veteran troops, tp- 
 complete the ruin of the provinces j and the illustrious Princfv 
 \7iu.iAM OF Orange, unable to behold the miseries of bis coun- 
 tr)^, retired into Germany to meditate some plan for its d(;U-^ 
 vcr^nce, 
 
PAnrlfi 
 
 EUROPE; 
 
 Holland. Histor^—Dulce of Alva — ^W'iU^un of Oriutfe. 
 
 n. 
 
 The duke of Alva, now heed from the fehr of o^osltiioftv 
 proceeded to thf titmoit exurmities in hU tyrdnhk-al govem-r 
 ment. llie whole country was filled with blood and hdrror; 
 counts £ginont imd Hoom were treacherouily^afid i^riominiouti/''* 
 ly executed, and the estate of the prince of Orange #ai tonfiVf 
 cated. These proeetdings drove the p«ople'toide«pair} t\ief^' 
 invited the prince to return and undertake theif' deftfice Va^ 
 he, having previously secured such promises of assistance frdnf 
 the princes of Germany as he could, prepared to Comply witll 
 their desire. His first efibrts, however, were so extiemely un^ 
 successful} that in the year 1569 he was obliged to disba&di 
 his army in despair,, and retire agun inte'Germanyi ^'^'^"^***'"' 
 
 The cruelties of Alva now exceeded all former bounds. Hq 
 let loose his Vengeance with unmingled fury against all wh<i had 
 in the least assisted, or been supposed to have assisted the prihecr 
 of Orange. All the prisoners taken in the last campaiigtt Werer 
 put to death in cold blood ; and nothing was to be heard of for 
 two successive years, but executions, massacres^ and the moafs; 
 extravagant taxes and impositions. : t^ . ? 
 
 Durihg this period the prince of 'Orange had been employed 
 in d^vismg the means of delivering his distressed coUhtiy } and 
 at the moment when the drums beat to arms in the city4>f 
 Brussels, and the Spanish soldiers were preparing to seize and 
 bang all the inhabitants who refused to pay an enormous 'tax 
 lately imposed by the governor, they were prevented by tlw 
 unexpected intelligence-~that the Briell had surrendered to a 
 squadron of ships of war fitted out by the prince.^ The whole 
 island of Voora followed the example, and the Zealanders werie 
 encouraged to join their most strenuous endeavoura on his side. 
 He soon became master of Delfshaven near Rotterdam. Tlie 
 duke of Medina Celi was defeated at sea by the Zealanders 
 with great loss j and soon after most of the strong cities in 
 Holland, Overyssel, Guelderland,. and Friesland, declved 
 
ItTROPB. 
 
 Pint II. 
 
 IteLLAim. 
 
 1" 
 
 HiMuif JDun John of Aonrit.— Faciflcmtion «f Chait. 
 
 ffaimi the gwimaiMit ol Alva. The ititM, in comtempt of 
 hk MUherky, MMmbled et Dart, invited deyuliti iiMn tly 
 prince of Orenge, the vobility end the dinfiected «itie« i end 
 vaited wtamtf u enable the prince to pioMCute hie me emw e 
 ^eilh vigour. 
 
 v^Thk iHuttiiowl Wo did not ehMe or diteppoint llwir eeni« 
 4tiK0. He marched with end) tioapata lie could kvyhthute, 
 iprto the oeMKtiy leteined by the onemy ) took Rmennnde by 
 fHMlt ) and OMD after rodiieed the to«mi of MechUn, Oude* 
 hokIc^ and P c w d eww a rfe | eo thatthe Spaniih dondnion in tho 
 Netherlands was apparently ready to expire, htd k not been 
 vcTived by die aaaMscre of the prateitantt in Parii, whaeh took 
 flace on tiM a4th of Angott 157a. 
 
 The war was protecutcd with vigour en both ridet, end with 
 variow Mocew. The Duke of Aiva was tuoeeedcd in the go* 
 -vvmaDtnt bjr Don Lewis de Requesnes ) and be by Don John 
 «f Austria. The Spanidk troops vuitinied for want td pay, the 
 governor hiat Ins anthority over them ) and tht prince of Or* 
 ange wisely availed himself of these circunastanees to form the 
 iuBOfts Bt nj fi Mti m 9f Gbtat^ by which tho greatest blow wss 
 given to the oourt of Spain wluch it iiad yet sustained. This 
 vras a confederacy of all the provinces, to expel foreign sol> 
 diers V to restore the ancient form of govemaaent ; to refer 
 meftcrs of reH^on to Uie several States of the provinces } foe 
 «ver to unite the other 15 provinces in the same common in* 
 terest wMi Holland and 2Lealand, and the piinoe of Oruige ) 
 and in short to restore dl things upon the same footing as be- 
 fore the war. The Spaoisk governor urged by the necessity 
 of his affsirs, confirascd die pac^i<»tion of Ghent, and dismiss* 
 «d tlie army in the year 1576 y but soon discovered his resolu- 
 tion, on the first fiivourable opportunity, to recommence hosti- 
 ^ Sties. This resolution he reduced to practice with consider- 
 able advaatage in the year. 1578, op his being jomed by tho 
 
Tt^rlt, 
 
 Europe; 
 
 HOLLAMU. 
 
 ssssssssmmm 
 
 Hutury— Unwti ut Utfoclit— Pmgc of 164I. 
 
 oel«brat«d Duke of Parma at the hukd of an amy of t6,ooo 
 ^t, and aooo )M>rM. 
 
 Ttw pnnc« •£ OraNga-Andinghloudlf tbu« attacked by vupc- 
 rior lorcei^ and Hrcaiving tka( Iktlc coafiUe«c« was to b« 
 placed io the unanunity of all the provinccn, turn aiuuder by po- 
 litical fafDlkNi«« liy a diffcrebce in religuHia lentiroests, and by 
 a variety of iieparatA iutereatt i iormcd the plan of more firnlj 
 tmiting ta^tker rkose oontii^uous provinoea in which the pro- 
 tMtaot iwlcfff It prevailed. He accordingly, with that prudence 
 and ad^KMi for vtt > I he was so justly celebrated, procured « 
 meeting of deiputies aom the provinces of Holland, Zealand, 
 Utrecht, Krioilaad, Groniegen, Overystel and Gueldcrland, 
 at Utrecht onthe ajd of January 1579, when (hat-i&emorabla 
 alliance wai signed which has ever si^tce been known by the 
 tamaMAk Uwon or Utkecht, and which formed the basis of 
 tkat oeawionwcaltb^'wluch'ia the subject of the present ar^de* 
 
 Tke limita of thia work preclude) the possibility oli«lating 
 with any degree of minuteness the subsequent operations of thia 
 inCemsting^Was. Suffice it to observe, that though the illus- 
 trions founder of dm Dutch liberty was assassinated at Delft, 
 in the year 15 84, by one Belthmar Gcrrard, who had bee« 
 instigated to the crime by the Jesuits and Catholic priests } 
 yet the revolution was completed by his son the breve Prince 
 Maokice, assisted, though feebly, by Henry IV king of France^ 
 and Elizabeth queen of England. In 159S Philip II. died, 
 and left his dominions to his son Philip IK. ) who being equal- 
 ly proud, superstitious, and weak, as his father, would not ac- 
 knowledge the freedom of the provinces, though he was plainljr 
 unable to oetain them in subjection. In 1607, however, a sus^ 
 pension of hostilities took place, and in 1609 a truce was ooiv.<. 
 eluded for 12 years; at the end of which the, war was renewed^ 
 and prosecuted with unremitting rage for 27 years longer. At W 
 l«tft, ia 1648, a treaty veas CQQcluded,.by which his Cfttholi^ 
 

 fiUROPE. 
 
 Part If. 
 
 Holland. History — Its Affluence and Po\ver — Intestine Divisions. 
 
 'I I ' I ■ ' T 
 
 najesty Philip IV. renounced all right and sovereignty over 
 the Lords, the States- General of the United Provinces, ivhic^ 
 were tlienceforth declared a free and independent republic. 
 
 From this period the Dutch, by an invariable adherence to 
 the maxims of prudence, industry, and frugality, arrived at a 
 very bigh pitch of affluence and grandeur. Amsterdam be- 
 came the emporium of £urope, and the richest city in the 
 world. The province of Holland alone is said to have con> 
 tained 5,000,000 of inhabitants } and all the other provinces 
 were proportionably populbus. The States were considered as 
 an important weight in the scale of Eu'.upe, where no treaty 
 was concluded without their ambassadors ; and their colonies 
 were numerous and flourishing in India, Africa, and America* 
 
 Their internal tranquillity however, was greatly interrupted, 
 both by religious controversies, and by political AsseHsions. 
 About the beginning of the 17th century, before they had 
 Well tasted the sweets of emancipation from foreign tyranny, 
 they involved Aeraselves in all the bitterness of intestine divi- 
 sion. The disputes between the Arminians and Calvinists 
 produced violent disturbances, wMch frequently ended in the 
 persecution of the former } a circumstance which was, no doubt, 
 promoted by the decision of the synod of Dort, which met iw 
 the year 16 18, and declared the Arminians corrupters of the 
 true religion. At the same time the aristocratic and democra- 
 tic parties carried their political differences to the most unwar- 
 rantable and dangerous extremkies. 
 
 These circumstances did not esoape the observation of Lewis 
 XIV. of France, who meditated the enlargement of his own 
 dominions by the entire conquest of the Low Countries. He 
 knew that the whole strength of the Seven Provinces consist- 
 ed in their marine j that their frontier was weak 5 that the pro- 
 ^*vinces were divided, and that the chief power was in the hands 
 of men invet^rately set against the family pf Orange, the ancient 
 
Pakt II. 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 A7i 
 
 Holland. Invasion by Lewis XIV. 
 
 Captains of the Republic, He therefore sought an opportunity 
 of bteakrng with this vealthy but divided people, and soon 
 nuud a pretence in the triple alliance into which they had en- 
 tered with England and with Swisden ; the object of which, he 
 ialleged, was hostile to France. He began his operations in th<6 
 year 1670, by detaching Charles II. king of England from the 
 triple alliance. The following year was spent in negotiations 
 with the Emperor, Spain, and Sweden, with the electors of Co- 
 logne and Brandenburg, ^ith the bi»hop of iMunster, and witk 
 other spiritual and secular prFnces of Germany. He succeeded 
 with all except the elector of Brandenburg and the king of ' 
 Spain. Of these, the former had long aspired at the stadt« 
 holdership of Holland, and could not be prevailed on to act 
 against the republic j and the latter had be«aa won over by the 
 Dutch ambassador residing at Madrid. A most extraordinarj i 
 change, of course took place in the politics of Europe. France 
 and England, which had contributed to the establishment of 
 the republic, were now united for her destruction j while Spain^ 
 which had for an age attempted her suppression, was arming 
 for her support 
 
 Lewis having ^completed his preparations for the reduction 
 of Holland in the spring of the year 167 a, he began his march 
 towards the Rhinr with an army of above 100,000 men, com- 
 manded by himscif in person, assisted by the prince of Condc, 
 the marshals Turenne, Grequi, Humieres, and Bellefond, ani 
 the dpke of Luxemburg. 
 
 Such an army drawng towards their frontiers, could not 
 but alarm the small unprotected republic of Holland, now torn 
 by civil factions. The Orange party were for raising William, 
 HI. to the dignity enjoyed by his ancestors. The Do Witt, 
 or democratic faction, violently opposed the measure ; but could 
 hot prevent the prince from being chosen cantaln.general and 
 high admiral of the forces. He assembled in haste an army of , 
 
not* 
 
 EURD1»E. 
 
 liiw -.11,11, m-a~- 
 
 
 Holland. History — ^Magnanimity of the Dutch. — ^William III. 
 
 ^ '" K.iiuililili.n. ..1. I.I ».»>—.-——.-— --g L-_ 
 
 S5,ooo men, and did ererj thing to put the state in the best 
 poatort of defence that circumstances wbuld adinitw But no^ 
 thing could renst the efforts of the invading army, vrhoch was 
 numerous, vitll app<Mated, and kd on by the ablest geberals in 
 Europe. The French king joinc><l his army at Chadero]r> aud 
 tntered Holland by the way of the Rbinek He first reduced 
 the towtis of Rhinherg^ Vessel, Orsoi, and Burick, whieli Tvert 
 deemed the keys of Holland ^ Rhees %nd Etnerick soon after 
 surrendered ( tlie Rhine ivas passed by a ford, in wphe of the 
 yenstance bfie^d by the oppoung army ^ and in the space of 
 3 months, Lewis saw himself master of the provinces of Gucl* 
 licrland, Overyssel, and Utrecht } having taken 50 strong towns^ 
 knd made 24,000 prisoners. 
 
 . The Dutch were struck^ but nbt Confounded, by these disas- 
 trous events j and they exerted themselves with becoming re- 
 solution,-— if not to repel the impending danger^at least to retard 
 the ruin of their state. For , this purpose they opened the 
 llluces, and orei-flowcd the whole country with water j they 
 Wstowed upon the prince of Orange the dignity of stadtholder, 
 tlong with the ofHces of captain-general and high admiral, with 
 irhich he had been previously invested j they wrote the most 
 yathetlc remonstrances to the king of England, concerning tber 
 distress of their country j and they used every expedient to 
 vouse the princes of Germany to their defence. 
 
 A negotiation was set on foot at 3oxtel, at which the EnglisK 
 ambassadors were present j but the Dutch refused with disd^ 
 the hard terms which were dictated by the haughty conqueror. 
 To this they were encouraged by the magnanimous sentiments 
 and conduct of their stadtholder, who persuaded them to wai^ 
 ■ change of fortune even in the midst of the waters. 
 
 The undaunted courage, the vigilance, the public spirit of 
 Ac prince of Orange, gained him the entire confidence and af- 
 ^ctioA of the republic j and excited th^ resentment of the 
 
t^Htrit 
 
 tvtott. 
 
 479 
 
 Holland. Histary — ^Death of the 3>e Witts.- 
 
 pcopi* 9gtm9t the pthsioner D« Wkt and his brolller^ vtho had 
 so vi(^«atly opposed htniit ThesA two grtat men^ whose mis- 
 taken idea» of liberty, and jiealou^ of the house of Orange, had 
 carried them beyond the bounds of prudence in thiv complv^ 
 sance.to the French monaitfih,. were accused of recemng pensions 
 from Lewis, of an attempt to poison the prince of Orange, and 
 of various otSer crimes j and though nothing could be proved 
 against fheitiv the popular ragt could not be pacified but by their 
 blood. Accordingly on a day when the pensionary bad takeA 
 his brother Comelius^ out of ptkon, after sentence of banishment 
 had been pronounced against him, the tumult rose to such « 
 height, that the tw»birotbets wete torn to pieces iA the streeta 
 of the Hague *. 
 
 William wais shocfted at this f etrible sactffice; he pMmooncei 
 an elegant eulogium^ on the pensionary, and issued orders to> 
 prosecute th« murderers. In the mean time^ he diuly ingra- 
 tiated himself more with the people. He ga^ up the whole of 
 his properly for the safety of the state ; aftd exerted himself 
 with sittch pmdence atad ability, that all Europe began to uttittf 
 against the two king» before the end of July. Another c«m<» 
 paign, howerer, ensued, ii> which the Marshd. TuMnne, with H 
 very inferior army, opposed the united efforts of the elector of* 
 Brandenburg, and of the famous im^perial general MbatecucuU, 
 and took several fortified places^ But the French army hadf 
 been ruined to garrison the strong towtis ; and one error com- 
 mitted by the duke of Luxemburg, who opposed the prince oH 
 Orange, could hot be repaired by all the ability of the other 
 
 
 ♦ The representation of tfhis barbarous transaction forms one of the most 
 inttsresting paintmgs now ekhibite\l in the Prince <9 Orange's late palace* 
 near tlie Hague. The two brothers are represented hanging by their feet 
 ffon) the brai)(hes of t^ees, with their heads and bodies mangled in the moct 
 shocking manner. The pictiue is very proj^rly covered wi;h a grcaft cuto 
 tstio. H 
 
^m 
 
 EUIK3PE. 
 
 Part it; 
 
 ' tt'6ttAi(D^ fltftory.— Itetreat of tljc French.— -Peace of Nimiiegcn. 
 
 gfntxails ;^ the prince invested and took tlie town of Naerdeti, 
 and thtu effected a junction tvith Mpntecuctilt^ -f the cfiipture of 
 , Sonne 9oon followed *, success^ returned to the standards of 
 Holland, and the French arraies were obliged to abandon the 
 three prqyinces with even more rapidity than that with which 
 they^ had advanced into them and conquered them. In a word 
 , liCwis. found himself abandoned by all his allies, and, instead of 
 feaJizing the vast schemes of ambition which he had conceived^ 
 3e was unde^ the necessity of maintaining. singly a war ag^iinst 
 the empire, Spain, and the United Provinces. His arms, how- 
 ever, still continued to be successful in no inconsiderable de- 
 gree, and the peace concluded at Nimuegen in 1678 was much 
 to the honour of France. 
 
 Ten years after this, the stadtholder of Holland, William HI. 
 who had married Mary the daughter of Jaines II. of England^ 
 becaine kirtg of Great Britain, in consequence of the abdication 
 i^f James ; and this produced a much closer connection between 
 the two nations thati had ever subsisted before. By means of 
 this connection, William formed the design of humbling^ his 
 great adversary Lewis XIV., who had lately brought his coun- 
 try to the verge of ruin. FOr thil^ purpose, he renewed the 
 iKrar in 1689, and commanded the army in person. But the 
 abilities of the duke of Luxemburg, the French general, were 
 nore than a match for the military talents of William, and he 
 was obliged to conclude a peace in 1 697 ; by which, however, 
 his right to the crown of England was acknowledged by the 
 JFrench monarch. 
 
 The views of William were followed out by his successes 
 queen Anne J and the French monarchy had nearly sunk un- 
 der the united eflfdits of Britain, fiolland and Germany, di- 
 rected by the duke of Marlborough and prince Eugene } when 
 their plans were completely defeated by certain secret intrigues 
 lathe Britislf cabinet. The Dutch were^disappointed in the 
 
 1 
 1 
 
 t 
 I 
 
 I 
 
 1 
 s* 
 i] 
 
 ¥ 
 
 c 
 
 t( 
 
 e^ 
 
 ai 
 
Pkkt IL 
 
 £UROPE. 
 
 »tf 
 
 when 
 
 HoLLAKO. Decline of the United PMmnces. 
 
 hidineht of thdt expectations, and obligied'tb cdnaent to ttMt 
 ^ace of Utreclit ih 17^3; Which IcftihM i^rittkfi eipOwil'Mi 
 ihc irncfibacfimett'ts-of frihce is cVer. A bilnieiF bf fbftiij^ 
 towhs Wasli*''' dgrantecT^b th^i4 j bUt sileh' H'battiet Ul^ttt 
 slendfer deJehc. iig^ft tl^e* kod^Mirt oJF vrttir.' ik ihl«' vtiif b{ 
 1 9^9,ikefii; toWhs were all itiakHti'Bf the flliftou^ MkfthdlSttke^ 
 while the Dutch and British arifijri^dmiaaij^fed by th6dttkt«f 
 ^uiiiberliuiti, was' ^iven h(M '^\iiti id plabe, without inliliing 
 otie successful effdiftfrom thb beginning df the tvit to'lhe eti4 
 of it. -' ■■•^'^ u,-.;^-'^;<l.aiK:r..: :,^i : ;• .• 
 
 In this w^r the Dililch, who carried on a hiostlucrati^vc trade 
 during the contest^ wire with great difficulty induced t!Offa|igage» 
 and after they poretaided to take a part iii it, they ai^jBBfd to 
 have carried on a seiiret correspondencie^with Frajo^, - ,These 
 circumstances prbdufefid a manifest coolness between t||j; British 
 and the Dutch y wfaSdhate siivce acted rather as ^ft^nqealed' ene- 
 mies than as real fribids. Ih the war of 17 j|, !tl^i|r attach- 
 ment to France wis^evidient j..and du^g^.t^; progrfsw of the 
 Ajherican war It xose to such a height, that ihe British, xainis- 
 try was obliged to declare war against them in 1780, which ex- 
 posed to Europe the decline of the United Provinces. 
 
 This decline proceeded^ not from the attacks of external ene- 
 ihies, but from the most unhai4>y animosities wij;hin thenuelves. 
 The enmity of the two parties which had ^o long divided the 
 state, rose about thit period to such a pitch, that it broke out 
 into opeitaiid Rancorous hos^lity... But the king of Prussia, 
 who favoured the Orange party, marched an army into the 
 country in the year 1787* and compelled the contending parties 
 to come to an accommodation. 
 
 The pretended reconciliation which then took place, how- 
 ever, was not dictated by the hearts of either party. Jealousy, 
 ammosity, and resentment, continued deeply lodged within tht 
 
 Gg 
 
4|| EtIIC0Pt; tiKtK 
 
 Hpti,AK». :Lait Revoltttifttt-~ ^!ient ibLvi»iwis^"~ 
 
 brtasit o| both j 90 -tjiafthe French armies, fayouwd, by^ t!>« 
 iardfwjUpCtb^ w|i\^cr ^794n5t Vi»d it^^a €a^Tm»^t?r t<y 
 HvfirTim^«i^efflint?y. Tb^ Prang<riW^y.w»^^^»^<ll»^^*^y 
 «r»9b^ i >)*• ?ta4|hol^ and lu8 family t(^k, i;^f!»gc in Eng- 
 land } atu) the Unit)K|;P*^v?nce8, thpiugh ,nbroinaU)r free, a^d 
 •i^oyiflgfH separata g«W)8rij>m?nt, a^i?t i» feet bf considered «tt 
 
 |blsj»6niei»t m »«bj?<!f 1^ Fr?f?ci!. ; , , A:::a. . . V: 
 .^,.:9MM?e<Ui^ con<iw?st oC^^aij^ by tUeFrci^ch.thecotM^^ 
 Iffs ^ diwd^d into fifwen; Ji?pa«tin?nt8,.ug»» the same plattv 
 with the French republic, as'Mows : .: ^^^ 
 
 .•;=,, Aih^Matl» • (:^'#" ■■ i>^K.' ■Amsterdam 
 
 ul ''Utrebht'"' •-■*' #* •**- •'. ■ •' ■ '■ Utrecht . ..; J.a|E 
 
 ' • 'Fricshirf'^''^ dJM^J^?btfo.;, .,.•-. . : Leewarden ' ■ . ;.•■< 
 
 :, ■ llic 'Em» "^.p*'-^ ' ' - • -^ j^wIGroningen!. ' ; '; L-;^ 
 
 • ReeiaiidAa':^ '' ' ^.^ s.w.-<^_^^.A>teti.*i co; ;.-..*;,^2i^ 
 
 ". Notlh'wdZAildei&* '■^"-" ^--'^^--^-Alkmacr-r-i .,■: -r^j^ 
 
 ' ' 'Sparetit' ■ ■ •• -J-'"'' ■r;«^i'"'v„'-, *?'■''•"; Hafcrieittv.' »■,.....,* i,A.ti.A 
 
 Rhine' "'•'^'^''^ buJri'J *>;>;'.,■ •Mr:i-^.'..Zutphet» • I . ; ' 
 
 gc|jgl<^;;.rul ^%fc«rf ibi^vf ^.'itti, > .MiddlrfjiKg /> 6r0 
 
 5a, : .' •■■. .■:. '.'■-■•' " .■ ' .. I ■i^'ii.^.K) ;j^«. ii'i^^mai o<t^ 
 
 ''■■ '^■■'w. 
 
 fiii ,-iji!jtv. 
 
 .•>S'9 
 
 i^:i^S!i:^Jaiia: 
 
km 11. 
 
 
 1^147^ 
 
 ■aam 
 
 .(latently 
 'm Eng- 
 
 ree, a^d 
 
 
 . ' *■ •* • 
 . > • ' ■ ' 
 
 7 .'.»?? 
 
 t 1 I • 
 
 
 i4 
 
 SrrbATtti^, Eif ENT AND Boundaries.] The country which has 
 lofigbeeii jkifown by the pan^e olthe Netherhnds, on account of 
 \ti low' situation m respect of Getmany and France, is tha^ pavt 
 of the ancient Belgic Gaul w^kK-'was possessed by the Menapi!, 
 the Toxandiri, and the TungrL';ipnth somjf btKer Iciif'ViAfsidSp. 
 able tribes ^ and whichfn the Jfoidd^ ag«^ piUtitia)^»<^ i^]^ 
 yinces of Flandria and Lq^^aviogla Ii^feiipv, or LdWer Lorrain. 
 It is .situate between 49^ and 53,^ of North Latitude ) and be- 
 tween 1° ^d7<* degrees of Eabt'L<>AgitudleY^bttHg''il»fiM(!zQ^ 
 laiJes ift lengthy from tt^e easiee^ limit of Luxemburg to Ost* 
 end} and BbQittfiSd in breadt^ from the northern e^titmttjr 
 of Butch Br«^lmt, to the aouthbrn limit of Luxemburg. It is 
 bouhdeid^n the north by thie United Pt&f^et) (MfllM^^iby 
 Cermany y 6A ihie south by Fiiihce j and on the west by France 
 andthc BriSih^ar ^.,:^,^3 ^ui^ii^ 
 
 .J „ ; ; ./• -■' •■ ■f,;V 
 
 . ^Divisions.] The late revolution which this country has under- 
 gone renders' it tiecessary to e^^hibit a view of its divisions pre-, 
 viously ated siibstiqucntly to that revolution. Without ine for- 
 mer view, the v^rk would not be accommoda(ted toth^n^aDf 
 valuable .historical books, books of travels, and maps, in which 
 this country is described or mentioned ', and without the latter, 
 no precise idea can be formed of its present state. 
 
 Formerly tht Netherlands were divided^into te^ proviqcer, 
 which belongied to the Auslriana, Dutch} aad French, as fbl- 
 )avn,; .''■:■'■'. ■'•^'- '■ 
 
 .4 
 
 * f. 
 'I 
 
 i.ii 
 
 ':*'••■''• 
 
l»DiiWi^'^i 
 
 ♦« 
 
 api 
 
 £UK.aP£. 
 
 KiTBBRLANDS. Divittotis.— diief Towns. 
 
 PartIL 
 
 Flrorinccs. Subject to Ch. Towns. Lat. Long. 
 
 LBrabank i*TheDutch Grave 51^47'N. 5**4a'E. 
 
 %/r r>' . §«KWdpnbcjrg5MsN.4 48E. 
 
 .^ (i A - Bois>lc*.d»ifc 51 Jjir^. 5 17 E. 
 
 " Breda 5138N. 445E. 
 
 ' Steenberg 5136N. 418E. 
 
 Tol^n , . 5i32N.4i2.E-^ 
 ^ergeh'op-zobm 51 30 N. 4 16 £^ 
 
 ri.' I' 
 
 -i'.A^sttii 
 
 1. ,..,:. i. .ill . ; ; !;.)■, . • , 
 
 iv. Lupiburg Jitisina'Sna 
 
 f f rir: !-'.•'■_ * -1 f,! ■■: 
 
 "0' 
 
 Vavordett 
 LbUvain 
 
 Meculin 
 ' Maestri^ht 
 
 LiMBUKG 
 
 50 56 N. 425 E: 
 
 50 52Ni4 43E* 
 jOijiN. 4 21. £« 
 
 iM3:N.4»4gf 
 51^ 2N.4?8,E. 
 5C>48N. 5 4iE: 
 
 50 38 Ni 5 56 Ei 
 
 S^ JLuxewbiiig Austria ,aii4 LujtEM^uKO . 49 3 j N. 6 7 E. 
 
 JE'vaoce 
 
 ViiNaoxuf--' Austria^' 
 
 ill] 
 
 •ijnei?! -^?J.;e37j' uHj *"o baa 
 2* France 
 
 ^ontmedy 
 Thipnville 
 Namor 
 Chtrkroi 
 .EngWi«|i 
 Athi 
 
 HONS ■ 
 
 
 ,.'V ;: 
 
 ranee 
 
 IX< Aftoii Fmee 
 
 .art 
 
 Cond6 
 
 Valenciennes 
 Bouchain- :r/ 
 |<jui^ecy 
 
 , C^mbray 
 Crevecoeur 
 
 '■ St'Omer ; 
 
 .' 'lAifC" •■ 
 ,i'sl»{ 3^i jijioMwrbm- ■: '" ■ 5t Vicnant . ' 
 
 Xyitader*' 'i;Th^I>utik Sluyl^^"*"^--' 
 
 ' Axel 
 
 2. Austria . Ott^nd 
 '/ Bruges 
 
 4931^. J 22 E, 
 
 50 ip'N. 4 54E; 
 ^5»'-ai5 N; 4' 3d Ei 
 
 o50''4»-U.i4' 2.E/ 
 ^iaN,3,4^Ey 
 
 50A7K.357.E. 
 5027^.5^^^. 
 
 50 22 N. 3 30 E. 
 50 18 N. 3 i^E. 
 
 JP; 7^»3i47^» 
 io. iiN.5i4E> 
 
 ^50 6N.3 15 E. 
 
 'i^45N. 2 15E. 
 
 •50^'38K. 2 2jE^. 
 
 50 37N.a3aEi 
 
 50 33 N. 3 37 5' 
 
 JO 18N, 2 45E. 
 
 }i 19 N. 3 24 E. 
 
 ji 17I4.4 4E; 
 
 51 '5N. 3 555* 
 51 17 N. 2 52 E. 
 
 51 13 N. 3 II E. 
 
Part II. 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 4f^ 
 
 Nbtberlanos. Divisions Chief Towns General Appearance. 
 
 Provnicc&r 
 X* Flanders 
 
 Subject to 
 '^. AusUia 
 
 ' -• • r 
 
 *Jl-5-; *'-fr^f«tt^^t 
 
 3, Frsmce 
 
 M 
 
 Ch. Towns. 
 
 NIeuport ' 
 
 Furnes 
 
 Gwirrr 
 
 Bixmude , 
 
 Dendermondc 
 
 Yptes 
 
 Oudenarde 
 
 Gourtray 
 
 Menin 
 
 Toumay 
 
 D^nlurk 
 
 Gravetihes ' 
 
 Lisle 
 
 St Amand 
 
 .Po)iay, ; 
 
 5« 
 5« 
 
 Lat. long. 
 
 4N. 238E; 
 
 3N.344K. 
 
 2N. 2 52E. 
 
 2N. 4 6E. 
 5052N.i53E. 
 50 5«N. i35E; 
 50 49 N* '3 x6£< 
 
 50 47 N. 3 7 E. 
 
 59 3^ N* 3 Hh 
 
 51 zN, a23E; 
 
 56 59 N; a( 7^i 
 50 3tN; 3 4 E: 
 :fo2tN.3 »7E, 
 
 ,^9MN.4 4E. 
 
 At present the Netherlands arf wholly in possession of the 
 French, who have decreed them to be an integral part of the 
 tepublic. They arfe divided iftto nine Departnientsj as'fellows : 
 ' Departments. 
 
 ' OftheDyl* - ^ 
 
 ■ TwoNethes v 
 
 - .. ..Qurthe - ,. 
 
 — — — Lys - - 
 
 ■ ■ ■ Lower Maese • 
 I I ■■ Saihbre andMaese 
 • ■ ■ Forests - - « 
 
 *— — -Escaut '■ -m 
 
 ■ ' Jemappe - • 
 
 General Appearance, Soil, and Productions.] The north* 
 em and western parts of the Netherlands arc low and flat, like 
 the province of Holland already described} towards the east^ 
 the surface begins to swell with gentle elevations j and She 
 country is beautifully diverufied by hills and rallies, forests, 
 plantatiohs, and extensive pUunf . The soil is in general a rioh 
 
 Chief Towtis,' 
 
 ■ - » 
 
 Brussels. 
 
 nrt^t 
 
 Antwerp; 
 
 ■y.Mlt 
 
 Liege. 
 
 ' ■■'!■? 
 
 Bruges. 
 
 
 Maestricht. 
 
 
 Namur. 
 
 
 Luxemburg. 
 
 "^^ 
 
 Ghent. 
 
 
 Mons, 
 
 
4ib 
 
 nEtJRdPE. 
 
 Part ift 
 
 NKTKfti.Ali&s. General Apppeannec — Soil.. 
 
 -Rivers. — Inhabitants. 
 
 sandy loam, interspersed occasionally with tracts of deep and 
 strong clay, and more frequently with large extents of sand^ 
 particularly towards the west. It is in most parts abundantly 
 Inrtik, and produces rich crops of grain and fnyt, as well as 
 the fhiest pastute. Greit quantities of flax are reared in this 
 country, being cvltirated with great advantage on those parts 
 which arf too barren for com. The air is thick and foggy to- 
 wards the north, and the weather is remarkably cold in winter > 
 in' the hiterior, the air is ittore clear and salu^riotu, and the 
 weather h more steady and utuform both in summer and win- 
 ter than in Englihd. Upon the whole, this country was for- 
 lAerly tcooianted the richest and most beautiful spot in Europe, 
 by the variety oif its manufactures, the magnificence of its cities, 
 the pleasantness of its roads and villages, and the fertility of its 
 
 •TO.' 
 
 RjTXRS MO CiNALSiJ The principal rivers of the Nether* 
 lands are the Maese, the Sambre, and the Scheldt j the two 
 former of which unite their streams at Namur^ and fall ' into 
 the sea at Helvoetsluys and Briell, as ibamerly mentioned y and 
 the last, after receiving the waters of the two Nethes, the De- 
 xner, the Dyle, the Senne, the Dender, the Escaut^ and the 
 ILys, passes by the city of Antwerp, and empties itself into the 
 sea among die islands of Zealand. There are almost innumer* 
 able canals } but the most important are those of Brussels, 
 Ghent, and Ostend. 
 
 Inhabitants.] The population of the Netherlands may be 
 safely estimated at a million and a half or more. They are 
 ^koned a blunt honest people ; but being extremely ignorant, 
 they are i^e and indelicate in their manners. They are far 
 behind their neighbours of France and Holland in point of ci- 
 vilization. The low^r classes speak no language but their 
 
9»KflI0 
 
 £U&OP£. 
 
 ^W 
 
 w 
 
 NcTHi&LAMDB. — Citici-— Brunel8.~Antwerp. 
 
 =f 
 
 fAOthcr-tonguc, whicb is a rude dialect of German i and tho 
 number of those who «an ^ak the language of strangers in 
 their inns is much smaller than inHolUuMl. The higib«r ranki^ 
 bowever, sp^ali the French language, and isailate the mannai 
 of France. Tlie religion is the Roman CathoUc, and th« 
 |ie<)(ple are much addicted to the supgstitiom obaervaacet of 
 that system. i . 
 
 CfTus.] There are more ^strong towns in the Nethcrlandi 
 than in all the rest of Europe ) but since the decline <^ thei|c 
 trade, these towns have become much less populous than .be« 
 lore, and in some of them whole streeta are apparently uninha<> 
 Uted. The walls of Ghent, once the capital of Flanders, and 
 the birth-place of Charles V.« inclose an arisa «f.tcii miles f 
 but now contain no more than 60,000 inhabitants. It is built 
 fin a number of little islands, formed by four rivers, and many 
 canals, and HKludcs 8evcc«l extenuve gardens, and even com 
 £elds. 
 
 BavrssBLS, which may be at present considered as the princi* 
 pal city of the Netherlands, contains about 80,000 inhabitants, 
 and is remarkable for a nbble square, which is reckoned one of 
 the most beautiful in the world. The town-house occupies 
 one quarter of it j a prodigious building, with a very high 
 steeple, on the top of which is a brazen statue of St Michael, 
 Ij feet higb. The ducal palace, also, where the governor of 
 the Netherlands used to reside, and the arsenal, are magnificent 
 buildings 'y and there are besides several palaces belonging to 
 the nobility. The town is 8ituate_ on the small river Senne, 
 vvhich runs into the Dyle and the Scheldt. 
 
 Antwerp* on the Scheldt is the third city of Brabant ; and 
 was formerly one of the first cities in Europe. It is large and* 
 well built, containing 200 streets, and 22 public squares. The 
 
 Gg4 - 
 
4i« 
 
 EQUOfllt 
 
 ■«■■■■■■ 
 
 NiTvmAMDt Mifwrali.— Commerce and Mtnufacturei. 
 
 •tteeu irt otraight and broad, the housM mostly of frteUMane« 
 aod miyhigh j and \kvw generally a court beferei imd a gair<t 
 dm bthind theai ) all which droumitanccs ^rt an airof peeuUar 
 antiqaity and grandeur to |he city. The cathedral of Notr* 
 Dmii»t (the Virgin Mary>the toWn>ho\)se, and the exchange^ 
 ase-vaiy magmfioant buildingt \ particularly the last, which ii 
 accounted the first building of the kind in Europe. Antwerp 
 was once the emporium of the European continent, and one of 
 th^ most commercial citiey in the world} but its commerce 
 and its importance were ruined at once by the Dutch, who, 
 aoon after they threw off the Spanish yoke, shut up the entrance 
 c^he Scheldt by sinking vessels loaded with stones in the 
 mouth of it, so that now no ships of large burthen can as for- 
 merly arrive at the city. Since that time the inhabitants havd 
 been more remarkable for their skill in painting, jeNvelling, 
 tapestry, and similar wnorks of ingenuity, than for the' r general 
 importance in the commercial world. There a'c still, how<i 
 rver, several rich descendants of the ancient great merchanta,- 
 wkh some commerce, ahd conuderable manufactures of lace 
 and linen. The inhabitnnts are computed at 50,000 souls. 
 There are many other cities in the Netherlands well worthy of 
 particular notice } but for these the reader must be referred to 
 larger works upon the subject. 
 
 . . . ..uq:i" 
 
 MiKKRALS.] This country is nr'. remarkable for any gteat 
 variety of mineral productions j yet coal, a most essential ar- 
 ticle, is found in several districts j particularly above Namur. 
 Here are also found lead, copper, and abundance of fossil nitre. 
 In Luxemburg and Limburg there are mines of iron, copper, 
 lead, and brimstone, as well as some marble quarries, and 
 «lid>as^er. 
 
 « 
 
 CoMSURCB 4KP Mantjfactu^s.J The little commerce which 
 
PiATlU.' 
 
 OFC 
 
 «M< 
 
 NiTHtRLAMOki— Univenitiet.— Lekottd M«a— Hutory. 
 
 •tUl.cenuuni to the Flqnings, ^/or sp th« ip^Mtui^f. pf thi* 
 countty arv calltfl) is chiefly ipitat^i <uui ^opfio^d tp Gennany, 
 F^ancff an4 Hollai)4* Their ch^ef nui|iufac|uKe« confitt ift 
 fine Uneni, fo|: >vl4f:h TQprnay Y^ai particoitwly {^ou»( cttn*i 
 brict, which derived thftt pgnve irpin (.^aiDbray, where they 
 wf re priiu;ip»lly ma^e, thovgh on the coptiqent ^heyar^ ^aUed 
 batiste ^ and rich lacesi for which BruMeli wa« formerly unrival* 
 led. There are considerable woollen manufactures ^t Brugef 
 ^^i St Qipers j but %hp W90I is cbie% smuggled fjrom £ngw 
 land. 
 
 IjNiVEasfTisSf Lkarnxo Mciii anq AfTfiTS.] There arc louf 
 universities in Flanders ; viz. those of Louvain, Douay, Tour-* 
 nay, and St Qniiers. The native languagfs of the country re* 
 m^n^k as'yet un9ult^vate4 i and the chief author? have writtei| 
 in Latin or ii} French^ Of the^, few have attained to any 
 considerable celebrity. The names of Froissar^ of Philip d^ 
 Comines, and of Lipsius, howeycr, who were natives of thia 
 country, are not unknown in the catalogue of fame. But the 
 Flemish artists have more eminently distinguished themselves. 
 Of thpse, it is sufHcient to mention the n&mes of Rubens, Vaa- 
 flyke, and Quintin Masseys j the last of whom was bred 1^ 
 blacHsmith ; but afterwards became one of the best painters of 
 his time. 
 
 HisTORT.J When the Seven Northern Protestant Province* 
 of the Netherlands achieved their deliverance from the yoke 
 of tyranny and oppression in the year 1648, and compelled 
 Philip IV. of Spain to renounce all claim to sovereignty over 
 them } the ten Catholic provinces of the south returned ta 
 their former subjection, and remained in the possession of Spua 
 \i\\ the beginning of the 18th century. In the year 1706, the 
 famous duk«of Marlborough having defeated the Jrench, then 
 
4*4 
 
 EUROfE. 
 
 Part IF. 
 
 Netherlands History. 
 
 in allianee with Spain, at Ramilics, Brussels the capital of the 
 ^Netherlands, and a considerable proportion of these provincea 
 iicknovrledged Charles VI., aftenvards emperor of Germany, 
 for thiir sovereign, Charles left the Austrian Netherlands to 
 his daughter Maria There»a, ^ueen of Hungary and Bohemia, 
 vrho married Francis of Lorraine, afterwards emperor of Ger- 
 mafiy. In tlie year 1765, Maria Theresa was succeeded in the 
 sovereignty of the Netherlands by her son Joseph II ', who 
 Having projected many innovations in the constitution both civil 
 and ecclesiastical, and attempted to enforce them with violence, 
 excited the people to revolt from his dominion. Proclamations 
 and manifestoes were issued on both sides ^ mutual injuries, 
 c6m plaints, and remonstrances, took place, and mutual recrimt> 
 tiartions followed, for several successive years j till at length, 
 in 1789, the enmity proceeded to an open war, which was 
 conducted with the greatest cruelty, particularly on the part 
 of the emperor. An army was marched into the country, 
 ushered in by a proclamatloti, declaring that no quarter should 
 be given to the rebels. The people were massacred in cold 
 blood, their towns and villages were Consigned to the flames j 
 atid nothing less was threatened than the utter extermination 
 of the present race of inhabitants. But the compulsive efforts 
 of vindictive tyranny are not a match for the native courage 
 of a nation, roused by repeated injuries, united in the cause of 
 liberty, and animated by despair. The Flemings published a 
 memorial in justification of their open resistance to the oppres- 
 sion of the emperor j tliey took the field with armies, undis- 
 ciplined indeed, but determined to assert their liberty or perish 
 in the -cause 5 they gained several important advantages over 
 tliie imper''al troops, and declared their independence in the face 
 of Europe. . 
 
 * The emperor percrlved, when too late, the consequences 
 of lu3 cruel policy, and began to issue proclamatiohs of indeaa- 
 
pXnT in 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 4^i 
 
 Netherlands. History. 
 
 nity. But his concessions were now treatad wi;th contempt 5 
 the Flemings advanced by rapid strides to the conquest of the 
 whole country, and nothing but the death of the emperor could 
 have retained the Netherlands in their connection with the 
 house of Austria. Tliis circumstance, however, which hap- 
 pened in the year 1^90, the pacific disposition of his brother 
 Leopold who succeeded in the empire, which led him to adopt 
 conciliatory measures, together with the interposition of Great 
 Britain, Prussia and Holland, again attached the Belgic 
 provinces to the house of Austria j the inierposlng power* 
 having undertaken to guarantee the sovereignty of them to the 
 emperor and his successors. 
 
 Since that period the Netherlands have been over-run by 
 fhe French armies* and by the name of J^elgium, have beeu 
 added to the French republic, > 
 
■0-< 
 
 .3-^ 485 
 
 %i;:,i 
 
 GERMANY 
 
 ■ ■ ■ - . 1.1 
 
 SiTtrATiov, Extent and BoaNDARizs ] Is situate ^between 
 45® and 55° of N. Lat., and between 4° and 18** of E. Long. ; 
 being about 630 miles in length from Noxth to South ; and 
 nearly 450 in breadth from East to West. It is bounded on thji 
 North by the German Sea, Denmark, and the Baltic ; on the 
 £ast by Poland, Silesia, Bohemia, Hungary and Croatia ; on 
 the South by Italy and Switzerland ^ and on the West by 
 France, the Netherlands, and Holland. 
 
 ■ Divisions*.] It b well observed by a late respectable wri- 
 ter upon this subject *, that the geography of Germany is the 
 most perplexed of any region on the globe. A minute deline- 
 4tion of it, con<>eqpently, cannot be expected in so limited a 
 work as the present j and would, indeed, but ill accord with 
 its design. The most important and striking outlines, howe- 
 ver, shall be exhibited in as clear a point of view as possible. 
 About the beginning of thjB 16th century, the emperor Maxi> 
 inilian divided this extensive pountry into Ten Circles j and that 
 (division was confirmed by the diet of Nuremberg, in the year 
 1552 i but the 17 provinces which constituted the circle of 
 Burgundy having been long since detached froroi the empire, 
 the first great division of Germany is now that of Nine Circles ; 
 of which three are in the North, three ip the middle, and three 
 in the South ; as follows : 
 
 Northern Circles : Upper Saxony, Lower Saxony, and 
 ^estphalia. 
 
 Middle Circles : Upper Rhine, Lower Rhine, Franconii^ 
 .Soutliem Circles: Austria, Bavaria, Swabia. 
 
 ♦ Mr Pinkerton. 
 
, and 
 
 m4* 
 
 Part IL' 
 
 EUROP£.r 
 
 
 W 
 
 Germany. Divisions— Chief Towns. 
 
 ] 
 
 [. Circle of 
 
 Upper Saxony. 
 
 
 lii'vishta. 
 
 Subject to 
 
 Cbi^ ToiOns. 
 
 Lat. 
 
 Long, 
 
 Pniss. ^merania 
 
 K. of Prussia 
 
 Stetin' 
 
 sa'si'N. ] 
 
 r4''4S'Ei 
 
 Swed. Pomeraiiia 
 
 K. of Sweden 
 
 StraUwnd 
 
 54 fto R 
 
 13 II E. 
 
 Old March 
 
 • 
 
 K. of Prufcii 
 
 Stendal 
 
 S» 35 N. 
 
 la £• 
 
 Brandenburg 
 
 K. of Prussia 
 
 Berlim 
 
 Sa 3a 1^- 
 
 13 a a E. 
 
 
 
 ]h>t$dani 
 
 Sa »3 N. 
 
 13 iR 
 
 
 .<• 
 
 Frankfort 
 
 5a aa N. 
 
 14 45 E. 
 
 New March 
 
 K. of Prussift 
 
 ^ustriii 
 
 Sa 38 N. 
 
 14 Al E- 
 
 Saxony 
 
 £1. of Saxony 
 
 Wittemherg 
 
 SI 5» N. 
 
 13 S°*^ 
 
 Misnift 
 
 ' £1. of Saxony 
 
 Dresden 
 
 SI 6N. 
 
 13 42 E. 
 
 
 
 Meisin 
 
 51 n N. 
 
 13 iSiL 
 
 Lusatia 
 
 U. of Saxony 
 
 J^autzen 
 
 ji 10 N. 
 
 14 asE. 
 
 
 
 Con LIT* 
 
 SI 9N. 
 
 15 4 E. 
 
 Leipsic 
 
 £1. of Saxony 
 
 Leipsic 
 
 51 18 N. 
 
 la aoE. 
 
 ThOringia 
 
 "Saxe Meihbngeii 
 
 Mbinungen 
 
 SO 37 N. 
 
 1.1 39^ 
 
 . t 
 
 Saxe Zeitz 
 
 Zeitz 
 
 s« 3N. 
 
 13 oE. 
 
 ^'v •g 
 
 Saxe Altenberg 
 
 Altenberg 
 
 51 iN. 
 
 xa taE. 
 
 i 
 
 ^ Saxe Weimar 
 
 Weimar 
 
 51 aN. 
 
 II aaE. 
 
 O 
 
 Saxe Gotha 
 
 Gotha 
 
 SO s8 N. 
 
 XI 44 E. 
 
 
 Saxe Eisnach 
 
 Eisnach 
 
 5° 59 N. 
 
 10 18 £. 
 
 
 ,Saxe Saalfeldt 
 
 S.^alfeldt 
 
 £0 40 N. 
 
 II 26 £. 
 
 Schv'ur:rs*- ..tf^- 
 
 Its own Count 
 
 Schwartsburg 
 
 50 40 N. 
 
 XI 17 E. 
 
 Belcj'iagen 
 
 Its own Count 
 
 Belchingen 
 
 St 18 K 
 
 II 34 E. 
 
 M iietdt 
 
 its own Count 
 
 Mansfeldt 
 
 SI 38 N. 
 
 II 4o£.. 
 
 Wii'-u..!^ trj 
 
 Its own Duk« 
 
 Kaumbutg 
 
 51 10 N. 
 
 II 55 E. 
 
 Stolberg 
 
 Its own Count 
 
 Stolberg 
 
 SI 35 N. 
 
 II «E. 
 
 Hohenstein 
 
 * K. of Prussia 
 
 Northausen 
 
 £1 a<> N. 
 
 10 54 E. 
 
 Anhalt 
 
 Its own Prince 
 
 Zcrbst 
 
 SI 59 N. 
 
 13 14 E. 
 
 
 
 Kessau 
 
 5J 5°N. 
 
 la 15 E. 
 
 Hall ■ 
 
 Its own Bishop 
 
 Hall 
 
 51 24 N. 
 
 II 30 E. 
 
 Voigtiand 
 
 El. of Saxony 
 
 Plawen 
 
 50 ^^ N. 
 
 13 10 £. 
 
 Mersbiirg 
 
 EI. of Saxony 
 
 Menburg 
 
 51 23 N. 
 
 la 7 E. 
 
 Erfurt 
 
 * K. of Prussia 
 
 Erfurt 
 
 51 iN. 
 
 II s» 
 
 II. Circle of Lower Saxony. 
 
 Roittein K. of Denmark Already described, pa. asa 
 
 * Those marked thus are new proprietors, who have received these pos> 
 sessions in consequence of the late war. 
 
! 
 
 483 
 
 iLCROPE. 
 
 PAfeT lU 
 
 
 Germany. Divisions — Chief Towns. 
 
 
 Division:^ 
 
 Suiy'ect to 
 
 Chief Toiwntt. 
 
 Lat. 
 
 Long. 
 
 tawenberg 
 
 El. of Hanover t 
 
 Lawenherg 
 
 53'aa/N. 
 
 io''44'E. 
 
 Brunswick 
 
 D. of Bnin3\vick 
 
 Brunswick 
 
 £2 14 N» 
 
 10 41 t^ 
 
 Wolfenbuttie 
 
 D. of Brunswick 
 
 Wolfenbuttle 
 
 5Z 8 N. 
 
 10 41 £^ 
 
 Kheinstcin 
 
 t). of Brunswick 
 
 Rheinstein 
 
 5» 39 N. 
 
 II 1 £. 
 
 ]Blaukenbur^ 
 
 th of Brunswick 
 
 Blanke»burg 
 
 51 42 N» 
 
 It 6Z, 
 
 , Calenbnrg 
 
 £1. of Hanover 
 
 Hanovet 
 
 5a 23 N. 
 
 9 45 E. 
 
 Grubcnhagett 
 
 V\: of Hanover 
 
 Osterode 
 
 51 43 N. 
 
 10 12 £. 
 
 Cottingen 
 
 i" IIan<)\"cr 
 
 Gottingen , 
 
 'ST i* N« 
 
 9 Si^ 
 
 Inncburg-Zell 
 
 . 'IJEahover 
 
 Luncblu-|r 
 
 53 ISN. 
 
 10 33 £. 
 
 
 
 Zell 
 
 .5* 43 N. 
 
 lo 10 1^ 
 
 £keinen 
 
 EI. of Hanovei: 
 
 Bremen 
 
 53 SN. 
 
 8 49 £. 
 
 Dannenberg 
 
 El. of Hanover 
 
 Dannenberg 
 
 53 JioN. 
 
 "HE. 
 
 Mecklenburg? 
 Schwerin \ \ 
 
 Its pwft Duke 
 
 Schwerin 
 
 S3 42 N. 
 
 II 27 E. 
 
 Mecklenburg? 
 Oustrov^ \ 1 
 
 Its own Duk« 
 
 QustroMT 
 
 S3 48N. 
 
 12 3£* 
 
 iCldesheim 
 
 * Kv of Prussia 
 
 Hildesheim 
 
 53 9N. 
 
 10 E. 
 
 Magdebofg 
 
 K. of Prussia 
 
 Magdeburg 
 
 54 8N. 
 
 II 47 E. 
 
 HaUe 
 
 K. of Prussia 
 
 Halle 
 
 S» 3»N» 
 
 12 8£. 
 
 Halbeistadt 
 
 K. of Prussia 
 
 Halberstadt 
 
 51 54 N. 
 
 IZ 12 £. 
 
 ■ : ; . 
 
 til. CiRtLE OF Westphalia. 
 
 ' ■:• 
 
 ■East PWesiand 
 
 ^K. of Prussia 
 
 Emb<len 
 
 Si 20 N» 
 
 7 8 E^ 
 
 Old'enburg 
 
 P. Bp. ofLuWk 
 
 Oldenburg 
 
 ,53 7N. 
 
 8 14 £. 
 
 Ilelmenliorst 
 
 P. Bp. of Lubeck Delmenliorst 
 
 Si 3N. 
 
 8 40 £. 
 
 iingen 
 
 K. of Prussia 
 
 Lingeti 
 
 S^ ii N. 
 
 7 20 E. 
 
 TSaje 
 
 El. of Hanover 
 
 Hoye 
 
 S* SoN. 
 
 9 12 E. 
 
 DlephoUz 
 
 EI. of Hanover 
 
 Diepholtz 
 
 52 38 N. 
 
 8 20 E. 
 
 Verden 
 
 EI. of Hanover 
 
 Verden 
 
 53 58 N. 
 
 9 14 £. 
 
 Munster 
 
 » K. of Prussia 
 
 Munster 
 
 51 55 N, 
 
 744 £. 
 
 Pijiderborn 
 
 * K. of Prussia 
 
 Paderbom 
 
 51 41 N. 
 
 8 50E. 
 
 Meurs or Mors 
 
 * France 
 
 Mors 
 
 51 25 N. 
 
 6 29 E. 
 
 Otoaburg , 
 
 Its owh Bishop ' 
 ' The D. of York ^ 
 
 ■ Osnaburg 
 
 52 17 N. 
 
 7 49 E* 
 
 Lippe 
 
 K. of Prussia 
 
 Lippstadt 
 
 51 40 N. 
 
 8 22 E. 
 
 Pyrmont 
 
 K. of Prussia 
 
 Pyrmont 
 
 SI 57N. 
 
 9 15 E. 
 
 Coive^ 
 
 * Nassau DillenburgCorvey '• i . 
 
 ■ 51 44 N. 
 
 19 3iK. 
 
 •I ■•;; 
 
 t Tbt King of Great Britain* 
 
SS . 
 
 fart ir* 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 
 48^ 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 Germany. Divisions— Chief Towns. 
 
 
 'g- 
 
 Divisions. 
 
 Subject t9 Chief Tommy 
 
 Lat._ 
 
 io«J, 
 
 ^'Z. 
 
 Minden 
 
 K. of Prussia Mindsn v ^ ^ 
 
 n 5i<'ao'N. 
 
 8«S2'E. 
 
 \l £« 
 
 Ra^embcrg ~ 
 
 K. of Prussia Ravensberg 
 
 $2 2 N. 
 
 8 6E, . 
 
 xE, 
 
 Westphalia 
 
 « Landgrave of 7 Ar«,«>„,rrr ' 
 Hesse Darmstadt { Arensburg 
 
 51 94 N. 
 
 7 5E. 
 
 ,.tf.is. 
 
 *recklenburj 
 
 K. of Prussia Tecklenbnrg 
 
 , S3 16 ij. 
 
 735E. 
 
 IsE. 
 
 Ritberg 
 
 its own Count Ritberg 
 
 ' SI 46 3Sf. 
 
 8 a«E. 
 
 14 E. 
 
 Schavenbctfg 
 
 Its ovm Count Schavenbnrg 
 
 ^ ^2 x::N. 
 
 .9 izE^ 
 
 S3E. 
 
 Cleves 
 
 * France Cleves 
 
 " SI 47 N^ 
 
 SS«E- 
 
 33?* 
 
 Berg 
 
 El. of Bavaria DusseldorlT 
 
 ' 51 II N; 
 
 6 40E. 
 
 10 E. 
 
 1 Jnliers' 
 
 * France JuIierS 
 
 , 50 55 N- 
 
 6 19 E. 
 
 49 E. 
 
 
 Aix la GbappHe 50 47 N. 
 
 C 4E. 
 
 Hh 
 
 Mark 
 
 K. of Prussia Ham 
 
 SI 41?^. 
 
 7. S* E. 
 
 
 I-iege 
 
 * France Liege 
 
 s° 30 *^- 
 
 S 35 E. 
 
 Benthejmi 
 
 El. of Hanover Bcntheira 
 
 5a 24 N. 
 
 7 4E. 
 
 3 5. 
 
 Steinfort 
 
 iti own Count Steinfort 
 
 ■ Sa 16 N. 
 
 7 14 £• 
 
 o £. 
 47 E. 
 
 IV- 
 
 Circle of the Upper 
 
 Rhin£ 
 
 
 8E. 
 
 Hesse Casse! ^'' 
 
 ^'^ Its Landgrive - Casset 
 
 ' i* *? ^• 
 
 9 t4l& 
 
 laE. 
 
 Hesse Marbuff 
 
 Its Laftdgt^'fe Marburg 
 
 ■fo 49 N. 
 
 8 47 E.- 
 
 
 Hesse Darmstath 
 
 Its Landgrave Darmstadt 
 
 4jr 5.1 N. 
 
 8 3SE, 
 
 ./ > 
 
 
 GieSscB 
 
 •50 35 N. 
 
 8 42Ei» 
 
 8 E. 
 
 iles*e Hombiex'ff 
 
 Its own Count . Homberg 
 
 ^0 IS N. 
 
 «33E. 
 
 14 E. 
 
 Rhinefeldt 
 
 * France Rhinefeldt 
 
 50 7N. 
 
 7 3«E^ 
 
 40 £. 
 
 St Goar 
 
 * France ' , JtCioar 
 
 . ^0 6 N. 
 
 7 38 E. 
 
 aoE. 
 
 Cillenboufg 
 
 Nas5.Dinehb^g Dillenbtinrg ^ 
 
 " ^0 4% N. 
 
 8 ao E, 
 
 » laE. 
 
 Diets 
 
 NasaDillenbourg Diets 
 
 , SO t_p N, 
 
 7 stfE. 
 
 20 E. 
 
 Hadamacr 
 
 Nass.i)illenbourg Hadaroaf 
 
 SP *4N. 
 
 7 57*- 
 
 > 14 E. 
 
 Siegin 
 
 Nass.Ditlcfttewrg Siegin 
 
 50 49 N. 
 
 8 «E. 
 
 J 44 £. 
 
 Kirbcig . \i 
 
 u» Its Count ri'isW &irberg 
 
 ^ 16^. 
 
 8 . sE: 
 
 J SoE. 
 
 tdstein - - 
 
 (.-?, its Count -rri'^ Idbtein 
 
 Jo 1 1 f^ . 
 
 8-ioK. 
 
 S ajE. 
 
 Wielbt>rg- 
 
 . Iti Count Wieftjirg 
 
 ; 50 «7 N. 
 
 8 t^M. 
 
 7 49 E. 
 
 Wisba4en. 
 
 . Its Count Wisbaden. 
 
 .50 3 N. 
 
 8 SE. 
 
 fiielstein - 
 
 Its Count - BielsteiiT» 
 
 ■ SO 54. N. 
 
 8 isK 
 
 B aaE, 
 
 Otweiler 
 
 ♦ France i Otweilcr . 
 
 49 2 I N. 
 
 7 Xi& 
 
 9 »5E- 
 
 Usingen 
 
 Its Count Usingen 
 
 50 so N. 
 
 8 19 £. 
 
 9 3IE. 
 
 Frankfort 
 
 Imperial City Frankforti 
 
 50 7N. 
 
 8 36 E, 
 
 ■- ■■ . 
 
 Wetalacr 
 
 *EljofAschaffen. ^^j^^„ 
 bourg 
 
 1 50 34 N. 
 
 «3»fir 
 
 •i 
 
 /*»i iJ .i.« 
 
 ■;;!-*«. 
 
.4^ 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 i'ART tt. 
 
 Gilt MANY. 
 
 I ■ l.lll H .11 — 
 
 Divisions — Chief Town^. 
 
 .. Divuiotu. 
 
 SMjeet to 
 
 Chief Tvvms. 
 
 Lat. 
 
 Li>kg. 
 
 Spire 
 
 Marg. ofBadeH 
 
 Spirt 
 
 * 49019'N. 
 
 ««'a9'g. 
 
 Ileiixpdnts 
 
 » Frante 
 
 Deuxponts 
 
 49 isNi 
 
 ,7 ajEi 
 
 CaUenclbofcn 
 
 HeiseOasiel/ 
 
 Catzenelbogfen 
 
 50 14 N. 
 
 7 57 E- 
 
 Waldeck 
 
 Its Count 
 
 Waldock 
 
 51 12 Nrf 
 
 9 I £. 
 
 Sblm* 
 
 Its tk>unt 
 
 SoIk;^ 
 
 SO 38 N. 
 
 8 34 E. 
 
 Ranau 
 
 Hesse Gassel 
 
 Hanaii 
 
 50 10 N. 
 
 8 5* E- 
 
 Isenbuf; 
 
 lutlbunt 
 
 Isenbui'g 
 
 50 30 N. 
 
 7 33 E- 
 
 Sayn 
 
 Its Count 
 
 Sayn 
 
 SO 37 N. 
 
 7 3aE. 
 
 Wied 
 
 Its Count 
 
 Wied 
 
 50 30 N. 
 
 7 a^E. 
 
 Witgenstclu 
 
 Its Count 
 
 Witgenstein 
 
 SO 54 N. 
 
 ff 35E. 
 
 Hatzfeid 
 
 Its dount 
 
 Hatzfeld 
 
 SO 58 N. 
 
 8 34 E. 
 
 Westciburj^- 
 
 T*s Tount 
 
 Westerburg 
 
 50 30 N. 
 
 7 57 E. 
 
 Fulda 
 
 * NnisDiUenbourg Fulda 
 
 . 50 34 N. 
 
 9 44E. 
 
 Rersfeld 
 
 Hesse Cassel 
 
 Hersfeld 
 
 50 52 N. 
 
 9 4a £. 
 
 
 jQj&cLE OP THE Lower 
 
 L ■ J .... 
 
 K^INE. 
 
 
 tjjJatinate 
 
 * France - 
 
 Hcidlebcrg 
 
 ' 49 24 N. 
 
 8 4a £. 
 
 N. B Tfxe Cities belong; 
 
 Pfailipsburg 
 
 49 *4N.. 
 
 ,8 zpE. 
 
 . to 
 
 the Mak'grave of 
 
 Manheim 
 
 49 30 N. 
 
 .8 99 E. 
 
 ^ Badeo. 
 
 Frankendal 
 
 49 34 N. 
 
 8 33 £. 
 
 Galognl^ 
 
 4 Nassau. Eslingeu 
 and France 
 
 Cdlogiib 
 
 ' SO 54 N. 
 
 6 saE, 
 
 • . . -^ " 
 
 
 Bonn 
 
 JO 40 N. 
 
 7 <»E. 
 
 Ment2 
 
 ^ Nass. EsHngen Be 7 »«._«,_ 
 ^^HeteiDarr^tadt J ^*="*» 
 
 49 59 N. 
 
 8 XI £. 
 
 Aschaffenbouif 
 
 Its Elector 
 
 Aschaffenbqiii-g 
 
 •50 oN. 
 
 P 7E, 
 
 ■Erf«» .;,. 
 
 « Nassau Wielbufg l^-^ 
 and France ^ } T«et« 
 
 49 48 N. 
 
 <f 37.E. 
 
 Worms ^-^'t 
 
 <^ Hesse Darmstadt Worms ; 
 
 49 37 N. 
 
 -tTjE. 
 
 SiinmeTen '' ' 
 
 ♦ France 
 
 Sinuneten 
 
 'SO oN. 
 
 7 *7 E- 
 
 Veldentz 
 
 El. of Bavaria 
 
 Veldent* 
 
 49 55 N.- 
 
 7-*E. 
 
 Spanheim 
 
 * France 
 
 Creutznach 
 
 ' 49 48 N., 
 
 ,7 48E. 
 
 KhinegraveStaiix 
 
 * France 
 
 Rhincgravestei& 49 46 N. 
 
 •^47*- 
 
 lieyningetk 
 
 • France 
 
 Leymngto 
 
 49 3» N. 
 
 T i 7 E. 
 
 . w 
 
 VI. CniCLE OF FftANeoWIA. 
 
 
 Wttttsiburj 
 
 Its Bishop 
 
 Wurtsburg 
 
 49 49 N. 
 
 9 59 E. 
 
 Bamberg 
 
 * £1. of Bavaria 
 
 Bamberg 
 
 49 57 N. 
 
 10 ^5£. 
 
**J»ARTlI. 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 "491 
 
 I -Uin I 
 
 Hivisions. 
 Aichstadt 
 Culieitbach 
 
 Anspath 
 
 Henneberit 
 
 Cobourg 
 
 HUburghatuell 
 
 Nuremberg 
 
 Mergentheim 
 
 Wihdsheim 
 
 Rheineck 
 
 Wertheiitt 
 
 jErbach 
 
 Castel 
 
 Schwartzburg 
 
 Hohenloe 
 
 Schweinfurt 
 
 Rottcnburg 
 
 Weisseaburg 
 
 Zamburg 
 
 GiRMANT. Divisionsx'-JChicfl'owns. 
 
 Sttli/ect to 
 
 * £1. of Bavaria 
 K. of Prussia 
 
 R. ofPhiiua 
 Its Prince 
 Its Duke 
 luDukk 
 (Indepettd. state) 
 Teutonic Master 
 
 * £1. of Bavaria 
 Its Count 
 
 Its Count 
 ^ Nass. Elsingeh 
 Its Count 
 Its Count 
 Its Count 
 
 * £1. of Bavaria 
 
 * £1. of Bavaria 
 
 * £1. of Bavaria 
 ItsCoont 
 
 Chief Tevmt. 
 
 Aichstadt 
 CuUenbach 
 
 &AKtUta 
 
 Anspach 
 
 Hcnneberg 
 
 Cobourg 
 
 Hilburghausen 
 
 Nuremberg 
 
 Mergentheim 
 
 Windsheim 
 
 Rheineck 
 
 Wertheim 
 
 fibach 
 
 Castel 
 
 SchWai^zbuirg 
 
 Oeringen 
 
 Schweinfurt 
 
 Rottcnburg 
 
 Weissenburg 
 
 Gaildorf 
 
 Lat. 
 
 48«49'N. 
 SO 7N. 
 4P Si N. 
 
 49 »PN. 
 
 50 30 N. 
 SO 16 N. 
 jo s8 N. 
 49 a? N. 
 4# 30 N. 
 49 34 N. 
 jo 10 N. 
 
 49 49 N. 
 49 atfN. 
 
 49 47 N. 
 
 50 40 Nk 
 
 49 XI N. 
 
 50 tfN. 
 49 az N. 
 48 56 N. 
 48 59 N. 
 
 Long. 
 
 n« 8'E. 
 ti 30 £. 
 
 XI 37*- 
 10 34 £. 
 10 34 E. 
 tt sE. 
 10 ss E. 
 It ol. 
 9 S6E. 
 10 aSE. 
 
 9 47 *• 
 
 33^. 
 
 t £> 
 
 22 E. 
 
 17 £. 
 
 31 E. 
 
 30 £. 
 
 18 £. 
 10 55 E, 
 
 i> S2£. 
 
 9 
 9 
 
 10 
 
 II 
 
 9 
 10 
 
 9 
 
 52 E. 
 
 6Z. 
 ti £. 
 
 7E, 
 
 37> 
 
 TjE. 
 27 E. 
 
 #E. 
 48E. 
 47 1. 
 
 7£. 
 
 59^. 
 
 SSE- 
 
 Austria Proper 
 
 Stiria 
 
 Cwintkia 
 Cannla 
 
 G^rida 
 Tyrol 
 Xregenz 
 Brixen 
 Trent 
 Saltzburg 
 .IPmtolsgadfn 
 
 VII. Circle of Austria. 
 
 £nip. of Germany ViENiiA 48 13 N. if 23 £. 
 
 Lintz 48 20 N. 14 17 £. 
 
 £mp. of Germany G'ratz 47 9 N. 15 ij £• 
 
 Cilley ; 45 31 N. ij 15 E. 
 
 Emp. of Germany Clagenfurt 45 41 N. 14 x £, 
 
 £mp. of Germany Laybach .4({ ti N. 14 30 £. 
 
 Trieste 45 sa N. 13 54 E. 
 
 £mp> of Germany Goritz . ; ^$ 4N. 13 33 £. 
 
 £mp.ofGennanyInnipruck 47 15 N. il 27 £. 
 
 Emp. of Germany Bregenz 47 aS N. 9 37 £. 
 
 * D. of Tuscany Brixen' r,', _ . 46 42 N. ti 39 £. 
 
 ♦"D. of Tuscany. Trent , 4<J 2N. 11 aE. 
 
 «0.. of Tuscany Saltzburg 47 4^N. la 58 X, 
 
 « D. of Tuscany Berstolsgadea 47 34 N; la %iM% 
 
 H h '^^^''' 
 

 491 
 
 ttjKOPt: 
 
 t> 
 
 At* It 
 
 
 
 GiaMANY. Divisions-^Chitff Tbwm. 
 
 
 
 
 VIll. CiRCli 
 
 . OF Ba^arIa 
 
 • 
 
 i > ' 
 
 * DivisiotU. 
 
 Subject to 
 
 Chief Toivtu. 
 
 Lat. 
 
 Long. 
 
 JaT»riH-pr(i^ 
 
 EI-PahoTBaTavii 
 
 I Munich 
 
 48" 5'N. 
 
 ii''33'E' 
 
 • 
 
 ». 
 
 Landrfiut 
 
 48 ap N. 
 
 12 6£. 
 
 ' 
 
 ^ 
 
 Ingoldatadt 
 
 48 42 N. 
 
 IX 22 E. 
 
 1 »i • ' • 
 
 
 Donawert 
 
 48 38 N 
 
 10 44 E* 
 
 ftati$b6h 
 
 * ElolAathiStiiy. 
 
 Ratisbon 
 
 48 59 N. 
 
 12 ofi. 
 
 Palatinate of Bay. £1. of ^aVaria 
 
 Ambelrg 
 
 49 48 N. 
 
 11 50 E. 
 
 
 ' ■•■ \. 
 
 SulzbBch- 
 
 49 30 N. 
 
 II 45 E. 
 
 Frtfumgen 
 
 «£1. of Bavaria 
 
 Fressuigcn 
 
 48 21 N. 
 
 II 44 K. 
 
 1*848^ 
 
 * D. ofToseany ti 
 
 * £1. of Bavaria 
 
 !• Passau 
 
 48 35 N. 
 
 13 is H. 
 
 jN'euburg 
 
 * £1. of Bavaria 
 
 IX. CtKthi 
 
 Neubufg 
 
 6F SwABtA* 
 
 48 40 N. 
 
 ii SB. 
 
 Wxttitinhiarg 
 
 b.of Wurtcin.tJurgSTCTGAliD 
 
 46 49 N. 
 
 S> i1 E. 
 
 
 
 Tubingeh 
 
 48 33 N. 
 
 9 pie. 
 
 
 
 ftailbrbh 
 
 4^ 8N. 
 
 9 18E. 
 
 fappeiiiheiin 
 
 its toxxni 
 
 Pappehheiill 
 
 48 52 N. 
 
 10 52 fe. 
 
 BtcTdcn-DurlacTi 
 
 Its Margrave 
 
 i)uriach 
 
 48 59 N. 
 
 8 jil:. 
 
 Baden-Baden 
 
 Its Margrave 
 
 Baden 
 
 48 48 N. 
 
 S 17 E. 
 
 Oertenau 
 
 *I>.bfM6aena 
 
 t)!beiJkStck 
 
 48 34 N. 
 
 8 loE. 
 
 Oettingea 
 
 Its Count 
 
 Oettingen 
 
 48 56 N. 
 
 10 35 E. 
 
 
 Eltwangen 
 
 * D. of WurtembirfgElWafigieh 
 
 4857N. 
 
 r<i tit E. 
 
 
 Nordlmgeh 
 
 '^ El. of Bavaria 
 
 Nordlingen 
 
 48 50 N. 
 
 10 29 £. 
 
 
 Burgau 
 
 Austria 
 
 Surgau 
 
 4S 24 N. 
 
 10 24!:. 
 
 
 Hohenberg 
 
 *El.ofBaviria 
 
 Rottenburg 
 
 48 3» N. 
 
 9 I E. 
 
 ■ 
 
 Hohehzoltera 
 
 Its Pnhce 
 
 JEtetcWftgen 
 
 48 22 N. 
 
 5> 3*- 
 
 
 
 
 ltbhe62oUnrrt 
 
 48 20 N. 
 
 f it. 
 
 
 Ufin 
 
 * £1. of Bavaria 
 
 Ulm 
 
 48 24 N. 
 
 9 59 E. 
 
 
 Augslwrg 
 
 * £1. of Bavaria 
 
 Aug&urg 
 
 48 16 N 
 
 10 KaE. 
 
 
 Mindelheiip 
 
 Its Prince 
 
 Mihdelhein 
 
 48 2N., 
 
 10 45 fe. 
 
 kempten 
 
 * £L of Bavaria 
 
 Itemjpten 
 
 47 43 N. 
 
 16 iy E. 
 
 Buchau 
 
 Its Abbot 
 
 Biicliaa 
 
 48 6N. 
 
 ^isk. 
 
 Lindau 
 
 Its Abbot 
 
 iMiii 
 
 47 3* N. 
 
 9ii^ 
 
 jM[emmingen ' 
 
 • EL of Bavaria 
 
 WttllBituh^tin 
 
 48 oN. 
 
 to «*:. 
 
 F^intemberg 
 
 Its Prince 
 
 tnxtttttiberg 
 
 47 57 N. 
 
 8 ift. 
 
 Nellenberg 
 
 Its Margrave 
 
 • Nellenberg 
 
 47 55 N. 
 
 8S7E. 
 
 
 DiuiulshiU 
 
 * EL of Bavaria 
 
 Pinkclshill 
 
 49 6N. 
 
 10 «r E. 
 
PArt. 11. 
 
 EUROPfi. 
 
 
 <^3 ' I 
 
 
 OkrmAky. Islands — General Appearance. 
 
 1 
 
 DivitioTU, 
 
 Subject to 
 
 Chief Towns. 
 
 Lat. 
 
 iMttg. 
 
 Brisgau 
 
 « D.ofModen4 
 
 Friburg 
 
 48« a/N. 
 
 7°S4'E- . 
 
 
 
 firisac 
 
 48 aN. 
 
 7 3SE« 
 
 Black Forest 
 
 Austria 
 
 khinefcldt 
 
 47 35 ^' 
 
 7 49^ 
 
 
 
 Seckingen 
 
 4^ 34 N; 
 
 7 57 E. 
 
 
 
 t>auftoburg 
 
 47 3S N. 
 
 8 4E. 
 
 CknMtance 
 
 * Marg. of Baden 
 
 ConstAhce 
 
 47 37 N. 
 
 J 7K. 
 
 'Druchess 
 
 lU Counu 
 
 Trauchburg 
 
 47 4* N. 
 
 10 X £. 
 
 Konigseck 
 
 Its Count 
 
 Immenstadt 
 
 47 35 N. 
 
 10 7 E. 
 
 tsLAKos.3 The principal island oh the tdast of GetiftiAhjr is 
 that of K.ugen, which lies off the cO&M of U^p^t Sajtot^ \ is 
 23 miles in lengthy arid 15 in breadth. It is digtlified ivith thti 
 title of ^ principality, and is subj(ect to the king 6f S#eden4 
 The principal to Wn is fiergen. The island of Fetna^ti kds 
 been already tiientidned as sUbjeeV tif Denitalrk^ Thttt^e HW 
 beiide» several ^inslU islands which lie< at th« mouths 'M ^i 
 Elbe and Wdser^ bnd ^loMg the coast of JEilaBkndV bttl tht^- 
 do not taerit a piirticilla): description, i' t-i J 
 
 -•1..; w 
 
 '•0- 
 
 Generac Ai>FiBAR.ANC£.] tn So dktenisiV^ a cotitttry as 6er- 
 niahy, the appearance must be extrehiely Various^ Towards 
 the north ^hd hokh^weitj it is in getifer^l flat, ahd abouhds with 
 ejttensive plains of sand j in the circlts of Upptt Sajtohyj FiAh- 
 coAta, ahd Bavaria, the facfe of the coahtr^ is beautifully dl- 
 Versifiifed with hills sihd dales, and wbod^ ahd riveirs j and thfe 
 soil, ]^krti^lafly in the first^ is exceedingly rich andfei^ilifc^ 
 from the north of Westphalia, ^hieh contaias raahy bleak 
 and barren ihoOrs, to the soufheirta kk\tkr!tS^ fA thie^L^e^' 
 Rhine, the cdmii g^r^dytUy nscf) intb hilhof tbn«idetsl&lb' 
 raftghitudtj and «>V<:rt^ with iVobd j tl«* cStclfe of Siafela i*^ 
 mdimtdinbas and wdody ^ the W6st and soUtll-v^^t^tff pafa^ 
 v^tit itbod tlve £iihoas If^cynieA forest mentiohiid by JvSAU' 
 Qtt^T) IhcxSthir taftt'of it Hit ^rieiy diteWiteed ^th hiǤi*Wl' 
 
w 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 Vam II. 
 
 Okxmant. Oeneral AppcBrancc— Riven< 
 
 fertile plains j the circle of Austria id extremely rough and 
 tnountainous } particularly towards the south. Tliere are many 
 forests and extensive woods in Germany, consisting chiefly of 
 oak. The strong passion for the chace of the wild boar, and 
 other sorts of hunting, which prevails among the Geiinan 
 princes and nobles, contributes greatly to the woody appearance 
 of the country, and the numerous forests with which it abounds. 
 
 RivcRs.] No country is better supplied with rivers of va^* 
 rious magnitude than Germany. The first of these that claims 
 Wx attention is the Danubb, or Donau, which is the largest 
 river in. Europe. It rises in the Hercynian forest in Suabia, 
 and, after a winding course of above 1600 English miles, du« 
 Tingwluch it receives above 40 navigable rivers, discharges 
 itsdf by six channels into the Black Sea. It is the Ister of 
 the ancients. The principal rivers which fall into it during its 
 progress through Germany are, on the south, the ///?r, the Lecb, 
 the Iser, the /aa, (which carries into it also the waters of the 
 Sa/z4i)t the Ens, and the Trtven } and on the norths the Wierm'tz, 
 the jf/hMyb/, the Nab, the Regen, and the March, The other 
 principal rivers of Germany are, the Rhine, which, by the late 
 arrangements is become the boundary between that empire and 
 France, and which, in its progress from the mountains of the 
 Gfisons to the sea, receives on the German side, the Nectar, 
 the Maine, the Labn, the Roer, and the Lippe y the Elbe, which 
 ijtses on the confines of Bohemia and Silvia, receives on the 
 90]x\h,,^c Moldavj,i}axi Eger, Xh^ Muida, xht Saai, and the 
 Qste }„^d on the north, the Iser, and the Havei, after which 
 ijtfaUsinto the German sea below Gluckstadt) the Oder, 
 which rises in Moravia, and passes through Silesia and Upper 
 Saxony, to the Baltic, having previously received ithe tributary 
 s|reami of th(p Bo^«r and the ^r/i6a } the Weser, which is 
 formed by the union of the fuidu and the Werra at Munden, 
 
Pa&t II. 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 495 
 
 fpper 
 itary 
 bh is 
 
 Germany. 
 
 Mountaiiu.- 
 
 ■MoaaBssBB 
 
 -Lakes. — Inhabitants. 
 
 and, after receiving the ji/iett augmented by the Leinet falli in- 
 to the German sea below Bremen > and the Ems, .i^hich falls 
 into the same sea below Embden } besides the Mige^ the Save, 
 and the Drove^ which, though they have their rise in the circle 
 of Austria, will be more properly described when treating of 
 Italy and i>clavoma* 
 
 Mountains.] The principal mountains of Germany are, the 
 Erzgeberg or Metallic mountains, which run between Bohemia 
 and Saxony j the lofty ridge which separates Bohemia from 
 Bavaria } the Hartz mountains, on the south-east of Hanover } 
 the Bergstrass near Frankfort on the Maine ; the mountain^ 
 of Wurtemberg, of the Black Forest, and of the territory 
 of Ulm, and those of the Austrian circle extending to the 
 Alps. 
 
 Lakes.] The lakes of Germany present nothing particular* 
 ly interesting. The northern parts of Lower Saxony, espe- 
 cially the dutchies of Mecklenburg and Holstein, abound with 
 lakes of various extent j there are several in Bavaria, of which 
 the Chiem See is the largest \ and also in the archdutchy'of 
 Austria, and Camiola. The lake of Constance belongs more 
 properly to Switzerland than to Germany. 
 
 Inhabitants.] The number of inhabitants in Germany is 
 supposed to be about 25,000,000 \ but this is merely conjectur- 
 al, as there is no mode of arriving at the knowledge of the fact 
 with any degree of accuracy. In a country so extensive, and 
 consisting of so many different states, as Germany, the man- 
 ners, customs, and language, as well as the general appearance 
 of the inhabitants, must be extremely various. In general, 
 however, the Germans are allowed to be tall and robust in their 
 
 Hh3 
 
49^ 
 
 E'UHOFf. 
 
 Part If. 
 
 Gkrmamt. Inhftbit«iit*.-~Rcligion. — Principtl States. 
 
 pewonsj of a fair cemplexton, with stem blue eyes» and fre- 
 quently with red hair. Formerly both men and women aftct- 
 ed rich dresses, and were excessively fond of gold and silver 
 lace *, but in this resped the pressnt taste is very different ; 
 partictilarly in the army. They still retain, however, the most 
 extravagant and ridiculous ideas of the ptide of ancestry, and 
 esteem a far descending title as the most desirable of all earth- 
 ly blessings. They are remarkable for a peculiar stiffness of 
 appearance and rtateliness of manners, which a stranger cannot 
 fiiil at first sight to observe. In the middle and lower ranks 
 the Germans are esteemed a frank, honest, hospitable people, 
 free from artifice and disguise'} they arc exceedingly industri- 
 ous and attentive to bufiness *, discover much ingenuity and 
 perseverance in the mechanical arts j ntd, when commanded 
 by able generals, display very considerable military prowess. 
 Of the lower clashes of Germany in general, the circumstances 
 are more comfortable than those of their northern neighbours j 
 but the tenants of little needy princes form a most unhappy 
 exception ; being constantly squeezed and oppressed to support 
 
 the foolish extravagance and graideur of their pooi- landlords *. 
 
 Hi • ' ' ^ '... '■ 
 
 Keligiok.] The religion pit the grrnter part of Germany is 
 decidedly the protestant or reformed, first introduced by Mar- 
 tin Luther, professor of divinity in Wittemberg, who began to 
 preach agunst the doctrines of the church of Rome in the year 
 T517. The protestants arc divided into Lutherans and Calvin- 
 ists. The Rocaan Catholic faith in Germany is chieBy sup- 
 ported by the house of Austria. But on this subject J shall 
 have occasion to speak more fully under the following head. 
 
 * The aaanncrs of the ancient Germans are described by the masterly pei\ 
 b( Tacitus the Roman historian, in a most valuable treatise, entitled, L: 
 Moribtts CermaMrtm^ with which every classical scholar is familiar. 
 
Vakt II. 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 497 
 
 pen 
 
 GXRMANY. PriHcipal Stsktti.—Amtnti. 
 
 Princiml States.] The Gcrmtn empire, which fortnerly 
 extended considerably beyond the Rhine, contained about 300 
 independent states, toinc of which were under ecclesiaitioal, 
 and some under secular princes. But in consequence of the 
 late conquest^ of the French, the Rhine has become the boun- 
 dary between Germany and France i by wliich a territory qf 
 1 100 square miles, and containing threp nullions of inhabitants, 
 is detAched from the former, and annexed to the latter country. 
 -In order to indemnify the sufferers by this. arrangement, as well 
 as to provide for the dukes of Tuscany and Modena, %Qd . the 
 prince oi Orange, who were also dispossessed of their heredita- 
 ry dominions by the French i all the ecclesiastical ^ tes of the 
 empire have been secularised } and these, with the free impe- 
 rial cities, have been distributed among them according to the 
 sovereign decree of Russia and France ) so that the internal 
 state of Germany has, within these last few years, undergone 
 R most material change* 
 
 '.Without pretending.to deilcribe this change in its full extent, 
 the great outline of it will appear vtith 8u0icient accuracy in 
 considering the present possessions of the principal pqvyers of 
 Germany j which I shall treat of in the following order } vi^^ : 
 U Austria. 2. Brandenburg. 3. Saxony. 4. Hanover. 5. Ba- 
 varia. 6.Wurtemburg. 7.Be4en* 8. Aschaffenbourg. p.Hesse- 
 Cassel. 10. Mecklenburg. 11. Brunswick. 12. S^lt%burg. 
 13. Nassau Dillenbourg. 14. Nassau Elsingen. ig. Nassau^ 
 Wielbturg. 16. Brisgaw. 17. Pomerania. 18. Anhalt^ 19. Hesse 
 Parmstadt. 20. Hanse Towns, and imperial cities. 
 
 1, A^st,ria, 
 
 The dominions subject to the house of Austria render the 
 emperor of Germany, Ivho is also the archduke of Austria, the 
 first potentate in the empire, independently of the imperial 
 
 H h 4 
 
49& 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 Part 11. 
 
 Germany. Austria. — General Appearance. 
 
 title. The far greater part of his dominions lies beyond the 
 limits of the empire, and has either been nodced ahready in de- 
 scribing the late kingdom of Foiand, or vnXX come afterwards 
 to be more properly the subject of attention. At present let 
 us attend only to those dominions of the house of Austria 
 ivhich lie within the circles of the empire. These are, the 
 ivhole circle of Ausrria y comprehending the archdutchy of 
 Austria, the dutchies of Stiria, Carinthia, and Catniola, and 
 the county of Tyrol ; f wiih the exception of a few bishoprics 
 in the last mentioned district, which have been lately secular- 
 ized and disposed of by way of indemnities, as afterwards to be 
 noticed) and the Burgau, and Black Forest; in the circle of 
 
 Swabia, 
 
 ■♦ 
 
 Name and IDivisions.^ Austria, which derives its present 
 name from the two German words Oost rycif which signify 
 the Eastern country, comprehends the ancient Noricum, a part 
 of Pannonia, and, on the north of the Danube, a part of the 
 country of the Quadi. It is divided into Upper and Lower 
 Austria j the former lying on the south, and the latter on the 
 north side of the Danube. 
 
 General Appearance, Soix^ and Prodvctions.J Upper 
 Austria is upon the whole a mountainous country } being co- 
 vered with hills which rise gradually from the banks of the 
 Danube, to the borders of Stiria, and present a picturesque 
 and woody appearance. These lose themselves in the mass of 
 mountains which run to the south of Germany, and stretch 
 through all Stiria, Camiola, Carinthia, and the Tyrol, to the 
 Swiss Alps ; and are, probably, after Savoy and Switzerland, 
 the highest parts of the old world. Lower Austria presents a 
 more uniform surface ; being generally flat, or rising into more 
 gentle inequalities. Both enjoy a climate abundantly salubri^ 
 
pAllt IL 
 
 EUROPM. 
 
 GermaniT. ^2/j^m.— Inhabitants.*»Re]igion. 
 
 ouSy though sometiihes exposed to violent ^hds, particularly 
 in the mountainous parts. The sc^l, ih the less elevated part!?, 
 is extremely fertile ; and it is said that Lo\Ver Austria alone 
 exports above 2,ooo,oOO of guilders worth of Wine every year. 
 This Tvine is sour, but very strong. It may be carried all 
 over the world without danger j and when ten or twenty years 
 old, becomes very good and pleasant. 
 
 Inhabitants.] Austria contains above 2,000,000 of inhabit- 
 ants, who in general enjoy a much greater degree of external ' 
 happiness than those of most other nations. Here are no in- 
 stances of that striking contrast between poverty and riches 
 which is so observable in Hungary and many other countries. 
 All the inhabitants, those of the capital only excepted, enjoy 
 that happy mediocrity which is the effect of a wise and gentle 
 administration. The farmer enjoys his property ; and the ^ 
 rights of the nobility are well defined. For intellectual en- ' 
 dowments the Austrians are not so much distinguished as for ^ 
 external advantages. The youth of rank are ih general ex- 
 tremely ignorant and rude j and in tlie same degree haughty 
 and supercilious j being entire strangers to that cultivation of 
 mind, and condescension of manners which are essential to true 
 greatness. Ah Austrian nobleman or gentleman (unless the 
 assertion implies a contradiction) is never known to read ^ and 
 consequently polite literature is uncultivated in the country j 
 the language is rude and unimproved, and the Austrian speech 
 is one of the meanest dialects of the German. The lower 
 classes, especially in the mountainous districts, are excessively 
 addicted to superstition and bigotry, and to the grossest sensua- 
 lity. They are not, howeVer, chargeable with those daring 
 outrages which expose men to the vengeance of human laws j 
 and capital punishment is rare amdng them. When tills be- 
 
 \ 
 
fC9 
 
 EUROPE; 
 
 Part II, 
 
 BBP 
 
 Gkxmakt. Aiutria^^—GovenmBaX. — Cities and Universities. 
 
 V " I , 1 i r . I - ■ 'I ■! ' I ' I ig. 
 
 comes unavoidable, it is administered w^th great solemnityt 
 and accompai^ed by public praye;:s. 
 
 RxbiQiOK AMD Learning.] The religion of Austri^.. is the 
 Roman catholic, with some degree of toleration. The system 
 of education is not good, and the claims of Au . to literary 
 fatme are not great. Yet Van Swieten, Storck, ai<d sope others^ 
 in the medical department, have attuned to considerable emi- 
 IViace. 
 
 ><#f«6ovsii.NMBirr an|> Rsvenue,] The emperor is absolute in 
 ftll his dominions. For though the different cpyntvies under 
 hh authority retain their ancient states or senates, in conse- 
 cpence of which they enjoy the external fbrnas of liberty j yet 
 the dominions b«iing so varioi^s, so extensive, and so unconnect- 
 ed with each othf r, and thf niilitary force being wholly in the 
 hands of the sovereign ^ no distinct state can resist h^s will. 
 The states of Austria consist pf four orders } clergy, nobles, 
 knights, and burgesses. The assembly of Lower Austria 
 meets at Vienna, and that of Upper Austria at Lintz. ^he 
 •ycvenue of Austria is computed at 3,000,0001. Sterling* 
 
 Cities akd Uwversitxbs,] Vienna, the Vindebona pf the 
 ancients, i$ the chief city of Austria, and the capital of the 
 German empire. It stands in a fertile plain, on the west side 
 of the Danube ^ being watered by a branch of that river, and 
 by4he little river Wien, which falls into the D^^ube belqty 
 the town. The Danube which makes p sudnsn ti?rn to the 
 south a little above Vienna, is divided into a number o( dif- 
 ferent branches as it passes by the city, formmg a variety of 
 woody islands. The city itself is not extensive, nor is it dap- 
 able of being enlarged, being surrounded by a strong fortifica- 
 tion. But the streets, in general, are narrow, and the houses 
 
Part II. 
 
 EUROPB. 
 
 Stt« 
 
 Gekmahy. AuJtria, — Mines and Mifwr»l|Waters. — Brandenburg. 
 
 high } 9nd consequently the flftu is very populous, containing 
 above 950,qoo ij^habitants. There arc very extensive suburbs, 
 which stand at tbe distance of 600 yards from the walls ) the 
 tnter.nediate space being a fiue open field all xound the .^ city. 
 The houses of Vienna are in general of brick, covered with 
 jstuccQ. Some of the public buildings are magnificent. The 
 principal of theia are, the great church of St Stephen, which 
 is 34a feet long, and 144 broad i having a tower of 447 feet 
 in height y the imperial palace j the library j the house of as- 
 sembly of the states, and the university. All travellers concur 
 in their acf:ounts of the great abundance of provisions, and the 
 rich variety of wines in Vienna, and the corresponding luxury 
 of the inliikl^tants^ • 
 
 The other principal cities belon^ng to the house of Austria 
 in Certfi^itf may be seen in the general divisions of the empire j 
 but the limits of this work do not admit of any particular de^ 
 scription of them. The universities i^re, those of Vienna, 
 (?ratz, and Innspruck« 
 
 Mines and Mineral Waters.] All the dominions of the 
 emperor of Germany abound with mines of various kinds. Ik 
 Austria there are mines of goldi silver, alum and salt-petre ; 
 Stiria affords iron, lead, and coal, in great abundance j Carin> 
 thia yields great quantities of iron and lead j and the mines of 
 Idria In Carniola have been known tofurnish 300,000 pounds 
 weight of Mercury in one year. The mineral waters also are 
 very numerous. Those of Baden, a town of Austria, are the 
 best 'f though not so much celebrated as some others of which 
 we shall afterwards have occasion to make mention. 
 
 2. Brandenburg. 
 
 The Elector of Brandenburg, who is also king of Prussia, U 
 justly esteemed the second prince in Germany, with respect to 
 
50X 
 
 ti3K0PE. 
 
 Part II, 
 
 GsKMANY. Brandenburg — Climate and Productions. 
 
 the extent of his territory, the number of hb subjects, and his 
 influence in the empire. His Prussian don/iniohs have been 
 already described under the article Prussia. His German 
 territories come now to be considered -, and are as follows : 
 In the circle of Upper Saxonyi Pomerania, and Brandenburg, 
 including the Old and New Marks : In Lower Saxony, 
 Magdeburg, Halle, and Halberstadt : In Westphalia, East 
 Friesland, Lingen, Minden, Ravensburg, Tecklenburg, and 
 Mark : And in Franconia, Anspach, and Bareuth or Cullen- 
 bach. These are his ancient German dominions. But having 
 be<n, by the late encroachments of France, deprived of the 
 Dutchies of Cleves and Geldre, of the principality of Meurs, 
 and of some less considerable possessions which he formerly 
 enjoyed on the left of the Rhine j and of the tolls on that ri- 
 ver, and the Maese j he has, by way of indemnity, received 
 the bishoprics of Hildersheim and Paderbom j the territory of 
 Erfurt and Unterglichen j Eitchfield, and that part of Trefort 
 which is near Mentz ; that part of the bishopric of Munster 
 which is situate on the right of a line drawn from Olphen 
 through Munster to Tecklenburg, comprehending the towns 
 of CHphen and Munster, and the right bank of the Erebs as 
 far as Lingen j the imperial towns of Mulhausen, Northausen, 
 and Gosler 5 and the abbeys of Herforden, Qucdlinbourg, Et- 
 kn, Essen and Iverdcn. 
 
 General ApPEARANcie, Climate, and Productions.] Bran- 
 denburg is a flat, sandy, and naked country, and enjoys but an 
 indifferent climate, being exceedingly cold and damp for seven 
 or eight months in the year. The soil is far from being fer- 
 tile 'f consisting chiefly of sand ; and the space between Berlin 
 and Potsdam resembles a barren wilderness. Yet there are se- 
 ▼eral fruitful spots j and the whole has been greatly improved 
 during the last century. The principal productions are, buck- 
 
Fart II. 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 JPS 
 
 GsRMANY. BramUnhvrg — Inhabitants, Religion, CIties,8cc. 
 
 wheat, miUet, and flax *, potatoes and turnips \ tobacco, woad« 
 and other herbs for dying. There is a great variety q£ okyds, 
 or colouring earths, together with alum, salt-petre, amb|r,iroti« 
 stone, and medicinal springs, found in dififerent parts of ^he 
 country. Abundance of cattle, particularly of sheepf. are bred 
 he^e. There are several woods, which supply the inhabitants, 
 not only with fuel, but also with timber, charcoal, tar, and 
 wood ashes, bpth for domestic uses and for exportation. , The 
 culture of silk; ^ also carried on with great success in thiji 
 country. Some of the rivers and lakes abound with fish, and 
 are united by, canals (though thesp are not numerous) for the 
 benefit of navigation. , .,^^5^, . <.** 
 
 - - -- ■ - {-'«•' . . ^-f. taM. •.;.'*i !•■ 
 
 lNHABItANTSf.l^EUGIOM,ANDG0V£RNMENT.] The SUbjeCtS of the 
 
 king of Prussi^ within the circles of Germany, may be safely 
 estimated at 5,500,000 of souls. Their manners, customs, and 
 language, differ according to the different parts of the country 
 where they reside. The religion is the reformed, under the 
 two chief divisions of the Lutheran and the Calvinistic y the 
 king and the court being of the latter persuasion. Roman 
 Catholics are tolerated, and every inhabitant enjoys full liberty 
 of conscience. The government is an absolute monarchy. 
 
 Ml 
 
 .■*n 
 
 Cities anU Universities.] Berlin is the principal city of 
 Brandenburg, and the capital of the king of Prussia's domi- 
 nions. It stands on the river Spree, which falls into the Ha« 
 vel, and communicates also with the Oder and the Elbe. It 
 is one of the largest, best built, and best governed cities in 
 Germany. It is about four miles and a h^lf in length, and 
 three in breadth j the streets are large, straight, clean, and 
 well paved, and some of them very long and elegant \ there 
 are several large and beautiful squares^ with> pleasant walks y 
 and it contains 142,000 inhabitants* On the New Bridge ovez; 
 
»4 
 
 ibkopE. 
 
 ^ART it 
 
 Gkxmant. Sranienburg—fl\x.xt»-^$ilejia, 
 
 the Spree, \«hich is of stone, there is an equestrian statue of 
 WtUiam the Great, Vrhich is esteemied an exqtutite piece of 
 workmankfaip. On the principal gate bf the Arsenal j (which is 
 an extensive square, with a cdurt in the interior,) there is a 
 medaUioa of Fredierick II. iA bronzle ; with the four tardinal 
 virtues, of a colossal stature, placed on pedestals on each aidt 
 hi the portico, looking at the portrait of the king, which is 
 supported by fame and victory; There are many other things 
 worthy of observation in this elegant capital } but for an ac^ 
 count of themj the reader must be referred to larger wotks on 
 the Subject than the present, firandenbiirg is but a small 
 city, Containing ho more than e,ooo inhabitants; Frankfort 
 on the Oder contains 16^00. Potsdam, which is built on an 
 {sland of the Havtl, among lakes and csinal^, and Which is fre- 
 quently the residence oi the king, contains 26,006 inhabitants. 
 Halle, on the river Saal, contains about 21,000 inhabitants^ 
 There is in University in Frankfort, and an Atadamy of 
 Sciences in Berlin; 
 
 ' Besides the dbminions already mentioned, the king cf Prus- 
 sia possesses also the territory of Neufchatel in Switzerland^ 
 and alhiost the whole Dutfchy of Silesia. The former wiU be 
 afterwards noticed ^ but the latter, which is included in no ge* 
 neral division of £urope, may be here described. 
 
 Silesia 
 
 Is situate between 49° and 53® of N. Lit. j and between 
 1 j° and ^0° df £. Long. } having part of the ancient Poland 
 on the North and East \ & part of Hungary^ Mbravia and Bo- 
 hemia on the South \ and Bohemia and Lusatia bn the West. 
 It is about 250 miles in length, and 100 in breadth j and is 
 well watfercd by the Oder^ which runs through its whole ex- 
 tent, and by the numerous streams Which fall into that river on 
 tither side. The appearance of the country is beautifully di« 
 
Pxni^ If. 
 
 fetJftofft 
 
 ^S 
 
 Germany. Saxony — Soil, Productions — ^Religion, &.c. 
 
 versiiitd y being tatlitfr open and livel towards th^ Notth adtd 
 West, but rising gradually towlirds tbi South, Ivherb il i§ 
 bounded by the Sudetic mountains. The lower parts ai« con- 
 sidered as the itiost fe^lilfe knd salubrious of afijr btilongihg to 
 Prus^iii V bt!t% the southern tegioii) are uhpl^aiaht And bVitl^h^ 
 bfcirtg' iotlg covered >*itb show, and ereh in sainiTnet expO«i!d to 
 scvii-e ftfeeting gaits. Ah Inconiiiderablfe proportion of tbe»e 
 Sotttheihi' parts of Silesia bfelbngs to the hoUSe bf Auttrit. 
 The huiirliber of inhabitants in Silesia is eofR]^ut«d at about 
 i,Soo,OCO, The religion is prbtestant,- The capital city is 
 fittslaT^ oti the Oder : Lat ji° 6'^, j Lbng. 17° 4' E. 
 
 3. Saxony. 
 
 Thfe Electot of Saxony may be considered as the third po- 
 tentate in the German trtipirej being possessed of a territory 
 of above 11,000 Square ihileS^' Cotitaining above 2,000,000 of 
 ihhabhants. 
 
 The dominions which are subject to the Elector of Sft^tony 
 are, tlife t)utchy of that naitie, Lusatia, Misnia, Leipsic^ Voigt- 
 lahd and Mersburg ; all in the Girek of Uppei- Sakohy j and 
 n part of thfe ptiftcipality of Hfennebetg in the Circle of Fran* 
 coma. ^' ' 
 
 dfiNfiRAL AppEARAMCfi, SoiL AND PROiJtJCTtoNs.] Thfe Elec- 
 torate of Saxony is beautifully diversified in its general appear-« 
 ance j the clitbate is so mild and favourable as to bring the 
 grape to perfection j particillarly in Misnia j and the soil is 
 excfeetl!ngiy fertile, producing all kinds of gtain in abundance ; 
 besides hops, (lax, hemp, tobacco, saffron, madder^ \Voad, &c, 
 Sulphut, iluih, atttber, cinnabar, quicksilver, antiihbify, attenic, 
 cobalt, and bthet mineral productions, are found in varlbtifi parti 
 of the country j as well as ftiines of silver, cbpper, tth, lead^ 
 and iron. The country is rich in hoiked cattle, sheepi) tiocie^ 
 
i(66 
 
 myuo'pi. 
 
 PMflL 
 
 tffx 
 
 GsKMAinr. jS7itill(y~ipiti^s. 
 
 '"bnct deer; this rivers and likes abound with eztelleht fish } and 
 the £Uter affords pearls of peculiar size and brilSkncjr. 
 
 Religion and Governmxnt.] The re^^ 6f hixbltf ii the 
 refoTBtied, which took its rise in this country abdat the com- 
 niencement of U]|e i6th century. The electoral family is of 
 the Roman catholic persuasion } the two late electors having 
 embraced popery to qualify themselves to be elected kings of 
 Poland } but the religious privileges of the people are invioU 
 i^bly secured to them. The government, like, that of all Ger- 
 many, i^ absolute monarchy. Yet ^ere are states-general^ 
 
 without whose consent the Sovereign can issue no new laws. 
 
 " < • ■ ■■ ■ »■' * 
 
 CrtiisJ The capital of the Elector of Saxony's dominions 
 is Dresden, in the territory of Misnia. It stands in a low si- 
 tuation, on the banks of the river £1^. which divides it into 
 iwd parts ; that on the North being culed the Old, and that 
 on the S6uth, the New Dresden. These are joined together 
 fay a stone bridge 630 paces in length, and supported by 19 
 piers. Along the outside, of the, bridge, and on both sides, are 
 walks of a peculiar construction for foot-passengers } the one 
 for those who go to, and the other for those iivho return from 
 the old city. All the houses of Dresden are built of free- 
 stbhe, and are almost all of the same height. The streets are 
 wide, straight, well paved, clean, and well illuminated in the 
 night. The squares are large and elegant j so that Dresden 
 iriay be considered as one of the handsomest cities ill the 
 world. It is regularly fortified, and contains about 120,000 
 inhabitants. 
 
 ^^ iLursic, in the county of the same name, is ^tuate in a 
 pleasanC and fertile plain, near the river Elstef, which receives 
 ibe Pleisse a^iittTe above' the city. It contains dbout 40,000 
 inhabitants, is respectably fortified, and is much celebrate^ for 
 
I'AILT Hi 
 
 in a 
 ceives 
 ),000 
 
 EUROP^i 
 
 SOI 
 
 Germany. &uoiiy~-lA^gttag« lysd ly^anufactures— Ki»o<ivr. 
 
 ■ ■ I . I J_,JU.J.. ^ , - ,1.. J L Mi l I - M i gj i^ M || ;i^ l |LJL^i.: . ■■■ . _ - ^ 
 
 its Univelfsity aa4its , extensive tradc^.^ ll^ere are tl^ec, gr^fit 
 fairs held in this cit^.everjryear^wWh last ,15 dayji,5(8U9^F 
 The streets are straight and regularly builf, and the town, 19 
 well lighted at night. , ^„ . _ < . , . , 
 
 WiiTEit|BE|R.a stands on the North side of ,the Elb^i, aboi^t 
 70 mi^es below XHres^eq. It is chiefly celebrated as the resi> 
 deinqe of Martin Xuthei^ the first of th0 Relormers in Qi^ 
 
 Language and Manufactures.] The lapgua^ of Saxopy 
 is the most polished an^ refined of any in the empire, and its 
 literature is the most respectable y the greater number of those, 
 writers who have improved the language having been borni ot 
 resided in this country. Among these may be mentioned Gott- 
 shed^ Leibnitz, Wplf. The Saxons are a very ingenious people, 
 and jtheir o^anufactures are highly esteemed on the Continent, 
 These consist of thread, linen, laces, ribbons, velvetcf, carpets^ 
 paper, pigments derived from various minerals^ glass, and por- 
 celain } in which last they particularly excel. ' ^ 
 
 ' 'Jtiiiiii^^J 
 
 1» 
 
 'uiim 
 
 4. HanoverT 
 
 The continental dominions of the Elector of Hanover, who 
 is also King of Great Britain and Ireland, lie: in the Circles of 
 Lower Saxony and Westphalia, and contain above 13,000 
 square miles of surface, with about 1,005^00 inhabitants^ and 
 a reyenue computed at near a mil|ion Sterling. .Ii^ Lower 
 Saxony his dominions are, the prinejpalities of Calenburg, 
 Luneburg-Zell, and Grubenhagen; ihe IXutchies of Saxe- 
 Lawenberg and firemen, with the coimties of Dannenbi^ 
 and Gottingen, the latter of which is subject to Cat^nbu^jg^j^ 
 and in Westphalia, the Dutchy of Verden, and th^^coun^es ^^ 
 Hoya and Diepholtz. The bishopric pf Osnaburg also, 11^ ^<| 
 
 ' ' li 
 
 h:n,iii'i 
 
 t J yf^ 0\> O \'ii'i{^ 
 
 ■--l^ 
 
JJ<* 
 
 StUiKOPE. 
 
 PAIltlf. 
 
 (dwMUUtt. JSfa«ov«r.Ma6iMi«lA|q)Cara»oe, Soil, dec. 
 
 taam Cfecte^ ftuy^ te coisidtted at an appuuige of Hanorer > 
 hiftitgi fific« the ycar'itf48, Imciii attaraateljr ponesied hj « 
 tath^ Mda prtiteitairt, tbt laixet of ^om«ra» always a 
 prince of tlie house of Hanover ; bnt at the last peaoe, entirely 
 ««Aed: tvtha Uitg of Orcat Btitun; on con^tiofr, i/<. Of hi» 
 abindonkg lil protenriittt to Hildeshcim* Gorvey an4 Hoes^ 
 t«rt siff^, Of hit abBAdonmgto HaaAmrg and Bremen the 
 rights and i^opcrty which he possessed in these citini and their 
 territories ; and, ^dfyf Of his ceding the bailiwkk of Wildhau- 
 Scii to thfe Bdbe of Oldenbvrg, and his right to the eventual 
 tttccetrion to the county dT Sigm to the Prince of Nassau £1- 
 flingetir The present Bishop of Osnabusg is ^e JMifii of 
 Ybrk, tecond son of the King of Great Biri«ain.>i ) rHumCI 'u ; 
 
 ^xNUtAx. AM«J»u»eB^Son^ANO PnoDvcrfbnti} 'The genir- 
 Ml appearance of Hanover varies -with , the sitoation as to the 
 Kovlh-and 9iitath> tifae former being plain, and cdntvning se- 
 tefal tracti of beAth, sand, and naTsh;^ anci the; latter hv»g. 
 (^▼ersified by hill» of various magoitHder And lometitnes rising 
 to the' height of considerable mountains*. The soU in general 
 produces abundance of corn, fruit,, hemp,. Base, tobacco, mad- 
 4tt, pdt4iei!bs of all kinds, and some vrine^ There list plenty 
 of wofod V which is used for ^1, fo»r azchiteetu«e, and to SUip- 
 piyt'oonsidferalile quantities of tar. and: piteh>> Most metals and 
 minen^s vtt found here ^ there axe several e^itensiTe ; salt, 
 wotks^^ eatde and horses . of rexcelient qualitioff' aa$ rear^ in 
 gseat: vtmiAiers ^ . and the chief articles of i export {^re^ ssflt, 
 tmn^t iron, caAthe and. horses* The established uM^gion'of^ 
 Hanover is' Lutfaeranism, vrith.a p^ct tokradfin to every 
 other iKSfOBskfiu The state of litccature is y^^^^e^tfctable; 
 tspcdMHy siaci (heeka!blilliment*Qf the Universi^iaf Gottingen, 
 nrfaidi; was iiundcd hy George {I. in the year T734. It en- 
 joys 60 professors, and usually contained about :8oo students. 
 The capital C)ty is Hanover, Tvhich is agreeably situate in a 
 
PltT II. 
 
 EUEOPl. ' 
 
 Qmmant. AN«r«i.<»>TcniMnca.<««Productipfi». 
 
 509 
 
 sandj plain, ea tlMnmr Ltiac^ia. tbtLpribctptlity; cl Cid«n- 
 butig.'- It eontaiiu about 15^000 inkabitMts* md U-forlificU ) 
 but not strongly.' The govvnimant wat '•xcctdingly mlU iwad 
 gcDtlc ^ tba Mvaraign nuthority bavmg baenia tha baada pf if 
 rcgcaoy a^poiatad by tba £lactor, bis StitMiwa Ma^nKf » and 
 tbepaoi^ bmriog baaa rapxcientad bylJia asaaililiaaiaC tba 
 states, fiut at praiant this fine countrir ia in the posMwion of 
 the Ftvnch, tvbo direct ail ibiags by tba undisputed autboiitj • 
 oftbaaword. ^- - - >;j- 
 
 Previously to tba lata vraf, the boase of Bavana possetwd 
 tbe Dutchy (fonnerly tba ElcctMate) of Bavaria* asdtbo Pa* 
 latinate of tbe Rhine, with various other tarritorias, as follows: 
 Tb«I>utcby of- Bavaria, and the Higher Palatioata» or that 
 of Bavaria, in the ciaele of the sanoe nana ', the Palatinate of 
 tbe Rhine, 'in the Cirela of the Low'ec Rlnne y the Dutd^r tfC 
 Denx-PoMs in tba U^ea Rhine > tbe P'^chy of Julian iis 
 Westphalia ) the Mov^uisate o£ Bcrgen'op^Zoom, end - tbia 
 Lordship of Rbvtnstcin hi the NatherlasidB. fiat biy tlM late 
 arrangemems, he has been derived of all tha possessions which 
 he hitii on the left of tl^e Rhine, as tvett aaof a pact of tbe Pa<> 
 latbateon the rigUt of that mtr ) and has received bf way 
 of indemnify, «be bishoprics of Passau, (with the exoeptMM of 
 the part assigned to the afchduke of SakvWtg) oi Banbafg, 
 Aitchstada, PlieisiaBigen and Augibuag^ 4he psovostshap^ of 
 Kepton; the imperial towns of lottaabiurg, Weassembaig, 
 Windsheim, Sehweinfurt, Gochshum, Sennefield, AUthausen, 
 Kempten, Katlieuren, ManMHiigm, DinJccnsfaul, Nordlingen, 
 Ul«vBap6n|;eft, Buehera, Waugan^ I,«htkircb,JUve|i9biirg, 
 and Alscliaasa*^ aadtha lijibeyrsff St Ulcic, Isaea« Waog^n, 
 SoefHingen^ ^EkhtngeiK, Uiabe>g,> Rochenbw^t Wcltfnlr»iaan, 
 Otfbenron and Kidsordieiti. fni-uiif 4*nsi linm^Aaiti^d ^^.m 
 
 11 2 
 
 b^Hqu. 7 
 
Sio 
 
 ZtJAOPt^ 
 
 PART It, 
 
 OiRMANT. An«r<0— 4aii«fTowMxReligion* 
 
 "IVtirtrmhurg. 
 
 "TV Dutchy of BaTttria it dWided into Upper and Jjowtt', 
 iht former, which Met to the South, being in a great degree 
 iMfUntainoui, and covered with forests, intersperMd with rivers 
 and lakes ) and the latt«r, which liesto the North, being more 
 plain, uniform and fertito. The Upper I'alatinate lies N6rth 
 of both, and is intersected hy the j^rittcipality of Sulttbachi 
 
 The capital of Bavaria is MtinncH or Muhchen, one of the 
 most elegant and populous cities of Germany for its site. It 
 stands on the river Iser, about 70 miles South of Ratisbon. 
 The number of inhabitants is near 40,000. The elector's pa- 
 lace is a very grand and hiagnificent building, consisting of se- 
 vt!ral courts furnished and adorned in the most splendid man« 
 ner. It contains, (or at least lately contained) an amazing 
 colIecUon bf jewels, antiquities, and curiositifes. The great 'hall 
 is 118 feet long, and $1 feci broisd ; bnd thb stair-ckse leading 
 to it from top to bottom, is of marble and gold; The gardens 
 of tht palace are also very fine. Ther^ are hiany other noble 
 buildings in this city ^ paAioulerly the ridingvhbuse, the to^im- 
 hbuse, the opera-room^ the Jesuits collegfc^ the largt «di#ce for 
 tournaments, the chutch«s, convents, fouhtains, &.c. .*t'<"H>(n(» 
 
 The rell^on of Bavaria is the Roman Catholic j (h« govern- 
 ment is arbitrary, though thefe are states, consisting of clergy, 
 nobility and burgesses. • The iiAabitants have not beeh dis- 
 tmguished in anjr department of literature \ but they are vi- 
 gorous knd rbbust in their persons, aild wdl adapted to the fa^ 
 tigues of Wan Thert is, hoiVevet-, «n University at Inr :- 
 stadt, and afi academjr of scknces at Munich^. - 
 
 iifJ-nC. Wurtemhurg, .'v.'Mi: 
 
 The territories of the Duke (now Elector) of Wurtembur^, 
 lie chiefly in the Circle of Swabia, and comprehend the great- 
 er and more fertile part of that circle. He formerly possessed 
 also the principality of Montelliardj and some territory in Al- 
 
Fa&t. H. 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 rt 
 
 tRC« and F»nche>Coiat< y in Ueu.of iyhichth« ha» received (he 
 provqs^p of £)w«ngcn ) the abbey of j^wiaalten ^ and the 
 imperial jtowiis of Wi<l» Reutlingcn, jlothwcll, Gie9ge>i, Au* 
 Un-haU, Cjn^i^ndt and Heilbionii )!ai\d haa beep ccettted an elea- 
 ta/r pf the empiiret i° room of one; of the ccclcsiastu^al electof a. 
 The greater part ofitJw Dutchy of WurtcroburgM pleasant 
 and fertile) and the i;aouataini of the Black Forest on the 
 West, and pf - the Al^ m the South and East, diversifysjthe 
 ai^afaoee *^rik^ icoiuitry, gnd fu^rnijiih wood ju)t fuel a^ othet. 
 po^poieii and a variety of mine*. ,.The chifef produttions arej 
 grain of various kinds ^ of wluo^ considerable (j^aantitiies are 
 exported. There are i^me vineyaifds on the baoka ofthe. 
 ^Jeckar} but thf qvuntity of v/ipf which is made in the coun- 
 try is not great. There are nunes q£ silver .nfiu FceudoHtadt, 
 Konigswarty «pd JCenigsteiji} f^d jof ;copper at Kmugswfnrt, . 
 Freud^nstgdt, and Guttach ;ie»v Hojr^bfrgf (^obalt^ fulphur,. 
 ooaj, porcelain, clay» marble, alHbw^r„ai^4>,^^ock-salt are also, 
 found in th(p cjo^nntry* There are Wf-ewlff many warm b^s. 
 andn^dicinal springs. The religion is the Lutheran ^ atul 
 the chM^ch is governed by four ^uperintii^dants, called abbots, 
 and-gSii r»wl ,«teH»^ .4 «yW^, W M4i mPyrV^ Mi^f I W-. 
 
 , ..The. principal city, i^ SoruTOAiip, which is agreeably situi^te 
 on a small streaq^.v^hiQlji fiills in^ the Neck^r. In this city 
 there are. some fl^gaut buildings, a c^inetof ji^tural an^ arti- 
 ficial curiosities, i^4 ^^ academy of sdencps. The second city 
 is Tubingen on tl^B, Neckar. It is^ the, seat of a very respectn 
 able university, founded in 1477, and which used to contain 
 about 300 students. ' . r- 
 
 , . , . , 7* -oaden, 
 
 ihe Margrave (vm^w ^ctor) ,of .ipadep^s,in consequence 
 
i»i 
 
 l^OUOPt, 
 
 VAfifP^if* 
 
 • III -I - - I -, -iTi'i I II HI I I I — wWMw— www 
 
 vexy considerable extent of territory within the pi #i iit ftrttg 
 
 of Gtrmtmj } harinj^, {n iretttm ibr his part of the cbinty of 
 
 Spanheiitt, and his Ittid^ smd Ibitdiihl^ in ihe LtixeMborg and 
 
 AHiaci^, t«c«iv«l f be<1t>hhofrtie of ' C<hilstance %' the* )raflt ivitbtri 
 
 th^'Khin« of the falshofttieiif *8]>ire, Baaleand Stmbtng (•with 
 
 th^etfeepeioRk tb btf-afte^^tds node«tf) $ thrPalatine ba}li<> 
 
 wlikt<(tf^«iieiAi^, Brett^n;' and H«idell>^r^y utith the eitim 
 
 4$f He^tferg <hd' MaiAeiiir $ tht In^riil totitas of Offiitt- 
 
 hiii^, 2«&«HMieT«ha<il^ ' Gcngenbieh, llife»Hiig«A^ BiberMh, 
 
 ?fi&IiiK<orf, and Wimpfcit; tlie tbbeys of ^Schirarrtcb; Fl^anx 
 
 iMMAbj' AifeivHiKiligett, ijditetriSial, Gergenbaeby £tiefthditt< 
 
 MuiiAa^'Fetei^hiuiMt, and Sftfanaaswtrser.' Hibts alM bMQ 
 
 >dt«tia''arttlec«br'idr^fheeiQph«;'» rf-rf«-';<M*fttj.-»vAi.t.H- .*(«v 
 
 ^1*Ke'MargravM6 bf Btden Kes fh-th*€ible'df S^bia,'i(i4 
 
 tHhiUdililkKiif^' t*ic eaMtf*^ bankt of ther Rhine for « ipace ol 
 
 '^H^M^yb' iiiilcft« th(Mi|h:Kiih conridtnMo^^ intemipitiens^ ywnd 
 
 ju«^<Mtiti)n il^at'>'S^ ijaaiv mikif ofi-'SitfAiftCfitnibinearijr 
 
 j200,ooo inhabitants. From this circumstance, alone, it urill- 
 
 appear, that the coiAitf Is iex#dncty ^populous, and conse- 
 
 <]ik4AI;^f(i^9l> V^)>^ ^ infhiSt^theicsie: fttbotOKb itftgrain 
 
 of iLV ']uildr,itndptodQoes plenty of wifle* Vdiiswi and w8d- 
 
 rewt ^cte JKJi'pliiiUful thitt (ney'tfre^ tiW' oonuMOn'diirt 'Of thcpsa' 
 
 aftfltf. ^'^fr rhtri alto yidd |^at tntttililefy of fishJ The ^- 
 
 flb^fb^ th^fr' hogsf S¥ith chesnut#, b)F #h^h Mettm^ their bactfn 
 
 iiflf ittftrt eitJfclleht qteftfity;' IHrty hatve frie-ttone fcr^)«ild- 
 
 ]A)^^ Atld ihaitbte'^^ tr|^etat variety of t^elftars^ and sottteaga^e. 
 
 They rear large qtnM itkis (^ Kemp knd ^y,i bodi for home 
 
 cOtisimilptidii' an^ for kxportation. Tbe^ ctfpittl^tfexi• seated 
 
 «oh ibdby ainiataeveft ^otkidi so that the streets tire crooked, 
 
 ipifedpi^tks imd inconvenient. Ii%is& cattle tituate on a high 
 
 MS, MkB 1* fllt^ r^^dt^e of tho lUector.^ The phtce is fa. 
 
 SDous for its baths, the sprin^^ of which are said to be 300 in 
 
i»A*¥..li. 
 
 £UROI»£» 
 
 513 
 
 QinWA^v;; \4(*kfi!9i9mMr-^^:M^ 
 
 Mimhar^MMr «C ^fAmk,S(^ny^m^ ptf^JMS^ 
 
 The Archbishop o£^ Meats, \yhci i«lifre4iMt7 «^;h*chfQ«t!l> 
 knr of OtMnMy^rhaiir^iim <e«iM«QQ<9G«^9f the Ut^ a^npgc- 
 maattr Wtn <lepm«4 «( the &f ^attr (lact of hi« ip««im.iM»> 
 fMnoMv «£ ; which ho ivlmni ^); «h^ J^Uwick p{ A<c)|i#»- 
 bMf 9, ra the right of the Main* ( laai^ rfcqived, by. ^y. pH iifir 
 4tai>il74the impeiiiil atiesof Ra^st^itASkd.W^Uierv yiifji 
 pati of Weitabourg ) m well «i th« ahlttjri 9i. Sv. J&iBfi^9% 
 Ob<lf•^2^^sttr,»^ im4 Ntt4er-Mufi«tcr« jmA »■ stpn]^ sfoiU^r 
 aUi^ »s ibaU »aaki»^ w anmialreifciivi*. of a nii^9a.«i(j9- 
 ruis* He is cotitiBUcd: Mch'Ch«ncflUiOK'^ that emfir^t.^'vii^ ))\e 
 titl«.{«f. £)eelov,of Atehaicnboaifs, «ii4 Cout^t of .Wel«l9pr» 
 ht» Mskleace i» t«uufiDfr«4 £»» MAAts to.&ati<b09» Ii4ih^ 
 jurisdiction as piraate of the Gennan church* is X».a$m^ 
 over all Germany, with the exception of the Prussian staiP^i^ 
 
 
 ?>^n;'^ 
 
 w *vnli}- 
 
 
 . The tefiiKH;]r 4f th* JLawJgwve Cnow ^Ifct^r) <4 ll<?*f^ 
 l^S6c^«aiipr^fadf aif ea|cn|«f about 990 .a^ua^e n^sv^f 
 jmrfaoei wfi^ ahoVft ,)oo«09Q inbahiunt«, Jt ii, aitus^viv^l^ie 
 CiffcJia 9f th# Vitpcf |ll;ia>«. F<>nacrly h(» p9«sessed the f os^. 
 ;>f MOMS :teK»«o«^ lof lUwie&hifc aad St (^qpc <q tl^, l^(.^«pi^ 
 of iihe AhiMi M aiv indcnptty tor whwh ha htf 4'9C«?ve4 the 
 Mofik iocloc^<«<of AaMnehws ami X«ital»it WA^ Uwif <k* 
 {«iuica«ie#^ and the viUa|^ of £Ukh4HS«<»* >^ ,: <. {-a 
 
 Tlia QOMatry of Hefltc Cas^el is k gtiifial hiUy.i .l)Ni>)li}ls 
 
 ««}domoraev«B:riui»g to thi'! '\Uitu4a of wovntaiasi ^ lacing 
 
 .mostly grecD; or ««v<r«(l witk wood, The vaWies w^,v#ph 
 
 1^ hiMs are ihtcxsjperstid ava excaidiflgl^ pl«9UAt,jfAd JflH' 
 
 
 I i 4 
 
 •f- '(ij /mKuI ?U l^iis. 
 
SH 
 
 EU^HO^'El 
 
 Paet II. 
 
 
 assonle vhieyards.' llie eoUntry abotinds ivifh gctnt^ aittd'fidi-<; 
 
 and ther^ are mtmy fosrili attd min^^rals. The p^ncipal mines 
 
 are of silver, coppeV^'lead, coal^^ With porcelain clay, and some 
 
 VilhVbf,lii*ft*S?^^*ai«ibatetei-. ^-'i^i-i"^^ mrtMamL i.iti-*-;, 
 
 * '^miir«i%ligi6h is Mhe~i«feftted % Biid*flf« ^ 4hh4birffnt» \txi]af ^ 
 
 iSikti^g!ifRlibertyiirii«itosi«eent with an ^bitfary gorvtemment. 
 
 TtMire* arfe stft«es bf three oWlitr»^ here a» in the other monarchies 
 
 bf Ge^fifily^ ' Tfc^^ief ^ity is Oassel, sitaateon the declivity 
 
 ^6t'% ItiH'ricJitf tiui'ti^^er .Fnld*. It «onti^n$ aboitt 32,000 ^ 
 
 'h^U^krltsvis'feHltfied'i but not r^ltirlj^; and-has l)een dften 
 
 ^tit^^liy'War,' Tlfe M^8^nns'klenv«»ioi»e trade from the na. 
 
 ' ttirrf^ifrodtietiAn¥bf thiir eouiitrjri «f*d ftotii a few iHanofafctates 
 
 ^6l Blt^ny fc!b^ and 6tri<ft<-^aiticle§. they a^e 
 
 Veifeliil^e^r 'hoarding' thfeir liv<is in ibrifclgm ivavs, bein^ oft. 
 
 '^ifn ^ployed aiTne'rcenaty ti*oop4 byiiHtinj^ftf the other powers 
 
 "'ctflStlt'dlpei'^ ■♦■"''"■^'-••' i-';>i'':-"J»-'* ^'"■. i-u '.iur.'i X .;., .i<u;i :;::,■■,,. 
 
 . »!».(*ni(f»!<} ' I auMt,. 10; Jfleckienvur^m ,,tt^mf^m -ii*:'-' 
 
 ^ !^!}%e Outchy of Ate6K!le1iburgi'(W|Ji^hending the Dutchies 
 
 ofS^hWei^ ahd^f Gtlsftro, iA thb^^iittfe 6f Lowef Sakony, is 
 
 'nbbiit -lid ndletriH l^ng^, and'6o at )t« greatest breadth ; -ftnd 
 
 " coWiains ' about 300^06© - inhabitants^ -^ vThe soil is- -very poor, 
 
 cOnsistihg in general ol'satid j the ^#(t^li face of the country 
 
 **bielAg'*<ioreted TnA* largd^sokti htfaths^'intersjtersed with 
 
 -'tnd6t<^^(ifeod«,^iiiJrTshe>',^tind' lakes. It yields very little wheat; 
 
 imd'bift 'liidiffertot«rop9 Msif oatdv ryc^ <>nd barley j but rears a 
 
 comiderabte ntimbtr df sheep* and ca^le. Ifhe riversand lakes 
 
 aflbrtl% gW<* i^Umbfet of fish j-and thew are stewe^juairrics, 
 
 • 8alt^^^g#;^hd'1ilufo,vmh'mines<>f ih)ii and copper in various 
 
 •pwki#'lh«'<^n<t^l The principal rivers are the Elde and 
 
 flt6r,^^ii6h ttafr'So^waTd4Htoithe Elbe; and the Reckenitz, 
 
 \\\Jl >ll% ;M.V <(i 
 
 :*!«.•-**• 
 
fjATiL 
 
 EUROPB. 
 
 S15 
 
 sfoa 
 
 am 
 
 
 The wly harbours in the country are tho;e <x£7|t<>f%oc;l^,;,s^ 
 the mouth of the Wamo, and pf Wismar, at the mouth, qitk^ 
 Lewitz. ..;',>M'HV?U"^ ■ ' '< „ -.^Jui-^'^t 
 
 if 'In thiicoikntry. the peasants are ti| a 8tate<>f vlUaiai^e^ 1)ut 
 the ikc^flity «njoy ,p««nsidcrfib}e pciyUeges* The states are cop< 
 .posed of the nobility andof the towns ^and are assBmUe4 yearr- 
 ly to regulate the taxation.,. IThey meet alternately ^vStei;ici* 
 berg Euid Malehin* The religion is Lutheran ; but th^rc are 
 some Calvinists and Roman Catholics. The.; principal cities 
 are Sohw^in, on the West, side of the la^^ pf thess^men^uae^ 
 and Gustro, pa the, riv^r ^feb^l,. a brapch of |he Wrarntv > 
 There is an University at JElpstQck, There ^r^ feW;9i;u>u£EU^ 
 turesin,MeckI«nburg.: Thit.iexppf^s are f)ax, Vivp* hop!;, 
 wax, ho»ey, cat^e^ butter*. ^I^es|B,,>&;uits, feathers, dried ^ec^ 
 tallow, lintrsee^l, wopl jind tip^bi^. tj atOTsV mir ;rur.| «7irs;r 
 Of the house of Mecklenburg there are two families sdU 
 subsisting : viz. that of Sf^werin, and that of Strelitz. The 
 latter commenced in Duke; Adplphus. Fi^erick IL y<^nger 
 brother of the- l>wke of Schwerin, am^ gjrandfatl^i; .«{f ^c DvJtJt 
 of StTelitK, Adolphufi Fi^rick IV., whose second sis|ex Uha: 
 present Majesty. the que^n of Great ^Britain aq4 ^'^e^^.c'^w' 
 
 .;;/<The Duke :o£ ^Brunswick possesses a territoxy ia the Circle 
 of Low^r S^SQiiy. of near 1500 square miles;, with 170,000 in- 
 habitants. The.face of, the coiu^xy resembles that of the Elec- 
 torate <Kf Hanover, by which it is .almost surrounded. The 
 capital is Baawsw^CK, a large and forMfi^od city, on thebank^ of . 
 the river Ocker, by which it is di^ded into two neady^qu^l 
 parts. It contains 24^000 inhabitants. The town of .Wq1£bu- 
 buttle, though of r.muf:U less importance, gives its name.jfco the 
 principality ; and from hence the Duke is styled, the Puke of 
 
il« 
 
 JtUftOfC. 
 
 Vart II, 
 
 OMMkirf . JMlM^wf^. 
 
 
 lil» MtMltl Wf«M§k HiktUMi it 
 
 s^htpvHtit ^itiMt i)i ihc tVtYAA^i&fttit «f Sblttbiirg h 
 tlr^hte Gtand £)tike^ l^tMHstil;^ , MW «ty)ed th* HLMh^Dakft 
 of 3«ltcbai^. Tog«tk4» vHth tlri^ fettitoty, Im hai tcceived, 
 for TtiKafly and ks dei>end«iMicii,«lte(w«vo«tBhi(i«f>B«rHoh- 
 girdett > tHe bhboprici of Tttnt Md Brixen ) that pattt of the 
 %iihdprte «f P«Mau whkh lies htyt/hd the llla^ «nd the Inn oti 
 thc'^di of AwitriBj with the eMet>fHXt of the «ub«rbs of Pac 
 t«u afid « line of p6 tdises ) the t!»bcy«« ckaptott, and con- 
 irents uhi#"^ in the above- meft^oned dtoeeses^ »Nd«ll the mo- 
 <!iate dM{iters in Austria^ The an:hb!«ho|»tio of Sakcburg, 
 «nd the other piincipalititet i«Hr eonneef ed whh it, asetobe 
 taken from the Qrcle of Bavaxia, %nd incorporated in the 
 Circle of Auitria. 
 
 tlie territory of Saltcbdrg Atmi 'fvhich^ has ^« fallen into 
 the pOBsesuon of ^e Duke of Twtmyi ii anf OKtenftve and 
 valMbW eowftry, oontaining^ abovt l,j09 sqitart miles of sux- 
 4b4ii Iniid 9i5o,ooo» mhal»t«nt«, iwkh a» aniidjd t^^enue sf 
 aoOjCtJtili sterKng, The fade 9! the ^Sbttntry H very ntoua- 
 tainous *, but it yields excellent pasturage, and consequently 
 sbounds in cattle and horieif) th^ latcet of which are remark- 
 able for their n»ettle and hardint:**. The country is particu- 
 larly ftHtnous ^r yiekHng f^eat (quantities of Mh. There are 
 a!»yc^ ftid » it ti t>l < mineft of ^M, stiver, ceppeiv Wad| i«on, and 
 lapis en^brminaris, vrith ^uvrrles of marble, and a hot spring. 
 The ttttigiM tithe R<NMlHi<OathoIie. The principal rivers 
 are, the Salta, the Itm, ilM £ac, and the Moct ; tvhieb are 
 well fltoted vfHH fish. Th* eapitil city fe Saltiiburg, which 
 atanda tm^'^SdttA^ is a Isrge and haftdsotaoe town, and strong- 
 ly fortiSedi . Oftc part ef it stands on a steep rock, and is well 
 
Paut II. 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 ■■■■■■■■I 
 
 Okkmamv. 
 
 Bte! 
 
 Stfit*iurg'—i4(i4tiiM t>itlenbourS. 
 
 ig well 
 
 bttilt ) tet the strMts sum niitnMf, ihd b«dly pttvtKl. , THtl 
 castle is very Mrong, and generaHy well provided in pr6vr>ionk 
 aiut warlike storet. There aro besides matiy noble buildings ; 
 among which, three palaces '^Idngmg to the late archbishop, 
 the CittlrtdtaU (dedicated to $( Rupert, a ScotehMaH, the 
 apostle M Bavirit^) the lutnxner «nd'1i*ittter riding, ticlfools,' de - 
 serre to be particularly tnentiotied/ There ^re also aii Uni- 
 veMitjr ind two coUeget. Tbe city contains about 2o,ood in* 
 hMbitanta* < •• ' > 
 
 TftiNT^ which stind* in ft pleasant and fertile ^li^, «tmdit' 
 the high and lofty mountains of the .Alps, and on the bknks of 
 the Adige, is famous for being the seat of the last fecomentcal 
 council^ 'the decisions of which; are now the 'Standing rule of 
 the Romish Church. I'his council as-iembled in the year i J4j» 
 and continued by -25 aesstons till the ycitr 1 565^ 
 
 13. Nassau Dilleiibourg, , ^ m,-^ 
 The C^unt of Nassau DiUenbourg, who is also WiMiatf^T; 
 Prince of Orange, and formerly Stadtholdef of Holland, -is 
 possessed of considerable territory in Germany. If^'he smitH 
 principality of Orange isutuate on the Kat^tern bTiuks of the 
 Rhoae in Frai^e v ^<><^^'*<: thie was first introdiKed into the 
 family of Nassau by the taarriage of Claude ;<i.' Chalons, sistcf 
 to the Prince of Orange, with the Count of Nassau in 1530^ 
 In 1713 the principaUfy was confirmed to the king of France -, 
 but the Ifitle was ittill retMned by the family of Nassau. WiU 
 11am priBce of Orange, was elected stadtholder of Che United 
 Provinces in the year 1 579, and the stadtholdership continued, 
 with some interruption, in fats family till the year 1^95, whcti 
 he was obliged to leave .Hollattd with^ fats Ihnnly, on thie.api* 
 proach of the French.-—-" f^^"- •■'■ *"'■' ■ '*^ *r"^-v-'i;A-.5i'. *t-^^* 
 The Gerraaa possessions of this prince, previously to the 
 late arrangements, we^, the principalities of Dillcnbourg, and 
 
^I^ 
 
 EUIIOPE. 
 
 PartII, 
 
 GiRMANY. Nassau DUlenbfMrg. — Nassau Elshige/t. 
 
 and Siegen, and tke counties til Difets and Ha4anuic» in the 
 ciicle of the Upper Rhine 'y ^d ^a^ nn indemiutjr fyr hi$ domi- 
 nions in Holland and Belgiuop^ he. ha« recp^yed the .bishopric 
 ©f Ft^lda and the abbey of Coryiey. -3*:(ij[ ,( jiu , ;. 
 
 The onginal te|-ritoriei of |hc prince of Na^s^a Di^enbourg 
 in Gernnny, may be supposed tp comprehend vbojit lOoo 
 square miles of surface, with 75,000 inhabitants. The country 
 i»ia general mountainous and w<>9dy* vt^tb. 8pm«. fjpa^le and 
 pasture ground, and an excellent breed of cattle. It hi^ good 
 quarries of stonr,, some silver and vitriol, copper and jead. But 
 the most valuable article is iron, of which there is great abim- 
 dance, by the smelting and manufacturing of which the inha- 
 bitants chie% sub&ist, 1 he religion i« the reformed pr (j^ilvin- 
 
 The bishopric of Fulda, also in, the Upper ]^hiae, contains 
 about 700 square miles of territory and ^0,000 inhabitants. 
 The capital is Fulda, a considerable town, situate oti the river 
 of the saoie name. It was ibi:m«srly' celebifated fftr its abti^y, 
 tdie ahbpt of which was primate, o£-*ll the nbheyg of^the.empins, 
 and perpetual chancellor to the emperor, -.ummo ^^^i-**".*,! • 
 
 The abbey of Corvcy is situate on the west side of the 
 Weser, in the circle of Westphalia, being almost sur|:o}mded 
 by the bidbopric of Paderbom. ^je i*ji* ^^i<J»«4.;i<» Aftiiv . 
 
 14 JSassau Jblsingen* 
 
 - ^I%is ptsnct; tvhose territories lay on the wefi|;,9£the Rlune, 
 has by way of iudemnity received th^ parts jof tl)e electorate of 
 Mentz which Ue on the right of the, Mgi&eXwi^h the excep- 
 tion of the bailiwick, of Aseha0eobui;g) > and those parts which 
 lie between the Maine, the : county of Darmst^t, and the 
 county of Frbach ; Caub, and the remainder of the electorate 
 of Cologn (with the reservation of the county, of Altwied); 
 th convents of Selingenstadt and Bliedenstadt j the cpunty of 
 
Part IL'i 
 
 EUR.OPE. • 
 
 5i5f 
 
 Gkrmany. Nassau (■Vie/burf^. — Brisgau—^Stvedish Pomerania. 
 
 Sayn-Alten-Kfrchcn ; and after the death of the margmfe ^ 
 Anspach, the villages of Soden and Soultzbach. ' v 
 
 15. Nassau Wtelburg, 
 
 ' This pnrice^ in addkion to the miall hereditary property in 
 the Upper Rhine, fiwm which he derives his title, has, in re- 
 turn for hh third of Saarwarden, and the lordship of Kircben*^ 
 Pollauden, received the retoainder of the electorate of Treves, 
 with the abbey of Amstein, and that of Marienstadt. 
 
 16. Brisgau, 
 
 Under this head I place the new dominions of the late duke 
 of Modenain Italy 5 who in return for that dutchy has received 
 the territory of the Brisgau and the county of Ortemu in tlie 
 circle of Swabia. The BHsgau lies along the eastern banks of 
 the Rhine, and is about 50 miles in length, and 50 in breadth. 
 The chief towns are Friburg and Brisac. The Ortenau is also 
 fituate on the eastern banks of the Rhine, a little north from 
 the Brisgau, and formerly belonged to the bishop of Strasburg. 
 The religion of both is the Roman Catholic. 
 
 ■ >mtmm''fft'i'^f*:-X7' Swedish Pomerania, 
 
 That part of the dutchy of Pomerania in Upper Saxony 
 which belongs to the king of Sweden, is about 70 miles in 
 length, and 25 in breadth j being bounded on the north by the 
 Baltic ; and^ separated from the dutchy of Mecklenburg by the 
 rivers Reckenit% and Tttbel ; and from Prussian Pomerania by 
 the riv^F Pesne. The country is flat, and contains many lake? 
 forests, and woods. The air is in general cold, and the soil 
 not very vich *, yet the cowitry abounds in pastures, . and pro* 
 duces good crops of com, of which a great deal is exported. 
 It has several very good harbours j and Stralsund, the capital,-. 
 Was once a very rich and important trading place. It stands 
 
 /■ 
 
5» 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 Pakt IK 
 
 Gkrmavy. Anbalt.—'HHsf Darmstadt. 
 
 on tUe narrow etreight which aepantei the island of Rugcn from 
 the continent. The raligion of Poraerapia ia the rcionncd. 
 
 la. AnhaU. 
 
 • The principality of Anhalt, in the circle of upper Stxony, 
 is wtuote about the deniluauee of the Mulda and Saal with the 
 Elbe s and comprehend*; a surface of about I090 aqutre miles, 
 with 100,030 mbabitanti. The house of Anhah, l&om which 
 the electqraof Saxony and Brandenburg are said to be descend- 
 edj is a very ancient and honourable family, and has produced 
 many princes who make a splendid figure in the history of 
 Crermany> in 1586, the printipality was cqoaUy (tivided 
 among the five surviving sons of Joachim Ernest ; but iiU of 
 them agreed to submit to the oldest } and in his family the 
 supreme authority is vested. This it the family of Anhalt 
 De^tttt : the pthcrs are Anhalt-Bemhurg \ Schaamborg \ 
 Cdethen; and Zerbst. The country is fertile And well peopled. 
 It abounds in cetm) and €Xports<:QnsiderabIe quantities of beer* 
 
 u. .:. 19' Hesse Darmstadt, 
 
 The German territories of this prince, before the last wai^ 
 which lay in dififerent parts of the Upper Rhine, were compu- 
 ted at abcttt 400 square miles $ in addition to which he has 
 since received, in return for the county of Lichtcnburg in Al- 
 sace and its dependencies on the'left side of the Rhine } the 
 pahttthe bMliwick of Lindleld, and Otzburg, and the remain- 
 ing part of the bailiwick of C%>penheim ; the dutchy (^ West- 
 phalia^ -itith the «xc<ption of the indemnities granted to the 
 pHnceof Wingensteii^) the Mentz bailiwicks of Getnsheim, 
 ficn^»m,' »id Hoppenbeim^ the remaiTuter of the bishopric 
 orWomn} UTid the town of Friedberg. The capital of his 
 dmnmicms is Darmstadt, a considerable city on a small nver of 
 
lU 
 
 FlRT Ih 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 Sit 
 
 ■at-uuag 
 
 GERifANV. Hamte Towm, mid Imp eriai Okies. 
 
 wm^mmmmmmmmmmmammmmmmmmmimaissss 
 
 the sine luupe, wbiob falls i«lD ihc Rliinfi above M«ntx)* 
 There i& an univcrsitjr at Giessen oo the X#i(Vn. 
 
 20. Hante Totens, and Imperial Citm. 
 
 The wwd ifcifiM n «a*4 to b« of Teutonic prtgtn, and to sig« 
 nxijy association, of confedenu^, Hcne* it \»* been 8ppU«d to 
 an amooiation of oeataia towns, priwipaUy in Gerinany, ionped 
 lbs the advanceounit and pioteciion of sofMaercc. In comeo 
 qucn^ of'the intccoaorM opened between Anif^ £(gypt» and 
 the (saisteraootintries of Europe, during the ebottnuaivcc of the 
 crusades, the Italiw jtetei, particularly thofc of Vsnice m^ 
 Genoa, estaUishcd a regular commejcce w«th the ports of Asia 
 Minor and of £g^pt, by whioh sbeans thty drew from thence, 
 alt the tiofa piroductiotts of India, which they di^pMed of to 
 great advantage aaumg the other nations of £urope> 'lowaru^ 
 the middle of the ijth oeatury, however* a spiitt of «QPU»«r- 
 cial activity began to awaken in xht north of Germsfty ^ but 
 its eiEarta Ipeing cestruned by the {Hratical depiiedauvns of the 
 Danes, tike Swedes^ and other Oationi on the Baltic, who were 
 at that time exti-emely barbarous \ the cities of Lubec and 
 Haaiburg, which hod opened some trade with the ]taU9i4tet>- 
 texied into a league for the mutual ikCtnce of their commerce. 
 From this union they derived such advantages that other towsa 
 acceded to their conlederacy ', and in a short tine above 70 of 
 the most considerable cities in the northern covMMtrles of £i>* 
 tope were jdmd in an alliance caUed the Htntmtic hemg^f, 
 which became at length so formidable Uutt its friendship waa 
 courted, and its enmity dreaded by the ^ eatest roonarchsb 
 lnt}it.i6th century, however, the.Hanic towns, in Germany 
 particularly, had oxcijted the jealousy aod resentment of all 
 the peighbpuring princes to such a degree, that they formed a 
 general confederaey agaiqst themt and commanded all the ci- 
 ties within their respective dominions to witbdfaw from the 
 
ii^ 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 PART II; 
 
 Oekm'any. Constitution of the Entpira. 
 
 union. The Hanse tornit, on the other hand, prudently put 
 themselves under the protection of the fcmpire, and so maintain- 
 ed their confederacy without being any longer envied by their 
 neighbours. This union, however, has been for some time dis- 
 solved, and tio^ each city carries on a trade separately for it« 
 self according to existing treaties. 
 
 The chief of thefe is Hamb'tro, sitdate on the north side of 
 the Elbfe, which forms two spacious harbours, and likewise runs 
 through the greater part of the city in canals. The city was 
 fortified by Charlemagne in 808, and contains about 100,000 
 inhabitants. The religion is the Lutheran, and the form of 
 govermnent is Aristocratic, the town being ruled by a senate 
 of 37 persons: The bank was founded in 161 9 $ the trade of 
 the city was very e:itensive, and its credit high ) aind till the 
 commencement of the present war, it was the great mart of 
 British commerce with the different parts of the continent. 
 
 Imfteriai Cities in Germany, whether hanseatic or iiot, are a 
 sort of little commonwealths, which own no other head but the 
 empCror, and of which the chief magistrates, v^h the excep- 
 tion of doing homage to the emperor, are m other respects so- 
 vereign. The^ cities have a right to coin money, and to 
 keep forces and fortified places. Their deputies assist at the 
 Imperial diets, where they were formerly divided into two 
 branches, viz. that of the Rhine, which contained 22,' and that 
 of Swabia, vrhich contained 37. They are now reduced to 
 the following 8 \ viz. : Lubeck, Hamburgh, Bremen, Wetz- 
 laer, Frankfort, Knremberg, Augsburg, and Ratisbon. 
 
 CoNSTitoTioN OF THE Empire.} The ConstitutioH of Ger- 
 many is extremely complicated. Under Charlemagne, who 
 founded the German empire in the year 800, the form of go- 
 vernment was of course monarchical, and the imperial dignity 
 was hereditary in his family. Under this form, the govern- 
 
^AKT II. 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 5«3 
 
 Obkmamt. Constitution of tltc £mpirt. 
 
 meht of provinces was committea to persout vested with the 
 necessary authority, with the titlf^^f dukes. In smaller dis> 
 tricts, justice was administered by a comes or count \ called 
 in German a grqfi but from their courts lay an appeal to that 
 of the emperor, the president of which was stiled comes pitla- 
 tittuSf " count palatiiie/* or count of the palace* The frontiers 
 or marches were governed by a marquis } in German, markgrqfi 
 while more inland places were governed by a landgraf, ,x\^ \^ 
 A he weakness of the 8uc(Ses8ors of Charlemagne, and the 
 civil wars which took, place in the empire, soon deranged this 
 order of things. The dukes assumed a sovereign power in the 
 provinces which they were appointed to govern \ while the 
 emperor^ in order to strengthen the bond of personal attach* 
 ment, ratified to Others that sway which had been formerly de- 
 legated and dependent on his will. In both cases, the domi- 
 nion became hereditary \ and hence arose the modern constitu^ 
 tion of distinct principalities, acknowledging one head in the 
 person of the emperor* In process of time, the imperial digtii* 
 ty, instead of being hereditary, became elective \ and all the 
 princes, nobility, and deputies of cities, assumed at first the 
 privilege of voting \ but afterwards, the great officers of the 
 empire altered the mode of election in their own favour. In 
 the year 12391 ^^^ number of electors was reduced to seven j 
 who were, the archbishop of Mcntz, as great chanciellor of the 
 German empire \ the archbishop of Cologne, as great qhan^el- 
 lor of the empire in Italy \ the archbishop of Treves, as gre^t 
 chancellor of the empire in Gaul and Aries,) the king of Bo- 
 hemia, as cup'bearer \ the count Palatine, as high steward \ 
 the duke of Saxony, as grand marshal } the margrave of Bran- 
 denburg, as grand chamberlain \ and to these and to their des- 
 cendants, according to the right of primogeniture) the territo- 
 ries and high offices by whkh t,h,e electoral dignity is ccnvyejrr 
 
524 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 Part If, 
 
 ChtRMANY. Constitution of the Empire. 
 
 cd, ^ere confirmed by that famous constitution of Charles IV. 
 termed the GoUen Bull. In the year 1620, the elector Pala* 
 tinC) who hhd aspired to the crown of Bohemia, having been 
 defeated at the Battle 'of Prague, was deprived of his elec« 
 torate, which was tsansferred to the house of Bavaria. But 
 in the year 1648, his son was reinstated in a part of his domi« 
 nions by the treaty of Westphalia, and created an 8th elector 
 of the eiApire, A ninth electorate was created in the year 
 1693 by the emperor Leopold I., who raised the duke of 
 Lunenburg, ancestor to the king of Great Britain and Jreland, 
 to that dignity. 
 
 The present efetfors are the following nine. The electors 
 of Aschaffenbourg, Bohemia, Bavaria, Saxony, Brandenburg^ 
 Hanover, Wurtembufg^ Baden, and Hesse Cassel. • 
 
 On the death of MaFximilian L, and before the election of 
 Charles Vi^, the electors formed a bulwai'k against the imperial 
 power, by an instrument called the C^iftitulation^ containing cer- 
 tun articles of givernment, fo which he and all the emperors 
 elected since have sworn previouisly f o their investiture. 
 
 With these restrictions^ however, the emperor of Germany is 
 endowed with considerable privileges.^ Me grants to princes the 
 investiture in their dominions } confers tittes^ (which, in some 
 circumstances, are of high importance ;) and decides all rank 
 and precederice. Re can make cities, found uiHversities, grant 
 the privileges of fairs. He can also dispense with the tedious 
 terms of minority, and empower princes to assume the govern- 
 ment of their own dominions before they are of the legal age. 
 He has the power of givrng his negative to all new resolutions 
 and laws, though approved by the three colleges of the empire } 
 and when he disapproves, the resolution falls to the ground. 
 
 During the reign of an emperor, his presumptive successor 
 may be elected by the title of King of the Romans. When 
 tlus takes place, the king of the Romans succeeds, of course. 
 
l*AliT tl. 
 
 EUROPt. 
 
 iii 
 
 Ge>many. Comtitution of the Empire. 
 
 irej 
 
 b 
 
 on the decMie of the eioperor, and hU coronation confirms 
 him, without a second election. When the throne becomes 
 vtc«nt, »nd there has been no previous election 6l a king of 
 the Romans, the govcrnmeot is administered by vicars of the 
 empire, all whose acts are valid according to the constitution 
 of the Golden Bull, and must be afterwards confirmed by the 
 .emperor, agreeably to an article of his capitulation* 
 • The Diet of the empire is that assembly of the states in which 
 the legislative power of the empire resides* It consists of three 
 distinct colleges 'y viz* the college of electors, the college of 
 princes, and the college of free cities* The diet is usually held 
 at Ratisbon ) and the emperor, when present, presides in per^ 
 son ) when absent, by his commissary* The elector of As- 
 chaffenbourg, as chancellor of the empire, is director of the 
 diet* As first elector, he is also.dicectpr o£ the. electors ) as 
 are the ar<3h-duke> of Austria and Sakrhurg alternately of the 
 college of princes j and the minister of the city in which the 
 diet happens to sit, of the college of free cities* In all these 
 colleges, the resolutions of the majority are conclusive, ex<i> 
 Cept in the case of fundamental laws, which affiect the whojie 
 empire, or in matters relating to religion. ■ In these they must 
 be unammous* D-ztfirrj',; i'ihiii -tvi' ."ii-vtniit .•'^' -if,?, ■mi* ji- 
 
 The emperor must be the proposer of all g«netal law«*Wl^B 
 any, measure, after having become the 8ubja;t of separate delibe- 
 ration to the colleges of electors, and of priiKes, is joiiitlj 'ap- 
 proved by thetn, it is then canvassed by the college of free ci- 
 ties } and if agreed to, becomes a placitut^ of the empire. It 
 IS next submitted' to the emperbr for his negative or coiifirma* 
 tlon. If he approves, the measure becomes a ctniciusunty or ge« 
 neral law* If he disapproves, the resolution js of no effect. 
 
 The Imftertal Chamber is a court which Was originally esta" 
 bllshed by IviaximlHan I. in the year 1495, for the public ad- 
 
 -.as ,.: 
 
 **»«"./ •* *»«! ^fW^ 
 
 K k a 
 
 iTr;ntTA v 
 
Si6 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 pARt ir. 
 
 Germajty. Constitution of the Empire. 
 
 ^ 
 
 m?nf9tration of justice. It was first held at W<>rms, next at 
 Spires, and now meets at Wetzlaer. The members are, a 
 judge of the chamber, and 25 assessors, partly proteStants, and 
 partly papists. The president is appointed by the en^erbr, 
 hnd the assessors by the states* The court receives appeals 
 from inferior jurisdictions, and decides dubious titles. It also 
 adjudges all causes between prince and prince, and between 
 primies and private persons, according to the laws of the re* 
 spective parties or the imperial law, - - ; :j . -J 
 
 ' The ^7,'//c Cduncii may be considered "as areTl 'al of the an- 
 oient Palatine court, to which, as has been already observed, 
 appeals lay from inferior courts before the erection cf the im- 
 perial chamber j and it owed its establishment to the penetra- 
 tion and address of the emperor Maximilian I.^ That sagacious 
 prince foresaw, that though the circumstances of the empire 
 had made the states solicitous fcr tne erection of the imperial 
 chamber, yet the expentes of its establishment would make 
 ih'em ndgUtt its support •, and the event *oon justified his con-i 
 jecture. He accordingly revived the old palatine court j and 
 obtained the cohsent of the states to his measure, by allowing 
 them to add 8 to the tttirtber of assessors, and engaging to pay 
 all the salaries himself. The states perceived their error when 
 it was too late j for the emperor^ by keeping his own tribunal 
 always open, by filling its seats with men of urst-rate talents, 
 and by taking Care to have Its sentences duly and speedily exe- 
 cuted 5 drew all causes before it, to the great increase of the 
 imperial prerogative. * » 
 
 The Aulic council noW' subsists with equiil iuthority to that 
 of the Imperial Chamber ^ the appeal itota both being only to 
 the general diet. It consists of a president, vice-president, 
 and 37 assess(M:s, of whom 6 are protestants. 
 
 Commerce and Manufacturbk] The revocation of the edict 
 
Part II. 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 S^l 
 
 Germany. Commerce and Manufactures.-— History. 
 
 of Nantes by Lewis XIV. of France, which obliged the French 
 I^rotestaniitotake shelter in foreign countries, proyed of great 
 advantage to the German manufactures, njany of which were, 
 by the French refugees, brought to 9 very high state of per- 
 fection. The principal pianufactures of Germany, are, velvets, 
 silks, cotton and woollen stuffs, linen, fustian, ribbands, lace, 
 embroidered work, tapestry, paper, porcelain. They are also 
 expert in dressing leather, printing and dying j as well as in 
 fabricating all kinds of metal works, both tpassiye and minute. 
 Augsburg in particular, is famous for its productions in silver, 
 and Nuremberg for its ingenious wares in wood, ivory, stone, 
 metal, and glass. The situation of Germany, lying in the cen- 
 tre of Europe, possessing an extensive sea-coast, and intersect- 
 ed in all directions by navigable rivers, is highly favourable to 
 commerce. But the changes which have lately taken place in 
 the territorial arrangements of the states, in the alienation of 
 property, and the violation of the rights of the free cities; as 
 well as the present exclusion of foreign trade, by the mutual 
 jealousies of France and of England, must long and seriously 
 affect the commercial interests of this empire* 
 
 I 
 
 Minerals "1 The principal mineral springs belonging to the 
 .present sii..e. of Germany, have been already noticed ; but the 
 most celebrated of the German minerals, are those of Aix-la- 
 Chapelle and Spa ; which being on the left side of the Rhine, 
 will, by future geographers, probably be described under the 
 article France. 
 
 History.] The extensive country of Germany was in part 
 explored, but not wholly conquered by the Romans. Durin/^ 
 the period of the Roman encroachments, the country was di- 
 vided into a number of independent principalities, which occa- 
 
 ^1}- \v Ui-ilf-'ifvva 
 
 Kk3 
 
5^8 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 Part II. 
 
 Germany. History. — Charlemagne. — House of Austria. 
 
 sionally united for mutual defence against the common enemy. 
 The Roman policy and power, however, prevailed in subduing 
 a considerable part of Germany, and in reducing it to the form 
 of a province. After the fall of the Roman empire^ Germany 
 Was over-run by the Franks, who were originally a tribe of 
 that same country. Towards the end of the eighth century, 
 Charlemagne extended the power of his arms over the whole 
 of this country and the north of Italy, and was crowned em- 
 peror of the west in the year 800. His posterity did not pos- 
 sess equal talents with himself, his conquests were, of course, 
 divided soon after his death, and in the year 911, the princes 
 of the empire set aside the Carlovinian line, and placed Con- 
 rad duke of Franconia on the imperial throne. Since that 
 time Germany has be^n considered as an elective monarchy, 
 and princes of different families, according to the prevalence 
 of their interest and arms, have been raised to the imperial 
 dignity. Of these, the most considerable for above 500 years 
 were the houses of Saxony, Franconia, and Swabia. The reigns 
 of these emperors present nothing interesting to the notice of 
 the modern historian, unless the perpetual contests between 
 them and the popes be considered In that light. Out of these 
 arose, in the beginning of the 13th century, the factions of the 
 Guelphs and Ghibilines, of whom the former took part with 
 the pope, and the latter v, ith the emperor ; and both, by their 
 violence and inveteracy, disturbed the peace of the empire for 
 many succeeding ages. 
 
 In the year 1438, Albert II., arch-duke of Austria, •^ras 
 elected emperor, and the imperial dignity continued in the 
 male line of his family for above 300 years. Maximilian I., 
 one of his successors, married the heiress of the duke of Bur- 
 gundy, and by that means added Burgundy and the 17 pro- 
 vinces of the Netherlands to the possessions of the house of 
 Austria. His grandson, Charles V., vvho had succeeded to th(} 
 
Part II. 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 529 
 
 Germany. History Charles V — Reformation. 
 
 ras 
 
 10 
 
 ro- 
 of 
 
 crown of Spain, iu right of his mother, was elected emperor m 
 the year 1519. Diuing his reign, though contrary to his most 
 strenuous efforts, happened the Reformation of religion in Ger- 
 many J and Mexico and Peru were conquered by the Spaniards. 
 On the resignation of Charles, his brother Ferdinand was elect- 
 ed in the year 1556, while Philip II, the son of Charle?, suc- 
 ceeded to his other dominions. Thus were the dominions of 
 of the house of Austria divided between these two branches of 
 the family j both of whjch, however, continued very powerfjil. 
 
 F«rdinand, who died in 'the year 1564, having previously got 
 liis son Maximilian declared king of the Romans, ordered, in 
 his last Avill, that if either his o'vn male issue, or that of his 
 -brother diaries should fail, his Austrian estates should revert 
 to his second daughter Anne, wife to the elector of Bavaria, 
 and her issue. 
 
 Maximilian IL was succeeded by his son Rodolphus II, and 
 he by his brother Matthias, in tlie year i6i2. During his 
 leign, the Lutherans and Calvinists were so much divided 
 among themselves, as to threaten the empire with a civil war, 
 Matthias thought to have destroyed both parties j but their 
 common danger united them j and they formed a confederacy 
 for mutual defence, which was stilcd the Evangelic League. 
 The Roman Catholics, on the other hand, formed themselves 
 into another association, stilcd the Catholic League. 
 
 On the death of Matthias, and the accession of his cousiti 
 Ferdinand II to the imperial dignity in the year 1619, the Bo- 
 hemians, who had revolted during the former reign, oflFered 
 their crown to Frederick the elector Palatine, who had mar- 
 ried the daughter of James I. of Great Britain. The elector 
 was imprudent enough to accept of the offer. But being de- 
 feated at the battle of Prague by the duke of Bavaria, and the 
 imperial generals, he was not only deprived of the crown, but 
 , . K k ., 
 
 I 
 
 :M 
 
530 
 
 •^EUROPE. 
 
 Part II. 
 
 Germany. Histor]^..^- Peace of Westphalia. 
 
 also stripped of his electoral dominions, the greater part of 
 which was given to the duke ' of Bavaria. The protestant 
 cause, however, was still supported by a number tof powerful 
 princes of Germany, and the war was prosecuted on their part 
 by very able generals. The confederacy was joined by Chris- 
 tian king of Denmark, and by the celebrated Gustavus Adol- 
 phus king of Sweden, whose victories and death have been al> 
 ready mentioned* France, also, was favourably disposed, from 
 joalousy of the Austrian power. Thf war continued to rage 
 with great violence till the year 1648^ when a general peace 
 was concluded at Murister in Westphalia, which gave full se- 
 curity to the protestant religion, and forms the basis of the 
 present political system of Europe. 
 
 The following part of the history of the German empire is so 
 much involved in that of the other countries of Europe al- 
 ready described, or in that of France which is immediately to 
 follow, that any further abstract of it in this place, could only 
 contain a mere repetition of what has been said before, or an 
 anticipation of what will come more propetly to be mentioned 
 under another head. 
 
 Austrian Dominions out of Gei-many. 
 
 Connected with Germany, and subject to the house of Au- 
 stria, are, i. Bohemia. 2, Moravia. 3. Hungary. 4. Tran- 
 sylvania. 5. Sclavonia. 6. Croatia. 7. Dalmatia j which 
 shall be here described in their order. The Austrian part of 
 the late kingdom of Poland, and of the dutchy of Silesia, have 
 been already noticed j and the Italian territory of the sairir 
 house, ^vill be described in its proper place. 
 
Pjuit II. 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 53« 
 
 Austrian Dominions out of Germany, i. Bohemia. 2, Moravia. 
 
 1. Bohemia,'' , 
 
 The seat of the ancient Boii, is situate between 48** and 51° 
 N. Lat. •, and 1 2^ and 17** £. Long. It Is bounded on the north 
 bj Saxony, Lusatia and Silesia j on the east, by Moravia ; 
 on the south, by Austria and Bavaria j and on the west, by 
 Bavaria and Franconia. 
 
 On all sides it is surrounded by woods and mountains as by 
 a natural barrier. It is one of the most elevated countries im 
 Europe j for no rivftr enters into it ; but many have their 
 source either in the country or its frontifcrs. Of these are the 
 Elbe, the Oder, the Morava, and the Vistula. The air is cold 
 and unwholsome, and the people are subject to several epidemic 
 complaints. There are mines of silver, copper, lead, and some 
 veins of gold in the country. The kingdom is divided into la 
 provinces in each of which there are two captains appointed 
 every year, for the administration of justice. The religion is 
 the Roman Catholic. 
 
 The capital city is Pragde, on the river Muldaw, Lat. 50" 
 c' N. 14° 28' E. It is one of the largest cities in Europe, 
 being 12 miles in circuit. It has 100 churches, 9 Jewish sy- 
 nagogues, and a famous university, which has commonly 1400 
 students. 
 
 Ferdinand I. of Austria having married Anne the sister of 
 Lewis, last king of Bohemia, who died without issue in the year 
 1 526 J was elected king of that country ; and the kingdom has 
 tjver since continued in his family. 
 
 2. Moravia. 
 
 Moravia lies between 48.5-° and 50!° N. Lat. and 15° and 
 19° E. Long. It is boimded by Bohemia and Silesia on the 
 north', by Hungary on the east j by Austria on the south | 
 
 Wl\ 
 
•S$i 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 Part ir. 
 
 Austrian Dominions out of Cermany. 3. Hungary. 
 
 and by Bohemia on the west. The capital city is Olmutz, 
 on the river Morawa, Lat. 49° 32'.N. Long. 17° 10' E. A 
 great part of the country is mountainous, and overrun with 
 woods 'f and there the air is cold and penetrating : the low 
 grounds on the contrary are sultry in the summer months j but 
 being greatly covered with bogs and lakes, are very unwhol- 
 some. The mountains in generdl are barren j but the culti- 
 vable parts arc tolerably fertile, yielding corn, with plenty of 
 hemp and flax, good saffron and pasture. There is also some 
 wine, as well as fruits and garden stuffs. Moravia, abounds in 
 horses, black cattle, .sheep and goats, as well as great variety 
 oi game. The mineral productions are, marble, bastard dia< 
 monds, amethysts, alum, iron, sulphur, salt-petre, and vitriol, 
 with several excellent mmeral springs. The population , is 
 computed at 1,256,000 souls. 
 
 3. Hungary, 
 
 The Pannonia of the ancients, is situate between 44® and 
 50^ of N. Lat. J and between 16° and 26° of E. Long. It is 
 founded on the north by Poland, from which it is separated by 
 the Carpathian mountains j on the east by Transylvania and 
 Walachia j on the south by Servia, Sclavonia, and Croatia, from 
 which it is separated by the Danube and th? Prave j and on 
 the west by Austria and Moravia. 
 
 It is divided into the Upper and Lower Hungary j of which 
 the former lies towards the east, and the latter towards the 
 west. 
 
 The capital city is Presburg on the Danube, 48° 8' N. 
 37° 20' E. The other places of note are Buda, the ancient 
 capital of the kingdom, 47° 40', N. Jat., 19° 20' E. Long, j 
 Raab, on a river of the same name, 47'' 40' N. 17" 40' E. ', 
 .Pest, on the Danube, 47°35^N. I9°25''E. ; and Tokay, 
 "famous for its wine, 48° 16' N, 21*' 15' E. 
 
Part II. 
 
 EUROP'E. 
 
 533 
 
 Austrian Dominions out of Gennany. 3. Hungary. 
 
 Soil, Climate, and Productions.] The air of the southern 
 parts of Hungary is unwholesome, owing to many stagnant lakee 
 and marshes -, but the face of the country is level, and the soil 
 extremely fertile. In the north, on the other hand, which is 
 mountainous, the so\\ is barren, but the air is sweet and whole- 
 some. The plain along the Danube for near 300 miles, from 
 Presburg to Belgrade, is particularly famous for its vegetative 
 powers ', producing, in the greatest abundance, corn, esculent 
 plants, wines, fruits and wood. 
 
 Hungary abounds with gold and silver mines j as also with 
 excellent copper, iron, lead, quicksilver, orpiment, cinnabar, 
 antimony, sulphur, vitriol, marbles of several coloursj and a 
 variety of precious stones. 
 
 It is remarkable for a fine breed of horses, generally mouse- 
 coloured, which are in high request among military men. 
 
 Inhabitants.] Hungary is supposed to contain about three 
 millions and a half of inhabitants. They are a brave and mag- 
 nanimous people J but much inclined to indolence and inacti- 
 vity j leaving their trade and manufactures to the Greeks and 
 other strangers who are settled in the country. Their diver- 
 sions are of the warlike and athletic kind. Their arms the 
 broad-sword and a kind of pole-axe •, besides their fire-arms. 
 The predominant diseases are the gout and fever, owing to* 
 the moistness of the climate. 
 
 Religion.] The established religion is the Roman Catholic j 
 but the greater part of the inhabitants are protestants of the 
 Greek chuich. 
 
 GovERNMENSP.] The constitution of the government was once 
 a limited monarchy, and the crown elective, till the house of Au- 
 stria influenced the state so far as to render the sovereign absc* 
 
534 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 Part It. 
 
 Austrian Dominions out of Germany. 4. Transylvania. 
 
 lute, and the crown hereditary in that family. They have a diet 
 «K parliament, which resides at Vienna ^ and a Stadtholder^s 
 council, which resides at Presburg. 
 
 The emperor can bring to the . field ioo,oot3 Hungarians in 
 their own coniitry ; but seldom draws out of it more than 
 20,000, chiefly light horse, and well known by the name of 
 Hussars. 
 
 Hungary was originally divided into a number of little indcr 
 pendent states, which were at length united under one head, 
 who held the title of Duke. In the year 1000, Duke Stephen 
 assumed the title of king. The crown being elective, it was 
 disputed for many ages, chiefly by the Turkish and German 
 emperors. But since the advancement of Ferdinand I. of 
 Austria to the throne, in the year 1556, the kingdom has con- 
 tinued in the possession of that family. 
 
 4. Transijlvania, 
 
 Including the Buckovina, is situate between 45® and 49^ 
 ©f N. Lat., and between 22** and 27® of E. Long. 
 ''It is bounded on the north by Hungary and Poland 5 on the 
 east by Moldavia j on the south by Walachia j and on the 
 west by Hungary j from all which countries it is separated by 
 tidges of high mountains. 
 
 The air is pure and temperate. The government partakes 
 greatly of the ancient feudal system, being composed of several 
 independent states and princes, who owe not much more than 
 a nominal subjection to the emperor, being left in possession 
 of all their privileges. The capital city is, Hermanstadv 
 46'* ii/N., 24'»3o'E. 
 
 All religions are tolerated ; and public affairs are conducted 
 by 12 persons, of whom three are Roman Catholics, three arc 
 Lutherans, tlirte are Calvlnists, and three are Socinians. 
 
 ■ii J* 'If, 
 
PARt ir. 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 S3S 
 
 AubTRiAN Dominions. ^. Sclavoiiia. 6. Croatia. T-Dalmatia. 
 
 ' 5. Sclavonia 
 
 Lies between 44^ and 47? N. Lat, and I'j'^ and 21" E. Long. 
 It is bounded on the north by the Orave and Danube *, on the 
 east by the Danube j on the south by the Save ; and on the 
 west by Croatia. It is a fine level and fruitful country. The 
 people are robust and warlike -y brave, generous, and independ'* 
 ent \ but in the affairs of religion, ignorant and superstitious, 
 the established religion is popery. Its principal town is Posdga, 
 Lat. 4^0 35/N. J Long. 180 45'E. 
 
 In 1746 Sclavonia was united to Hungary, and the states 
 send representatives to the diet at Presburg. 
 
 6. Croatia 
 
 Lies between 44° and 47° N. Lat. and 14" and iS** E. 
 Long. It is bounded on the north by Hungary j on the cast 
 by Sclavonia and Bosnia j on the south by Bosnia, Dalmatia, and 
 the Gulph of Venice j and on the west by Austria. The ca- 
 pital city is Zagrab or Agram on the Save, 46*^ N. 16^^ 30' E. 
 
 The manjicrs, government, religion, language, and customs of 
 the Croats are similar to those of the Sclavonians their neigh- 
 bours. Their soldiers are known by the name of P^ndours. 
 
 All the sovereignty exercised over them by the Austrians 
 seems to consist in the niilitary arrangements for bringing them 
 occasionally into the field. 
 
 t « 
 
 Dalmatia 
 
 Lies along the upper part of tlie Gulpli of Venice, and con- 
 sists of five districts j of which the most remarkable places are 
 Segna, Spalatro, and Ottoschatz. The religion of the inhabit- 
 ants is that of the Roman Catholic and Cireek church. 
 
'i^ 
 
 X. FRANCE, 
 
 Situation and Boondaiues.] The Gaul or Gallia of the 
 Latin writers, previously to the late Revolution, via,$ situate be- 
 tween 42" and 51° of N. Lat. j and between j° of W, and 8° 
 of £. Long, -y having the English Channel and the Nether- 
 lands on the north j Germany, Switzeiland, and Italy on the 
 cast; the Mediterranean Sea, and Pyrencan mountsuns, which 
 separate it from Spain^ on the south ; and the Bay of Biscay on 
 the west. 
 
 Divisions.] It was divided into tli£ thirty following pro- 
 princes, viz. 
 
 1. Artols. 
 
 2. Picardie. 
 
 3. Normandie. 
 ■• • .» 4, Isle dc France. 
 
 ■^ 
 
 ■•<% 
 
 be 5. Champagne. 
 , 6. Lorr^ne. 
 
 7. Alsace. 
 
 8. Franche-Comptc. 
 
 9. Eurgoyne. 
 
 10. Lyonnois- 
 
 11. Nivttnois. 
 
 12. Orlean/.ois. 
 
 13. Maine and Pcrche. 
 
 14. Anjou. 
 
 15. Bretagne. 
 
 1 6. Poitou. 
 
 17. Touralne. 
 
 18. Berri. 
 
 19. LaMarche. 
 
 20. Limousin. 
 
 21. Bourbonnois 
 
 22. Dauphine. 
 
 23. Venaissin, 
 
 24. Provence. 
 
 25. Languedoc, 
 
 26. Auvergne. 
 
 27. Angumois. 
 
 ■28. Santongue and Aunis* 
 
 29. Guienne. 
 
 30. Gascoigne. 
 
 In the year 1789, the first national assembly passed a decree 
 for dividing it into ten metropolitan Cin/etf afid eighty-thrce 
 t)tpartmenti ; as foUo^vs : 
 
 rjdisii, 
 
Part II. 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 S31 
 
 
 France. Circles and Departments. 
 
 
 
 I. ClRCL£ 
 
 OF THK C 
 
 HAKK£l, containing ^ 
 
 
 Departments. 
 
 Chief Towns. 
 
 Lat. 
 
 * Long. 
 
 
 1. Channel 
 
 Coutances 
 
 49*'2o'N. 
 '49 II N. 
 
 3*'4J'W. 
 
 
 2. Calvados 
 
 Caen 
 
 2 42 W. 
 
 
 3. Orne 
 
 Alenqon 
 
 48 28 N. 
 
 2 14 w. 
 
 
 4. Eure 
 
 Evrcu.>c 
 
 49 1 N. 
 
 1 II w. 
 
 
 5. Lower Seine 
 
 Rouen 
 
 49 27 N- 
 
 1 15 w. 
 
 
 6. Oise 
 
 Beauvais 
 
 49 26 N. 
 
 I5W. 
 
 
 7. Somme 
 
 Amiens 
 
 49 54 N. 
 
 2W. 
 
 
 8. Calais 
 
 Arras 
 
 50 18 N. 
 
 26 E. 
 
 
 II. North-East C 
 
 I R c L K , containing^ 
 
 ' 
 
 9. North, 
 
 Douay 
 
 50 22 N. 
 
 44 E, 
 
 : 
 
 10. Aisne 
 
 Laon 
 
 49 34 N. 
 
 I 17 E. 
 
 1 
 
 11. Marne 
 
 Chalons 
 
 48 58 N. 
 
 2 E. 
 
 i 
 
 
 RhEIiMS 
 
 ,49 15 N. 
 
 1 41 E. 
 
 
 12. Ardennes 
 
 Mezieres 
 
 49 48 N. 
 
 2 20 E. 
 
 
 13. Mcuse 
 
 Bar-le-Du« 
 
 <'^'^*>- 48 46 N. 
 
 2 49 E. 
 
 f; 
 
 14. Moselle 
 
 Metz 
 
 49 8N. 
 
 3 49 E. 
 
 
 15 Mcui-the 
 
 Nancy 
 
 48 41 N. 
 
 3 S^^' 
 
 1 
 
 III. Chicle of the 
 
 East; containing, 
 
 
 16. Rhine, Lower 
 
 Strasburg 
 
 48 35 N. 
 
 S 27 E. 
 
 
 17. Rhine, Upp^r 
 
 Col mar 
 
 48 4N. 
 
 7 22 E. 
 
 
 18. Vosges 
 
 Espinal 
 
 48 1 I N. 
 
 4 7E. 
 
 
 19. Soane, Upper 
 
 Vcsoul 
 
 47 38 N. 
 
 3 47 E. 
 
 
 20. Doubs 
 
 BKSANfJON 
 
 47 14 N. 
 
 3 50 E. 
 
 1 
 
 21. fura 
 
 Lons ' 
 
 46 41 N< 
 
 3 " E. 
 
 
 22. tote d'Or 
 
 . Dijon 
 
 47 19 N. 
 
 2 43 E. 
 
 j 
 
 23. Marne, Upper 
 
 Chaumonf 
 
 48 jN. 
 
 2 49 E. 
 
 1 
 
 IV. Circle of VxKi^'y containing, 
 
 24. Aube Troyes 48 18 N, i 45 E, 
 
 25. Yonne Auxerres 47 49 N. i 1 1 E. 
 
 26. Loiret Orleans 47 54 N. o 25W. 
 
 * As most modern maps of Fiance have the first meridian passing 
 flirough the city'«f Paris, the lon^atiidcs are here calculated from that me- 
 ridian, . ' -.;4*-i ' n' 
 
V 
 
 
 .'^. 
 
 IMAGE EVALUATION 
 TEST TARGET (MT-3) 
 
 1.0 
 
 I.I 
 
 U£ li& 12.2 
 ^ B^ 12.0 
 
 "^1 
 
 m 
 
 
 '■^ ¥' ■' ■ 
 
 
 < 
 
 6" 
 
 > 
 
 ^^ 
 
 vq 
 
 > 
 
 / 
 
 V 
 
 Photographic 
 
 Sciences 
 
 Corporation 
 
 23 WEST MAIN STREET 
 
 WEBSTER, N.Y. 14580 
 
 (71«) 872-4503 
 
 J- 
 
A, 
 
 
53* 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 Part If. 
 
 9S«B 
 
 Fkamci. Cudcs and DepartmenO. 
 
 Departments. . 
 
 27. Seine and Mame 
 :28* Paris 
 
 ig^ Seine and CK^c 
 ^ ]Ciu:e and Loire 
 
 ChiefToWnfci 
 
 Melun 
 PARIS 
 
 . Versailles 
 Chartres 
 
 Lat. 
 
 48 34 N. 
 48 50 N. 
 48 48 N« 
 48 28 N. 
 
 Long. 
 O 20 Ei 
 
 o o 
 6 12W. 
 o 50W. 
 
 V. NdRxH-WEST CIRCLE; contoinin^f 
 
 3*' 
 
 33. 
 34- 
 35. 
 36. 
 
 Sarie Le Mans 
 
 Mayenne Laval 
 
 Mayenne and Loilfe Angers 
 
 Loire, Lower 
 Ille and VUaine 
 Morbihan 
 North Coast 
 Finisterre 
 
 VI. C'iRCLt: 
 
 39. Loire an4 Cher 
 4Q. Indre and Loire 
 
 41. Vietine 
 
 42. Ihdre 
 
 43. Creuse 
 
 44. Cher 
 
 Nantes 
 Rennks 
 Vennes 
 St Brieux 
 Qmmper 
 
 48 
 48 
 
 47 
 47 
 48 
 
 47 
 
 oN. 
 
 5N. 
 
 28 N. 
 
 13 N. 
 
 8N. 
 
 40 N. 
 
 48 30 N. 
 
 48 oN. 
 
 8w: 
 36W. 
 
 54W. 
 
 J3W. 
 58W. 
 
 6W. 
 
 oW. 
 
 20W. 
 
 45. Nyevre 
 
 46. Allier 
 
 bF THE Centre 
 Blois ^ 
 Toura 
 Poiders 
 Chateaurous 
 Gutiret 
 
 BOURGES 
 
 Nevers 
 Moulins 
 
 47 
 
 47 
 46 
 
 46 
 
 46 
 
 47 
 
 47 
 46 
 
 \ contaiamg^ 
 36 N. 
 25 N. 
 36 N. 
 50 N. 
 13 N* 
 
 7N. 
 
 ©N. 
 36 N. 
 
 o 
 I 
 
 2 
 
 O 
 
 o 
 o 
 o 
 
 1 
 
 Vir. SotiH-EAST Circle J contamingi 
 
 47. Soane and Loire 
 
 48. Ain 
 
 49. Isere 
 khone and Loire 
 Ardeche 
 Loire, Upper 
 Puy du Dome 
 
 ^3 
 
 54. Cantal 
 
 Macon 
 
 Bourg 
 
 Grenoble 
 
 Lyons 
 
 Priras 
 
 LePuy 
 
 Clermont 
 
 Aurillac 
 
 46 
 
 .46 
 
 45 
 
 4S 
 
 20 N. 
 14 N. 
 12 N. 
 46 N. 
 44 46 N. 
 
 4S 
 45 
 
 5N. 
 
 47 N. 
 
 44 48 N. 
 
 2 
 
 2 
 
 3 
 
 2 
 
 2 
 
 1 
 o 
 
 
 59W. 
 
 38W. 
 
 oW. 
 
 40W. 
 
 27W. 
 
 6£. 
 
 50 £< 
 
 oE* 
 
 27 E. 
 50 E. 
 23 E. 
 29 £. 
 12 £. 
 32 E. 
 
 45 E. 
 7E. 
 
 Vlir, SouTti-WEST CiiIcle; roffWoMff, 
 
 5^. Cortze Tulle 45 16 N* o 34W. 
 
 56. Vienne Uppej Limoges 45 5 1 N. i 4W. 
 
ART 
 
 If. 
 
 I^ixv. II. 
 
 Long. 
 ) 20 £* 
 o 
 
 b 12W. 
 
 3 50W. 
 
 2 8w: 
 
 3 36W. 
 
 2 54W. 
 
 3 J3W. 
 358W. 
 5 6W. 
 
 5 oW. 
 
 6 20W. 
 
 o 
 
 I 
 
 2 
 
 O 
 
 o 
 p 
 p 
 
 I 
 
 59W* 
 
 38W. 
 
 oW. 
 40W. 
 27W. 
 
 6£. 
 50 E« 
 
 oE* 
 
 27 E. 
 50 E. 
 23 E. 
 29 E. 
 12 E. 
 32 E. 
 
 45 E- 
 7E. 
 
 34W. 
 4W. 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 539 
 
 Fkanci. Circles and Depattments; 
 
 Departntentt 
 
 57. Dordogne 
 
 58. Lot and Craronne 
 
 59. Lahdes 
 
 60. Gironde 
 
 61. Charente, Lower 
 
 62. Charente 
 
 63. Sevres, two 
 6^ Vend^^ 
 
 as 
 
 Ch. Towns Lat. 
 
 JPerigueuz 45 n N. 
 Agen . 44 12N. 
 
 Mt. de Manan 43 52 N. 
 
 BouaoEAvx 
 Saintes 
 Angouleme 
 Niort • 
 Fontenid 
 
 44 
 45 
 
 46 
 46 
 
 50 N. 
 45 N. 
 
 39 N. 
 xqN. 
 
 28 Ni 
 
 L(»g. 
 
 40W. 
 40W. 
 S5W. 
 57W. 
 loW. 
 49W. 
 9W. 
 
 IXi CiRCLk OP THE South; coateMMff, 
 
 (65. Pyrehees, Lower 
 
 66. Pyrenees, Upper 
 
 67. Gers 
 
 68;. Garonne, Upper 
 
 69. Airiegi 
 
 70. Pyrenees, Easttr 
 
 71. Ande 
 
 72. Tarn 
 
 73. Lot 
 
 74. Aveiron 
 
 Pau 
 
 Tarbfe 
 
 Auch 
 
 ToULOUSB 
 
 Foix 
 
 Berpignan 
 Carcassonnb 
 Castres 
 
 Cahors 
 Rhod'ez 
 
 43 
 
 43 
 
 43 
 
 43 
 42 
 
 42 
 
 43 
 43 
 44 
 44 
 
 17 Ni 
 12 N. 
 
 39 N. 
 36 N. 
 
 55 N. 
 
 45 N» 
 
 15 N* 
 
 38 N. 
 29 N. 
 
 ioN. 
 
 2 
 
 -2 
 
 I 
 
 b 
 
 o 
 o 
 
 o 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 40W. 
 
 laW. 
 42W. 
 
 36W. 
 31 B. 
 
 a£. 
 
 6W. 
 50W. 
 14 £. 
 
 X. CiKC%t Of'^HE MEDlTERAANfiAS; roji/aMM^^ 
 
 75. Lozere Mende 44 34 N. x 8 £. 
 
 76. Herault Montpellier 43 36 N. z ^a £. 
 
 77. Gard Nimes 43 51 N. 1 58 £. 
 78;, Rhone Mouths Aix 43 33 N. 36 £. 
 
 79. Drome Valence 45 o N. 2 30 £. 
 
 80. Alps, Upp«t Embriul 44 ^6 N. 4 j £. 
 8 1; Alps, Lower Digne 44 7 N. 3 49 £. 
 
 82. Var Toulon 43 7 N. 3 37 £. 
 
 83. Corsica Bastia 42 42 N. 77 £. 
 
 By later decrees^ the dcpaitment of Rhone and Lure has 
 been divided into two departments j yit. that of the Rhone, of 
 ^^hich Lyons remains the capital, and that of the Loire, of whiclr 
 Motitbritson i X<at. 45^ 35' N. ; Long. 1^ 51' £., is the c»pi> 
 
 hi 
 
540 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 Part IT. 
 
 FxANCK. CSrdes and Departments. 
 
 tal. The island of Corsica has likeiivise been divided into twFo 
 defiartiiiehts } that o£ Golo, chief town Bastia; and that of 
 lai^oone, chief tovcn Ajaccio } Lat. 41** 56' N., Long. 6° 
 23* £•.. Savoy has been annexed to the republic under the 
 iiame <^ the departai«nt of Mont Blanc ; chief town Chamber^ 
 ry^ Lflt.45^ 37' M., Long; 3^38' £. ; that part of Switzer- 
 land which beloved to the bishop of Basle, on the left ude of 
 (he Rhim, hy the ftame of the department of Mont Terrible > 
 chief town Ponxntrm ; Lat. 47^ a3'N. ; Long. 4® 47' £*;•/ 
 the county of N' « has been declared a department of France, 
 by the name of the Maritime Alps ) chief tov^ Nkx, Lat. 43" 
 42' N. ; Long.- 4^ 5^* E. } and the territory of Avignon, with 
 the county of Venaissin, tfow forms the department of Vau- 
 cluse^ chief towh Avignon ; Lat. 43*^ 57' N. j Long. 4^ 49' £. 
 To these may be added the nine departments into which the 
 CfathoHc Netherlands hare bMki cBvidcdy already noticed in 
 the description of that country ; and 5 more, comprehending 
 that part of ancient Germany which lies on the left side of the 
 Rhine from the Netherlands to Switzerland ^ as follows ; viz. : 
 
 '», r 
 
 1. Rhine and MozeUfe Coblentz $6^ 22' N. 5° 14' £. 
 
 2. Sarre ' Treves 49 46 N. 4 18 £. 
 
 3. Mont Tomierrc Mentz 49 59 N. 5 j^i £. 
 
 4. Roer Aix-la-Chapelle 50 47 N. 3 44 £^ 
 
 5. Leman , Geneva 46 X2 N. 3 49 £. 
 
 Constituting, m allj 103 department^ be^des the whole of 
 Piedmont, and the island of Elba. Each department is di* 
 vided into districts y and each district inta cantons. 
 
 Islands.] The islaids off the coast of France are considerable 
 
 'neither for their number, nor for their rixov The chief of 
 
 them are, the small islands of Marcou about 7 miles south- 
 
^Tli; 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 VIZ. : 
 
 14' E. 
 x8E. 
 ii E. 
 
 44 E. 
 49 E. 
 
 lerable 
 lief of 
 south- 
 
 FtAwci. Itluids.~Soiluid Climate. 
 
 noBs 
 
 S4t 
 
 east of La Hogue y and the islands of Alderiiejr^ Gtienuejrf 
 Sark, and Jersey,, louth-tvest from Capit X>a Hogue, all belong* 
 ing to great Britain ', the small isles of Chaussei, Off the coast 
 of St MaloeS) Ushant, the farthest head4imd of France-^ to- 
 watiis the west } fi«lleisle, Noirmoutier, DieU, R€, and Ol^- 
 roii^ iii tht Bay of Biscay } the last of whieh^ though the kr. 
 gest, is only 14 ihiles in length, and two in breadth } and the 
 barren rocks of the Hyeres, niear Toulion in the Mediterranean^ 
 The island of Corsica, though at present subject to France^ 
 Is not naturally connected with that count.-y; It has been sue- 
 cessiviely subject to the Carhaginiuis, to the Romans,' toihe 
 Saracens, to the Genoese, to thie Btitish, and to the French* 
 The island h about 106 miles in length, and 50 in breadtHk 
 The face of the country is mountainous, and the ami in general 
 barren } jret the vallies produce com, And the lulU wine y with 
 figs, ;llmonds, chetouts and olives. The air is thick and un- 
 wholesome. Thd number of inhAbit'^nts is calculated at 
 
 120jC00. 
 
 li 
 C£)iERAt Api^bahAncb, Soit, AMD CiiMATB.] In France thd 
 face of the country is plain ; and the westetn departments 
 abound in extensive heaths* Yet a gi^at .part of the country 
 is finely diversified with bills and dales ) and the banks of ita 
 numerous rivers are often beautiful and interesting. Th« 
 country is blessed with an ihecellent soil, which produces -abm- 
 dance of com, wine and oil, with almost every other luxury 
 of life. In some parts, however^ the heats are excessive, and 
 bum up the ground. The air in general is mSd and whole« 
 4ome. The weather is more clear and settled than in Sxif^ 
 land} but the extremes both of heat and cold are more severe, 
 with this additional inconvenience, that in the northern pfir^ 
 
■"^^•P^MiW" 
 
 'lii 
 
 EUROPE 
 
 KTrt ft. 
 
 Fx Awct. MoiintRinsi*— Rivets and Canals. 
 
 «f France, wherb the cold is most intense, the inhabitants are 
 not 80 ivell supplied with fuel as in England. 
 
 .MooNTAiMs*] T4)e chief mountains of France are, the Alps, 
 which separate it £r0n^ italy : the Pyrenees, which separate it 
 horn Spain ; Mount Jura, which was the former boundary be- 
 ttreen France and Switzerland i the Vosges, which separated 
 the ancient Lorrain from Burgundy and Alsace } the Ceyennes 
 in Languedoc, and Mount d^Or in Auvergne. 
 
 IbtXM AND Canals^] ^' principal rivers are, the Loire, 
 the Rhone, the Garonne, and the Seine y to which may be 
 added, the Soane^ Chareute, Somme, Var, and Adour. 
 1:, ^pit LdiRB^ anciently Liger, rises in the mountains of the 
 Gevennes, in the department of the Ardeche ^ flows in a north- 
 west direction ; and, after recejiying the Allier, the Cher, the 
 Indre, the Vienne, and the Sarte, falL into the Bay of Biscay 
 about 30 miles below Nantes. „j^r 
 
 The Rhonb, anciently Rhod^nus, takes its rise from the Cla- 
 citre de la Fdurche, near Mount St Gothard in Switzerland ) 
 passes through the Vallals and the Lake of Geneva ) receives 
 the Soane at Lyons, the Isere at Valence, and the Durance 
 below Avighon } after ."which it falls into the Mediterranean 
 Sea, its .course beitig west and south. 
 
 The GaUonnb^ oir Ganmma of the ancients^ rises in the Py- 
 xenean mountuns, passes by the city of Bourdeaux in a north* 
 vest.direcUoni receives the Dordonne at Bourg, after which it 
 receives the name of Gironde, and falls into the Bay of Biscay, 
 iAtx a course of about 40 miles from that junction. 
 
 The Sbine, anciendy the SequSna, has its source in the 
 modeni department of Cote d*Or ; flows with a very \^nding 
 course to the north*weit ; passes by the cities of Paris and 
 Rouen ; and after receiving the Aube, the Yonne, the Ma-ne, 
 
Part II. 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 
 Fk ANCi. Animal and Vegetable Prodnctions.^Inhabitants. 
 
 ===sslBsss:ssssm=ssass=sss==s=s=ss:^ssss 
 
 the Olae, and the Eure, falls into the English Channel at 
 Havre de Grace. 
 
 There are several extennve and useful canals in Franoe y 
 the chief of which are, the canal of Langueddc, which opens ^ 
 communication between the Atlantic and the Mediterranean } 
 the canal of Picardie, which unites the Somme to the Oise } 
 and the canal of Burgundjr, vhjlch jeyt^nds^from the Seine to 
 :^e Loire. 
 
 Animal and Vegetable Prodoctions.] The horses, blac]^-^ 
 cattle, and sheep of France, are far inferior to those of Eng* 
 land : nor is the wool of their sheep so find. There are some 
 wolves and wild boars still to be seen in the country. 
 
 It abounds vnth excellent fruit of ail kinds i particularly 
 grapes, figs, prunes, and chesnuts. Wine, the staple caamc 
 dity o£ France, is made to the value of 15 nullions sterUag an- 
 nualiy. The wines of Champsugne, burgundy, Bourdeaux, 
 Gascony, Froiitiniac, &c. need hardly be mentioned. Olive 
 oil is also made here in great quantities. 
 . There are several extennve forests of various kinds of wood; 
 Those of Orleans and Ardennes are particularly rem^rkablet 
 
 Inbabitamts.] The kingdom of France was supposed to 
 contain about twenty •five millions of inhabitants. The number 
 of those who at present acknowledge the sway of France can« 
 not be much below 40.000,000 of souls. The genius and man- 
 ners of Frenchmen in former times have been so often deliner 
 ated that they are familiar to almost every one. To exhibh a 
 |»cture of their present character, drawn from recent events, 
 would be no easy task, and would probably subjedl any liiative 
 9f Britain to the unmerited odium of prejudice. 
 
 LI3 
 
144 
 
 Euuopi:, 
 
 Fart 11* 
 
 Fkancb. Cities and Uniwnities. 
 
 CiTiM AND UmviRsiTiSt.] fnuwc containt 400 cittci, 
 X 500 small towns, 43,000 parishes, 100,000 viUigei. 
 
 Paris (the aneicnt Lutetia) is the capital of the kingdom. 
 It is built upon the Riyer S^ine j and is usually divided into 
 three parts } i//, The town, which is the largest, on the north y 
 %i), tlie city, much the IcMt, but the most ancient, on three 
 islands in the ofiiddle \ and, 34/, The. Univeruty, on the South 
 Mde of the river. It is supposed to contain from 600,000, to 
 800,000 inhabitants. The streets are very narrow, and the 
 houses high } some of them seven stories. The want of pave- 
 ments on the sidiii of the streets, which are const^tly crowded 
 with oarrii^est makes travelling eitceedingly unpleasant and 
 dangerotufpr foot passengers. The police of Paris was wont 
 to be^dmirably attended tqp 
 
 LfbMs, at the junction of the Rhone and Soanf , was once a 
 very ilouri9hing and populous city, containing at least 100,000 
 inhalntants* -But during the horrid r^ign of Jacobinism, in the 
 year I79[5r it wai besieged, taken, and after a shocking scene 
 of massacre and plunder, was doomed to utter demolition. 
 The dtcref was executed only in part } but Lyons will long 
 exhibit the marks of that terrible calamity. 
 
 The limits of this wcDrk will not admit a description of many 
 other cities, both of «ncisnt and moderu I'rance, which well 
 s\erit the attention of the young teader who ha9 access to 
 larger works on thi? subject. The capitals of the Circles and 
 Departments have been laid down in the geueral diviaou ^f the 
 eountry. 
 
 Under its kings, France enjoyed the benefit of ax Universi- 
 ties^ and of 39 academies and literary societies. The seats of 
 the Universities were, Douay, Caen, Paris, Rheims, Nancy, 
 Strasburg, Nantes, An^s, Poictiers, Orleans^ fiourgesy Dijon, 
 
Part II. 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 54S 
 
 "CI. Minea and Minenl Waters.-- Learning. 
 
 Betanqon, Bourdeaux, Pau, Perpgnan, Toulo«ue| Montpellier^ 
 Aix, Orange, and Valence. 
 
 SiA PoRTS.^ The pqncipal tea porti of France are Brest 
 •nd Toulon. 
 
 Bmmt 19 a unall but strong town, on the Atlantic Ocean, 
 vrith a larg^ and weU fortified road and harbour ; but of dif- 
 ficult access, owing to several rocks lying under water in the 
 entrance, Lat 48* 23' N. j Long. 4* 31' 15' W. 
 
 TooLON 19 thp capital of the department of Var, on the Me.< 
 diterranean. It contains an old and new harbour, which lie 
 contiguous, and communicate with each other by a canal. 
 Its general magazine once supplied whatever mtghtbe want- 
 ing in the particular storehouses, and contained an immense 
 quantity of all kinds of stores, dispose^ ia the greatest order. 
 
 Minis and Minhlal Watsas.] The andent Mngdom of 
 France was not particularly famous for mineral productions, 
 iron alone excepted, which it possesiied in great abundance. 
 The southern departments are said to contain some veins of 
 gold and silver j and those of the east, some mines of silver 
 and copper) but they are too expensive to be wrought. 
 There are good mines of lead in some of the western depart- 
 ments. The cluef mineral waters of ancient France were those 
 of Barrege and Bagnere, near the foot of the Pyrenees)! and 
 those of Forges in the department of the Lower Seine, ^he 
 new acquisitions of France abound in the richest mines of all 
 kinds, and in the most celebrated mineral waters in Europe. 
 
 Learning AND Lkaanxd Man.] Since the age.of Lewis XI V^ 
 who was a munificent encourager of learnings the French have 
 made very rapid progress in almost every branch of elegant 
 
 LI4 
 
9S 
 
 EUROPE^ 
 
 Fart It 
 
 .^RAMCi. Religion. — Oovenuuent. 
 
 and umIuI pcicnpe. j>e Thou is an cicf llent hutorian j Pas- 
 cal and Fenelon illustrated and ^donned the paths of mon4 
 acienoe ; BoMuct, lourdaloue, Flechier, and Massillon, have 
 left many admivable specimens of pulpit eloquence) Montes« 
 quieu is a writer of uncommon acuteness and penetration on 
 the aubjdBta of politics and jurisprudence } Des Cartes, Clai- 
 raut, Bezout, and D*Alembert, stand high in the list of emi^ 
 nent geometers and mathematiciam ', Buffon, is unrivalled as a 
 natural historian, Vauban in the theory and practice of fortifi« 
 cation } while Berthollet, Fourcroy, de la Place, Lavcisier, 
 Chaptal, a|u) others, have greatly enlargied the sphere of chemi* 
 cal science. Racine, Crebillon, Moliere, La Fontaine, and 
 Bmleau, excdAed in the various departments of tragedy, of cor 
 medy, of description, of satire, and of criticism ^ and Voltairo 
 was 9nf» of the most versatile (or rather universal) geniusea 
 that ever appeared in the world. It must be mentioned, how- 
 ever, as a circumstance peculiarly unfortunate, that the ten- 
 4ency of the writings of most of the French philosophers is en*. 
 tfemely unfavovirablfs to sound morality and religion. 
 
 RxLioiON.3 The religion of France is the Roman Catholic } 
 but so modified and new modelled by the chief copsul as to be 
 almost wholly independent of the Pope. Ths orotestant reli* 
 gion is professedly tolerated ) but is subje£b to such manifold 
 and invidious restrictions as are quite inconsistent with the spi- 
 rit of genuine liberty. 
 
 GovEaNBUNT.j To Call thp present government of France 
 by the name of a Republic, is certainly a most palpable perver- 
 sion of language. Yet in such a perversion the great body of 
 the French nadon express a perfect acquiescence. Nor is this 
 a singular circumstance in the history of the world. Rome 
 was a Rf^biiCf when the titles, dignities, and authority of all|: 
 
f ART II. 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 547 
 
 »W 
 
 Framci. Oovemment. 
 
 the great offices of state were united in the person of Augus- 
 tas ; when every individual in the senate was the creature of 
 his power j when his praetorian bands surrounded his person 
 with their arms, and overawed the city from their fortified 
 camp \ and when his legions spread the terror of his name over 
 all the provinces of the state. Nay, Rome was still a Repubm 
 lie imder the licentious and abominable sway of Tiberius, of 
 Caligula, of Nero, of Domitian, and of all the other monstrous 
 tyrants to whom the caprice of the army committed for a daj 
 the reins of Government. But neither popular names, not 
 the influence of power, of flattery, or of fear, can change the 
 nature of things. Whatever m^y be the address^ or whatever 
 the virtue of the governor ) and whateycr may be the conde« 
 scension and politentst of the people ', still, when the whole; 
 power of a nation, civil, ecclesiastical, and military, is vested, 
 without controul, in the person of one man, who dictates im- 
 plicit obedience to every individual, and to every constituted 
 authority in the realm,— that nation is under a military despo* 
 tism. Such is the state of France at this moment,— a state: 
 into which nations generally plunge themselves from a general 
 vij\^ incurable depravity of moral character j from false and ro- 
 mantic ideas of the nature of true liberty, inconastent with 
 the present state of inan j or from excessive licentiousness, and 
 impatience under moderate controul j— a state which, in the 
 present instance, can hardly be expelled to terminate without 
 severe intestine convulsions j and yet, if it contii^ues, which 
 portends the most dreadful calamities to all t|ie continental 
 iiowers of Europe *. . 
 
 * Since writing the above, (May 1804) a new order of things hasol). 
 tained in Fnuice. The fint Consul has, by the voice of the French nation, 
 that is, by the votes of 13 out of »u>, oi «;.;».u the Tribunate consists, (only 
 14 beiag present on the occasio.i) been raised to the dignity of Emperor of 
 France ; and that title and authority have been declared hereditary in \as 
 
54» 
 
 EURORE. 
 
 Pa*t It. 
 
 Franck. 
 
 Army bimI Navy.— HisMrj. 
 
 Armt and Navt.] The Arnj of France it exceedingly nu* 
 rottt and powerful j there being probably 600,000 men in 
 ■rau at present in the nation. The numbers which might be 
 brottght into the field in such a country, in case of an emer* 
 gency, most be formidable in no common degree. The Navy 
 «f' France was always respectable, (though often defeated by 
 the British) till the first of June 1794* But on that day it 
 tttfiiereid |o great a loss, that it has never since ventured to the 
 open sea unless by stealth. On the first of August 1780, it 
 teccivcd another dreadful blow, from which it has not yet been 
 pbk, isi any considerable degree, to recover : and the rash im- 
 prudence of the first Consul, in plunging the country into the 
 present war, must keep the navy of France long in a state of 
 weakness unknown tP the nation for many centuries past. 
 
 HtsTORT*.] Francie was probably peopled from Italy, from 
 which it is separated by the Alps. The Romans denominate 
 
 family. The term Republic, however, is still' retained ; the grand objects 
 of liberty, equality, and fraternity, for which so many thousands of lives 
 were sacrificed, and so many millions of money were squandered, are com- 
 pletely and unalienably secured ; an^ the French patiofi fnay now sing with 
 the Mantuan poet : 
 
 " Ultima Cumsi Tcnit jam carnninis Ktas : 
 *' Magnus ab integro saeclonun nascitur ordq> 
 " Jam re4it et virgo, redeuat Satumia regna : 
 " Jam nova progenies ccelo demittitur alto. 
 " Tu modo nascenti.puero, quo ferrea primum 
 " Desinet, ac toto surget gens aurea mundo : 
 " Casta, fave Lucina :. tuus jam regnat Apollo." 
 
 * The state of the Author's health during th: progress of this little Work 
 Iwing fuch as to render him apprehensive of too great delay in bringing it 
 to a conclusion ; he requested tiie favour of a gentleman, every way well 
 qualified for the undertaking, to assist liim by a short sketch of the history 
 of JFrance, and especially of the late Revolution, of many of the circuqi- 
 
Paiit It 
 
 dingly nu« 
 lO men in 
 might be 
 an emer* 
 rke Navy 
 efeated by 
 lat day it 
 red to the 
 t 1780, it 
 t yet been 
 B rash im- 
 y into the 
 a state of 
 past. 
 
 :aly, from 
 snominat^ 
 
 'and objects 
 
 ndsof lives 
 
 , are com* 
 
 siog with 
 
 Part II. 
 
 BUROPE. 
 
 549 
 
 ittleWork 
 mnging it 
 way well 
 ;he history 
 circuQt- 
 
 YiAuct. Hiitory.~4aUc Law..-Clovii — Charlemagne. 
 
 ed it Transalpine Gaul, as distinguished from Cisatpine Gaul, 
 on the Italian side of these mountains. It was subjected to 
 the Roman etapire by Julius Caesar, about forty>eight years 
 before th^ birth of Christ t In which conditi 41 it remained till 
 the fifth century, when it wm overrun ay »ne Goths, the Bur* 
 gundiMs, and the Franks, who, without annihilating, complete^ 
 ly subdued the mnoient inhabitants. The yr«inks, who changed 
 the name of the country to France, or Franki nd, were com^ 
 poied of various German tribes ; from one ofvrhomjthe Salii, 
 who lived on the banks of the Sale, t^c Frer.h are ..:dt« 
 have derived the well known SaJfc X«w, whi h .lail equally 
 uns in most of the sovereignties of the G 'n. n empire. 
 
 The Franks and Burgundians having edir^d the natives to 
 slavery, divided the country among their pruicl|iil leaders, t^ 
 whom succeeding kings were obliged to allow ^he exercitw: jf 
 sovereign authority in their respective districts, lliis was the 
 foundation of the Feudal System^ the ivretched and ineflicient 
 remains of which still exist in Germany. 
 
 According to Father Daniel, the first Christian king of this 
 country, Clovis, began his reign in the year 481, and was bap- 
 tized in 496. Dating the first race of kings the nation was 
 almost constantly engaged in domestic broils or foreign wars y 
 and it suflfered particularly from the cruel inroads of the Sa- 
 racens who then over-ran Europe. 
 
 In the year 800, CharlemAqne king of France having be* 
 come master of Germany, Spain, and a part of Italy, was 
 crowned king of the Romans by the Sovereign Pontiff. He 
 divided his immense empire among his sons, a measure which 
 
 stances of which that gentleman was ;'<u eye-witness. The request waa po- 
 litely granted ; and the author trusts he needs no apology for presenting the 
 following pages on that subject to his readers, in preference to any thing 
 that hte himself could lut'c said upon the subject. 
 
HP 
 
 510 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 Part ir. 
 
 Fr ANCE. History — Rollo. — Effects of the Cnuades. 
 
 prored fatal to his family and posterity. Not long after this, 
 the Normans, a barbarous people of Scandinavia, having rava> 
 ged France, obtained about the year 900 the cession of Nor- 
 mandy and Brittany to their leader Rollo, ivho married the 
 king's daughter, and embraced Christianity. Thus was form- 
 ed the Norman power in France, which in the year 1066 gave 
 a king to England in the person of William the Conqueror, 
 Duke of Normandy. This event laid the foundation for those 
 almost perpetual and ruinous wars with England, the conse- 
 quences of which are still felt in the mutual enmity subsisting 
 between the two nations. 
 
 About this period arose the rage of ct\isading, in the prose- 
 cution of which the French were peculiarly eager } and it was 
 90 far fortunate for the kings of France, who thereby got rid 
 of many thousands of their turbulent subjects ; and who, by 
 the death of their leaders without heirs, and by fortunate mar- 
 riages, had it gradually in their power to annex to the crown 
 the almost independent sovereignties which had arisen out of 
 the first division of the country by the Franks. The great 
 lords of France being few in number, and commanding in ex- 
 tensive and powerful districts, were formidable rivals to the 
 monarch. In England, by the policy of William of Norman- 
 dy, their number was increased, and their personal importance 
 and consequent rivalship diminished. To this policy we 
 owe the gradual formation of the British constitution. The 
 great barons, or those who held directly of the Crown, came to 
 form the house of Peers, or great hereditary council of the mo- 
 narch 'y and the lesser nobility or gentry, precisely similar to 
 the ordinary noblesse of the rest of Europe, came gradually to 
 be united in political consideration with the bulk of the 
 people^ and to form a representative house of commons. Where- 
 us in France, the great barons being annihilated, the lesser or 
 provincial noblesse became of higher consequence, and having 
 
Part II. 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 55' 
 
 Fr ancx. History. — Balance of Power. — ^Francis I. — Henry II. 
 
 no superior, disdained to unite, even in political consideration, 
 ^vith the bullc of the people : while they were too numerous 
 to form a council analogous to our house of Peers. 
 
 By such circumstances it was, that while a constitutional 
 check was gradually forming to the power of the crown in 
 England, that of France became despotic, and independent 
 alike of the nobility and people. Every impartial historian of 
 the Revolution in France, which we of this age have had the 
 misfortune to witness, will do well to consider attentively that 
 state of society, and that form of government, and their conse- 
 quences, down to our time, which arose in France after the de- 
 struction of the great feudal barons. It is consistent neither 
 with our plan nor our limits to enter into any detail of the 
 transactions of the early period to which we allude. It is the 
 external influence of France, and not its internal situation, which 
 concerns us. We shall therefore proceed to that period when 
 her influence in Europe became visible and important, under 
 F&ANcis I., who was contemporary with Henry VIII, of Eng- 
 land. This monarch was the great but unsuccessful rival of 
 Charles V., by whom he was taken prisoner at the battle of 
 Pavia, in 1525, and most ungenerously treated. He was 
 obliged to agree to very dishonourable terms in order to regain 
 his liberty, to which he assented without meaning to perform 
 them, which was afterwards the cause of many wars between 
 bim and the emperor. This forms a new aera in the history 
 of modem Europe, as then arose that system of the Balance of 
 PoweTj according to which the political intercourse of nations 
 has bsen more or less regulated from that period to the present. 
 This period of history has been treated in a most masterly man- 
 ner bj our illustrious coimtryman Robertson, and is now fa- 
 miliarly known to every one. Francis I. died in 1 547, leaving 
 bis dominions to his son Henry II. in a condition abundantly 
 flourishing, notwithstanding the many unfortunate events which 
 
wummtmmmmimm 
 
 ^ 
 
 / 
 
 / 
 
 ss^ 
 
 feUROPt:. 
 
 Part It. 
 
 FxANCK. Francis n. — The Guises — Massacre of St Bartholomew. 
 
 cliecquered his own life and reign. Henry continued the war 
 with the emperor vfcry advantageously for his own dominions^ 
 and retook Calais frofti Mary^ Qtieen of England, which had 
 united with the emperoi: against his father;^ He married his 
 aon the Dauphin to Mary Queen of Scots, with hopes which 
 mre very far from being realized^ He was Unfortunately 
 killed ih the year 1559, ^^ ^ tiltbg match, by count Mont- 
 gomeryi He Urns succeeded by his son Francis ILja Mckly boy, 
 Oiily thirteen years of age \ and the kingdom was entirely govern' 
 cd by his wife*S uncle, a prince of the hotose of Guises This 
 assumption of power excited great opposition on the part of the 
 Bourbons, the Montmoreticies, iaid other great families, who, 
 together with Antony king of Navarre, adopted the cause of 
 the Huguenots. Catharine of Medicis, the queeti-mother, be* 
 ing obliged to take part with the Guises, the confederacy was 
 broken k Francis died suddenly in 1560, and Catharine, -in or- 
 der to balance the interest bf the Guises^ procured the pardon 
 of the prince bf Conde brother to the king of Navarre, who 
 had been condettmed for a conspiracy against the court, and 
 the whole authority fell into her own hands during the 
 minority of her second son Charles IX^ Her regency was 
 one uninterrupted series of dissimulation, villainy, and murder* 
 The duke of Guise, who Ivas the scourge of the protestantSj 
 Laving been assassinated at the siege of Orleans, the famous 
 Coligni, admiral of France ahd head of the protcstant party, 
 was unjustly suspected of having instigated the murderer. 
 Three civil wars succeeded ^ when at length very advantageous 
 terms of peace were granted to the Huguenots, and it was 
 agreed that Henry the young king of Navarre, a protestant, 
 should espouse the king of Frahce*s sister. The heads of the 
 protestants were invited to cekbrate the nuptials at Paris, and 
 were inhumanly murdered on St Bartholomew's day, in 1572. 
 About 30,000 protestants, among whom was the venerable 
 
Part II. 
 
 EUROPE; 
 
 m 
 
 France. History. — Henry III.— Holy League— Henry IV. 
 
 ^ 
 
 Coligni, were murdered on that occasion, vrhich produced a 
 fourth civil war, which was terminated in 1573;; The year 
 after, a fifth civil war broke out, and the inhuman Charles IXw 
 died without heirs. 
 
 He WHS succeeded by his brother the duke of Anjou (who 
 had been chosen king of Poland some time before) by the 
 name of Hbnkt III« The Protestants being still numerous aad 
 powerful, the reformed governors of provinces took advanta^^e 
 of this in order to resume the feudal powers they had lobt. 
 On the other hand, a holy league was formed under the duke 
 of Guise for the defence of the Roman Cathc^c religion. The 
 Protestants, under the prince of Conde, and the duke of Alen- 
 qon, the king^s brother, called the German princes to their aid, 
 and a sixth civil war broke out in 1577 ) the king of Spaia 
 taking part with the league, in revenge of the duke of Alen- 
 ^on having declared himself lord of the Netherlands. Ano- 
 ther deceitful peace finished the war within the year* A 
 seventh and an eighth civil war rapidly succeeded, both of 
 which were disadvantageous to the protestants, and raised xkkc 
 power of the duke of Guise, who was the idol of the Roman 
 catholics, to a formidable height. The king, though plunged 
 in a course of infamous debauchery, and religious extravagance, 
 had nevertheless sense enough to suspect that the duke, by 
 proscribing the protestants, and setting aside from the succes- 
 sion the king of Navarre, had views to the throne lumself. He 
 basely ordered the duke and his brother the cardinal to be as- 
 sassinated ; on which the leaguers declared him an enemy to 
 religion, and that he had forfeited his crowA. This obliged 
 him to trust the protestants. But while he was besieging Pa-> 
 ris, he was assassinated by a monk in 1589, and in him ended 
 the race of Valois< 
 
 HcNUT IV< king of Navarre, head of the house of Bourbon, * 
 Was the next heir, according to the Salic law, but on acount of 
 
m 
 
 EUROPE^ 
 
 Part it 
 
 'iMta 
 
 FxMlCE. History. — Edkt of Nantes. — Henty IV. murdered. 
 
 lu» religion, h« ^^s opposed by all the power of the leaguers, 
 headed by the duke of Maine, brother ta the late duke of 
 ikiisev IMho set up in opposition the decrepid cardinal of 
 
 ^: Bourbon, his uncle. The leaguers were supported by all the 
 f owep Bnd4nftttenee of Spain and Rome ^ and Henry, though 
 Its eoufttge and magnanimity were illustriously conspicuous on 
 every 'oecasion^ -was often in want of common necessaries. At 
 length the leaguers quarrelled among themselves, and the na- 
 tion at laige became jealous of the Spaniards, whilst, except on 
 tecouilt of his ftoligion, the king was personally beloved. Af> 
 ter a Viiriety of good and bad fortune, he resolved to declare 
 Umself a Roman catholic, and having, with much difficulty, 
 |>rocuTed Absolution from the Pope, the whole country submit* 
 •ted to his authority, and he had only the crown of Spain to 
 contend with. In 159S, he published the famous edict of 
 -KanteSj and thereby secured to his old partisans the protest- 
 
 ' > %nts- the free exercise df thar reli^on* The year after he 
 made peace with Spun. After chastising the duke of Savoy, 
 'who had taken advantage bf the troubles, he applied himself 
 ^ith singula^ attention and success, under the direction of the 
 illustrious duke de Sully, to promote the happiness of his peo- 
 •^ pie, by encouraging manufactures, especially that of silk, the 
 happy effects of which France still experiences. • ' » 
 
 Having completely re-established the internal tranquillity^ 
 snd in a great degree promoted the happiness, of his country, 
 he turned his attention to external affairs, and formed connec- 
 
 '^^dons with the neighbouring powers, with a view to reduce the 
 
 ^ Ambition of the house of Austria. What particular schemes 
 iie had fdrmed are not certainly known, nor is it necessary to 
 detail the conjectures which have been formed reacting them, 
 
 jinnee he was assassinated before they were brought to maturity 
 ia the ftr^ets of PatiS) by one Ravullac, in the year i6)0.' 
 
FiRT II. 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 55S 
 
 JFrancb. History — ^Lewis XIII — Richelieu. — Lewis XIV ^Mazarin. 
 
 .t.|ie WM succeeded 1^ bis son htsmi XlII^ then aalj nine 
 years old. During his nunonty, the kingdpm was nikd by bis 
 mother) and bier favourites j but on grooving up* he chose the 
 celebrated Cjudioal de Ricaiuto foe his minister, who by his 
 resolute mefisurfs annihilated the remaining liberties of France, 
 tmd, by the capture of Rochellef put an end to the religious 
 establishment of the protestants in that country, and to the 
 jcivU wars which had so long desolated it on account of religion^ 
 . Though bigotted to popery himself) the cardinal had no 
 scruple to support the protestants of Gcrtnany, and Gustavus 
 Adolphus against the house of Austria ; a system of political 
 interference which Jias been imiformly followed in one way or 
 other by French statesmen, with too great success^ eVer since. 
 The cardinal died some months before his master, who ih 1643 
 left the kingdom to his son I^ewis XIV. then a minor. Dur- 
 ing the regency of Anne of Austria, the young king^s mother, 
 the kingdom was distracted by the factions of the great, and 
 the divisions between the court and parliament. The prince 
 of CoND£ was particularly illustrious, sometimes on aa^ side, 
 and sometimes on the other, as a patriot, a courtier, and a rebel. 
 He was opposed by the celebrated To&enne, who atoned for 
 a temporary dereliction of duty, by a series of splendid a- 
 chievements, which entitled him to the appellations of th^ support 
 of the throne, and an honour to human natore. The queen- 
 mother having made choice of (Cardinal Mazarin for her prime 
 minister, he managed matters with such address, that when 
 Lewis came to assume the reins of government, 'he found 
 himself the most absolute monarch that ever sat upon the throne 
 of France. On the death of Ma^arin, he placed the domestic 
 administration of lus aifairs in the hands of Colbert, who was 
 particularly successful in forming new systems for promotion 
 the glory,. coaamerce, and manufactures of his country. - 
 
 Hi» 
 
l^ll/fglffmmmf^mmrmmm 
 
 mmmm^'m 
 
 mmmm 
 
 556 
 
 £UftOPE. 
 
 pAvt d. 
 
 .«: 
 
 iS£BS 
 
 FliAiftcr. 
 
 Msloiy.x^Attibittbit of thfe FVehch NatiMi ^Lewis XV. 
 
 •--" — ""••'-' ]-- •• in - Ml ' •• 
 
 That lAvni XIV. mkt'j^t moliiffch cUMitft btf ^o^ttlon- 
 «d, aiK^thM Fnuite 4«dv9<igMftt tcHlriil^ itot* mniiy fim 
 l>£ hit adtukkiillttiMi is tqMUy 6eMdA-. BM Ml piisoiMli nm- 
 Mioti wai bft«h4lM», ttt j^i^ which h^ ibt^iiii Mi ebtiittf 
 and £iu»p« ih ^eas diMM^ B jf hi^ itti|)^t)e and oA jtMt te- 
 vooatioA of the edict <tf NAttte^^ hb drive inkiisenge miriiben b( 
 pr6t(e«talm» idtb e^tUft, ^ th« gt^sit de^lmehiof his own. couh<- 
 trf . Hi \^i» li Mgfi <#hb«l aitibitibil' Ao p^iiliial His coUld x«*- 
 ^ralu; aM Whdita ta<^ treiditf'bauld I^dv iBtitil we conld have 
 overlooked <» beth i^dutht q£ i^ befOrii^ l«t« Experience ha» 
 now tiught \Ut thitt this dtecei^l poU«jr, difttremt tanit^^ 
 and imneasorable ambitiorr,> atie inbilirent qualities in ^ Fteheh 
 nation, whether governed l^ a.- Bourbon, tti a National Conven- 
 tioh^by a RobespScBr^ji-or a Stec^di^^i^ i ttt of pi^tt*nded 
 phUosophers, of bji an tipstatt thilitary des^t^ 
 ,»%!hi«o«ei^4aijnginsolencii and fiiithles» comhiM, Lewis 
 ^IV. at list OiKated a fohnidable confederacy against hihiself^ 
 of afattost ill the pbvftn of Europe, headed' b^ William til. of 
 England, Wliich he cdnl>at«d^ howtver^'fer ionte years With. 
 grtat suecisss. But from the year i7oi*to< i^i2, he met only 
 with otie continued traiih o^ disiisters, defeats^ «Ad citlamities^ 
 and was probably saved {tarn vAttr destructlOiiy after having 
 been reduced to themoit humiliadng submLsions) by a cabal 
 in England, wMch produced the peace of titrecht in 1713." 
 He difed two yieai* after, and was succeedtid hy his great-grand- 
 son Lewis XV. The dtdee of OHeans «elieii -the sovereign 
 littthorify, ' and oOntinued'ie itt as Ttgent till tf2t. HH was 
 A iian <tf sehtfe and spirit, bnt in the highest d«gtte dkhauthc^ 
 infi dialdl^te. Lewis XV.chOse^his prect:t>tttr Cardinal Fkury 
 as hi^ prime minister, whose system was «httrely pixSAtf AOt^ 
 %e station of affairs in Enrope aftfer the death of Hhk king el 
 Poland iai734,morethan ohc«embr6iled France w^ die hottte- 
 of Austua. Tke family connedHott* also between the Bpuibona 
 
pAKr II. 
 
 £IIR0PK. 
 
 ij? 
 
 TuMKCS. HiitDry..i^WUtionrftk#0«totqfJt»i iitt. 
 
 of France and Spain, brotti^ht oh \)M¥m f(ritb Ottit ib'^<(ilA» 
 whidi endtd Hitht peatt of Ait-bXhftpeU*^ Ui t74l» 
 
 This reign is pacttliarly intnMting to the ^hUoM^het Cffd 
 hiitorian^ ai during te #as Mrtaiuly laid the founditioki of that 
 revolution which hat tedueed ItuMpe to its preaMt ffisaitt6*s 
 Slate. The eonuptioiif of the court, dtdng the tegtmfU 
 the duke of Otleans^ were of the nolt fktil tendeftey, akid kiffi 
 operated with Most fatal effect. liOWie Mmielf waa mA and 
 disdpatedj and the principles and ptwtiee of Hie great beil^ 
 equally corrupted, they were riot feWene of thi temdeilcytf 
 thote opinions which were now attfully dlMeiiiihated. "HieVe 
 Were also ininy idle end Ul^atMflged diipnt^i r«sptetiilg r^. 
 gioft end politics^ in v^hieh the ctowh and ^Hflle|^ dM^ e^- 
 dently lost ground and Mkiehce^ It was the <BipUte« Bet^MMte 
 the kmg and his parliament ftlMire to ieUi^dii, wU^h ht ttie 
 year 1757 led Francis Daifiien to atteiUpt the aoverei^^s life. 
 The tortures to Which this gloomy wretch was io^jected, i^ 
 he an eternal disghwe to the Freheh naition; ^ 
 
 In th« year 1762, through the ihfiuence of the Fivfieh>ilw 
 laamenta^ the order ai Jesuits was finatty abolished in TiOtbtk, 
 and those high tribunals, etettd witK dietf success, begah to 
 oppose the crown frequently with all the tiolence ol fiietidii. 
 Lewis was at last obliged to banbh thaB» wh^ his less foHu- 
 nate successor having miwisely restored theiit vnthdut veStrie- 
 tibns, the storm which had been Johg fomdng, burst #ith teri- 
 fi»ld fury on his devoted heid. 
 
 The principal events of the seVeh years war whibh ettded in 
 the peace o£ Fountunbleau in 1765, have beeu alitecdy lom-* 
 tteued iu the sketch of the hittbry of Enghmd. Nevei^ #is 
 Ftaihee worse governed, or reduced to greater hunuliatitoasliui 
 it this pei(iod. Yet she teon slte^ sidt^iid the soVeMl^t^iif 
 Corsieay linihout ahy opposition on the part of £ngIsM4»^||idi is 
 if pears ftom the secret correspondeoce of the count dc IMgUo 
 
 M m 2 
 
mm 
 
 ^<Pi 
 
 5^8 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 Fart II. 
 
 Fkan«x. Hut9r;r.~4<ewi»xyL~i.Ooad intention* of the King. 
 
 and M. Faber, &c. pui>|iahed bj Ssgiir, wa» aotmly ^nptoy. 
 cd by 9«(fet iatrigu%4iir>i»xt«i)ding he* own ibflu«nce, and in 
 ibrnwkigpiam fos ilg/pt wm of ^^reait Briiauiy 
 ic^iLKWM.XyjL s\i^ta<Mkd hU grandfather on iht aotkof Jtfay 
 1774* ind^Mad^be Jiad fl» mwh jBnnnew as he had virtue and 
 lu^Kfledge,: b»«!)i)i4d probably have beeiir if not the greatest, 
 %t k|M(t-the •BkOstiDmful oMoareh that ever sat upon the throne 
 ofl^nince- Th»< beginning of hiftreigawasdistit^shedby 
 mngrmefiil apd ne<;c8ury regulations f and«cver;did >any mo- 
 narch t^w a aincfrer disposition to promoter by every means 
 Vi^hispowcr, the ha|^in«sf of bis country. In i776,he,placed 
 ]^. I^le^ar,: a native of Geneva^ and a protestant, at the head 
 of , the French, fiiifuicesi during whose a^niaistratien many re- 
 ibnna took place highly favourable to the credit of the country. 
 WhjPther the appointmeiit was wise, it belongs not to us to de- 
 cidej but at least it proves the anxious desire of the young 
 monarch to piomote the good of his coimtry ) .which was am-^ 
 ply evinced by the whole tenor ,o^ hja conduct, from his accesii 
 .sipnt.to the fatal moment when with sueb exemplary firmness 
 bf; mounted the scaffold erected byhis misgiuded.iind rebellious 
 .subjects; But though I«ewis possessed tiae p4l6e|t firmness, 
 ^fld medl^reugnation of a Christian, he wanted^ th* command* 
 ing ener^QT,, an4 decisjiive boldness, so indispensibly necessary to 
 . a; monarch in times'of difficulty. The bonds qf civil society 
 and (ubordina|ioa.h(td been long lopsf^ied by the progfess o^ 
 immorality and irreligion, and the authority of the croviim had 
 .befA^ong and materially injured by numerous instances of in* 
 .su^|(aia¥^ f^id versatility.. Interest and intrigue had long act 
 , qii^rs4 the chief infl^encejn the. appointment of persons to the 
 pSB^yipal <^^ces o£ trust* Men, who were, neither fo^ned by 
 h^bit J noMT, ^te ^j diHgcnce, or who had no «xpeBience, in ad« 
 ;iiu«i8tr^4)j«9ni^f|i9)(l^wledge of buuness»,wiue promoted tQ tb^ 
 
 - ■ m" 
 
 D 
 
Part II. 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 SJP 
 
 Fi ANCi. Hiitory.— 4]«iitM of the French Rrv6lution.- 
 
 T 
 
 / 
 
 ril.'^(J.<^ 
 
 ofiiMs of the Ct&eNs, Lauveif, B^A^ginsoHit^ and Matbaiiltl. 
 
 The expeneet of the «ta«e had b«eh incftiwd. If eW itxtt had 
 
 become necessary } and the weakncM of <llir ilbihistty had lon^ 
 
 matured the Insokooe and the resistiaiice of the 'pafKam^nts 
 
 «nd people. Theae evils had -also been increased by the atida^ 
 
 cious and guilty effort* of the phSloaophisIs of thd age^ vAm as<i 
 
 sailed with indefatigable jart and address dii vhar ahd^ thfc 
 
 throne, and erected a power which they <!all«d ]iubKc opiiiiolft 
 
 which became under ^Att unfitatunate Lewis XVI. still idoi% 
 
 formidable, and at length incontrbulable. ■ Thn spurious phild* 
 
 sophy ac<{uived proselytes et«n in thiecouhcilof itieking. TK<s 
 
 errors -of the government beeame more notoTiwis -and motie at* 
 
 rious, and the very virtues of the monarch became faCrtl tdhn 
 
 •powery and disastrous to bis country* 'It was easy t6 see -%is 
 
 good intentions, and impossible to withhold |Hratse froM marfy 
 
 ofhis attempts at the public good. But even the veiy £rst 
 
 years of his reign were marked hj popular comniodoris, bdci- 
 
 ^ioned by the high price of com. 'The gbvtmment absurdly 
 
 attempted 4» remedy these evils by addressing dissertatibns tb 
 
 the peopk'i; while the insurrections remaining' unpunishied/mt^* 
 
 tiplied more and more. We shall enter into no dibtail of %hfe 
 
 eventS'Of the ■ American^war j its issue, as 'fiir ks regatds Bii^ 
 
 Xiax^ and America is well known ; though its consequences to 
 
 theformer have not been so fatid as was predicted, and as the 
 
 French so confidently expected. But this conteatjihto which 
 
 theking'of France was fatally seduced against his own better 
 
 judgment, by counsels equally impolitic Mid imrn^ral, opts^ed 
 
 . in bis dcKToted country new sodree^ of disaster and of rebellioil. 
 
 It set'the example of insurrection, and taught the arts of re^ 
 
 sistancetoleg&imi^ anthority. The boundless ambitkm and 
 
 deceitful policy, which have been so often atttibuted'tb-thefo- 
 
 mily of Bourbon, belong of right toi the- Fitnchhatidhi'' VH- 
 
 M m 3 . 
 
 ^ij: 
 
!<• 
 
 XUROPE. 
 
 FlllT II. 
 
 f^AWCi. Hatrnj i .&b>m of Uw Fiwich Revohitian. 
 
 ^raloQi, i|| w > | » PmI 'IFPH 4tM|r Ui« alwitji cQnM4erpd tiMvu 
 iclvvft « 4f9i<Nly th* firn of th« u^tiow of Swoyp ) «i»d W 
 Ihcy befn ^OMtoft^aMiftlj to tbink «»» ihey ecH^d not juptly 
 hktn been blaiseiibr • partiality nMun) to 9U «i«n. But tKey 
 baire Cnr many agaa aM<k tbc grf at«»t and most uojust cforu 
 to cfliiKnand tb«t nipariority to which they have 00 title ; and 
 t» open force tbey have ivo^rmly iiMed intitigues whicb» 
 iboifgb ihfrays bate and iv^noral, have oftneheen but too 
 M6«earf«}. W^ CQMtitmioDid tod commeccial pre-eminence 
 «£Gr«|t Bvitaipt bf* £9r pore thitii a centwry opposed the 
 ■ivoat solid btraer to the wild and de«olatbg ^bltion of this 
 dangexoui pet^le. Their emnity to thtf country, therefore, 
 lifi bee* |iapea«ng» and h^s equally operated in the pio£c>und- 
 4^ peine at in the most violOftt yi9x } and what they ha^ve net 
 Voqi powerful or courag«oui eiiough te^xeeute by ofva force, 
 Abay b>Mw eperted tbenuelrea with indefiuigable art to accom< 
 fliib bf Moxet influfince, extrai^^piot pntemjocs, a«d silent en- 
 ctetcbaDfnts. The war whicb tnded In 171^ demonstrated 
 ,tb«ir inferiority, and might h»¥e antitled u« to impose condi- 
 jdoM qn them ht more humiliating, and more importunt, in the 
 «irw of reitniwing their insolent ambition and dangerous en- 
 itfroaQhiw^ntf, ihan thpae to i^hich they were then subjected. 
 Th^ aipd* P««cc pi)ty with the view of future revenge. Their 
 ^fvAij led them to believe that chance and bad management 
 4m their ode b»d alone pwn ua- the advantage which was to 
 ■flbvMMp in thfit contest. Though vornted in the £eld, they 
 i<Df|witted us in the cabinet, and considering us as iM* artificial 
 'jPOWHT, they loolMd fbrwttd moA confidence to owr destruction 
 » some future contest, winch might leave them undisputed 
 ani|8teiis of t^e world. They however sbruidL from- the fair and 
 JloMwuble contest tiiSvcMt and bad recourse to calumnies in- 
 fkistriffwdy circulated, and to the exciting of rebellion in our 
 colonies, wluch had long been a favourite project by which they 
 
fMXT If, 
 
 £U!iOP^. 
 
 5^1 
 
 hopcsd iiwvhably to lial our ruiiu la hmi$ XlVth^i time, 
 the king Jed hif feopU an their finrourite project both in open 
 yrnr, and aecret intrigue* Durini^ the week xeiga o£ Le^is 
 XV., though tlie monarch vrai ti a great meaiure paKiwe, 
 :^e lame cyitem was purtucd) and bit vnfortunatic auc- 
 cciwr was led, «n tpite of himelf, to the aame line of con* 
 •duct, by the vnckednen and Iblljr, not of the Bourbons, 
 but of those who were about him 4 and now that tbe Bourns 
 have long ceased to have any political eacislence, the same sys- 
 tem has been pursued with increasing pertinacity, in de- 
 «pite of every principle of justice and -of honour^ and it h*f 
 been so pursued as to prove that the system is inherent in the 
 nation, whoever be at its head. 
 
 When it is said that the American war was the cause of the 
 French revolution, the assertion is inaccurate, at least, if not 
 erroneous. That immorality, political MacMaveiism, and ge- 
 neral dereliction of principle, which led the French nation to 
 attempt the nun -of Britain, by abetting the rebellion in her 'Co- 
 lonies, had already ipstved the way for some disastrous convul<^ 
 Mon among themselves. Their interference in America ccr* 
 tainly accelerated the evil, but it did not txx»sion it. That 
 which in the fate of nations we call chance, is rsaUy Providence i 
 and when widced «nen imagine they are promoting their own 
 interests, or gratifying llieir own revenge, they axe often only 
 paving the way for their own signal punishment. Such was 
 the case with France in t^e instance befiare us. In endeavour- 
 ing to infKct B cowardly wound on Great Britain, ^ has 
 brought upon herself the most disastrous evils. Corrupt ia 
 principles and practice, that natbn imbibed from her disgrace- 
 ^1 connection with the revolted Americans, confused ideas of 
 what she did not comprehend, and demanded that Uberty in 
 
 Mm4 ■-^.. 
 
3<» 
 
 EUROFB. 
 
 Fart If* 
 
 Fk Airci. WMaryt-'-Ammblj of Notabka.~4uta*>OenerikL 
 
 Iwr own coMtittttion, wliicb« witlwut vinne, and without «x- 
 pefience, muit alwaja degoncrate in^ Ikentiouincas. ■<" ' '"^ 
 •MN'Mr Ncckcf camad on tlie Aaoteriean warbyioaeaBf of loani; 
 the intentt of which aufBcntod the i^^s/fini wUeh had already 
 exiitfld in thft finanoet' faifon that fatal anearare wan ictoWed 
 upon^ TocoTar tlm, the aucceecfihg- minuten were obliged 
 ta.hayettcoune to extraordinary meansi which gave riie to 
 the aioat violent dedamationt, and to thenost pertinacioui op- 
 poMtiMi* : Evflry measure became a rabject of discuuion > re> 
 spcct fofj authority gradualiy died away, and the inbcdlity or 
 inexperience of tlie. government incrtaied the progroM of re- 
 volt and 'disobedience. . The king was a man of virtue, 'and far 
 from being devoid of knowledge j and, had he been allowed to 
 act on his own principles, or been able to act with energy, he 
 might have weathered <the storm. But he was constantly arreit- 
 «d and>deraikg«id- by cabals of ignorant and vicious men^ till at 
 length, unablc.to eftntroul the parliaments^ or to supply the 
 wants of 'the state, he was compelled to convoke an assembly 
 oi UotakUs, The king proposed a new system of taxation, 
 and the establishment of provincial assemblies throughout the 
 kingdom. The notables assented to the latter proposal, but 
 rejected the former. The parliament iollowed this example, 
 and fiiither msisted on the convocation oi the SttO^S'Gefiera/t 
 which demand^ urgtd on by the factious, of every description, 
 Wcame the generalcry of the nation. >^ - f«.t' jarxn^ 
 
 1 uWanfe nf money, and want of talents, are sufficient to* over- 
 turn the government of any nation. The want of money could 
 no longer be concealed, and the ministry were so void of talent 
 aiito inlbnn the whole nation that they knew not how to act. 
 EmbarcasBcd with their flituatioof and unabk to resolve on any 
 efficient plan, they had ihe extreme imprudence to invite the 
 whole nation to assist the king with their counsels. The na- 
 ture resul^ followed* The kingdom was deluged with absurd 
 
Taut II. 
 
 EURO Pi. 
 
 5«J 
 
 could 
 
 Fr AKCK. Ht«tor]r.--GhthlCTer of the V^leimt. 
 
 aaaBosasmmmmmmmmammt^mtieaaermtmaBii 
 
 fjstems, and inflamatory ivritingi, tnd dMcont«nt and htikm 
 became univanaU ' < yivsiytwswMR^i. ur . . >•) a»4» 
 
 "<) The States-Gcnertl had b«en ttitawemtyledlil'itfi^V and 
 had produced nothing but diMcntions between the nobles and 
 conmoncy and ibey were anembled on thk occasion, without 
 any efbrta to remedy the evil* which had been then experien- 
 ced. The peers of France, few in number^ were «onA>cmded 
 with the other nobles, and the privileges of nobHity were rtot 
 ; *nfined to the eldest descendants of noble families, but «x- 
 ^endcd to all their collateral branches. • Their 'privileges, too, 
 were not of that generous, politicft), and useful nature, Attarh- 
 «d to the peerage of £ngland ) but personal, and though oftei* 
 trifling, and even nugatory, they were generally looked upote 
 as humiliating to the commons. On former occanons^ the right 
 of electing, and of being elected, was restricted in this ordef, 
 to the possessors of fieis. On the present oecasioni'thts right 
 was indiecriminately extended to all who bore the title «f 
 noUe, which was acquired by descent to every child in infiitininty 
 by purchase, by offices of trust or dignity, which were expoied 
 to sale ; and by the arbitrary declaration of any one already 
 noble, that such a man or family was originally of. the 
 same fsunlly with himself. There is no sort of resemblance 
 between this nobility vaA that of England ; there was no sort 
 of link by which the ix^lesse and conunons of France were 
 connected ; and they were inevitably hostile to each othefl 
 There is a certain generosity and enlightened policy equally 
 removed irom despotism and thoughtless innovation, wMch we 
 justly expect, and generally meet with in men of birth and hie- 
 reditary honour. But, if we erect the whole cls^s intO'^a ptiity, 
 we pollute the soufce from whence the virtues weexpeot &om 
 them proceed ^ and wc oppose obstacles even to those energies 
 which may remain, which in an insulated state they will seldom 
 be able to resist. The nobles of France composed in the way 
 
5^ 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 IpARV If, 
 
 W.'i',-,, "'T^ '„ ,,.,.1.. aagasgaESipaeaas 
 
 FxANCs. Hintaiy .. ChBraoer of the National Assembly. 
 
 ^already deicribed, dt^dauwd to sit among the conmons. There 
 were indeed a few noble repreientatives among them) but they 
 were a disgrace to their own order, and a curse instead of an 
 Acquisition to the Qthen Of course the i^rcat |^t>lk of the re- 
 f rcsentatives of the comiRons were men from whoiif, even in 
 J&igland, little fwUtical sagacity «ould be expected, and ia 
 France, where men of every class had beeo so little exercised 
 In political discussions, still less. Among the clergy which 
 formed the first order, the interests and feelings were divided 
 according as the individuals were bom noble or plebeian ; and 
 what was worse than all, in the constituboa <^ the states-gene- 
 ral now assembled, the. deputies were only to be the hearers of 
 the resolutions of those who had ^ent them. 
 
 It was utterly imposail:^ that an assembly composed of 
 materials so heterogeneous, and with powers so limited, could 
 produce any Advantage to the country^ As a permanent con- 
 «titution, it would have been absurd and useless, if not impos- 
 sible* As the tXMirt had no fijied plan, and no experience of 
 the means of influencing deliberative assemblies, it was easy to 
 foresee that the popular party would have the ascendancy ^ 
 «nd from the temper of the times, and from the want of know- 
 ledge, energy, and experience, in the government, that they 
 would be supported by the bulk of the nation. There were 
 men, however, in France, who had studied the principles of ge- 
 nuine liberty with attention ; and there probably were very 
 few in any of the three orders, who had any serious plan or 
 wish to overturn the monarchy. Each order (from the very 
 nature of their constitution, and from the indefinite state of 
 their power and privileges) wished to augment its own power 
 snd inHuence, and the majority probably had no other view. 
 It was hoped, however, that a morp permanent and useful sys- 
 tem might be established by this very assembly for the future. 
 It was thought, that while the orders continued separate, no- 
 
Part II. 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 565 
 
 France. History.— Weakness and Irresolution of the Court. 
 
 thing bur. opposition 411^ partial pretensions could be expected ; 
 but that, if united, they might agree in some general plan of 
 establishing a constitution. With t^is view the commons de- 
 miknckdt and procured a double j-epresentation \ that is, that tlic 
 number of deputies xe{w;4senting the commons, should equal 
 that of the nobles and clergy together : an umsvatioa which, 
 had they been to remain separate, would have been useless and 
 absurd. From the extreme violence of party on the subject, 
 it perhaps may be difficult to form an impartial opinion on this 
 double representation, and on the union of tlie orders which en- 
 sued, and which many consider as the real cause of the destruc- 
 tion of the monarchy. The double representation of the com- 
 mons, however, and the union of the orders, were supported by 
 some of the greatest and most virtuous men of every rank in 
 France, and appear in effect to have been absolutely necessary ; 
 and had the government been possessed of sufficient wisdom 
 and vigour, the whole might have been more easily managed, 
 and more happily directed in one assembly, convened to esta- 
 blish a permanent constitution on general principles, common 
 and advantageous to all, than in three separate assemblies, 
 each pursuing party purposes. The commons were all in- 
 structed to demand, as the double representation gave them 
 reason to expect, a union ^ and unless the government had de- 
 termined to grant the latter, they ought never to have granted 
 the former. The evident want of political knowledge, and<»f 
 vigour, on the part of the government, and their undetermined 
 and fluctuating measures with respect to the union of- the or- 
 ders, gave a prodigious advantage to the factious members of 
 the assembly, and to their ignorant and savage abettors in eve- 
 ry part of the kingdom. It was by a succession of measures 
 equally weak and contradictory, on the part of the king^s mi- 
 nisters, that the unfortunate Lenis rapidly lost all power and 
 influence, and, of necessary consequence, all personal respect. 
 
566 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 Part IL 
 
 h 
 
 France Historj-. — Progress of the Revolution. 
 
 Msmj.inen, who have since been guilty of the greatest crimes, 
 ivould then have been satisfied with moderate concessions and 
 a reasonable constitution j and fear, which is generally the 
 cause of the most contemptible conduct, and of the most abo- 
 minable cruelties, i^i a very short time threw the whole power 
 of the assembly into the hands of a few miscreants. 
 
 That the French revolution, by an unusual display of .prin- 
 ciples, to which the reading part of mankind, in general, and 
 the classical, in particular^ are attached from their boyish years, 
 was calculated to inspire uncommon interest, is too obvious to 
 be denied. Yet, we may be allowed to wonder (even though 
 the reflection should be suspected to affect ourselves as well as 
 others,) that so large a portion of mankind, and even of those 
 who are capable of thinking and writing, should be so easily 
 scdoced by empty pounds, and piinciples of brilliant import, 
 -which were never, even onc^, reduced to practice : that whilst 
 they C00I4 feci and reprobate the horrors of despotism, they 
 could overlook and excuse the still greater horrors which were 
 perpetrated in the name of liberty. In morals and religion it 
 is never allowed to do evil that good may come ; and still less, 
 if possible, is this to be justified by those who pretend to tie- 
 fend the principles of liberty and justice against despotism and 
 oppression. But man, with all his Ipoasted philosophy, is prac- 
 tically found to be a very fallible being j and to be less the 
 creature of cool reason and speculative justice than of passion 
 and prejudice. In the eye of morality and of religbn, the ef- 
 rors which are the fatal eonscquences of these are not there- 
 fore to be excused. But, when these errors and crimes occur 
 amidst such jarring elements as were so fatally combined in the 
 xcvolution of France, though they can never be excused, and 
 «aght never to be palliated, they may be more easily and more 
 naturally accounted for, than the approbation bestowed upon 
 them by men far removed, in place at least, from the violenc*;, 
 
Part 11. 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 5<57 
 
 }assioti 
 he ef- 
 there- 
 occur 
 in ths 
 I, and 
 more 
 upon 
 ence;. 
 
 Fr ance. History. — Projjress of the Revolution. 
 
 and passions, and prejudices, which occasioned them. The man 
 who, totally unconcerned in the scenes which were pasdng in 
 France, and living in tranquillity in England, America, 'Ger* 
 many, or Holland, could coolly approve of the horrors there 
 perpetrated, and wilfully overlooking, or artfully concealing, 
 the motives and tendency of them, could deliberately labour 
 to palliate their enormity, is, without doubt, in a moral und re- 
 ligious point of view, more guilty than many or perhaps most 
 of the wretched agents themselves, who, in most cases, we may 
 reasonably' conclude, and in many, we are certain, were hurri- 
 ed unthinkingly forward by the violence of party, by fear, and 
 by the force of artful misrepresentation. 
 
 The goodly prospect, if it can be said seriously to have ex? 
 isted at all iu the French revolution, vanished completely in 
 the year 1789 y and posterity will scarcely believe that it could 
 have had zealous partisans in foreign states, after that period, 
 even among men who have been highly esteemed, and who are 
 Unquestionably enlightened. We have had occasion to converse 
 often ,and long, and intimately, with some of the most enlight- 
 ened, most virtuous, and most zealous friends of genuine liberty 
 in that country. Their expectations at first were splendid and 
 sanguine. But their intc-^sting dream had completely vanish- 
 ed long before the end of 1789. Those men were not the blind 
 partisans of the court, the fatal errors of which they saw and 
 deeply lamented. But they disdained becoming the dupes of 
 the factious and sanguinary demagogues who raised their bloody 
 sceptre on the ruins of the throne. It is now allowed on al- 
 most every hand, that the intentions of the king were godd, and 
 jcandid, and loyal j but he was naturally timid, (not cowardly) 
 and he was wretchedly ill advised. The different parties sought 
 only to gratify their own passions, and to promote their own ' 
 interests ; and in the fatal scramble for power the sacred names 
 of liberty, and justice, and humanirv-, which wtftt constantly in 
 
5«8 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 Part II. 
 
 MH 
 
 Mi 
 
 France. 
 
 History — Destruction of the Bastile. 
 
 ; ' 'i I ,1 I'll* .' " 
 
 the mouths of noisy demagogues, too fatally succeeded in se- 
 ducing the nation from its duty and allegiance, and in deliver* 
 ing it over to the sanguinary domination of the vilest of man- 
 kind. It is nstonishing, it is frightful, to reflect, that the bold 
 but empty pretences of these bloody men, contradicted, in eve- 
 ry instance, and in the most dreadful manner, by their conduct, 
 both in the attainment and execution of power, gained them a 
 degree of respect, of confidence, or at* least of admiration, even 
 ill foreign countries, and from men who pretend to shudder at 
 the slightest injustice derived, or pretended to be derived from 
 established governments. 
 
 The virtuous and zealous lovers of genuine freedom in 
 France, they who from their knowledge md probity were <vell 
 aware, and ready to allow, that freedom and licentiousness are 
 incompatible ; and that the domination of ignorant and vicious 
 upstarts is more fatal than the oppression even (^ hereditary 
 despots, were justly alarmed with the very first symptoms of 
 popular fury. The transactions of the 14th of July 1789 *> 
 which excited, even in England, so much ignorant and fanati- 
 cal applause, filled them with sorrow and apprehension, and 
 those of the 5th and 6tk October f annihilated for ever their 
 pleasant dream of constitutional freedom. 
 
 We are far £rom meaning to infer that the court was blame» 
 less. We have already stated what is unquestionably true, 
 that the errors of the court, the iguorance of the advisers of 
 the crown, and/the imsteadiness of their measures, too fatally 
 accelerated those disasters which an opposite and firmer con<^ 
 duct fliight have prevented altogether. The errors of the 
 king and court, however, though of most fatal consequence, 
 wfere evidently the effects, not of intention and depravity, but 
 of ignorance and irresolution. They were, in a great measure, 
 •nd in a moral point of view, the innocent catAes of great 
 
 * Destructioqo^the Bastilb. f The king and royal Emuly dragged from 
 Vcnailles to fuit bj the oiob. 
 
Part II. 
 
 EUROIPE, 
 
 S^9 
 
 TuAtitt. History.— Progtess of the Revolution. 
 
 crimes and disastets ^ whercaiS their opponent« were the wiiling 
 agents in transactions which have left an indelible stain oa the 
 ck>s<: of the tSth century. And yet> in the settled tranijuilHty 
 ;ven of this country, we have heard the former subjected to 
 unqualified reproach, and the criminality of the latter extenu- 
 atedy on the score of iatenUon. If virtue and vice are no(: 
 empty names, such extenuation, in such circumstances, is a 
 crime of the deepest die, and marks a depravity, the extent of 
 which it is difHcuIt to calculate. To such men, unquestion* 
 ably, may the woe denounced by the prophet be applied with 
 singular propriety : ** Woe uato them that call evil good, and 
 « good evil ; that put datkness ,f«r Hght, and light for dark* 
 ** ness i that put bitter for sweety atid sweet for bitter." 
 
 After the fatal night of Ute 5th and 6th of October all 
 hopes of liberty were obviously at an end, and every man o£ 
 sense and viM^ saw, that if their country was to be saved at 
 all from the mbst disastrous anarchy, it was by supporting, the 
 king in a vigorous resumption of the regal power, and in the 
 assertion of his authority, even to the altematire of a civil 
 war, if no other means remained of curbing the insolence and 
 violence of those savage moustbrs who had so successfully mis. 
 led the people. This plan of procedure was suggested, and ear- 
 nestly recommended by some of the most virtuous and zealous 
 friends of liberty whom we have ever knowa. But Lewis had not 
 vigour to pursue it: He looked with horror on the shedding the 
 blood of his subjects, even in the field of battle ^ a^ he anticipat- 
 ed, with the bitterest anguish, the fate to which want of success 
 might reduce his wife and innocent family. His natural humanity 
 did not aUow \um to perceiire that vigorous resistance was then 
 his bouiidiehduty, whatever might be the consequences, and that 
 It was the only means of safety left, either for his pedple or fa- 
 ntily. Resistance bn his part, it was already evident, would 
 not, even in the event of being unsuccessful, have made his op- 
 jponents more bloody and unjust y for it was already obvioi» 
 
■p» 
 
 51^ 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 PARTlti 
 
 France. History. — ^Progress of the Revolution. 
 
 that they were restrained within no bounds of virtue, of justice, 
 or of common humanity *, and it is now an historical fact, that 
 his forbearance, or tiihidityi produced no moderation in them, 
 and neither preserved his piebple, his family, nor himself^ from 
 those disasters vrhieh wer6 evidently to follow the domination 
 ^ the monsters who contrived and executed the scenes of the 
 5th ind 6th of Odtobef • 
 
 Several of the leading nlen of the truly moderate and en- 
 lightened {iarty of the national assembly, justly indignant at 
 the audacious wickedn^S of the monsters in question, And la- 
 menting that their success had annihilated the fairest prospects j 
 were ybt Anxious to make a last eflfbrt to save their country, 
 and whilfe it was thought that thd king would be able and wil- 
 ing to retire from a place where he was no longer either free 
 or safe, passports were furnished to 700 members, who looked 
 ^th horrdr dn the success 6f a factious minority j^gta-der to quit 
 Paris, and to unite in some provincial t&wn, where they might 
 deliberate in freedom and tranquillity, by which means it was 
 thought possible, even yet, to save the country from anarchy and 
 hiin. But the <ealot« of vice and rebellion are always more ac- 
 tive than the friends of virtue arid good gdvemmettt. Avery few 
 only of the deputies departed ; the great majority were pre- 
 vailed upon to remain, and became the dupes and victims of a 
 few sanguinary demagogues j and this farther plan of restoring 
 tranquillity and order was thus rendered ineflfectual, and the 
 triumph of tho anarchists wait cofnplete^ The assembly being 
 removed from Versailles to Paris, and thd king ind his family 
 forced to accompany them thither, they had no longer any will 
 di their own. The mob of Paris was at the command of a few 
 unprincipled conspirators, and the assembly decreed whatever 
 they dictated, while the king was nothing better than a state- 
 priioner. The noblesse persecuted through the whole extent 
 of the kingdom j the clergy, and the men of every description 
 
i»ART II. 
 
 EURbPE. 
 
 Sli 
 
 France. History — ^Progress of the Revolution. 
 
 who shewed any disapprobation of the violence of the. ruling 
 party, were obliged to seek for safety in emigration. This 
 emigration has been greatly blamed, and it is certain that the 
 emigrants in general have acted with great imprudence, and 
 given an advantage to their enemies which they ought never 
 to have had. But it is equally certain that the emigration was 
 not a matter of choice but of necessity. The power of the de- 
 magogues was suddenly and. unexpectedly acquired. Men of 
 iproperty and good intentions were dispersed, and were so ac- 
 tively pursued that they could never again unite or act in con- 
 cert } and the only alternative they had, was to emigrate or re- 
 main to be assassinated. One of the ablest and most virtuous de- 
 puties of the tiers etat remained in France ten months after he 
 Was obliged to quit the assembly, and though he was a man uni- 
 versally esteemed, he was obliged to live in concealment.. At 
 one time h*«j^ ordered to be siezed as a traitor, at another he 
 Was represen'^ as having deserted his post and emigrated j and 
 it was often very expressly hinted, that "he ought to be cut off if 
 he still remained in the country. Innumerable calumnies were 
 circulated respecting him, during the most violent of which he 
 frequently came with undaunted courage, and presented him- 
 self in the chief town of the province, with the view of confut- 
 ing the assertions by which the people were deceived, and the 
 country was led to the brink of destruction. At length, after 
 tunning innumerable risks to no purpose, and when temporary 
 concealment was no longer possible, he was obliged to emigrate 
 to save his own life and that of his innocent family. Many, af- 
 ter the most violent persecution, and after having been strip- 
 ped of all their property, and many, after having seen their 
 dearest relations insulted and assassinated, had no other resource 
 but to share their fate, or to emigrate *. 
 
 * See Count Lally's interesting and animated defence of th< Emigrants, 
 
 . N U 
 
$1^ 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 Paut II. 
 
 Fr AMCi. Hiitory. — Flight of the King. — Constitution of 1 789. 
 
 On the 14th of July 1790, the anniversary of the tricing of 
 the Bastile, there was a grand fete through the whole kingdom. 
 In the Changs de Mars at Paris, the king and the members of 
 the national assembly took a solemn oath to maintain the con- 
 stitution \ which was repeated by the armed citizensi and an 
 immense crowd of spectators, resolved, as they pretended, to 
 live free, or die. The same oath was taken on the same day 
 through the whole extent of the kingdom. 
 
 This splendid but farcical display of the love of liberty, (the 
 nature of which probably not six persons in that vast assem- 
 blage understood) did not save the country from the convul- 
 sions of anarchy with which it had been so long threatened. 
 The situation of the king and of his family became daily mote 
 and more unpleasant. *; He at length found it necessary to take 
 refuge in flight j and it is to be lamented, not more on his own 
 account, than on that of his country, that, ag|fl||almost every 
 other great transaction of his life, so in this, he was unsuccessful. 
 He and his family were brought back prisoners to the Thuille- 
 ries on the 25th of June 1791. Bamave, one of the deputies of 
 Grenoble, travelled in the king^s carriage in order to protect 
 him from popular violence, and found occasion, during that 
 journey, to lament most bitterly the bad fortime of the monarch, 
 to which he himself had so unthinkingly contributed. . 
 
 The famous constitution which was formed in 1789, was at 
 length finished and presented to the king, who accepted it on 
 the 13th of September 1791. He was well awpre, and took oc- 
 casion to remark, the inefficiency to which it subjected the mo- 
 narch, and the fatal consequences which_,wottId probably ensue. 
 But his intentions were siixere in undertaking it, and in endea- 
 vouring to execute it to the utmost of his poxver. In the for- 
 mation of this constitution the constitutional assembly not only 
 conducted themselves like inexperienced speculatlsts, or mise- 
 xab.le tools, but sanctioned .what-was directly contrary to their 
 
Paut II. 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 573 
 
 FjtANCE. History.— -Gonttitution of 1793. 
 
 Instructions, and finished their labours without consulting the 
 people, from whom, when sent to the states general, they de- 
 rived no such authority. Like every other temporary experi- 
 ment amoij^st tliem, it was extolled as a model of perfection, 
 and the idle adulation of ignorant or vicious Frenchmen was 
 echoed through the world with a degree of ardent folly, at 
 which, even at tliis distance, one can scarcely help to blush. 
 
 The adulated idol, however, was of short duration. The 
 Legislative Assembly, composed of men more ignorant and vio- 
 lent than the former, soon overthrew this boasted constitution, 
 and the National Convention, with equal precipitation and more 
 fatal folly, decreed a republic in 1792, without regard to the 
 feelings of the country, and without reflecting that it is easier 
 to pull down than to rebuild. This republic sub^sted from 
 September 1792 to August 1793 without any constitutional 
 code. Then^eading members at this pfcriod were sen- 
 sible that their innovations were highly obnoxious to the nati<yi 
 at large } they therefore used every means in their power to 
 keep the people in constant alarm, and to withdraw their ^t< 
 tention from the desperate changes they were resolved upon, 
 by directing their fears to dangers which had no existence. 
 This infamous policy has been so repeatedly acknowledged, and 
 the infamous means by which it was generally accomplished, 
 have been so often boasted of, by almost all the distinguished 
 individuals who were concerned in establishing the pretended 
 , republic, that posterity will indeed be surprised to hatJUf, that, 
 even in foreign countries, they have been excused on %ht;^fQflc 
 of intention. As a specimen, we would refer our readers to 
 Madame Roland^s confessions, where it is stated as a salutary 
 principle, regularly acted upon, that where the end In yieyt 
 could not otherwise be obtained, they were at liberty to excite 
 insurrections, and even to commit murders j that, bjT J«Pluioj[ 
 
 Nan 
 
574 
 
 E'ujtdf^£ 
 
 ^ARTlf. 
 
 France. History. — Massacres.- 
 
 -Muriler of the King. 
 
 the court as the nerpetratorj, they might employ the fury of 
 the people, thus infamously deceived, to extend their own in- 
 fliicnce, and promote their own views. 
 
 ' In order to succeed to the ftill extent, it was necessary to 
 get rid of the king, and of those faithful men who were still 
 attached to him. The night between the 9th and loth of 
 August 1792 was fixed upon for accomplishing this objeclr. 
 The palace of the Thuillerics was attacked by the multitude j 
 the king and his family were obliged to seek refuge in the na< 
 tional assembly \ and the Swiss guards being savagely butch- 
 ered, the palace was ransacked. The 2d and 3d of September 
 were more horrible still, by the atrocious massacre of the de- 
 fenceless prisoners atid other aristocrats or pretended enemies 
 of the people. The Jacobins, who were so d<]Hominated from 
 their having first met in a monastery of that name, and whose 
 clubs extended over the whole nation, were 4|ow the bloody 
 masters of all France, and were daily guilty of enormities at 
 the recollection of which humanity shudders. It was about 
 the end of September 1 792, that the convention assembled for 
 the purpose of determining the charges against the king. On 
 the 24th they abolished royalty by acclamation ', immediately 
 after which the sovereign authority was siezed by Robespierre 
 and others j and that monster, with his committee of public 
 safety, tyrannized over France for 18 months. During this 
 awful period innumerable multitudes perished, not only in Pa- 
 ris, hut in every part of France, by the swordj a* la ianterne, 
 by the guillotine, by shooting, drowning, and every species of 
 barbarity. The king was murdered on the 2ist of January 
 1793 ; and all the rest of the family remaining in France, to- 
 gether with the infamous duke of Orleans, and excepting only 
 Lewises only daughter, soon shared the same fate. 
 D These, detestable transactions could not fail to excite a strong 
 sensation over all Europe j but they were particularly calcu- 
 
PilRT II. 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 575 
 
 France. Ki8tory,>~Gaute( aiul commencement of the Wur. 
 
 lated to alarm the govemmcxits of other states, when coupled 
 with a positive invitation to rebellion, on the part of the French 
 revolutionary government, and a promise of aid to all tho^e 
 vihot in their J4rgon» wished or merited tp be free. NothiDg 
 is to gratifying to a Frenchman as that hi» country should in> 
 iluence and direct the councils of other states ; and he is often 
 apt to forget the misery he endures at home, by reHecting on 
 the glory of foreign conquest, and on the honour of forming 
 or directing foreign governments. 
 
 Had the king of France formed apd executed such plans, as 
 were certainly formed and executed by these pretended repub- 
 licans, uo bopnds would have contained the indignation of cer- 
 tain classes of men, who, from the most unaccountable blind- 
 ness, or the most shameful perversion of facts, have yet ventur- 
 ed to assert} that the war which arose out of the French revo- 
 lution is to be attributed to the ambition, not of Franee, but 
 of the other nations of Europe. Fortunately, however, the 
 French, have themselves decided the question, > The virtuous 
 Brissot positively and repeatedly asserted, that war was neces- 
 sary for the establishment of the republie, and whoever will im- 
 partially read Marshes history of the Politm of France and Eng- 
 land^ will find it difficult to account for the opinions and con- 
 duct of some eminent n^n even in ouj: own country on this 
 subject. 
 
 That the emperor Leopold was an anxious spectator of the 
 French revolution, is neither to be denied nor wondered at j 
 but it is now unquestionably known, and by impartial men al- 
 lowed, that his anxiety was not to make war on the French, 
 and to make conquests at their expence, but to guarantee him- 
 self against the influence of the^ir violent principles, and the 
 eifects of their insolent ambition. His sudden death made very 
 little alteration in the system of Europe, because the conduct 
 of France was such as to render war inevitable. It was there- 
 
 Nn 3 
 
57« 
 
 EUROPE.-^^ 
 
 VAtr 11^ 
 
 TtLAMCt. Hiitory^^Heductlon of SaTe7.^B«ttlc of Jtmappc. 
 
 fore decreed by the asaemblj against the young king of Hun- 
 gary and Bohemia, in the month of April 179^. Bui though 
 the war on the part of Austria, and even on that of Prussia, 
 ivho was in alliance with Austria for mutual defence, vrit cer- 
 tainly justifiable in principle, it was so absurdly conducted on 
 the part of the allies, as neither to promise, nor scarcely to me- 
 rit, better success than what they met with. It is aliiviys a bad 
 sign when a nation despises that with which it has to contend 
 in the field of battle. The French have often, and particular- 
 ly in the present instance, merited the abhorrence of Europe j 
 but they are too powerful and too d&ring to be treated lightly 
 or with contempt. France is, and long has been, a warlike 
 nation. But insolent Contempt will generally gWt an advan- 
 tage even to cowards. The Austrians and Prusrians, in advan- 
 cing into France, not only treated that part of the nation they 
 meant ko subdue, with haughtiness and cohteftpt *, but they 
 also conducted themselves towards the emigrants, who mait be 
 considered as their allies, with neglect, severity, and injustice. 
 In short, they forgot that it Wto not a eoihmon war, and that, 
 though just on their side in the commencement, it might be- 
 come unjust, unpopular, iiid unsuccessful, from the mode of its 
 prosecution j and accordingly the invasion of France covered 
 the allied armie^^ hn\f with disgrace, fed the frichiy of the re- 
 publicans, excited <] intrust, and promoted dissension among the 
 royalists. S»v..>y rfta seized in the month of September and in- 
 torporated with France, and the republican armies uhdeir Cus- 
 tine, began to make a rapid progress in Germany.. On the 
 6th of November, the desperate battle of Jemappe was fought 
 and won by General Dumourier, against the Attstrians com- 
 manded by the duke of Saxe Teschen, which decideci the fate 
 of the Netherlands. In the niean time, the British govern- 
 ment, with a moderation and forbearance, which, though gross* 
 ly misrepresented by party, will doubtless astonish posterlt/, 
 
PAIIT II. 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 W7 
 
 FaANCi. Hiitory.-«EjHCution of BrUiut, Orleans, ttc. 
 
 remiincd dccii^^lly neutral. The decree of the 19th Novem- 
 ber, howerer, offering fraternity and auistancc to every people, 
 added to numerous other octi of aggrctsion and insolence, both 
 before and immediately after, rendered war at length inevitable. 
 In the beginning of the year 1793, the progreis of the repub- 
 lican arms was checked, and several places of strength fell in- 
 to the hands of the allies. The system pursued by thetn, how- 
 ever, was by no means such as to ensure ultimate success } and 
 the MparatioQ which took place after the fall of Valenciennes, 
 produced the most disastrous consequences to the. army com- 
 manded by the duke of York, and to the general cause. In 
 the summer of this year, the southern provinces made a noble 
 but ultimately unsuccessful stand, against the bloody measures 
 of the convention, and Toulon was given up to Lord Hgod, in 
 the name and for the behoof of Lewis XVII. These trans- 
 actions irritated the Jacobinical usurpers so much, that they 
 brought many of the most active republicans to the block j the 
 fate of whom we are scarcely disposed to commiserate, as it 
 seejned to be the just retribution of their own crimes. In the 
 end of October, Brissot, and twenty-one of his associates fell a 
 sacrifice to^at fury which they had contributed to raise, and 
 the infamous Duke of Orleans, now no longer necessary, met 
 the same fate in the beginning of November. Toulon was 
 ^oon after evacuated by the allies, and was delivered up to mi- 
 litary execution. This was the first scene of £uonapartc*s ex- 
 ploits, and he shewed himself completely worthy of the bloody 
 commission entrusted to him. In the end of March 1 794, the 
 Herbertists, to the number of twenty, wer^ arrested and execu- 
 ted, and a few days after, Danton and his associate's being ac- 
 cused of conspiring against the republic, shared the same fate. 
 Robespierre, who was the leading tyrant, spared neither friend 
 nor foe, and at length fell a sacrifice, not to the insulted justice 
 of his country, but to the personal fears of some of his own a'^- 
 
578 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 Part 1 1. 
 
 Fr ANCK. History — Full of Robcspicrie—Tlie Directory. 
 
 complices. It is well known that this sanguinary tyrant had 
 caused the convention to decree that there was no God, and 
 afterwards, that there was. Whti he saw his power at an end, 
 he discharged a pistol in his ntouth, which, however, only se- 
 verely wounded him in the jaw. While the monster was ly- 
 ing on the floor of the Hotel dc Ville, weltering in his blood, 
 a person entered, and touchinjjr his head with his foot, called 
 him by name three times, and having fixed his attention, said, 
 llyi unDiett*, Thiswas,perhaps,themo8tdreadfulsoundwhicii 
 human being ever heard. In the evening of the 28th July 1 794, 
 he and his brother, and 19 others, finished their detestable ex- 
 istence under the guillotiije. It would not be necessary, even 
 did our limits permit, to enter into any detail of the constitution 
 of equality fabricated by Robespierre and his gang •, for thouj^h 
 it was accepted with all the unanimity which the guillotine was 
 so well calculated to ensure, it was never reduced, nor intend- 
 ed to be reduced to practice. After the death of the tyrant, 
 14 months were employed in manufacturing the directorial 
 constitution, which Thomas Paine considered as the most won- 
 derful Invention of human genius. 
 
 In the mean txme,however, past experience had induced some 
 even of Robespierre's accomplices to believe that the restora- 
 tion of the monarchy was the most likely means of putting an 
 end to the miseries of the revolution, and to the frightful un- 
 certainty of their own situation. A correspondence was ac- 
 cordingly, in the year 1795, entered into with Lewis XVIII., 
 whom it was proposed to make regent during the minority of 
 his ill-fated nephew. The correspondence was not direct j but 
 the writer of this article had in his possession, for several months, 
 some of the most Important letters which passed with that view, 
 and the most positive proof that it was with the privacy of some 
 of those in whom the power of the state at that time resided j 
 
 ♦ There is a God. 
 
Part. IT. 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 579 
 
 Vrance. History. — Murder of tlic Parisians '-;• Barisis and BuonapurU-. 
 
 and most seriouily is it to be lamented, that from causes into 
 which it woiild be unplc&sant and tedious to enter, it failed of . 
 success. It was at length resolved to put the directorial con- ■ 
 stitution in practice } but they who formed it being unwilling 
 to yield up that authority which they possessed, met with a 
 formidable resistance from the Parisians. Never was resistance 
 more justifiable than upon this occasion ^ nor probably in simi- 
 lar circumstances, was it ever conducted with greater, though 
 determined moderation, fiarras employed Buonaparte to op- 
 pose the amled sections of Paris, who amounted to about 30,000 
 men under General Danican. The illustrious Corsican, actu- 
 ated by none of the weak feelings of humanity,-^by none of 
 the compunctious visitings of nature, having destroyed about 
 ten thousand of the good citizens of Paris with grape-shot, en- 
 abled his worthy patron to enjoy his directorial power and con- 
 stitution in his own way. The directory exercised their ill- 
 gotten power in the way that was to be expected. They were 
 not literally so sanguinary as Robespierre had been j beeausc 
 public opinion and their own Interest restrained them, at least 
 externally, within ^I'tne bounds. But it was obvious that they 
 could break 'iroi >\h every restraint, both abroad and at home, 
 when t'aey .liou^,(it the/ could do so with impunity. A formi- 
 dable ;.»; ..tion gradually arose in the two ccunclls, the ap- 
 parent t;cn ien :y of which was the re-establishment of order and 
 justice, be, :h within and witiiout, and the pr ,.e consequence 
 of which u'ould have been the restoration of rr»onarchy under 
 certain limitations. These saUitary prospects were annihilated 
 on the 4th of September 1797, by on»i 0/ the most shameful 
 acts of despotism which ever disgraced any age or nation. The 
 opposition members in the directory a>id two councils were 
 seized and banished to Cayenne^ wi'thju* any form of trial, and 
 Barras and his assoclavis vere At complete masters of France 
 for the spare of two ye.'.r?. 
 
$90 
 
 EUROPE.- 
 
 Part II, 
 
 .Fkanck. History — Df nth of Levns XVII. — Expedition to Quiberon. 
 
 Ill the campaign of 1 794 the French were every where suc- 
 cnsful under General Jourdan, and General Piche^ru made 
 himselt master of Holland in the month of January loUowing} 
 the prince of Orange being obliged to seek refuge with hit fa- 
 mily in England. These unexampled successes, and probably the 
 secret influence of bribery and corruption, detached the king 
 of Prussia from the coalition : He signed a separate treaty of 
 peace at Basle on the 5th of April 1795. Th^ Spaniards, un- 
 dble to resist the republican arms on that side, w. )b)iged to 
 sign a dishonourable peace at the same place on the 22d of 
 July. 
 
 On the 9th of June this year, the unhappy son of an unhap- 
 py father, Lewis XVII, the heir and representative of so many 
 poweriiil monarchs, fell a sacrifice, if not to poison, at least to 
 the cruel and scandalous treatment he had experienced since 
 the fatal autumn of 1 792. His sister was soon after given up 
 to Austria in exchange for the deputies seised by Dumourier, 
 and for Scmonviile and Maret, who had been arrested on a neu- 
 tral territory. In the course of this year, the royalists, under 
 the name of Chouans, were in great force, and an expedition 
 was landed from England in the bay of Quiberon, toco-operate 
 with them, which terminated very fatally. Much blame has 
 on this accouut been attached to the British government, and 
 blame is due in as far as they allowed themselves to be deceiv- 
 ed by the sangu'...e expectations of the emigrants. But the in- 
 famous calumnies which have been circulated both by rcpubli- 
 ctin and emigrant Frenchmen on this head, will never meet 
 with credit from any candid or impartial man. In the begin- 
 ning of the year 1796, the force of the Chouans was entirely 
 broken, and thcirchiefs,Charette and Stofflet,were put to death. 
 
 Buonaparte having agreed to marry Madame Beauharnois, 
 the mistress of Barras, was appointed to the chief command of 
 the army of Italy. He opened the campaign on the 9th of 
 
pAUt II. 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 5«t 
 
 
 Fkanck. History.-~Retreat of Moreau. — Surrender of Mantua. 
 
 April 1796^ and by a series of successful battles he compelled 
 the king of Sardinia to sign a tKaty of peace on the 17th of 
 May, by which he ceded to France the dmchy of Savoy anA 
 county of Nice. He pursued his advantages with astonishing 
 rapidity, and having completely defeated the Austrians at the 
 bridge of Lodi, though with immense loss on his own part, he 
 compelled them to retire to Mantua, and became master of the 
 whole of Lombcirdy. An armistice had for some months eic- 
 isted on the Rhine, which was declared to be at an end on the 
 31st of May, when General Jour Jan advanced at the head of 
 the army of the Sambre and Meuse, into the heart of the em- 
 pire. Another army under Moreau passed the Rhine at 6tras« 
 bourg, and advanced nearly to Ratisbon, with a view of form- 
 ing a junction with that of Jourdan. The attempt was unsuc« 
 cessful, and they were both obliged to retreat across the Rhine. 
 This retreat of General Moreau, before the Austrian army 
 commanded by the Archduke Charles, conducted In the most 
 masterly manner, has been admired and praised by military 
 men of every country. 
 
 A great effort was now made by the Austrians under the com* 
 tnand of General Wurmser, to retrieve the affairs of Italy. 
 The French were at first repulsed, defeated, and obliged ta 
 taise the siege of Mantua. But this success was of short du- 
 ration. Wurmser, after a series of actions, was obliged to take 
 refuge in Mantua with the shattered remains of his troop% 
 where he was closely besieged. At the same time the French 
 entered the Tyrol, and became masters of the passes which 
 lead to Vienna. A great effort was however made under Ge- 
 neral Alvlnzy, to succour General Wurmser j but it was unsuc- 
 cessful, and Mantua was obliged to surrender. These success- 
 es of Buonaparte enabled him to compel the Pope, the king 
 bf Naples, and the other princes of Italy, to agree to whatever 
 terms he dictated. He also founded a new republic, which 
 
58a 
 
 EUROPE,! 
 
 Part II. 
 
 Fkanck. 
 
 History ,>~Cisalpine Republic. — Conqueits of Buonapnrte. 
 
 was first denominated the Cispadane, afterwards the Cisalpine, 
 some time after, the Italian, npublic > and now, we ure inform- 
 ed, the kingdo of Lombardy. >. 
 
 After the taking of Mantun, Buonaparte directed his course 
 through the Tyrol tbwards Vienna, where the greatest conster- 
 nation prevailed. In this critical state of aifairs, preliminaries 
 of peace were signed- at Lcoben in April 1797. The deBnitive 
 ♦r .«Ly was signed at Campo Form' a on the 17th of October fol- 
 !•' •«][( ^ and the city, and part oi the territory of Venice, which 
 haa .>v«;n ^revolutionized in the interval, under the ipost fvivolous 
 pretexts, were given up to Austria as a compensation, for the 
 NetherlanAs, and the emperor's other Italian territories. 
 
 Buonaparte had now become the most powerful and popular 
 general of the French republic, and as he owed his elevation to 
 Barras, he supported his despotic exertion of power on the 4th 
 of September 1797* The directory having thus got rid of all 
 opposition, ruled France with a rod of iron, and insulted and 
 oppressed all Europe. They invaded, plundered, and revolu- 
 tionized Rome, and restored, in name at least, the Roman re* 
 ^public. In the beginning of the year 1798, *they deceived, in- 
 vaded, and ruined Switzerland, erecting what they called a 
 new Helvetic republic. About the same time, a congress met 
 at Rastadt to negotiate a peace with the German empire on thq 
 basis of the treaty of Campo Formio. Never was Europe 
 snore grossly insulted than on this occasion, by the deputies of 
 France, whose conduct, when it served their purpose, has been 
 (loudly and justly blamed, even by the French themselves, 
 Great preparations, under the pretext of invading England, 
 were now made on all the coasts of France. But instead of 
 directing his course to England, Buonaparte, at the head of 
 40 thousand veterans set sail for Malta, which, though 
 neutral and harmless, he treacherously sei2:ed i^d garri 
 fioned'j after which he proceeded to Egypt, with a view, as 
 
Tart II. 
 
 £tJR6PE. 
 
 ^5 
 
 France. History. — Egypt conquered by Buonnparte. — Battle of the Nile. 
 
 he said, of conquering England in India. Egypt, it is well 
 known, being subject to the Porte, was neutral and friendly. 
 !But this had long br.cn a favourite project in France, even un- 
 der the monarchy j and sentiments of justice were not, at this 
 period in particular, likely to prevail, in opposition to motives 
 80 brilliant and flattering. Considerable resistance was made } 
 but, as it was easy to foresee, that resistance was unsuccessful. 
 The ultimate object, however, was annihilated, by the destruc- 
 tion of the French fleet on the ist of August j by the decisive 
 check which the conqueror of Italy experienced at St John 
 d'Acrc, through the intrepidity of Sir Sidney Smith; and 
 finally by a British army under General Abercromby. 
 
 The battle of the Nile infused new spirit Into the nations of 
 Europe, and produced a new coalition between Russia, Austria, 
 and Great Britain, which, during the year 1799, totally chang- 
 ed the face of affairs, and made the Insolent directory totter on 
 their throne. The advantages which might justly have bceA 
 expected to result from the brilliant and masterly conduct of 
 Suwarow were, however, finally lost by the interested and im- 
 politic views of the court of Vienna. Russia and England ' 
 acted for the good of Europe : The court of Vienna, whilst she 
 thought their aid necessary, was abundantly willing to benefit 
 by it J but shewed no disposition to restore Rome to the Pope, 
 or Piedmont to the king of Sardinia, and by shewing a dispo- 
 sition to hold every thing which the chance of war and the aid 
 of her powerful allies threw within her grasp, she once more 
 hazarded every thing, and placed herself at the mercy of het 
 unprincipled enemy. 
 
 Buonaparte^s views in Egypt being no longer attainable, and 
 his army being In great distress, he contrived to make his es- 
 cape, and landed in France in the month of October 1799, at 
 a time when the authority of the Directory was completely 
 
i04 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 Part II. 
 
 France^ History — Buonapaite assumes the sovereign power. 
 
 ureakeiaed by the bad success of their ambitious projects, an4 
 when the state of the country was such' as to render any change 
 whatever desirable. A fatality seems to hare attended tho 
 house of Bourbon, which can only be paralleled by that of the 
 ]house of Stuart. During the campaign of 1799, the restora- 
 tion was talked of as a thing, not only probable, but ^dmost 
 certain, and eminently desireable hymen of all descriptions, even 
 in France. An active, vigorous, and politic prince, would have 
 had but to appear and claim his rights, and they would have 
 been yielded with enthusiasm and gratitude ^ at least such ap- 
 peared to be the general tendency at that time from the gene- 
 ^^l conversation \ from the detestation with which all the re- 
 volutionary parties were looked upon, and from the contempt, 
 as well as abhorrence, under which the directorial government, 
 jn particular, had fallen. 
 
 Without wishing to detract from the talents and character 
 •f Buonaparte, which so ,many are disposed to admire, and not 
 a few to esteem, we may be allowed to observe, that he arrive(l 
 in Fr»noe at a period peculiarly favourable for any project he 
 anight entertain or undertake. Some change was absolutely 
 .necessary, and earnestly desired by men of all parties, and on 
 4he 8th and 9th of November 1799, ^ revolution was easily ac- 
 complished, more by the intrepidity of others than of himself, 
 which placed Buonap^'tc at the head of the state. It is melan- 
 4:holly to remark on this occason, with what eageiiiess the con- 
 temptible mob of the councils contended for the preservatiop 
 «f that constitution which they themselves had contributed to 
 annihilate, and with what anxious haste they repeated oaths 
 which they had repeatedly broken, and which they were soon 
 .repeatedly to bre^ .agaip. In assuming the sovereign autho- 
 rity , Buonaparte made many promises which he never intend- 
 -ed to perform. But he inspired new hopes into the nation, 
 find new vigour into all the departments of the state, and all 
 
Part II. 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 5»S 
 
 Fk ANCE. History. — Character of Buonaparte. 
 
 3=3: 
 
 parties vyere easily induced to give ample credit to his hyper« 
 bolical pretences, and hypocritical promises. The ruling; prin- 
 ciple of his conduct has been deception. He has literally 
 (though not in the apostolic meaning of the injunction) be- 
 come all things to all men. He has uniformly addressed the 
 passions of mankind, and as passion is blind, his motives have 
 been easily overlooked. He has flattered one party, frightened 
 another, .corrupted a third, and deceived all. He boldly blam-> 
 cd actions, and manfully confuted principles, which he former- 
 ly performed, professed, or approved, and which, whenever it 
 has suited his purpose, he has performed, professed, or approv- 
 ed again. The immediate consequences of his usurpaticu were 
 salutary } for no change could be for the worse ^ and as the 
 contemptible jealousies, and impolitic conduct of the allies, af- 
 forded him ample means of deranging their plans, he was soon 
 enabled to furnish the French nation with the food of empty 
 honour, and to blind their eyes with the thundering applause 
 of triumphs, not less disastrous to them than to tlie world. 
 
 It is not in such a work as this, nor at the present period, 
 that his character can be fully developed and justly estimated. 
 It may indeed never be possible to discover all the windings of 
 his policy, all the extent of bis ambition, all the efforts of his 
 malice, and all the acts of his cold-hearted cruelty. He has 
 thrown around him an atmosphere of dark and impudent de- 
 ception, which the world in general leems unwilling to pene'- 
 trate, and which, operating on the eyes of no small portion of 
 mankind, serves not only to obscure whatever is vicious or un- 
 seemly, but to give the whole such forms of grandeur and so- 
 lidity, as weak or vitiated organs are disposed to receive. Hap« 
 pily for the thinking part of mankind, however, a suiHcient 
 number of strong facts have escaped the efforts of deception 
 and tyranny, to enable posterity to form, if not a complete, 
 at least a useful, estimate of his character and views. Que 
 
'W 
 
 llUROPE. 
 
 Part It. 
 
 Fkance. History. — Cliurncter of Buonurartc. 
 
 thing is obvious, that egotism has been the supreme agent with 
 almost every individual whom the revolution has raised to 
 eminence ; and if this should be in the smallest degree doubt- 
 ful with respect to any other revolutionary character, none but 
 a fool or a roadman can now question it with respect to the 
 illustrious Corsican. He holds the whole human race in the 
 most sovereign contempt, and could sacrifice, without cofai< 
 p\inction, half the habitable globe to gratify the paltry passion 
 of a moment. He has been profuse in promises, in virtuous 
 and high-sounding pretensions, to which he has never paid at- 
 tention for one moment after they were uttered, farther than 
 that, while he waft uniformly ptxrsuing his own schemes and po- 
 licy, they should produce a certain temporary effect on the 
 mean or powerless objects of his deception. But, though he 
 Las thus at various periods thrown out a thousand pretexts, and 
 a thousand times deceived those who, from fear, or force, or fol- 
 ly, have trusted to hihi, he has always, with inatchless impu- 
 dence, brought forward others equally calculated to push him 
 on his way arid tb be forgotten. 
 
 Coming into power at a period peculiarly fortunate, he 
 might indeed have become the greatest character which the 
 world ever saW. Putting the restoration' (the happiest event 
 which could happen for France or Europe) out of the question, 
 had he pos^^essed any political sagacity^ any sense of morality, 
 any principle of moderation, he might have restored the world 
 to permanent tranquillity, have become the benefactor of hu- 
 manity, and, without a murmur in France, or a regret in Eu- 
 rope, have become the head of a new race of monarchs. It is, 
 however, doubtless, happy for mankind,' that he who has the 
 villainy to usurp power, has seldom the moderation necessary to 
 retain it, and that the violence and injustice which lead to his 
 rise lead also to his downfall. It may yet be long before the 
 period arrive when outraged humanity will, in this instance, be .■ 
 
Vxnr II. 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 J87 
 
 DC, 
 
 fAANCtt. Hutory.— -Lord Crenville's nu&wtt to the Firit Coniul. 
 
 ^1— ii— — i— i— ■Baaasaa t t-*— ~ =:SBS 
 
 avenged) but it probably doe* not reqube the spirit of pro* 
 fbecj to foretell, that the sttccessor of Hapoleaney Emptrdr qf 
 tkt Fretteby and King »f Lothbanfy^ will neither be Pririce Jo- 
 •/^f^, nor Prince Lenif, nor any of thfeir race. 
 
 There probably are still soitae men in tht world willing t<> be- 
 lieve that thie olFet of peace, maiie by Buonaparte to thc.British 
 Government in January 1800, was sincere. The writer of this 
 article was assuitd by a French General of division, who wks with 
 the consul tvhen he retciVed Lord Grenville^s answer,, that the 
 great man jumped for joy, and exclaimed that he had been movie 
 fortunate than he had dared to expect ) that peace was not his 
 object, nor at that time desirable to him ) tmd that hd was how 
 enabled with eaie and certainty to Uad all Europe along vrith 
 hitn in the belief that England alone was to bl'aihe in .'the con- 
 tinuance of the war, tvhich he justly conisidered to be of more 
 value to him than an army of an hundred thousand men. That 
 answer wat certainly the most impolitic that could have bcch 
 pven. The v<rriter of this thought differetltly at the time^ and 
 hiost cordially approved of every sentiment in it. He stiU ap- 
 proves of the principles of those who counselled it) but;.fromthe 
 effects whith he saw it produce on the public tnind on the con- 
 unent, he cannot but regret, that they did not foresee at least the 
 posnbility of those disasters which afterwards happened j and that 
 they did not tetum such an answer as would have thrown the 
 odium of the war on him whom no brditiary terms of peace 
 Would have satisfied even then. 
 
 Into the caUseS and consequences of Buonaparte^s subsequent 
 success it is' impossible for us to enter. Much has been owing 
 td chai|ce \ much to bad management and unworthy jealousies 
 among the continental powers j much to deception, and much to 
 bribery^ corruption, and treason. An adventurer with the re« 
 sources of a great nation at his commatidf (ao always Uit«ar4 
 
 Q9 ^ . • 
 
588 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 PAiiT U. 
 
 Fk A NC 1. History.— Battles of Marengo and Uobenlinden. 
 
 more than the chiefs of. an eitablished government, ai\d the 
 boldness of adventure is generaUy calculated to impose on 1A» 
 timidity of commonplace caution. An established goveriv* 
 ment must be economical from necessity, and if not so in prin- 
 ciple, at least in order to save appearances, and to preserve sub« 
 misuon. An upstart despot lies under no such restraints. It 
 is his business to produce brilliant and dashing effects } he has 
 no other means of preserving his power) and in comparison 
 tvith these, money (which he can raise in a thousand ways un- 
 known in settled states) is no object. The battle of Marengo, 
 which was fought on Saturday the 14th of Jane 1800, was fi- 
 nally gained by a desperate and unexpected effort of one part 
 of the French antay j and in consequence of the shameful secu- 
 rity or incredulity on the part of the Austrian general :. and its 
 consequences, as fatal as they were unexpected, were the effect 
 of the corruption of some, and of the intimidation of the rest. 
 The battle of Hohenlinden, fought in December following, wa» 
 avowedly lost by the jealousy of an inferior commander of il- 
 lustrious rank, and by the consequent inactivity of a large divi- 
 sion of the army. It will scarcely be credited in this country, 
 but it is a fact, for the truth of which we can vouch, that the 
 disasters which preceded and occasioned the peace of Luneville, 
 were looked upon with satisfaction by many officers of rank in 
 the Austrian army. One of these, in full uniform, and in a 
 large company in ttie city of Vienna, positively asserted that he 
 was happy that the imper al armies had been defeated j for, said 
 he, '* the consequences have been peace, and we are now at li- 
 '* berty to smoke our pipes in tranquillity." 
 
 Buonaparte challenged infinite credit for the lenhy witli 
 which he treated the emperor in the terms of peace. His sin- 
 cerity will be best estimated by those who calmly consider his 
 future conduct, and who reflect that his moderation merits little 
 praise, whose usurpations in tiate of peace outstrip his violeuce 
 
Pakt h. 
 
 AUROPE. 
 
 589 
 
 FkaItci. History.-^Treaty of LunevUle, and Peace of Amiens. 
 
 and ambition in open war. He seized on Tuscany in the most 
 shameful manner, during an armistice, and bestowed that so< 
 vereignty, erected into a kingdom, on an infant of Spain j the 
 eldest son of the duke of Parma, fiut that happy and interest- 
 ing country was destined, under this semblance, to be harass- 
 ed, plundered, and governed by the creatures, and £ot the be- 
 hoof of the consul. By the treaty of Luneville, the town of 
 Verona was cruelly divided into two, because the river Adigc, 
 which the French philosophists choose to consider as a boundo' 
 ry of nature^ happens to pass through it. By that treaty, the 
 greater part of the continent was subjected to the influence and 
 rapacity of this great pacificator, and his insolence, by being 
 yielded to, became daily greater and greater. 
 
 At length, on the ist of October 1 801, the British ministry 
 agreed to preliminaries of peace, which, if they did not prove 
 their prudence, at least shewed their moderation. They doubt- 
 less hoped that at length the ambition of the despot was glutted, 
 and that, secure in the possession of unlimited power and initu» 
 <nce, he would avoid every tning which could excite distrust, 
 or lead to the renewal of the war. On the contrary, he pro- 
 ceeded on his course with accelerated rapidity. He considered 
 the British nation as humbled and at his feet \ and had she not 
 been moderate beyond all just bounds, the flames of war would 
 have been re-kindled before even the definitive treaty was sign- 
 ed. He caused himself to be declared, in effect, '. .,. reign of 
 Lombardy, under the title of President of the Italian i.i public, in 
 Jaunuary 1801. After the signature of the treaty of Amiens, he 
 took possession of the island of Elba for himself} he reserved 
 Piedmont,~-kept possession of Holland,— elicited commotions 
 in Switzerland, and re-entered it with bis troops,— and he au- 
 thoritatively disposed of the affairs of Germany, as if he had 
 been sovereign of that coxmtry. He considered the world, and 
 even Great Britain, among the rest, as so completely humbled, 
 
 Oo» 
 
i90 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 FiKT \l 
 
 France. History.— Present state of frBitce. 
 
 that it was no Ipnger necessary to conceal his views, or to re< 
 tard their execution. Whilst his injustice to ' >mniercc, 
 
 both at home and abroad, his insolence, his usurpations and c^-* 
 lumnies, were scandalous and unremitted, he boldly demanded 
 the credit due to moderation* ai^d justice, and a paci&c disposi* 
 tion ) and with an effrontery for which language furnishes no 
 epithet, he accused the British nation and government of those 
 only crimes which for one day or hour he had not ceased to com- 
 mit against outraged humanity. What is boldly and often repeat- 
 ed, and seldom or feebly resisted, will sometimes be believed, 
 ^nd strange as it may seem^ he still eiijoys a degree of coun- 
 tenance and cre^^it in all his pretensions, which we shall not at- 
 tempt to account for, but at which posterity will be justly asto- 
 nished. It is not diflicult, by means of bold ass' ns, and im- 
 pudent falsehoods^ to exhibit the most attrocio iuct as at 
 least just, if not generous^ Our younger readers will all readily 
 recollect how easily Squire Thornton got rid of the accusations of 
 the Vicar of WotefieU^ and how easily he might have retained 
 his station, his influence, and character, if his worthy accom« 
 plices had not become the witnesses of his villainy and meanness* 
 It is a favourite maxiift with the philosophists of the 
 agCf that truth will always find its own level, and that, la- 
 mentable as have been the evils of the revolution, the good 
 {frevails. Be it so j it would require much time and room 
 to discuss these principles. We may, however, be permitted 
 to assert, that truth has not yet found its own level, and that 
 amidst the mass of positive evil which has resulted from the re-* 
 volution of France, we have not yet been abk'to perceive a single 
 Indication of that speculative or practical good which may 
 be destined to prevsul. We have, indeed, just seen Buonaparte 
 through a series of crimes, falsehood, and hypocrisy, attain the 
 fovcreignty in France, and the dictatorship in Europe, for him- 
 self and, his family, under the title oi Emperor of the French^ 
 
Part If. 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 59' 
 
 France. History.— Effects of the French Ri vi)I"'tion. 
 
 (Uid King ofLombardy, We have seen him, in despite of the law 
 of nations, and of humanity, sei^e upon, and rxcpute a gallant 
 prince of the house of Bourbon, and privately assassinate ^ ri< 
 val general whom he could not humiliate* Is it the triumph 
 of truth, or of th« good in question, when wf see harmless 
 English travellers first sedjuced to repiain after the departure 
 of their ambassador, and then seized and treated \vith the cruel- 
 ty and insolence of barbarians ? Is it the triumph of truth orvir- 
 tucyto assert the seizure and (he murder of the Dyked* Enghein, 
 to be consistent with law and justice l-r-To assassinate General 
 Fichegru in his prison, and then assert that he killed himself \ 
 •—to accuse a nation^ of a high se c of digi>ity and honour, pf 
 stihemes of dark and paltry assassination, for whiph no proof \» 
 adduced, ^ndin consequence, to fiU the prisons pf France with 
 the victims of vengeance i Is it the triumph of truth, or the 
 modesty of conscious virtue, which prompts the tyrant, already; 
 repeatedly covered with the blood of innocence, to demand 
 additional victims frqm among the fairest characters of the xe<^ 
 volution, and to extort supren^e and hereditary honours for 
 himself and family ?— rwhiph comx^a^ds his mean and prostitut- 
 ed minions, the ready sut>porters ot every system which predo- 
 minates, to assert, in promotion of his claims, that monarchy was 
 always tliewish of the French nation ?f-«-that France was always 
 happy under her itiongikihs, and to be happy again must vili% 
 and proscribe the illustrious race of Bourbon, in o^de.r tp ele- 
 vate to the throne a f<tmily which has so largely contributed to 
 the miseries they now affect to deplore ? — and during whose 
 reign these miseries will proBably neither disappear nor be ma- 
 terially lessened ? Yes, there is truth here j and it will one day^ 
 it is to be hoped, find its level and produce conviction. Yes^ 
 there is good to be derived from the whole, and one day, 
 it is to be hoped, it will prevail. The truth is, that this 4WfuU 
 
 O03 
 
in 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 Part IL 
 
 jaaii 
 
 France. History.^ — Efftcts of the TVench RevolatioD. 
 
 this astonishing scene, is the rengeance of an offended God, 
 visiting the earth for the traiisgressions of its inhabitants. The 
 good to be erpccted is, that this visitation mil at length pr6- 
 duce its effect, repentahce and reformation j chat the heaviest 
 judgments of heaven, of Which these seem to be the certain fore- 
 runners, maj finally be Averted. 
 
 One efftct of the French revolution, which we of diis nation 
 have a right to expect, is, that the efforts of factious men should 
 be less liflbl6 to "ilnislead and to corrupt us ; and whilst we may 
 be permitted to wish, and to exert ourselves for the continu* 
 ance of the liberty we fenjoy, we should diown with insttgit ob- 
 Idquy and contempt, eyiery factious innovation} every attempt 
 to excite popular coinmotion, and every effort to extend the 
 duration and influence of those new principles of philosophy 
 tod politics, which haVe laid sp large a, portion of the globe at 
 the foot of a relentless tyrant ; to the sdccess of whose ambition 
 and hypocrisy, He alone, who stilleth the raging of the sea, and 
 the madness of the people, can pla(^ bounds. • Happy is the 
 individual who learns wisdom from the fatal experience of 
 others, and happy also will it lie for the nations of Europe, 
 which have hitherto escaped, if they shall at length be induced 
 to take v;drning by .the dreadful consequences which they have 
 seen result frOm the revolution of France. A Swedish noble- 
 man of talents and observation, who had had aniple means 
 of tracing that revolution through all its windings, on hearing 
 the remark we have made, solemnly replied :— " In the world 
 ** it is more rare than men are generally disposed to believe, for 
 ** individuals to take warning from the faults, the follies, and 
 ** the misfortunes of others. Sometimes, however, with respect 
 '* to private individuals, this docs happen, but with respect to 
 *' nations, never, — ^they are never made wiser or better, but by 
 *^ fatal experience.^* Let us hope that our own nation will 
 
Part II. 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 595 
 
 Fran(;x. History. 
 
 prove an eminent exception to an observntlon not le?s interest- 
 ing and awful, than it seems to be just *. 
 
 * Tlie writer of the present article, «ut of respect to the public and jus- 
 tice to the Author of the Work, thinks ijt necessary to express hii regret, 
 that the priRsenii sketch is so mu<^h less t^orthy of tiiem, and of the work in 
 which it appeatsi thih he coiild have wished, and once- expected. But he 
 hkstbeen over-diled .b^ circumstances which fae coiild not controul. He has 
 been confined in tiniit&» and (by numerous and indi^nuble avocations) ifx 
 time, in treating qf a subject, which, above all others, would have required 
 both. It is peculiarly difficult to confine numerous facts within a given, and 
 that ^ short a space, without giving the wliole the fair of a mere index ; and 
 ohservatfonscrowdedon the writer's mind, many 6f tVm important, and 
 ^me of them, he bftlieves, new, or overlooked, which would ha\w filled a 
 volume l^t^ti than the whole work. Perhaps m^y, or, most of his readers, 
 would have been better pleased to have, had a more minute detail of facts, 
 ^nd that he had indulged himself less in remarks and observations ; and had 
 he had time to review the whole, and new-model it, he would, of himself, 
 have answered their ej^ctations. But this has been totally out of has pow- 
 er. Tliis apology, he trusts, the public will admit, both for himself and for 
 the Author, whom he wished pa serve ; and he trusts they will find, in what 
 lie has written, no sentiment wlv^^ '^ "ot consistent with truth, and with 
 the principles which he confidiSntly hopes yrill ever distinguish the inbaki' 
 tants of these islands. 
 
 Efliniurgb, i^th 'June iSo^. 
 
 'i/r^ffii'-'- 
 
 .H 71: ? .y! 
 
 sni^foc' 
 
 in 
 
I'd 694* -i'^ 
 
 -IlindV 
 
 XI. SWITZERLAND. 
 
 *tmi 
 
 Tfl 
 
 ^0 f- 
 
 >• 1; 
 
 S{tt;ATioi«, ]|&xTmtT, ^p BopNp/ J.I Uode« this head j^flt' 
 comprehended, not only the confeciTated cantons, which at4^ 
 kno*pm by the general appellation of Swiss ; but also a variei^4 
 of other small states, which arie subject or allied to these can^^ 
 tons. In this large sehsfe, Switzerland' lies bettyeen 45° ariff' 
 48* 'of N. Lat. J, and between 6*^ and ii^ of E. Long, j heihj^ 
 about 30Q xnil^ in length frpm east to we^tj and abput 150, 
 •at its greatest breadth from north to south. It is bounded on 
 the north by France and Gerniany j on the east by Tyrol and 
 Trent'} oh the south by Italy j and on the West by Trance. ' 
 
 DrvisioNS.3 The general Bivisons may l^e stated as fol- 
 lows : 1^/, The 13 Independent Cantons. 2<^, Allies of the 
 Cantons. 3^/, Subjects of the Cantons. /\th, Subjects of their 
 Allies. 
 
 Cantons. 
 
 T Schaffhausen 
 
 2 Basil or Basle 
 
 3 Zurich 
 
 4 Berne 
 
 5 Solothum 
 
 6 Lucerne 
 
 7 Zug 
 
 8 Schweitz 
 
 9 Underwald 
 10 Friburg 
 
 J^t Uri 
 
 I. Swiss Cantons. 
 
 Ch. Towns. 
 
 Schaffhausen 
 Basil 
 Zurich 
 Bern* 
 
 Soleure 
 
 Lucerne 
 
 Zug 
 
 Schweitz 
 
 Stantz 
 
 Friburg 
 
 Altdorf 
 
 Lati long. 
 
 47»44'N. 8V'E. 
 47 33 N. 7 38 E. 
 47 22 N. 8 32 E, 
 46 j7 N. 7 20 E. 
 
 47 13 N. 
 4<5 57 N. 
 47 7N. 
 46 59 N. 
 46 52 N. 
 46 5' N. 
 46 30 N. 
 
 7 27 E. 
 
 8 12 E. 
 8 23 £. 
 
 8 35% 
 8 i8E: 
 
 7 6 E- 
 
 8 36 £. 
 
NMiOitt i iB 
 
 T^rif 
 
 .•it 
 
 IUrtII. 
 
 EUROPE^ 
 
 Switzerland. 
 
 Divisions and C3iief Towns. 
 
 ... I ...■»■ I ■ ■ 
 
 59S 
 
 ==3 
 
 «>fj; Cantons..; 
 
 12 Appenzel 
 13- Claris 
 
 Ch.Towiiti 
 
 Lat. 
 
 long* 
 
 Appenzel i»*^ bff 47 15 N. 9 37 E, 
 Glaris 46 j6 N. 9 10 £• 
 
 •iJ 
 3ccj :> 46 48 N. 9 '27 lb 
 
 -t3lkr'^>m^}ts[ Al' Alliesof the Swiss, 
 
 'f^'Grisont'it! "«''-■• Coite^i 
 
 •4 St Gall r : : St Gall • -47 mN. 9 30 E„ 
 
 3 TheVallais . ^on . '46 16 N. 7 ,19. E, 
 
 4 Neufchatel ' ' Neufchatel 47 2 N. 6 CO £• 
 
 I Bs^4en ri \ 
 
 \o n. 
 
 ' a Bailliagps 
 
 3 Rhinthai 
 • 4 Thurgovia 
 
 5 Tokenburg , 
 
 ^ Italian BaiUiages Maggia 
 ' ' , . Locarno 
 
 Baden. , .,^^ ,„r^,47 23 N. 8 . 19 E, 
 
 Bremgarten 47 lo N. & x6 ^. 
 
 Mellinjgen 4^ 19 N. 8 15 £. 
 
 Rheineck «^*«> 47 16 N. 9 47 E. 
 
 47 S.'? N. 9 o E. 
 
 47 16 N. 9 4 E, 
 
 46 16 N. 8 39 E, 
 
 14J 59 N. 8 42 E. 
 
 4; 54 N. 8 j3 E, 
 
 Fravenfeld 
 Liphtensteig 
 
 IV. 
 
 Lugano 
 Subjects of the Grisons. 
 
 t^f 
 
 ■ii 
 
 % Chiavepna 
 
 2 Bormio 
 
 3 Valteline 
 
 Chiavenna 
 
 Bormio 
 
 Sondrio 
 
 4615N. 9 iarE. 
 
 ' 46 27 N. 10 8 E. 
 46 15 N. 9 45 E. 
 
 The bishoprick of Basle is now subject to France, as are the 
 republic of Geneva, and the city of Mulhausen. Neufchatel 
 is subject to the king of Prussia. 
 
 RfUoiON.3 The first four of the Cantons are Calvinists; 
 the following seven are Roman Catholics j the last two con-* 
 tain a part of both ) the Grisons are Calvinists, as are the in- 
 habitants of Tokenburg^ Geneva, and Neufchatel ) but all the 
 
 ^» 
 
59^ 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 Part il* 
 
 SWITZE«I,AN0. 
 
 m^mssBasssssai 
 
 General Appearance, Soil and Productions. 
 
 0tkcr •uBject states are either Roman Catholics, o^ a ffuxture 
 III Rpnnn C&tholios and Calviiiists. I Uk 
 
 Geneaal Appearance, Soil, and PRODucTiOhfs.J Switzeco 
 land being situate among the Al|)8, vrhich are justly consider- 
 ed astlte mpst tlevvted pohion of Europe, exhibits m genenl 
 • mountainous appi^arance } but at the same time most richty 
 «nd beantifillly Av^rsified. In one spot, the traveller, struck 
 nvitK amazement, stands to contemplate the enormous preci- 
 pices and stupendous summits of the Alps, covered with perpe- 
 taal snow j and at the same time to admire the awful and fan- 
 tastic fdrms of the glaciers, resembling rast seas of frozen snow, 
 suspended from the rocks ; sometimer dazzling the eyes with 
 tjte ^Terpowering rays of the me;ridian Eun j sometimes reflect- 
 ing gently fcom his transversie lieams, the most' brilliant huei 
 ef orient gems j sometimes representing hii ruddy splendour, 
 aifteVhe has. disappeared benpath the summit of Mount Jura^ 
 5ometime3 liursting into immense new fissures, with a noise like 
 thunder *, sometimes rolling down their tremendous avalanches, 
 which carry inevitable destruction along their xrourse. In ano- 
 ther $pot he-stops to feed his eye with all the luxuriant beau- 
 ties fjf a highly cultivated scene : the hill with its richly wood- 
 ed bsow, or. Honeishing crops of vines j the alternate peaceful 
 vale, with its numerou$ herds of cattle j the verdant meadow, 
 the fartiie ^d ; the fxtenave lake, adorned with wooded 
 islands ^ the crystal stream, the winding river y and the sheher* 
 cd cottage, once the native seat of .ea^e, of happiness and uncor- 
 Tupted manners. In a third, not far distant place, he embraces 
 at one glance this vast assemblage of diversified scenery, and 
 innumerable other beauties. 
 
 The air in Switzerland, however, is considerably colder than 
 in other coimtries under the same parallel of latitude j particur 
 brly in winter } the quantity of grain produced is not more 
 
PahtII^ 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 m 
 
 Switzerland. Mountaina, Rivers, and Lakes. — Inhabitants. 
 
 I" ' ' . ' .. ''■ ..,. ' .■ ■ .. ' ' J . " ■ ' 
 
 than sufficient for the annual congumption of the inVbitBntt ) 
 and being subject ^o floods and various other accidents ^luch 
 sometimes disappoint the hopes <^ the husbandman, ^e people: 
 have adopted the prudent precaution of erecting public, grana- 
 ries to supply the deficienccs of bad crops. The ordinary pro* 
 4ttctions are, barley, oats, rye and spelt ) flax, tobacco, and 
 Tvine ; with a variety of pot-herbs and other esculent plants* 
 There are great numbers of cattle, horses, and sheep. In the 
 mountains are bears and wolves, white and yellow foxes^ Hbfi 
 ibex and chamois goats, mamiousetS| and Alpine mice* rw 
 
 lt» MocNTAiNs, Rivers, and Lakbs.] Among the innumerab!e 
 mountains with which this country abounds, the foUovring de- 
 serve to be particularly named : viz. Mount St Gothard ; 
 Mount Furca^ or les Fourches ^ the Bruning or Brunick moun* 
 tains 'f the Gemmi, the Schelenhorn, the Jimgrrow, the Schreck* 
 horn, and the Grimsel. The principal rivers are, the Rhine^ 
 the Aar, the Reuss, the Limmat, the Thur, the Inn, the Te- 
 sino, and the Adda. The lakes are, the lake of Cons;.auce, 
 on the north-east, about 45 miles in length, and 15 in breadth ; 
 the lake of Geneva at the south-west, about 40 miles In length, 
 and 9 in breadth ; the lake of Keufchatel on the west, about 
 25 miles in length, and 4 in breadth } the lakes of Maggiore 
 or Locarno, of Lugano, and of Como, on the south, partly si- 
 tuate in Switzerland and partly in Italy ; and the Lakes of 
 Zurich of Lucerne, of Thun and Brientz, of Joux and les RoSr 
 aes, of Morat and Bienne, of Sempach, Zug, and Wallenstadt } 
 with many others ) all of which would well merit a separate, 
 description. • 
 
 Inhabitants.} Switzerland is supposed to contain about 
 2,000,000 of inhabitants, who, till \rithin these few years past, 
 ^vere objects of envy and admiration to almost all the natiom 
 
■59« 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 ^AvU. 
 
 '£(wTTZEiiLANO. Citi«s and 'UfttVeWtiK — Government. 
 
 o£'£vlibpe. They wiere celobrated by all travellers 8» a brave, 
 itairdy, industrious people ) remarkable for theif fidelity* and 
 tlifir zealous attachment to the liberties of their country j for 
 • g*xv(nd simplicity of manners, an open and unaffected frank* 
 seas, and an invincible spirit of freedom. The lowef classes 
 asnoRg them were allowed tio be far more intelligent than ihosis 
 «f tlusisame rank in most other countries ^ those in the middling 
 iaAks>posesssed and improved a very general taste for literature ; 
 and (the gentry were universally admired for their genuine and 
 unconstrained good breeding.i; But the late distresses which 
 bare agitated this once happy country, must have materially 
 tfiected the sentitut nts, the circumstances, and the manners of 
 ihe inhabitants, * . . >, .... ., .; m 
 
 Cities AND) Universities.] The. principal cities of Switrer^ 
 land are, Basil, which stands on both sides of the Rhine, near 
 that Jangle which it forms in turning from its western to its 
 northern course \ and contains about 14,000 inhabitants ; Zut 
 xieh, on the lake of the .same name ^ Lausanne, on. the .north 
 side of the .'t^ake of Geneva ji St Gall, which is aa ally of the 
 Swiss £anlohs^ and several other?. The universities are 'those 
 ef Basil and Geneva j and there are colleges at Berne, Lau* 
 saniici^-Zurichi-' and Lucerne* ' 
 
 GoviiRNMENt.] The old constitution of the Swiss cantons 
 was extremely complicated. Every canton was absolute in its 
 own jurisdiction, and had a constitution peculiar to itself \ some 
 of diem being aristocratical, some of them democratical, and 
 fome of them mixed. Two deputies from each canton consti- 
 tuted the general diet which represented the whole confede- 
 tacy.^ -The Diet sat at Baden, where every canton had a vote. 
 There were also deputies from the abbot of St Gall, and from 
 the cities of St Gall and Bien. For many ages, this constitu* 
 
I^artIIi 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 S^9 
 
 /Switzerland. Government History. 
 
 ,, , .. ' i 
 
 tion, strengthened by the principles of self-preservation, as well 
 as of mutual affection and forbearance, secured to the Swist 
 cantons the blessings of external peace and internal happiness. 
 Dissensions, however, at, length broke out among them ^ the 
 discontented party had recoiurse to the assistance of France } 
 and, in the year 1798, a French army entered and overran the 
 cotintry, overturned the former constitution, and imposed a new 
 one on the inhabitants, which has been since repeatedly chang- 
 ed according to the Varying caprice of the upstart rulers of 
 France. Since that time, Switzerland has been denominated 
 the Helvetic Republic. 
 
 History.] The present country of the Swiss and the Gri- 
 sons, was the ancient residence of the Helvetii and Rhaeti, who 
 were subdued by Julius Csesar, on his way to the reduction of 
 Gaul, and we're afterwards for many ages subject to the Ro- 
 mans. On the fall of. the western empire, they were attacked 
 by the AUemanni, who were said to have entirely extirpated 
 the ancient race of inhabitants. After this the country wa$ 
 successively subject to various tribes of northern barbarians till 
 the time of Charlemagne, when it was in some degree annexed, 
 and continued to acknowledge a nominal subjection, to the head 
 of the German empire. 
 
 About the commencement of the fourteenth century, the 
 Swiss were treated with such rigour that they ventured to pe- 
 tition the empetor Albert I. for relief from the oppression of 
 their governors. But this served only to increase the evils un- 
 der which they groaned ) and the wanton cruelty of one of thm 
 imperial governors, Gresler, arose to Such an height, that he 
 set up a hat upon a pole, and commanded the inhabitants to dA 
 it public reverence as if he himself were present. The famous 
 William Tell, whose manly soul revolted against a requisltioa 
 so mean and so ab&urd, was often observed to pass the pole 
 
obo 
 
 EtJROPE. 
 
 pAKt 11. 
 
 SwiTzixLAKO. History. 
 
 with cold and sullen disdain. A 'complaint having at length 
 been lodged against him with the governor, he was condemned 
 to die. But that the capriciousness of this tyrtlnt may appear 
 to have ktfpt pace with his cruelty, we are informed, that he 
 •greed to remit th« punishment, on condition that the prisoner, 
 ^ho, he was informed, was an excellent marksman, wOuld 
 cleave an apple on his son*^ head^ at a certain distance, with an 
 arrow. Tell performed the exploit j but being asked by Gres« 
 ler what he meant by carrying another arrow which he saw 
 stuck in hi!i belt, he boldly answered, ** I meant it for your 
 heart, if I had hurt my son.^* For this offence he was con- 
 demned to imprisonment in an island of the lake of Lucerne. 
 But having contrived to make his escape, he found means to 
 shoot the tyrant, and so laid the foundation of the Swiss liber-, 
 ty in the year 1 307. 
 
 Towards the close of the year 1^98, Switzerlaitd became t 
 prey to the rapacity and ambition of France, whoie emissaries 
 had prepared the way for the subjugation of the country by 
 cjcciting among the people a spirit of discontent with the go- 
 vemmeotj especially in the aristocratic republics. The French 
 having thus secured the assistance of a discontented faction, and 
 lulled the brave defenders of their freedom into security by false 
 pretensions of peace and friendship, poured their armies into the 
 country, in open violation of the most solemn treaties, dissolved 
 the existing government, and imposed a new constitution on 
 the unfortunate inhabitants. 
 
 Whoever considers the local situation of Switzerland, the 
 natural strength of the country, and the high importance of its 
 military posts to France, in the event of a war with Germany, 
 nay form some idea of the probable or improbable return of 
 Swiss freedom and independence. 
 
.n : 
 
 '^ <5oi 
 
 it^ 
 
 XIL ITALY 
 
 Situation, Extent, and Boonoakim.] Is a large pemnsula 
 of the south of Europe ) being situate between 37^ and 47^ of 
 of N. L«t. -f and between 5^ and 19^ of E. Long. It is above 
 700 miles in length; and near 400 «t its greatest breadth } and 
 is bounded on the north by the Alps, which separate it fron 
 Switzerland and Germany j on the east by the Adriatic, or 
 Gulph of Venice j on the south by the Mediterranean } and 
 on the west by the Mediterranean and France. 
 
 DivisoNS.] Previously to the last war, Italy contained the 
 following divisions : 
 
 I. The Territories of the King of Sardinia ; comprehending 
 X. Savoy, 2. Piedmont, 3. Montferrat, 4. Oneglia, 5. Nice, 
 and, 6. the island of Sardinia. 
 
 II. The Republic of Venice; comprehending, 1. Venice, 
 2. Istria, 3. Dalmatia, 4. Venetian Islands. 
 
 III. The Emperor'' s Italian Dominions ; comprehending, i. ]V&« 
 Ian, 2. Mantua, 3. Imperial fiefs. 
 
 IV. The Dutchies of Parma, Modena, Mirandola, Monaco, 
 Massa, Tuscany, and Piombino. 
 
 V. The small Republics of Genoa, Lucca, and St Marino. 
 
 VI. The Fope'^s Dominions^ or Ecclesiastical State ; compre- 
 hending, I. Ferrara, 2. Bologna, 3. Romagna, 4. Urbino, 
 5. Ancona, 6. Umbria or Spoletto, 7. St Peter's patrimony, 
 and, 8. the Campagna di Roma, 
 
 VII. The Dominions of the King of Naples i comfrehendiuig, 
 z* Naples, aud 2. Sicily. 
 
^1 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 RiRt it. 
 
 Italy. Principal Divisions. 
 
 At present the principal powers in Italy are, 
 
 I. The Frencby who possess, i. Savoy, 2. Piedmont, 3. Nice; 
 4. Monaco, 5. Oileglia, 6. Parm^ and Placenza, and, 7. Pi- 
 ombino, with the island of Elba. 
 
 II. The Etitftfror, who possesses, i. That pftrt of the late Ve- 
 netian territory which lies east from the river Adige, a. Is- 
 tria, 3. Dalmatian and 5* The Venetian islands in the Adri- 
 atic. .; , 
 
 III. Tbe Cuolpine Repu6/ic, constituted by the treaty ^f 
 Campo Formio in the year 1798, afterwards denominated the 
 
 , Ita/ian Republic in January 1 801, is now governed by the 
 chief consul of France^ It comprehends, i . Milan. 2. Man- 
 tua, 3. The Venetian territory west from the Adige, 4. Mo- 
 dcna, 5. Mirandola, 6. Ferrara, 7. Bologna, 8. Romagna, 
 
 - and, 9, Msssa and Carrara. 
 
 IVi The Republics of Liguria, Lucca, St Marino^ and Ancona. 
 
 V. The King of Etruria. 
 
 VI. Tbe Ecclesiastical State; comprehending, i. Urbino, 2. 
 Umbria, 3. St Peter^s patrimony, and, 4. The Campagna dt 
 Roma. 
 
 VII. The Dominions of the King of Naples. • * 
 
 tn order to give a just representation of the present political 
 divisions of Italy, the above views are both united in the fol- 
 lowing table : 
 
 Now Subject to Chief linms. 
 
 Old Divisions. 
 
 I Savoy 
 
 !t Piedmont 
 ^3 Montferrat 
 
 ^ Oneglia 
 '5 Nice 
 
 6 Sardinia 
 
 France 
 France 
 France 
 France 
 France 
 K. of Sardinia 
 
 7 Venice E. of Ad. Emperor 
 — — W. of Ad.Cisalp. Rep. 
 
 Chamberry 
 
 Turin 
 
 Casale 
 
 Oneglia 
 
 Nice 
 
 Cagliari 
 
 Venice 
 
 Brescia 
 
 Lat. 
 
 45 SN. 
 45 »» N. 
 43 57 N. 
 43 4> N. 
 39 »SNk 
 45 aSN.. 
 45 33 N, 
 
 Lohg^ 
 
 7 4°^- 
 
 8 3p£. 
 
 .i 5E. 
 7 18E. 
 
 9 18 E. 
 I«. 13 E. 
 10 17 £. 
 
ih 
 
 ^AUT II. 
 
 £i)RbP£. 
 
 «t>^ 
 
 Italy. Diviiioni and Chief Towns. 
 
 Old Divitiotu. Now Subject to 
 
 8 Ittrift 
 
 9 Milaii 
 
 10 Mantua 
 
 1 1 Imperial Fiefi 
 
 12 Pzrma 
 X3 Modena 
 Z4 Mirandola 
 X5 Monaco 
 t6 Massa 
 
 17 Tuscany 
 
 xS I^oitabind 
 ij) Genoa 
 
 ao Lucca 
 a I St Marino 
 a 2 Ferrara 
 33 Bologna 
 
 24 Romagna 
 
 25 Ancona 
 
 Empetor 
 Cisalp. Rkp. 
 Gisalp. Rep. 
 Ligurian Rep. 
 France 
 Cisalp. Rep. 
 Cisalp. Rep. 
 France 
 Cisalp. Rep. 
 King of Etruria 
 
 Frknce 
 Ijgurian Rep. 
 
 A Republic 
 A Republic 
 Cisalp. Rep. 
 Cisalp). Rep. 
 Cisalp. Rep. 
 
 A Republic 
 
 Lohg^ 
 
 i6 Urbino The Pope 
 
 27 Umbria The Pop« 
 
 aS St Peter's Patrim.The Pope 
 2^ Campag.diRonl. The Pope 
 
 30 Naples King of Naples 
 
 31 Sicily King of Naples 
 
 Chief Towai. 
 
 Cabo d'lttria 
 
 Milan 
 
 Mantua 
 
 PontremoU 
 
 Parma 
 
 Modena 
 
 Mirandola 
 
 Monaco 
 
 Massa 
 
 Florkncb 
 
 Pisa 
 
 Leghorn 
 
 Sienna 
 
 Piombin6 
 
 Genoa 
 
 Savona 
 
 Finale 
 
 Lucca 
 
 St Marinb 
 
 Ferrara 
 
 Bologna 
 
 Ravenna 
 
 Rimini 
 
 Ancond 
 
 Loretto 
 
 Urbino 
 
 Spolcto 
 
 Givita Vecchia 
 
 Rome 
 
 Naples 
 
 Palermo 
 
 Messina 
 
 Syracuse 
 
 Lot. 
 
 AS 40 N. 
 45 ajN. 
 45 10 N. 
 44 asN. 
 44 45 N. 
 44 34 N. 
 44 SO N. 
 
 43 4<S N. 
 
 44 »N- 
 43 45 N. 
 
 43 43 N. 
 43 33 N. 
 
 43 «» N. 
 4a 54 N. 
 
 44 «SN. 
 
 44 30^' 
 44 U.K. 
 
 43 53 N. 
 
 43 5« N. 
 
 44 50 N. 
 44 30 N. 
 44 20 N. 
 44 4N. 
 43 38 N. 
 43 »7 N. 
 43 45 N. 
 42 45 N. 
 4a 5N. 
 4» 54 N. 
 40 51 N. 
 
 33 7N- 
 38 10 N. 
 
 3«55N. 
 
 Long. 
 
 li 5'S B- 
 2) II £. 
 
 10 56 E. 
 9 43E. 
 8 38 £. 
 
 10 59 E. 
 
 It io£. 
 
 7 27 B. 
 10 8E. 
 ti 3£. 
 10 33 £. 
 
 10 ^7 ^. 
 
 11 II £. 
 10 37 B. 
 
 8 55E. 
 8 31 E. 
 i 24 £. 
 
 10 30 b!. 
 
 12 aS £; 
 
 11 36 E. 
 
 11 21 £. 
 
 12 pE. 
 
 12 34 E. 
 J3 30 E. 
 
 13 37 E. 
 12 39 E. 
 12 44 B. 
 
 11 44 £. 
 
 12 ipE. 
 
 14 14 £. 
 
 13 35 E- 
 
 15 48 E. 
 15 21 £^ 
 
 MoONTAiNS.] The principal mountains of Italy are, the 
 Aljgs and the ^;pfenines. The Alpine mountains fortn a st^ 
 
 i^p 
 
 ii*' 
 
™tp»"»Il^ 
 
 60$ 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 Part II. 
 
 Itavt. M<MU>t>'>n*-— R'ivcrs* 
 
 mlctTeular chain, which commences near Oneglia on the we<t 
 of the Gulph of Gcfiqa, i^d4 passing through S^tzerland, ter- 
 minates near Trieste on the Gulph of Venice. Of that vast 
 chain, the principal links or divisions are, the Maritiane Alps, 
 containing the modern IV.ount St Martin, and Col de Tende } 
 the Cqttian Alps, containing the present Mount Viso, Mount 
 Gcnevre, and Mount Cenii } the Alpes Graie, containing the 
 modem Mount Iseran, and little St Bernard ) the Alpes Pen- 
 ninas, consisting of the Glacieres, Mount Blanc, the Great 
 St Bernard, the Cursed Mountains, and the great chain which 
 forms the northern boundary of Piedmont j the Rhsetian Alps, 
 extending through the Grisoq^s country and Tyrol j and the 
 Camic ov Jalian Alps, which separate the territories of Carin- 
 thia from the Venetian Stated. The Appenines commence 
 near Orniea in the province of Coni, now on the conBnes of 
 the French department of the maritime Alps, and stretch in a 
 circular divection along the gulph of Genoa, at no great dis« 
 tance from the sea, to the southern extremity of Modena ', 
 then passing eastward between the territories of the church 
 and of Tuscanyjto Chiusi, they proceed from thence to the south* 
 east along the whole peninsula of Italy, approaching nearer to 
 the Adriatic than the Mediterranean. The other mountains are 
 Mount Garganoy north of the gulph of Manfredonia, Mount 
 Vesuvius, a famous volcano near Naples, and Mount Algidu» 
 near Alba-Longa, famous in the ancient history nF Rome. 
 
 , tkt Po, th" Adige, 
 
 The Po, an ntly the 
 
 S.IV&&9.] The chief rivers of I* ' 
 the Brenta, the Arno, and the Ti 
 Padus and EridSnus, rises in Moui. ^^iso, < the confines of 
 France, and af^er passing by the city of urin, flows in an 
 easterly direction into the gulph of Venice; being augmented 
 in its course by the Clason, the Little Dorta, the Stura, the 
 Oreo, the Great Doria, the Baltea, the Sesio, the Tesino, the 
 
Part II. 
 
 ILUROPE. 
 
 605 
 
 Italy. Rivers.— Lakes — Oeneriti Appearance. 
 
 Adda, the Oglio, and the Mincio, on the north v and by the 
 Vraiti, the Maira, the Tanaro, (itself previously augmented 
 hf the vrateri of the Stura, the fielba, and the Bormeo) the 
 Trebbia, the Taro^ the Panaro, the Rheno, and many others 
 on the louth. 
 
 The' Al>ioB, anciently Ath^sts, rises in the mountains of Ty« 
 tol, passes by the cities of firixen, fiozen, Trent, Verona, and 
 Porto-Legnago, below which last it approaches near the Pb ^ 
 but changing rapidly its course, it flows in the same direction 
 as that river into the gulph of Venice. 
 
 The Brenta has its source in the bishopric of Trent, and 
 falls into the Adriatic opposite to Venice. 
 
 The ARNOy or Amus, rises in the Appeninet, and flows by 
 Florence and Pisa into the gulph of Genoa. 
 
 The TiBiR rises near the sources of the Amo, parses by Pc** 
 rugta and Rome, and falls into the Mediterranean sea at the 
 port of Ostia. It is inconsiderable in site ^ but ismtortal in 
 the verses of the poets, and in the pages of the historian. 
 
 The names of the ]Vlincius, the Rubicoj the Vultumus, tlie 
 Au6dus, and many others of the inferior rivers of Italy, are fa* 
 miliar to every cl^sical ear. 
 
 Lakes.I The principal lakes of Italy are, the lake of Lu* 
 camo or Maggiore, (1. e. greater) about 27 miles in length, 
 and three or four at its greatest breadth *, the lake of Lugano, 
 which pours its waters into the former ; the lake of Como, 
 j<Hned by the lake of Lccco> about 32 miles in length, and 
 three in breadth •, the lake of Iseo, and th^ lake of Gardb, 
 which last is 30 miles in length, and eight in breadth j with 
 those of Perugia, Bolsena, and Celana. 
 
 GsNiRAL Appeaaancs, Soil, CumatK| ANt> Prodoctioms*} The 
 
 Pp^ 
 
9 
 
 6o6 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 Paut ir. 
 
 I"" LT. Bays Capes — Streights. 
 
 appearance of Italy, from what has already been observed re- 
 specting the country, must be conceived to be diversified in the 
 highest degree* In the north, the lofty summits of the Alps 
 four, an interesting contrast to the fertile plains of Venice and 
 of both sides of the Po ; while the extensive ridges of the 
 AppenitieSj though with less conspicuous elevations, carry 
 the same variety of scenery to the utmost extremity o^ the 
 south; The neighbourhood of the mouths of the Po, the 
 Adige^ and the Brenta,! is niarshy and unwholsome, as are 
 sothe of the southern parts of the Ecclesiastical Statas j but 
 the country about Florence, Tivoli, and Naples, are peculiarly 
 beautiful. The climate» like the face of the country, is var!' 
 dus. In general, howfever, it is pleasant and serene, though 
 the mountdnous regions ire liable to violent rains', the kingdom 
 of Niaples is excessiv(fcly hot in summer, and visited by frequent 
 earthquakes^ and the whole country is subject to the pernici- 
 ous effects of unwholesome winds, termed Sirocco. The soil 
 of ftaly is various, but in general rich and fertile j and it$ pro- 
 ductions, both animal and vegetable are extremely numerous. 
 
 Bats and Gulphs.] These arc, the Gulphs of Genoa, Ga- 
 eta, Naples, Salerno, Policastro, St Euphemia, SquillacC} Ta- 
 rentO) and Manfredonia. 
 
 Capes.] The chief Capes are. Cape Palinuro, C. di Larma, 
 C. Sparti-vento, C. della CoUonne, C. de Leuca, in Italy ; 
 Cape Peloris, now Faro j Pachinus, now Passaro } and Lily- 
 beeum, now Cape Boeo, in Sicily. 
 
 Streights] Between the coast of Italy and Sicily are the 
 streights of MessTna, on either side of which were the Scylla 
 and Charybdis ot the ahcients j and betweeh Sardinia and Cor* 
 sica are the streights of Boni&cio. 
 
Part II. 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 607 
 
 Italy. Inhabitants and Religion — Samoy. 
 
 Sea Ports.] The most considerable sea ports are, Nice, 
 Oneglia, Genoa, Leghorn, Vada, Piombino, Civita Vecchia, 
 Gaeta, Naples, Salerno, Policastro, Regio, Taranto, Manfre- 
 donia, Revennah, and Venice. 
 
 Inhabitants and Rsf igion.] It is impossible to form even 
 a probable cqnjepture o^n the number of inhabitants at present 
 in Ital>. Some say 20,000,090, and some 14,000,0.00. The 
 Italians ^r^ rather swarthy in their complexions } but are well- 
 proportioned and Ijiandson^e in their persons. Their manners 
 are lic^entic^us and dissolute, though they are moderate in eat- 
 ing and drinking. Considering themselves as the descendants 
 of the ancient conquerors qf th,e world^ they look upon the rest 
 of mankind with contempt. 
 
 Italy has produced many celebrated characters in the arts 
 and sciences. The mathematics and natural philosophy owe 
 much to Galileo and Toricelli ', Strada is an excellent histo- 
 rian J Dante, Ariosto, Tasso, and Petrarch, are very famous 
 poets ) Michael Angelo fiuonarojcti united in ^Is own person 
 painting, sculpture, and architecture ; whilst his pupil, the c^ele- 
 brated Raphael d'Urbino, " inferior to his great master in that 
 " grandeur of design which elevates the mind, was superior to 
 " him in that grace which interests the heart j" the colouring 
 of Titian has perhaps never yet been equalled j Corelli and 
 many other Italians were unrivalled musicians. 
 
 The religion of all Italy is the Roman Catholip. 
 
 I shall now add u few general remarks on each of tlie Divi- 
 sions according to their order in the Table. 
 
 I . Savoy, which lately belonged to the kinr of Sardinia, 
 and is now subject to France, is a mountainous country, being 
 situate among the highest regions of the Alps. It is about 
 83 miles in length, and 67 in breadth. The air is in general 
 cold, and the soil not very fertile j yet the appearance of the 
 country is extremely interesting and romantic. 
 
 PP3 
 
6o8 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 ^ART II. 
 
 Italy. Piedmont. — Montferrat. — Oneglia. — Nice. — Sardinia. 
 
 2. Piedmont j z\jit> subject to the French, is a delightful 
 tountry, about 150 miles in length, and 60 in breadth. It 
 enjoys a pure air, a fertile soil, and a rich variety of atumal and 
 vegetable |ir;?>ductions. The mountains are stored with a great 
 number of valuable minerals j the plains are watered by innu- 
 merable streams which beautify and enrich the country j and 
 the river Qrco forms at Ceresoli a vertical cascade of above 
 2000 feet in height. The inhabitants carry on a lucrative 
 trade in raw silk. Turin, the ancient capital of Pie'!.nont, and 
 of all the king of Sardinians dominions, is situate 9'., the junction 
 of the Po and the little Doria. It is strongly fortified, is the 
 see of an archbishop, the seat of an univetsit}, coutains abotrt 
 80,000 inhabitants, and is considered as one of the finest 
 cities in Europe. 
 
 3. Montferrat is divided into the upper and iower pro- 
 vinces J the former lying on the south, an th?^ latter on the 
 north of the Tanaro. The country is fertile and well cuii.:- 
 vated ', and is now subject to France ^ as are also 
 
 4. and 5. Oneglia and Nice. 
 
 6. Sardinia, the only part of the king of Sardinians territo- 
 ries which now remains in his possession, is ar island of the 
 Mediterranean Sea, lying between 39' and 42° of N. Lat. j 
 and between 8' and 10' of E. Long j being 150 miles in 
 length, and 80 in breadth. The soil is fertile, producing 
 plenty of corn, wine, and oil \ but the air is unwholesome, ow- 
 ing to the extensive marshes with which the country abounds. 
 There is also much waste land in the island j the cultivation 
 of which, and the draining of the marshes, will, it is to be hop- 
 ed, engage the attention of his majesty, who now resides in the 
 island, and who by these means will greatly improve, his domi- 
 nions, and increase the number of his subjects. The present 
 revenue is estimated at no more than pool sterling. Cagli- 
 ari, the capital city, is the see of an archbishop, and the seat 
 
Part II. 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 €e$ 
 
 Ita ly. Venetian States General Appeirance — Inhabitants. 
 
 of an utiiversity. There are mines of silver, lead, sulphur, and 
 alum, in the island ) great quantities of salt are manufactured 
 on its shores, and off the coast there is a lucrative fishery for 
 anchovies and coral. The number of inhabitants is about 
 
 450,000. 
 
 7. That part of the Venetian Territories which lies east from 
 the Adige is now subject to the house of Austria. It contains 
 the ancient Venice Proper, the Paduan, the Vicentino, part of 
 the Veronese, Trcvignano, Feltrino, Friuli, the Bellunese, and 
 Cadorino ; each of which provinces has a capital very much 
 resembling its o"'n name, 
 
 8. That part of the Venetian States which lies west from 
 the Adige, and forms a part of the present Cisalpine Republic, 
 comprehends the provinces of Bergamo, Brescia, and part oi 
 the Veronese, 
 
 General Appearance, Sc7l, and Productions.] In the Ve- 
 netian territories, the face of vhe country is in g'T^ral flat j 
 though thf northern parts are mountainous, being situate among 
 the Alps, The soil is fertile, producing abundance o£ corn, 
 wine, Cii, silk, and cattle of all kinds. The flesU of their hogs 
 i<i reckoned peculiarly well flavoured. 
 
 Inhabitants.] The number of inhabitants in the whole ter* 
 ritories of the Venetian Republic is estimated at 3,500,000. 
 They are reckoned a lively ingenious people, extravagantly 
 fond of public amusements, and extremely licentious in the 
 higher r^ks. The common people, on the contrary, are said 
 to be remarkably sober, obliging to strangers, and gentle in 
 their intercourse with each other. The men are in general 
 tall and well made ; the women have a fine stile of counte> 
 nance, with expressive features, and an easy insinuating address. 
 
 PP4 
 
010 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 Part IL 
 
 It A I Y. Vtnetian States.— CiXxts. 
 
 CiTiBs,] Venice, the former capital of this celebrated re- 
 public, was long esteemed one of the most conuderable cities 
 in the world. It is built on .above 70 small islands near the 
 bottom of the Adriatic sea, at the distance pf about five miles 
 from the continent, the intermediate space being a sor^ of Iat 
 guna, or marshy lake, unnavigable to vessels of any consider- 
 able burthen. The approach from the sea too is very danger- 
 ous to i|n eneiny, being a narrow winding channel, pointed oat 
 among innumerable shallows by rovys of stakes, which are easi- 
 ly removed on the appearance of a foe. This constituted the 
 chief strength of Venice. The houses are built on piles driven 
 into the ground ^ and over the innumerable canals which inter- 
 sect the city, there are nearly 500 bridges, all of which are in- 
 considerable except the Rialto, which is built over the Great 
 canal, which commands a ipost magnificent view of the city. 
 It consists of one noble arch, 90 feet wide, and 24 feet high. 
 There are many stately and elegant buildings in Venice ; of 
 which the Ducal palace and the arsenal deserve particular 
 mention. There is a famous carnival in Venice, which begins 
 on new yearns day, and continues till Ash- Wednesday ^ all which 
 time is employed in scenes of the most abominable riot;, licen- 
 tiousness, and dissipation. The number of inhabitants m^y be 
 about i6o,ooO. 
 
 Verona is a large, ancient, and populous city, being the see 
 of a bishop, and iie capital of the Veronese territory. It has 
 the honour of giving birth to the poet Catullus, to the historian 
 ^milius Faulus, to Cornelius Nepos the biographer, to the el- 
 der Pliny the naturalist, and to Vitruvius the architeS. It 
 stands on the river Adige, which divides it into two parts, and 
 contains about 30,000 inhabitants. At present the one half 
 of the city is subject to the Cisalpine republic, and the other 
 half to the Emperor. 
 
Part H. 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 6ii 
 
 Italy. Venetian States Constitution and Government. 
 
 Constitution and Government.] The constitution of Ve- 
 nice, previously to the last revolution, was that of an absolute 
 aristocracy. The sovereign power was lodged in the Doge 
 and nobility. Th^ supreme ^abin^t council pf the state was 
 . called ^he Seignioiy, which was composed of the Doge and 26 
 members. The Doge was elected by the nobility, who were 
 divided into six classes, and amounted in all to 2500, every one 
 of whom, at the age of 25 years, had a right to be a member 
 of the grand council. The Doge was invested with great state, 
 and with emblcois of supreipe authority j but in fact enjoye4 
 very little power. 
 
 The seigniory or college gave audience, and delivered an«« 
 swers in name of the republic, to foreign ambassadors, to the 
 deputies of towns ^nd provinces, and to the generals of the ax-^ 
 xaies. It also received all requests and memorials on state af- 
 fairs, summoned the senate at pleasure, and arranged the busi« 
 ness to be discussed in that assembly. 
 
 There was also a tribunal of state-'inquisitors, consisting of 
 three persons, which was despotic in the highest degree. They 
 proceeded upon anonymous letters and information j had the 
 power of seizing accused persons, examining them in prison, 
 s^nd of deciding without appeal on the life of every citizen be- 
 longing to the Venetian state, the Doge himself not excepted. 
 They had keys to every apartment in the Ducal palace, could 
 penetrate, whenever they pleased, into the very bed-chamber of 
 the Doge, open his cabinet, and examine his papers. They 
 could of course command access to the house of any indivi.dual 
 ifi the state. They continued in ofRce no more than one year ; 
 but were not accountable for their jconduct while in authority. 
 
 These inquisitors were very necessary in Venice, to restrain 
 the power of the nobility. At the same time they were them- 
 selves liable to be deprived of their office every Sunday, by be- 
 ing appointed gpvernors to. some little village or castle, if the 
 
€ti 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 Part II. 
 
 Italy. Venetian States Commerce History. 
 
 grand council of state should be dissatisfied with their admini- 
 stration. 
 
 Commerce.] I'he Venetians htft^c been reckoned among the 
 greatest trading people in the world for many centuries. The 
 Republic was upwards of 1 200 years standing before its over- 
 throw by the French in the year 1798 j and the Bank of Ve- 
 nice was esteemed one of the most considerable in Europe. 
 
 Though fallen from their ancient grandeur, the Venetians 
 still carry on considerable manufactures in silk, scarlet cloth, 
 gold and silver stuffs j and above all, fine mirrors. 
 
 HiSTORT.] About the middle of the fifth century, when the 
 formidable Attila spread the devastation of fire and sword over 
 the'whole continent of Italy, the inhabitants of the northern 
 regions, disdaining to submit to the arms of the barbarian con- 
 <[ueror, abandoned their native country, and retired into the 
 marshy islands with which the north-east parts of the Adriatic 
 abounded. In these islands they contrived to build themselves 
 houses by driving piles of wood into the ground for a founda- 
 tion. By degrees they joined several of the islands together, 
 and continued to advance in opulence and in grandeur, till at 
 length the superb and magiuficent city of Venice arose to as- 
 tonish Europe and the world. During the middle ages Venice 
 engrossed the whole commerce of India, which was conveyed 
 by the gulph (^ Persia and the Euphrates to Bagdad ', from 
 thence by land to Palmyra ; and from thence to the ports of 
 the Mediterranean. This lucrative trade, though disputed for 
 a time by the republic of Genoa, increased the wealth and 
 power of Venice to an astonishing degree. The discovery of 
 the Cape of Good Hope, however, by the Portuguese in the 
 fifteenth century, gave a fatal blow to the Venetian greatness, 
 which has continued to decline sinct that period. In the year 
 
Pakt IL 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 «i3 
 
 Italy. Venetian States. — Istria Milan. 
 
 1798, the republic was surrepttriously taken possession of by 
 the French army, the form of government vras overthrown, 
 and the country was divided between the Emperor and the Qs< 
 alpine republic, as already n^ntioned* ^ 
 
 8. Istria is a peninsula of the Gulph of Venice, by whiek 
 it is surrounded on all sides, except the north, where it is unit- 
 ed to Camiola. The air is unwholsome ) but the soil produces 
 plenty of wine, oil, and pasture j there ^u-e also quarries of fine 
 marble. The country is now subject to the house of Austria. 
 
 9. Milan, formerly subject to the house of Austria \ and 
 now constituting the most important part of the Cisalpine re- 
 public, is a beautiful and fertile country, producing in great 
 abundance the necessaries, and many of the luxuries of life. It 
 is said to contain near 2,500 fiquarfe miles of surface, and a po* 
 pulation of about 1,000,000 > having an annual revenue of 
 300,0001. The lands are mostly inclosed j and the country 
 is watered by an incredible number of canals, some of which are 
 30 miles in length, and 50 feet in breadth. There are great 
 numbers of cattle, and vast quantities of cheese are made in the 
 country, which is of excellent quality. The sheep are few and 
 bad. 
 
 Milan, the capital, is one of the largest cities in Italy j be- 
 ing about ten miles in circumference, and containing 120,000 
 inhabitants. It is seated in a delightful plain, between the Ad- 
 da and the Tesino, and has 200 churches, the largest of which 
 is, after that of St Peter's at Rome, the most considerable in 
 Italy. There are many other splendid buildings in this famous 
 city. At Pavia, near the junction of the Tesino and the Po, 
 there is an university which is esteemed the first in Italy. Thia 
 city is famous for the defeat and captivity of Francis I. of 
 Fyance, by the «mperor C^iarles V., in the year 1525 j and the 
 
^14 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 Part II, 
 
 Italy. Mantua. — Imperial Fiefs. — Parma. 
 
 tlver on which it stands is reQiarkable for the first defeat of thf 
 il^omans under Scipio, by Hannibal. 
 
 10. Mantoa, which is now also a part of the Cisalpine re- 
 public, was formerly a flourishing independent state under its 
 «wn dukes of the house of Gonzaga. But the last of that fa- 
 mily having been put to the ban of the empire, the dutchy wa^ 
 possessed by the house of Austria from the year 1707. In 
 1785, it was incorporated with the dutchy of Milan into one 
 province, called Austrian Lombardy. In 1796, it fell into 
 the hands of the French, with the rest of the Austrian domi- 
 xuons in Italy. Mantua, the capital of this dutchy, is onq of 
 the strongest cities in Europe, being situate on an island in the 
 middle of a lake 24 miles in circumference, formed by the in- 
 undation of the Mincio. The city is five miles in circumfer- 
 ence 'f but though once very populous, contains at present no 
 more than 12,000 inhabitants. It was repeatedly taken and 
 Tetaken during the last war. In Mantua was born the famous 
 Italian poet, Tasso, A. D. 1544 j and in a little village near it, 
 the still more celebrated Latin poet, Virgil, ]^ence stUed the 
 Mantuan bard, A. C. 69. 
 
 11. The Impjjrial Fiefs arc now united to the Ligurian x^r 
 public. 
 
 12. Parma, to which Placentia, or Placenza, has been united 
 for many ages, was governed by a prince of the house of Far- 
 nese till the beginning of the i8th century, when it became sub- 
 ject to a branch of the Bourbon family of Spain. In the year 
 1796, it was over-run and plundered by the French j and in 
 »8oi was, by a singular and wanton effort of power, during 
 the settling of the German indemnities, annexed to the terri- 
 tories of France. The country is wholesome, delightful and 
 
PART ir. 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 6i| 
 
 Italy. Modena. — Mirandola — Monaco. — Massa Tuscany, 
 
 fertile, in a very high degree. The Parmesan cheese, however, 
 which received its name from this country, is no longer mad6 
 here, but at Lodi in the Milanese, at Trino, Bologna, and 
 some other places. The population of Parma is estimated at 
 300,000 souls, and* the revenue at 175,000!. There are some 
 mines of silver and copper, and considerable manufactures o£ 
 silk. Both Parma, the capital, and Placenza, have universities. 
 
 13. Modena, now a part of the Cisalpine republic, lies east 
 from Parma, which it resembles in soil and climate. It belong* 
 ed to a branch of the illustrious house of £ste, from which the 
 present royal family of Great Britain is descended ) contains 
 about 320,000 inhabitants, and had a revenue of 140,000!. 
 The late duke has received an indemnity in the Brisgau in 
 Germany. Modena, the capital, (the Mutma of the Romans) 
 is a large and populous city, containing from 30,000 to 40,000 
 inhabitants. It stands between the Secchia and the Panaro, 
 and is the see of a bishop. 
 
 14. Mirandola, is a small dutchy, almost surrounded by 
 Modena, and now subject to the Cisalpine republic. 
 
 1 5. Monaco is a small principality near the mouth of the ri- 
 ver Varr j formerly independent, now subject to France 
 
 16. Massa is situate at the eastern extremity of the Ligurian 
 republie *, and is now subject to the Cisalpine republic. Car- 
 rara, in this principsUity, BFords the celebrated marble used in 
 statuary. 
 
 17. TuscAN7, the ancient Etruria 6r Hetruria 3 is about 109 
 nules in lengh, and 100 at its greatest breadth, 
 
€t6 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 Paut tU 
 
 Italy. Tuscany. — Ptomiino. 
 
 Though some parts of the dutchy lie among the Appenines, 
 snd are ccr<icnMently cold and barren, yet the country in ge- 
 neral is rich and fertile. The mountains contain mines of an- 
 limony, copper, and other metals j the hills are covered with 
 vines, citrons, Jemons, oranges, and olives j'and the plains with 
 %om, and whatever else is necessary, useful, or delightful. 
 
 No country is better planted with mulberry>trees, the food 
 ef the silk- worm. The chief trade consists in wine, oil, fruits, 
 ■nd silk. The revenue is estimated at above 500,000!. 
 and the rumber of inhabitants is supposed to be no less 
 than 1,250,000 souls. This dutchy was held by the illustrious 
 iiouse of Medfcis from 1 560 till the death of Gaston de Medicis 
 without issue in 1 737 ^ when it was transferred to Francis duke 
 of Lorrain, who afterwards became emperor of Germany j and 
 continued in possession of a younger branch of the house of 
 Austria, till the year 1 80 1, when the grand duke was compel- 
 led by the French to resign his dominions in favour of the in~ 
 fant prince of Parma, who, by a plenipotentiary was installed 
 in the property with the title of king of Etruria. 
 
 The late duke has received an indemnity in Germany, as al- 
 ready noticed. 
 
 Florence, the capital city, is delightfully seated on the ri- 
 ver Arno. It is reckoned, after Rome, the first city in Italy. 
 Every part of it is full of wonders in the art of painting, statu- 
 ary, and architecture. The number of its inhabitants is rec- 
 koned about So,ooo. It is about six miles in circuit, and en^ 
 closed by a wall, but of no great strength. 
 
 The other principal towns of Tuscany, are, Pisa, Leghorn, 
 «nd Sienna. The Italian spoken in these cities, is reckoned the 
 most elegant dialect of that beautiful language. 
 
 18. PiOMBiNoIs a small principality situate on the Mediter* 
 
PaUt II. 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 617 
 
 Italy. Genoa. — Lucca — St Marino. 
 
 Tanetn sen \ hy which it is bounded on the soutn and west 5 
 having the territories of Tuscany on the north and cast. 
 
 Its capital town is of the same name, and lies 40 miles soutli 
 of Leghorn. The territory, aa well as the opposite island of 
 Elba, belongs at present to the French. 
 
 19. Genoa, now stiled the Ligurian republic, consists of « 
 narrow stripe along the coast of the Mediterranean sea, about 
 150 miles in length ; but no where above 20 miles in breadth^ 
 being bounded on the north by the Appenines, which separate 
 it from Piedmont, Parma, and Modena. In this country the 
 air is pure and salubrious, and there are excellent fruits and ve- 
 getables ) but the quantity of grain produced is not suflicient 
 for the consumption of the inhabitants. The number of these is 
 computed at about 400,000, of which the capital is said to con- 
 tain 140,000. It is a most magnificent city, about 10 miles in 
 circumference, aikd surrounded by two strong walls. It stands 
 on the sea-shore, near tlie river Bcj<igiio. 
 
 20. Lucca is a very small republic, possessing a territory 
 only of 288 square miles, with a population of I20,coo souls, 
 of which Lucca, the capital, contains one thir.d. They are, 
 however, the most industrious of all the Italians ', their little 
 territory is exceedingly delightful, and very highly cultivated^ 
 the hills are covered with vines, olives, chesnut, and mulberry 
 trees } while the meadows are stored with numerous herds of 
 cattle ', and the inhabitants carry on an extensive trade in oil, 
 wine, silk, gold and silver stuffs. The revgnoe is 8o,oocl. 
 
 21. St Marino is a still smaller republic than the former, 
 consisting only of one mountain with a few small hillocks scat- 
 tered round its base, about 10 miles in circumference, and lying 
 in the heart of the ecclesiastical territories. The ^rhob num- 
 
M 
 
 .SEUR>OP£. 
 
 Part II. 
 
 OBamma 
 
 Italy. 
 
 -1 ri"-!- 
 
 Ftrrttra,— 'Bologna. — Rotnagna. 
 
 bef«fi^|4*^iiibabitants may amtfuntto from 7,Obo to 8,oo3 
 «ouh y yet tMt lhtl« republic has lasted near 14 centurieB. 
 «*r' It, 2^ 24* Iti the year 1797, the three fertile pformces of 
 FcRRARA, BOiOGnA, and Romaona, werfc detachfed from the £c- 
 tcksiastical States by th* French, and annexed to the new Cis- 
 alpine republic. -» JFerrara,' the capital of the first of these pro- 
 vSicfev, is a lavge ttnd' Mrong city, built on one of the branches 
 of the Po \ being about 4 miles in circumference^ and defend- 
 «d by a citadel, strong walls and bastions; The Streets are 
 spacious and elegant, presenting many magnificent palaces and 
 beautiful churches j but the number of inhabitants does not ex- 
 ceed 14,000; "The environs are marshy, and comequently un- 
 healthy^^add the whole adjacent country is frequently overflow- 
 ed by the Po and oth«r rivefrs which run through it. Bologna, 
 the capital of the second of these provinces, is seated in' a beauti- 
 f^Lfibrin^, at^beioot of the Appenines, and near the river Rhe- 
 ho. It contains about 60,000 inhabitants, who are distinguished 
 above their neighbours by their industry and attention to busi- 
 nes«. The arts^are tultivattfd hete with ' great subcess*, and 
 "S^ert is ar^greslt Variety- of useful and ornamental manufactures 
 carried on in the olty and niiighbourhood j the river Rheno 
 turning no ksrithahvifco mills, which arc chiefly employed in 
 silk works. The public edifices are magnificent and numerous j 
 and next to Rotne this city lately ^ofitaiifed the greatest num- 
 ber of'Cxquiwte paintings of any in Italy. Ravennaj the ciipi- 
 tal'of RomagUa, was formerly famous as the impregnable re- 
 treat of die.l&st Reman emperors, and as the capital of the ex- 
 archate of that name; At that time it stood On the shoi <; of 
 the Adriatic, -iutd was surrounded by a deep morass, impassab!': 
 exceptingijyy ontmarrow path ', at present the sea is at the dls- 
 tahce of two mile^ from the city j which contains only about 
 i^^ooaitihabitants, aud'is chiefly remarkable for the excellent 
 wiac produced in its neighbourhood. 
 
Paxt, II. 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 61^ 
 
 Italy. Ancona. — Lorttto. 
 
 25. Ancona. Previously to the last war, the maxquisatc of 
 Ancona formed a part of the ecclesiastical propcrtj. But du- 
 ring the ravages of the French in Italy, the port of Ancona 
 was an object of too great consequence to be overlooked ; and 
 in the treaty with the Pope, it was decreed that this port and 
 its dependencies should remain in the possession of the French 
 till the continental peace. By this treaty it is evident that An- 
 cona ought to have been restored when peace was actually de« 
 clared. But the inhabitants had by that time been too long 
 under the tutorage of France not to have unlearnt most of their 
 habitual feelings of reverential allegiance. Stimulated probab- 
 ly by a French party, or by the French government, they de- 
 clared themselves a sovereign people ; and having communica- 
 ted their resolution to the French oflhcer who commanded in that 
 quarter, he instantly acceded to their wish, and proclaimed An- 
 i^ona a free and independent republic under the protection of 
 France. 
 
 L')aBTto, in this district, has made such a figure m modern 
 times for the immense riches which it contained, that it woult 
 be imp oper to pass it over unnoticed. The celebrity of this 
 plar ose from a popish tradition, wluch affitms, that the 
 Blessed Virgin's chamber near Jerusalem, in which she xi'as 
 bom and saluted by the angel *, and in which she conceived and 
 brought up her son Jesus, is in the chapel or holy house of this 
 place, having been carried thither by uug^ls. when the inhabi- 
 tants of Jerusalem apostatized from the faith, and b«c?T^ the 
 discipki of Mahomet. 
 
 This chapel contains a picture of the Blessed Viigin, said to 
 liave been drawn by St Luke } and great numbers of pilgrims 
 resorted to it for many ages, who seldom failed to make an of- 
 fering to our Lady of Loretto ', so that Mr Addison, who visit* 
 
620 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 Part II. 
 
 Italy. Dominions of the Church. — Rome. 
 
 ed it, says, that silver could scarce find admission, and gold it- 
 ' self looked but poorly among such an incredible number of 
 precious stones. We may depend upon it. that no traveller 
 vrho should visit this chapel at present, could brkg back a si- 
 milar- report. 
 
 26.— 29. The Dominions of the Church have been greatly 
 diminished of late by the dismemberment of the three northern 
 provinces, and of the March of Ancona. At present they ex- 
 tend from the republic of St Marino on the north, to Terraci- 
 . na on the south, a space of nearly 200 miles in length j but 
 which does not e.xceed abont 60 miles of an average breadth. 
 The soil is exceedingly fertile, producing the necessaries, and 
 many of the luxuries of life almost spontaneously. Yet sucb 
 are the sloth and indolence of the inhabitants, that they prefer 
 begging and imposing upon strangers, to the cultivation of their 
 lands ; so that these spots, which, under the ancient Romans, 
 appeared like so many terrestrial paradises, are now converted 
 into noxious pestilential marshes. The pope's- territorial re- 
 venue is calculated at 350,000!. His ecclesiastical and tem- 
 poral authority received a signal bbw at the reformation. By 
 the French revolution, too, he lost a very considerable part of 
 his spiritual dominion ^ and during the war, he was attacked 
 in his patrinronial territories, besieged in his capital, driven 
 from all his possessions, and obliged to take refuge in foreljgn 
 countries. Yet France has again returned to a nominal and 
 convenient subjection to his authority. 
 
 Rome, the former capital of the world, is now the seat of 
 the papal dominion. It stands upon the river Tiber j but ra- 
 ther higher than the ancient city, so that it is not easy to dis- 
 tinguish the seven hills on which it originally stood. li con* 
 tains a great many noble edifices ^ among which is the church 
 of St Peter, reckoned th6 most magnificent building in the 
 
VAnt IL 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 ^21 
 
 Italy. The Kingdom of Naples. 
 
 world. Its length is 730 feet j the breadth 250 j and the 
 height from the paverafent to the top of the cros^, 450. The 
 Pantheon, the Amphitheatre of Vespasian, the church of 
 St John Lateran, the Palace of the Vatican, and many others, 
 would well merit a particular description^ The city is suppov 
 scd to contain 162,60c uihabitants. 
 
 30. Naples lies between 37° 40' and 43*^ of north latitude, 
 and between 13° and ip*' of east longitude j being bounded on 
 the northwest by the Ecclesiastical States, and on all other sides 
 by the Adriatic and Mediterranean sea* It is about 250 miles 
 Jong, and 70 broad. The Appenine mountains run through it from 
 north to 30Uth ; yet the air is generally hot, and the soil fertile, 
 producing abundance of corn, wine, oil, fruits, flax, hemp, cot- 
 ton, wax, a id honey j besides iron, alum, and sulphur j with 
 which last the soil is strongly impregnated. The horses of this 
 country are in high esteem. 
 
 With respect to the fate of the country, It is delightful In 
 the highest degree j every change of situation presentmg a 
 new and beautiful prospect. 
 
 T he kingdom is divided into the 12 following provinces j viz. 
 iibruz2o Ultra, Abruzzo Citra, Terra de Lavora, Molise, Ca« 
 pitanata, Principality Ultra, Principality Citra, Terra di Barri, 
 Basilicata, Terra di Lecce, Calabria Citra, and Calabria Ultra. 
 
 Naples, the capital of the kingdom, is one of the finest ci- 
 ties In the world. It is seated on the sea-coast, surrounded 
 •with thick walls, regular bastions, strong towers, deep ditches, 
 and fortified castles. It is 15 miles in circumference, and con- 
 tains 300,000 inhabitants. It has an excellent harbour, large 
 enough to contain 500 vessels j the streets are large, straight, 
 .and paved with free-stone j the houses are built with stone, 
 cluefly in the modern taste, and very well furnished. There 
 
 Qjia 
 
622 
 
 EdRdPE. 
 
 F.UIT ir. 
 
 J)OMINIONS OF THE KiNG OF NAPLRSt SicHjl, 
 
 are a great many magnificent palaces, convents and chusches. 
 'i'he air is pure, serene, and healthy. In short It would be one 
 pf the mitst delightful places in Europe, were it not for its ti- 
 cinity to the volcano of Vesuvius, which is at no greater dis- 
 tance than 7 or 8 miles, and frequently threatens the city with 
 destruction by its dreadful eruptions, and the earthquakes oc-^ 
 casioned by its subterraneous fires. It is io8 miles south-east" 
 of Rome. 
 
 . ■ ^ 
 
 31. Sicily is a large triangular island, separated from Naples 
 by a narrow streight, called the Faro di Messina. It is di^- 
 ded into three provinces, viz. Val jdi Demon, Val di Mazarai 
 and Val di Noto. The climate is extremely hot j- nit f-e air 
 is healthfulj being refreshed by breezes from the s^a. The 
 soil is exceedihgly fertile j no country in Europe producing 
 more corn, oil, andwine, in proportion to its dimensions. 
 
 In this island is that terrible volcano mount Etna, how Call- 
 ed Gibello, situate in the province of Val di Damon*- -it is 
 180 milc« in circumference, and 11,000 feet in height j so that 
 the higher parts of it are covered with snow a great part cf the 
 year. At the top there is a bason of burning sulphur six miles 
 round, whence sometimes issue rivers of melted minerals which 
 run down to the adjacent country, or into the sea. Before any 
 considerable eruption, there is generally in earthquake. 
 
 Palermo, the capital, is a large, rich, and handsome city* It 
 is about 4 miles iti circumference, and is well fortified ; it is a 
 place of great trade, and has an excellent harbouri The >treets 
 are handsome, the houses superb, and the number of inhabitants 
 about 130,000. It was the seat of the ancient kings •, and is 
 at present the residence of the viceroy. It stands in a pleasant 
 fruitful country, on the north coast of the island, at the boi- 
 tom'of a gulph of the same name. •• ■' •• 
 
FuxlL 
 
 EU&OPt. 
 
 ^3 
 
 Sicily. Syracuse. — Messina The Upari. 
 
 3ybacus£, so famous in ancienc hiitory, has been very much 
 reduced from its ancient lustre by wars and earthquakes ^ but 
 is still considerable on account of its harbour, and the strength 
 of its walls. It is the see of a bishop, and contains i8,ooo in- 
 habitants. 
 
 Messina, is another ancient, large, and strong city of Sicily* 
 It is about 5 miles in circumference^ has a most excellent har- 
 bour, and contains about 6o,coo inhabitants, who trade exten- 
 sively in com, wine, oil, silk, and fruit. The viceroy resides 
 here six months of the year. It is seated on the sea-^side, 1 19 
 miles east from Palermo. '^ 
 
 In the year 17H3, this place suffered most dreadfully by an 
 earthquake, which shook great part of Calabria and Sicily to 
 their foundations, overturned many rich and populous towns, 
 and buried thousands of persons in their ruins. 
 
 About 42 mile;* north of Sicily are the Lipari, a cluster of 
 islands, the largest of which, Lipari, is about 15 mile^in cir- 
 cumference, and abounds in corn, figs, grapes, sulphur, and 
 mineral waters. lis capital is a small town pf the same name, 
 and is the see pf a bishop. 
 
 The other islands arc StromboH, Pore, Rotto, Pannarla, Sa- 
 line, Volcano, Fenicusa, Alicor, and Ustica ; some of which 
 are Volcanoes. 
 
 On the west of Sicily are a few small islands \ the Inrgcst of 
 which are Favagnaria, 1 5 miles, and Maretino, i o miles in cir- 
 cumference, which produce great quantities of honey. 
 
 His Majesty is stiled King of the two Sicilies *, he possesses 
 the largest dominions of any prince in Italy j and enjoys a 
 yearly revenue of 1 ,400,0001. His land forces amount to 30,coo 
 men, «nd his subjects are upwards of 2,cro,co3. 
 
 He holds of the pope, to whom he makes a yearly present of 
 70,000 crowns of gold, and a white palfrey. 
 
634 
 
 iUROPE. 
 
 Part II, 
 
 Islands of Malta and Gozo. 
 
 The present king Is Ferdinand IV., brother to the king of 
 Spain, and married to Maria Carolina Louisa, sister to Joseph 
 I [., late emperor of Germany. Their oldest daughter is the 
 present empress of Germany. 
 
 Malta lies south from Sicily j and ia about 20 miles long, 
 and 12 broad. It is all a white, soft rock, covered with good 
 vegetable earth, which produces plenty of cotton, indigo, oran- 
 ges, and other fruits j with abundance of pulse and garden stuff. 
 It does not, however, furnish enough of corn or wine for the 
 support of its inhabitants, who are supplied in thesie articles, 
 chiefly from Sicily. r i - ..rr. 
 
 Tlie air is exceedingly hot, but clear and healthful. ^* 
 
 The island contains about 6o,cop inhabitants j and was long 
 in possession of the knights of St John of Jerusalem. In the 
 year 179S it was taken by the French j and in 1800, was re- 
 taken by the British, in whose possession it still continues. Va- 
 letta, the capital, has an excellent harbour, and is one of the 
 strongest places in Europe. 
 
 The isle of Gozo, Near Malta, is about half the extent of 
 that island, and contains about 3000 Ii^habitatits. 
 
 i^.-^ 
 
623 
 
 XIII. SPAIN 
 
 Situation, Extent, and Boundariks.] Is situate betweai 
 36" and 44° of N. Lat, j and between jo° of W., and 4° of 
 E, Long. J being about 600 miles in length from cast to west, 
 and 520 in breadth from north to south. It is bounded on 
 the north by the Bay of Biscay, and the Pyrcnean mountains, 
 which separate it from France j on the east by the Mediter- 
 ranean sea J on the south by the Mediterranean and the At- 
 lantic ocean •, and by Portugal and the iVUantic on the west. 
 
 Divisions.] Spain is divided into fourteen Provinces, as 
 follows; 
 
 
 Provinces. 
 
 Ch. Towns. 
 
 Lat. 
 
 Long, 
 
 1. 
 
 Gallicia 
 
 Ferrol 
 
 43030'N. 
 
 7°53'VV. 
 
 
 
 Corunna 
 
 43 22 N. 
 
 8 5W. 
 
 
 1 
 
 Mondonedo 
 
 43 23 N. 
 
 7 22 W. 
 
 
 
 CoMPOSTELLA 
 
 42 ^s N. 
 
 8 11 W. 
 
 
 
 Vigo 
 
 42 II N. 
 
 8 28 W. 
 
 n. 
 
 Asturias 
 
 Santillana 
 
 43 3' N. 
 
 4 28 W. 
 
 
 
 OviEDO 
 
 • 43 29 N. 
 
 5 SS W. 
 
 3 
 
 Biscay 
 
 Bli-BOA 
 
 43 24 N. 
 
 3 16 w. 
 
 
 
 St Sebastian 
 
 43 24 N- 
 
 2 3W. 
 
 4 
 
 Navarre , 
 
 Pampeluna 
 
 42 46 N. 
 
 I 43 W. 
 
 
 
 Estclla 
 
 42 38 N. 
 
 2 9W, 
 
 
 
 Viana 
 
 42 27 N. 
 
 2 32 W. 
 
 
 
 Tudela 
 
 42 8N. 
 
 I 43 w. 
 
 5 
 
 Arragpn . 
 
 Jaca 
 
 42 32 N. 
 
 41 W. 
 
 
 
 Huesca 
 
 42 6 N. 
 
 32 w. 
 
 
 
 • Saragossa 
 
 41 41 N. 
 
 I oW. 
 
 
 
 Taracona 
 
 41 59 N. 
 
 I 49 w. 
 
 
 
 Q^q 4 
 
 
 
 «K^ (^:h 
 
62^ 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 Part It, 
 
 Spain. Ptovjnces and CSiief Towns. 
 
 Provinces. 
 
 Ch. Towns. 
 
 Lat. 
 
 Long. 
 
 6 Catalonia 
 
 Roses 
 
 42<'i5'N. 3" o'E. 
 
 
 Sakcxlona 
 
 41 26 N. X 54 E. 
 
 
 terida 
 
 4t 34 N. 24 E. 
 
 
 Tarragona 
 
 41 9 N. X 6 £• 
 
 
 Tortosa 
 
 40 56 N. 24 £. 
 
 7 Old Castile 
 
 Briviesca 
 
 42 28 N. 3 36 W. 
 
 
 Burgos 
 
 42 ai N. 3 56 W. 
 
 1 
 
 Calahorrg 
 
 42 17 N. 2 6 W. 
 
 • 
 
 ValodoUd 
 
 4x 48 N. 4 35 W,;r 
 
 1 
 
 Segovia 
 
 41 3 N. 4 8 W. 
 
 
 Avila 
 
 40 45 N. 4 44 W. 
 
 8 Leon 
 
 Leon 
 
 A2 40 N. 5 34 W. 
 
 
 \A6torga 
 
 42 33 N. 6 oW,,. 
 
 
 Salamanca 
 
 4: 23 N. 5 42 W, 
 
 . 
 
 Alva 
 
 41 18 N. 5 30 W« 
 
 
 Cividad Rodrlgo 
 
 40 36 N. 6 29 W. '- 
 
 ^ Nf w Castile 
 
 Guadalascara 
 
 40 35 N. 3 10 W.' 
 
 
 Escurial 
 
 40 36 N. 4 5 W. 
 
 
 MADRID 
 
 40 27 N. 3 29 W, . 
 
 
 Cuenqa 
 
 40 6 N. 2 W. 
 
 
 Toledo 
 
 39 52 N. ^ 50 W. 
 
 
 Cividadreal 
 
 38 58 N. 5 36 W. 
 
 . 
 
 Alcara 
 
 38 56 N. 2 29 W.r 
 
 10 Valencia 
 
 Segorbc 
 
 39 57 N. 30 W. 
 
 ■' 
 
 Valencia 
 
 rjO 30 N. 28 W. 
 
 ■ 
 
 Alicant 
 
 38 35 N.'o 24 W. 
 
 
 Origucla 
 
 38 j6N. p joVV. 
 
 1 1 Murcia 
 
 MORCIA 
 
 38 9N. X oW. 
 
 • 
 
 Lorca 
 
 37 5> N. I 35 W. ; 
 
 
 Carthagena 
 
 37 40 N. 56 W. : 
 
 12 Estrcmadur^ 
 
 Placentia 
 
 40 I N. 5 42 W. 
 
 # 
 
 Alcantara ' 
 
 39 30 N. 6 33 W.- 
 
 T * 
 
 Mkrida 
 
 38 43 N. 6 W. , 
 
 • 
 
 Badajos 
 
 38 40 N. 6 37 w.; 
 
 3\ Andalusia 
 
 Cordova 
 
 37 5?N. 4 40 W. 
 
 
 Seville 
 
 37 14 N. 5 53 W. 
 
 • 
 
 Cadiz 
 
 36 32 N. 6 20 W. 
 
 ■' 
 
 Gibraltar 
 
 36 6 N. 5 20 W. 
 
 ^ "• 
 
 A. 
 
Fakt II* 
 
 EURbPE. 
 
 ^17 . 
 
 Spain. Islands. — Climate and Productions. 
 
 Provinces. 
 14 Granada 
 
 Ch. Towns. 
 
 Granada 
 
 Almeira 
 
 Malaga 
 
 Marbella 
 
 
 Lat. 
 
 if 20 N. 
 §6 57 N. 
 36 45 N. 
 36 30 N. 
 
 Long. 
 3 30W.' 
 30 W. 
 23 w. ■ 
 48 w. 
 
 INLANDS.] The European Islands belonging to 'Spwn wr, V 
 Majorca, about 58 miles long, and 40 broad, of which the • 
 chief tawn is Majorca, 39° ^s' N. y 2" 24' E. j Minorca, about „ 
 40 miles long, and 20 broad j chief town, Citadella, 40° 3' N. 
 
 3** rp'E. } Yvica, 3$ miles long, and 25 broad j chief town 
 
 Yvica, 38° S3' ^' ^° 18^ E., all in the Mediterranean j and 
 the Isle of Lions on the coast of the Atlantic} chief town. 
 Cadi?.. , . 
 
 tt t 
 
 SdlL, Climate, and Productions,] Spain being situate' about 
 the middle of the temperate Zone, and abounding with a rich 
 variety of hills, plains, and rivers, is a delightful and healthy 
 country j being neither subject to the scorching heats of Afri- ._ 
 ca, nor to the severe colds of the mtJre northern regions of Eu- , -. 
 rope. The sultry heats in summer last only two or^thrcc- 
 jnonths j and tljese ar^ generally alleviated by cooling breezes 
 either from the mountains or from the sei. The great rains . 
 fall regularly in thtir seasons of spring and autumn j and du- . 
 ring the rest 6f the year the air is clear and serene. Yet the '^ 
 degrees of heat and cold are very different in the northern and 
 southern parts of Spain. The soil also tliiFers greatly^ .bein^. 
 ihost barren towards the. north. Yet is it in general exceedingly 
 fertile *, ind even its nibst mountainous parts arc clothed witij 
 wood, fruits, pasturage, and aromatic hertjs, which diffuse a^ 
 fragrant smell through the air, and impart a fine flavour to the 
 flesh of the cattk which browse upon thew. 
 
 The chief proiduc'tioris of Spain are, whfcat, barley, wine, ex- 
 cellent fruits, oil, wax, honey } silk, cotton, hemp, and flar. 
 
€2$ 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 Part II. 
 
 Spain. Mountains. — ^Rivers. — Bays and Capes. — ^Religion. 
 
 Their sheep, of tvhich they have prodigious numbers, produce 
 the finest wool in Europe. 1 heir horses are remarkable for 
 beauty and swiftness j and they have also great numbers of 
 xaules which are employed ia the labours of the field. 
 
 MouKTrAiNs.} The mountains of Spain are very numerous. 
 The chief of them are the Pyrenees, extending from the Bay 
 of Biscay to the Mediterranean j the Cantabrian mountains, 
 being a continuation of the former, reaching nearly to the At- 
 lantic Ocean j the mountains of Castile, the mountains of To- 
 ledo, the Sierra Morena, and Mount Calpe, which covers Gib- 
 raltar 'j Montserrat, which stands alone on a vast plain about 
 30 miles from Barcelona, has been much celebrated on account 
 of its peculiar form, its prodigious height, and the number of 
 
 hermitages with which it abonnds. 
 
 . -fit 
 
 Rivers.] The principal rivers are^ the Minho, the Douro, 
 ^e Tajo or Tagus, the Gyadiana, the Guadalquiver or Turia^ 
 and the Ebro, 
 
 Bays and Capes.] The chief bays are those of Biscty, Fer- 
 rol, Corunna or the Groyne, Vigo, Cadiz, Gibraltar , Cartha- 
 gena, and Valentia. The capes are, cape Ortegal, cape Fer- 
 rol, cape Finisterre, mount Calpe, cape de Gates, cape Palos, 
 cape Martin, and cape de Creus. 
 
 Religion.] The established religion of Spain is Popery of 
 the most rigid kind, without the least toleration of any other, 
 and enforced by all the horrors of the bloody Inquisition. 
 
 There arc eight archbishops and 46 bishops, who have all 
 Itch livings. Th*^ archbishop of Toledo, who is Primate of 
 Spain, enjoys a revenue of 90.000I. sterling a year. There 
 
Part IL 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 6i!^ 
 
 Spain.. Government. — Army and Navy.—Inhabitants. 
 
 are no less than 2140 convents and nunneries, coutaining an 
 incredible number of monks and nuns. 
 
 Government.] Spain is the Tsofist despotic monarchy in Eu- 
 rope. The crown is hereditary in the male or female line. 
 The king's residence is at Madrid, the capital of the kingdom ; 
 his title, Most Catholic Majesty. His eldest son is styled 
 Prince of Asturia^, the younger sons are styled Infants, and 
 the daughters Infantas. The revenue of the Crown is about 
 5,5co,oool. 
 
 Army and Navy.] The land forces of Spain, in time of 
 peace, are 70,000 j but in time of war they might be increas- 
 ed greatly above that number. His present catholic majesty 
 has been at great pains and expence to raise a powerful marine j 
 but on the 14th of February 1796, it received a severe stroke 
 from a squadron of the British lleet, under the command of 
 Admiral Sir John Jervis, now Lord St Vincent, from which it 
 has as yet in no degree recovered. 
 
 Inhabitants.] The population of Spain is estimated at 10 
 «r I r millions. In their persons, the Spaniards are generally 
 tall, with black hair, swarthy complexions, but very express- 
 ive countenances. The most prominent feature in the Spanish 
 character is pride, particularly among the higher ranks. But 
 this pride, so far from being hurtful to the community, sup- 
 plies in some degree the want of higher principles j as it in- 
 spires the possessor with generous, humane, and dignified sen- 
 timents, which make him disdain the thought of being guilty 
 of a mean or unworthy action. The lower classes, however, 
 are in general mean, rapacious and intolerably indolent. The 
 amusements of the people of rank chiefly consist in dancing and 
 cards j but the most universal species of entertainment is bull* 
 
6SQ 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 Part II. 
 
 Spaiw. Cities and Univenities. — Commerce. 
 
 baiting ; there being no town In Spain which doe^ not con^^n 
 a large square for this inhuman diversion. The licentiousness 
 of the Spanish clergy is, perhaps, beyond example shocking. 
 
 Cities akd Universities.] In Spain there are 145 cities, 
 4,572 burghs, and 12,732 villages. Madrid, the present cap- 
 ital, stands on the small river Mancenares, which is a torrent 
 in winter, but dry in summe^. }t contains about 150,000 ii\- 
 habitants. -'' 
 
 Seville, on the Guadalquiver, was the former capital of 
 Spain, and the great emporium of the American commerce. 
 
 Cadiz, which enjoys that advantage at present, is built on 
 the northern extremity of a small island which communicates 
 with tht' continent by a bridge. It contains about 70,000 in- 
 habitants. Barcelona in Catalonia contains above ioo,oco. 
 
 There are about 24 universities in Spain ; of which Sala- 
 manca is the most celebrated ', but the system of education ii\ 
 that country is extremely wretched^ 
 
 CoMMBRCE.] Gold and silver are the chief articles both of 
 exports and imports in Spain. These they import from Ame- 
 rica, and export to other countries. Cadiz is the chief empor 
 rium of this commerce. At St Ildefonso the glass manufac- 
 ture is carried on to a high degree of perfection. Here is also 
 a royal manufacture of linen. In the city of Valencia is a 
 very respectable silk manufacture, which gives employment to 
 20,000 of the inhabitants. At Carthagena they make great 
 quantities of ropes from a sort of rush called Esparto. But 
 the most important of the productions of this country are, salt- 
 petre, and barilla, a species of pot*ash used for making soap, 
 bleaching, and making glass. The other manufactures of 
 8pain are of wool, copper, and hardware. ^. 
 
?ARf II. 
 
 r ■ — 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 «3t 
 
 Spaim. Gibraltar — History. 
 
 The foreign dominions belonging to the king of Spain shali 
 be mentioned in their proper places. 
 
 Gibraltar, situate in the most southerly part of Spain, i« ih 
 th? possession of Great Britain. It is a place of vast import- 
 ance, furnished with a commodious harbour, and commanding 
 the entrance into the Mediterranean sea. The streights df 
 Gibraltar are 1 5 miles broad, and 24 long. 
 
 History.] Spain, anciently c&lled Iberia or Hispania, was 
 subject to the Roman empire for near 500 years. On the fall 
 of that empire, it was first conquered by the Vandals, A. D. 
 411. They were expelled by the Goths and Visigoths, who 
 held possession of it till the year 722, when the Saracens or 
 Moots invaded it in the reign of Roderick, whom they van- 
 quished iri battle, and soon reduced almost the whole conntry- 
 
 Such of the inhabitants bs would not su)}mit to the Moors, 
 took refuge in the mountains of Asturias j where, under Pela- 
 gic, a hero of the blood royal, they defended themselves witli 
 great bravery •, and in proeess of time gathered strength. 
 
 After him, they were headed by Alphonso his son-in-law, 
 who, taking advantage of civil discords among the Moors, at- 
 tacked them in several places, with considerable success. 
 
 The contest between the Mtjors and Christians was maintain- 
 ed for near Scoytaxs, durmg which time the possessions of both 
 were split into a number of independent states^ each of which 
 had a separate sovereign. 
 
 In the year 1492, Ferdinand king of Arragon having uniicd 
 all the kingdoms of Spain, except Portugal, by his marriage 
 with Isabella, queen of Castile, took Grenada, the last town 
 which the Moors retained In Spain, and expelled from the 
 kingdom, to the number of 170,000 farnilies. 
 
 The expulsion of so many inhabitants, most of whom wera 
 artists, labourers, or manufacturers} the introduction of the 
 
'^ 
 
 IMAGE EVALUATION 
 TEST TARGET (MT-3) 
 
 
 ^v.%* 
 
 4^ A^I^^ 
 
 1.0 ^^ 
 
 I.I 
 
 125 
 
 itt fM 122 
 U£ 12.0 
 
 us 
 
 u 
 
 Imia 
 
 11-25 iU 
 
 m 
 
 Va 
 
 m 
 
 
 s 
 
 7 
 
 
 Photographic 
 
 Sciences 
 
 Corporation 
 
 23 WEST MAIN STREET 
 
 WEBSTER, N.Y. MS80 
 
 (716) 872-4503 
 
: 
 
mm 
 
 ^«mpifPPRiPqiWPIIWIVniPIPiiH|qiiMIP«Hpi| 
 
 :^iA 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 .PAktIf. 
 
 Spain. History. 
 
 popish inquisition, to prevent their return ; with the prodigious 
 influx of wealth from America* at this time discovered by Co* 
 • jiumbus, proved exceedingly hurtful to Spain. 
 
 Charles V. of Germany, and I. of Spain, succeeded Feirdi* 
 nand in right of bis mother ^ who was daughter of Ferdinand 
 . and Isabella, A. D. 1516. 
 
 Charles resigned his hereditary dominions of Spain and the 
 Netherlands to his son Philip II. on the 25th of October i$^6 , 
 and not being able to get him elected emperor, he resigned the 
 nopcrial crown to his brother Ferdinand, king of Hungary, and 
 retired to a monastery near Placentia in Estremadura, where 
 lived for two years, regardless of Worldly concerns. 
 
 Thus was the exorbitant power of the house of Austria di- 
 vided into two branches \ Spain, with all its possessions in Af- 
 xv:a and the new world, also the Netherlands, and seme of the 
 Italian states, remaining with the elder branch j while the em>- 
 ptre, Hungary, and Bohemia, fell to the lot of the younger. 
 ,In this state they continued till the year 1700, when, by the 
 death of Charles II., the Austrian dynasty on the throne of 
 Spain became extinct, and Philip duke of Anjou, second son 
 to the Dauphin of France, and grandson to Lewis XIV., suc- 
 ceeded by the name of Philip V. 
 
 The reigning lung of Spain is Charles IV. who was born 
 xith November 1748, ascended the throne on the death of his 
 lather Charles III., 13th December 1788, and was married to 
 Louisa Maria Theresa, princess of Parma 4th September 17C5. 
 
633 
 
 .# 
 
 XIV. PORTUGAL, 
 
 Situation, ExTEtiT, and Boumdames.] The ancient Ldsita- 
 NiA, lies between 37^ and 43° of north latitude j and between 
 6*' and 10^ of west longitude ^ being 360 miles in length, and 
 120 in breadth. Being merely part of the great peninsula of 
 Spain, it is bounded on the north and east by that country } 
 and has the Atlantic ocean on the south and westt 
 
 Divisions.] Portugal is di^ded into 6 provinces, as follows : 
 
 Provinces. 
 
 Chief Towns. 
 
 Lat. 
 
 Long. 
 
 X. Entre Douro h Minho. Viana 
 
 4»*'50'N. 
 
 8°22'W. 
 
 
 .. Braga 
 
 41 41 N. 
 
 8 5W. 
 
 
 Barcelos 
 
 41 40 N. 
 
 814W, 
 
 
 Oporto 
 
 41 14 N. 
 
 815W. 
 
 2. Trai OS Montcs 
 
 Braganza 
 
 41 56 N. 
 
 638W. 
 
 
 Outeiro 
 
 41 52 N. 
 
 631W. 
 
 
 Miranda 
 
 41 50 N. 
 
 6 2oW. 
 
 
 Mirandela 
 
 41 42 N. 
 
 710W, 
 
 - 
 
 Villa Real 
 
 41 28 N. 
 
 7 3'W. 
 
 3. Beira. 
 
 Lamego 
 
 41 19 N. 
 
 735W. 
 
 
 Almeida 
 
 40 49 N. 
 
 647W. 
 
 
 Aveiro 
 
 40 40 N. 
 
 833W. 
 
 
 Guarda 
 
 40 31 N. 
 
 7 iW. 
 
 
 COIMBRA 
 
 49 12 N. 
 
 820W. 
 
 4. Estremadura. 
 
 Leyria 
 
 39 39 N. 
 
 838W. 
 
 
 LISBON 
 
 38 42 N. 
 
 9 9W. 
 
 5. ^cntejo. 
 
 Elvas 
 
 38 42 N. 
 
 653W. 
 
 
 St Ubes 
 
 38 30 N. 
 
 857W. 
 
 
 EVORA 
 
 38 30 N. 
 
 7 4<5W. 
 
 
 Alvito 
 
 38 18 N. 
 
 756W. 
 
 
 Beja 
 
 38 4N. 
 
 749W. 
 
wmm 
 
 mm 
 
 mmimm 
 
 • 
 
 634 
 
 fiukbPE. 
 
 PaktII. 
 
 Portugal. Islands.— Soil. — Productions.— Rivers. 
 
 t Frovinees. 
 dk Algarve* 
 
 duef Towns. 
 Tavira 
 
 yiUandVa 
 
 Lagos 
 
 Faro 
 
 Lat 
 
 37 10 N. 
 
 37 
 37 
 
 37 
 
 8N. 
 
 iN. 
 
 Long. 
 
 737W. 
 826W. 
 838W. 
 7J3W. 
 
 Islands.] There is ia cluster of small Islands off' the coast of 
 Xstremadura in' Portugal ; but they toeiit ho particular de- 
 scrfptiona 
 
 Gbnzrai. Appiarance, Soil, knji pRODtcnONS.] Portugal 
 j& a moontunous country like Spain ; but not equal to it in 
 fertility of soil, or purity of air. The fruits are of the sanhe 
 kind vrith those of Spain } but are not so highly flavoured. 
 The country does not produce much grain j btit the Inhabittots 
 import vast quantities from England > and the peasants use In- 
 dian ctrni imported from Africa instead of wheat. The othtr 
 productions are, wine, wool,* oil, fruit, silk, flax, and cork. 
 Much salt it made from the sea-water ; particularly at St Ubes. 
 
 Rivers.] The principal rivers of Portugal have been already 
 mentioned in the description of Spain. Among those of less 
 note may be enumerated the Lima and Cavado, which fall in- 
 to the sea below Viana and Barcelos } the Mondego, which 
 'passes by Coimbra, the Soro or Zalas, which falls into the Tl- 
 gus, and forms the present boundary between Estremadura and 
 Alentejo ', and tu^ Zadaon, which forms the harbour of St 
 Ubes, or Situval. 
 
 \ Capbs and Bays.] The principal capes of Portugal are, cape 
 Mondego, the Rock of Lisbon, cape d'Espichel, cape St Vin> 
 cent, and cape St Mary. The bays arc those of St Ubes and 
 Lagos. 
 
t^ARTlL 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 «3i 
 
 PoRTUO&L. Inhabitants.— Religion.->.-Qoveminent, &c. 
 
 iNHABiTANiik] Portugftl ia sut>po8ed to contain two and a 
 half millioBS of inhabitants, of whom 300^)00 are ecclesiastics. 
 They are sepiesented as a degenerate, slothful^ treacherous, ami 
 xevengeful people. 
 
 ' , Eeuoion.] The established religion is popery in the strict- 
 -est sense } fonnelly enforced by all the horrors of the inquisi- 
 tion ) and a strict adherence to the forms of that system xonsti- 
 tutes a striking feature of the national character. There are 
 three archbishops, and 10 bishops, besides a patriarch. 
 
 ,,\rtf- ■ 
 
 GovK&NMBNT.] . The govemmeiit of Portugal is an -absolute 
 aoonarchy. T- .e nation, however^ still preserves an appearance 
 of -freedom in the meeting of the Cortes or States) consisting 
 of jclergy, nobility, and commons. But the only real power 
 they enjoy is, that their assent is necessary in every new regu- 
 
 •lation respecting the succession^ 
 
 Revenue^] The revenues c f the cirowb amount io 2,obo,oo3L 
 sterling annually. It is now greatly increased by the suppres- 
 sion of the Jesuits and other religious orders. 
 
 
 AkMT AND Navy.] The military and marine strength of 
 Portugal is not so considerable as their circumstances might 
 Seein to require, owing to their being in the practice of depend- 
 ing for protection on the government of Great Britain. 
 
 Their land ibrces amount to about 25,000 men^ their naval' 
 strength condsts of about 13 ships of the line, and i j frigates. 
 
 Commerce and MANUfAcTUR.ES.] The principal manufactured 
 of Portugal are of woollen cloth, hats, and paper. There is a 
 considerable commerciai intercourse betweeti this country tnd 
 
636 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 Part It, 
 
 PONT0OAL. 
 
 Cities and Univenities.- 
 
 -History. 
 
 Grtat Britain j hy which the latter gains nsarly 50(),O30l. fex 
 annum. The Portujj^ese hare an cxtennve and flourishing 
 colony at Brazil in South America, to which it exports wooU 
 len stuffs, 4inens, gold and silver lace, dried fish, hams, sansaNC 
 ges, &c. } and receives in return, gold, silver, pearls, precious 
 stones, rice, wheat, maize, sugar, molasses, drugs, spices, and 
 dying materials* 
 
 ■ > 
 
 Cities ANDUNivsKsirtss J Lisbon the capital is situate rt the 
 mouth of the river Tagus, which is about 9 miles broad bcloW 
 the city. It is built upon y hills, and is supposed to contain 
 200,000 inhabitants. Some of the hills rise above the rest, and 
 some are so interwoven and contrasted, that they form an 
 agreeable diversity of hills and dales ; so that, from the oppo- 
 site'side of the Tagus, it looks like an immense amphitheatre^ 
 which has all the charms that can be produced by a variety of 
 the most sumptuous edifices, rejecting uncommon beauties up« 
 on each other by the happiness of their situation. After Lon» 
 don and Amsterdam, it is considered the greatest port in Eu- 
 rope. On the first of November 1 755, a dreadi^I earthquake 
 happened, which laid the finest buildings in Lisbon in ruins, 
 and reduced the city to a scene of the most terrible desolation. 
 (See Hervey's Letters on Spain, &c. Vol. I. p. 18.) 
 
 The second city in the kingdom is Oporto, which is suppo- 
 sed to contain 30,000 inhabitants. The chief article of com- 
 merce is wine. 
 
 There is an university at Coimbra, and another at Evoras } 
 a college at Mafra, and a Royal Academy at Lisbon. 
 
 History.] The kingdom of Portugal having been anciently 
 a province of Spain, it underwent the same revolutions with it ; 
 being successively in possession of the Phenicians, Carthagini- 
 ans, Romans, Goths, Vandals, and Moors. 
 
Past If. 
 
 EU1tOPB.£ 
 
 ^17 
 
 Portugal. History. 
 
 It WM erected into a kingdom by Alphonso 1. son o£ tf en- 
 ry of Bnrgundy, vrho marrl'-'i a natural daughter of Al- 
 phonMi» Vi. king of Castile, oy whom he had been created 
 count of Portugal in 1098. Henry died in my and his son 
 Alphonso having gained a deeisive victory over five Moorish 
 kings in July 11 59, he was declared king by his troops on the 
 field of battle. His descendants occupied the throne for seve- 
 ral centuries ; and the commercial discoveries of the Portu- 
 guese, under several successive princes of that family, during 
 the fifteenth century, attracted the envy and admiration of all 
 £urope. These discoveries lay on the coasts of Africa, from 
 Ceuta to the Cape of Good Hope ; and even extended to the 
 Indian shores. 
 
 The unhappy introduction of the inquisition by John III. 
 about the year 1526, was productive of the most fatal conse- 
 quences to his family and the nation. 
 
 Sebastian, grandson of John III. Undertook a crusade a- 
 gun^.t the Moors in Africa, and in a battle with the king of 
 Fez and Morocco, on the banks of the river Lucco, was de- 
 feated and slain, A. Di 1578. 
 
 Henry, uncle to the late king succeeded ; but having died 
 without issue in 1580, Philip II. king of Spain laid claim to 
 the crown, and sent the duke of Alva with a powerful force iti- 
 to the country, who subdued the nation, and proclaimed his 
 master king of Portugal. 
 
 It continued subject to Philip II. and to his two successors 
 Philip III. and Philip IV., till) by the tyranny and oppression 
 of the Spanish ministers, the Portuguese were compelled to 
 revolt. 
 
 In the year 1640, the people proclaimed John duke of Bra« 
 ganza, king, by the title of John IV. ) and he succeeded to 
 the throne almost without bloodshed. 
 
 Rra 
 
^38 
 
 £UROP£. 
 
 Par* II. 
 
 PoKTnoAL. History. 
 
 A fierce war ensued between him and the Spaniards, which 
 lasted for several years. But all the efforts of the Spaniards to 
 re*unite the countries proved in vun 'y and a treaty was con- 
 cluded in February i66B, by which Portugal was declared a 
 free and independent kingdom « 
 
 Don Joseph) the late king of Portugal, died on the 24th of 
 -February I777» and v^as succeeded by his daughter. Maria 
 •Frances Isabella, who was married by a dispensation from the 
 pope, to her own uncle Don Pedro, to prevent the crown firom 
 falling into a £Meign family. 
 
 The qu^en is disordered by a religious melancholy, and the 
 government of the country rests with the prince of Brwiil 
 
 her son. 
 
 •22iSi£ia rf^-Ji'J** ^( 
 
 -s.tx 
 
 i llt»».'. .'CO * 
 
 'ttim4f!t TSi-a^t-t' 
 
 I'-l «><•*». 
 
 Ai". }i> -Mil Wil J/ «.' 
 

 6ig 
 
 
 •m;- 
 
 *»:: 
 
 -5^1 'W.-. 
 
 XV. SEVEN ISLANDS, 
 
 rn' 
 
 *'IiN the year 1798, vrhen the Venetian government was over- 
 turned by the French general, Buonaparte, and the continental 
 dominions of that celebrated republic were divided between the 
 Cisalpine republic and the emperor of Germany ; those islands 
 off the coast of the Morea, which had belonged to Venice.^ were 
 erected into en independent state, under the name of, Th6 
 Revublic of the Seven Islands. 
 
 These islands lie between 37'' and 40** of north latitude } and 
 between 20^ and 22^ of east longitude. The mobt consider- 
 able of them are, Corfu, the ancient Corcyra^ about 37 miles 
 in length \ Lefcathia, anciently Leucadia or Leucast 20 miles 
 in length, once a peninsula of Acamania j chief town St Mau- 
 ra, latitude 38^ 50' north \ longitude 20^ 58' east j the small 
 island of Theaki or Itha^a^ about 25 mjl^s in circumference, 
 and remarkable only as the native country and kingdom of 
 Ulysses ) Cefalonia, anciently Ccphalenia% 93 miles in circum- 
 ference \ chief town Argostoli *, latitude 38° 5' north ; longi- 
 tude 23*' jo' east } and Zantq, formerly Xacynihus^ about 50 
 miles in circumference } chief town Zante, latitude 37^ 48' 
 north} longitude 21^ la' east. 
 
 Coaro, the most important of these islands, contains about 
 50,000 inhabitants, and is divided into 4 bailiwicks or govern- 
 ments. The air is healthy, the soil is fertile, and the fruit ex- 
 cellent. Oranges, lemons, grapes, honey, wax, and oil, are ex- 
 ceedingly abundant. But there are some tracts mountainous 
 and barren, and good water is scarce over the whole island. 
 
 Rr3 
 
640 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 Part II, 
 
 Republic of the Seven Islands. 
 
 The capital of the island, and of the republic, is of the same 
 name. It contains ao,ooo inhabitants, has a handitome metro- 
 politan church, and is defended by a castle deemed impreg- 
 nable *, Ihtitude 39^ 38' noifh \ longitude ao' 2' east. 
 
 By the articles of the constitution imposed upon this repub- 
 lic, the sovereignty resides in an aristocratic council of 240 
 members, of whom 140 are elected from the towns and villages, 
 and* 100 from the city. Of the last, 49 are taken from the 
 class of the nobles, 40 from the proprietors or artiits, 14 iroB| 
 the merchants, and 6 from the artisans. The members of that 
 council are called Aristi, and are not to be removed but by 
 death. When any one dies, the council shall fill up the va- 
 cancy from the same class. All the Aristif convicted of any 
 public crime, or of having sold or bought votef, shall forfeit 
 their seats. The conduct of the Aristi is subject to the revi- 
 sion of a tribunal of censure. The members of the government, 
 the magistracies, and tribunals, who shall remain in their office 
 only one year, are chosen by the council. This council may 
 modify the constitution j add to, or take away from some ar- 
 ticles ; but has no right to change any of its principles. 
 
641 
 
 £{J^ 
 
 i'XVI. TURKEY IN EUROPE. 
 
 tf SiT9ATioif, ExTBNT, AND BooNOAuss.] This onoc Ctlthxi^' 
 ted country lies between 36^ and 49** of north latitude } and 
 1)etween 16^ end 32^ of east longitude j being about 820 qiiki 
 in length from north to south, and 680 in breadth from east to 
 we$t. It if bounded on the north by Hungary, TransyWania, 
 and Poland ', on the east by Little Tactaty, (from which it is 
 «eparat«d by the river Dniester,) the Black Sea, the Streighti 
 of Constantinople, the Sea of Marmora^ the Dardanelles,. and 
 •the Archipelago } on the south, by the Mediterranean } and 
 on the west, by that sea, the Gulph of Venice, and the do- 
 minions of the house of Austria. 
 
 ift. 
 
 Divisions:] The modem divisions are gs follows : 
 
 Provincei. 
 
 Chief Towns. 
 
 I. Moldavia. 
 
 Jasst 
 
 a.Budzac at Bess- Bender 
 
 arabia. 
 
 Ismail 
 
 3.Walachia 
 
 TURGOVEST 
 
 
 Bucchorest 
 
 4. Bulgaria 
 
 WlDDlM 
 
 Silistria 
 
 5. Servia. 
 
 Nicopoli 
 Belgrade 
 
 
 Sabatz 
 
 
 Nissa 
 
 6. Bosnia. 
 
 Seraio 
 
 7.DaImatia. 
 8.R.onumsu 
 
 SpaUtro 
 Philippopoli 
 
 
 
 Lat. Long. 
 
 47"* 9'N. 
 46 49 N. 
 45 23 N. 
 
 4444N. 
 44 26 N. 
 
 44 5N. 
 
 44 10 N. 
 
 43 35 N. 
 
 45 loN. 
 45 2N. 
 4344N. 
 
 44 6N. 
 43 22 N. 
 4i34N, 
 
 27°29' E. 
 29 41 £. 
 
 28 43 £. 
 
 25 59 E- 
 
 26 7E. 
 23 a8 £. 
 
 27 8E. 
 25 10 E. 
 
 21 jE. 
 20 17 E. 
 
 22 8£. 
 18 32 E. 
 16 42 £. 
 25i^£. 
 
^43 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 Part II. 
 
 Ti)Rir«v IN EuRopt. Oenrral DiTiMon^. 
 
 3JE9 
 
 Province!. 
 
 8. Romanifi. 
 
 9. Albania. 
 
 10. Macedonia. 
 
 ii.yiakia. 
 
 JS.Camia. 
 13. Livadia. 
 
 Chiet Towns. 
 
 Lat. 
 
 Long. 
 
 Adrianople 43 6 N. 36 40 E. 
 CONvS'rANTlNOP|.E4i aN. 28 54 E. 
 
 Scutari 4a 14 N. 19 38 E. 
 
 Dulcigno 42 4 N. 19 19 E. 
 
 Durazso 41 :^4N. 19 18 £. 
 
 Contesia 40 46 N. 34 — E. 
 
 Saloniki 40 41 N. 33 59 £. 
 
 Larissa 39 40 N. 33 38 E. 
 
 l^epantQ 3I 20N. 3i 45 E. 
 
 ^alona ' 3834N. 32 23E. 
 
 Livadii 38 37 N. 32 59 E. 
 
 Atbem 37 58 N. 33 46 E. 
 
 l4.Morea. Midtra 36 59 N. 33 36 £« 
 
 The followii)g Table, containing the modem divisions r-n. 
 p^ed with the i^ncient, is added for the convenience of the clas- 
 ncal student, and the reader of history. 
 
 JHod. Provinces. 
 
 Ane. Namet. 
 
 Chief To-fvtu. 
 
 Mod. Namet* 
 
 I. Moldavif. 
 
 0€t» 
 
 Fallodn 
 
 
 3. Bessarabia. 
 
 Getamm 
 
 Solittido 
 
 
 3. Walachja. 
 
 Dacia Trajatti 
 
 Ubiscus 
 
 Temeswax 
 
 4. Bulgaria. 
 
 Moesia Inferior 
 
 Nicopolis 
 
 Nicopoli 
 
 
 
 Marciapopolis 
 
 Marcenopoli 
 
 5. Servia. 
 
 Moesia Superior 
 
 Singidunuqa 
 
 Belgrade 
 
 
 
 Naissus 
 
 Niss» 
 
 6, Bosnia. 
 
 Illyrici pars 
 
 
 
 7. Dalmatia. 
 
 Dalmatia 
 
 Salona 
 
 Salana 
 
 S. Ronaania. 
 
 Thracia 
 
 Philippopolis 
 
 Philippopoli 
 
 * tU- 
 
 
 Adrianopolis 
 
 Adrianople 
 
 
 
 Byzantium 
 Abdera 
 
 G>nstantinopIc. 
 
 p. Albania. 
 
 Illyrici pars 
 
 Lissus 
 
 Alessio 
 
 .J 
 
 \ . 
 
 Dyrachiuni 
 
 Ourazzo 
 
 \ ^ 
 
 
 Apollonia 
 
 PoIIina 
 
 ■ ■ . 
 
 * Epirus 
 
 Buthrotom 
 
 Batrinto 
 
 * Ttje Romans divided the ivboU C9uittry south from Thrace into t'wo 
 provinces ; vii. : Macedonia, luhicB comprehended Macedonia, Epirus and 
 
PahtII. EUROPE. 
 
 «43 
 
 TuRKiT iM £ukori. 
 
 General Divinopi. 
 
 Mod. Prtviiuet. Anc. Namtt. 
 
 Cbitf Tovmt. 
 Ambracia 
 Dodona 
 
 Mod. Namtt. 
 
 10. Macedonia, M>.oedoi»ia 
 
 PeUa 
 
 P«Ua 
 
 
 Sdcm 
 
 Edisw 
 
 
 Berva 
 
 Karaveri* 
 
 
 Thessalonica 
 
 Saloniki 
 
 
 Philipni 
 
 
 
 Amphipolis 
 
 JampoU 
 
 
 V', »hu* 
 
 
 J 
 
 Pu.itea 
 
 Cassandra 
 
 
 ^ium 
 
 Stan Dia 
 
 yi. Vlakla "^essalia 
 
 Gomphi 
 
 
 
 Atr X 
 
 Temovo 
 
 
 Xtr'AiU 
 
 Larisss 
 
 
 P1.;nB 
 
 Pherts 
 
 , 
 
 Demetrias 
 
 
 
 Pbarsaiu^ 
 
 Fana 
 
 I). Carpiaf Acarnani^ 
 
 Stratus 
 
 
 
 Leucas 
 
 T^fcathia 
 
 iEtolia 
 
 Calydon 
 
 
 
 Chalcis 
 
 Egrivo 
 
 P3. Livadia (olim Doris 
 
 Erineum 
 
 
 pnecia Propria.) Locris 
 
 ThermopylaD 
 Opus 
 
 Theraue 
 
 
 Amphisia 
 
 Salona 
 
 Fhocis 
 
 Delphi 
 Cirrha 
 Crissa 
 Elatea 
 
 Castri '""•♦- 
 
 Beotia 
 
 Theb« 
 Platasa 
 Leuctra 
 Cheronsea 
 
 ThiTa 
 
 
 Lebadea 
 
 Livadia 
 
 Megarls 
 
 Megara 
 
 Megara 
 
 netttfy; end Jcbaia, ivbitb fiUaiiud Grtuia Propria and tit Peieptntae- 
 tfu i "p the modern Li'vadia and Morti . 
 
U4 
 
 EUROPr. 
 
 Part If. 
 
 Turkey in Europe. Division*.— General Appearance, Stc. 
 
 Mod, Provincet. 
 
 Anc. Namet. 
 
 Chief To'wns. 
 
 ilfotf. Names 
 
 
 
 Attica 
 
 Eleusis 
 Athene 
 
 Lefsina 
 Athens 
 
 14. Morea 
 
 (0////1 
 
 Achaia 
 
 ^gium 
 
 Vostisa 
 
 Peloponnesus) 
 
 
 JEgira 
 
 
 
 
 Sicyon 
 
 Sicyon 
 
 Basbilico 
 
 Morea. 
 
 
 Corinthia 
 
 Corinthus 
 
 Corinth 
 
 
 
 F.Iis 
 
 Elis 
 Olympia 
 
 Gastouni 
 Roseo 
 
 
 
 Arcadia 
 
 Orchomenus 
 Mantinea 
 Tegxa 
 Megalopolis 
 
 Tripoliz?a 
 
 
 
 Aigolis 
 
 Argos 
 Zpid auras 
 
 Argos 
 
 
 
 Laconia 
 
 Lacedsemon 
 Gythium 
 
 Misitra 
 Kolokythnia 
 
 • 
 
 
 Messenift 
 
 Messene 
 
 Pylus 
 
 Methone 
 
 Messene 
 
 Navarrin 
 
 Modon 
 
 General Appearance, Soil, and Productions.] The gene* 
 r»l aspect of this celebrated country is rather mountainous, but 
 abundantly interspersed with delicious plains and vallies. In 
 these plains and vallies the soil is luxuriant almost beyond the 
 power of description, the climate towards the north is sometimes 
 moist and cold \ in the middle and southern parts it is mild and 
 salubrious in the highest degree, unless when infected from 
 other countries, or through the indolence and uncleanliness of 
 the Turks J the seasons are regular, and free from any extreme j 
 and the water is pure and wholesome over the whole country. 
 The vegetable productions are abundant and of the best quali- 
 ties J especially when assisted by the smallest degree of indus- 
 try. Oranges, lemons, pomegranates, grapes, figs, almonds, 
 olives, and cotton, are cultivated here with much ease, and in 
 the greatest abundance and perfection j besides many drugs,' 
 not common in other parts of Europe. Garden stuffs of a|Jl 
 kinds are in the greatest profusion. 
 
Part II. 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 64i 
 
 TuKKET iM Europe. Mountains Rivers. 
 
 The Thessalian l)orses are of ancient fame } and the Turkish 
 are much esteemed for beauty and strength. The black cattle 
 are large j especially in the southern parts j the goats which 
 inhabit the mountuns are most serviceable to the inhabitants^ 
 find maintained at a very small expence j partridges are exceed* 
 ingly plentiful, as are many other fowls as well as quadrupeds, 
 \vhich it is impossible to enumerate in this place. 
 
 Mountains.] The riountains of Grefte are the most cele- 
 brated of any in the wjrld, and tb <;y are faiiiliar to every clas* 
 s:cal ear. The lofty Fiaemus stood in ancient Thrace, and now 
 separates Bulgaria from Romania -, an extensive range of the 
 BastamI': Alps, or Carpathian mountains, forms the boundary 
 between the Buckovine, Moldavia and Walachia, and the Au* 
 strian territory of Transylvania j Pangoeus, Scamius, and Rho- 
 dope, lay on the borders of ancient Macedonia and Thrace j 
 Mount Athos stands on the extremity of that peninsula of the 
 Archipelago which forms the western shore of the Gul^;h of' 
 Contessa j Pindus, in various branches formed the boundary be- 
 tween Thessaly and ^tolia, as well as Epiris j Olympus lay 
 along the confines of Thessaly and Macedonlr^ j while Oria, 
 extending from the Streights of Thermopylae to Pindus, separa- 
 ted Thessaly from Greece properly so called^ Ossa was a moun- 
 tain of Thessaly, on the south of the river Peneus j Pelion was 
 in the district called Magnesia of the same country j and Par- 
 nassus, the celebrated seat of the Muses, stood in the country 
 p.f Phocis, now called Livadla. 
 
 * Rivers.] The largest rivers of Turkey in Europe are, the 
 Danube •, which during its progress through this country re- ■ 
 ceives, from the north, the Alauta, the Argis, the Kerseva, the 
 Sereth, and the Pruth, with many others of inferior note ; and 
 from the south, the Save, which separates Sclavonia from Bos-' 
 
$46 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 Pai^tII. 
 
 TynKEY IN SuKopK. Scas, Gulphs.— ^]itiea. 
 
 via and: Servia j the Morava, the £$ker and the Osma j^— the 
 Pniester, which fornis the northern and eastern boundary of the 
 cmtpire on the side of Tartary } the Marit?, ivhi^h 19 t^e any 
 ciept Hebri^s j and the Vardari, or Auxius. 
 . Of Jess magnitude and importance, but of superior fame, are, 
 the Strymon, now the JemboU, which falls into the Gulph of 
 Coutessa } the. Peneus, which, rising in the northern parts of 
 Mount Pindus, washed the walls of Gomphi and Larissa, and af« 
 terwards passed through the delightful vale of Tempe, into the 
 ^g^an sea i the Ismenus, the Ceph^ssus, the Eurptas, and the 
 Alpheus, which watered the cities of Thebes, of Athens, oC 
 Sparta or Lacedsemop, and Qf Olympia. , 
 
 Si;as, Gulph s ak d Str eights.] These are very nume- 
 rous in Turkey* The most remarkable are the Euxine or Black 
 Sea -J the Bosphor^9 of Thrace, or Streights of Constantinople j 
 the Propontis, or Sea of Marmora } the Hellespont, or Par> 
 danelles \ the ^gean Sea, or Archipelago ) (in which are, the 
 Melanis Sinus, or Gulph of Saros } the Strymonicvis Sinus, or 
 Gulph of Ccptessa \ the Singiticus Sinus, or Gulph of Monte 
 SontQ J the Tpronaicus Sinus, or Gulph of Cassandria ; the 
 Thermaicus Sinus, or Gulph of Salonici j the Pelftsgicus Sinus, 
 or Gulph of Thermaej the Eurlipus,or Streights of grivo^)the 
 Mirtoum Mare, the Mare Creticinn, Mare Siculum, and Mare 
 Ionium 'y all now lost in the general name of the Mediterranean ; 
 (but containing the Saronicus Sinus, or Gulph of Engia ^ the 
 Argolicus Sinus, or Gulph of Napoli ^ the Laconicus Sinus, or 
 Gulph of Colokythnia } the I|ilesseniacus Sinus, or Gulph of 
 Coron ) the Sinus Corinthiacus, or Gulph of Lepanto ', and tl^^ 
 Ssnps Ambracius, or Gulph of Arta. 
 
 C^tieL] The principal city of Turkey in Europe, and th^ 
 capital of the Turkish empire is Constamtinoe|J, built by Con- 
 
Jart It. 
 
 tX!K6Pt 
 
 647 
 
 TuKKBY IN Europe. Cities — Ck)nstantinople, Sue. 
 
 
 stantine the Great on the site of the ancient Byzantium. Jt 
 is built in a triangular form j one of the sides lying' to- 
 wards the sea, and another towards the harbour called the 
 Golden horn j being about 1 5 miles in circumference, and sur- 
 rounded by a Strong wall. No situation caii be better adapted 
 either for the seat of universal empire, or for the centre of a 
 most extensive commerce, than that of Constantinople ; yet 
 the builduig of that city proved one of the most powerful causes 
 of the decline and fall of the Roman empire. On the diviaoa 
 of that extensive sovereignty, Constantinople became the cajn- 
 tal of the eastern districts, while Rome continued mistress of 
 the west. After the fall of Rome, the eastern empire continu- 
 ed for many ages to exist j but always in a state of feebleneat 
 and decline. At length, in the year 1453, Constantinople was 
 taken by the Turks, the eastern empire of the Romans htCamt 
 extinct, and the seat of the Turkish dominion was transferred 
 frotn Adrianople to that city. At present the city is suppo- 
 sed to contain about 400,000 inhabitants, including those of the 
 four suburbs, Galata, Pera, Pacha, and Tophana. The most 
 celebrated edifices of this city are, the Seraglio, which stands 
 on the angle between the sea and the harbour, ^nd one of thd 
 gates of which is so magnificent as to give the name of Porte, 
 or the Sublime Porte, to the Ottoman Court'; the mosque of 
 St Sophia, which was once a Christian church j and th£ tomb 
 of Constantine. 
 
 Adrianople, which was formerly the seat of the Turkish 
 dominion in Europe, is still the second city of the empire. It 
 was built by the emperor Adriart, on the banks of the river 
 Hebrus y and is now eight miles in circumference^ but without 
 walls. 
 
 ■ Bf LGRADE, the capital of Servia, is advantageously situate on 
 the banks of the Danube, at its confluence with the Save. It 
 was once large, flourishing, and well fortified, and defended br 
 
M 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 Part II. 
 
 ToRKET IN Europe. Mincs.~~InhRbitants. — CSoyeninent. — Islands. 
 
 one of the strongest castles in Europe > but it has been so oft* 
 en the object of contest between the Austrians and Turks, 
 9nd between the Grand Seignior and his rebellious Pacluis» that 
 it is now destitute of fortifications, and contains not above 
 25,000 inhalutants. Yet it is^ still a place of considerable 
 trade, and resorted to by the merchants of many different na* 
 ^ons. 
 
 Mines, AND M; tsral Wateks.3 '^^^ country c(»itMlis > 
 great number of the richest mines of gold and silver, and other 
 metals, as every one knows that is in the least acqusuated with 
 its ancient history ^ but the indolence and ignorance of its pre-* 
 sent possessors aspire not to the improvement of tMs source of 
 opulence and power. Its mineral waters too are little known 
 or celebrated by natives or by strangers. 
 
 Inbabitants, Armt, Navt, and Revenoe.] The number of 
 inhabitants in the whole of the Turkish empire is estimated at 
 18,000,000 ; the army may amount to about aoo,ooo men ; 
 but they are ill clothed, ill armed, and ill disciplined, and by 
 no means formidable ; the navy consists of from 20 to 30 ships 
 of war } and the revenue may be stated at 7|COO,oool. sterling. 
 
 Government, Religion, Commerce, and History.] 
 these articles see Turkey in Asia, p. 94 et seq. • 
 
 For 
 
 Islands.] The islands belonging to the Turkish empire are 
 extremely numerous j and many of them are extensi.e, fertile, 
 and important. The principal of them are, 
 
 Cyprus, which lies near the coast of Natolia and Syria, and 
 is about 150 miles in length, and 70 in breadth. The soil is 
 fertile, and the climate delicious and healthy j Jkt agriculture 
 i^ neglected, and the population is estimated at no more than 
 
FiikTlI. 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 ^49 
 
 Tdxkish Islands. Rhodes.*~Candia.— Negropont. 
 
 For 
 
 40 or 50,000 mfaafaitants. The princi^l cities are f^cosla 
 and Fmnagusta. >».>-^ 
 
 Rhodes, famous in ancifnt and modem lustory, Ues off tlis 
 
 southern coast of the peninsula of Asia Minor. It is about 35 
 miitfs in length, and 15 in breadth^ and ci^ojs a most excellent 
 climate and soil. There are at present about 36,000 inhabit- 
 ants on the island. The capital city is Rhodes, famous for 
 a brazen Colossus of the sim, which was about J 05 feet high, 
 and was reckoned one of the seven wonders of the world. 
 When the knights of St John of Jerusalem were driven out of 
 Palestine, they took possession of this island in the year 1310, 
 and defended it against all the power of the Turkish empire for 
 above 200 years. Being at last forced to surrender to Soly« 
 man the Magnificent in Cat year 1522, they received the island 
 of Malta from the emperor Charles V. } and Rhodes still con- 
 tinues under the Turkish dominion. It is surrounded by a 
 number of small islands, which do not deserve to be particu* 
 larly noticed in this place* 
 
 Candia, the ancient Crete, lies at an almost equal distancft 
 from the coasts of Asia, Africa, and Europe^ and is about t8o 
 nules in length, and 45 in breadth. It is much celebrated i« 
 the fabulous history and mythology of Greece* It is at present 
 almost a desert. Tlie capital city, Candia, though formerly 
 populous and flourishing, consists now of little more than a 
 heap of rubbish j and the harbour, which was excellent, is al- 
 most entirely choked up. When the island was in the possesi 
 sion of the Venetiains, this city endured a siege by the Turks 
 of 24 years duration, about the middle of the 17th century. 
 
 NiGROPONT, anciently Euboea, lies in the Archipelago, along 
 the eastern coast of Livadia or Attica j being about 100 miles 
 in lengt^ and ao at its greatest breadth. The capital is Egri* 
 vo or Negropont, formerly Chalcis. 
 
«5^ 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 PaKt Iti 
 
 Turkish Islands. Hiaio. — Stalimene. — Tenedos. — ^Mittlemk, 8cc. 
 
 TiiAso, anciently Thasus, lies in the northern part of the 
 Archipelago. It is not of great extent, but is pleasant and 
 fertile, remarkable for its Mrines and marble, and makes a con- 
 siderable figtire in the ancient history of Greece. 
 
 Samotbrace and Imbros lie opposite to the mouth of the 
 Hebrus or Maritz. 
 
 '•^^''Stalimbnk, the ancient Lemnos, is opposite to the entrance 
 of the Hellespont, and is about 24 miles in length, and nearly 
 as m^ny in breadth. It produces corn and wine j but its prin- 
 cipal wealth is derived from a peculiar sort of argillaceous 
 earth, called terra sigillata^ to which the most extraordinary 
 medicinal virtues are ascribed, and whjch is consequently dis- 
 tributed over all Europe, and bought at a very considerable 
 price. The island was formerly sacred to Vulcan. 
 
 Tenedos is a small iiland, remarkable only for lying oppo- 
 ute to ancient Troy, and for being the place to which the 
 Greeks retired, to persuade the Trojans that they had aban- 
 doned the siege of their city. Its muscadine wine is the best 
 in all the Levant. 
 
 MIttlinc, or Lesbos, lies next on the coast of Anatolia j 
 and is about 40 miles in length, and 20 in breadth. It is the 
 native country of Pittacus, one of the seven wise men of 
 Greece } of Alcseus the poet \ and of Sappho the poetess. The 
 appearance of the island is chiefly mountainous } but the cli- 
 mate is exquisite, and the soil produces abundance of wine and 
 oil. The capital city is Mityl€ne. 
 
 Scio, or Chios, lies to the south of Lesbos, and opposite to 
 the Gulph of Smyrna. It is nearly as long as that island, but 
 no more than 1 5 miles at its greatest breadthi This island is 
 exceedingly beautiful and pleasant, has been long celebrated 
 for its wine and its marble ; but derives it9i»present wealth from 
 the production of the lentisk or mastic tree, which affords a 
 gum highly valued by the ladies. The capital town is Scioi 
 
PaiiT if. 
 
 EI7ROTE. 
 
 6 it 
 
 TuKKisu Islands. Skiium — ^Icaria— The Sporades--The CjcXziei. 
 
 : Samos lies next in order, being opposite to the promontory 
 of Trogylium, between Eph^sus and Mil^tu^. Jc ^ about 35 
 irnle* in length, And 25 jn b^readth. I,t is b gc^neral moun- 
 tainoys^ but the mountains consist of white nparble^ the cli« 
 malte is (exceedingly delightful, and the soil jgrodu^jive. Thts^ 
 wasithe native country of Pytli^goras, hence called thf Sa^ia^n 
 sage } and it wa? th^ |ayourite residence of Juno^ T^e chief 
 town is Corea. 
 
 IcARiA lies west from Samos j and south from both lies Pat- 
 MOs, a barren, dreary rock, alxmt 20 miles in ciccumference. 
 It is chiefly celebrated as ;the place of exile of the evangelist 
 John, and as the scene of the prophetic yl^n^i recorjded in thp 
 book of Revelation. 
 
 Passing over several otljter islaqds pf ^nf(pnQT ifnpqrtanfc^, I 
 mention Cos, which lies ^hpost at ciqual distances from Patmos 
 and Rhodes. It is about 24 miles in length, and four in 
 breadth j and is now covered with grpy^s of orange and lemon 
 i;rees, the fruit of wliich <;onstitutes the chief ,txade of the 
 island. 
 
 The Sporades lie to the south of Cos j and have been dis- 
 tinguished by that name because they lie scattered at consider- 
 able distances from each other. 
 
 The Ctcladks, on the contrary, are so called because they 
 lie in a compact circle round <the island of Dslos. T^is small 
 island is much celebrated by the poets as the birth place of 
 Apollo and of Diana. Paros, anodier of tlie Cycl^des, is fa- 
 mous for its marble, which is «f the purest white. 
 
 Sktros, and a cluster of small islands, lie north and east 
 from Negropont^ but merit no particular description. 
 
 CiRiGO,or Cythera,once sacred to Venus, lies off the southern 
 coast of the Moi^a. It is about 21 miles in cirtcuniference y 
 
 S s 
 
'mp^m^mn .. ipi^ui^ipii^mipmigiiii 
 
 I . II i ^ mmm^mmmimilfimim 
 
 6st 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 P4AT II. 
 
 ToiiKilH fsLAROS. RepMic tf R^pitm. 
 
 HpfeCMMl 
 
 is chiefly mountainous and dty, and do^t i^ot produca com iuf- 
 fident for the suppl]r of its inhatnta^t^s, ^ 
 
 In the year 1707, a new island, about a unile in diameteri 
 and 200 feet in height, emerged from the sea^ in the neigh- 
 bourhood of San^oriu or There, one of the Cycladest Hm^ 
 event ifvas accompanied by an earthquake, with most dreadful 
 Ughtnings and thunder, and violent agitation of the sea, which 
 lasted for several days. 
 
 Ragmen* 
 
 Connected with Tilrkey, is the small Republic of Raguss^ 
 which lies ou the golph of Venice, and m the provmoe of Dal-> 
 matia ; being about $^ miles in length, and ao in breadth. 
 
 It has a Doge like the ancient republic of Venice } but he 
 continues 4n office only a month ; the other officers are chan- 
 ged once every week, and the governor of the castle every day. 
 The republic carries on considerable trade with the Turks. 
 The chief city is Ragusa j Lat. 41° 30'N. j Long. i99 13'E, 
 
tef- 
 
 eigh. 
 vhicH 
 
 
 [Hit he 
 chin> 
 
 day. 
 
 uHu. 
 
 I 
 
 '3 
 
 E. 
 
 .>;,yu 
 
 •M*..- 
 
 1 
 
•ta 
 
653 
 
 AMERICA, 
 
 SiTDATiON, Extent, amo Bodndahiu.] Frequently deno- 
 minated the New World, and the Western Continent, it ntu- 
 ate between the north pole and the 56th degree of S. Lat. } 
 and between 35^ and j68^ of W. Long. ) being about 5^300 
 milen in length from north to south ) but of very irregular, and 
 ia some parts unknown, breadth from east to west. It is wash- 
 ed on either ade by an extennve ocean j having the Atlantic 
 on the east, and the Pacific on the west. 
 
 Divisions.] The first great division of this extensive coun- 
 try is into the two continents of North and South America, 
 which are connected together by the Isthmus of Panama pr 
 Darien, only 60 miles broad. 
 
 RivxRs.] The principal rivers are, in North A merica, the 
 St Laurence and Missisippi > and in South America, the Amar 
 zon and La Plata. 
 
 The St Ladxikcs issues from the Lake of the Woods, about 
 the centre of the North American continent, forms in its 
 course a number of lakes of immense extent ; between two of 
 these, viz. htkes Erie and Ontario, it ferms one of the noblest 
 falls in the world, called the fall of Niagiira, the river bcin^ 
 in that place about half a mile in breadth, and rushing over a 
 precipice 1 50 feet of perpendicular l^dght. From lake Onta- 
 rio to Montreal, the river has the name of Iroquois j opposite 
 to Quebec it meets the tide, about 4C0 miles from the sea i 
 
 S S2 
 
 I 
 
6S4 
 
 AMtRICA. 
 
 PartII. 
 
 RiTcn. — ^The Miasissipi. — ^The Amtzont. — ^Rio de la Plata. 
 
 %— . .1 . : . 
 
 "I 
 
 Is ap f^r navigable for the largest vessels } and empties itself 
 IQto t|ie Atlantic Oceafi by a mouth 90 miles in breadth. 
 ^ The Missisxpi has its source not far from that pf St Lau- 
 tence, flows in a southern direction, forming the western boun- 
 dary of the United States, and after receiinng the Missouri, the 
 Illinois, the Ohio, and many inferior streams, which, in other 
 countries would be Accounted large rivers, it falls iiito the 
 tijulph of N^eiAtOf below the island of Orleans, being navi' 
 ^iaiile to St'Anthony*s'&lb, about 1070 miks firom th« sea. 
 ^ T%« River of Amazons, dr Maragnon, rises in the rnoun* 
 tuns of the Andes,* htbi^ foritted by the union of a great num' 
 bcif of streams Whkh'rush from the eastern declivity of these 
 inbutttiins j 'an^, ' after traversing a sjia'ce of 3,300 miles^ it 
 falls into the Atlantic Ocean below the' Equator, where it ia 
 150 mSles in breadth: 
 
 The Rio t>r la PLa-ta is formed by the junction of the two 
 great rivers Pa^a^ay and Parana, winch h£ve their 'rise upon 
 the cohlihes' of Anlazania and Brazil. The course of this 
 mighty stream is ftom north to south ; and at its entrknce intb 
 the Atlantic, beloiy Buenos Ayres, its channel is so wide that 
 Iknd ckhtibt be" discovered '^ftoih a ship which pas^s through 
 ihe middk of the streafn: A little abovie Buenos Ayres, an^ 
 on the opposite side, it is joined by the Uruguay, a large and 
 hipid streaita, wlUcli flows Over a space of above icob miles. 
 The navijgation of theXi Plata, although extensive and prad- 
 ticablc f<^ hear loob miles, is' very dangerous, on account of a 
 number of siindy and shifting shallows and rocks with which 
 Its channel abounds. -<,.,,. 
 
 Lakks.] In North America, the principal lakes which are 
 besi khown kre, the 'Lake 'of thie Woods, about 70 miles fA 
 l^^h, aiitf 40'in breadth ; Lake Superior, 1506 miles ih ciiS 
 cumference y Lake Michigan, tfoo miles in circumference ; 
 
^inTii; 
 
 AMERICA. 
 
 6ss 
 
 Lakev-Mountains. 
 
 :i 
 
 Lake Haroh, looo j Lake St Clair^ 90 J Lake Erie, 5001 
 and Lake Ontario, 600 miles in circaiii^r^oe« Each of thias 
 lake* cottinanicatM ivith the other^ and lUl of them communi- 
 cate with the sea by the great river St Lattrenc!^. Lake Chaoa- 
 plain forms a part of the boundary between the states of Nevr 
 York and Vermont } is about 200 i^iles in Ifngtb, and iS ;in 
 breadth where broadest; It commamcates with lake George 
 at Ticonderago, and {foiirs its superfluous waters into the, St 
 Laurence by the Hyer SottU or Chambli^* All these lakes 
 ,are clear, sdlubrlous^ and fresh y iure deep enough for the lar- 
 gest vesseisj abottnd with a great variety of excdilent fish, and 
 ute studded with beatitiful islands, toady of which are of ^g^a)t 
 t«xteht. There are tnaAy 0ther exu^isive lakes in tl^e interior 
 Mid more northerh parts df Nortb Americt^^suc^ as lak^ ^}^r 
 «iipeg, Atbapescdu lake, Sldve Lake, and others; but their 
 geogriph^ is Uttlci known^ ryrNrf = .■; 1^; ■ ; 'xn ■: 
 
 South Ameriea is riot sd r^msirkable for its lakes } the. latp 
 gfcst in that continent being that of Titicaca in Peru, which is 
 about 24O mil^s in circumfference • 
 
 ' MbONTAii^.] The principal mountains of North Americsi 
 arej the Allegany^ or Ap'palacliiafti mountains^ which extend in 
 'Z j;reai number of ridges, almost partillel to the sea shore, 
 £rom Georgia to the lakes, over a S|jace of 900 miles in length, 
 and from 60 to 200 in breadth. THti mountains on the west* 
 em coast of this continent have tiot as yet been sufficiently 
 expbred. In South America, thd Andes extend from the 
 Strclghts of Magellan on the south, to the Isthmus of Darien 
 on the north, ovei;^a space of 4600 miles ; being at the me- 
 dium distance of ioo miles frota- the Pacific Ocean. The 
 ■ summits of this stupendous ridge are the loftiest eminences on 
 the face of the globe) the highest of them bein^ 20,a8d %t 
 
 S s 3 
 
'^ 
 
 AMkP:ldA. 
 
 Part 1 1. 
 
 fgaasaam 
 
 Gulpks Mad Bays. — Capes. 
 
 abate -the lefel of the sea j which is about jocso feet more thaix 
 the height of Mount Blanc. It stands in i^ 41 ^ 40' of S. Lat. } 
 yet, though so near the equator, is covered mth snow at all 
 sieasoBS, to the distance of 2400 feet from the wminit. ^t/y 
 ■ ■ '■ ■' ^-^^ ^ • ■■ . ,. ■ .^-Itf. 
 
 '<Sin.ras AND Bat^.] The gu]phs and ba^rs which deserve to 
 he particufarly enumerated in a general outline of America are, 
 Baffin's bay, which Hat to the west of Greenland, and commu- 
 incates tvith the Atlantic Ocean by Davis's Streights (if in- 
 deed it may with propriety be termed a bay) j Hudson's bay, 
 which fies between the unexplored parts of North America 
 and Canada $ the Gulph of St Laurence, at the mouth of the 
 xivfer of that name j the Bay of Fundy, ^ttween Nova Scotia 
 and New Bnmswick ^ the Bay of Chcsapeak, opponte to the 
 State of \^rginia; the Gulph of Mexico, between the con., 
 tinent of North and South America } and the Gulph of Calif 
 fbmia, on the opposite kide of the New World. • 
 
 In the Gulph of Mexico there is a remarkable current, call- 
 ed the Gulph-stream, which flows in the direction of the tide, 
 beginning on the coast of Africa, proceeding from thence a- 
 cron the Atlantic, passing through the Caribbean sea into the 
 Gulph of Mexico between the island of Cuba and the promo»< 
 tory of Yucatan, from whetace effecting its passage between 
 Cafie Florida and the Bahama islands, it runs along the coast 
 of North America to Newfoundland* The breadth of this 
 stream is from 40 to 50 miles ; its current is about three miks 
 an hour, and is distinguished from other parts of the ocean by 
 the gttlph-weed, and by its superior heat. 
 • ' ' •■ f 
 
 '^" Cafks.] The most prominent Capes of America are. Cape 
 Walsingham and Cape Chidley at the entrance into Hudson's 
 myy C^e Charles, on the north side of. the Gulph of 
 St Laurence j Cape Sable in Nova Scotia.'j Cape Florida in 
 
 tl 
 C 
 
Pa&tU. 
 
 AMERICA. 
 
 ^Sf 
 
 North America. British .<4nim<'A~J>ivUioni and Qii ef Town*. 
 
 the province of that name j Cape St Roquc m Braul \ and 
 Cape Horn in Terra del Fuego, vrfaich is the southern extre^ 
 fluty of America* 
 
 NORTH AMERICA 
 
 Is di^oded into British, Independent, 8c Spanish Amirica. 
 
 BRITISH AMERICA includf^s^ 
 
 Divisions. Pnn. Places. IaU 
 
 laag. 
 
 f. Ntw Britam 
 
 2 Canada 
 
 i;l '•^r. 
 
 Albany Fort 
 Nun 
 
 Moose Fort 
 Churchill Fort 
 York Fort 
 Severn house 
 
 Quebec 
 Urn 
 
 3 New Brunswick 
 
 4 Nova Scotia 
 
 lontreal 
 Trois Riviere* 
 Kingston 
 St Ann^s 
 Frederick Town 
 Halifax ^ 
 Annapolis 
 Shelburne 
 
 52 14 N. 
 
 57 ON. 
 
 58 55 N. 
 J7 5N. 
 S6 7N. 
 46 49 N. 
 
 45 4t N. 
 
 27 N. 
 12 N. 
 59 N. 
 oN. 
 42 N. 
 
 47 N. 
 
 48 N. 
 
 46 
 44 
 45 
 46 
 
 44 
 44 
 43 
 
 81 50 W. 
 61 30 W. 
 80 S5 W. 
 94 20 W. 
 
 9* 31 W. 
 8758W. 
 71 12 W. 
 73 II w. 
 7» 30 W. 
 76 45 W. 
 66 45 W. 
 66 44 W. 
 63 29 W. 
 6s 2i W. 
 6s 6W. 
 
 J^«i</ Britain 
 Lies between 48° and 70" of N. Lat.j and between 55** 
 and lOj* of W. Long, j being about 1750 geographical miles 
 in length from east to west, and 1 100 in breadth from north 
 to south. It comprehends all that imipense territory which 
 lies round the extensive sea called Hudson^s Bay. The parts 
 on the west and south of the Bay are called New North Wales, 
 and New South Wales, and the extensive territory which lies 
 between the east side of the Ba^ and the Atlantic Ocejm if 
 
 Ss4" 
 
6S$ 
 
 AMERICA. 
 
 PAixlL 
 
 NojtTR Amxkica. Nev/ Britain, — Camida. 
 
 ealkd the East Main, or Terra de Labrador. The onginal 
 inhabitKits were .the Eaquimoit Indiaris.. .| 
 
 The country is extremely barren, owing to the cold vrands 
 vrhich blow for nine months, of the year over the northern 
 mountains, which' are 1 eternally covered with snow. All its 
 animals are covered with a close, soft, warm fur, which are al- 
 tvays white in winter. > 
 
 Hudson^s Bay was discovered by an English gentleman of 
 that name, in the year z6iO. In 1669 a charter was granted 
 by Charles II., to a company of 18 persons for the exclusive 
 trade to this bay j which they have ever since carried on with 
 great advantage. ,The principal articles of commerce are, fish, 
 "whalcbonet and oU, and the skins and furs which are purchased 
 froin the natives. Labrador produces a beautiful iridescent 
 80^ bf felspar, called Labrador spar. The country, which is 
 mountainous, abpunds with rein-deer } the riyers and lakes are 
 ^11 stocked with fish ; and some writers assert, that settle- 
 ments might -be made in New Britain as comfortable as any in 
 Sweden, Livonia, or even Poland, and the north of Germany, 
 ^ the monopoly of the Htidson^s Bay Company were at an 
 ^nd, and the trade were laid open to other adventurers *. 
 
 II. Canada, 
 
 Or the Province of Quebec, lies betweeh 42^ and 52^ of N. 
 
 Lat. } and between 65° and 95° of W. Long. ; being about 
 
 1250 miles in length from east to west, and 350 miles at its 
 
 greatest breadth from north to south. It is bounded on the 
 
 north by New Britun, from which it is separated by the moun-> 
 
 tains from which fhe rivers of the two countries flow in oppo- 
 
 uteSfirections 3 oil the east by the Culph of St Laurence and 
 
 I ^ • •>* ■Ill II 
 
 ^^■*«^— ^^— ^^^■^'■^^"^— ■^— ^— — iii^"^— — ™'^'— ^^^^— —— p i I 
 
 ♦ See Dobbs* Account of the coontries adjoining to Mtid»n's Buy . 
 
 ■■■■■I 
 
PaktIIw 
 
 AMERICA. 
 
 «59 
 
 North Amxrica. Canada. — Inhabitant9.«-Cities.-~Quebec. 
 
 ^SSSCBBSSSSS33S9BB8SSSSSSSBSSSXSSBMBSBXSSSBSSSSSSESBSBSSSSSS^ 
 
 New Bnshswick *> on the south by New Brunswick, New 
 ■EngUind^ New York* and the Lukes ^ and on the west by the 
 ridge of mountains which separate the rivers that fall into lake 
 Winnipeg from those which fall into Hudson's Bay. 
 
 Tlus extensive territory ii divided into two parts, called Up- 
 per and Lower Canada y the former comprehending what lies 
 to the west, and the latter, what lies to the east c^ the uver 
 Utawas. 
 
 In this country, as in the last mentioned, the winter is long 
 and cold } continuing with Such severity from December to 
 April, that the largest rivers are frozen over, and the snow lies 
 four or five feet deep. But the air is so serene and clear, and 
 the inhabitants are so well defended against the cold, that thit 
 weather is neither unhealthy nor unpleasant. The spring com' 
 mences suddenly, and vegetation is surprisingly rapid. The 
 summer is delightful, except that a part of it is extremely hot. 
 
 The soil in general is good, producing wheat, barley, rye, 
 and other sorts of grain, besides fruits and garden-stu£Fs. To* 
 bacco, in particular, thrives well, and is much cultivated. 
 
 , IiNUA£iTANTS.3 In the year 1783 Canada wd Labrador were 
 supposed to contain 130,000 inhabitants, of whom a consider- 
 able proportion was French. At present the number may be 
 estimated at above 150,000* 
 
 'CyrxtSp^ Quebec, the capital (city, Is situate on the river St 
 Laurence, about 400 miles froin the sea. It is built on a rock, 
 is strongly fortified* covered with a regular and beautiful cita* 
 del, in which the governor resides, and contains about 10,000 
 inhabitants. la the year 1608, when the city was founded, the 
 tide reached the foot of the rock ) but since that time the sec 
 has so far retreated that a large spot of ground is left dry, on 
 which a considerable suburb is built, called the Lower Town. 
 
vOft 
 
 AMERICA. 
 
 Pa&t IL 
 
 NoKTH Amkkica. Catmda. — Cities. — Nevu Brunsvriek. 
 
 The citj was taken by the British from the French in the year 
 1759; bat the brave GenenirW<^e lost his life in the en- 
 gagement. 
 
 Trois Rivieres is about 80 miles south-west of Quebec, on 
 the same river. It stands in a delightful sL.uation, and in a 
 lertile country ; is conveniently situate for the fur trade ; was 
 Ibrmerly the seat of the French government, and the grand 
 mart to which the natives resorted j and still carries on a con- 
 uderafale trade with several nations of Indians. 
 
 Montreal stands on an island of the tame river, about 28 
 niles long and 10 broad. It is pretty well fortified, and has 
 a pleasant situation, with wide open streets. It is nearly as 
 large as Quebec, from which it is 170 miles distant. 
 
 The province of Canada is governed by a governor and 
 council (appointed by the kingof Great Britain), who, in matters 
 relating to property and civil right, determine according to the 
 French laws of Canada ; but in criminal cases, according to the 
 laws of England. Upper and Lower Canada have each a se- 
 parate legislative council and an assembly, which with the con- 
 sent of the governor, have power to make laws for regulating 
 the affairs of the province. The legislative council consists of 
 no fewer than 7 members for Upper, and 15 for Lower, Cana- 
 da. They hold their seats for life, unless forfeited by 4 years 
 continued absence, or by having sworn allegiance to some fo- 
 reign power. The house of assembly consists of not less than 
 "^6 members from Upper, and not less than 50 from Lower Ca- 
 nada, chosen by the freeholders in the several towns, and dis- 
 tricts. This council and assembly must be called together by 
 the governor, at least once every year ^ and every assembly 
 continues 4 years, unless sooner dissolved by the governor. 
 
 t«' . III. New Brunswick. 
 
 ' Lies between 45" and 48*^ of north latitude 5 and between 
 
iPART II. 
 
 AMEklCA. 
 
 €6f 
 
 North America. 
 
 New Brtmswiek.- 
 
 sssssssssaBaaBoaEa 
 
 -Nova Scotia. 
 
 63^ and 68^ of east longitude ■; being bounded on the nortbr^bj 
 Canada j on the east by the Gulph of St Lawrence and Nof^ 
 Scotia ; on the south hj the Bay of Funday } and on the weat 
 by the district of Main. This country was erected into a se-< 
 parate province in the year 1784 ; having till that time constt^ 
 tuted a part of Nova Scotia. The general appearance is woody; 
 the trees bdng chiefly [nne, spruce, beech, birch, mapple, and 
 some ash } but there are several rich valUes and meadows ; par- 
 ticularly on the banks of the river St John*s, which runs thro* 
 the whole of the province. The present seat of government is 
 St Ann*9. The other chief towns are St John\ Frederick- 
 town, and St Andrews. 
 
 IV, Nova Scotia 
 
 Lies between 43^ and 46° of north latitude ', and between 
 60^ and 67^ of west longitude ', being bounded on the north 
 by the Gulph of St Lawrence ; on the east and south by the 
 Atlantic Ocean •, and on the west by the bay of Funday, and 
 New Brunswick. 
 
 The climate of this country is rather unfavourable to Euro- 
 pean constitutions, the atmosphere being clouded with thick 
 fog during a great part of the year, and the weather for four 
 or five months being intensely cold. The soil in general is 
 thin and barren, though not uniformly so. A great part of the 
 country is covered with wood. 
 
 It was here that some of the first European settlements wer^ 
 made. The first grant of lands in it was given by James Lto 
 his secretary Sir William Alexander. 
 
 Since that time it has frequently been in possession of the 
 French, but was confirmed to the English by the peace of Ut- 
 recht in 1713. Its capital town, Halifax, is delightfully seat- 
 ed on the vrcit side of Chebucto Bay. It is commodiously si- 
 tuate for the fishing^ and has a fine harbour. The other townf 
 
 mmm 
 
€6% 
 
 AMERICA. 
 
 Part If* 
 
 North America. Nova Scotia. 
 
 •re, Annapolis, on the east side of the Bay of Funday y which 
 has one of the finest harbours in America ^ capable of contain* 
 I ing ICQO vessels at anchor ; and Shelbunie« on the south of the 
 peninsula, built by the emigrants from the United States, after 
 the peace of 1783. 
 
 The Bay of Funday extends 50 miles inland between Nova 
 Scotia and New Brunswick) and is remarkable for the astonish- 
 ing rise of its tides, which is sometimes more than 100 feet of 
 perpendicular height. There are several considerable rivers in 
 Nova Scotia ^ among which^that of Annapolis b navigable 15 
 miles iat ships of 100 tons burden ^ and Salmon River, which 
 falls into Chedabucto Bay, is remarkable for one of the greak* 
 est fisheries in the world. 
 
 tr- 
 
 V t 
 
663 
 
 tim. , m 
 
 INDEPENDENT AMERICA. 
 
 Situation, Extent, and Boundaries.] The Umtcd 
 
 States of America are situate between 30^ and 49^ i>f north 
 jiatitude} and b«nween 67^ and 95° of west longitude,; being 
 about 1 148 geographical miles at their greatest length fnm 
 east to west j and 1042 in breadth from south to north. They 
 are bounded on the porth by the Lake of the Woods, X<on|^ 
 Lake, Lake Superior, Lake Huron, Lake Erie, Lake Ontario, 
 and the water communications betweeen them ; by the river 
 Iroquois or St Lawrence from its egress out of Lake Ontaiip 
 to the 45th degree of north latitude, at the Thousand Rocks ^ 
 from thence by an imaginary line due east on that latitude, to 
 the river Connecti^t^t ; from thence by that river to.its north 
 west source j and, lastly, by the summit of the ridge of moun- 
 tains which separate the rivers that fall into the river St Law- 
 rence from those which fall into the Atlantic Ocean, to that 
 point which is directly north from the source of the small river 
 i^t Croix 'f on the east, they are bounded by New Bruns\rick 
 and the Atlantic Ocean } being separated from the former by 
 a meridian passing from the last mentioned point in Albany 
 ridge to the source of St Croix, and by the middle of that 
 river j on the south, they are bounded by the two Floridas, 
 from which they are separated by the river St Mary's from 
 its mouth to its source ) from thence by a strdght line to the 
 junction of the Flint river with the river Apalachicola or 
 Catahootche j from thence by the middle of the latter ri- 
 ver to the 51st degree of north latitude ; and, lastly, by 
 a line due west on that parallel to the river Missisippi ; 
 
6^4 
 
 AMERICA. 
 
 Fart II. 
 
 Unitid Statbs. Divisknu. — Main. 
 
 1 6 Kentttckj 
 
 17 West. Territory 
 
 18 Tcnnusee 
 
 41 
 
 4J 
 
 4* 
 42 
 
 41 
 4« 
 
 41 
 
 40 
 40 
 
 39 
 39 
 39 
 39 
 39 
 37 
 35 
 32 
 33 
 33 
 
 38 
 
 37 
 
 Lat. 
 
 *37'N. 
 
 3N. 
 
 on the west they are bouQded by the middle of the Mis»nppi, 
 and by a straight line from its source to the north-west comer 
 of the Lake of the Woods. 
 
 |>ivisiONS.] This extensive country, which contains about 
 1,411,000 square miles of surface, may be conveniently descri- 
 ed imdsr the following heads, viz. : 
 
 Long. 
 
 70 17 W. 
 
 70 54 W. 
 
 73 laW. 
 
 71 1 W. 
 
 71 13 W. 
 7a 40 W. 
 
 72 50 W. 
 
 74 iW. 
 
 74 JO W, 
 
 IS 9W. 
 
 75 37 W. 
 
 76 44 W. 
 
 76 43 W. 
 
 77 13 W. 
 77 44 W. 
 77 25 W, 
 79 59 W. 
 81 59 W. 
 
 General Divinons. 
 
 I Main 
 
 a New Hampshiro 
 
 3 Vermont 
 
 4 Massachusetts 
 t Rhode Island 
 
 6 CoAtiecticut 
 
 ■iy.\ ' ■ 
 
 7 New York 
 
 8 New Jersey 
 
 9 Pennsylvania 
 30 Delaware 
 
 I J Maryland 
 
 1 2 Virginia 
 
 13 North Carolina 
 
 14 South Carolina 
 15 'Georgia 
 
 Chief Towns. 
 Portland 
 {^orttimottth 
 Bennington 
 Boston 
 Newport 
 Hartford 
 Newhaven 
 New York 
 Trenton 
 Philadelphia 
 Dover 
 Baltimore 
 Annapolis 
 WASHINGTON 
 Richmond 
 Newbem 
 Charleston 
 Augusta 
 
 LOUISVILLB 
 
 Savannah 
 Frankfort 
 Lexington 
 St Vincent's 
 
 I. Main, 
 
 51 N. 
 ijN. 
 
 23 N. 
 
 55 N. 
 ao N. 
 42 N. 
 20 N. 
 57 N, 
 
 7N. 
 15 N. 
 
 5N. 
 
 iN. 
 3a N. 
 
 15 N. 
 
 56 N. 
 
 16 N. 
 oN. 
 
 13 N. 
 
 aN. 
 
 59 N. 
 
 8a 54 W. 
 81 15 W. 
 84 42 W. 
 84 aaW. 
 38 46 N. 87 35 W, 
 
 ■T%e district) or province of Main lies between 43'' and 47? 
 of north latitude *, and between 67** and 71*^ of west longitude } 
 being bounded on the north by Lower Canada and New Brun^ 
 swick ) on the east by New Brunswick and the Atlantic Ocean; 
 on the south, by the Atlantic j and on the west, by New Harop- 
 
PMTir. 
 
 AMERICA. 
 
 €Ss 
 
 ippi, 
 mer 
 
 United Statki. 
 
 liiM.— <Mnv KampMre. 
 
 skire. The inbnd parU of the country aro tather hilly, and 
 covered with wood \ but intermixed wi|h fertile plains, and 
 dead and noxious swamps } the sea-coast is generally level, 
 tandy, and barren. The piincipalpvodiictians are, Indian com, 
 potatoes, flai^ and fruits. Tlie infaabit«nts raise some rye» bar- 
 ley, oats, and pease } but little or no wheat. The butter is 
 esteemed'of excellent flavour, owing to the goodness of the 
 grass. The climate is reckoned good } but the heat in summer 
 yi btense, and the cold in winter is proportionably severe ; al| 
 the lakes and rivers being generally passable on ice from Christ- 
 mu till the middle of March. 
 
 The province is divided into $ counties, which are sub^vi- 
 ded into townships and plantaUons. The number of inhafaitanta 
 is above zoo,ooo. The principal rivers are, St Croix, which 
 forms a part of the boundary between the United States and 
 New Brunswick } Kennebeck, Amoriscoggin, and Saci^ ; and 
 the principal bays are, Passamaquody, Machias, Penobscot^ 
 Casco, and Wells. Portland, the capital, is situate on a pro- 
 mmitory in Casco Bay. It has an excellent harbour, of easy 
 access, and is a thriving little pl«ce, containing from aooo to 
 3000 inhabitants. 
 
 The district of Main is not an independent state, but sutject 
 to |he state of Massachusetts. It is, however, rapidly increas- 
 ing in wealth and niunber of inhabitants } and will probably be 
 §oon erected into a separate state. 
 
 II. New Hampshire 
 
 Is situate between 42^ and 46^ of north latitude j and be- 
 tween 71** and 73° of west longitude ; bemg bounded on the 
 north, by Lower Canada j on the east, by Msun and the At- 
 lantic } on the south, by Massachusetts ', and on the west, by 
 Vermont ; from which it is separated by the western bank of 
 
U6 
 
 AMERICA; 
 
 PiUT U, 
 
 UwiTiD Statu. Ntw Hampthire. 
 
 the river Connecticttt, which ncparatet it from the Mate of 
 Vermont. 
 
 Thi» state ii divided into 5 counties, and 114 townships. 
 The face of the country tow^s the sea-coa«t is low and flat, 
 and the soil is sandy and barren, yielding only pastjarage for 
 eattle } the interior parts are more diversified, swelling i^o 
 hills of variotts height j the highest, called %he White Moun- 
 tains, are about 9000 f^et above the level of the sea. These 
 mountains are covered with snow 9 or 10 months in the year, 
 whence their name \ and though 70 or 80 miles from the shore, 
 may be seen many leagues off at sea, when they appear like a 
 bright cloud in the horizon. I^he intervals between the hills in 
 tins slate, are extremely fertile ^ being annually enriched by 
 a quantity of fine ^ould or mud* whi<;h is brought down by the 
 Qfverflowing of the rivers, and lieft at their subsidence. The 
 climate is reckoped serene and healthful, though the weather 
 is intcnatf^ cold in winter, which is gct^erally lohg arid dreary* 
 The heat of summer is great } but it is of short continuapce. 
 
 The chief occupation of the inhabitants is agriculture \ and 
 beef, pork, mutton, poultry, wheat, rye, Indian com, barley, 
 pulse, batter, cheese, hops, esculent roots, flax, hemp, and other 
 articles are raised in great abundance. Apples and pears are 
 the most conunon fruits j and no man thinks his fani9 complete 
 without vn OJxVard. 
 
 The prMiciral rivers in this state are, the Piscataqua, connst- 
 ing of 'i. vatiety of lesser streams which unite about 8 miles 
 from the sea, and form a deep, broad, uid rupid stream, navi- 
 gable for ships of the largest burthen ; and the Merrimak, 
 which falls into the -sea at Newbury in Massachusetts. 
 
 PoRTSMOtrrH, the capital of the state, stands on the south- 
 west side of the Piscataqua» about two miles from the sea. It 
 is a neat little town, agreeably situate, has an excellent har- 
 bour, strongly fortified by nature, and contains about 500O in- 
 
VkkT II. 
 
 AMERICJA. 
 
 66j 
 
 United States. Fermont. 
 
 habitants. There is a college in the township of Hanover, calU> 
 cd DartmovvcK college, and an academy in Exeter. 
 
 III. Vermont 
 
 Lies between 42^ and 45** of north latitude ', and between 
 71^ and 74" of west longitude ■, being about 16 j miles in length, 
 and 6s m breadth. It is entirely an inland state, being bound* 
 ed on the north by the province of Lower Canada > on the east 
 by New Hampshire j on the south by Massachusetts j and on 
 the west by New York. 
 
 The state is divided into eleven counties ; and these are sub- 
 divided into above 230 townships. It is divided also into two 
 nearly equal parts, by a chain of mountuns which run from 
 north to south between the river Connecticut, and the Lake 
 Champlain. These mountains being covered with spruce, pine, 
 and other evergreens, have been denominated the Green Moun- 
 tains J by the French, Verd Monti from whence the name of the 
 state. The face of the country is in general hilly ; but there 
 are many extensive plains on the borders of its numerous rivers, 
 in which the soil is exceedingly fertile ; and though the snow 
 continues on the tops of some of the highest mountains till the 
 month of May, and sometimes till July, the climate is esteem- 
 ed excellent. It is unnecessary to enumerate the productions 
 of this state, which are of the same kind as those of the divi- 
 sions already described } excepting iron, which is here produ- 
 ced in the greatest abundance, and of the best quality. 
 
 BxNNiNGTON, the capital, stands at the foot of the Green 
 
 Mountain, near the south-west comer of the states It is con- 
 
 jveniently and agreeably situate, on both sides of a considerable 
 
 river, which falls into the Hudson's. The number of m- 
 
 habitants is above 2,600. 
 
 tt 
 
668 
 
 AMERICA. 
 
 Part It. 
 
 United State*, massacbusetts. 
 
 IV. Massachuseits 
 
 is sitliate between 41* and 43* of north latitude j and be- 
 tween 69** and 74** of west long. aide j being about 150 imles 
 in length from east to west, and about 90 at its greatest breadth 
 from north to south. It is boimded on the north by Vermont, 
 and New Hampshire ; on the east by the Atlantic Ocean j on 
 the south, by the Atlantic, Rhode Island, and Connecticut j 
 and on the west by New York. 
 
 .General Appearance, Soil, and Productions.'] In Massa- 
 chusetts, which is divided into 11 or 12 counties, the face of 
 the country is diversified by a great variety of hills which run 
 nearly tiorth and south in parallel ridges j the intervening val- 
 lies being generally intersected by rivers and rivulets of various 
 magnitudes, which beautify and enrich the country. The 
 north-western part of the state is the most mountainous \ but 
 even there, the highest hills do not exceed the height of 3000 
 feet. The soil is exceedingly various j that in the north and 
 west being generally strong, rich, and deep ) and that in the 
 east and south-east, sandy, thin, and barren, though not unU 
 formly so. The country is still covered with a great quanti- 
 ty ot wood 'f and it is generally remarked thdt the best soil pro- 
 duces walnut and chesnut j the next beech and oak ; that of 
 the third quality, fir and pitch-pine j that df the fourth, wortle- 
 berry and barberry j and the worst, the inferior species of 
 shrubs. Many kinds of fruit grow wild in the woods j and the 
 productions of the cultivated parts of this state are of the same 
 kind as those already enumerated in the account of the other 
 States* 
 
 Rivers.] iThe principal rivers of l^assachusetts are, the 
 Connecticut, which, after forming the boundary between New 
 Hampshire and Vermont, passes through the whole breadth of 
 
Part II. 
 
 AMERICA. 
 
 66ij 
 
 Unitkd States. Massachusetts. 
 
 Massachusetts j and the Merrimak, which flows in a southerly- 
 direction through New Hampshire, and soon after it enters 
 Massachusetts, turns suddenly to the north>east, and falls into 
 the sea at Newbury Port. Charles river falls into the harbour 
 of Boston. 
 
 Capes and Bats.] The principal Capes are, Cape Ann, Cape 
 Cod, and Cape Malabar. Cape Cod is the terminating point 
 of a promontory which stretches out far into the sea, in the 
 form of a hook j and is remarkable as the first 'and which was 
 made by the first settlers frr*m Plymouth in the year 1620. The 
 Bays are, those of Ipswich, Boston, Plymouth, Sandwich, Barn- 
 staple, Cape Cod, and Buzzard's Bays. 
 
 Islands.] The islands belonging to Massachusetts are, 
 Nantucket, Martha^ Vineyard, Chabaquiddick, Noman's, and 
 the Elizabeth islands, all lying south cf the promontory of 
 Barnstaple ; and a number of small islands in Boston Harbour. 
 
 Light-Houses.] There are several light-houses in this 
 state, which it may be useful for mariners to know. On Plumb 
 Island, ne?r N 'vbury Port, are two lights, which must be 
 brought t > hei.. r.. a Une with each other in order to pass the 
 ba'- »« »/»tV y» On Thatcher's Island, off Cape Ann, are two 
 ligii.b ot i.quil height. On the north side of ):he entrance of 
 Boston h irbcnr there is one light. Or th*» north point of 
 Plymouth harbour aretwi lights, one over tue other. At the 
 entrance of the harbour of Nantucket Isle is oue light. 
 
 Cities and Universities.] E.jston, the c?pital of Massachu* 
 setts, is built on a peninsula of i.n irre^.lar form, at the bot- 
 torn of a bay which has co:u»runtca«-jd its name to the wholt 
 
670 
 
 AMERICA. 
 
 Part II. 
 
 United States. Mas .achusetts. 
 
 State. The length of the peninsula, including the Isthmus 
 which joins it to the continent at the south end of the town, is 
 about three miles \ its greatest breadth above ^' ^^Mt. The 
 number of inhabitants may be calculated at 23,C00, or nearly 
 so. ' About three miles from the town there is a castle, mount- 
 ing 48 pieces of heavy artillery, and a considerable number of 
 a smaller size, which commands the entrance of the harbour. 
 Salem and Newbury Port are next to Boston in point of num^ 
 bers of inhabitants and commercial impor ance There is an 
 university at Cambridge, a village about foUi ':i!c^ we^t. from 
 Boston, called Harvard College and University r, ^nd there are 
 several academies and public schools in different towns of this 
 State. 
 
 MiNss AND Minerals.] There are copper and iron mines in 
 various parts of Massachusetts j also black lead, white pipe- 
 clay, red and yellow ochre ) beds of b'me and of asbestos, and 
 some alumina. 
 
 Manofactures and Trade.] There are several manufacture, 
 of importance carried on in this state, and to a considerate 
 extent. Great quantities of bar iron are manufactured ; z ^d 
 much of this is afterwards made into nails. At Pl^cjr J*', > 
 there is a machine which will cut and head 5000 nails in a 
 day, und'"! the direction of a boy or girl } and at Newbury 
 Port there is a machine which will turn out 200,000 nails in a 
 day. There are several manufactories of cotton and woollen 
 stuffs ; also for cotton and wool cards, playing-cards, shoes, 
 lace, and wire \ besides snuff, oil, chocolate, powder and paper- 
 mills , mills for sawing timber, grinding grain, and fulling 
 cloth 'y .and a g;reat number of distilleries. The princi^ c.l ex 
 port articles are, pot and , pearl-ashes, staves, flax-seed; bees- 
 wax, masts, fish, oil, beef, pork, candles, and rum ; chieHy to 
 
Paut II. 
 
 AMERICA. 
 
 671 
 
 United States. Rhode Island, and Providence Plantations. 
 
 foreign countries j and a great variety of fruits, vegetables, 
 manufactures, &c. to the other states. Massachusetts is the 
 only state in America which has no slaves. 
 
 V. Rhode Island, 
 
 Including Providence Plantations, lies between 41* and 42® 
 of N. Lat. J and between 71® and 72** of \V. Long. ; being 
 50 miles in length from north to south, and 35 in breadth nom 
 east to west, it is bounded on the north and east by Massa- 
 chusetts ; on the south by the Atlantic Ocean ; and on the 
 west by Connecticut. It is divided into five counties, which 
 are subdivided into 29 townships. 
 
 The island, from which the State receives its name, lies in 
 the Bay of Narragansett , is 1 3 miles in length, and four in breadth, 
 has an excellent soil, a climate peculiarly pleasant and health- 
 ful, and is stiled by travellers the £den of America. 
 
 On the south-western part of this island stands Newport, the 
 capital of the State, at the bottom of a spacious bay, which 
 forms an excellent harbour. The town contains about 5,500 
 inhabitants j but is not in a flourishing state. 
 
 The only rivers of any note in this small State are Taunton 
 and Providence, both of which fall into Narragansett Bay, the 
 foraier on the east, and the latter on the west side, and after 
 passing by the town of Providence, which is reckoned the most 
 flourishing in the state. 
 
 The soil of this country in general is more adapted for pas- 
 ture than for grain j and the western and north-western parts 
 are barren and rocky, and but thinly inhabited : rye, barley, 
 oats, flax, culinary plants, and roots, howevet, are produced in 
 considerable abundance. The people in general are farmers, 
 iind rear a great number of cattle, as well as make large quan- 
 
 Tt3 
 
6fi 
 
 AMERICA. 
 
 Part 11. 
 
 Unitio States. Connectieut. 
 
 titles of excellent butter and cheese for (exportation. Nanra- 
 gansett is said to be famous for a fine breed of pacing horses. 
 
 VI. Connecticut 
 
 Lies between 41^ and 42° of N. Lat. $ and between 71° and 
 74^ of W. Long. } being about 80 miles in length from east 
 to west, and 60 in breadth from north to south. It is bound- 
 ed on the north by Massachusetts ; on the east by Rhode 
 <4and } on the south by Long island sound j and on the west 
 uj the State of New York. It is divided into eight counties, 
 and these are subdivided into above 80 townships. 
 
 General Appearance, Soil, and Productions.] The ap- 
 pearance of Connecticut is various, consisting of mountains, 
 hills and vallies, frequently intersected by rivulets and rivers, 
 "[('he soil in some places is thin and barren^ but chiefly strong 
 and fertile, and particularly well calculated for pasturage and 
 meadow grass, The climate, though subject to sudden alter- 
 nations of temperature, ^nd to the extremes of heat and cold in 
 their seasons, is reckoned remarkably pleasant and healthy. 
 The principal productions are, Indian corn, rye, oats, barley, 
 flax, potatoes and garden stuffs } with some wheat, hemp, and 
 a great variety of fruits. 
 
 Rivers.] The principal rivers in this state are, the Connec- 
 ticut, the Housatonik, and the Thames. Connecticut has its 
 rise in the ridge of mountains which separates the United States 
 from Canada, flows in a south westerly direction between the 
 States of New Hampshire and Vermont \ after entering Nfas- 
 sachusetts it turns to the south-east, and passes in that direc- 
 tion through Massachusetts and Connecticut to the Long Island 
 sound. It is navigable to Hartford, about 50 miles from the 
 sea« Housatonik rises in Massachusetts, and falls into the 
 
Part II. 
 
 AMERICA. 
 
 673 
 
 Unitid States. Connecticut. 
 
 sound at Stratford. It is navigable for about the distance of 
 1 2 miles from the sea. On this river there is a famous cata- 
 ract near Salisbury; where the whole river, 150 yards wide, 
 falls over a rock about 69 feet of perpendicular height. The 
 Thames falls into ihe sound at New London, being navigable 
 about fourteen miles* 
 
 Cities.] Hartcord, one of the capitals of this State, stands 
 on the west side of Connecticut river, about 50 miles from the 
 sey. It is conveniently enough situate for trade, though a bar 
 at the mouth of the river greatly obstructs the navigation ; it 
 lies in the middle of a very fine and fertile country, enters 
 largely into the manufacturing business, and is a flourishing 
 Uttlc town, containing about 4000 inhabitants. 
 
 New-hav£n, the other capital, is a sea-port town, not ifx from 
 3tratford. It has a tolerable harbour, carries on considerable 
 trade with New York, and the West India Islands, and has 
 between 3000 and 4000 inhabitants. It is the seat of Yale 
 College, founded in 1 700. 
 
 New London, which stands at the mouth of the river 
 Thames, has the best harbour in Connecticut. 
 
 Mines and Minerals.] There are lead and copper mines in 
 this State, but not sufficiently rich to defray the expence of 
 working. Iron mipes are numerous and productive \ and there 
 are various kinds of talcs and crystals, with zink, and some 
 other less valuable fossils, frequently met with in the country. 
 There is a medicinal spring at Stafford, which is used with 
 good effect in scorbutic and cutaneous disorders. 
 
 Connecticut is the most populous, in proportion to its extent, 
 of all the American States. 
 
 Tt4 .'' 
 
674 
 
 AMERICA. 
 
 Part tl. 
 
 United jtates. New Tori. 
 
 VI?. NeivYork 
 
 Is situate between 42*' and 45 of north latitude 'y and he- 
 twecn 73^ and Si** of east longitude j being about 300 miles 
 in length from east to west, and 230 in breadth from north to 
 ftouth. It is bounded on the north by Canada, from which it 
 is separated by the lakes, the river Iroquois, and the 45th de- 
 gree of north latitude j on the east by Vermont, Massachu- 
 setts and Connecticut } on the south by the Atlantic, New 
 Jersey, and Pennsylvania ; and on the west by the Lakes. It 
 is divided into 21 counties and 195 townships. 
 
 General Appearance, Soil, and Productions.] The Al- 
 legany mountains which run along this State from south-west 
 to north-east, give the chief character to its general appear- 
 ance. On the west of these, however, the country is a dead 
 level of a Bne rich soil, in its nati^ral state covered with wood, 
 and interspersed with hemlock swamps. Towards the banks 
 of the lake Erie, the country swells again into hills of a mode- 
 rate height. On the east of the Allegany mountains the coun- 
 try is beautifully diversified with hills and rich intervening val- 
 lies 'f the former covered thick with wood j the latter adorned 
 with fields of various kinds of grain. It would be tedious and 
 useless to eniunerate the many productions of this and the other 
 States. Here the staple commodity (/. e. of articles produced 
 by culture) is wheat, of which immense quantities are raised 
 and exported. Indian com also and pease are raised for ex- 
 portation J and rye, oats, barley, and vegetables, for home con- 
 sumption. 
 
 RrvERS.] The rivers which deserve to be noticed in a ge- 
 neral description of this State are, the Hudson's the Mohawks, 
 the Oswega and Genesee. The Hudson's rises in the moun- 
 tains which stand between Lake Ontario and Lake Champlain, 
 
Part II. 
 
 AMERICA. 
 
 6fS 
 
 United States. Neiv Tori. 
 
 flows in a southerly direction, and after a course of about 250 
 miles, falls into the Atlantic Ocean at New York Bay. It is 
 navigable for ships to Hudson, about 130 miles above New 
 York ', for sloops of 80 tons burden to Albany, 30 miles more ; 
 and for boats to Lake George, 6^ miles, with the exception of 
 two falls of half a mile each. 
 
 Mohawks river rises in the Allegany mountains, and after a 
 course of 130 miles, falls into the Hudson*s at Lansinburg. 
 The Oswego and Genesee both fall into Lake Ontario. 
 
 Islands.] There are three islands belonging to this State 
 which deserve particular notice : viz. Long Island, Staten 
 Island, and York Island. 
 
 Long Island extends from the mouth of Hudson*s river, 
 along the coast of New York and Connecticut, from which ir. 
 is separated by Long Island Sound, which is from 3 to 25 
 miles broad. The island is 140 miles in length, and about 19 
 in breadth, and is divided into three counties. The north side 
 of the island is hilly, and the soil is strong and deep j the south 
 side is low and flat, and the soil sandy and light. There is a 
 remarkable plain about the middle of the island, called 
 Hampstead plain, which is 1 6 miles in length, and eight or 
 nine in breadth j and the soil of which is blapk, and appa- 
 rently rich, but has never been known to produce any natural 
 growth but a kinJ of wild grass and some shrubs. It is fre« 
 quented by vast numbers of plovers. East from this plain 
 there is an extensive barren heath, famous for great numbers 
 of deer and growse. The island produces abundance of grain, 
 and a great variety of the finest fruit. It contains about 
 42,000 inhabitants. 
 
 Staten lies off the coast of New Jersey, and is about 18 
 miles in length, and six or seven in breadth. It is in general 
 rough and hilJy, excepting on the south side, wh^re theie U a 
 
^mi 
 
 «Tf6 
 
 AMERICA. 
 
 Part II. 
 
 United States. Ntiu Tork. 
 
 considerable tract of plain cultivable land. The number of in* 
 habitants is about 4000, who are chiefly French and Dutch. 
 
 York Island lies at the mouth of Hudson's river, and is 
 formed by the two branches of Hudson's and East river, into 
 which it divides that stream. It is about 15 ipiles in length, 
 and hardly one in breadth. It is joined to the continent by a 
 bridge. 1 
 
 Cities.] New York, the capital of the State, stands on the 
 southern extremity of York Island, having Hudson's river on 
 the west, and East river on the east side. Its circumference 
 is about four miles. It is a place of considerable trade, being 
 almost surrounded with water, and having an extensive bay of 
 nine miles in length and four in breadth, in which vessels are 
 sheltered from the storms by the adjacent islands j it is also 
 pleasant in a high degree \ but is ill provided in fresh water. 
 The yellow fever has proved very fatal in this city within these 
 few years. There is a college called King's college, founded 
 in i754» and now knovm by the more popular, becaiise repub- 
 Itcany name of Columbia college. The city-hall is a brick 
 l|)uildin^ of three stories high, with wings at each end. In one 
 of these wings is the Assembly chamber, till lately occupied 
 by Congress. It is adorned by a portrait of Columbus, by 
 likenesses of the king and Queen of France, and of theimmor- 
 tal Washington. It contains above 35,000 inhabitants. 
 
 AtBANT stands on the western bank of Hudson's river, about 
 30 miles north of Hudson. It contains above 6ooo inhabit, 
 ants, who consist of a heterogeneous assemblage of people from 
 all nations, and of all languages. It is, of course, a stupid un- 
 -sociable place, even by the accounts of their own writers. 
 
 MiMBs AND Minerals.] This, like the other states of Ame- 
 lica, contains great quantities of iron ore. There is a silver 
 
?AIIT. 11. 
 
 AMERICA. 
 
 677 
 
 United Statis. New Jersey. 
 
 mine at Philipsburg, which yields Yirgin silver. Zink, manga- 
 nese, pyrites, copper, lead, and coal, are also to be met with } 
 as also ising-glass, plaster of Paris, talcs, crystals, oxyds, abes* 
 tos, and various other fossils. There are medicinal springs at 
 Saratoga, on the Hudson^s river, which well deserve the at- 
 tention of the chemist. From Dr Morse's accoimt of the wa- 
 ter of these springs, which are eight or nine in number, it 
 seems to be strongly impregnated with carbonic acid. 
 
 VIII. New Jersey 
 Lies between 39° and 42° of north latitude ; and between 
 74° and 76° of west longitude ; being }6o miles in length, and 
 50 in breadth. It is bounded on the north by New York, from 
 which it is separated by an imaginary line, extending from a 
 point in the river Delaware, at its confluence with the Ma- 
 hackamack river, in latitude 41° 24' north, to a point in Hud- 
 son's river, in latitude 41° north *, on the east by Hudson's ri- 
 ver and the sea *, on the south by the sea ; and on the west b/ 
 Delaware and Pennsylvania, from which it is separated by De- 
 laware river and bay. It is divided into 13 counties j and 
 these are subdivided into 94 townships. 
 
 General Appearance, Soil, and Productions.] The north* 
 ern parts of this State are mountainous, being intersected by 
 two considerable ridges of the Allegany mountains, called 
 Kittatiny and the South mountain ; and by several spurs from 
 these, which extend towards the south \ the southern parts, to- 
 wards the sea, are pretty uniformly flat and sandy, one fourth 
 part of the State consisting almost entirely of a sandy desert, 
 unEt for cultivation, excepting on the banks of rivers and creeka. 
 where the soil is a stiff clay. In the vallies of the northern 
 counties, the soil is good and strong, and peculiarly adapted 
 for pasturage. It produces Indian corn, buck-wheat, oats, 
 
^^m 
 
 678 
 
 AMERICA. 
 
 P.1KT ir. 
 
 United States. New Jersey. 
 
 barley, flax, and fruit« of all kinds common to the climate. 
 New Jersey cyder, of which great quantities arc made every 
 year, is esteemed the best in the world. 
 
 RiviRs.] The principal rivers of New Jersey are, the Hak- 
 kensack and Posaick, which fall into Newark bay, and the Ra- 
 ritan, which empties itself in the harbour of Amboy. On 
 the Posaick there is a remarkable cataract, in which the river, 
 40 yards wide, falls over a rock of above 70 feet perpendicular 
 height in one entire sheet. 
 
 CiTiKS AND Universities.] Trenton, the capital of New 
 Jersey, is situate on the north-east side of the river Delaware, 
 opposite the falls, and nearly in the centre of the State. Here 
 the legislative assembly meets, the supreme court is held, and 
 most of the public ofRces are kept. The place, including Lam- 
 berton, which joins it on the south, contdns above 2000 inha- 
 bitants. 
 
 Burlington stands also on the Delaware, and on an island 
 formed by that river, which is a mile in breadth opposite to the 
 town. It is conveniently situate for trade j but the city of 
 Philadelphia being 20 miles below on the same river, and Bris- 
 tol in Pennsylvania right opposite, it can never expect to rise 
 to any considerable eminence. The other principal towns of 
 this state are, Perth-Amboy, Brunswick, Elisabeth town, and 
 Newark. 
 
 There is a college at Princeton, a pleasant village in Mid- 
 dlesex and Somerset counties, called Nassau Hall, which has 
 been illustrated by the celebrated names of Dickinson, Ed- 
 wards, and Witherspoon. The building is of stone, 180 feet 
 in length, 54 in breadth, and four stories in height j being di- 
 vided into 42 convenient chambers for the students, besides a 
 
I\ART II. 
 
 AMERICA. 
 
 679 
 
 United States. Neiv Jersey. 
 
 hall, a chapel, and a room for the library. (I think I read 
 lately that this edifice has been consumed by fire.) 
 
 Mines and Minerals.] This State contains prodigious 
 quantities of iron, and very rich mines of copper, in some of 
 which the metal is found in pure masses of from five to 30 
 pounds weight, and in sheets of considerable thickness, and 
 three feet square on an average, within a few feet of the sur- 
 face. It is even said, that in the year 1754, two masses of 
 virgin copper were found in a hill called Van Homers moun< 
 tain, which weighed 1900 pounds. Yet, owing to the vast 
 price of labour in this country, these mines are wholly ne- 
 glected. 
 
 There are several medicinal springs in this state. In the 
 county of Morris is a (probably chalybeate) spring, which is 
 very much frequented. On a ridge of hills in the same coun- 
 ty, at the distance of 40 miles from the sea, are several wells 
 which regularly ebb and flow about six feet twice in every 24 
 hours. In the county of Cape May is a spring which boils up 
 from the bottom of a salt water creek, which runs nearly dry 
 at low water ; but at high, is covered with water dire£lly from 
 the ocean to the height of three or four feet : yet in this situ- 
 ation, by letting down a bottle well corked, through the salt 
 water into the spring, and then pulling out the cork, the bot- 
 tle may be drawn up full of fine fresh water. 
 
 Trade.] The trade of New Jersey is almost ialy con- 
 fined to New York and Pennsylvania, merely from the want 
 of enterprize in the inhabitants, who enjoy the best possible 
 natural advantages for foreign commerce. The articles which 
 they chiefly export are, wheat, flour, fruits, vegetables, cyder, 
 cheese, butter, beef, pork, mutton, hams, horses and cattle. 
 
(Bo 
 
 AMERICA. 
 
 Part 11. 
 
 United States. Penmyl'vania. 
 
 IX. Pennsylvania 
 
 Is sitoate between 39^ and 42^ of north .ude ) and bc' 
 Iween 74*^ and 81** of west longitude j being about 250 miles 
 in length from east to west ; and nearly 150 in breadth from 
 north to south. It is bounded on the north by New York, 
 from which it is separated by the parallel of 42^ north latitude ^ 
 <m the east by New Jersey, from which it is separated by the 
 river Delaware ) on the south by Delaware state, from which 
 it is separated by the territorial line, (afterwards to be descri- 
 bed), and by Mar/land and Virginia, from which it i> separated 
 by the parallel of 39° 43' 1 8" north latitude j and on the west 
 by Virginia and the Western Territory, from which it is sepa- 
 rated by a meridia.i line 5^ west from Philad^'ohia. It is di- 
 vided into 23 coun -ies. 
 
 General Appearance, Soil, and Productions.^ About one 
 third of this state may be denominated mountainous ) having 
 the Allegany mountains, In various ridges, and detached hills, 
 passing through it In an oblique direction from south-west to 
 north-east. To the west of this mountainous range, the coun- 
 try is generally flat, and to the east diversified by alternate 
 bills and vallies. The soil is vatious. The richest of those 
 parts which are settled, is in the south-east, and of the unsettled 
 parts, in the north west, quarter of the state. The productions 
 are, wheat, which is the staple commodity of the state, rye, In- 
 dian corn, buck-wheat, oats, spelts, (a sort of wheat with a 
 strong husk) barley, hemp, flax, and vegetables. Great num- 
 bers of cattle are reared in all parts of the state. 
 
 Rivers.] The principal rivers In Pennsylvania are the De- 
 laware, the Schuylkill, and the Susquehannah. 
 
 The Delaware rises in Lake Ustayantho in the stat* of New 
 Votk, enters Pennsylvania in latitude 42°, from whence It 
 
Part II. 
 
 AMERICA. 
 
 681 
 
 United States. Pennsylvania. 
 
 forms the boundary between that state and New York to the 
 latitude of 41^ 24' ; and from thence proceeds to the Atlantic, 
 having New Jersey on the east, and Pennsylvania and Dela* 
 ware state on the west. The mouth of Delaware Bay, between 
 Cape May and Cape Henlopen (or Cape Janes) is 1 2 miles in 
 breadth ) at Bombay Hook, 20 miles farther up, the river com- 
 mences, and is 4 or 5 milei broad j from thence to Philadelphia, 
 near 100 miles, it is navigable for ships of the line ; from Phi- 
 ladelphia to Trenton falls it is navigable for sloops, ^^ miles ; 
 and for boats about 80 miles farther up. 
 
 The ScuoTLiULL rises in the Kittatiny mountains, and after a 
 course of above 120 miles, falls into the Delaware three miles 
 below Philadelphia. It is navigable to Reading, about 90 
 miles. 
 
 The Sos<^oBHANNAH riscs in Lake Ostego in the state of New 
 York, and Hows in so winding a course, that it cuts the boun- 
 dary between that state and Pennsylvania three times \ three 
 miles south of that line, it receives the Tyoga, a large and na- 
 vigable river ^ at Sunbury, about 70 miles further south, it re- 
 ceives the west branch of the Susquehannah, which is also navi- 
 gable 90 miles from its mouth j 35 miles further south, it re- 
 ceives the Juniatta, which is navigable 80 miles j from thence 
 it proceeds in a south-easterly direction, till it falls into the 
 Chesapeak Bay at Havre de Grace. This river is about a mile 
 in breadth at its mouth ; but is navigable for large vessels 
 only 20 miles, on account of its rapids. 
 
 The Allegany, the Yohoganey, and the Monongahela, which 
 by their union at Pittsburg in the western part of this state,form 
 the noble stream of the Ohio, are also large and navigable rivers, 
 which would well merit a particular description in any other 
 country but America. 
 
 Cities AND Universities.] PuiLAOEi.FHiA,the capital of Penn- 
 sylvania, and formerly the metropolis of the United States, is 
 
 1 ■■ 
 
mm 
 
 692 
 
 AMERICA. 
 
 Part II. 
 
 United States. Pentuylvania, 
 
 situate on the western banks of the river Delware '^ and by the 
 original plan, was to have extended to the eastern banks of the 
 Schuylkill. It was laid out by William Penn, a quaker, and 
 son of Ji<e famous Admiral Pcnn of England ; who, on account 
 of his father's services^ received a grant of the lands of Pennsyl- 
 vania from Charles II. in the year 1680, and laid the founda- 
 tion of Philadelphia in 1683. So great was the influx of stran- 
 gers to this city, that, within a century it was computed to con* 
 tain 40,000 inhabitants. The present number may be estima- 
 ted at 55,000 J but the yellow fever, which first appeared in the 
 year 1793, has proved exceedingly fatal in this city. The cir- 
 cumference of what is now built of the city, which is by no 
 means in conformity to the original plan, is about 5 miles. It 
 contains several large and handsome buildings ; among which, 
 the first Presbyterian church, the new German church, the 
 state-house, the university, the philosophical society's hall, and 
 the library, deserve to be particularly mentioned. Philadel- 
 phia is a place of very considerable trade ^ and a very great num« 
 ber of manufactures are carried on in that city. 
 
 Lancaster, on Conestogo Creek, which joins the Suscjue- 
 hannah, is the largest inland town in America. It contains a- 
 faove 5,000 inliabitants, and is rapidly increa»ng in prosperity 
 and extents 
 
 Pittsburg Is beautifully situate between the Allegany and 
 Monongahela rivers, to the west of the Allegany mountains* 
 It contains about 1500 inhabitants. Carlisle, in the county of 
 Cumberland, contairts about the same number. 
 
 There is an university at Philadelphia, as has been already 
 mentioned •, and there are colleges at Lancaster and Carlisle, 
 the former called Franklin college, and the latter Dickinson 
 colleg*!. There are besides several academies and public 
 schools. 
 
 £i,= 
 
1?ART 11. 
 
 AMERICA. 
 
 ± 
 
 ess 
 
 Ukitko States. Btlmuart. 
 
 MtNES AND MiNEKALS.] On the wtist ^ide of the Allegany 
 nlountains ih<:re are vitiiolTc, aluminous, and other sorts of mi- 
 neral earths iii great abundance, as -well as beds of coal, though 
 at lb consldtriible (distance frbin {he surface } but ho metallic ores. 
 OA the east side of these inoUntains, oh the contrdry^ there are 
 innumerable mines of iron, and some of lead attd of copper. 
 Lime-stone is common, as Jlre also several kinds of marble. In 
 the tiorth'West quarter of Peniisylvaniaj there is a spring, the 
 source of a small riVer called Oil Creek, on the surface of 
 which floats an oil similar to that called Batbadoes tar, in so 
 great a quantity tkat 6ne tiian might collect several gallons of 
 it in a day. It is said to be good for persons affected with 
 rheumatism, applied externally. The wattr, when taken in- 
 ternally, operates as a gentle purgative* 
 
 CbMstERCB.] Tliie bominefce of* PehnsyiVaiiia is viry exf eti- 
 sivej and the numerous rivers by which 'it is intersected, as 
 Well as the good harbours Which it enjoys on the sea-coastj 
 give it extraordinary advantages in this respect. Its trade with 
 tht other Ameriban states, consists chiefly in an exchange of 
 staple commodities. Great quantities of skins and furs of va- 
 rious kinds are brought in from the back countries. The fo- 
 reign trade is almost wholly carried on by the port of Philip 
 delphia« 
 
 - X. belaivafe 
 
 Lies between 38^ and 40^ of north latitiid^ -y and befWeeti 
 75" and 76'^ of virest longitudib } being about 90 nliles in length 
 firofu north to south ', and about 46 in breadth from eaA to 
 wfcst. It '\k bounded on the north by F'entlsylvania, from which 
 it is separated by the territorial litie, which is the arch of a 
 circle, the radius of which is 1 2 English miles, and its Centre vi 
 
 Uu 
 
6l4 
 
 / 
 
 AMERICA. 
 
 Part II. 
 
 United States. Maryland, 
 
 3E=3= 
 
 the middle of the town of NeWcas^e } on the ejut, by Delaware 
 tiver and bay \ on the south, by the parallel of 38^ 30' north, 
 frpm the Atlaptk ocean to the aiid4le of the peninsula ■, and 
 on the Wff t by the tangent o( the territorial arch already de< 
 scribed^ i* e< by a straight line passing from the western ex- 
 tremity od^the territorial line, ^'^ *he western extremity of the 
 southern Wtindary. 
 
 This small state is divided into 3 counties \ the land is gene- 
 rally low and fla^, and is covered with much stagnant water, 
 which makes the air very unwholesome ^ the soil is generally 
 barren, except in Indian corn, and in some places, rye and flax } 
 but the country abounds with extensive forests pf lofty pints, 
 wluch Constitute the chief wealth of the state. They ore ma- 
 nufactured into planks of various thickness, and exported in 
 great quantities. Dover, the capital town, stands on the south- 
 west side of Jones^ Creek, which falls into t;hf river Delaware. 
 It is a small neat place, consisting of 4 jstreets which cross eaph 
 other alt right angles, and contain about xoo houses. It carries 
 on a considerable trade with Philadelpjua. 
 
 XI. Maryland 
 
 Is situate between 37** and 40** of north latitude j and be- 
 tween 75** and 80° of west longitude j being of very irregulaj: 
 length and breadth. It is bounded on the north by Pennsylva- 
 nia, from which it is separated by the parallel of 39^ 43' 18" 
 north J on the east, by Delaware and the Atlantic, from the 
 fbrmer of which it is separated by the tangent oftheteirritorial 
 circle already described ; on the south and west by Virginia, 
 from which it is separated b^;^ the parallel pf 37° 57' north, ex^. 
 tending from Watkin^s Point across the peninsula, to Ginquac, 
 near the mouth of Patomac^':, by that river to its northenv 
 source, and from thence by a line due north to the southern 
 boundary of Pennsylvania. It is divided into 19 counties, of 
 
Part II. 
 
 AMERICA* 
 
 <585 
 
 United States. Maryland. 
 
 which 11 lie on the west, and 8 on the east $ide of Chesapeak 
 
 Bay* 
 
 General Appearance, Soil, and PkonucTiONs.^ The far 
 greater part of this state, which lies to the eust of the moun- 
 tains, is low and flat, and consequently covered in many places 
 with stagnaht water; There are also extensire tracts of marsh, 
 which during the heats of summer exliale noxious vapours, ex- 
 tremely pernicious to the healths The Allegany mountains 
 cross the western part of the state, which is more fertile and 
 salubrious. The staple articles of Maryland are wheat and 
 tobacco, which are reared in the most fertile parts of the flat 
 country. Considerable quantities of flax and hetnp are also 
 raised in the interior and more elevated districts. 
 
 The method of cultivating tobacco is as follows. The seed 
 is soym in beds of fine mould, and the plants are transplanted 
 in the beginning of May, being set at the distance of 3 or 4 
 feet from each other, and afterwards hilled, and kept con- 
 stantljr free of weeds. • When as many leaves have shot out as 
 the soil will nourish to advantage, the top of the plant is bro-' 
 ken oiF, which prevents its growing higher. It is then carefully 
 kept clear of worms, and the suckers, which shoot out between 
 the leaves, are taken off at proper distances, till the plant ar- 
 rives at perfection, which is in the month of August. When 
 the leaves assume a brownish cobur, and begin to be spotted, 
 the plant is cut down, and hung up to dry, after having sweat" 
 ed in heaps for one night. When it can be handled without 
 crumbling, which is always in moist weather, the leaves are 
 stripped from the stalk, tied in bundles, and packed for ex* 
 portation in hogsheads. No suckers or ground leaves are al' 
 lowed to be fit for sale^ 
 
 (,.,This state abounds in various kinds of oak, which is ipantt^ 
 
 U u 2 
 
6^6 
 
 AMERICA^ 
 
 PartII. 
 
 United States. Maryland. 
 
 factured into staves, and exported in great quantities. The 
 forests also abound with a great variety of nuts, called mast, 
 which serve to feed great numbers of swine which run wild in 
 the wdods. The poric of these swine is exported in l:»ge 
 quantities. 
 
 Rivers and Bats.] The principal rivers of Maryland, be- 
 ttdes the Patomack, which is common to it and Virginia, are 
 the Patuxent^ the Susquehannah, the Patapsco, the Nanticope, 
 and Choptank. All these, except the Susquchaimah, which 
 has been already described, are small rivers. 
 
 Chesapeak Bay, which divides the eastern and western coun-* 
 ties of Maryland from each other, is 1 2 miles wide at its en- 
 trance between Cape Charles and Cape Henry in Virginia, and 
 extends 270 miles northward into the country j being from 7 
 to 18 miles broad, and 9 fathoms deep. It affords a safe^ and 
 easy navigation, and many excellent and commodious harbours. 
 
 Cities and Universities.] Washington, ttte present capi- 
 tal of the United States, though yet but in its infancy, deserves 
 to be particularly noticed in this place, as being properly with- 
 in the state of Maryland. It stands in the territory of Colnm« 
 bia, at the junction of the Patomack and what is called the 
 East Branch, a situation remarkably eligible, not only on ac- 
 count of its centrical position, and convenience for trade, but 
 also of the beauty and fertility of the adjacent country, the de- 
 lightful prospects which it commands, the abundance and ex- 
 cellence of the water, which can be easily communicated to its 
 most elevated parts, and the uncommon salubrity of the ^r. 
 It stands on the great post-road, at an equal distance from the 
 northern and southern extremities of the United States, and 
 nearly so from the Atlantic Ocean on the east, and Pittsburg, 
 which commands the navigation of the Ohio and Missisippi on 
 
BartJI. 
 
 AMERICA. 
 
 ^7 
 
 United States. Maryland. 
 
 the west j the neighbouring country is supposed to be the rich- 
 est, the most commercial, and that which commands the most 
 extensive internal resources, of any in America. The eastern 
 Ijranph is one of the safipst and inosj: commodious harbours in 
 America, being navigable for the largest vessels for about 4 
 miles above its mouth, while the channel lies close along Uie 
 bank on which the city stands, and affords an extensive and 
 convenient harbour j and the broad and deep channel of the 
 Patomack, though rather shallow towards its eastern banks, 
 furnishes most excellent roads for any number of ships, both pp- 
 posite to and below the city. A great number of excellent 
 springs are distributed within the limits of the city j water of 
 the best quality may be had any where by figging ^o ^ mode- 
 rate depth ', and the water of Tiber Creek, the source of which 
 is 236 feet above high-water mark, and 158 higher than any 
 building in the city, may be easily conveyed in pipes to every 
 street and house which it contains. The plan of the city too 
 is remarkable. The capitol is situate in the centre, on a con- 
 siderable eminence, which coi^mands a complete view of every 
 part of the city and its environs. The meridian of this edifice 
 and the line which cuts it at right angles due east and west« 
 form the middle of the four principal streets which look to- 
 wards the 4 cardinal points of the compass. These, and the 
 other great streets which lead immediately to public places, 
 are from 130 to 160 feet broi.d« The other streets, which di- 
 verge in various directions from the capitol, and those which 
 run in a transverse direction, are so directed as to command 
 the most important objects by which the city is surrounded ; 
 and are frpm 93 to no feet broad. 
 
 Annapolis, the capital of Maryland state, is a small but 
 wealthy city on the west side of Chesapeak Bay^ at the mouth 
 of a little river called Severn. The number of houses is little 
 
 Uu3 
 
ipivLfpiminijjjin 
 
 (5%^ 
 
 AMERICA. 
 
 fCiitffi 
 
 Ukitxd States. Maryland. 
 
 more than 300 y but these are, in general, large and elegant j 
 and the city -house is the most magnificent building of the kind 
 in the United States. It stands in the centre of the town, and' 
 all the streets diverge from it like radii in every direction. 
 BAfriMOKE is the 4th city in size, and the fifth in commer- 
 cial importance, in the United States. It stands on the north 
 side of Patapsco river, at a small distance from its mouth } is 
 built round what is called the bason, which forms an e:ccellent 
 harbour for small vessels *, and is divided into two parts, called 
 the Town and Fell's Point, by a small rivulet, over which- 
 there are two bridges. The situation is low and unhealthy j 
 but has been lately in some degree improved. The number of 
 inhabitants may be about 15,000, Their character does not 
 stand high, if measured by the standard of religion, of morality, 
 or of social virtue, according to the report of their own geo- 
 graphers. There is one university in Maryland, which consists 
 of two colleges ; one in the city of Annapolis, called St John's 
 college, and the other in Chesterton, in the county of Kent, 
 called Washington college. The Roman Catholics have a 
 college in George Town, on the river Patomack j and the 
 methodists another at Abingdon in the county of Hartford. 
 
 Mines, Manufactures, and Tmde.] There are mines of ex- 
 cellent iron in this state, which is wrought into pigs, bars, and 
 hollow ware of various kinds j and thi^ is the only manufacture 
 of consequence carried on in the state. The trade is chiefly 
 carried on from Baltimore, with the other states, the Weft In- 
 dies, and some parts of Europe. Its exports are, tobacco, 
 Kheat, flour, iron, beans, flax-seed, and pork : the imports, 
 cloths, hardware goods, wines, spirits, sugar, and other Weft 
 Indian articles. 
 
^— — ^— ^ 
 
 Part if! 
 
 AMERICA. 
 
 68^ 
 
 United States. Virginia. 
 
 XII. Virginid 
 
 Is situate between 36** and 41° of north latitude j and be- 
 tween 75** and 84'' of west longitude j being about 450 in 
 length, from east to west ; and 3CO in brmdth from north to 
 south. It has the We^em Territory, Pennsylvania, and Mary- 
 land, on the north, being bounded by the river Ohio as far as 
 the western boundary of Pennsylvania, and from thence, by the 
 southern boundaries of that state and Maryland already de- 
 scribed} on the east, it is bounded by Maryland and the At- 
 lantic, on the south by P^orth Carolina, from which it is sepa- 
 rated by the patallel of 36" 30' north latitude j and on the 
 west by Kentucky, from which it is separated by the Great 
 Sandy River, and the meridian of its source. T'he state is di- 
 vided into 82 counties. 
 
 General Appearance, Soil, and Productions.] In this 
 extensive state, the appearance is much diversified, as the tra- 
 veller advances from the sea-coast towards the Allegany moun- 
 tains ', and afterwards, when he descends from these mountains 
 towards the Missisippi. On the sea-coast the land is low, and 
 intersected in all directions by salt-creeks and rivers, the heads 
 of which form swamps and marshes, often covered with water: 
 The mountainous regions commence at the distance of abou^ 
 1 50 miles from the sea *, and the mountains are disposed in 
 ridges, one behind another, running nearly parallel to the sea- 
 coast. It is remarkable also, but by no means wonderful, that 
 the climate changes here with the change of longitude as well 
 as of latitude, the air becoming more cold and penetrating as 
 the traveller moves from the sea-shore till he arrives on the 
 summit of the Allegany, after which the circumstance is re- 
 versed, and the temperature becomes gradually more mild and 
 warm till he reaches the banks of the Missisippi. The chief 
 productions of this state are tobacco, wheat, Indiati-com, bar- 
 
 Uu4 
 
6^9 
 
 AMEKlCJt. 
 
 ^ART II, 
 
 United States. Maryland. 
 
 ley, flax, and hemp. From the nature of the soil, and the ap- 
 pearance of the country, it is supposed that cice would grow 
 very well in the gwampy grounds pf the easteqi counties. In 
 the westeri^ parts pf this state, 9od in the states south pf it, 
 where the winters are mild, and without any permanent snow, 
 there are great numbers of black-cattle reared withput any 
 trouble j being allowed to rpn at large in the ppen qpuntry, 
 ^nd never housed. 
 
 Rivers.] The principal rivers of Virginia are, the Fatp- 
 mack, the Rappahanock, the York, and the James river. 
 
 The Patomack rises in the Allegany mountains, and has two 
 principal branches, called the Norch and South rivers, both of 
 which are navigable many miles above the place of their junc- 
 tion. About 80 miles farther down, the Patomack is joined 
 by the Shenando, also navigable above 100 miles. The passage 
 pf their united torrents over the Blue Ridge is one of the most 
 . stupendous scenes imaginable. A traveller who approaches 
 this scene from the west is struck with perfect astonishmrnt. 
 Standing on a high point of land, he beholds the approach of 
 the Shenando, foaming wifh rage and disappointment at having 
 already in vain traversed the sides qf the m9untalns for above 
 100 miles in quest of a passage, On the left he sees the Pa- 
 tomack advancing in silent majesty, and though ba|Red In its 
 first efiforts, winding from its original course, still eager for the 
 sea. At the moment of their imion, they rush headlong into 
 •the burst chasm of the mountain, dashing against the rocks 
 with the most violent agitation. After a few moments pause, 
 the eye naturally turns from this tremendous sight, ai\d finds 
 the most pleasing relief in the delightful prospect which It 
 catches from afar. There, through the opening vista of the 
 interminable mountains, it views the smooth and blue horizon as 
 pf another VTPrld, and settles ;^t length pn the extensive plainq 
 
Part II. 
 
 AMERICA. 
 
 691 
 
 United States. Virginia. 
 
 which lie below at an amaung distance. Thither too the road 
 fortunately leads j and the traveller, recovered from his tranccf 
 crosses the Patomack above its junction, passes along its banlu 
 through the cleft of the mountain for three miles, its torn frag- 
 ments hanging in vast mayes over his head j and, after a jour- 
 ney of about 20 miles, arrives at Frederick town, in a fine cul> 
 tivated country. There are other falls in the Patomack be- 
 sides that just mentioned j but the river is navigable for ships 
 of the greatest burden about 3C0 miles from its mouth, in the 
 bay of Chesapeak. 
 
 The Rappahannock rises in the Blue Ridge, and falls into 
 Chesapeak bay between windmill and Stingray points. It is 
 navigable as far up as Fredericksburg, 1 10 miles. 
 
 The York River falls into Chesapeak bay at the town of 
 York, where it affords the best harbour in the state for vessels 
 of the largest size. 
 
 The James River rises in the Allegany mountains, from 
 whence to the Blue Ridge it is called Jackson's river j. from 
 the Blue Ridge to its confluence with the Rivannah, it is call- 
 ed the Fluvannah ■, and from thence to its egress at the mouth 
 of Chesapeak bay, James river. It is navigable for vessels of 
 any size as far as Mulberry island j for a 40 gun ship to James 
 town 'j for vessels of 250 tons to Warwick ^ and for those of 
 125 to within a mile of Richmond. 
 
 Over one of the branches of this river, called Cedar creek, 
 there is a natural bridge of rock, which is justly esteemed a 
 very singular and interesting curiosity. The channel over 
 which it stands is on the side of a high hill, and seems to have 
 been formed rather by some sudden torrent or water-spout, 
 than by any extraordinary convulsion tjf nature. At the bridge, 
 it is above 200 feet in depth, 45 feet in breadth at the bottom, 
 , and 90 feet at the top $ which, of course determines the height 
 and length of the bridge, which runs completely acrosig. Its 
 
€^i 
 
 AMERICA. 
 
 Paut ir. 
 
 Unitki) Statks. Virginia. 
 
 breadth is About 60 feet, and its thickness at the summit of the 
 arch 40 feet, a part of which is a pretty deep crust of earth, 
 which furnishes soil to several large trees. 
 
 On another branch of the same river there is a remarkably 
 beautiful cascade, called the Falling spring, where the sheet of 
 water, which is 92 or 15 feet broad, falls over a projecting 
 Tock 200 feet in height. Between this sheet and the rock at 
 bottom one may walk across untouched by the falling water. 
 
 CitkES AND Universities.] There are no cities of importance 
 in Virginia. AA^illiamsburg, which till the year 1780 was the 
 seat of government, never contained above 1800 inhabitants :, 
 and Norfolk, the most populous town that ever was in the 
 State* contains only about 6ooo. Richmond, the present seat 
 of government, stands on the north side of James river, just 
 below the falls, and contains about 4000 inhabitants. There 
 ia one college in Virginia, called the William and Mary col< 
 lege. 
 
 Mines and Minerals.] Virginia abounds in rich mines of 
 iron, which are worked with considerable spirit and success. 
 There are also mines of copper, lead, coal, and black lead, in 
 various parts of the country. Some specimens of emerald, 
 amethyst, and crystal, have been found j and there is abun- 
 dance of marble in the course of the James river. There is a 
 great variety of mineral springs, cold, warm, and hot, which 
 well merit the attention of the naturalist and the chemist. 
 
 Commerce and Manufactures.] Virginia was never famous 
 for manufactures of any kind. During the late war with Bri- 
 tain the people endeavoured to manufacture the necessary ar- 
 ticles of clothing for their own families j but they were always 
 coarse and disagreeable, and have since been greatly disconti- 
 
fmit. n. 
 
 AKi'ERicA; 
 
 ^93 
 
 UtiiTBD Statxs. A^orth Carolina. 
 
 nued. The attention of the inhabitants is chiefly directed to 
 the labours of the field \ and as they can raise abundance of 
 raw materials, they are content to give these in exchange 
 for better manufactures than they can execute themselves. 
 The principal articles of trade are, wheat, tobaoib, Indian- 
 corn, masts, planks, tar, pitch, turpentine, poultry, potk, flax- 
 seed, hemp, cotton, pit-coal, iron, pease, beef» fish, brandy, and 
 horses. Formerly tobacco was the staple commodity of the 
 State 'j but the cultivation of this plant has for several years ' 
 been declining y and wheat is now the most abundant article. 
 
 XIII. Nfyrth Carolina 
 
 Is situate between 33^ and 37^ of north latitude ; and be* 
 tween 75^ and 84^ of west longitude ; being about 450 miles 
 in length from east to west, and 180 in breadth from north to 
 touth. It is bounded on the north by Virginia, from which it 
 is separated by the parallel of 36^ 3c' north latitude ) on the 
 east by the Atlantic Ocean } on the south by South Carolina j 
 and on the west by Tennassee and Kentucky. It is divided 
 into three great divisions, called the eastern, middle, and west- 
 cm divisons } these are divided into ei^t districts ) and these 
 (ire subdivided into jS counties. 
 
 General Appearanck, &c.] To the space of 60 miles from 
 the sea, North Carolina is a dead level, mostly barren and co- 
 vered with wood. On the banks of some of the rivers, the 
 land is fertile and good j and in other places there are glades 
 of s'.7amp, surrounded with black and fertile soil. At a great- 
 er distance from the sea, the country swells into hills and moun- 
 tains. The air is unwholesome near the sea coast, and the 
 people are subject to bilious ccmiplaints, and intermitting fe- 
 vers| which are frequently fata) in the hot season. During 
 the winter, pleurisies and peripneumonies are very prevalent. 
 
694 
 
 AMERICA. 
 
 Part U. 
 
 Unitko States. South Carolina. 
 
 In the hilly country the air is pure and healthy. The pro- 
 ductions of this State are inuch of the same kind as those aU 
 ready mentioned )n the acf^ount of the other southern States. 
 The pitch pine is the most common, and the most valuable na- 
 tural production of :he low country, and may be called the 
 staple commodity of the state. There is also abundance of 
 white and red oak *, which is manufactured into staves. 
 Among the medicinal plants and roots of this state are, the 
 ginseng, Virginia snake-root, Seneca snake-root, the lion*s 
 Heart) 9nd mucipula veneris. 
 
 Rivers, Capes, and Bays.] The principal rivers of North 
 Carolina are, the Chowan, the Roanoke, the Tar or Pamlico, 
 the Neus, and the Cape Fear river. The capes are, cape Hat« 
 teras, cape Look-out, and cape Fear. The bays, Albemarle 
 80und» Pamlico sound, and Core sound* 
 
 Chief Towns.] Ncwbem, which " the largest town in North 
 Carolina, is situate on the south side of the river Neus, at its 
 confluence wi^h the Trent. It cont^ns about 400 houses, all 
 built of wood, except the church, the palace, the gaol, and two 
 dwelling houses, which are of brick. Opposite the town, the 
 Neus is a mile and a half, and the Trent three quarters of a 
 mile in breadth. There are no Universities. 
 
 XIV. South Carolina 
 Is situate between 32° 35° of rt' latitude j and between 
 
 * It is a remark which ought not to ., omittec^, that the trees in the lo^f 
 parts of this country are covered with vast qiian ies of a long, spongy kind 
 of moss, which is said to contribute much to the healthinesb cf the climatf 
 by absorbing the noxious vapours which are exhaled from the stagnate 
 ■waten. 
 
Pakt II. 
 
 AMERICA. 
 
 6oi 
 
 Unitko Statu. South Carolina. 
 
 yS** and 83*^ of west longitude. It is bounded on the north 
 by North Carolina, but the line that separates them is very ir- 
 regular } oa the east by the Atlantic Ocean } and on the south 
 and west by Georgia *, from which it is separated by the Sa« 
 vannah river. It is divided into seven dlstncts, and these are 
 subdivided into 35 counties. 
 
 Gkneral Appcarance, Soil, and Proovctions.] To the dis* 
 tance of about 80 miles from the sea, South Carolina is to an* 
 pearance flat and level, and almost without a stone to vary the 
 uniformity of the surface. In this distance, however, the land 
 rises by a slow, but gradual ascent, about 290 feet. Beyond 
 this, for the space of 43 miles, the country exhibits one conti- 
 nued tract of little hillocks of sand, sometimes covered with a 
 scanty herbage, and a few small and stinted pines. The west* 
 em extremity of the state is a fine high, healthy country, 
 well watered, and of a good soil. Towards the sea-coast the 
 soil is various ) consisting of swamps of rich loam, or strong 
 clay, producing great quantities of rice, which is the staple 
 commodity of the state ) of higher, but less fertile grounds, 
 which produce wheat, Indian com, tobacco, rye, flax, hemp, 
 &c. ', of a third kind, which is good for pasturage ; and of a, 
 fourth, which is valuable only on account of its wood. 
 
 Rivers.] The principal rivers of South Carolina are, the 
 Pedee, the Sahtee, the Edisto, and the Savannah. The P&- 
 DIE rises in North Carolina, where it is called Yadkin river, 
 and after a course of about 280 miles, nearly one half of which 
 is in South Carolina, it falls into the ocean 1 2 miles below 
 George town. The SantEe rises from a variety of sources in 
 the Allegany mountains, and falls into the sea near the mouth 
 of the Pedee. The Edisto issues from two sources in a re- 
 markable ridge in the interior of the St. te, and falls into the 
 
^6 
 
 AMERICA. 
 
 Part IU 
 
 United States. South Carolina. 
 
 sea below Jack^^onsburgh. The Savannah constitutes the south* 
 vrestern boundary of the state along its whole extent. 
 
 CiTiEs.l Charleston, the capital of South Carolina, is si. 
 t uace on the point of land which is formed by the two small 
 livers of Ashley and Cooper, which are both navigable for a 
 short distance, and form a spacious and convenient harbour be- 
 low the town< It is a remarkable circumstance, positively as- 
 serted, that the tide, which in this place commonly rises about 
 6\ feet, is uniformly lo or 12 inches higher in the night than 
 it is in the day. Charleston is a large, flourishing, and agree- 
 able city, containing about 16,000 inhabitants, who are esteem* 
 ed more polite, hospitable, and pleasing In their manners, thaa 
 those of any other to»vn in the southern states. The air is 
 reckoned pure and salubrious ) but the water is brackish and 
 unwholesome. This city carries on a very extensive trade 
 witk Great Britain, France, Spain, the Netherlands, and the 
 West Indies. At the entrance into the harbour, which is 
 guarded by Fort Johnstone, there is a bar, over which are four 
 channels, the deepest of which is 18 feet, and the next is 16-3- 
 feet. Besides the harbour of Charleston, there are only two 
 of any note in this state. I'hese are the harbours of Port- 
 Royal and of George town, the former of which is excellent, 
 and fit to contain the British Navy j the latter has a bar at 
 its entrance which is impassable by large ships. Th?> other 
 principal towns are, George town, and Beaufort. There are 
 two or three stmluaiies, called colleges, in this state j but they 
 are hardly better than academies or grammar schools. 
 
 Islands.] The sea-coa&t of Carolina is beautified by a chain, 
 of fine islands, which contain a great number of families, pro- 
 duce excellent crops of grain j and are peculiarly adapted to 
 the culture of indigo. Tht. rliuf of these are James's Island, 
 
Part II. 
 
 AMERICA. 
 
 €^ 
 
 North America. Georgia. 
 
 John's island, Edisto, Port-RoyaI» St ,|^l(pna, Ladies Islandg 
 Paris island, and the ^unt^ig islands. • f , 
 
 Commerce and Mawufacturss.J In the interior parts of 
 this state the people are obliged to manufacture their own 
 woollen and cotton stuffs and most of their agricultural utt.n- 
 sils. On the sea coast, the people get these from other coun- 
 tries. In all parts of the state manufactures and agriculture are 
 but in the first stages towards improvement. Yet the quanti- 
 ties and value of its exports leave a balance in favour of the 
 state, except .hen there are large importations of negroes. 
 These exports consist of the natural productions of the soil, 
 which it is unnecessary to enumerate. 
 
 XV. Georgia 
 
 Li?s between 30^ and 35° of north latitude J amd between 
 81" and 83" J or, in its largest extent, 92*^ of west longitude. 
 it is bounded on the north by Tennassee and South Carolina ^ 
 on the east by the Atlantic ocean j on the south by the two 
 Floridas ^ and on the west by an Indian territory, claimed by 
 the States, or, according to its own pretensions, by the river 
 Missisippi. It is divided into two districts ^ and these are sul;)- 
 divided into 24 counties. 
 
 • 
 
 General Appearance, Soil, and Productions.1 The far 
 greater part of the svate of Georgia, particularly on the east 
 and south, is a widely extended plain, without a hill or stone* 
 The soil Is oT the richest kind, and the climate is adapted to 
 the cultivation of most of the East India productions. In the 
 western, and north-western parts of the state, the _ountry rises 
 into hills, and these increase in height till they terminate in 
 mountains j the Alicgany ridge having its commencement in 
 the northern parts cf this state. The principal productions 
 
 i 
 
 t 
 
isssss 
 
 AMIiiRICA. 
 
 t>AHT It. 
 
 United States. Georgia. 
 
 ire, rice^ indigo, cottoif, silk, Indian corn, potatoes, oranges, 
 figs, pomegranates, and tobacco. Wheal also has of late bC'*- 
 come an article of considerable attention and profit. The fo- 
 rests Contain great Varieties of valuable wood« 
 
 RlvERs.J The pnncipal rivers of Georgia are, the Savan- 
 iiah, Ogeechee, Alatamaha, Little Satilla, Great Satilla, and 
 St Mary's, which fall into the Atlantic ocean j the Flint river^ 
 and Catabouchee, the Mobile, the Pascagoula, and Pearl rivers, 
 tvhich fall into the Gulph of Mexico *, and the Aoomo-Chitto^ 
 and Yasoo rivers, which unite with the great stream of the 
 Missisippi. 
 
 CluEF Towns.] Augusta, till of late the capital of Georgia, 
 Is situate on the south west bank of the Savannah river, in a 
 beautiful pfain, about 134 miles from the sea j the riVcr being 
 about 500 yards broad opposite the town. The situation is 
 pleasant and convenient^ and the surrounding country is rich 
 and fertile. 
 
 SavannaHj formerly the capital, and still the most import' 
 ant town in Georgia, stands on a high sandy bank, on the 
 south side of the river of the same name, a^)out 17 miles from 
 its mouth. It is built in the form of a parallelogram, and con- 
 tains about 1000 inhabitants. Thfe river is navigable for large 
 vessels as far up as the town. 
 
 Louisville, the present seat of government ih Georgia, is 
 an inland town, situate on the north east side of the great 
 Ogeechee river. It contains a town-house, a tobacco ware- 
 house, and from 30 to 40 dwelling houses. There is also a 
 college very well endowed, called Georgia University. 
 
 Minerals.} Neat the town of Washington, in this state, 
 there is a remarkable medicinal spring, wliich issues from a hoi- 
 
Part II. 
 
 AMERICA. 
 
 ^9^ 
 
 t)NiTED Statis. Kentucky. 
 
 low tree foiu; or five feet in length. The inside of the tube is 
 encrpsted with a coat of nitre an inch thick, and the leavj^s^ 
 roiipd the spring are covered with a saline substance as white as 
 snow. This water is said to be a sovereign remedy for scor- 
 butic and scrofulous disorders \ for consumptions, gputs^ and 
 every disorder whicb arises from bad humours in the blpo^,. 
 
 XVL Kentucky : . ./'v'''''i" 
 
 Is situate between 36*' and 40** of north latitude } jh>4 be- 
 tween Si** and 89* of west longitude. j being about 380 mil?* 
 in length, and 140 in breadth, where broadest. It is bpunded 
 on the north by the river Ohioj on the east by the Sandy ri- 
 ver, and a line dra^vn due eouth from its source \ on the south 
 by the parallel of ■^t^ 30' north latitude, which is the cpnti-« 
 nuation of the north boundary of north Carolina \ and. on the 
 west, according to some geographers, by the i. umberland ri- 
 ver 'y according to others, by the Missisippi. It is divide4 into 
 J 4 counties. ■ ( 
 
 General AppEAK.ANe|:, Soit, and PROOootioNs.] Tqiis heW* 
 ly settled country, as far as has been yet ascertained, seems all 
 to lie on-a bed of limestone, which is in general about six feet 
 below the surface. Along the banks of the Ohio, to the dis- 
 tance of about 20 miles, the country is hilly and broken, with 
 the exception of many plain and fertile spots \ on the east there 
 are some ridges of high and rugged mountains \ but the rest 
 .of the country is agreeably diversified vj'ith geptle acclivities 
 and declivities, no where abrupt except on the brinks of the 
 rivers. The soil in general is remarkably g6od, and is said to 
 produce 50, 60, and sometimes lOo, returns of tlie seed sown. 
 All kinds of grain, fruit, and vegetables, common in such cli- 
 mate, are produced,. Uejce by culture in the richest abuufUnce } 
 

 *) 
 
 AMERICA. 
 
 Paw IT. 
 
 Ukited States. Kentucky. 
 
 imd some of its natural productions are peculiar to this country. 
 Of these are, the sugar, the coffee, the papau, the hackberry, 
 and the cucumber trees. Besides these, the honey-locust, the 
 black mulberry, the buckeye, and a wild cherry of an extraor- 
 dinary size, deserve to be particularly mentioned. There is 
 an immense number and variety of flowering shrubs and plants 
 which grow spontaneously in most parts of the country, 
 adorn the fields with the beauty of their colours, and perfume 
 the air with the most exquisite fragrance. In Nelson county, 
 however, there is a tract of about 40 miles square, which is 
 comparatively barren ^ but answers well for pasture. 
 
 Riv£RS.] The principal rivers of Kentucky are, the Ohio, 
 which forms its northern boundary j and the Sandy, Licking, 
 Kentucky, Salt, Green, and Cumberland rivers, which fall in« 
 to the Ohio. This last will be more properly described after* 
 wards, in the account 6f the Western Territory. 
 
 The Sandy, or, as it is called, the Big Sandy river, rises In 
 the high mountains which border on Virginia and Carolina j it 
 forms the eastern boundary of Kentucky, and falls into the 
 Ohio about 342 miles below Pittsburg. 
 
 LicKiNO * River falls into the Ohio about 524 miles below 
 Pittsburg, is TOO yards broad at its mouth, and is navigable 
 nearly 70 miles. 
 
 Kentucky River has its sources in the Laurel mountains, 
 not far from the borders of Virginia ; its course is exceedingly 
 winding, and its banks are remarkably high and rocky. It falls 
 
 * In Kentucky, a salt spring (of which there are many in the countr)') 
 is called a Licit, from the earth about it being curiously furrowed out 
 by the buffalo ami deer, which lid the earth on account of the faline par- 
 ticles with which it it impregnated. Hence the name of this and several 
 9ther rivers and places In this State. • 
 
Pxki^ li. 
 
 Amnr&L 
 
 j^i 
 
 Ukitkd States. Kentucky. 
 
 
 into thd Ohio about 6i6 miles below Pittsburgh is 20b miles 
 ill length} navigable 130 miles, and 150 yards broad at its 
 inoiith. The banks of this riVer are exceeding high and pre- 
 cipitous oh both sides, almost along its vthole course j in Some 
 places 300 or 400 feet of perpendicular height. 
 
 SALt River consists of four different streams, whith unite 
 about 15 miles before they approach the Ohio^ After this 
 junction, the liVer is smooth and gehtle j being from 80 to 
 150 yards in breadths Its principal branch is navigable about 
 ^ miles. 
 
 Grbbn RtvEii is relnai'kably crooked iti its coutse^ and rie- 
 ceives a great number of considerable rivers during its progress 
 to the Ohio, into which it falls ^ut 02i miles below Pitts- 
 burg, by a mouth above 200 yards wide. 
 
 Cumberland River rises near the source of Sandy river; 
 but flows in a vety different direction towards Carolina, and, 
 after a course of above 450 miles, unites With the Ohio about 
 410 miles below the falls, and 11 13 miles below Pittsburg, by 
 a channel 300 yards wide^ being navigable above 2ob miles. 
 
 Cities.] Frankfort, the present capital of Kentucky, is a 
 pleasant little town, situate on the liortb-cast bank of Ken- 
 tucky river, about 50 miles above its confluence with the 
 Ohio. It is now building upon a regular plan, contains a 
 number of handsome houses, and art elegant state-house. 
 
 Lexington, the former capital, stands near the source of 
 Elkhom river, a branch of the Kentucky, in a rich and ex- 
 tensive plain, and surrounded by a fine and flourishing Country* 
 It contains above 200O inhabitants, among whom are many 
 genteel families, constituting a very agreeable society* 
 
 Louisville stands on an elevated plain, opposite the rapids, 
 on the east side oi the Ohio. It cotmU^nds a dcUgltffiU pios* 
 
 X X » 
 
^ 
 
 AMEJIIQA. 
 
 Paut n. 
 
 United States. Kentueiy. 
 
 pCQt ef the river and adjacent country, an4' proni^e^ to be. a 
 ft .'place of considerable tfade, unless prevented by the un- 
 healthit^ess of the situation, owing to stagnated waters behind 
 the town. The inh^itants.may be cstiin4it«A,at ^hQut 1^90. 
 
 ;,'CoiixosiTi£s.] Among the natural curio&itles of this coun- 
 : try, t^e stupendous banks of the Kentucky river hpld a distin- 
 guished place. Frofli the top of these, jthe , .^ye looks down 
 upon the waters below, moving along as ^at the bottom of an 
 artificial trench or canal of solid lime-stone or marble*. 490 
 , feet in depth, the land 'above being uniformly level, (except 
 where intersected by rivulets,) and covered with fine groves 
 of red cedar. This renders the passage of the river extrcOnely 
 difficult, unless in a very few places. The best passage is at 
 • tUe site* of the towii called Leestown, some time ago destroyed 
 by the In^iat^s. ^ 
 
 Caves qf ^mazing size are found in differert parts of tins 
 country : some of them extending several miles from t'le en- 
 trance, under a fine lime-stone rock, supported by cufiops 
 arches and pillars. Subterranean lakes too have been disco- 
 vered, and traversed to a considerable extent j but never fully 
 explored. 
 
 At a salt spring, near Ohio river, bones have been fbund 
 surpassing in size those of any animal. novy ktiown in the 
 world. Tlie head of this animal appears to have been about 
 three feet long, the ribs sevefn, and the thighs four. One of 
 the thigh bones is deposited in the library of Philadelphia, and 
 is said to weigh 78 pounds. The' tusks are ^bove a foot In 
 length 5 the grinders five inches square, and eight inches long. 
 I'he animal which used them seems to have been decidedly 
 carnivorous, and must, of course, have been a very formidable 
 enemjc to all the other inhabitants' of the same regions j pei- 
 haps even to man. Whether-the race is now es'lnct, or ivlurt 
 
Pkkf n. 
 
 AMERICA. 
 
 PS 
 
 United States. Kentucky. 
 
 it lexiflts, are questions which the . learned world is at presetit 
 usable to answer. .Ui r;c i .: ' 
 
 ; .Near the tolwn of Lexington are'; tb* bo seeft (curious se-l 
 pulchres, full of human skeletons, and nf a construction total- 
 ly dlSiereUt fpom any burying places now used by the lindians/ 
 In^the same, neighbourhood are to be seen the remains of two' 
 ancient fortifications) furnished with ditches and bastions. Of 
 these the one occupies about six acres of laixi j the other about 
 three. They are now overgrown with trees which appear to 
 to be at least 160 years old. Pieces of earthen-ware also have 
 been ploughed up near Lexington : a manufacture with which 
 the Indiaiis never were acquainted; 
 
 These circumstanced lead strongly to the conclusion, that 
 this coukitry wsis formerly inhabited by a people different' from 
 the prfcsent race of Indians y and seems to favour the tradition,' 
 that a colony of Welsh, under Madoc, son of Owen Gwyn- 
 nedh^ prince of Wales, settled in these parts, about the year 
 |i7(i'} but were afterwards dispossessed by the natives,. and 
 obliged to retire towards the sources of the Missouri. A more 
 convincing proof is mentioned by Mr Filsonin his topographi- 
 cal descnption of this country* who asserts the following fact, 
 in these words : 
 
 " Captfiiii Abraham Chaplain of Kentucky, a gentleman 
 ** whose veriaclty may be entirely depended upon, assured the 
 " author, tht^ in the late war, being with his company in gar- 
 " rison at Kaskasky, some Indians came there (thither), and^ 
 " speaking in : the Welsh dialect, were perfectly understood 
 " and conversed with by two Welshmen in his company, and 
 *' they informed them of the situation of their nation as men^u 
 *' tioned above." He adds, 
 
 ' ■, ' ■' '^ s'"-- }Cx 3 
 
 1' 
 
 <i./f«>'4. 
 
7P4 
 
 AMERICA. 
 
 Pait II. 
 
 United States. 
 
 'i i ii i iiil i i r I , M' I I ' I I' hii 
 
 Kentuehy. 
 
 *V The author is qcMlble pf the ridicule which the vain an4 
 *' the petulant may attempt to throw on this account ^ but as 
 *' truth only has guided his pen, he is regardless of the conse- 
 M quencetf and flatters himself, th^t, by calling th^ attention of 
 " inankind once more to this subject, he may b« the means of 
 f' procuring a more accurate enquiry into its truth^ which, if it 
 *^ should even refifite the story of the Welsh, will at least per- 
 " form the important service to the world, of i»omoting a more 
 ft accurate discovery of this immense' continc;nt^. 
 
 Mines and Minbrals.] Kentucky abounds in a great vari- 
 ^y of valuable fossils and medicinal- springs, But from the 
 yrant of chemists and natural historians, few of them have been 
 examined or analysed with any tolerable accuracy. Iron ore 
 is foi^nd in great plenty on the northern branches of Licking 
 river, «id on the streams which fall into Green river. There 
 is a lead mine in the county of Montgomery, on the Great' 
 Kanhaway j another between Cumberland and Tennassee ri- 
 vers, said to be very rich and valuable } and many others. 
 Copper mines have been discovered in several places j sulphur 
 is common and abundant y and nitre is so general, and so easi- 
 ly procured, that many of the settlers manufacture their own 
 gun-poyrder. It is particularly common on the branches of 
 the Green riveir. Copperas and alum are frequently met with. 
 The country rests on a bed of lime-stone, which is easily cal- 
 cined, and becomes excellent lime. There is the greatest a- 
 bundance of marble on the banks of the Kentucky. Flint, 
 ^ndfStone, clay of very fin6 kinds, marie, chalk, gypsum and 
 ochres, are found in various places y and it is supposed that the 
 
 * See Topographical Description of the Western Territory, &c. by Johi^ 
 J^lson, p. 378. ad, edit. 
 
Part II, 
 
 AMERIXIA* 
 
 I 
 
 Viiirini'SrATti.' Western Terrftoty. 
 
 si^lt .9lM:j|ngs of this stfite alone wo^ld be sufikicnt, under pro* 
 per managcQicntt to supply salt for aU the inhabitants which 
 the we9ter9 ^e^ritory could support. Springs strongly impreg- 
 nated with sulphur are fp^nd in several parts of the country ; 
 and near the ba^ilw of the Green r^v«r t,lj?re are thr-^e springs 
 of a sort of Jbitumen^ or rather amber, \vhich when \^sed in 
 lamps, answer' all the purposes of tl^^ hiest oil. Some of the 
 s^ineral springs of this country have been analysed and describ- 
 ed by Mr Jefferson »o?v president of the United States., ^ , 
 
 -.orq t,.u cj i^> XVII, Western Tmtorf^'^ ■'-"'"^ * "^'^' 
 
 This extensive and valuable country is situate between 37** 
 and 49** of north latitude j and between So*' and 95** of west 
 longitude } being about 850 miles in length from north to 
 south } and 620 in breadth from, east to west. It is bounded 
 on the north by Canada } on the east by the lakes and the 
 state of Pennsylvania ) on the soutV by the river Ohio j and 
 on the west by the Missisippi. It contains 263,040,000 square 
 acres of surface ; but only five or six counties, a very small 
 proportion of ihe whole, have yet been settled by the ynited 
 
 ,iii(*/ia'j'iiuf.>'-> • ■' J arf'i' 
 
 States. 
 
 Mrrf; 
 
 --, •' 
 This ter- 
 
 _ . . .1 , 
 
 General Appearance, Soit., and Productions.] 
 ,ritory is as yet almost in a state of nature ^ but it affords even 
 in that state, every appearance of a rich, delightful, and Inte* 
 resting country. Extensive level plains, or natural meadows, 
 from 20 to 50 miles in circumference, are found on the borders 
 of the rivers, and in the interior districts. These possess ^ 
 rich a soil as can well be ifn: Ined, and may be reduced to 
 culture by very little labour. Among the many useful natU' 
 ral productions of these plains, are, the maple or sugar tree, 
 &om which any number of inhabitants m^y be for ever sup> 
 
 ; 1 1 
 
^6^ 
 
 AMrmCA. 
 
 PARt lU 
 
 Unitso Statxs. iVatern ttrritory. 
 
 plied with abundance of that article at a trifliiig expence 
 or trouble j vine.' of various kinds^ which, without any cul- 
 tire,- 'will produce excelknt wine} cotton, Vrhich the soil 
 iuiii dimiit^ ' alOne briiig to the greatest perfection ; walnuts, 
 an4 che«ntt^s, Of tCkiky dlStttnl kinds, cherries, plumbs, &c. 
 Yery little waitfc Undis to be found in the countiy *, ho swamps 
 but sucn as may be readily drained ; and though there are ma- 
 ny hills, they a»fl merely j^^title acclivities, no where high Or 
 incapable of tillage. Thcy possess a deep rich soil, coviered 
 with a heavy growth' of - |timber, iund well fidapted to the pro- 
 ^luction of wheat, rye, indigo, tobacco, ^d thQ other v^lu^ble 
 
 alltticles pf the New World. , . . . 
 
 • e-'/ KJ w .'tSiVfJaa * • •liiaiii'.' . i ' ^'^^ f nr 
 
 r't r^!-':'V ■• \^ •;',:■*. ?'<'rrfl . /'lif'' -■ " • ■ ' ••'r--^? 
 
 , Rivers.]. The principal rivers in this ctmhtry are, o^ tnb 
 
 Ve^t, the Miiisisippi > and the Chippewaiy, Ouisconsin, Rocky 
 
 jyiver, .Illinois, and Kqskaskias, which fall pto it j and on 
 
 the iouth, the Ohio ^.with the Muskingyp, Sciota, Little and 
 
 Great Miami, an4 Wabash, which in 8U9cessloji increase its 
 
 .«tre»rt. . 
 
 The MissisiPPi has been already noticed in the general out- 
 
 line of America. The Chippeway, the Ouisconsin, and the 
 Rocky rivers, though of considerable extent and importance, 
 
 ^erit no particular description here. . ' " * "" '." " 
 
 The ILLINOIS is a large, smooth, and placid' nver, fonAedby 
 the union of the Plein.apd the Theakiki, hot far from tlife 
 
 * sourc? of the Chic^^oj which falls into lake Michigan. It 
 fiowshy a gentle wlpdiijg stream, through a rich arid fertiTc 
 
 *fcovmtry in a gouth-vye'steriy direction, till within five miles Sf 
 the Mjssisippi, wh^ire it'"turf)S suddenly to the east, and joins 
 that river about. 20 miles above the mouths of the Missouri, and 
 236 aijove thal'irtl^e' bhiQ., ".It ^8 navigable for boats to its 
 source'. Its breadth is various *, .being "in some places neat 
 half a mile j but in ger.eral no more than 250 yards. 
 
 oj 
 
PARt 11. 
 
 AMERICA^ 
 
 1<^f 
 
 United States. fVettem Territory. 
 
 The Kaskasria) flows nearly parallel to the llliniots, and falh 
 into the Missisippt about 84 miles farther down. It is navi« 
 gable for boats about 130 miles. 
 
 The Ohio commences at Pittsburg in Pennsylvania, whcr6 
 it is formed by the union of the Allegany, the Yohogany, and 
 the Monongahela. It is one of the most beautiful riveirs in 
 the world, flowing by a gentle, clear, unbroken current, one 
 singlie instance only excepted, over a space of 1188 miles, from 
 its commencement at Pittsburg, to its junction with the Mis« 
 ^sippi. At the former of these places, it is a quarter oYamlle, 
 und dt the Ii^tter a mile and a half in breadth. Like the other 
 great'rirets of the old and neW world, it overflows its bimks 
 every ycai* jthe inundations gcnerafly beginnmg about the end 
 of Miarch, and ending in July. During these floods, a ship of 
 any burden might pass from Louisville to Orleans, if the sud- 
 den turns of the river, and the strength of its current, would 
 admit of a safe steerage. At other seasons there is depth 
 enough for vessels which draw no more than 12 feet water. 
 
 Opposite to Louisville there is a ledge, or rather a succes- 
 sion of rocks, in the channel of the river, which renders the na- 
 vigation dangerotis, except at high floods. At this place, which 
 is called the Rapids, the river falls ten feet in the distance of 
 a mile and a half. The channel is divided by an island into 
 two branches, th6 one of which (that on the south) is impass- 
 able in dry seasons } the other is navigable for boats during 
 the greater part of the year. It is proposed to obviate the in- 
 convenience of these rapids by a canal along the river's side. ' 
 
 The Muskingum joins the Ohio 173 miles below Pittsburg. 
 It is a smooth and gentle river, confined by high banks on 
 both sid^s, which prevent its floods from inundating the ad* 
 jacent country, it is 250 yards broad at its mouth, and is na^ 
 viable by large boats to a sm_£.U lake at its source } from 
 
 N. 
 
to8 
 
 AMERICA. 
 
 Part II. 
 
 Unitio Statu. Wetttm Territory 
 
 whence to the little river Cayahoga, which communicates vrith 
 Lake Erie, there is but a short portage of about % miles. 
 
 The SciOTA falls into the Ohio 390 miles below Pittsburg. 
 Xt is about aoo yards broad at its mouth, is smooth and gentle 
 in its current, and navigable for nearly 200 miles, to a portage 
 of only 5 or 6 toilcs to Sandusky, which empties itself in Lake 
 lErie. 
 
 The LiTTLC Miami joins the Ohio 510 nules below Pitts- 
 Ijprg ', but is not deep enough for the navigation of even boats. 
 
 The GasAT Miami falls into the Ohio 550 miles below Pittsr 
 burg, by a mouth 300 yards wide. It is one of the most beau- 
 tiful rivers in the territory ', its waters are perfectly clear and 
 transparent, even in the flood season } it has a very stony chanr 
 nel, and a swift stream, but no cataracts. It has a number of 
 branches, which are navigable a great way up } and the prin- 
 cipal of them approaches the Miami of the Lakes, which falls 
 into Lake Erie. 
 
 The Wasasb is ^ large and beautiful river which flows in a 
 south-westerly direction, and falls into the Ohio by a mouth 
 300 yards wide about 10 19 miles below Pittsburg. In the 
 spring, summer, and autumn, it is navigable for large boats 
 and barges about 400 miles, to Ouiatanon, ^d for canoes 197 
 miles further, to the Miami carrying-place. 3}^^ ^ }.,j^ . . ,. 
 
 All these rivers are well stored with fish of various k!nd% 
 and many of them of excellent quality } and the country 
 through which they flow is abundantly stocked with game of 
 every kind. 
 
 Towns.] The unhappy war with the Indians, which suc- 
 ceeded the war with Great Britain, gave a considerable chtrli 
 to the settlement of this delightful country j and there is hard- 
 ly yet any thing in it that deserves the name of town or city. 
 The post o£ St Vincents, which was erected in the year 1787, 
 
Part II. 
 
 AMERICA. 
 
 r>9 
 
 United Statii* Westtrm Territory.— Ttttiutiee. 
 
 to repel the inoiuaioni of the Wabash Indians, and to secare 
 the western lands from intruding settlers, is the most connder* 
 able place in th« territory, it stands on the cast side of the- 
 river Wabash, about 150 miles above its ^louth ) has 4 small 
 brass cannon, and is garrisoned by a major and two c^mpaaiiOM 
 The place contains above 15QO inhabitants. •••[> ';^ ;» ..| 
 
 M1NC8 AN» Minerals.] This extensive country has not yet 
 been sufficiently explored to ascertain the number and value 
 of its fossil productions. But from the little that is known on 
 this head, we have the best reason to believe that it is abun« 
 dantly stored with all those articles which contribute most cs* 
 sentially to the convenience and comfort of toan* Iron, leadg 
 copper, sulphur, nitre, are frequent and abundant j a silver 
 mine too has been discovered upon the banks of the Wabash. 
 Qne lead mine, on the banks of the Missisippi, extends front 
 the mouth of Rocky River, more than 100 miles up the coun~ 
 try i and the copper mine on the . . uuush is reckoned the richw 
 est in the world. Coal, lime, free-stone, blue, yellow, and 
 white clay, are found in plenty on the same river. Salt springs, 
 strongly impregnated, are found in sufficient number to supply 
 the country with that necessary article \ and springs of excels 
 lent water abound in every district, as well as small and large 
 streams for mills and other purposes. 
 
 ..-i^ XVIII. Tennassee 
 
 Is situate between 35° and 37" of north latitude j ar.d be-. 
 tween 81^ and 90^ of west longitude ', being about 440 miles 
 la length from east to west j and lOO in breadth ftom north to 
 south. It is bounded on the north by Kentucky } on the east 
 by North Carolina j on the south by Georgia j and on the 
 west by the Missisippi. It is divided into 3 districts ; and these 
 are subdivided into 13 counties. 
 
 ill 
 
716 
 
 AMERICA.^ 
 
 HktU: 
 
 Vsj-iEO StatbS: Tennatsee. 
 
 GeNEAAL'AtPEARA^jOB, SoT!.^ AND PftODOOTieNS.] This Coun- 
 try 19 intcrs«(5t^d by a greet ttumber of rivers end rivulets, 
 tvhich'run in «)! directiom excij^t towards thfeeast. Most of 
 these have Exceedingly rich loWfprdundi oil their borders, at 
 the eAtreinit^df which is a scfcb^d'^baiik, as on most of the 
 lands of the Missisippi. -I'be tiasteof parts of the state are very 
 rough and mountainous '■, and there are some detached moun- 
 tains in the intbriolr of 'the t:%ahil^. The soil in general is 
 luxuriant in'ti Wry hi^^h d«^$««fr, %hd will afford every produc- 
 tion of any of the United Stateil in abundance. The usual 
 crop of ccttorl is 8oo lb» to-the acre^ of a lortg and fine staple j 
 and of coni f^oiln 60 td 80 bushels. The natural productionsi 
 are similai' to •those of the division last described* 
 
 Rrvi^s,] liie ji-incipal rivers are the Cumberland and the 
 Tennaissce, with thcirnumerous branchesi ,..,.;; ^,..: .. 
 
 The CuMBERiAND, which has been already mentioned^ falls 
 into the Ohio about 1113 miles below Pittsburg, is navigable 
 for large Vessels bs ^ni as Nashville, and for those of a itinaller 
 size to, the mouth wf Obey dver. This, and many of its other 
 branches, are navigable to a graat distance. The chief of 
 these are Red l^iver, Harpcth, Gary, aftd Rbck»Castle river. 
 fThe Tennasseb river rises in the mountains of South Caro- 
 lina, flows in a south-westerly direction about 1 000 miles, and 
 then turning to the north, unites with the Ohio 11 26 miles be- 
 low Pittsburg, and 13 miles below the mouth of Cumberland 
 river. It is 600 yards broad at its mouth, and is navigable 
 for ships of great burthen 250 miles, to the Muscle Shoals, 
 where it is about 3 miles broad, full of small islands, and only 
 fttwigable for boats. From these shoals to the Whirl or 
 Suck, where the river breaks through the Great Ridge, or 
 Cumberland Mountain, a space of 50, or according to Dr 
 Morse, of 250 miles more, the navigation for large boats is un« 
 
Part II. 
 
 -AMERICA. 
 
 1^1 
 
 United States. ■ Teimssee. — General Remarks. 
 
 interrupted } and small boats may sail up the rivec 400 miles 
 more. The principal bfanches of the Tennassee are, on tlie 
 south the Holstein, Clinch, Crow-j(^f«el^, lilk,aQd Duck rivers^ 
 and on the north, the Hiwaa§ee^^^he Cl>ic^ajnav{{(a, and Qeca- 
 chappo. Wt fft 
 
 ! MV 
 
 ,) -•<.;,■ 
 
 'f*-- 
 
 Minks and Mineaals.] i las country abounds In iron and 
 lead 'f and the Indians say that it contains rich mines of silver, 
 and of gold, but havcnqt yet been.tempted to- discover any of 
 them to the white peopley Ores,, and springs strongly impreg- 
 nated with sulphur, are found in various parts. Salt-petre caves 
 and salt>licks are numerous *, and the country abounds with a 
 great variety , of minera|l, springs. » . . 
 
 Cities.] KNoxvitte, Nashville, and Jonesborodgh, are 
 mentioned as the principal towns of this new settlement. But 
 they are as yet of little importance. 
 
 > , General Reincaks. 
 
 Of the divisions here enumerated, tliose which He to the 
 east of Nrw York were formerly called the New England co- 
 lonics ; aii \ are still knoiivn by the general name of New E.:.g- 
 !anJ. ixveral things are common to them all. Their re- 
 lij^it.n, manners, customs, and character ■, their climate, soil, 
 productions, and natural history, are in many respects similar ', 
 and they are more strongly attached to each other, than tc the 
 other states of the Union. . „,• 
 
 The states which constituted the original Union of North 
 America in the year 1776, when they declafed their independ- 
 ence, were the first 13 mentioned in the general divisions, pas- 
 sing by the districts of Main and Vermoiit. Main is not an 
 independent state, Vermont, Kentucky, and Tennassee, have 
 been received iuto the Union since the peace of 1783 j and the 
 
iii 
 
 aUzIlicA. 
 
 pAt^r It. H Part II. 
 
 United States. Original Settlement. 
 
 Western Territory, by an ordinance of congress, passed 1787, 
 lis to be divided into not less than 3^ nor Inore than 5 states. 
 
 The periods at which, and the persons, by whom, those parts 
 of North America which have been already described, wetts 
 settled, may be seen at one view in the following Table* 
 
 Names of Places. 
 
 Wh 
 
 en settlec 
 
 By whom* 
 
 ■ 
 
 Quebec 
 
 
 1698. 
 
 By the French. 
 
 B Georgia 
 
 Virginia J 
 
 une Id. 
 
 I6CX3. 
 
 By Lord Delawar. 
 
 B Kentucky 
 
 Newfoundland, 
 
 June 
 
 1610^ 
 
 By Governor John Grey* 
 
 mt Vermont, ; 
 
 New York 7 
 New Jersey 3 
 
 about 
 
 J 616. 
 
 By the Dutch. 
 
 1 
 
 Plymouth 
 
 - 
 
 J 600. 
 
 By part of Mr " hinson's 
 Congregation. 
 
 Hj Territory I 
 1 river. 
 
 New Hampshire 
 
 
 1623. 
 
 By a small English Colony, 
 
 1 Ternasseec 
 
 JW . 
 
 
 
 near the mouth of Piscata- 
 qua river. 
 
 H InRabitan 
 
 Delaware 
 Pennsylvania . 
 
 
 1627. 
 
 By the Swedes and Finlanders. 
 
 H States may 
 H cended fror 
 
 Massachusett's 
 
 Bay 
 
 1628. 
 
 By Captain John Endicot and 
 Company. 
 
 n and religioi 
 1 extraction, 
 
 Maryland 
 
 * 
 
 ^^33' 
 
 By Lord Baltimore with a 
 Colony of Roman Catholics. 
 
 H To form a 
 B of people, i 
 
 Connecticut 
 
 • 
 
 ^^35' 
 
 By Mr Fen wick at Say brook, 
 near the mouth of Connec- 
 ticut river. 
 
 H on so exten 
 ■ lerable acct 
 1 might be ei 
 
 Rhode Island 
 
 - 
 
 i«3J- 
 
 By Mr Roger Williams, and 
 his persecuted brethren. 
 
 H manners, ci 
 1 of this peof 
 
 New Jersey 
 
 "• 
 
 1664. 
 
 Granted to the Duke of York 
 by Charles II., and made a 
 
 1 distinctions 
 1 Such are nc 
 
 av^,. 
 
 
 
 distinct government, and 
 settled sometime before this 
 
 1 states not 01 
 B csceptthefi 
 
 ^'^ *■• ,^-, , . 
 
 
 
 by the English. 
 
 I 
 
Part 11. 
 
 AMERICA. 1f^ 
 
 
 United States. Inhabitants. 
 
 Names of Places. 
 
 When settled. 
 
 By whom. 
 
 South Carolina 
 
 1699. 
 
 By Governor Sayle. 
 
 Pennsylvania 
 
 1682. 
 
 By William Penn, with a Co- 
 lony of Quakers. 
 
 North Carolina, 
 
 about 1728. 
 
 Erected into a separate govern* 
 ment, and settled sometime 
 
 
 ■>*»«»*,■■* '^ .' 
 
 before this by the English* 
 
 Georgia 
 
 1732- 
 
 By General Oglethorp. 
 
 Kentucky 
 
 «733- 
 
 By Colonel Daniel Boon. 
 
 Vermont, about 
 
 1777. 
 
 By Emigrants from Connecti- 
 cut, and other parts of New 
 England. 
 
 Territory N. W. of Ohio 1787. 
 
 By the Ohio, and other Com- 
 
 river. 
 Ternasseeonthe S. of Kentucky, 
 
 panics. 
 
 .•' oS fr,,:;ffi:wr k^^'! 
 
 Inhabitants.] The number of Inhabitants In the United 
 States may be estimated at nearly six millions of souls, des- 
 cended from people of almost all nations, languages, characters, 
 and religions. The greater part, however, being of English 
 extraction, they are generally denominated Anglo-Americans. 
 To form a just estimate of the character of such a mixed mass 
 of people, is no easy matter, nor is it possible to draw a picture 
 on so extensive a scale as to represent the original with any to- 
 lerable accuracy. In certain circumstances, a rational hope 
 might be entertained, that, in the course of time, the language, 
 manners, customs, and sentiments, both political and religious, 
 of this people, should soon assimilate and coalesce, and that all 
 distinctions should be lost in one general name and character. 
 Such are not the circumstances of the United States. In these 
 states not one bond of union, of co operation, or stability, exists, 
 except the feeble bond of self-interest, which the most trifling cir- 
 
»»4 
 
 4MER1CA. 
 
 Part II, 
 
 United States. InhabituDts. 
 
 cumstance may tear asunder in a moment^ not one featuie of cha- 
 racter, or circumstance in conduct, on which the lover of Ame- 
 xicans,->— of the descendants of £ritons, or of pan, can rest with 
 complacency, as the pledge of future dignity and greatness ; un« 
 less it be in some vestiges of individual piety and worth, which 
 are by no means general, or of wide extent j but by which a 
 kiftd Providence, by some signal interposition, may operate to 
 Touse this degenerate people from the lethargy jnto which they 
 have sunk ^ to make them call to remembrance from whom they 
 have descended, from what they have fallen j and, by some ex- 
 traordinary efforts of reformation, to retrace the ground which 
 they have lost, and yet assert themselves. These reflections 
 proceed, not from national antipathy or prejudice, a sentiment 
 unworthy of a Christian or of a man j but from the most seri- 
 ous attention to the state of manners and of religion in that 
 country, as described by the most impartial foreign travellers, 
 and by the writers of that same nation. It is unnecessary to 
 quote passages : they are innumerable : but let the advocate 
 for the advancing improvement and consequent future greatness 
 of America, consider and say, Whether a country in which the 
 degrading and pernicious influence of slavery still prevails j in 
 which the temptations to indolence, to indulgence, and to lux- 
 ury, are so strong j in which the motives to industry and per- 
 gonal exertion are so feeble j in which there is no national pro- 
 vision made for the religious education of the youth, or the 
 instruction of the people, or the sanctification of the Sabbath, 
 or the observance of one divine ordinance :— Whether such 
 a country has not most formidable obstacles to surmount in 
 the w;ay to eminence and distinction i It must be confessed 
 that, in the present circumstances of the United States, 
 these obstacles cannot be surmounted or removed without 
 exertions and sacrifices of no common kind. But unks? 
 they are obviated, the consequences are but too evident. 
 
Part. II. 
 
 AMERICA. 
 
 I^S 
 
 United States. Commerce and Manufactures. 
 
 " Righteousness exalteth a nation ^ but sin is a reproach tp 
 ♦* vny people •." / 
 
 1 1 
 
 Ck)MMBRCK AND Mandfactures.] No country in the world 
 enjoys greater advantages for internal and foreign commerce 
 than the United States, by means of the numerous rivers and 
 lakes by which the country is intersected, the facility with 
 
 * The following is a return of the population of the United States, taken 
 in the year iSoi, pursuant to an act of Congrc;^, dated tlie ^^\h Febr^a]:y 
 <890. 
 
 - - . 
 
 Tree 
 
 Tree 
 
 Alio. 
 
 
 
 ■ '^■A'ri^'^'- 
 
 White 
 
 WhiU 
 
 therfice 
 
 Slaves, 
 
 Tet^A 
 
 
 Males. 
 
 Females. 
 
 persons. 
 
 
 
 X. Main. 
 
 76,832 
 
 ^4,o69 
 
 SiS 
 
 
 151.719. 
 
 2. New Hampshire. 
 
 91.258 
 
 91.740 
 
 852 
 
 8 
 
 183,858. 
 
 3. Vermont. 
 
 7i'.328 
 
 74.580 
 
 557 
 
 
 
 > 54.465- 
 
 4, Massachusetts. 
 
 305,135 
 
 211,258 
 
 «J.45* 
 
 
 422,845. 
 
 5, Rhode Island. 
 
 31.858 
 
 33.5S0 
 
 3.304 
 
 3S0 
 
 69,1^2. 
 
 6. Connecticut. 
 
 I2I,t()3 
 
 125.528 
 
 5-33° 
 
 95? 
 
 251,002. 
 
 7. New York. 
 
 287,094 
 
 268,122 
 
 10,374 
 
 20,613 
 
 586,203. 
 
 8. New Jersey. 
 
 P8.725 
 
 95,5oo 
 
 4.402 
 
 12,422 
 
 211,149. 
 
 9. Pennsylvania. 
 
 301,467 
 
 284,628 
 
 14.564 
 
 1,706 
 
 602,365. 
 
 3 0. Delaware. 
 
 25.033 
 
 24,819 
 
 8,268 
 
 6.153 
 
 64,273- 
 
 II. Maryland. 
 
 113,688 
 
 108,310 
 
 19.987 
 
 107,707 
 
 349,692. 
 
 12. Virginia. 
 
 i»<f 4.399 
 
 254.275 
 
 20,507 
 
 346.968 
 
 886,149. 
 
 13. North Carolina. 
 
 171,648 
 
 166,116 
 
 7.043 
 
 133.296 
 
 478,103. 
 
 14. South Carolina. 
 
 100,916 
 
 95,339 
 
 3.185 
 
 146,151 
 
 345.591- 
 
 15. Georgia. 
 
 53.9<J8 
 
 48.293 
 
 1,019 
 
 59.404 
 
 162,684. 
 
 16. Kentucky. 
 
 93.9<5i 
 
 85.915 
 
 741 
 
 40,343 
 
 220,960. 
 
 17. Western Territory. 
 
 30.319 
 
 25.185 
 
 707 
 
 3.645 
 
 59,856- 
 
 J 8. Tennassee. 
 
 47,180 
 
 44.529 
 
 309 
 
 13.584 
 
 105,607. 
 
 2,194,002 2,109,886 108,419 893,331 5.505,6^8^ 
 
 X B- In 1791, the total number was 3,929,326. 
 
 Yy 
 
7i( 
 
 AMERICA. 
 
 Part II. 
 
 United States. Army and Navy Religion. 
 
 which comManications may be opened by canals from one ri- 
 ver to another, and the excellent harbours and bays by which 
 the sea-coast is every where indented j as well as by the rich- 
 ness of theijT soil, the excellence of their climate, and the abun- 
 dance, variety, and value, of their natural productions. 
 
 With all these advantages, however, the commerce of the 
 United States is as yet not very extensive, and is chiefly cen* 
 tered in British ports, and in those of their colonies. The prin- 
 cipal articles of exportation I ave been already enumerated in 
 the account of the several states, and they consist chiefly of 
 raw materials j for the manufactures of this country are yet in 
 their infancy. The most considerable of these are tanned 
 leather And dressed skins j various common works in iron and 
 wood J cables, sail-cloth, cordage j bricks, tiles, and pottery j 
 paper, hats, snufF, gunpowder j some utensils in copper, brass, 
 and tin *, with clocks and mathematical instruments j coarse 
 cloths, cotton and linen fabrics for domestic purposes, and even 
 sometimes for exportation, New England rum, maple-sugar, 
 and wines from the natural grape. 
 
 Army and Naw.] There is no standing army in the United 
 States, being deemed incomtpatible with republican freedom. 
 But there is a small military force maintained to preserve pub- 
 lic order j and the defence of the country is entrusted to the 
 militia, the number of which may be easily adapted to any 
 emergency. The navy consists only of a few frigates and 
 sloops of war j and even these were not equipped without ex- 
 traordinary sacrifices and exertions. Yet the United States 
 possess all the requisites of a great and formidable navy. 
 
 ' Religion.] Of the United States of America, and of them 
 alone, of all the nations that ever existed, or now exist upon 
 earth, it may be said— Here is no stated religion. In this m* 
 
PahtIIj 
 
 AUZKtCAl 
 
 jsr 
 
 seseae^ 
 
 Ukiteh States. Religion. 
 
 tien thne n no system of doctrineSj; no form vA iwvFshipi no «»• 
 cred institution, no dtVine ■etiktMncti no «peolesof £aitii, tto rule 
 of Jioly practice, which « sanctioned or encouraged by«he rtate^ 
 or for the observance of vv4iich any legal jproviiion « made \ 
 but every man is allovi^ to worship, ot ifiot tb ^marship) Ged^ 
 in the ffiannerlhit seems mdst, agreesbie to himself} anditihis, 
 by a strange and anonstrous pervetsion of language, is called 
 the perfection of Ubcrty, the essence of teligioiM toleration. 
 
 Sothe readers, perhaps, who may have heard that the inhabit-i' 
 nnts of the United States are almtjst all the descendants ^f 
 Christian ancestors, most of the* of pibus protestants, m^A not 
 a few, of men who left their native country, their friends, 
 and all their worldly cotnforts, for the safce of the pure doc- 
 trines of the reformation j may be -disposed to dotfbt the tiuth^ 
 of such an assertioni But let such readers peruse the constitu- 
 tion of the United States, and they will there see tliat not 
 one word of religion enters into its system j that not one ar-L 
 tide of religion, even the belief of the existence of a God, is 
 required to qualify a man for holding the chief offices of the 
 state ; nay, that it is expressly declared,*' That no religious test 
 " shall ever be required as a qualification to rniy office or pub- 
 " lie trust under the United States.'* 
 
 Thus we have seen a people, descended from Christian an* 
 cestors, and who had long been blessed with Christian privi-' 
 leges— *a people professing the most ehtlmsiastic zeal for the 
 public good, and who had exposed their properties and thei*- v 
 persons to secure their civil liberty — a people who ought to 
 have been enliphtened by all the learning and philosophy of 
 Europe, and who had before their eyes the experience of all 
 past ages, the liistory of human society, and the well knoi\'B 
 causes of prosperity and misery in other governments, to assist 
 lliem in the choice of a constitution 5— we have seen this people 
 
 Y y a 
 
7i8 
 
 AMERICA. 
 
 PAdT II, 
 
 United States. Religion. 
 
 omitting in their system of govenunent, as altogether unwor- 
 thy of regard, that article which of all others, has, in every age 
 and nation of the worlds and in every state of human society, 
 appeared to all wise legislators of the most indispensible import- 
 ance, and which, in the nature of things, and from the frame and 
 constitution, and present circumstances of man, is, and must be 
 the most essential to his happiness, even in a present life. 
 
 How to reconcile this circumstance to piety or wisdom, it is 
 impossible to conceive « Will it be said,, that in the present 
 state of human imperfection and ignorance, it is unreasonable 
 and arrogant in any one man to interfere with the religious opi- 
 nions of his neighbour ? The truth of the assertion is granted 
 in its full extent. No man or body of men has any title, ei- 
 ther from reason or from scripture, to lord it over the heritage 
 of God, or to prescribe to another his mode of worship, or his 
 system of belief. At the same time, it is undoubtedly the duty of 
 those who have themselves been favoured with the knowledge 
 of the truth, and have been instructed in the doctrines which are 
 according to godliness, to do what in them lies to secure the 
 same advantages to their children after them :— -and it is parti- 
 cularly the duty of those to whom the important trust is com- 
 mitted, and the awful responsibility attached, of providing for 
 the happihess of future generations, to prescribe a form of 
 sound words, in the knowledge of which the youth of every 
 age may be instructed, and to make provision for the continual 
 support of men, whose ofRce it shall be to attend upon this ve- 
 ry thing, and to feed the people with knowledge and under- 
 standing. If this is not done, how shall the interests of religion 
 be promoted or secured ? And if the religion of a state decays, 
 must not the individual, in the same proportion, be miserable ; 
 nay, must not the commdnlty itself at length be dissolved and 
 come to ruin ? '■^mn-^ 
 
Part II. 
 
 AMERICA. 
 
 V9 
 
 United States. Religion. 
 
 It >vill be said, perhaps, that it is best to leave such matters 
 to the immediate care of God, who, without the interposition 
 of the civil power, will always preset ve and advance the gene- 
 ral interests of religion. Vain and impious language ! What! 
 Does not the Beneficent Parent of the human race regard the 
 temporal, as well as the spiritual, interests of his offspring ? 
 Does not his hand direct, and his providence superintend all 
 the affairs of mortal men ? Does not he cover the heaven with 
 clouds, prepare rain for the earth, and make grass to grow upon 
 the mountains ? Does he not even give to the beast his food, 
 and to the young ravens which cry ? How much more shall he 
 feed his rational creation ? Yet where is the individual to be 
 found, who, on this account supposes himself exempted trom 
 the obligations of honest industry ? Or where can he find a 
 warrant for such a supposition i On the contrary, is it not the 
 command of inspiration, that if a man will not work, neither 
 should he eat ^ and is it not declared with equal authority, that 
 if any provide not for his own house, he hath denied the faith, 
 and is worse than an infidel ? Farther j docs not the influence 
 of Divine Providence extend to the minutest circumstances of 
 empires and republics ? Is it not by the sovereign arrange- 
 ments of divine wisdom that kings reign and princes decree 
 justice— that princes rule, and nobles, even all the judges of 
 the earth ? Yet what nation on earth has ever commit- 
 ted its external defence, its foreign relations, its internal 
 economy — in short, its temporal prosperity, or political ex- 
 istence, to the miraculous interposition of Providence, with- 
 out the use of means ? And are we warranted to expect mi- 
 racles in the preservation or improvement of our religious, any 
 more than of our civil advantages ? Most assuredly not. 
 On the contrary, are not the means of grace, as well as the 
 pieans of self-pres&rvation, or of acquiring wealth or outward., 
 
 ,- Yy 3 
 
 ii 
 
720 
 
 AMERICA. 
 
 Part U. 
 
 Umitkd States. Religion. 
 
 prosperity, so many talents fmt inta our bands, fur the proper 
 improvciMiit of which we' arc at least equally responsible ^ 
 Are not the former of equaWare they not indeed of infinitely 
 superior, in^portan^e to the latter in thecr own nature ? have 
 they not hcen so esteenwd by wise and good men in all ages ? 
 are th«}r not so represented in the Scriptures of truth i will 
 they not be so considered by the Judge of the universe at the 
 great and decisive day ? How culpable then must that indivi- 
 dual or that nation be, u'hich secures the latter, at every pos- 
 sible hazard — with all conceivable diligence, and leaves the 
 former ^o their fate. 
 
 Siuih has been the' conduct of the United States of America. 
 They submitted to the loss of property, of comfort, and of hap- 
 piness,— they even exposed their persons in the field of battle, to 
 secure their civil mdependence ; and when this was at length ob<- 
 tained, they formed a constitution of government, and compiled 
 a system of laws, for its preservation j they appointed men of ta- 
 }ents and integrity to the different offices of state, assigning sala- 
 xles to each, proportioned to the dignity and responsibility of his 
 situation. In like manner, they provided for the due administra- 
 tion of public justice, for the regulation of internal police, and for 
 protection from, external violence, by the nomination and sup- 
 port of proper judges and magistrates, and by the establishment 
 of a military force. Thus, in all that respected worldly mat- 
 ters, they acted as became men of wisdom and sagacity j but 
 with respect to religion,— they abandoned her dearest interests 
 without a struggle, and without a pang, to the caprice of a 
 tho;.isand discordant opinions ) or, to speak in the most mcderate 
 terms, they left her like an outcast foundling upon the care of 
 Providence. 
 
 In contemplating this conduct, we are naturally led to ex- 
 ^]um, with the Jewish lawgiver : " Do ye thus requite the 
 
Pmt II. 
 
 AMERICA, 
 
 111 
 
 Unitko Statis. Religion. 
 
 ** Lord| O people foolish and unwise !"— foolish beyond the 
 people who should endow their ouWBelds and their forests with 
 walls, and abandou the precious fruits of their gardens to the 
 depredations of every passing foe ^■— UBwioe beyond the man who 
 should labour to increase his establishment, and to adorn his 
 palace, while he left his money and hia jewels in the open fields. 
 But having thus treated with such indifference and neglect, 
 that precious deposit which was handed down to you by the 
 wisdom and piety of your fathers— that divine and inestimable 
 blessing on account of which the world itself was created j for 
 the recovery of which the God of nature, the Creator of the 
 universe, suffered death in the form of man ; for the sake of 
 which, though ye knew it not, all your other privileges were 
 bestowed } and the due improvement of which was the only sure 
 pledge of their continuancC'^-Can you any longer wonder that 
 these privileges should be withdrawn ? that the shadow sliould 
 disappear when the substance is removed — that the bonds of 
 your political union, which can only be cemented by the reli- 
 gious principle, should be speedily dissolved ? that infidelity, 
 with all its horrid train of calamities and crimes, should raise 
 its daring front in your unhallowed streets ? and that anarchy 
 and ruin should advance with rapid strides to your defenceless 
 borders ? 
 
 In this speculating and philosophising age, indeed, it may be 
 deemed an event extremely fortunate, that a circumstance of 
 such extensive consequence should be fairly put to the test of 
 actual experiment, and that the interesting fact should be as- 
 certained with unquestionable certainty-— How far religion can 
 exist or prosper in a land, when cast upon the wide world, un- 
 cherished and unproterted by her natural guardians. And as 9 
 people has been found of sufEcient courage to make the experio 
 ment upon themselves, the result, however calamitous to them. 
 
 iM 
 
 
 Y y4 
 
 o: y^; 
 
 :£a s-w-jnr' 
 
^. 
 
 
 IMAGE EVALUATION 
 TEST TARGET (MT-3) 
 
 1.0 
 
 I.I 
 
 l^|28 |2.5 
 ^ 01° III 2.0 
 
 
 
 1.25 
 
 =y= 
 
 i^ 
 
 h 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 6" — 
 
 
 ► 
 
 # 
 
 #V'^ 
 
 7 
 
 Photographic 
 
 Sdences 
 
 Corporation 
 
 23 WEST MAIN STREET 
 
 WEBSTER, N.Y. 14580 
 
 (716) 872-4503 
 
 L 
 

7i^ 
 
 eacs 
 
 AMERICA. 
 
 PAkT It 
 
 United States. Religion. 
 
 tt 
 
 «i 
 
 xtivff throngh the dhnne blessing, tend to the general benefit 
 of the human tict. It is yet but a try little while that thb 
 caused have been ^ll6wed to operate j nor could they possibly 
 have produieed hdr full effect ; yet enough has already appear- 
 ed to furnish a thost aWfiil ivamin'^ to every nation upon earth, 
 and to convince every Unbiassed mind, that the United States are 
 advancing to'^vards un* versa : infidelity and atheism, with as ra- 
 pid a progress as the most sanguine speculatist could desire. 
 In proof of this assertion, I beg leave to refer the candid read- 
 er to the few following, out of many passages, which might be 
 quoted from Dr Morse's American Geography j an authority 
 too respectable to be called in question. In his account of 
 New England, the Doctor says j " A very considerable part 
 ** of th(i people have either too little or too much learning to 
 make peaceable subjects. They know enough, however, to 
 think they know a great deal, when in fact they know but lit- 
 " tie. Each man has his independent system of politics j and 
 '* each man assumes a dictatdHal ofRce. Hence originates that 
 ** restless, litigious, complaining spirit, which forms a dark shade 
 *' in the fcharadter of New England men. This litigious temper 
 ** is the genuine ffuit of republicanism — but it denotes a corrup- 
 *• tion of virtue, which is one of its essential principles. Where 
 " a people have a great share of freedom, an equal share of vir- 
 *' tuc is necessary to the peaceable enjoyment of it. Freedom 
 ** without virtue Or honour, is licentiousness." Again, " Be- 
 ** fore the late war, whith introduced into New England a 
 ** flood of corruptions, with many improvements, the Sabbath 
 " was observed x'eith great strictness j no unnecessary travelling, 
 '• no secular business, no visiting, no diversions, were permitted 
 *♦ oh that Sacred day. They considered it as consecrated to 
 " divifie worship, and were generally punctual and serious in 
 *• their attendance upon it." That the r: verse is now the case, 
 we are naturally led to infer. Before the war, they were term- 
 
FARt It* 
 
 AMERICA. 
 
 in 
 
 United States. Religion. 
 
 ed a superstitious and bigotted race, on account of their strict- 
 ness in their religious duties.--*'* Since the war,** adds the 
 ** Doctor, " a catholic tolerant spirit, occasioned by a more 
 *' enlarged intercouifse with mankind, has greatly encreased, 
 ** and is becoming universal } and if they do not break the pro-* 
 ** per bound, and liberalize away all true religion, of which 
 ** there is much danger, they will counteract that strong pro« 
 ** pensity in human nature which leads men to vibrate from 
 ** one extreme to its opposite." 
 
 Of the province of Main, he observes, that the people are 
 moderate Calvinists ; and adds ; ** Notwithstanding that Epis- 
 ** copacy was established by their former charter, the churches 
 ** are principally on the congregational plan j but are candid, 
 " catholic, and tolerant, towards those of other persuasions. 
 " In 1785 they had 72 religious assemblies, to supply which 
 •* were 34 ministers." 
 
 Of Rhode Island he writes, " The constitution of the state 
 *' admits of no religious establishments any further than de- 
 ** pends upon the voluntary choice of individuals. All men 
 " professing one Supreme Being, are equally protected by the 
 " laws, and no particular sect can claim pre-eminence." Can 
 such a state be with propriety denominated Christian ? Have 
 not heathens in all ages, — do not savages at the present day, 
 profess one Supreme Being ? Nay, do not the devils the 
 same ? Yet in the state of Rhode Island, the most sincere and 
 faithful worshippers of God, through the one Mediator Jesus 
 Christ, can claim no pre-eminence oVer these. What is the 
 necessaryconscquence ? The Doctor will inform us, who says •, 
 *' This unlimited liberty in religion, is one principal cause why 
 *' there is such a variety of religious sects in Rhode Island." 
 And then, after enumerating a long list, of baptists, who are 
 either Calvinists, Arminians, or Sabbatarians j ofcongregation- 
 i^XSf friends, or quakerg, episcopalians, Moravians^ Jews, ami 
 
1H 
 
 AMBRICA. 
 
 PiBlT Ih 
 
 United Statis. Religioni 
 
 nrnversal Mends, or disciples of Jemima Wilkinson, he adds; 
 ** Besides these, there is a considerable number of the people 
 ** who can be reduced to no particular denomination, and are, 
 ** as to religion, strictly Noibingariatu.'** From this Vre must 
 perceive^ what . any man of common understanding must have 
 foreseen, that as the state pays no attention to the religious in* 
 structien <^ the people, already a great proportion of these are 
 destitute of all religious principle, and are to all intents and 
 purposes absolute heathens. This will further appear from 
 what immediately follows. 
 
 ** In some parts of this state, public worship is attended with 
 " punctuality and propriety *, in others they make the Sabbath 
 •** a day of visiting and festivity j and in others they esteem 
 " every day alike, having no place of meeting for the purpose 
 ** of religious worship. They pay no taxes for the support of 
 ** ecclesiastics of any denomination j and a peculiarity which 
 **" distinguishes this state from every other protestant country 
 •* in the known world, is, that no contract formed by the mini- 
 ♦* ster with his people, for his salary, is valid in law." 
 
 Of the state of New Jersey he says, that it contains about 
 50 presbyterian congregations, to supply which there are but 
 about 25 ministers. Here is an argument for leaving the in- 
 terests of religion at the mercy of an ignorant and irreligious 
 people ! And must not every people be so who have not the 
 means of early instruction ? The state of religion in this dis- 
 trict may be readily inferred from what has been said above. 
 
 Of Virginia, the state is, if po»-Ible, still more deplorable. 
 •* The episcopalians," says the Doctor, " have comparatively 
 •* but few ministers among them, and these few, when they 
 ** preach, which is seldom more than once a week, preach to 
 ** very thin congregations. The presbyterians, in proportion 
 •* to their numbers, have more ministers, who preach oftener, 
 " and to larger audiences. Ihe baptists and methodists are 
 
PilRT Ih 
 
 AMERICAA 
 
 •hi 
 
 UwiTio States. Religion. 
 
 *V generally supplied bj itinerant preachers, who have large 
 ** and promiscttottt audiences, and preac^ almost every day, and 
 " often several times in a day. The bulk of these religious 
 " sects are of tbe {ioorer sort of people, and many of them are 
 f' V«ty igHQ»ant, (as 18 indeed the case with the other deno* 
 " minations) but they are generally a moral, well-meaning 
 " set of people. They exhibit much aeal in their worship, 
 " which appears* to be coiBposed of the mingied elusions of 
 ** piety, eftkkusiatm, and superstition." Alas t what a mixture } 
 
 " The Virginians," observes a traveller quoted by I)r Morse, 
 ** in many respects sesemble the people in the eastern States. 
 " They <fifier from them, however, in their morals }. the xomi^ 
 ** cr being much addicted to gaming, d .inking, swearing, horseo 
 " racing, cock-fighting, and most kinds of dissipation." 
 
 " The young men," another travclter observes, " generally 
 " speaking, are gamblers, cock-fighters, and horse-jockies. To 
 " hear them converse, you would imagine that the grand point 
 " of all science was properly to fix a ga£F, and touch with dez- 
 *' terity the tail of a cock while in combat. He wl.o won the 
 " last match, the last game, or the last horse-race, assumes the 
 " airs of a hero , or German potentate. The ingenuity of a 
 " Locke, or the discoveries of a Newton, are considered aS in- 
 " finitely inferior to the accomplishments of him who knows 
 " when to shoulder a blind cock, or start a fleet horse. A 
 " spirit for literary enquiries, if not altogether confined to a 
 " few, is, among the body of the people, evidently subordinate 
 " to a spirit of gaming and barbarous sports. At almost every 
 " tavern, or ordinary, on the public road, there is a billiard- 
 " table, a backgammon-table, cards, and other implements for 
 VRrio^s games. To these public-houses the gambling gentry 
 *' resort to kill dme, which hangs heavily upon them ) and at 
 " this business they are extremely expert, having been accus- 
 " toraed to it from their earliest youth." 
 
 (t 
 
^i6 
 
 AMERICA. 
 
 PiUlT II. 
 
 United States. Religion. 
 
 ^ In his account of North Carolina, the doctor, after observing 
 that the clergy who ministered in that state before the war, 
 having declared in favour of Britain, were obliged to emigrate, 
 and that the few who remained had no particular charge, adds, 
 ** Inde J the inhabitants in the districts above aientioncd, (con* 
 ** stituting about three fifths of the whole state) seem now to 
 " be making the experiment, whether Christianity can exist 
 ** long in a country where there is no visible Christian thurch. 
 *' Thirteen years experience has proved that it probably can- 
 ** not -J for there is very little eicternal appearance of reU< 
 ** gion among the people in general." Again, 
 
 ** In the lower districts the inhabitants have very few places 
 « for public worship of any kind j and these few being destN 
 *' tute of ministers, are suffered to stand neglected. The sab- 
 ** bath, of course, which in most civilized countries is profes- 
 ** sionally and externally, at least, regarded as holy time, and 
 " Drhich, considered merely in a civil view, is an excellent 
 *' establishment for the promotion of cle^inliness, friendship, 
 ^' harmony, and all the social virtues, is here generally disre- 
 " garded, or distinguished by the convivial visitings of the 
 ** white inhabitants, and the noisy diver^ons of the negroes." 
 Farther, 
 
 ** Temperance and industry are not to be reckoned among 
 " the virtues of the North Carolinians. The time which they 
 ** waste in drinking, idling, and gambling, leaves them very 
 *' little opportunity to improve their plantations or their minds, 
 •' The improvement of the former is left to their overseers and 
 *' negroes •, the improvement of the latter is too often ne- 
 " glected." 
 
 " Time that is not employed in study or useful labour In 
 *' every country, is generally spent in hurtful or innocent ex- 
 ** ercises, according to the custom of the place, or the taste of 
 " the parties. The ckizens of North Carolina, who arc not 
 
FaktII. 
 
 AMERICA. 
 
 1*1 
 
 Ukitid States. Religion. 
 
 " better employed, spend their time in drinking, or gaming at 
 ** cards or dice, in cock-fighting or horse-racing* Many of 
 ** the interlude! are filled up with a boxing matt } and these 
 ** matches frequently become memorable by feats of gougingJ'* 
 r This horrid species of diversion is performed in the follows 
 ing manner : ** When two boxers axe worried with fighting 
 ** and bruising each other, they come, as it is called, to close 
 ** quarters, and each endeavours to twist his fore fingers into 
 ^ the ear-locks of his antagonists. When thes6 are fast clench- 
 ** ed, the thumbs are extended each way to the nose, and the 
 " eyes are gently turned out of their sockets. The victor, for 
 *' his expettness, receives shouts of apphiuse from the sportive 
 ** throng, while his poor eyeless antagonist is laughed at for 
 *' bis misfortune." 
 
 The blood runs cold at the very recital of such monstrous 
 cruelties : " Yet," adds our author, •' this more than barba- 
 *' rous custom is prevalent in both the Carolinas and in Geor- 
 *«gia." 
 
 C( 
 
 Of Georgia the doctor farther says ; " Their diversions are 
 various. With some dancing is a favourite amusement. 
 " Others take a fancied pleasure at the gaming-table, which, 
 " however, frequently.terminates in the ruin of their happiness, 
 *' fortunes, and constitutions. In the upper counties horse-ra- 
 ** cing and cock- fighting prevail y two cruel diversions, import* 
 *' ed from Virginia and the Carolines." " In regard to reli- 
 ** gion, politics, and literature, this state is yet in its infancy.'* 
 And, after mentioning a great variety of denominations into 
 which the people are divided, he adds, " The upper counties 
 " are supplied p- etty generally with Baptist and Methodist 
 ** ministers 'y but the greater part of the state is not supplied 
 ** by ministers of any denomination.'* 
 
 The limits of this work will not admit the insertion of ma« 
 ny other passages, which might be quoted in proof of the ge-i 
 
^ftS 
 
 AMERICA. 
 
 Paw it* 
 
 Unitbo STATxa. Religion. 
 
 neral argument. Those wfaich are here giren are extracted 
 horn the second edition of Dr^Mwte^s Geo^aphy, which: was 
 published about 15 years after the declaratioh of the Aooerican 
 independence by the United States, and 13 years subsequent to 
 the ratification of the Articles of Confederation by Congress f 
 and no doubt they exhibit a true repreSenf^aUon of the state of 
 religion in these various States at that time* Had it been in 
 the author's power to have pracuicd (which he endeavoured 
 to do both in this place and in London) a copy of the last edi- 
 tion of that work, he is well convinced, both from the teatural 
 course of thing?, and from the accounts of persons from 
 that country, in whose veracity he has the utmost confidence, 
 that he should have been able to place diis subject in a still 
 more striking point of view. These accounts state, that in 
 many parts of America the Sabbath is entirely neglected, the 
 churches are universally deserted, the children are allowed 
 to grow up without even the form of baptism, no divine ordi- 
 nance is administered, and hardly a vestige of Christianity, ex- 
 ists among the people. 
 
 These facts, which cannot be controverted, speak an awfiit 
 and impressive language to every inhabitant of the United 
 States. And can their meaning be more emphatically express^* 
 ed than in these words of the prophet, ** My people have com- 
 " mitted two evils : They have forsaken me, the fountain of 
 *' living waters, and hewed them out cisterns, broken cisterns, 
 *' that can hold no water." Or in the still raore awful 
 words of the Divine Author of our religion, *« Remember 
 ** from whence thou hast fallen, and repent, and do thy first 
 " works ; or else I will come unto thee quickly, and will re- 
 " move thy candlestick out of his place, except thou repent." 
 
 The voice of Providence, too, for several years past, has 
 been equally loud and unequivocal. In this voice the Almighty 
 has spoken by a dreadful pestilence, cutting off thousands oi^ 
 
Part >I. 
 
 AMERICA. 
 
 Tlf 
 
 Unitko States. Religion. 
 
 the inkabkants in one sieason, and that Te|)catcd for several 
 succesave year*. He has spdien also by alarming fires, cca« 
 sumkig. almost whdie cities as in a moment. And he has spo* 
 ken likewise by the still small voice of the gospel, givii^ the 
 most pleasing, and the most wonderful revivings of religion ia 
 various parts of the country, i-nd at different period*. And is 
 not the language of such dispensations well expressed by thp 
 prophets in these words, " How shall I give thee up, £ph- 
 " raim ? How shall I deliver thee, Israel ? How shall I make 
 " thee as Admah ? How shall I set thee as Zeboim ? Mia« 
 '* heart is turned within me, my repentings are kindled toge* 
 *' ther. I will not execute the fierceness of mine anger, I will 
 " not turn to destroy Ephraim *, for I am God, and not man.^* 
 " For the Lord the God of Israel saith, that he hateth put* 
 " ting away." 
 
 May this voice reach with power and effect the understand- 
 ing, and the heart, of every man of piety, of philanthropy, and 
 patriotism, in> the United States! And may it lead them to 
 unite their wisdom, their talents, their influence, and their 
 prayers, for the salvation of their country ! The fundamental 
 articles of Christianity are few in number j they are clear and 
 obvious in their meaning ^ and they are of such indispensiblc 
 importance, that no true religion can exist without them. 
 And may we not fondly indulge the hope, that a great pro- 
 portion of the inhabitants of the United States, though differ- 
 ing from one another in some circumstantial and less import- 
 ant points, can still cordially embrace in the leading articles 
 of the Christian faith and practice, and can unite in some 
 wise and prudent measure to promote the universal reception 
 of these, and to secure their continuance to future ages. 
 
 Much has been said of late against religious establishments. 
 But lacts speak a more power&l language than the sophistry 
 of vain and discontented men. Avd on this poiut the voice 
 
rsd 
 
 AMERICA. 
 
 Pait If. 
 
 Unitkd States. Religion. 
 
 of fnct is cirar and unequivocal. With respect to America it 
 says, that without an establishment religion does not prosper, 
 but evidently declines ; that irreligion, profaneness, and athe- 
 ism, are making the most extensive and alarming progress,— 
 a progress already sufficiently apparent to vindicate the im« 
 portant conclusion. With respect to other nations, it declares, 
 that religion never has existed, and does not now exist, 
 to any considerable extent, in any country, without an 
 establishment : Or in other words, that there never has 
 been, nor is now, a visible church upon earth without an esta- 
 blishment. To pretend that the state of the church in apos- 
 tolic times was an exception to this position, is a gross abuse 
 of words ', I had almost said, a daring imposition upon the un- 
 derstanding of ignorant persons. When God miraculously 
 interposes in behalf of his church, then he himself becomes her 
 protector, and support j then he provides for her security, 
 und makes her to increase. On such occasions his language 
 is, " I, even I, am the Lord, and beside me there is no saviour. 
 " I have declared, I have saved, and I have shewed, when there 
 " was no strange god among you." *' I will work, and who 
 *• shall let it ?" But in the ordinary conduct of his provi- 
 dence towards his church, his promise is, *' 1 will lift up mine 
 *' hand to the gentiles, and set up my standard to the people : 
 " and they shall bring up thy sons in their arms, and thy 
 *' daugViters shall be carried upon their shoulders } and kings 
 ** shall be their nursing- fathers, and their queens thy nur- 
 *' sing- mothers.** 
 
 The state of the Christian church, too, during the first ages 
 after the apostles, is equally far firom fiimishing an objection 
 to this general doctrine. In these times, the influence of past 
 miracles was still undoubtedly great : The striking diflFcrence 
 also between Christians and those around them in the world, 
 not merely in respect of real character and state, which is o- 
 
FlWRT IL 
 
 am$:rica. 
 
 7^1 
 
 Unitid Statu. Religion. 
 
 )• nm w 
 
 qufUly great to-d^)rfai t^ien } but also in ,iespec^ of name, and 
 of extemftl pro,f<;^8|oiv anc) practice, as well as t)ie liatred and 
 persecj^tipn to which, Phristianity vvas at that time univcrstyly 
 eypoM^, had a pqwcxful e£fect in strengthening the b6nds pf 
 unioiv„b.et^een professing Christians, in leading them to che.- 
 nsh and supjiort th{^gr, gloric us cause, and to provide for its suc-^ 
 cess by every; possible sacrifice and exertion. ' Accordingly^ 
 ive fit]i4» that the poor qf the first ages were uhiver^lly sup- 
 ported by the contributions of the rich, a great many of^whom 
 sold all jtheir property, and laid the prices at the apostles^ feet } 
 and we find also that the ministers of religioh, and their fami- 
 lies, had the most positive right to be, and actually were, main- 
 tained from the same fund. 
 
 Such was the establishment of the church in the first ?ges 
 of Christianity y and such in nature, and in principle, is the es- 
 tablishment under which, by the divine blessing, it has advan- 
 ced and flourished, and from the want of which it has declined 
 and disappeared in various countries in every succeeding age. 
 Men who had been converted to the faith of the gospel, who 
 felt the power of religion on their own minds, and who were 
 deeply impressed with a sense of its infinite importance, 
 agreed to unite their efforts, and to contribute of their sub- 
 stance, for its promulgation and success in the world, bind- 
 ing all to adopt the same plan of conduct who were desirous 
 to partake of the same advantages. 
 
 It is admitted, indeed, that religious establishments have 
 been abused to improper purposes. But where is the institu- 
 tion, either human or divine, which has not been perverted by 
 the weakness or wickedness of man ? Surely such an argument 
 will not weigh to the prejudice of establishments in the judg- 
 ment of any unbiassed person. In the present state of human 
 depravity, it cwaQt be denied, that some men may be found so 
 
 Z z 
 
75» 
 
 AMERICA. 
 
 Paw II. 
 
 United Statu. Religion. 
 
 ignonmt of God and dirine things, m to icek to be put into the 
 priest*! office for a piece of bread ) so destitute of principle and 
 feeling, as to swear in the most solemn manner to the truth of 
 what thej do not beliere } or of so indolent and slothful a dispo- 
 iition, as to neglect the important dnties of their charge, and 
 leave to perish the flock of Christ committed to their care. In 
 all these cases, not onlj is the object of the establishment defeat-. 
 ed, but the public monej is employed to support indolence, or 
 tren to propagate error. These are great evils it is confessed } 
 yet they are evils, for which, in the present state of the world* 
 there is no immediate remedy. It is not the prerogative of 
 man to search the heart, or to decide against external evidence 
 upon the real character of his neighbour ) neither will any 
 man but an enthusiast expect to see a church or community 
 of fallible men, perfectly pure (and uncorruptcd in all its 
 members. Our Lord himself declares of his little society 
 of select disciples, " Have I not chosen you twelve ; and one 
 ** of you is a deial.** The conduct of Ananias and Sapphira, 
 of Simon Magus, of Demas, and of innumerable others record- 
 ed in the history of the church, as well as many passages in 
 Scripture, must convince every candid person of this unpala- 
 table, this humbling truth. 
 
 A religious establishment, however, contains within itself a 
 remedy, easy and effectual, though not immediate, against all 
 the evils which proceed from such sources as these. For in a 
 Country in which the doctrines of the gospel have been long 
 preached in their purity, agreeably to an estabh'shed form of 
 sound words, to which every individual has access, and in the 
 knowledge 6f which every individual is, or ought to be, in- 
 structed from his youth } when a minister of imsouhd principles, 
 in of immoral conduct, endeavours to disseminate error, or is 
 even imposed upon such a people by any administration of 
 church government, the inevitable consequence must be, that 
 
Part II. 
 
 AMimCA. 
 
 m 
 
 sse 
 
 Umitid Statu. Religion. 
 
 Mich a miniitetf ahall be unhrersallj forsaken. *' Tbe thcep will 
 ** follow tke good •hcpherd because they know hii voice j but 
 ^ a itrangtr will they not follow, but will flee from him ; fior 
 ** they know not tke voice of »trangeri." 
 
 People who consider themselves a» injured in such a manner 
 ■a this, will not, perhaps, revolt, or create disturbance in tbe 
 state, on the first appearance of such evils. At the sanM time, 
 they will think themselves obliged to provide f^*- ^he relgious 
 Instruction of themselves and their families ; and < Key can- 
 not find this jvithin the same walls, or from the s in.e order oC 
 Inen, by whom their fathers were iiMtfucte/' Aeyv.:«ist Ic^l 
 lor it where it is in reality to be liound : '1 key ^''l uepart 
 froir x\ " es'tabluhed church, and appropriate an at^dit nal pro* 
 portion of their sabstanne to the support of c/an^Mical mini- 
 sters. But when they depart from her pale and juiiitJictionf 
 they carry her standard to their own assembles ; while they 
 lament her administration, they revere her religious pn'aoiples) 
 and though prevented by local circumstances from joining 
 in her communion, they pray that peace may be within h.*r 
 walls, and prosperity within her palaces : Yea, for their bre- 
 thren and their companions* sakes, who still hold th? same pure 
 doctrines as themselves, they pray that peace may be within 
 her. 
 
 But should their numbers be from time to time increased by 
 the continued operation of the same cause ; should the respect- 
 ful addresses, and humble supplications of one congregation, be 
 treated with contempt, and the clamours of another be sup- 
 pressed by violence, till at length the grievance becomes in- 
 tolerable, and the injured becomes the more numerous part of 
 the community— 'In such a case, they possess the unspeakable 
 advantage to know the ground on wblch they stand, tbe va- 
 lue of the blessings of which they are deprived, and the most 
 
 Zzz 
 
?34 
 
 AMEKICA. 
 
 Part II. 
 
 United States. Govemmeut. 
 
 effectual method of redress : They have in their hands the 
 form of sound doctrines, which was purchased by the blood of 
 of their fathers, which was secured to them by the constitu- 
 tion of their government, and which was handed down by 
 many successive generations. They can say, with authority 
 and effect, " We will no longer sp«id our money for that 
 " which is not bread, and our labour for that which satisfieth 
 J* not"— The privileges which were bequeathed to us by our 
 ancestors, which are secured to us by the laws of our country, 
 and for the preservation of which we contribute of our sub- 
 stance, we are determined at every hazard to maintain j gr to 
 recover, when toriii from us by the hand of oppression. 
 
 GovBRNMENT.] The Government of the United States is 
 vested in a president and two councils, called the senate and 
 the house of representatives. The President is chosen for the 
 tehn of four years, by a certain number of electors in every 
 state 'f and he must be a citizen of the United States, must 
 have attained to the age of 35 years, and must have been 14 
 years a resident within the United States. 
 
 The Senate consists of two members from every state, cho- 
 sen by the legislature of each state for the term of six years. 
 They must have attained to the age of 30 years, must have 
 been nine years citizens of the United States, and must be in- 
 habitants of that state by which they are chosen. 
 
 The House of Representatives is elected every two years, by 
 the people of every state, in such a manner that each state 
 shall have at least one representative, but that the number of 
 representatives shall not exceed one for every 35,000 inhabit- 
 ants. Every representative must have attained to the age of 
 25 years, must have been seven years an inhabitant of the 
 United States, and when elected, must be an inhabitant of that 
 State by which he is chosen. 
 
pxrt ir. 
 
 AMERICA. 
 
 f35 
 
 United States. Histoiy. — Ltuisiana. 
 
 The legislative power is vested in the two councils, and the 
 executive is lodged with the president, or in a vice-president, 
 chosen to supply his place on any emergency. The president 
 commands the army and navy, and has the power of pardoning 
 offences, except in cases of impeachment. He makes treaties, 
 with the consent of two-thirds of the senators j who are also to 
 advise in the appointment of Ambassadors. 
 * The judicial power is lodged in one supreme court, and in 
 such inferior courts as the Congress may ordain, the judges 
 holding their offices for life, or during good behaviour. JLach 
 State has a separate government peculiar to itself, and com- 
 monly consisting of a senate and house of representatives, an- 
 nually chosen. But no distinct State may assume any public 
 offices which belong to the community at large, such as form- 
 ing treaties, issuing letters of marque, maintaining armies or 
 ships of war in time of peace, or the like acts of independent so- 
 vereignty, which may endanger the whole union. 
 
 History.] The time and manner of the original settle- 
 ment of the United States, and the persons by whom they 
 were originally planted, have been already mentioned. Till 
 the late war, they continued subject to Great Britain, as col- 
 onies of that kingdom. The circumstances which led to their 
 revolt, the progress of the quarrel, and the ultimate issue of the 
 contest in the declaration of the American Independence, have 
 been also noticed. Besides the events of that war, which 
 ought to be burled in everlasting oblivion, the history of 
 America, presents, as yet, nothing peculiarly interesting to the 
 
 general reader. 
 
 Louisiana, 
 
 Though forming no part of the United States, yet being at 
 
 present subject to them, comes properly to be described in this 
 
 place. 
 
 Zz3 
 
73^ 
 
 AMERICA. 
 
 Part 11. 
 
 United States. Lovisiana. 
 
 «:iB 
 
 BoimoAiuss.] It is bounded on the north by limits not yet 
 defined j on the east by the river Missisippi > on the south by 
 the Gulph of Mexico ) and on the wes^ by New Mexico and 
 Califbtnia. 
 
 GxMBiUL Appsaxancb, Soa, and Climatx.] The appear- 
 ance of this extensive country is variouSf but in general agree- 
 ably diversified by hills and vallies. It is intersected by a 
 great number of fine rivers, among which are the St Francis, 
 the Natchitoches, the Mexicano, and the Missouri, with their 
 innumerable branches. The climate is in general pleasant, 
 and favourable tp health, being at a distance from both the 
 extremes of heat and cold. It varies, however, considerably, 
 according to the latitude. The southern parts, lying within 
 the reach of the refreshing breezes of the sea, are not scorched 
 like those under the same latitudes in Africa ; and the north- 
 cm parts are colder than those of Europe under the same pa- 
 rallels, with a whqlesome serene air. The soil is luxuriant in 
 a high degree $ and so favourable is the climate, that two an- 
 nual crops of Indian com, rice, and other kilnds of grain, may 
 be produced } and with very little cultivation, grain of any 
 kind may be raised in great abundance. The ti^iber is the 
 finest in the world, and the neighbourhood of the Missisippi 
 furnishes the most delicious fruits in the richest variety. The 
 soil is particularly adapted for hemp, flax, and tobacco } and 
 indigo is a staple commodity, which yields the planter three 
 or four cuttings a -year. In a word, whatever is rich and rare 
 in the most desirable climates of Europe, seems to be the spon- 
 taneous production of this delightful country. 
 
 Cities and Religion } New Orleans is the capital of this 
 Valuable territory. It stands on the east side of the river Mis- 
 sisippi, about 105 miles from its mouth. It was built upon a 
 regular plan, laid down by the French, A. D. 1720 *, all the 
 Streets being perfectly straight, and crossing each other at right 
 
Paut IL 
 
 AMERICA. 
 
 131 
 
 Spanish Dominions in North Ambrica. 
 
 «ngles. In the beginning pf 1788* at contained i loe houses } 
 but on the xpth of March that year, it was, in five hours, re- 
 duced by fire to aoo houses. It has been since rebuilt, and 
 promises fair to become a great commercial city. Tlie reli- 
 gion of the greater part of the white inhabitants is the Roman 
 Catholic. 
 
 HisTOKT.] This country wis nominally subject to France 
 till the year 1763, when it wa^ ceded to Spain. In the ar- 
 rangements of the late peace, it was restored to France, and 
 last year, was sold by that nation to the United States, to whom 
 it now belongs. The policy of such a purchase will afterwards 
 appear. 
 
 THE SPANISH DOMINIONS 
 
 IN NORTH AMERICA. 
 
 These consist of the following divisions : 
 
 Divisions^ 
 
 CSu Towns. 
 
 Lat. 
 
 Lonjr. 
 
 z East Rorida 
 
 St Augustine 
 
 30 N. 
 
 81 36 w. 
 
 2 West Florida 
 
 Pensacola 
 
 30 35 N. 
 
 87 24 w. 
 
 3 New Mexico 
 
 Santa Fe 
 
 34 45 N. 
 
 106 25 w. 
 
 4 Old Mexico 
 
 Mexico 
 
 20 N. 
 
 103 40 w. 
 
 I. EastFUmdfL 
 
 Is situate between 25' and 31^ of north latitude j and be- 
 tween 81* and Sj** of west longitude } being about 450 mile^ 
 
 Zz4 
 
m\,..iiimnii 
 
 '^IWPW^PPPW1P»^ 
 
 ^•■Pi 
 
 \lfi 
 
 AMERICA. 
 
 •PkiOT II. 
 
 S^AMHH DoMmioNB. East and fVifit Florida. 
 
 in l^tli firom nortib' to «oittll, and 2 jo in bteadtH frote tut 
 towttt. ■ ,:'f/« fi ^it'( J/.- <- no im^ 
 
 Is a|tu»te between |2^°^d 3tf^pf WftJbjla^tiide, and be- 
 tween 85" and 91** of west longitude j being about 450 miles 
 in length firom east to west, and about 75 in breadth from 
 north to south, where broadest. 
 
 BouNDAKiEs.] These t\yo pro^^i>ces Vc bounded on the 
 north by the United States; o^i the east by the Atlantic 
 ocean j on the south by the Gulph of Mexico j and on the 
 west by the Misslsippi. 
 
 General Appearance, Soil, and Proddctions.] This coun- 
 try is in general fiat and sandy along the sea-coast ; but the 
 peninsula of east Florida is divided by a ridge of hills which 
 run along its whole length, and discharge innumerable streams 
 into the Gulph of Mexico and the Atlantic, ocean. The soil 
 is various } being least fertile on the coast of the Atlantic, and 
 particularly about St Augustine j yet even here two crops of 
 Indian com may be produced in the year. The plains which 
 lie contiguous to the rivers are of a superior quality, and well 
 adapted to the culture of rice and corn. The interior and 
 hilly part of the coiuitry abounds with wood of various kinds. 
 The intervening vallies are extremely rich, and produce spon- 
 taneously the fruits and vegetables which are found in Georgia 
 and the Carolinas. The climate is little different from that of 
 Georgia. * 
 
 RrvERs.] The principal rivers are, the St Mary^s, which 
 forms a part of the northern boundary j the St John^s, the In- 
 ^an river, and the St Lucia, which fall into the Atlantic ) 
 and the Delaware, the Charlotte, the Manette, the Hillsburgh, 
 the St Juan, the St Marks, the Apalachicola, the Escambia, 
 
KrtII. 
 
 AMERICA/- 
 
 f39 
 
 Spanish Dominioks- Nnu Mexico end Calif oniia. 
 
 the Mobile^ the Pasca Oocooloo, the-Rhrerof Pearls, and the 
 Missisippi \ vChich empty themselves in the Gulph of Mexico. 
 Chief Towns.} St Aooustink, the capital of east Florida, 
 is a well fortified town, situate on the sea coast, of an oblong 
 figure, and intersected by four streets, which cut each other at 
 right angles. It has a chutch and monastery of the order of 
 St Augustine. The entrance to the harbour is over a bar of 
 sand, by two channels, each eight feet deep. 
 - ■'■ PicNSAcoLA, the capital of West Florida, stands on the beack 
 6f a safe and spacious bay, formed by the river Escambia. It 
 is of an oblong fotm* about a mile in length, and one fourth 
 part as much in bfeadth. It contains several hundred houses, 
 many of which, particularly the public bmldings, are large and 
 elegant. The town is defended by a small fort, called St 
 Mary de Galve. 
 
 History.] The Floridas were discovered by Sebastian Ca- 
 bot in 1 497, and were repeatedly possessed by the French and 
 Spaniards. At the peace of 1763 they were ceded by the lat- 
 ter to Great Briton. During the American war, they were 
 reduced by the arms of his Most Catholic Majesty, and were 
 guaranteed to the crown of Spain by the definitive treaty of 
 1783. 
 
 III. New Mexico and California 
 
 Are situate between 23** and 43 ** of north latitude j ar.d be- 
 tween loo*' and 126 of west longitude. The capital of the 
 former is Santa Fe, and of the latter St Juan. 
 
 The climate in general is extremely agreeable, and the soil 
 productive. The face of the country is delightfully varied 
 with plains, intersected by rivers, and hills adorned with tree* 
 of every hue. The value of their gold mines is not ascertained. 
 
 In the heart of California are plains of salt, as clear as cry- 
 
i^p 
 
 740 
 
 AM£RICA. 
 
 Pmt If. 
 
 Spahuh Oomihioms. Old Mexico. 
 
 atal. In the country » hev^j d«w faUt in the mooing j which» 
 settling on the rose leftve*, ciandies, and becomes hard like 
 fftanna. The inhabitants are chiefly Indians, many of whom 
 Iiave been converted to Christianity by the Spamsh Missio- 
 naries. 
 
 IV. Old Mexico, 
 
 Or New Spain, is situate between 8** and 30^ of north latj- 
 tnde; and 83^ and ixo^ of west longitude. 
 r , The capital city is Mkxi^o, built ot> an island in the 
 centre of a spacious lake. It is surrounded by mountuns of 
 such a height, that though within the torrid ^one, the ur is 
 mild and healthful. It carries on a considerable trade with 
 Europe by Vera Cruz, Lat. 19** la' N, j Long. 97** 30' W.; 
 and with the East Indies, and South An^nca by Acapulcq, 
 tat. 17^ 22' N. i Long. loa" 20^ W. 
 
 This country for the most part is excessively hot j and on 
 the eastern coas|^ where the land is low arid manhy, it is ex- 
 tremely unwholesome. In the inland country, however, tl^e 
 air is of a more nu>derate temperature, an^ the soil is good* 
 ]t abconds with gold and silver mines ; it produces also abun- 
 dance of cochineal and cotton. 
 
 The civil government pf Mexico Is admirustered by tribu- 
 nals, called audiences, in which the viceroy of the king of 
 Spain presides. His employment is the greatest trust, and 
 the most important ofiice which his Catholib i<^ajesty has at 
 his disposal^ He continues in office but three years. There 
 9re three audiences in Old Mexico : viz. those <Kf Gralida, 
 or Guadalajarra, Mexico pr(^r, and Gmitiiliala } ^d these 
 are subdivided into 22 provinces. ^* I*- '• "•»3 •'-' ' ^mil;> ^fl 1 
 
 Mexico was subdued by Fernando Cortex, who was sent on 
 this expedition by Velasquez governor of Cuba, in the year 1 5 19. 
 He had boldness and address enough, with 606 men, 18 
 lu>rses, and a few field pieces, to make its emperor Montesema, 
 
^ART 'II. 
 
 AMERICA. 
 
 SpANita Doamnon. OU Me*Uo. 
 
 T"^ 
 
 941 
 
 ' the most powerful monarch in the New World, a prisoner in 
 the midst of his own guards. This unfortunate king was a& 
 terwards killed bj his own pepole, while cndcarourtng to miti^ 
 gate their rage for the insult he had received. 
 
 GuATiMoziN his nephew, was chosen to succeed ) and mun- 
 tinned for a while a vigorous opposition to the assaults of Cor* 
 tez. After a noble defence, however, he also was taken pri- 
 ^ner j but not till h^ had previously caused all his treasures 
 to be thrown into the lake, ^ing put to the torture to make 
 him discover his treasures, he bore with invincible fortitude 
 Whatever the refined cruelty of his tormentors could inflict. 
 While extended, \inth one of his chief favourites, on a gridiron 
 over homing coals, his fellow-sufierer, overcome by the vio« 
 lence of the pain, turned a dejected eye towards his master, as 
 if to implore his permission to reveal all that he knew. But 
 the indignant prince reproached his weakness by asking him, 
 ** Am 1 now repdsing on a bed of roses ?'** The affectionate 
 minister perkcVefed in dutifol riUnce and died. Guatimozin 
 .was spared at this time ) but was afterwards cruelly hanged. 
 
 Cortez died in Spain in the year 1547, in the 62d year of 
 his age. Agreeably to his own desire while fllive, hi$ body 
 was carried to Mexko, and there interred. 
 
■ I «■ 
 
 742 
 
 ■.f 
 
 SOUTH AMERICA 
 
 Situation, Extent and Boundaries.] Is situate between 
 J a* of north, and 56° of south of latitude j and between 35* 
 and 82^ of west longitude j being about 4,700 miles in length 
 from north to south, and 3000 in breadth from east to west, 
 where broadest. It is surrounded by the Atlantic and Pacific 
 oceans, excepting on a part of the north, where it is joined to 
 the continent of North America by the Isthmus of Darien, 60 
 miles over. 
 
 DrvisioNS.3 It is divided into the following parts : viz. 
 
 Sjivisions. . Subj. to. 
 
 z Terra firma Spain 
 
 Ch. Towns. 
 
 Lat. 
 
 1 Guiana 
 3 Peni 
 
 4 Amazonia 
 
 5 Brazil ., 
 
 6 Paraguay 
 
 ^ChiU 
 
 8 Patagonia 
 
 Gr. Brit. 
 Spain 
 
 Natives 
 Portugal 
 
 Spain 
 Spain 
 Natives 
 
 Long. 
 
 Carthagena io*>27'N. 75^26' W. 
 
 Porto Bello 9 35 N. 79 jO W, 
 
 Panama 8 58 N. 80 21 W.* 
 
 Surinam 6 10 N. 55 22 W. 
 
 Quito o 13 S. 77 55 W. 
 
 lima 12 I S. 76 50 W. 
 
 Cusco 12 25 S. 70 20 W. 
 
 Potosi 19 40 S. 67 8 W. 
 
 Pemambuco 8 o S. 35 o W. 
 
 St Salvador J3 15 S. 37 55 W. 
 
 Rio Janeiro 22 54 S. 42 43 W. 
 
 Buenos Ayres 34 ^5 S. 58 31 W. 
 
 St Jago 33 40 S. 71 5 W. 
 
 I. Terra Firma 
 Lies between the equator and 12** of north latitude, and be- 
 tween 60" and Bl^ of west longitude j being bounded on the 
 
*■«» •• '••■-■■4ll'-t* 
 
■^RB 
 
 i'o 
 
 4,» 
 
 X O K T II 
 
 / 
 
 \^ 
 
 T 1. A X T I C 
 
 1 
 
 r 
 
->'iHi»<|- 
 
 h*^M<i» •<-.»M 
 
 .^ 
 
 Fart II. 
 
 AMERICA. 
 
 741 
 
 South America. Ttrra Firma — Guiana. 
 
 north by the Caribbean or North Sea \ on the east by the 
 Atlantic and Guiana \ on the south by Amaionia and Peru } 
 |nd on the west by the Pacific ocean. 
 
 The principal divisions are, Darien, Carthagena, St Martha, 
 
 fenezuela, Caraccas, Cumana, Paria, Choco, Popayan, tnd 
 ew Granada. ■ ■...,,■ 
 
 } The climate here !« extremely libt and sultry durii^ the 
 Trhole year. From May to Deceikiber is almost a continual 
 suc(CeSBion of thunder, rain, and tempest. The rains-fall in such 
 lorrents that the low grounds are completely flooded \ which, 
 with the excessive heat, renders the air exceedingly unwhole- 
 some. The soil is very different \ rich in the inland parts, and 
 barren on the sea-coasts. It produces corn, sugar, tobacco, and 
 fruits of all kinds. A great many pearls are found on the 
 coast ', particularly in the Bay of Panama. 
 
 This part of America was discovered by Columbus In hit 
 third voyage to the Western World ) and was subdued and 
 settled by the Spaniards under Balboa, about the year 1514, 
 after the inhuman murder of prodigious numbers of the inhaU- 
 tants. r'! ••;-)■' 
 
 '^"''^^^ II. Guiam 
 
 Or Caribbiana, lies along the Atlantic ocean from the 
 mouth of the river Oronooko, to Cape North, at the mouth of 
 the Amazon, between 2° and 8° of north latitude, and be- 
 tween 50*^ and 63" of west longitude. 
 
 The western part of this country, called Surinam, belonged 
 lately to the Dutch, whose capital city was Surinam or Para- 
 maribo J the middle part belonged to the French whose capi- 
 tal city was Cayenne or Caen, on an island off ihe coast so 
 called, and from which their whole territory received, its name. 
 The eastern parts were disputed by the French and Dutch } 
 but the whole territgry is now subject to Great Britain. 
 
 « 
 

 ■LL 
 
 
 C.To 
 
M- 
 
 IS! 
 
 \i — -^ A> "♦JfcK 
 
 ^ h » ^^^ /ro«»i,o,r.> ^Xv' ^> <' K -^ ^ 
 
 fonr 
 
 c*^ 
 
 
 
 ,«<"» 
 
 
 /(> N 
 
 r A V X Y o I 
 
 
 "'' . I 
 
 li II A s I ;l 
 
 
 
 JlO 
 
 ^ * 
 
 
 •v 
 
 IV/I' 
 
 
 Salrndot 
 
 jAtn'lknf 
 'Ku* Vttff 
 
«."-!rt»i**K- 
 
 m 
 
 JlMERiCA. 
 
 PmtU, 
 
 soaee 
 
 SoWB Amjuica. Pmv. 
 
 Guisoia is one of the richest aq4 most raluable colonies in 
 the western world } producing sugar, cotton, excellent cofl^, 
 tobacco, flax, skins, dying drugs^ and othtr valuable articles. 
 
 It is divided into five distinct districts, called £s-seqmbOy 
 Demarara, Barbice, Surinam, and Cayenne or Caen j the four 
 £rst of which receive their names from rivers which run through 
 thei%.and the last from the town of Caen in France. 
 
 In the rivers of this country }s to he found the torporific eel* 
 
 ^Fht rit«r Essequibo is ax miles broad at its mouthy and 300 
 tniles in length. The <^ther irivers are also large and navigable. 
 
 Along the sea>€oast, the country is flat and covered with 
 inuch water ) the air is damp and sultry ^ and the water brack- 
 ish and unf^holescme. In the autumnal months the climate 
 is excessively pernicious, especially to strangers, who are often 
 seized with putrid and other levers, of with the cholic or the 
 dropsy. About xoo miles from th^ sea, the soil and climate 
 are totally different. The appearance of the country is hilly, 
 ftnd the air is dry and healthy. 
 
 HI. Peru 
 
 Is situate between the equator and 23° of south latitude } 
 and between 62** and 8i° of west longitude} being bounded 
 by Terra Firma on the north j by the Andes on the east j by 
 Chili on the South j and by the Pacific ocean on the west. It 
 is divided into th^ provinces of Quito, Lima, and Los Charcos. 
 
 The niunbcr of inhabitants in this extensive country is not 
 known. The city of Lima is said to contain 54,600 j Quito 
 35,000 } Cusco 26,000 •, and Potosi 25,000. 
 
 Peru is not so excessively hot as other tropical countries^ 
 from the adjacency of the Pacific ocean, and the Andes. In 
 the southern parts of this country it never rains j but the de- 
 fect is admirably supplied by regular and copious dews, which 
 abundantly refresh the soil. In the province of Quito, howe- 
 ver, there are prodigious deluges of ran, accompanied by dread* 
 
Pkrrlli 
 
 AMERICA. 
 
 fH 
 
 Sooth Amxrica. 
 
 iSSSSSSStiSSmmSSlStiStSSCSSZ 
 
 Amaaoma. 
 
 fill stonns of lightning and thunder* The soil, in the interior 
 psirtj of the country, and by the banks of the rivers, is gene« 
 rally fertile } but along the sea*coast ii is a barren sand. 
 
 Most of the gold mines are in the north of Peru, and those 
 of silver are in the south. Of the latter, the richest ever dis^ 
 covered is near Potosi. There are also xnines of quicknlver. 
 Platintun, too, the hardest, and raost ponderous of metals, b 
 £3und in this country. 
 
 The chief articles of commetce, besides the above, 9ttt vntA^ 
 Peruvian bark and Pimento^ "^aize and cotton are cultlva^ 
 ted with great success in the country 3 as well as wheat, barley^ 
 cassava, potatoes, sugar, olive, i^nes, and many other of ihti 
 valuable ptx>ductions of Europe. Many of the cattle whick 
 the Spaniards took mth them to Peru, were allowed to run 
 wild in the >;ountty, and have siuce increased so much, that 
 they are nuw hunted like game< 
 
 At Xiima, the capital of Peru, a most tremendous earth-* 
 quake took place, in the year 1747, which laid three-fourth* 
 of the city level with the ground, and entirely destroyed it« 
 sea-port, Callao. 
 
 rV. Amazonia 
 
 Lies between 3° north, and 191** south latitude j and b«s- 
 tween 50® and 78** weirt longitude j is bounded on the no|;th 
 by Terra >'irma and Gulsina j on the ea:t by the Atlantic 
 ocean am! Brazil j on the south by Paraguay 3 and by Peru 
 on the west. 
 
 It is still in possession of the fiatives, who are governed by 
 petty sovereigns, -citlled Caciques. 
 
 It got its name from the circumstance of the women having 
 been observed by Europeans carrying the arms of their hus« 
 bands. 
 
 I I 
 
74^ 
 
 AMERICA. 
 
 PAilTll.- 
 
 South America. Bram'i. 
 
 The rainy season is about the time of the equinoxes ^ at 
 frkich time the country isf subject to dreadful storms of light' 
 ning and thunder. Owing to the great quantities of rain by 
 which the rivers in this country are made to overflow their 
 banks one half of the year, aikd to the cloudiness of th'; weather 
 during the rainy season, th<> air is not so scorching as might be 
 expected in the torrid zone ) but the climate is not favourable 
 to health. The trees and herbs continue green all the year 
 round. 
 
 The soil is extremely rich j pro^,ucing grain, and fruits of 
 all kinds. The rivers are well stored with: fish j but infested 
 by crocodiles, alligators, and water-serpents, yvhicb render fish- 
 ing a dangerous employment. The woods abound with tigers, 
 wild boars, buffaloes, deer, and game of various V'uds. 
 
 The inhabitants are idolaters, and worship the images of 
 tKeir ancient heroes. They are in general tall and handsome, 
 bave long black hair, and are of a copper colour. 
 
 V. Brazil ' 
 
 Is situate between the equator and 35^ of south latitude j 
 and between 35** and 52^ of west longitude > being bounded 
 by the Atlantic ocean on the north and east j by Paraguay or 
 La Plata on the south j and by Paraguay and Amazonia on 
 the west. It is divided into three grand divisions, called the 
 northern, the middle, and the southern districts, the first of 
 which is subdivided into eight provinces or captainships ; the 
 second into five, and the third into three, making in all 16 
 ' provinces. 
 
 The principal harbours are, Pemambuco, Bay of all Saints, 
 Porto Seguro, Rio de Janeiro j St Vincent, St Gabriel, and 
 the port of St Salvadore on the north side of the river La 
 Plata. 
 
I^xrt in 
 
 AMERICA. 
 
 ^ 
 
 aae 
 
 South Amekica. Paraguay. 
 
 Tbe noithern part df fitftjdl is hotr«rid luiwholesomc ^ 
 but to the souths the air ii ieretie, heidthy, and delaglitful,. 
 The senilis extremely fertile, producing iugarj tobatc6^ indi^ 
 go, epicaeuhana, bahaid of CopaiboV abundahce of Brazil-wiiod, 
 tsoii A gr^at variety of other kinds of >vo6d, dying-stuffs, and 
 niediciues. Yet the culture of the fields is so milch neglected 
 since the discovery of the gold and diamond ibioes with vdiich 
 the country abounds, that Brazil depends on Europe for its 
 daily food. 
 
 The trade of Brazil is Very greai, and is continually increas- 
 ing^ The settlers import about 40,oc5b slaves eviry year. 
 Their exports ate, gold, diamonds, sugto, tobacco, hidis, drugs^ 
 dnd medicines > ih rettnti fbt which thty receive woollen stufftr 
 <5f (til kinds, lihetis, cottdn doth$, Ittces,^ rilks, hats, lead, tin,' 
 pewter, copper, iron, beef, and cheese j besides winit frbAi Msf>* 
 deira; and other spirit^ froth the Azotes^ 
 
 The triie httvretn Poftttgal and this couhfry Is tarried oH 
 by annual fleets, whicl|( sail kt stkted times from Portugal, and 
 compose three flotsts, bburid to the threi port^ 6f PerfiambttcO,' 
 Bay of all Sahits, and Rib Janeiro.' 
 
 VI. Paragiiay, 
 
 Or La Plata, Kcs between 12" and 37° of south latitude jr 
 and between jo** and 69^ of w st longitude j bebg bounded 
 on the north by Amazonia ; by Brazil on the east ^ by Pata- 
 gonia on the soutli ^ and by Chili and Peru On the west. 
 
 The country is watered by many rivers j the chief of which, 
 viz. Palraguay, Paraim, and Uraguay, uniting their streams,' 
 form the famous La Plata, no less thatn 150 miles broad where 
 it mingles with the ocian. 
 
 The interior parts of the country are little known ; but for 
 several hundred miles on each side of the above river, it is a 
 
 I 
 
 1 
 
74^^ 
 
 AMEHICii. 
 
 imit 
 
 iM 
 
 South Amiaica. Cbilt. 
 
 :S3a; 
 
 continued pltiti of amaiingf fertilitjF. The comnkm )[>roduetlons 
 ate, ebtton, tobacco, the valuable herb called Paragaay/atid ai 
 great variety of fruits. Among the rich pastures of this ex- 
 tensive country such prodigious herds of cattle are reared, that 
 they are killed by thousands every year, merely for the sake of 
 the hide, while the iTesh is left to be devoured by ravenous ani« 
 nals. The air is remarkably sweet and serene. There are 
 no woods* 
 
 VII. Chili 
 
 Extends along the coast of the Pacific ocean, betvtreen 25^ 
 and 45* of south latitude ; and between 6^^ and 7a* of west 
 longitude j being bowided by Peru on the north j by Paraguay 
 on the east ; by Patagcmia on the south ; and by the Pacific 
 ocean on the west. 
 
 The climate of Chili is one of the most delightftil in the 
 woirld ; the s<»l is excellent,, and gold is found in almost every 
 xiver 'f yet the country is but thinly inhabited, owing to the 
 oppression of the Spaniards. The horses and mules of Chili 
 are in great esteem } particularly the former. Prodigious num« 
 bers of oxen, goats, and sheep are fattened in the luxuriant pas« 
 tures of this fertile country ; and indeed, this is the only part 
 of hosbandry to which the natives pay any particular attention. 
 Hence So well is the market supplied, that a well fattened ox 
 may be bought for four dollars : turkies, geese, and all kinds 
 of poultry are found here in the same profusion ; and the coasts 
 abound with a variety of excellent fish. The soil produces In- 
 dian and European com, hemp, grapes, and other fruits. Orange 
 trees are in blossom, and bear fruit throughout the year j olives 
 and almond trees thrive remarkably well ; and the inhabitants 
 press a kind of muscadine wine from the grapes, which far ex* 
 cceds any of the lund made in Spain. The Commandant, who 
 resides at St Jago, is subject to the viceroy of Peru. 
 
tIktU? 
 
 fCAi 
 
 f49 
 
 South Amikica. Patagonit.— Islands. 
 
 Ji" ' ■ s xaagagBii '"/ " i , i ' .,. . i 
 
 About $60 Miles west of Chili is the island of Juan Femaa« 
 desy the scfne of Robison Crasoe. ■ ■■^i 
 
 VIII. JPdtagonia 
 
 Including the island of Terra del Fuego, lies between 35^ andj, 
 $6° '•'' auth latitude J and bfstween SS** «nd 75** oCwcst lonf, 
 gitude. 
 
 This country, from the barrenness of the soil, and severitj" 
 of the climatei is still unoccupied by Europeans. The eastern 
 coast is in general^ low, and has lew good harbours ^ that of 
 St Julian being one of the best. The southern parts of the 
 country are rugged, barren, destitute of trees, andeKcettivelj^ 
 cold in winter. In the north there are iouncnse qu4iyiti«» fi^ 
 woodi and tHuaeroM herdf of ciitUie* i 
 
 ISJ,ANP3 OF AMERICA, 
 
 ^ 
 
 The American islands may be arranged in the following or* 
 der : i. The Canada Islands. 2. The Bermudas. 3. The ^z* 
 
 hama Islands. 4. The Great Antilles. 5. The Virgin Islands* 
 
 6. The Caribbee islands. 7. The Little Antilles, and 8. Ths 
 
 Falkland Islands ; with a few on the western side qf the con- 
 
 tinent. i . , 
 
 I, The Canada Islands ' ' 
 
 Comprehend the following, which belong to Great Britain : 
 Viz. 
 
 I. Newfoundland, at the bottom of the Gulph of St Lau- 
 rence, 350 miles long, and 200 broad. It is chiefly raluabl* 
 for the Cod fishing carried oti along its coasts} havmg little 
 com, or fnut, or cattle. The chief places are, Placentia, BO" 
 ttavlsta, and St John's. 
 
 '•-" '3 At 
 
75© 
 
 AMEiRrrjCAj 
 
 PARt It 
 
 B!iBBSS8RS 
 
 «B«afS 
 
 Islands of Amkkica. 
 
 .d« Cap£ vBitETON, about ^0 ta.\lca south of, Newfoundland, is 
 about 1 10 miles long, and 50 bro^. It prpduces hardly any 
 corn or grass j but abounds in wood. .It has several good har- 
 bours } the chief of which is Louisburgh. The island is at- 
 tUtehed CD Lower Canada, though separated- from Nora Sdbtia 
 cftily by a streight of one mile in breadth. 
 
 3. St John, and 4. Anticosti i both in the Gulph of St 
 Laurence. 
 
 , II. The BermMda Gt Sommer, Islands-, 
 
 ' -Art= a small cluster of islands, lying about 32° 3<y north, and 
 $$^ lo^west} containing about 20,000 acres <|f ground, and 
 llurrounded by almost inaccessible rocks. They enjoy a de- 
 lightful climate j and abound in fleshy fish, fowl, and vegetables^ 
 They belong to Great Britain, and contsun about 9000 inha- 
 bitantSk 
 
 in. The Bahama Or Lucayim Islands, 
 
 Said to be 500 in number, lie between 21* and 27^ of north 
 laititude if and between 73^ and So*' of west longitude. 
 
 Babama, or St Salva4ory one of these islands, was the first 
 land discovered by ColumBus in the New World, in the year 
 2492. 
 
 The^e islands, (most of which are mere rocks) are almost 
 uninhabited ) but the largest and most fertile of them are pos- 
 seted by the English. 
 
 k , . . 
 
 IV. The Great Antilles, 
 
 ' Are four in number, viz.* i Cuba j 2. Hispamola j 3. Porto 
 Rieo J and 4. Jamaica. 
 
 \i Cuba is about 700 miles long, and 70 broad, and lies be- 
 tween ig^ and 2^i^ of north latitude j and between 74® and 
 87^ of west longitude. It is subject to Spain j but not one 
 hundredth part of the island has yet been cleared. The inte*- 
 
Part II. 
 
 AMElttO^. 
 
 75* 
 
 tsLAHl^s OF Amekica. Sttioming9. 
 
 " •; ■ -■•■■. --I/ 
 
 nor ptrts of the island are rather mountainous, being elevated 
 by aYidgi orhnii^ Which runs almost through its whole lengt^ 
 from east to West; but the sta-coast is generally level, itnd 
 'flooded In ^He' tainy.seasb'n. The «cnl is supposed to be the 
 best, for «s6"I^^^ a- tract; of any in America, and produces ill 
 ■ the ' fhilts, 8jj)i<:e8,an4 vegetables of the West Indies j but, 
 C^ofai the fa^iness of the -Spaniards, and their want of hands, 
 ihere is not so rou6h of any valuable article actually exported 
 from this' immense territory as from the small island of Anti- 
 gua. The principal plantations. uie In the beautiful plains of 
 Savannah, and are eulttvated hy dbout 25,000 slaves. The 
 other bhabitants- may amount to about 35,000. The chief 
 towns are, the Havannah, lati 23^ xi' north j long. 8a** 1^' 
 west ; famous for its excellent harboiur, where the Spanish gal- 
 leons fifom' Carthagena and ^ra Cruz rendezvous ; and j5t 
 Jago, lat. 20l°' 15 'north j long. 76® 40' west. / 
 
 '^^ 2. HisPAKioiA or St Domingo, is situate between 18** and 
 20** of north latitude ; an^ between 68° and 74® of west lon- 
 gitude } being about 420 miles in length from east to west, 
 and 140 in breadth from north to south. The natives cal- 
 led it Hayti, whidi \a expressive of its external appearance, 
 being high and mountainous. This island was the 6rst Euro^ 
 pean settlement in the New World, and has been the first to 
 throw off the yoke of European bondage, being now in the un- 
 disputed possession of the Negroes. 
 
 '**"The island is divided by two chains of mountains, which ex- 
 tend from east to west along its whole length, and with their 
 niunerous spurs, present an appearance unfavourable to culture. 
 These hills, however, are the cause of the great fertility of the 
 island. They give source to innumerable rivers and brooks 
 which refresh the plains below, they famish shelter frofti the 
 violence of the winds, vary the temperature of the air, and 
 
 3A3 ' 
 
 mmmt 
 
75* 
 
 AMERICA. 
 
 Pahy It. 
 
 IsiANi^s OP America. St Dominfo. 
 
 V ^ - ' ' 
 
 multiply the resources pf human industry. They abound in 
 excellent timber, and in mi/pes of gold, silver, copper, lead, 
 iron, and some quicksilver. The soil bi luxur^9nt in the high- 
 est degree, and yields all the;' tropical prodi:^:tiions in great a- 
 ^bimdance j the European ipat^le liave so multiplied, that th?y 
 now run wild in the woods in^^ge flociu ) the situation is im- 
 P°^f^"* ** * key to the Gulph of Mexico, as a convenient 
 place for vessels to touch at, as ^ rendezvous for fleets or squa- 
 dvX}Sf and a proper station fc^,. naval operations of sdl Ipnds in 
 tl>pse seas j but the climate is very unhealthy, especially once 
 the appearance of the yellow fever, and the southeriv parts of 
 , the island are subject to dreadful hurricanes. ' 'jr* 
 
 ^ , Of the number of inhabitants at present in the island it is 
 fjnppssible to speak, with any probable accuracy, . In the year 
 17189 the number of deaths, according to the bills of" mortality, 
 in the French part of the island w<s .7121 } a^d the number of 
 births 4232 i being skn fcxceu of deaths in one-year of 28S9. 
 But this will appear the less astonishing when,;^ ^' are informed 
 that during the ^wo years inut^edi^tely preceding, there were 
 imported into that part of theisl^d a^ut 60,009 new negroes. 
 In the year 1796, the population 6f this part of the island was 
 supposed to amount to 30^831 whites,, 480,000 negro slaves, 
 and 24,000 mulattoesj or free people of colour. But during 
 the last calamitous war, the negroes must have been prodigi- 
 ously diminished in number 5 and at this moment, it is extreme- 
 ly doubtful whether there is, a white man, woman, or child, ex- 
 isting in the island. ; 
 
 The exports of ^is valuable colony durjpg thfe year 1,789 
 v^tiit of ^hite sugar 47,516,531 lib. j of brown do. 93,573,300 
 J.ajiri;t)f coffee 76,835,21^ lib. J of cotton 7^04,274 lib. j of 
 indigo 758,6a8 li|j, ^ besides other valuable articles, as tanned 
 hides, raw do: molasspes, .q^d spirits. In the year 1790 the 
 txports were, of clayed sugar, 58,642,214 lib. 5 of Muscovado, 
 
Part II. 
 
 AMERICA. 
 
 153 
 
 IsLAWBB or AxKiliCA. St Domtngo. 
 
 - w 
 
 S6,545^iBi9lib ', of coffee, 71,663,187 lib.4 of cotton, 6,698,858 
 Uh. ) of.uiuiigo, 95 1,607 iibi y bendca molsMes, raw uid taimed 
 liiiks udqpirits J aBMuntingin 9Uto 171,544,666 livreii whi<;li 
 fexe«qiud to 4,765,139!. sterling. Yet of all this Uift the 
 French Jiattoa been depriirnl bj the wretched politics of its 
 SUlcrs.' ■ ., ■ .,: ; :.j..: , . ..■ -i'^j/ ■ ..J. 
 
 In ctoitsettuence^Kf <t^rtain abwrd jaud: contradictory decrees 
 of thr National Assembly of Franocj the negroes and people of 
 colour in this island were encouraged to assert their independf 
 ence, and to threw off the yoke of £c(topean tyranny. , In the 
 3^aii 1791, a, most alarming insurrection toek. place, which wa« 
 followed by a succcssiui of the uob^ horrid cruelties, Thie 
 mann&ctories and pUntntions of more than half the northern 
 pnnitffie, were destroyed as by one genend conllagraiiolH and 
 the country was filled with carnage and deluged with blood. 
 On .the aist of JttBc/i!795, the city of ^ape>Franqx»& ^U into 
 the bauds of the insurgents, and an vniversal massacre of ^ 
 whites, men, women, and children, ensued. The rash and pne^. 
 cipitate abolition. of slavery by the infatuated revolutionists of 
 France, however it might at first view impose on the fciendioC 
 liberty and humanity in Europe, has, by their subsequent con- 
 duct, been fully demoostxated, not to have been in them the ef-> 
 &ct of cool reason, and of regulated justice, but of wild fsna- 
 tictsm, and of frantic ignorance } and it has been productive of 
 the effects which the least ray of political wisdom would have 
 enabled them to have foreseen with horror, and the. smallest 
 spark of humanity »k>iild have led them to provide against witik 
 energy and effect. < I : *! 
 
 The mad attempt of the present ruler pi France, to reduce 
 the black inhabitants of St Domingo, both in its original c(m- 
 ception, and in the means of its accomplishment, was djctat)^ 
 by the most ferocious cruelty, and by the most palpable defect 
 of political wisdom* To propose to ioa,ooo men in arrov 
 
 3A4 
 
"1 
 
 JLMSRJGA. 
 
 PAfcT If, 
 
 IiLANBror Amuica. StJUtmia^t. 
 
 boiling yrl(h the rcoqUlectipn of piMt iiuiignities, breathing high 
 fvith. sentiments o£ emanc^wtion a|id of freedom^ ai^d possessing 
 many ^neift i^dvapt^ges Sat s«lf»d^finice«Ni»to propqieto such 
 a people the horrible alternative of slifei^ or ^ztcmiination ) 
 marks, not Qn|y a depiayitjr of heart a^d primcipk which must 
 brand any character with infamy, but also the most consmn-^ 
 mate ignorance of the nature of man* The cMiducit of Buooa- 
 jparte in this instance was ^ht more cniminal,.and the more im-^ 
 poUtic, as Providence 'SeaiM, in the person: of Toussaint Lou- 
 f ertuK, to have raiaedi up a man qualified > and disposed to re*^ 
 pair the follies of thu early xevoluf bni8t8;ofi Fianqe, and %o heal 
 diie dreadful wounds, whieh their iniaconduct had inflicted. 
 Had the First Consul possessed the smallest particle of gener- 
 ous sentiment, or even of political isagacity, he would rhave 
 courted the truly illustrio^s Black} andy instead of driring. 
 him by forcie into opposition, and aft^cward^ deceiving! jand 
 murdering him f j he would have employed his t^Umts and hi& 
 inflnence to render thb liberty of the blacks consistent with the^ 
 safety- of the whites, as.wiall $s Mfiti\ the inteceata of. good gov- 
 ernment and of the l\umaa race. .iHpVfski: ,.::im-ii 
 'I This important object^ for ihe t\ttunmen\ of which Toussaint 
 seems to have been eminently w^ fitted^ and extremely well 
 clispbsed, hsis now l^n lost ) '. and however ipauch the loss is to 
 be regretted, and the circumst^ances by which it was incurred, 
 are to be held in abhorrence, their efGects cah never be repairs 
 ed. T3ie folly and cruelty of Buonaparte have established for 
 ever the empire of the blacks in the West Indies, and in a way 
 peculiarly dangerous. Yet, with all this consequence in view. 
 
 * Utis expression is perhaps too strong, because not warranted by clear 
 and positfve proof. Yet, in aitendttig to all the known circiunstances of tlii) 
 liorrid aifur, the most unprejudiced mind can hardly be led to any other con* 
 {I) t^ tha( expressed in ^ text. . ^,.. , «. . 
 
1^»tII. 
 
 AMERICA. 
 
 tSJ 
 
 IstAMDa or AuiRtCA. St Domin^^e. 
 
 aa 
 
 BO feeling mind, no wite politictui, could have wished success 
 to the waa» o£ Frtnce during the pirogress of the contest ) nor 
 can w« wonder at the subsequent cruelties of the blacks, whttn 
 we roQtfit on the still more shocking barbarities of Leclerc 
 a|id Roeh^mbeau. 
 
 ,« But though.the mad conduct of thp French revolutionists has 
 rendered the emancipation of the slaves in St Domingo so calami- 
 tous to the mother coimtry and to that island, we are not from 
 thence tq infer the impolicy or injustice of abolising the slave- 
 tradcf . and emancipating persons who are already klaves as a ge« 
 aeral principle) nor to conclude that such emancipation and abo- 
 lition must be attended with disastrous consequences in every 
 concurrence of circumstances, and in whatever mode it is ef- 
 fcced. Such a conclusion the pcemises do not admit by any 
 fair and logipal dedpction } while the nature of the trade, the 
 present enlightened state of the world, and above all, (he mild 
 and merciful spirit of the gospel, m^«t lc«d tP very different 
 sentiments on the subject. 
 
 Among vi\m0 and good men, of whatever denomination or 
 profession, who are not biassed by private interest or early pre> 
 judice, there cannot exist two opinions concerning the odious 
 nature, and pernicious in^uence, of that inhuman traffic, con'* 
 cerning the enormous complication of crimes of which it is the 
 <:ause, and the tremendous cry of vengeance which ascends tq 
 to heaven from the blood of millions of the human race, who 
 are annually immolated at its shrine. None but a pubHc ene- 
 my ef the human race can defend a system of cruelty and hor' 
 ror which has no example in the annals of the world, and the 
 ^ndency of which is the cpmplete extermination 6f the species. 
 No political considerations can justify a practice which shocks 
 ^he finest feelings of our nature, which destroys every idea of 
 moral obligatitm, which violates every social affisction, which 
 %f^ifs asunder every bond by whjch man is encored to his bra- 1 
 
rs^ 
 
 AAtERICA. 
 
 Paut II. 
 
 IiLAMoi or America. St Dominro. 
 
 ther, nd makes one part of the species a pre^ to the unbuund- 
 ed rapacity and avarice of the other. Happily, however, For 
 the cause of suffering humanity,* its demands in the present in- 
 stance^ and in so far as Great Britain is concerned, seem to be 
 in perfect unison with the best interests of the state \ for they 
 must have but little political penetration who do not perceive, 
 that the present state of St Domingo renders a speedy abolition 
 i»f the slave>trade a matter of the highest national expediency. 
 «^ But though the calls of humanity, of justice, of religion, and 
 of political necessity, unite in one voice to demand a speedy and 
 complete termination to that execrable traffic ) it mU»t, at th« 
 same time, be remembered, that the mode of accomplishing thia 
 object in a consistency with the general happiness of the sub- 
 jects, both white andlilack, involves a question of most difficult) 
 and most serious solution. With this subject the British Parlia- 
 ment has been occupied for several years past ; and perhaps a 
 subject of a more delicate nature, involving a greater variety 
 of jarring interests and opinions, and fraught with more im<* 
 portant and aw^l consequences, has never bAcn deliberated 
 upon by thnt tiugust assembly. No wonder that it has not yet 
 been finally discussed* The conduct of the French nation, 
 with its drdadful eflPects, presents an awful warning against the 
 tash measures of fanaticism and ignorance \ the interested mo- 
 tives of some among ourselves, and the temperate prudence of 
 Others, (^erate as salutti' checks upon the otherwise uncau- 
 tious steps of well-mcani'ig humanity } but the generous spirft, 
 the religious principle., and the justice, as well its the most pre- 
 cious tntdrests of the nation, are unanimous and loud in urging 
 the most pfudent plan for the relief of our sabk brethren} and 
 these must 'finally prevail. 
 
 Dufing the progress of^ the discussion, however, let not the 
 intempcvate clamours of the friends of humanity, either real or 
 pretended, pnecume to mterfere with the grave deliberations of 
 
Fart II. 
 
 AMERICA. 
 
 'in 
 
 ItLAMDt or America. Jammit*. 
 
 ei^periencc and witdom ) far lea* let the unhillcmcd arm of f«- 
 iwticiim be yns^d, t > plunge this nation into the same vortet 
 cf dittrcM which' h/i swallowed up for evttr the colonial inters 
 eiti of France'} iind» on theothcr hand, let the most strenuous 
 opposers of the alxDlition of the slave trade remember, that if 
 they refuse tO> listen to the salutary counsels of vrisdorai thej 
 may one day sink under the overwhelming efforts of vloleac<« 
 
 3. Porto Rico lies about 20 leagues east from St JDomingo« 
 and is about 100 mil^s in lengthy and 40 in brcadik 'i'he 
 country, is beautifully diversiHed liith woods, vallie), and plants) 
 and the soil i» exceedingly fertile, yielding the same ptpduc* 
 tions as the other West India islands.!. This island is well wa- 
 tered by springs and rivers ^ but ii> unhealthy in the r^my sea- 
 •on. The capital city, which is df the; same nam^r* stands <oft>« 
 •mall island on the north side a£' 'Porto Rico, to which it is 
 joined by a cavweway, extending across the harbour, which is 
 spacious, convenient, and safe* The town is large, and 'well 
 built and forti£ed, and is tlie see of a bishop* Thb island is 
 subject to the king of Spain* 
 
 4. Jamaica lies at the distlntie of about 30 leagues south- 
 west from St Domingo, and is 150 miles in length, and 40 In 
 breadth. It is intersected by a tidge of steep rucks, which 
 runs from cast to west along its whole length, and gives rise to 
 e vast number of small rIVers of pure and wholesdme water^ 
 Ivhich fall down in cataracts from the sides of the mountains, 
 lind form, with the stupendous height of these, and the bright 
 verdure of the trees, a most delightful landscape. Sugar is 
 the most abundant, and the most valuable production of this 
 island. It produces also cocoa, ginger, pimento or Jamaica 
 pepper, wild cinnamon, machineel, the cabbage tree, the palma, 
 the soap tree, the mangrove and olive bark, the fustic, red- 
 wood, and logwood. Fruits are in great variety and abun- 
 iJaiice 'y as citrons, Seville and China oranges, limes, shaddock^ 
 
7X8 
 
 AMERICA. 
 
 Paut n. 
 
 Islands of Amikica. Virgin Islet. — Caribbee Islet. 
 
 ponegranates^ sonrsops, mamees, papas, ptnc-apples, prickly 
 pears, allicada pears« melons, guavas, several kinds of berries ; 
 and of late the bredd- fruit tree, the true Cejion cinnamon tree, 
 and the mango tree. There is in this island a botanical gar* 
 den, vvhich contuns perhaps the rarest collection of trees and 
 qplants in the world. The other productions of Jamaica are 
 such as are common m the other islands of the West Indies. 
 This island was taken from Spain by the British Admirals 
 Pcnn «nd VenaUes in the year 1656, and has ev«r since been 
 subject to rGreat Britain*. It is divided into three counties, 
 and these are subdivided into 20 parishes, each of which has a 
 rector and other church officers. St Jago is regarded as the 
 capital, while Kingston is the chief searport. The number of 
 white inhabatants in the island may amount to 30,000, the 
 freed negroes are 10,000, the mulattoes 14,000, and the slaves 
 250,000 5 in all 304,000. The government of Jamaica is one 
 of the richest places at the disposal of the crown, being sup- 
 |tosed to be worth about lOtOOol. a year. The island is sub- 
 ject to earthquakes and hurricanes, which have often done in* 
 credible damage \ and of late the yellow fever has committed 
 the most texrji)ble ravages auipng the inhabitants. 
 
 V. Th£ Virgin Isles 
 Extend over a space of 24 leagues from east to west, and 
 about 16 from north to south^ to the eastward of Porto Rico, 
 and are subject to several of the European powers, of which 
 Great Britain is that which possesses the most vaiuable. They 
 are very dangerous to navigators j but there is an extensive 
 bason in the midst of them, where ships may lie in perfect safe- 
 ty from all winds. 
 
 VI The Chanbhee Isles 
 Extend in a semicircular direction from the Virgin Isles to 
 Tobago, notiarirom the coast of South America. They arof 
 
Part II. 
 
 AMERICA.* 
 
 
 Islands of America. T/je Little Antilles. 
 
 very numerous, and are divided into the: {'Ce ..ard and Wind:* 
 ward Isles ; the former lying on the north, and the latter o» 
 the south of Martinico. The most unpottlanlf of these islands 
 are, Barbuda, St Kittys or St Christopher*s, Nevis, Antigua, 
 Montserrat, Dominica, St Vincent^s, fiarbadoes, the Grena- 
 dines and Grenada, which belong to Great Britain : Guada« 
 loupe, Desirade, Mariegalante, Martinico, St Lucie, and To^ 
 bago, which are subject to France : St Bartholomew, which 
 ^belongs to Sweden ) and St £ustatius which is subject to the 
 Dutch. , 
 
 VII. The Little Jntilles 
 
 Lie along the coast of Terra fixmii in South America. 
 The most considerable of these are Curaqoa, 30 miles in length, 
 and 10 in breadth j which, with the two small adjacent islands 
 of Aruba and fionair, its appendages, was lately in possession 
 of the Dutcli, but is now probably subject to Great Britain j 
 Margaretta, 40 miles in length, and 24 in breadth, which be> 
 longs to the king of Spain j and Trinidad, 90 miles in length, 
 and 60 in breadth, which was ceded by Spain to Great Bri 
 tain at the peace of 1 80 1. The climate of this island is said 
 to be remarkably good : "^it as little of the country is as yet 
 cleared, the air r ..mo' ■<e. pleasant or healthy. There are se- 
 veral groups oi rjtouTituins iu the island, which occupy about 
 one third o" . »crface ^ but the other two thirds c insist of a 
 most fertile soi! . The southern coast is well adaoted to the 
 culture of coffei ^ and on the west is a large har.^^^A, which is 
 said to he secure in all seasons. The nuraber of inhautants itk 
 the island may be estimated at about i8,3CO, of i\-ho'Ui io,ooo 
 are slaves. 
 
 These islands are sometimes stWei. the Csribbean isUs, 
 while thost above described under thli iajt nrac are called the 
 Little Antilles } and sometime s th? get>e.a^ aamc of Little 
 
 Ah 
 
jSca 
 
 AMERICA: 
 
 Part If. 
 
 ISI.AKDS OF Amsxica. Falkland Lies. AicMres. 
 
 Antilles, or of the Charibbees, is applied to both the groups 
 
 alike. 
 
 VIII. Ty Falkland Isles 
 Lie at no great distance from the Streights of Magei nnj at 
 the southern extremity of South America. They were disco* 
 vered by Sir Richard Hawkin* in 1594 j but a British settle- 
 ment which had been made there, vras dispossessed by the Span> 
 iards in the year 1770, and the object did not appear of suffi- 
 cient importance to Great Britain to merit contention. The 
 soil of the islands is bad, the climate is severe, an ' the '^ore» 
 are beaten by perpetual storms. 
 
 The islands on the western coast of America are, Chiloe, .r^ar 
 the shore of Chili, which is 150 miles in length, and 21 in breadth j 
 Juan Fcmandes, aliready mentioned as the Solitary kingdom of 
 Robison Crusoe ) the GalKpago isles, about 400 miles from Pe- 
 ;u, under the equator ; and those in the Bay of Panama, called, 
 the King*& or Pearl Islands. 
 ' - ^ ■ ' ■ 
 fi; , , , The Aaores, 
 
 'In the midst of the Atlantic Ocean, at the distance of about 
 1000 miles from Europe, and from Africa, and twice as many 
 from America, lies a group of s-jiall islands, called the Azores, 
 Terceras, or Western Isles. They are nine in number, and 
 are fertile in corn, wine, and fruits, but subject to dreadful 
 earthquakes and tempests. Tercera, which is the largest, con- 
 tains about 20,oco inhabitants. The capital town is Angra, 
 ixrhich contains a cathedral, and five churches. It is the resi- 
 dence of the governor of these islands, and of the bishpp. 
 
 I 
 
 t 
 
 ta 
 
 , v?.'*><n ''# I 
 
 B^''f^'^ 
 
 Of; 
 
 nfwij 'io mv4» UiH':$ 
 
S *-'^ 
 
 A F P E N B 1 Xr- 
 
 ■"' ntf^(»L,il.flf^«; . ■ 
 
 ^mmmmmUM m ^ 
 
 A TABLE 
 
 OF THE 
 
 LATITUDES AND LONGITUDES 
 
 Of MAMT OP THE MOST REMARKABLE TOWKS AND OTHER PLACES IS TSS 
 WORLD ; CRIEFIT DEDUCED FROM ASTRONOMICAL OBSERVATIONS. 
 
 I 
 
 Names of Places. 
 
 Aslborg in Jutlacd 
 Aarhuus in Jutland 
 Abbeville in France 
 Aberdeen in Scotland 
 Abo in Sweden 
 Achem in Sumatra 
 Acre in Syria 
 Adrianople in Turkey 
 Ae;adeK in Africa 
 ' .^- in Franco 
 Ag m France 
 ajrra * iu Indi* 
 ; frra t in India 
 .'^iel»st£''t in Germany 
 A!>c iii Fiance 
 Aix-la>ChapelIe 
 Alenqon in France 
 Aleppo in Syria 
 Alexandria in Fgypt 
 
 Latitude. 
 
 57° a'i7"N. 
 
 56 9 35 N. 
 JO 7 I N. 
 
 57 5 ON. 
 60 »7 10 N. 
 
 5 iz o N. 
 3a 49 o N. 
 4» 5 30 N. 
 20 3 o N. 
 43 18 13 N. 
 4' II o N. 
 ij 15 45 N. 
 a; 10 ao N. 
 4S 49 o N. 
 
 43 3» 35 N. 
 50 47 N. 
 48 a8 o N. 
 3j 45 a6 N. 
 31 It 30 N. 
 
 Long.fiom 
 Greenwich. 
 9^55 3o"E. 
 
 10 13 35 E. 
 I 50 — E. 
 a ai 30W. 
 
 aa 13 30 E. 
 
 95 33 45 E- 
 25 15 E. 
 a6 40 o E. 
 
 11 jSaoE. 
 
 3 V 55 E. 
 
 o 39 ao E. 
 78 a3 45 E. 
 78 o oE. 
 II 8 30 E. 
 
 5 a6 15 E. 
 
 6 4 10 £. 
 o 5 40 E. 
 
 37 aj o E. 
 30 16 15 E. 
 
 Long.from 
 
 Terra, 
 aj^x' ts"E. 
 *7 59 *o E. 
 19 35 45 E. 
 ij 24 15 E. 
 39 59 15 E. 
 113 19 30 E. 
 53 O 45 E. 
 44 a5 45 E. 
 19 44 5 E. 
 at 13 40 £. 
 x8 35 5 E. 
 96 9 30 E. 
 
 95 45 45 E. 
 a8 54 15 E. 
 a3 la o E. 
 23 49 55 E 
 17 51 »5 E. 
 5j 10 45 E'. 
 48 a ol:. 
 
 Time from 
 Greenvjicb. 
 — h 39'4»''E.' 
 -T 40 54 E. 
 
 — 7 aoE. 
 
 — 9a6W. 
 
 I a8 54E. 
 VI aa 15 E. 
 
 II ax o £. 
 
 I 46 40 E. 
 
 — 4753E. 
 
 — I3 5»E. 
 
 — a37E. 
 
 V 13 35'e. 
 
 V xa o E. 
 
 — 44 34 E. 
 
 — ai 45 E. 
 
 — 84 16 E. 
 — O 3» E. 
 
 II 39 40 £. 
 II 1 J E. 
 
 Tlte places marked thus [*] are laid doiun from the deJuctioKS ofseiieral writ' 
 *n in the Asiatic Reseatches^from Major B^nnel^s Map of India ^ and similar 
 authorities. 
 
 Tbot0 tnarkei tbr/s [\] are laid down from Arrau'i'nitVt large Map of Indian 
 
 JA 
 
j^i 
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 Table of Latitudes and Longitudes. 
 
 Names of Places. 
 Algiers ia Barbary 
 Alicant in Spain 
 AUunaer in Holland 
 
 Long, from Lang, from Time from 
 Latitude. Greenwich, from Ferro. Greenivich. 
 
 38 35 o N. 
 5438 4^. 
 
 3° 4'40"li. 
 o 24 oW. 
 4 37 30 E. 
 
 Allahabad* ia India (Ft.)«5 25 56 N. Z% 5 o E. 
 Allahabad t in India (Ft.) %s %1 30 N. 81 5a 10 E. 
 4^dorf in Switzerland- 46 50 o N. 8 36 o E. 
 
 Vona in Germany 
 ^iO.iVn' <.■» France 
 A^.*>. .-■<■% in Hollandi 
 Ajxtxiii. 'taly 
 
 Andrews (St) in Scotlandjd 17 15 N 
 Angers in France 
 Angottleme in France 
 Anspach in Germany 
 Antioch in Syria 
 Antrim in Ireland 
 Antwerp in Flanders 
 
 5.1 34 30 N. 10 % 30 E. 
 49 J3 38 N. a iS E. 
 5a aa j6 N. 4. 51 15 E. 
 43 37 54 N. 13 30 30 E. 
 a J7 45 W* 
 47 a8 8 N. o 33 45W. 
 45 3^ 4<3 N. o 10 o E. 
 49 19 15 ^. 10 34 o E. 
 36 II o N. 36 3a 15 E. 
 54 4a a* N. 6 6 oW. 
 51 13 ij N. 
 
 4 23 45 E. 
 Appenzel in Switzerland 471440M. 937 o£. 
 
 64 34 o N. 38 55 o E. 
 58 a3 36 N. 9 4 30 E. 
 5a 49 o N. 6 10 oW. 
 50 18 o N. a 45 IJ E. 
 
 Archangel in Russia 
 Arcndal in l^orway 
 Arkiow in Ireland 
 Arras in France 
 Astrachan in Russia 
 
 46 a8 30 N. 47 58 o E. 
 
 Athens in Turk. (D'Anv.)38 3 o N. as 5a 30 E. 
 Athens (accord, to Cary) 37 58 N. a3 46 o E. 
 
 Attock * in India 
 Attock + in India 
 Augsburg in Germany 
 Auxeres in trance 
 Aya in Asia 
 Avignon in France 
 Azores (Peak of) 
 Sabylon (anc. supposed) 
 Baden in Switzerland 
 Bagdad in Asia 
 Balasore ''^ in India 
 Erfasore \ in India 
 
 3a 17 o N. 71 10 o E. 
 33 6 45 N. 71 la 45 E. 
 48 z6 10 N. 105a oE. 
 47 49 «o N- 3 30 30 E. 
 aa 5 o N. 97 4J o E. 
 43 57 15 N. 4 48 45 E. 
 38 35 o N. a8 10 30W. 
 3a 45 o N. 44 a9 15 E. 
 47 a3 ao N. 8 19 o E. 
 
 ao^50'aj"E.— hx3'i8'E. 
 17 al 45 E. — I 36W. 
 aa a3 15 E. —18 30 E. 
 99 5045 E. V a8 ao E. 
 99 37 is E. V ^^ a9 E. 
 a6 ai 45 £. o 34 a4 E; 
 
 %^ 48 15 E. o 40 10 E. 
 
 20 3 45 £. o 9 la E. 
 aa 37 6 E. o 19 a5 E. 
 31 16 15 E. o 54 aE. 
 14 48 oE. o II jiW. 
 17 la o E. o a i5\V. 
 17 55 45 E. o 040 E. 
 a8 19 45 E. o 4a 16 £. 
 54 18 oE* .II a6 9£. 
 II 39 45 E. o a4 a4W. 
 aa 9 30 £• o 17 II E. 
 47 aa 4J E. o 38 a8 E 
 56 40 45 E. II 35 40 E. 
 a6 50 15 E. o 36 18 £. 
 " 35 45 E- o a4 40W. 
 ao 31 o £. Q II I £. 
 65 43 45 E. ly aa n E. 
 41 38 15 E. I 35 30 E. 
 41 31 45 £.1 35 4 E. 
 88 i$ 45 E. IV 44 40 E. 
 88 5*8 30 £. IV 44 51 E. 
 a8 37 45E. o 43 a8E, 
 ai 16 15 £. o 14 1 £. 
 115 30 45 E. VI 31 oE. 
 aa 34 30 E. o 19 15 E. 
 10 a4 45 W. I 5» 4»W. 
 6a li o E. II 57 57 E- 
 a6 4 45 E.— 33 »* E. 
 6i 3a 15 E. n SS * E. 
 
 33 ao o N. 43 46 30 E. 
 
 »i 31 30 N. 87 a 30 £. 104 48 15 E. V 48 10 E. 
 
 21 31 30 N. 87 la 50 E. 105 58 35 F. V 48 *i E, 
 
■■Mi 
 
 APPENDIX* 
 
 dh 
 
 yfis' 
 
 Ta''">;'" ol '/iticudes ard Lo"pitndes 
 
 Long, from Long, from Time from 
 Names of Places. Latitude. Geemvieh. Fen-o. Greetiwrh, 
 
 Baniec in Syria. , 34O 6*45"^ 36^3' c/E. 54^ SV'E. 11" »5'3a"E. 
 
 Ballashannon.ito Ireland i 54 3i 30 N. 8 « 3CW. 9 43 15 E. o 34 loW. 
 Bangalore * in India : i> 57 39 N. 77 '37.1 : E: ^95 22 5 E. V 10 ^9 B. 
 
 11^7 39 N 77 55 jO Ej%95 41 iS E- V n 43 E. 
 -41126 o N. a! 18 oEi ao 3 45 E. o 9 i» E. 
 47 '33 ao N. 9 38 o E; ' 25 a3 45 E. o 30 31 E. 
 3031 o N. 47 3* 15 ©.. 65 18 oE. niio 9 E» 
 4* 4» 20 N 9 36 4{E^ a; 12 3|o E. o 37 47 E. 
 ,: 6 10 c S. 10* y7 ©fE: 124 4a 45 E. VII 7 48 E. 
 J Q 43 29 ao N. X 30 «Wr 16 15 45 E. o 6 o E. 
 At> 49 26 2 N. a 445E, 19 50*30 E.o 8 19 E. 
 ^^54 36 30 N. 5 50 oW. II 55 45 E. o. 23 20W* 
 ' - 145 10 20 N. 2» 5 O E. 38 50 45 d 24 T>o E. 
 Benares* in India (Obsy;)25 18 36 N.' 8» 59 4J E 100 45 30 E. V 31 59 E. 
 Benares t in India ;■ 25 18 3to N. 83 o o E. ico 45 45 Ei V 32 J> E» 
 
 BcDcoolen in Sumatra 349 3S. 102 o o E. 119 45 45 £. VI48 o E. 
 Bergen in Nonvay 6q 43 40 N. 5 36 45 E. 23 22 30 S. o 2a 27 E. 
 
 Befgen-op-zooni in Br;^.5i 19 40 N. 4 16 26 E. 
 
 Bangalore f in India 
 Barcelona in S^aia 
 Basil in Switzerland'^ : 
 Bassorah in Asia > : 
 Battia in Cdrsica 
 Batsnria in Java . ' '^, 
 Bayonne in FraaA'-. 
 Beaovais in France T ' 
 Belfast in Iceland 
 Belgrade ih Turkey 
 
 Berlin in Germany 
 Bern in Switzerland 
 Berwick in Scotland 
 Bcsanqon in France 
 BetUs In Turkey 
 Bilboa in Spain 
 Bologna in Italy 
 Bombay * in India 
 Bombay f in India . 
 Bonn in Germany 
 
 ,52 3*30 R 13 21 45 E. 
 
 46 56 35 N. 7 20 30 E. 
 55 47 30 N. 2 10 30W. 
 
 47 13 45 N. 69 30 E. 
 37 30 o N. 42 50 G E. 
 
 43 22 20 N. 3 19 30W. 
 
 44 29 35 N. ir 21 15 E. 
 18 56 40 N. 72 38 o E. 
 18 56 40 N. 72 54 t) E. 
 
 22 2 II E. « t7 6 E. 
 31 7 30&-«i.'53f 27E. 
 25 6 15 E^o 29 2zE. 
 15 35 I- E. o 842W. 
 43 55 «5 E. o 24 38 £• 
 60 35 45 E. II 51 20 E, 
 14 26 15 E. o 13 18W. 
 29 7 o E. o 45 25 E» 
 90 23 45 £. IV50 32 E. 
 90 3945 E. IV51 36 E* 
 24 51 45 E< 38 24 E> 
 14 9 15 B. 3 X4- 26 W» 
 17 47 54 E. 6 o 9 E. 
 5313 8W.IV4S55W. 
 
 50 40 o N. 7 6 o £. 
 Borrowstownness in Sc»t.56 3 10 N. 3 3:6 30W. 
 Boston in England 525850^^ o 2 9 £> 
 
 Boston in North Afl^rica42 23 15 N. 70 58 5^W. 
 Botany Bay in N. Holland34 o o N. 151 20 E. 169 5 45 B. X j 20 &. 
 fiourdeaux in France 44 50 z8 N. o 34 45W. 17 11 o E. o 2 19W. 
 Brandenburg in Prussia 54 37 20 N. 20 17, o £. 
 Breda in the Netherlands 51 38 30 N. 4 45 25 fi. 
 Bir«aen U V)Winr 80*007^3 ^ It N. 8 49 3 E. 
 
 3A 
 
 38 2 45 B. I flX 8 B. 
 
 22 3f 10 E. o 1*9 2 0. 
 26 14 4S B< o 35 z6 8. 
 
764 
 
 APPENDIX.' 
 
 Table of Latitudes and Longitudes. 
 
 Names tf Places. 
 Breslaw in Siledi 
 Brest' in France 
 Briell in Holland 
 Bristol in England 
 Bruges in Flanders 
 Brunswick in Germany 
 Brussels in Brabant 
 
 Time from 
 Ferro. Greenivich. 
 34''54'3o''E. Ih 8'35''E. 
 xi 14 30 E. o x8 5W. 
 ax 43 dE. o Z5 49 £. 
 IJ 3 1:5 E. o 10 50W. 
 ao 56 30 E» o 12 43 E. 
 28 26'3o£. o 4243 £. 
 Z» 7 oE. o 17 aj E. 
 40 45 30W. Ill 54 5W. 
 
 93 55 45 JE. V 4 40 E. 
 
 94 5 15E.V 5 18 E. 
 46 55 o E. I 56 37 E. 
 
 Long, from Long, from 
 latitude. Greenivich. 
 51" 3' O'N. i7« 8'45"H. 
 
 48 «3 o N» 4 3« 15 W^ 
 ^x 4a 40 N. 3 57 IS E. 
 5X a8 30 N. % 4» 3oVr. 
 51 xa ao Ni 3 x« 45 £• 
 ja X3 40 N. 10 40 45 Ei 
 50 5X o N. 4 ax X5 E. 
 
 Buenos Ayres in S. Anier.34 35 a5 S. 58 3X xjW. 
 Burhampoor * in India ax xo o N. 76 lO o £4 
 P-' .apoor t in India ax 19 30 N. 76 19 30 E. 
 bu.'ia in Asiatic Turkey 40 e 30 N. a9 9 15 E. 
 fiuzar '1^ in India 
 iV ^'f > . uia 
 Cabo d'hi.na in Istria 
 
 34 36 o N. 68 58 o E. 
 
 3430 30 N. 68 35 oE. 
 
 3631 7N. 6 XX 15 W. 
 
 49 II 10 N. oax 45 W. 
 45 a oN. 35 ao o E. 
 39a5aoN. 9 17 30 E.; 
 30 a 38 N. 3x a; 15 E. 
 
 50 57 30 N. I50 3OE. 
 aa 34 50 N. 88 aa 7 £. xo6 7 5a E. V 
 la 34 o N. 88 Z9 o E. xo6 14 45 E. V 
 ij 18 o N. 76 5 o E. 
 XX 18 ao N. 75 5a ao E. 
 
 Calingapatam * in India 18 ax x6 N. 84 10 37 E. loi 56 aa E. V 36 4a E. 
 Calingapatam f in India X7 4X 40 N. 84 xi aj E. xoi 57 10 E. V 36 46 E. 
 Callao in Peru la x S5 S. 76 58 30W. 59 xa45W. V 7 54^". 
 
 Calymcrc * (Pt.) in India io ao o N. 79 54 30 E. 
 Calymer« \ in .India xo ao o N. 79 56 50 E. 
 
 Cambay f in India aa x6 45 N. 7a 3a 45 £• 
 
 .Cambay f in India aa 13 ao N. 7a 47 xo E. 
 
 Cambray, Netherlands 50 xo 30 N. 3x3 45 E. 
 
 S% 1% 36 N. O 4 45 E. 
 
 33 p N. 67 30 £. 
 
 Cabul* in, India 
 Cabulfiio India 
 Ciidiz in Spain 
 Caen in France 
 CaiFa in Crini Tartary 
 CagUari in Sardinia 
 Cairo in Egypt 
 Calais in Frar.ce 
 Calcutta * in India 
 Calcutta f in India 
 Calicut * in India 
 Calicut f in India 
 
 aj 34 27 N. 83 59 45 E. XOI 45 36 E. V 35 59 Ei 
 aj a4 ao N. 83 58 ao E. lox 44 5 E. V :is 53 E. 
 45 40 10 N. X3 S5 o El 3X 40 45 E. o S5 40 E. 
 
 86 43 45 E. IV 35 5a E. 
 
 86 ao 45 E. IV 34 «o E. 
 
 IX 3430E. o 24 45^. 
 
 X7 a4 oE. o X a7W. 
 
 53 5 45E. II ax aoE. 
 
 27- 3 15 E. o 37 10 E. 
 
 49 ij o E. II 
 
 19 36 15 E. O 
 
 93 50 45 E. V 
 93 38 5 E. V 
 
 S49E. 
 
 7 azE. 
 53 «8 E. 
 53 5«E. 
 
 4 20 E. 
 
 3 29 E. 
 
 Cambridge in England 
 Candqlp: ^ in India 
 
 97 40 »5 E. V 19 36 E. 
 97 4* 35 E. V I9 47E- 
 99x8 .35 E. IV 50 II E. 
 90 3» SS E. IV5X 9 E. 
 ao 59 30 E. o xa SS E. 
 X7 49 30 E. o 019E, 
 85X345E.IV30 0E« 
 
APPENDIX. 
 
 765 
 
 Table of Latitudes and Longitudes; 
 
 I7atnes of Places. Latitttie. 
 
 Candaharf in India 33^ o' o'M- 
 
 Candjr * in Ceylon 7 39 30 N. 
 
 Candy f in Ceylon ' 7 aa 15 N- 
 
 Canterbury in England 51 18 40 N. 
 Canton in China 23 7 46 N. 
 
 Cape Clear in Ireland 51 19 o N- 
 Cape Comorin * in India 8 xft o N 
 Cape Comorin f in India 7 56 30 N, 
 Cape Finisterre in Spain 4% 51 o N. 
 Gape of Good HopeinAfr.34 29 40 S. 
 Cape Horn in S. Americajj 58 30 S. 
 Cape Sable in Nova Scotia43 24 o N. 
 Cape St Vincent, Portugal37 » 15 N. 
 Cape Verd in Africa 1 4 48 o N. 
 
 Carlescrona in Sweden 56 20 o N. 
 Carrickfergus in Ireland 54 43 15 N. 
 Carthagena in Spain 37 37 o N. 
 
 Carthagena in S. America 10 a6 24 N. 
 Cashmere * in India 33 49 o I^- 
 
 Cashmere \ in India 34 20 o N. 
 
 Cassel(He8ie)in Germany 51 18 30 N. 
 Cattack * in India ao 30 15 N 
 
 Cattack f in India 2o 31 ao N. 
 
 Cavan in Ireland 53 59 o N. 
 
 Chamberry in Savoy 45 36 45 N. 
 Chandernagore * in India aa 51 a6 N. 
 Chandetnagore f in India aa 40 ao N- 
 Charlestown, N. America 3 a 44 30 N. 
 Chatham in Englapd 51 a4 jo N. 
 Chclm in Poland 50 56 o N. 
 
 Cherburg in France 49 38 a5 N- 
 
 Christiania in Norway 59 55 20 N. 
 Christiansand in Norway 58 6 30 N. 
 Cicacole * in India 18 la a4 N. 
 
 Cicacftle t in India 18 20 50 N 
 
 CiviU Vcccbi» in Italy 4a 5 25 N. 
 
 Long.from Long.from Time from 
 Greenwich. Ferro. Greenwich. 
 6^033' o"K. 83'i845"E.IVhaa'ia"E. 
 80 5» o E. 98 37 45 E. V 83 a8 E. 
 80 48 o E. 98 33 45 E. V a3 la B. 
 
 iia30E. x8 58 15 E. o 450E. 
 113 a30E. X3048 15 £.VIl3a loE. 
 
 9 a4 oW, 8 ai 45 E. o 37 36W. 
 77 38 5 E. 9S »3 50 E. V 10 3a E. 
 77 36 oE. 95 ai 45 ^- V la a4 E. 
 
 9x345^". 8 3» oE. o 3655W. 
 18 a3 45 E. 36 9 30 E. 1 13 35 B. 
 67 a6 oW, 494015W. IVa9 44W. 
 65 30 oW. 47 44 15W. IV aa oW. 
 
 9 a xsW- 8 43 30 E. o 36 9W. 
 1740 oW. o 5 45 E. I io4pW. 
 1$ a6 15 E. 33 la o E. I I 45 E. 
 
 5 4a 30W. I a 3 15 E. c aa 50 w. 
 
 X 2 oW. 16 43 45 E. o 4 8W- 
 75 a6 30 W. 57 40 45 W^. V I 46 W. 
 73 II o E, 90 56 45 E. IV 5a 44 E. 
 734a qE. 91 a7 45E. IVJ448E. 
 
 9 a4 oE. a7 945E. o 3736E. 
 86 X 30 E. 103 47 15 E. V 44 6 E. 
 86 10 o E, 103 55 45 E. V 44 40 E, 
 
 7 15 15W. 10 30 30 E. o a9 iW. 
 5 58 30 E. a3 44 ts E. o 23 54 F. 
 
 88 ai 30 E. 106 7 15 E. V 53 16 E^ 
 88 a8 o E. X06 13 45 E. V 53 5a E. 
 80 39 45W. 6a 54 oW V aa 39W. 
 
 19 35 E. x8 5 ao E, o x r8 F. 
 »3 39 o E. fHi a4 45 E. I 34 36 F- 
 
 1 38 30 W. 16 7 15 E. o 6 34 W, 
 10 46 J9 E. a8 3a 44 E. o 43 8 E. 
 
 8 ao 44 E. a6 6 ap E. o 33 23 E. 
 83 58 o E. loi 43 45 E. V 35 51 E. 
 83 57 50 E. xoi 43 35 £. V 35 51 E. ' 
 XI 4i 15 E. 29 ja o £. o 47 5 F, 
 
766 
 
 APPENDIX 
 
 'I'r'ilf (if lacitudes ano Lotii{it>»dcs. 
 
 Names of Places. 
 Cleves in Oermapy 
 Clonmel m Ireland 
 Cloyne in Irel<uid 
 Coblentz in Germany 
 Cochin * in India 
 Cochin t in Indi4 
 Coire in, Switzerland 
 Colchester in England 
 Cologne in Germany 
 
 Lon^. from Long, from Time from. 
 Latitude. Grte>nuieh. Ferro. Grernivich. 
 
 5l»47'30"N 5''55'30"E. a3'^4i'»5"E. oh a3'4a"E. 
 5» ai ao N. 741 oW 10 4 4J li- 9 3044W'. 
 51 53 o N. 8 7 3c>W. 9 38(15 E. o 3a 30W. 
 JO aa aa N. 7 34 q E. aj 19 4J li o 30 16 E. 
 
 94 ta45 E. V J 48 E. 
 
 93 S5 !»5 E. V 4 39 E. 
 
 47 ia45 E. o 37 48 E. 
 
 18 ao 15 ^. o a 57 E. 
 
 34 37 45 F. o 17 a8 E. 
 
 54C4I5W-1VS0 40W. 
 
 a6 ^a 15 E. o 36 a6 £. 
 
 46 3930E. I 5S3SE. 
 
 30 %i a4 E. o 50 57 £. 
 
 40 38 45 E. I 31 3a E. 
 9 IS 15 E. 34 aW. 
 
 9 j8 o N. 76 47 o E. 
 956 o N 76 9 40 E. 
 
 46 47 30 N. 9 a7 r E. 
 
 51 56 10 N. o 44 30 E. 
 
 50 54 ao N. 6 5a o E. 
 Conception in S. America 36 4a ^4 S. 7a 40 oW. 
 Constance in Germany 47 36 40 N. 96 30 E. 
 Constafitinople in Turkey 41 i 45 N. aS 53 45 E. 
 Copenhagen <; in Dcniin^rk 5 ' 40 45 N. i:( 31: 39 E. 
 Corinth in Turkey 38 n 45 N. 2% 53 o ; . 
 
 Cork in L :land -,1 S4 ao N, 8 30 30W. 
 
 Cornwallis * Pt Gt.And" 11 41 a3 N. 9a 36 3a E. no aa 17 E. VIio a6 E. 
 Cornwallist Pt Gt. Andi\^" 13 18 o N. 9a 5 s o E. no 40 45 E. VI 11 40 E. 
 
 Coutance&in France 
 Cracow in Poland 
 Cremopa in Italy 
 Cromarty in Scotland 
 Cronst^dt io Russia 
 Cuddalore ^ in India 
 Cuddalore f in India 
 Cullcn in Scotland 
 Cusco in Peru 
 Cuxhaven in German]; 
 Dacc% * in India 
 Dacca f in India 
 Damascus in Syria 
 Santzic in Poland 
 Delhi* in India 
 Delhi t in India 
 Diarbeker in Asia 
 Dieppe in France 
 liijon in Fr^ce 
 
 49 ao ij N. X ai 30.W. 
 
 50 4 30 N. 19 49 30 E. 
 45 9 50 ^' 10 I 10 E. 
 57 37 o N. 4 19 30W. 
 J9 58 N. 49 45 e E. 
 n 41 oN. 794s 45 E. 
 II 44 30 N. 791 56 48 E. 
 57 33 30 N. 37 3iW. 
 la »5 o S. 70 ao oW. 
 53 54 30 N- 8 45 o E. 
 
 16 a4 15 E. o 5 »6W". 
 37 3S »S E. 1 19 i8 E. 
 a7 46 55 E. o 40 J E. 
 ^3 a6 xsE. Q 17 18W. 
 47 30 4? E. I 59 o E. 
 97 31 30 E, V 19 3E. 
 97 4a 33 E. V 19 47 E. 
 1438 14 E. o la 3aW, 
 5»34i5W.IV4i a&W. 
 a6 30 4s E. e 3; o E. 
 
 23 43 o N. 90 18 o E. 108 3 45 E. VI z la E. 
 
 23 41 :o N. 90 17 o E» 108 a 45 E. VI X 8 E. 
 <^3 S.S 25 N. 36 41 15 E. 54 27 a£. II a6 45 E. 
 
 54 aa N. i8 36 30 E. 
 
 36 aa 15 E. I 
 
 14 a6 E. 
 
 28 38 36 N. 77 40 45 K. 
 
 95 t6 30 E. V 
 
 10 43 E. 
 
 aS 37 N. 77 ao 15 E. 
 
 95 6. E, V 
 
 9 21 £> 
 
 37 a8 N. 40 15 E. 
 
 57 46 E. II 
 
 40 lE. 
 
 49 55 IS N. -t 4 ofi. 
 
 1 8 49 45 £. 
 
 4 i(> E, 
 
 47 19 40 N. 5 2 30 E.. 
 
 22 48 15 £, 
 
 20 IQ %*. 
 
 11 The ObsewatOQ', 
 
 
 
APPENDIX. 
 
 7«7 
 
 Table of Latitudes and Longitudes. 
 
 Names of Placet. LatiUitU. 
 
 Dingwall in Scotland 57*'3i'3c/'N. 
 
 Dornoch in Scotland 57 47 15 N. 
 
 Dort,orDordrecht inHolW.5i 50 lo N 
 
 Douayin France 50 a i 30 N. 
 
 Dover in England (Castle) $\ 7 47 N. 
 
 Downpatrick in Ireland 54 18 o N. 
 
 Dresden in Saxony 
 
 Drontheim in Norway 
 
 Dublin in Ireland 53 >> i<3 N. 
 
 Dumbatton in Scotland 55 44 Q N. 
 
 Dunbar in Scotland 56 a 10 N. 
 
 Dundalk in Ireland S3 58 15 N. 
 
 IXiudee in Scotland 56 25 o N. 
 
 Dunkirk in France 51 a 4 N. 
 
 Dusseldorf in Germany 5 1 i < o N. 
 
 Edinburgh || in Scotlwd 55 57 58 N. 
 
 Elgiiv in Scotland 57 3» 3° N. 
 
 j^lore * in India 1 6 43 17 N. 
 
 Ellore f ui India 
 
 Elsineur in Denmark 
 
 £mbden in Germany 
 
 Ephesiis in Turkey 
 
 Erzcrum in Turkey 
 
 Exeter in England 
 
 Fair Isle in Shetland 
 
 Falkirk in Scotland 
 
 i^'almouth in Englandf 
 
 Ferrara in Italy 
 
 ferro in the Atlantic 
 
 Ferrol in Spain 
 
 Fez in Barbary 
 
 Flambro'head in England 54 
 
 Florence in Italy 
 
 Flushing in Zealand 
 
 Foix in France 
 
 Fontenay in France 
 
 II The University. N, 
 
 Long, from 
 Crtemmcb. 
 4''43'as"W. 
 4 ao 31W. 
 
 4 39 30 E. 
 
 3 4 10 E. 
 
 I 19 oE. 
 
 538 oW. 
 51 5 30 N. 134a oE. 
 63 afi o N. 1 1 9 45 E. 
 
 6 16 45 W. 
 4 43 qW. 
 a 41 30W. 
 6ai oW. 
 3 a 2iW. 
 X aa 3Q E. 
 6 39 so E. 
 S1731W. 
 3 39 3tW. 
 81 4 oE. 
 
 39 5^ 
 5044 
 59 «8 
 
 S<J 3 
 
 50 8 
 
 1^45 15 N. 81 10 o £, 
 56 a 7N. la 4a 9E. 
 53 30 10 N. 7 8 o E. 
 37 56 oN- «7 33 15 E. 
 
 o N. 41 18 15 E. 
 
 o N. 3 39 oW. 
 
 oN, I 55 3 1 W. 
 
 O.N. 3.48 oW. 
 
 o N. 53 30W. 
 44 49 30 N. 1136 15 E. 
 3747 30 N. 174545W. 
 43 39 30 N. 8 8 3oW. 
 33.40 oN. 5 45W^ 
 9 o N. o o o E. 
 434<^3oN. II 3 tsE. 
 51 as 37 N. 3 35 o E. 
 4a 55 ao N. I 44 o E. 
 46 aS o N. 0.49 4sW. 
 
 B. La Connmsancc des 
 
 Loiif^. from 
 
 Ferro. 
 13' 2'20"E. 
 
 13 35 15 E. 
 
 33 as 15 E. 
 ao 49 55 E. 
 19 4 4SE. 
 
 13 7 4SE. 
 31 27 43 E. 
 28 SS 30 fi- 
 ll 39 o £. 
 
 »3 3 45^. 
 IS 4 isE. 
 II 3445!. 
 
 14 43 «4 E. 
 30 8 15 £. 
 
 34 35 3S E. 
 14 38 14 £. 
 14 d I4£. 
 98 49, 45 £. 
 
 98 55 45 K- 
 30 27 54 E. 
 24 53 45 E. 
 
 45 9 oE- 
 59 4 o E. 
 
 14 i(J 45 E. 
 
 15 50 14 E. 
 
 »3 57 45 E- 
 
 13 43 15 E. 
 
 39 22 o £. 
 
 o o o E. 
 
 9 37 15 E- 
 134s o£. 
 I7 4J4SE. 
 »8 49 o £. 
 ai ao 45 £. 
 19 a9 4S E- 
 i5 55 oE. 
 
 Time from 
 Crccnwifh. 
 o»» iS'54"E. 
 O 17 isW. 
 
 1833 E. 
 13 17 E. 
 
 33 33W. 
 S448E. 
 4439E. 
 
 as 7W. 
 18 48 W. 
 
 946W, 
 as 34W. 
 13 9W, 
 
 930E. 
 a6 39 £. 
 13 loW. 
 J4 38W. 
 
 V «4 USE. 
 
 V 34 40 £. 
 S044E. 
 3832E. 
 4933E' 
 45 UE. 
 
 13 S'SW'. 
 7 42W, 
 
 IS 12W. 
 30 loW 
 463SE. 
 II 3W- 
 3234W 
 30 2!^, 
 o o £. 
 
 44132- 
 
 14 %") £. 
 dsKE. 
 319W. 
 
 %f Sf N.; Uns. f IQ' 1%" W, 
 
 Tem^s 1793, ^'VA J^^- 5. 
 
763 
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 ir^ 
 
 Tftble of Latitudes and Longitudes. 
 
 Names tfflaets, 
 Forres in Scotland 
 Fortrose in Scotland 
 FoTt Ckorge in Scotland 
 Frankfort on tlie Main 
 Frankfort on the Oder 
 Frascrsburgh in Scotland 
 Fulda in Germany 
 Funchal in Madeira 
 FjKibad * in India 
 Fraabad f in India 
 Ganjam * in India 
 Ganjam \ in India 
 Gaaa in Syria 
 Geneva in Switzeiland 
 Genoa in Italy 
 Ghent in the Netherlanda 
 Gibraltar in Spain 
 Glaris in Switzerland 
 Glasgow in Scotland 
 Gloucester in England 
 Glukstadt in Holstein 
 Goa * in India 
 Goa f in India 
 Goree, coast of Africa 
 Gorlitz in Germany 
 Cottenburg in Sweden 
 Gottingen in Germany 
 Grantille in France 
 Gravelines in Flanders 
 Gravesend in England 
 Greenock in Scotland 
 Greenwich fl in England 
 Hague in Holland 
 Halifax in Nova Scotia 
 Hamburgh in Germany 
 Hanover in Germany 
 Harwich in England 
 
 
 LoHff.from 
 
 Lonj^.from 
 
 Time from 
 
 Latitude. 
 
 Creermfieb. 
 
 Ferro. 
 
 Greenwich. 
 
 Sf%^icfV. 
 
 3«»S6'3i"W. 
 
 T3«49'i4"E. 
 
 oh j3'i7"W. 
 
 S7 3»3oN. 
 
 4 *7 37W. 
 
 13 18 8E. 
 
 17 JoW, 
 
 57 31 40 N. 
 
 4 »7 30W. 
 
 13 18 15 E. 
 
 17 50W. 
 
 50 7 oN. 
 
 8 36 30 E. 
 
 a6 aa 15 E. 
 
 34 a6 E. 
 
 5» as 30 N. 
 
 14 44 45 E. 
 
 3a :- jo E 
 
 jSspE. 
 
 57 3a 40 N. 
 
 a 18 40W. 
 
 iS»7 5E. 
 
 9 isW. 
 
 50 33 30 N. 
 
 9 43 30 E. 
 
 »7 39 13 E. 
 
 38 54 E. 
 
 3438 oN. 
 
 17 5 aoW. 
 
 40 35 £. 
 
 I 8 aiW. 
 
 a6 48 17 N. 
 
 8a %s E. 
 
 100 10 45 E. 
 
 V 19 40 E, 
 
 a6 44 10 N. 
 
 6a 9 £. 
 
 99 54 45 E. 
 
 V #8 36 E. 
 
 19 SI 3 N. 
 
 85 I 15 E. 
 
 loa 47 E. 
 
 V40 5E. 
 
 19 %t 50 N. 
 
 85 19 so E. 
 
 103 5 5E. 
 
 V 41 17 E. 
 
 31 s8 oN. 
 
 34 45 oE. 
 
 5a 30 45 E. 
 
 n 19 E. 
 
 45 IS N. 
 
 6 8 4SE. 
 
 »3 54 30 E. 
 
 a4 35E. 
 
 4435 oN. 
 
 8 55 15 E. 
 
 i6 41 E. 
 
 35 4» E. 
 
 51 3 oN« 
 
 3 43 45 E. 
 
 ai sp 30 E. 
 
 MSSE. 
 
 36 5 30 N. 
 
 Saa oW. 
 
 IS a3 4^ E. 
 
 21 a8W. 
 
 46 5« 30 N. 
 
 9 10 II £. 
 
 36 55 5<J E. 
 
 3641 E. 
 
 55 S3 40 N. 
 
 A%^ 30W. 
 
 13»3«5E. 
 
 17 30W, 
 
 51 53 oN. 
 
 a 15 30W. 
 
 15 30 »5 E. 
 
 9 sW. 
 
 53 47 4» N. 
 
 9 a6 16 E. 
 
 37 12 I £. 
 
 37 4SE. 
 
 15 31 oN. 
 
 73 45 oE. 
 
 91 33 4SE. 
 
 IV 55 oE. 
 
 15 30 30 N. 
 
 73 47 40 E. 
 
 91 33 »S E. 
 
 IV5JirE. 
 
 14 40 10 N. 
 
 17 Sj oW. 
 
 ao 45 E. 
 
 I 9 40W. 
 
 SI 930N. 
 
 15 3 4SE. 
 
 32 49 30 E. 
 
 I 15 E. 
 
 57 41 5° N- 
 
 11 56 30E. 
 
 29 4a 15 E. 
 
 47 46 E. 
 
 51 31 55 N. 
 
 953 oE. 
 
 37 38 45 E, 
 
 39 3aE. 
 
 48 50 N. 
 
 I 31 aoW. 
 
 16 14 is E- 
 
 6 5 E. 
 
 50 59 10 N. 
 
 s 7 I E. 
 
 19 5a 46 E. 
 
 8 aS £. 
 
 51 S8 JO N. 
 
 a3 30 E. 
 
 18 9 15 £. 
 
 I 34 E. 
 
 55 56 so N. 
 
 4 5» ISW. 
 
 12 5330E. 
 
 19 29W. 
 
 51 a8 40 N. 
 
 E. 
 
 17 45 45 E. 
 
 oE. 
 
 ja asoN. 
 
 4 7 30 E. 
 
 »i 53 IS E. 
 
 16 30 E. 
 
 44 40 N. 
 
 6315 oW. 
 
 45 29 isW. 
 
 IV 13 oW. 
 
 53 34 <5N. 
 
 10 5 30 E. 
 
 aj 51 15 E. 
 
 40 a2 E, 
 
 51 ai 45 N. 
 
 9«»4 4SE. 
 
 27 30 30 E. 
 
 38 59 E. 
 
 5a N. 
 
 I la 59 E. 
 
 18 58 44 E. 
 
 4 ^^ E, 
 
 H 27'f Observatoiey. 
 
 
 
APPENDIX. 
 
 769 
 
 as 
 
 Tiiblt of Latitudes and Longitudci. 
 
 Karnes of Placet, 
 
 Havannah in Cuba 
 Ichapoore * in India 
 Ichapoore f in India 
 Jerusukm in Turkey 
 Islamabad * in India 
 Islamabad f in Indiii 
 Ispahan in Persia 
 Kingston in Jamaica 
 Lahore * in India 
 Lahore f in India 
 Landsend in England 
 Leghorn in Italy 
 Leith in Scotland 
 Leyden in HulLind 
 Lima in Peru 
 Lisbon in Portugal 
 Lizard point in England 
 London in England (St Ps, 
 Lucknow ♦ in India 
 Lucknow f in India 
 Lynn in England 
 Lyons in France 
 Macao in China 
 Madras * in India 
 Madras f in India 
 Madrid in Spain 
 Mangalore * in India 
 Mangalore f in India 
 Manilla Philippine fsles 
 Marseilles in France 
 Masulipatam * in India 
 Maaulipatam f in India 
 Mecca- in Arabia 
 Medina in Arabia 
 Milan in Italy 
 MoKow in Russia 
 Moultan * in India 
 Moultan f in India 
 
 Long, from 
 Latitude. Creemuich. 
 
 a3«'ii'5o"N. 8a«l8'45"W, 
 rp 6 45 N. 84 55 9 E. 
 19 7 40 N. 84 59 50 E. 
 
 31 50 oN. 35 a6 ijE. 
 
 32 30 o N. 91 46 15 £. 
 
 32 19 45 N. 91 44 ao E. 
 
 33 35 o N. 53 49 30 E. 
 17 S7 30 N. 76 33 oW. 
 31 o o N. 73 47 o £. 
 31 50 o N. 73 50 o E. 
 
 Long, from Time from 
 Fen 0. Greenwich. 
 
 64O33' c/'W VI>39'i5"W, 
 loj 40 54 E. V 39 40 E, 
 103 45 35 E. V 39 59 E. 
 
 53 13 o£. II %i 45 £. 
 109 33 o E. VI 7 5 E. 
 109 38 5 £. VI 6 49 E. 
 
 7035 15 E. Ill 31 I BE. 
 
 58 47 X5W. V 6 xsW. 
 
 50 3 30 N. 
 43 33 30 N. 
 56 I o N. 
 53 8 40 N. 
 IS I 15 S. 
 38 42 34 N. 
 49 57 oN. 
 ) 51 30 48 N. 
 
 $ 57 30W. 
 1037 oE. 
 
 3 17 3lW. 
 
 4 '4 45 E. 
 75 49 30W. 
 
 9 9 30W. 
 
 5 31 4sW. 
 o 5 31W. 
 
 26 51 9N. 80 43 15 E. 
 a6 51 o N. 80 53 15 E. 
 53 43 40 N. o 37 9 E. 
 45 45 50 N. 4 50 o E. 
 32 1345 N.U346 15 £. 
 13 4 31 N. 80 5 6 £. 
 13 5 30 N. 80 J5 6 E. 
 40 27 15 N. 33845W. 
 
 12 50 o N. 74 44 o £. 
 
 13 JO o N. 75 o 30 E. 
 
 14 36 8 N.I30 53 30 E. 
 43 17 45 N. 5 aa 30 E. 
 16 8 4 N. 81 a 33 E. 
 16 9 10 N. 81 10 o £. 
 ai 45 o N. 40 15 o E. 
 34 40 o N. 38 J3 o E. 
 45 28 so N. 9 II aoE. 
 55 45 ao N. 37 46 15 E. 
 39 5% o N. 70 40 o E. 
 30 36 30 N. 71 19 £• 
 
 90 33 45 E. 
 
 pi 35 45 E- 
 II 48 15 £. 
 
 38 13 45 E. 
 14 33 34 K. 
 33 10 30 £. 
 59 345W. 
 8 36 15 E. 
 13 34 o £. 
 
 17 40 14 £. 
 98 39 u £. 
 98 39 o E. 
 
 18 13 54 E. 
 33 35 45 E. 
 
 IV 51 8E, 
 IV 55 30 E. 
 
 o 23 5o\V. 
 
 041 48 £. 
 
 o 13 9W. 
 
 oiT 39"^ 
 
 V 7 iSW. 
 o 36 38'W. 
 
 21 37W. 
 
 o o 33W. 
 
 V 33 S3 E. 
 
 V 33 33 E. 
 o I 49 £. 
 o 19 20 £. 
 
 131 33 o E. VII 35 s E. 
 
 97 50 51 E. V3040E. 
 
 98 10 51 E. V 31 40 ET 
 14 7 o E. o 14 35W. 
 92 39 45 E. IV 58 56 E, 
 9x46 15 E. V o aE. 
 
 J38 39I5^' 'i'l 334E. 
 23 i 15 1.. L ii 30 E, 
 98 48 18 E. Va4ioE. 
 98 55 45 E. V 44 40 E. 
 58 10 45 E. U 41 40 E. 
 56 38 45 E. n 35 33 E, 
 a6 57 5 E. o 36 45 E. 
 55 3» o E. II jr 5 E.. 
 88 25 45 E. IV 4» 40 E.^ 
 f 9 4 45 E. IV 45 '6 E- 
 
n« 
 
 APPKNDIX. 
 
 'r«blr ut LutituUc'D and l.un^ritiuic!). 
 
 Long, ft oin 
 Latitude. GretHioich. 
 
 ai'^ 8'30'N. 79''45^55"E. 
 ai 8 o N. 79 44 30 £. 
 48 5045 N. 14 13 45 E. 
 10 46 o N. 7956 35 E. 
 1043 30 N. 7954 30 E- 
 
 Kitmet of Places. 
 
 Nagpmir * in India 
 
 Magpour f in India 
 
 Naplei in Italy 
 
 Kegapotam * in India 
 
 Kcgap<ttam f in India 
 
 Negraift * (Cape) in India 15 51 30 N. 94 » 7 o E 
 
 Negr«i» f (Cape) in India 15 55 o N. 94 19 o E. 
 
 Newcastle in Enghnd ss i 15 N. 1 43 30W. 
 
 Veyv Orleans in N. Anier. 19 57 45 N. 89 j8 45 W. 
 
 New York in N. Amcr. 40 4a 8 N. 74 13 45W 
 
 Oporto in Portugal 
 
 Ostend in Flanders 
 
 Oudc * in India 
 
 Oudc f in India 
 
 Ougcin * in India 
 
 Ougein f in India 
 
 Oxford in England 
 
 Palaincctta * in India 
 
 Falamcotta f in India 
 
 41 14 15 N. 8 15 oVV. 
 £1 16 ss N. a 3a 15 E. 
 
 a6 48 4a N. 8a 3a o E. 
 a6 45 50 N. 8a la o E. 
 a3 ti 38 N. 75 56 o E. 
 
 43 " 38 ^- 75 48 40 E. 
 ji 4j 38 N. I 15 30W. 
 
 8 5a oN. 77 49 15 E. 
 
 8 41 38 N. 77 5a 40 E 
 
 Palniiras * (Pt) in India ao 44 o N. 87 i 30 E. 
 Palmiras | (Pt) in India ao 44 10 N. hy 8 aj li. 
 Paris In France 48 50 14 N. a 19 45 E. 
 
 Patna » iu India aj 36 3 N. 85 15 30 E. 
 
 Patna \ in India 25 36 o N- 8j 15 o E. 
 
 Pekin In China 39 54 30 N.116 aa 30 E. 
 
 Philadelphia In N. Amer. 39 56 54 N. 75 8 45 W. 
 Pondicherry * in India 1 1 Ji 4' N- 79 55 40 E. 
 Pondlcherry | in India 11 c', 30 N. 79 58 ao E. 
 Portsmouth In England jo 47 5 N. i 6 15W. 
 Prague in Bohemia 50 4 30 N. 14 45 o E. 
 
 Presburg in Hungary 4* 5 30 N. 1 7 15 o E. 
 <^cbcc in North America 46 48 39 N. 71 la 6W. 
 Rajamundry * in India 16 58 43 N. 8i 51 15 E. 
 Rajamundry t in India 16 59 10 N. 81 54 35 E. 
 Rangoon in Asia 16 47 30 N. 96 9 30 E. 
 
 Rio Janeiro in Brazil aa 54 10 S. 4a 43 30W. 
 Rome in Italy (St Peter's) 41 53 55 N. i* a9 15 E. 
 Rotterdam in Holland 51 56 »o N. 4 aj 30 E. 
 
 Long, from Timr fi otn 
 Fei 10, Gretnivirh. 
 
 97^3 1' 40" ./ 4"B. 
 
 97 30 15 ii. V 18 j8 E. 
 
 31 59 30 E. o j6 $s E. 
 
 97 4t 30 E. V i<) 47 E. 
 
 97 40 15 E. V 19 38 E. 
 na la 45 E. VI 17 48 E. 
 iia 14 45 E. VI 17 56 E. 
 
 16 a 15 E. o 5 i4W. 
 
 72 13 oW. V59 J5W. 
 
 5618 oW. IV j6 55V^^. 
 9 30 45 E. o ii oW. 
 
 ao 38 E. o II a9 E. 
 TOO 17 45 E. V 30 8 E. 
 
 99 57 45 E. V 48 48 £• 
 
 93 41 45 r 3 44 E, 
 
 93 34 »5 ■ 3 15 E. 
 
 16 30 15 E- o 5 aW. 
 
 95 35 oE. V 1157E. 
 
 95 38 a5 E. Vii 31 E. 
 14 47 15 E. V 48 6 E. 
 104 54 10 E. V 48 34 E. 
 
 ao 5 30 E. o 9 19 E. 
 103 I 15 E. V 41 a E« 
 103 o 45 E. V 41 o Ek 
 134 8 15 E.VIl 45 30 E. 
 
 57 a3 oW. V o 3jW. 
 
 97 41 35 E. V 19 43 E. 
 
 97 44 5^' y 19 53 E. 
 i6 39 30 E. o 4 ajW. 
 33 30 45 E. o 59 o B. 
 35 o 45 E. I 9 o E. 
 53 a6 aiW. IV 44 48W. 
 99 37 oE. V 37 35 E. 
 99 40 ao E, V 37 38 £. 
 114 55 15 2. VI 34 38 E. 
 14 57 45 W. II5054W. 
 3015 oE. 49S7E. 
 33 II iS E. 17 4a E, 
 
APJ»lNDlXu'. 
 
 Ill 
 
 I'abic ot' I. ir,tii(i»:s ;i:i<} Li)lljritlulcS. 
 
 Names of Placet. 
 St Domingo Wett Indies 
 Samarcand in Tartary 
 Seringapatam * in India 
 Seringapatam f in India 
 Sheerncss in England 
 Stockholm in Sweden 
 Stutgard in Germany 
 Surat * in India 
 Surat f in India 
 Tanjore * in Indja 
 Tanjore \ in India 
 Tencriffe (Peak of) 
 Toulon in France 
 Tritchinopoly * in India 
 Tritchiaopoly f in India 
 Turin in Italy 
 Tyre in Syria 
 Vcllore * (Ft ) is India 
 Velbre f (Ft.) in India 
 Venice in Italy 
 Vienna in Germany 
 Visagapatam * in India 
 Visagapatam f in India 
 Utrecht in Unit. Prov. 
 Warsaw in Poland 
 Yarmouth in Eoglaa^ 
 Vork in England 
 
 Long, from Long- from 
 
 Latiti'de. Creeniuich. Ferro. 
 i8''i9'30"N. 69<'i7ii"W. ii^ji^'-W 
 
 39 30 o N. 64 ao o E. 82 5 45 B. 
 
 11 31 45 N. 76 46 4J E. 94 31 30 E. 
 
 li »5 10 N. 76 51 40 E. 94 37 %s E. 
 
 51 »7 50 N. o 33 30 E. 18 19 15 E. 
 
 59 ao 30 N. 18 4 o E. 3r 49 45 E. 
 
 4849 ON. 917 OK. 27 a 45 £^ 
 
 ai 10 30N. 7a 48 15 E. 9034 o£. 
 
 ai la ao N. 73 3 ao E. 90 49 < E. 
 
 10 46 30 H. 79 II 15 £. 96 58 o E. 
 
 10 46 o N. 79 XI 50 E. 96 57 35 E. 
 
 a8i»54N. 1630 oW. X 15 45 £. 
 
 43 7 ai N. J j6 i^ . »3 4» o E. 
 
 10 49 o N. 78 46 35 E. 96 3a ao E. 
 
 xo 50 10 N. 78 47 40 £. 96 33 aj £. 
 
 45 5 ao N. 7 40 o E. is ts 45 E. 
 
 33 10 30 N. 35 «4 o E. 53 9 45 E. 
 
 i«54 3aN 79iy45E- 97 5 3° E. 
 
 ia54 3a N. 79 la 50E. 96 58 35 E. 
 
 45 a8 o N. la la 45 E. a9 58 30 E. 
 
 48 la 4X N. 16 a3 ao £. 34 9 5 £. 
 1741 45 N. 83 19 15 E. loi 5 oE. 
 17 41 45 N. 83 a8 p E. foi X3 45 E- 
 
 ja 6 10 N. 5 I 55 E. a»47 4«E' 
 
 5a XI 30 N. ax 8 45 E. 3854 30 E. 
 
 5a 36 40 N. I 43 51 E. 19 a9 36 E. 
 
 53 58 o N. z 7 »iW. z6 38 a4 £• 
 
 ..J. «... 
 
 Greenwich. 
 . lVh37'9"W. 
 
 IV 17 ao E. 
 V 7 7i:- 
 
 V 7 a7 E. 
 
 a 14 E. 
 
 1 la 16 E. 
 037 8B. 
 
 IV ii 13 E. 
 
 IV 5a 13 E. 
 
 V x6 49 E. 
 
 V i6 47 E. 
 I 6 oW. 
 
 o a3 45 E- 
 V15 6E. 
 
 V 15 II E. 
 
 o 30 <jO E. 
 II ai 36 E. 
 
 V 17 19 E, 
 Vi«5i E. 
 
 48 51 B. 
 
 1 S33E. 
 V33 17 E. 
 
 V 33 5a E. 
 
 ao 8 E. 
 
 1 a4 35 E. 
 o 5 55 E. 
 9 4 a9W. 
 
 
 3B 
 
'^ 
 
 A TABLE 
 
 OVTHB 
 
 MONIES, REAL AND IMAGINARY, 
 
 <JF THE PRINCIPAI. COMMERCIAL PT.ACRS IN EUKOFE, 
 '^SIA, AFRICA, AND AMERICA. 
 
 Thote marked thus * are imaginary. 
 
 EUROPE. 
 GREAT BRITAIN. 
 
 r Fptthing 
 
 Lio .45 
 
 a Farthings 
 
 I Half-penny .$ 
 
 4 Farthings 
 
 I Penny 001 
 
 6 Pence 
 
 I HalfShilUng <f 
 
 22 Pence 
 
 I Shilling 010 
 
 30 Pence 
 
 I Half Crown a d 
 
 5 Shillings 
 
 I Crown 050 
 
 30 Shillings 
 
 * I Pound 1 
 
 a I Shillings 
 
 I Guinea i i 
 
 The coins are, in Coppet 
 
 -, faidiings, hal^nce and pence ; in Silver, six-' 
 
 pence, shillings, half-crowns and crowns ; in Gold, 7 shillings, half-guineas 
 
 and guineas. 
 
 ■ •• 
 
 
 IRELAND. 
 
 J Fai thing 
 
 L.0 .43 
 
 a Farthings 
 
 I Halfpenny .461 
 
 a Halfpence 
 
 « I Penny 000 .923 
 
 6 $. Pence 
 
 I Half Shilling 006 
 
 I a Pence 
 
 *i Shilling Irish il .071; 
 
 13 Pence 
 
 I Shilling Sterling 010 
 
 65 Pence 
 
 I Crown 050 
 
 ao ShiUings 
 
 * I Pound 18 5 .5 
 
 ■*a .75 Shillings 
 
 I Guinea t i 
 
 HOLLAND AND ZEALAND. 
 
 * I Penning 
 
 L. .06S1 
 
 8 Penning! 
 
 I Doit .135 copper 
 
 a Doits * 
 
 I Ortje .ay 
 
 4 Doits >K 
 
 I Grwtyi»wn$(&) 0.54 
 
APPENDIX. 
 
 773 
 
 Table p Monies. Flanders and Brabant. 
 
 6 Doits 
 8 Doits 
 IP Doits 
 .3 Stuiven 
 3 ..5 Stuivers 
 3 .5 Stuivers 
 
 5 .5 Stuivers 
 
 6 Stuivers 
 
 6 .5 Stuivers 
 10 Stuivers 
 I a .5 Stuivers 
 
 13 Stuivers 
 20 Stuivers 
 
 25 Stuivers 
 
 26 Stuivers 
 3 8 Stuivers 
 38 Stuivers 
 30 Stuivers 
 40 Stuivers 
 jo Stuivers 
 5 a Stuivers 
 €0 Stuivers 
 63 Stuivers 
 
 6 Guilders 
 5 .25 Guilders 
 y Guilders 
 
 14 Guilders 
 
 * I Blank L. o o o 
 I Stuiver (St) 001 
 
 * I Sraspenning 001 
 I Dubbeltjc & o a 
 
 * I StoQter 00a 
 
 * I Reaal 003 
 I Zesthalf 006 
 I Schelling 006 
 I Zeevendhalf 007 
 I Halve Guldeu o o 10 
 I Dertiend half q i i 
 I Dertientje o i a 
 I Guilder or florin (f.) e 1 9 
 I Halve Rijks daalder o a 3 
 I Half Zeal. Rixdollar 034 
 
 * I Gold Guilder (G. Gl.) o a 6 
 I Agtwintig p a 6 
 I Daalder or Dollar o a 8 
 I Kroon or Cn>wii <^ 3 7 
 I Rijksdaalder (R. D.) o 4 6 
 I Zeal.Riaiollar(ZRD)o 4 8 
 I Drie Gulden 055 
 I Dukaton or Ducatcon 058 
 
 * I Pound Flemish (L.vls.) o ip 10 
 I Dukaat or Ducat 096 
 I Halve Rijder p .;a 8 
 1 Rijder ^ S S 
 
 .81 
 
 •pp silver 
 
 .3« 
 
 .18 silver 
 
 •7» 
 .81 
 
 silver 
 .54 silver 
 .09 do. 
 •90 do. rare 
 .63 do. 
 .18 do. 
 .81 do. 
 .37 do. rare 
 .36 do. 
 •54 dvi. 
 .54 do, 
 .73 do. 
 .63 do. rare 
 .54 ^o. 
 .7a do. 
 •45 do. 
 .7a do. 
 .90 do. 
 
 •54 gol.'J 
 .7 a do. 
 
 •45 d* 
 
 FLANDERS and BRABANT. 
 
 * I Penning 
 
 
 L 
 
 . 
 
 p 
 
 .564 
 
 4 Pennings 
 
 I Urche 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 p .333 
 
 8 Pennings 
 
 * I Groot or 
 
 Grote 
 
 
 
 p 
 
 .45 
 
 a Grotes 
 
 I Petard 
 
 
 p 
 
 p 
 
 p .9 
 
 6 Petards 
 
 * I Schalin 
 
 
 p 
 
 p 
 
 S -4 
 
 7 Petards 
 
 I Schalin 
 
 
 p 
 
 
 
 6.3 
 
 4P Grotes 
 
 * I Florin 
 
 
 
 
 
 <J 
 
 17 .5 Schalins 
 
 I Ducat 
 
 
 p 
 
 9 
 
 3 
 
 249 Grotes 
 
 * I Pound Flemish 
 
 9 
 
 9 
 
 • 
 
174 
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 TA^tt of M6N1ES. France.^^Oermany 
 
 , 
 
 FRANCE, 
 Paris, MarsHtlts, Mcmtdta 
 
 ux, fJc. 
 
 
 I Denier 
 3 Denfers 
 '""• a Liards 
 
 I Liiirf 
 X Dardene 
 
 t.o 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 .04 <^ 
 6 .iis 
 6 .15 
 
 ■ is Denlert 
 jo Sols 
 60 Sols 
 
 I Sol 
 * I Livre Totm:' ' 
 I £ca of ix. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 2 
 
 .5 
 10 
 6 
 
 6 Livres 
 
 I Eca 
 
 
 
 S 
 
 P 
 
 fd Livres 
 
 * I Rsfola 
 
 
 
 8 
 
 4 
 
 ^4 LivrCs 
 
 r Lonisd'Or 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 a 
 
 
 
 
 
 .1893 
 
 6 
 
 
 
 .5681 
 
 6 
 
 c 
 
 1 .4363 
 
 6 
 
 
 
 6 .8i8t 
 
 
 
 z 
 
 6 .18 
 
 
 
 3 
 
 .36 
 
 
 
 4 
 
 6 -54 
 
 
 
 II 
 
 4 .»7 
 
 GERMANY. 
 
 In HaUhbvg they reckon by Marcs, Schillings, Pfeniags Lubecks. 
 II pi<i<uAgs— I schiHing, and 16 schrlUiigs — 1 mark. The monies of the 
 the tfhcde S<ate ar6 in tbe following proportions and vshie. 
 
 * a Pfcnings huh * 1 Drcyliflg, or Tryling L. 
 
 3 iJreylings * I Grot Flemish 
 
 a Grot* Flcm. i Schilling Lubeck 
 
 6 SchU. Lub. I Schilling Flemisch 
 
 a .66 Schil Fletft. * i Marc Lubeck 
 
 a Marcs Lub. i Sletch dollar 
 
 X .5 Sletch dollar i Rixdollar 
 
 a .5 Rixdollar * i Pound Flemisch 
 The real coins of I 'amburg are, Crolti, whole, half, and quarter Portu- 
 gucse-^io, 5, and i .5 ducats — 20, 10, and 5 rixdoUars Pruss.— 3I. is, lod. 
 il. los. lod. and ijs. jd. Silver, whole, half, and quarter specie bank, 
 dollars, 4s 6d. .34, 2s. 3d. .27, and is. id. .636 or 3 marcs, if marc, and 
 xa schilling Lub. Two and one mafc pieces ; eight, four and two schil- 
 ling pieces. The smaller coins are, schilling pieces, sexlings or 3 pfcning 
 pieces, and dreylings, er 3 pfcning pieces in coppe/ . 
 
 At Alton^ they reckon by marcs, schillings, and pferiings, as in Ham. 
 Burg. Here the diffe'cuce betwee» specie ^nd bills, is as i to i .15 in fa- 
 vour of the former; thus, 4 dolla^?, or mzrcs, ci pfenings in specie — 5 dol- 
 lars, &c. in kills or currency. 
 
 The real cttrrent coins are. Specie dncats — 9s. lA .O909. Current 
 ducat— 12s 6d., and Christians d'Or— about ijt. hj gold, The silver and 
 copper as in KftmBurg, 
 
APPENDIX. 
 
 775 
 
 L iiniy.i! 
 
 Tasxe of MoHrrES. Lfipsu, Diesde>>, fVemar. 
 
 At Bremen, By rikdclhrt, gtotes, ami ichwari ; of which 5 schwats— 
 1 grote, 74grote»— i.rixdolkiT. TheriKteHair here is about 3s. 3d. 5, there- 
 fore the grofe is 5 A .1^4. 
 
 The coins arc, dacats at « .75- rixdoUars Prii«8.~9» od. .5 in go!d. 
 Whole ,half, and qtnarf-r spccie-dWfara — 9^ grotes or 4s. 4d. .75 ; 48 jrrotcs 
 and »4 groteg. Kopstucks, — IZ grotes ; 6, 3, a, I, and half grotc piece* 
 In silver ; schwar pieces in copper. 
 
 In Hanover, Lunenberg, &c. 8 pfenings— i mariengrosh, and ji 
 mariengroshes-^a rix^Uar, The manner of reckoning i« by 
 
 I Feller 
 
 
 L.O 
 
 d 
 
 073 
 
 * a ^tellers 
 
 * 1 J»fcning 
 
 • 
 
 
 
 .146 
 
 3 Pfenings 
 
 I tJreyer 
 
 
 
 
 
 6 .438 
 
 I .^ D'feyer 
 
 * I Kfafhier 
 
 
 
 6 
 
 .6s7 
 
 1 .$ Mathiar 
 
 I Gossge 
 
 9 
 
 
 
 I -34* 
 
 X .33 Gossge 
 
 i Mariengrosh 
 
 
 
 
 
 I -75 
 
 i .5 Mariengrosh 
 
 i GooJgrosh 
 
 
 
 
 
 a .62s 
 
 30 Mariengrosh 
 
 jf Marien'gulden 
 
 
 
 3 
 
 I 
 
 ft4 Man«nf[roshen 
 
 I Rixg^lden 
 
 
 
 3 
 
 4 
 
 36 Marieag^osh 
 
 * I RixdoUar 
 
 D 
 
 3 
 
 6 
 
 The coins are, Gold, ducat — 9s. 4d. to 9*. rid., Oeorge d'Or— i6sr. 4^. 
 to 17s. 6d. Four -piece, double, sfnglf, half, quarter gold gulden, 8, 4, a, i, 
 and ^ rixdollar. Silver, specie-deHar— 48 Aiariengproshen or 4s. 8ds fine 
 and coarse two-third (of a rixdollar)'pieces as. 4d.,one third pieces ii.2d., 
 a sixth piece 7d. Besides these there are smaller pieces, 3 mariengrosh, and 
 If do pieces, 6, 4, arid 3 pfening pieces. In copper there are a, i§ and x 
 pftfning pieces. 
 
 The above also includes Saxony. 
 
 \ 
 
 LEIPSIC, DRESDEN, WEIMAR. 
 
 I a Pfenings — i Grosho. 34 Groshc — i Rixdollar. 
 
 I a Pfenings 
 
 * t Gutegroshc 
 
 L. 
 
 
 
 « -875 
 
 16 Groshen 
 
 1 Rixdollar 
 
 
 
 3 
 
 5 
 
 40 Groshen 
 
 1 Old Shock 
 
 
 
 3 
 
 1 5 
 
 a I Groshen 
 
 I Meissnergulden 
 
 
 
 3 
 
 * -375 
 
 34 Groshen 
 
 * 1 Rixdollar 
 
 
 
 3 
 
 4 
 
 33 Groshen 
 
 X Speciedollar 
 
 
 
 4 
 
 6 
 
 4o Gro$b<n 
 
 X New Schock 
 
 
 
 9 
 
 4>S 
 
77<5 
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 Table of Monies. Brandenburg and Pomerania Russia. 
 
 ^ ■■1- ■ — ■■ - ■ —■■■■ M ill- I I. ■■Mill. .1 I 
 
 The coins are, in (;;<;/, ducata — a rizdollan, lo groshen — 9s. p^d. 
 Double, angle, and half August d'ur at 10, 5, and a^ rixdoUars. In Silver, 
 specie dollar — 48. 6d., halfgulden — as. 3d. ; fourth, eighth, sixteenth, and 
 thirty-second of a gulden piece. Dreyer— ^46875 of a penny, pfeninv 
 piece — .i5675d. The only copper coins are pfcoing pieces and hcller'i 
 •— ipfeniflg. 
 
 BRANDENBURG and POMERANIA. 
 
 Pfcning current 
 
 L. 
 
 
 
 
 
 .1388 
 
 J Pfennig current 
 
 I Bank pfennig 
 
 
 
 
 
 .1908S 
 
 I Pfennig current 
 
 J Pfennig Frederic d'or 
 
 
 
 
 
 .1453 
 
 xa Pfennigs current 
 
 I Current grosh 
 
 
 
 I 
 
 .66 
 
 J a Pfennig Freder. 
 
 1 Grosh Frederic d'Or 
 
 
 
 X 
 
 •75 
 
 ij Pfennig Freder. 
 
 I Bank grosh 
 
 
 
 a 
 
 •175 
 
 94 Cur. Grosh 
 
 1 RixdoUar current 
 
 3 
 
 4 
 
 
 94 Grosh Fred, d'or 
 
 I RixdoU^r Fred, d'or 
 
 3 
 
 6 
 
 
 34 Bank Grosh 
 
 I Bank pound or dollar 
 
 4 
 
 3 
 
 
 The coins are. Gold ducats — af rixdoUars ; double, single, and half 
 Frederics and Frederic Williams d'(»- — 10, 5, and a^ lixdollsirs. Silver, 
 whole, half, and quarter dollar pieces — a4, I2, and 6 cur. groshen. Drit- 
 tel piece, Sechstel piece, and twelfth piece—S, 4, and a groshen. Pieces 
 of 6, 4, 3, and i pfennigs. In copper, pieces of 3 and i pfennigs. 
 
 1 Polyshka 
 
 a Polyshkas 
 
 2 Dengas 
 2 Kopeeks 
 5 Kopeeks 
 
 10 Kopeeks 
 15 Kopeeks 
 ao Kopeeks 
 25 Kopeeks 
 50 Kopeeks 
 100 Kopeeks 
 5 Roubles 
 10 Rpubles 
 
 RUSSIA. 
 
 . L. o 
 
 I Denga o 
 
 * I Kopeek o 
 
 I Groshevick o 
 
 1 Pyatak o 
 
 I Grivennick o 
 
 I Pyataltinnick o 
 
 \ Drugrivennick o 
 
 X Tchertvprtack o 
 
 I Poltinnick o 
 
 I Rou'ble o 
 
 I Folimperial i 
 
 I Imperial 7, 
 
 o o .135 copper 
 
 o o .27 do. 
 
 o o .54 
 
 o I .08 coppe» 
 
 o 2 .7 do. 
 
 o 5 .4 silver 
 
 o 8 .10 do. 
 
 10 .8 do. 
 
 1 I .5 do, 
 a 3 do. 
 
 4 6 do. 
 
 2 6 gold 
 
 5 o do. 
 
APPENDIX. 
 
 977 
 
 "• ■•'<■' -- - - ■•- ' ' ' — ■■ "^ ~ '" 
 
 Table of Monies. Denmark.'— Sweden. — Snvit'x.erland. — Spnin. 
 
 DENMARK, 
 
 ZEALAND AMD NORWAY. 
 
 I Skilling 
 
 
 L. 
 
 o 
 
 o .0,5615 
 
 6 Skillings 
 
 X Duggcn 
 
 
 o 
 
 .OJ75 
 
 1 6 Skillings « 
 
 X Marc 
 
 
 o 
 
 9 
 
 so Skillings 
 
 1 Rixmarc 
 
 
 o 
 
 XX .%$ 
 
 24 Skillings 
 
 X Rixort 
 
 
 o 
 
 Ill 
 
 4 Marcs 
 
 X Crotni 
 
 
 o 
 
 3 
 
 6 Marcs 
 
 X RixdoUar 
 
 
 o 
 
 4 6 
 
 XI Marcs 
 
 X Ducat 
 
 
 o 
 
 8 3 
 
 X4 Marcs 
 
 X Hatt Ducat 
 
 
 o xo 6 
 
 SWEDEN AND LAPLAND. 
 
 
 
 * I Runstic 
 
 L 
 
 . o 
 
 
 
 .0,1944 
 
 a Runetics 
 
 X StiTcr 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 .<3,4889 
 
 8 Runstics 
 
 X Copper Marc 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 -^,5555 
 
 3 Copper Marcs 
 
 X Silver Marc 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 .4,6667 
 
 4 Copper Marcs 
 
 X Copper Dollar 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 .6,2222 
 
 9 Copper Marcs 
 
 X Caroline 
 
 o 
 
 I 
 
 % 
 
 3 Copper Dollars 
 
 X Silver Dollar 
 
 o 
 
 X 
 
 6 .6 
 
 3 Silver Dollars 
 
 I Rixdollar 
 
 o 
 
 4 
 
 6 
 
 3 Rixdollars 
 
 X Ducat 
 
 o 
 
 9 
 
 4 
 
 SWITZERLAND, BERNE, LUCERNE, b'r. 
 
 X Dernier 
 
 L 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 .62^ 
 
 4 Demiers 
 
 X Cruitzer 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 .4 
 
 3 Cruitzers 
 
 » I Sol 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 X .% 
 
 4 Cruitzers 
 
 I Plapert 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 X A 
 
 5 Cruitzers 
 
 X Gros 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 % 
 
 6 Cruitzers 
 
 X Batzen 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 t -4 
 
 ao Sols > 
 
 f X Livre 
 
 o 
 
 % 
 
 
 
 IS Cruitzers 
 
 X Gulden 
 
 'o 
 
 t 
 
 6 
 
 J3J Cruitzers 
 
 X Crown 
 
 o 
 
 4 
 
 6 
 
 SPAIN. MADRID, CADIZ, Wr. 
 
 1 Maravedie L. o o o .176S 
 
 % Maravcdies x Quartil 000 3307 
 
 34 Maravedies i Rial 005 .374 
 
mimm 
 
 ■n 
 
 17* 
 
 APFENDtX. 
 
 Table OF Monies. Portugal. — Ita'y.—RoiHe. 
 
 9Si*mam 
 
 » W4» 
 
 I jPist^uriiif . 
 
 L.O p 10 75 
 
 
 S Ri^s 
 
 * X Piaitre of Et. 
 
 9 .A 7 . 
 
 
 to Ri«ds 
 
 1 DoJJw 
 
 P 4 fi , 
 
 - 
 
 375 Miuavpdle» 
 
 * I Dii^wt of Ex. 
 
 4 «^ S 
 
 
 . 3» R»«4» 
 
 * I Pistftje «f tx. 
 
 P 14 4 . 
 
 
 ^6, Rials 
 
 1 ^'m\t 
 
 PORTCro*Ll 
 
 i<l 9 
 
 
 * t Re 
 
 
 L. .067J 
 
 
 xo Ress 
 
 f HalfVintia 
 
 • op .675 
 
 
 40 Riez 
 
 I Vintin 
 
 00 I .35 
 
 
 5 Vintin* 
 
 I Testoon 
 
 ■006 .75 
 
 
 4 Tcrtoons 
 
 z Crusade of Ex. 
 
 0*3 
 
 
 44 Viotins 
 
 1 New Crusade 
 
 a 8 .4 
 
 
 «.o Tcstoo>i 5 * I MHr« 
 
 5 7 -S 
 
 
 4S Teatoons 
 
 I Moiidre 
 
 170 
 
 
 M Tejjootvs 
 
 I Joan^ae 
 
 I 16 
 
 
 ITAJ-Y, 
 
 LECHORHr, FL0REIIC5. 
 
 
 I J)eaari 
 
 
 L. 00 .03<|7 
 
 
 4 Depart 
 
 I .<^fttrioi 
 
 0.1389 
 
 
 I) Deaari ' 
 
 I Soldi 
 
 0^167 
 
 
 5 Qnatrini 
 
 I Craca 
 
 •6t)/^l^ 
 
 
 8 Cracas 
 
 I <^ifo 
 
 « S-SS5S 
 
 
 to Soldi 
 
 * I Lire 
 
 5.3333 
 
 
 6 Lires 
 
 I Piastre of Ex. 
 
 9 4 i* 
 
 
 7 .5 Lires 
 
 X D^cat 
 
 05 ;i .5 
 
 
 at tares 
 
 I Pistole 
 
 15 6 
 
 
 ROME, CrVITA VECCHIA, &c. 
 
 
 I l^atrini 
 
 
 L. p .i| 
 
 
 5 Quatrini 
 
 I Bayoc 
 
 .7^ 
 
 
 8 BaytKS 
 
 1 Julio 
 
 006 
 
 
 10 fiayocs 
 
 I Stampt Juiio 
 
 7.5^ 
 
 
 A4 Bayocs 
 
 I Tejtooa 
 
 p I 6 
 
 
 30 Julios 
 
 I Crown current 
 
 050 
 
 
 11 Julios 
 
 * I Crown Stampt 
 
 6 " 
 
 
 t8 Julios 
 
 I Chequin 
 
 090" 
 
 
 3t Ji^liM 
 
 I Fi$tid[«\ i 
 
 <J ij <^ 
 
-wp* 
 
 «f^-'UUMM09(Mi4lMtf ' 
 
 APPEN.D:IX. 
 
 m 
 
 •ess 
 
 . Table oi 
 
 • Monies. Asia. — Africa. 
 
 
 
 NAftES. 
 
 ■ ■ 7-. -r-. - 
 
 
 ,1 Qnatrlni 
 3 Quatrihi 
 
 L 
 
 I Grain 
 
 .000 .1333 
 
 o" b o.if- 
 
 
 lo Grains 
 
 I Carlin 
 
 ■<>'•' ■'4 '' 
 
 
 40 Quatrini 
 
 1 Paulo • 
 
 5.3333 
 
 
 20 Grains 
 
 , I Tattin ' 
 
 008 
 
 
 ■* 40 Grains 
 
 1 Testoon 
 
 014 
 
 
 100 Grains 
 
 I Ducat of. Ex. 
 
 034 
 
 
 23 Tarins 
 
 I Pistole 
 
 15 5 
 
 
 25 Tarins 
 
 I Spanish Plstde* 
 
 16 p ' 1 
 
 
 
 ASIA. 
 
 1 
 
 
 / J 
 
 TURKEY. 
 
 
 
 1 Mangar 
 
 
 L. .15 
 
 
 4 Rfangars 
 
 I Asper 
 
 .6 
 .3 
 
 
 3 Aspers 
 
 I Parac 
 
 
 5 Aspers 
 
 I Eestlc 
 
 003 
 
 
 10 Aspers 
 
 I Ostic 
 
 006 
 
 
 20 Aspers 
 
 I Solota 
 
 010 
 
 
 80 Aspers 
 
 * I Pistare 
 
 040 
 
 
 100 Aspers 
 
 I CaragroucK* 
 
 050 1 
 
 
 . 10 Solatas 
 
 I Xeniff 
 INDIA- 
 
 10 
 
 
 1 Rea 
 
 
 1. C.15. 
 
 
 ■ 8 Reas 
 
 ,1 Pic© 
 
 000 a.4 
 
 , 
 
 4 Pice 
 
 I Fanain 
 
 2 1.6 i 
 
 
 6 Hce 
 
 I Viz 
 
 003 a.4 i 
 
 .■ ,, 
 
 12 Pice 
 
 I Ana 
 
 7-;o.s I 
 
 
 50 Pice 
 
 1 Rupee 
 
 026 1 
 
 
 3. 5 Rupees 
 
 r Pagoda 
 
 089 
 
 
 1(5 Rupees 
 
 I Gold Mohar 
 
 AFRICA, 
 
 a 0. 
 
 
 
 EGYPT. 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 1 AspcF 
 
 
 L.O 0.5555 
 
 
 3 Aspers 
 
 i.Wfedi^ 
 
 I .^667 
 
 
 24 Medins 
 
 I Italian Ducat 
 
 034 
 
 
 Sb Aspers 
 
 * I Piastre 
 
 040 
 
 
 % 
 
 3C 
 
 1 
 
t«cl 
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 sttm 
 
 e^ 
 
 Table of M onus. Africa.— jimerka. 
 
 S 
 
 30 Medin* 
 
 , ji6 Aspers 
 
 . . 3a Medins 
 
 fibo Aspers 
 
 70 Medins 
 
 <OYPT. 
 
 I Dollar 
 
 loO 4 
 
 6 
 
 x£cu 
 
 »° 5 
 
 
 
 1 Crown 
 
 . .0 s 
 
 
 
 I Snltaniti 
 
 10 
 
 
 
 1 Pargo jDollar 
 
 lO 
 
 6 
 
 AMERICA. 
 
 VNITED STATES. 
 
 30 Mills 
 
 i/C«i^ , 
 
 L. 
 
 a.i5 copper 
 
 30 Cents 
 
 ' 1 Disme' 
 
 
 
 5 :.&__ silver 
 
 39 Dismes 
 
 • I Dollar 
 
 4 
 
 6 do. 
 
 30 ]}ollars 
 
 I Eagle 
 
 a 5 
 
 gold 
 
 THE END* 
 
 ERRATA. 
 
 In reading over the following sheets for the Press, a few errors escaped, the 
 eye of the corredlor, of which it is hoped the following ate most material. 
 
 Page 44. line 11. for i read i J, 
 
 52. Cor. /or stin-risingtonoon,rMd midnight to sun-rising, 
 
 »— 189, • 13. for lo" read 9°. 
 
 • ao. for 10*' 35' read 9° aj". 
 
 • »oo. last line-yfcr ai'' read 26^. 
 
 aoi. -— 7. for 19" read n". 
 
 — — 344. -^— 5. for E. read W. 
 
 -J— 29p. II. for Longtown read Langholm. 
 
 <— ib. lb. /or 55. ». r^fld 55. 12. 
 
 — — 391. •— 8. from tbefoot,for sitting read pressed. 
 
 — — - do. 2t- from do. /o/ duration re«rf sitting. 
 
 3»:. li. for 1413 read 1514, 
 
 ' ~~~ 548. — 9' for 1780 read 1758.